Skip to main content

Full text of "Naval strategy compared and contrasted with the principles and practice of military operations on land [microform] : lectures delivered at U.S. Naval War College, Newport, R.I., between the years 1887 and 1911"

See other formats


Google 


This  is  a  digital  copy  of  a  book  that  was  preserved  for  generations  on  Hbrary  shelves  before  it  was  carefully  scanned  by  Google  as  part  of  a  project 

to  make  the  world's  books  discoverable  online. 

It  has  survived  long  enough  for  the  copyright  to  expire  and  the  book  to  enter  the  public  domain.  A  public  domain  book  is  one  that  was  never  subject 

to  copyright  or  whose  legal  copyright  term  has  expired.  Whether  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  may  vary  country  to  country.  Public  domain  books 

are  our  gateways  to  the  past,  representing  a  wealth  of  history,  culture  and  knowledge  that's  often  difficult  to  discover. 

Marks,  notations  and  other  maiginalia  present  in  the  original  volume  will  appear  in  this  file  -  a  reminder  of  this  book's  long  journey  from  the 

publisher  to  a  library  and  finally  to  you. 

Usage  guidelines 

Google  is  proud  to  partner  with  libraries  to  digitize  public  domain  materials  and  make  them  widely  accessible.  Public  domain  books  belong  to  the 
public  and  we  are  merely  their  custodians.  Nevertheless,  this  work  is  expensive,  so  in  order  to  keep  providing  this  resource,  we  liave  taken  steps  to 
prevent  abuse  by  commercial  parties,  including  placing  technical  restrictions  on  automated  querying. 
We  also  ask  that  you: 

+  Make  non-commercial  use  of  the  files  We  designed  Google  Book  Search  for  use  by  individuals,  and  we  request  that  you  use  these  files  for 
personal,  non-commercial  purposes. 

+  Refrain  fivm  automated  querying  Do  not  send  automated  queries  of  any  sort  to  Google's  system:  If  you  are  conducting  research  on  machine 
translation,  optical  character  recognition  or  other  areas  where  access  to  a  large  amount  of  text  is  helpful,  please  contact  us.  We  encourage  the 
use  of  public  domain  materials  for  these  purposes  and  may  be  able  to  help. 

+  Maintain  attributionTht  GoogXt  "watermark"  you  see  on  each  file  is  essential  for  informing  people  about  this  project  and  helping  them  find 
additional  materials  through  Google  Book  Search.  Please  do  not  remove  it. 

+  Keep  it  legal  Whatever  your  use,  remember  that  you  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  what  you  are  doing  is  legal.  Do  not  assume  that  just 
because  we  believe  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  the  United  States,  that  the  work  is  also  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  other 
countries.  Whether  a  book  is  still  in  copyright  varies  from  country  to  country,  and  we  can't  offer  guidance  on  whether  any  specific  use  of 
any  specific  book  is  allowed.  Please  do  not  assume  that  a  book's  appearance  in  Google  Book  Search  means  it  can  be  used  in  any  manner 
anywhere  in  the  world.  Copyright  infringement  liabili^  can  be  quite  severe. 

About  Google  Book  Search 

Google's  mission  is  to  organize  the  world's  information  and  to  make  it  universally  accessible  and  useful.   Google  Book  Search  helps  readers 
discover  the  world's  books  while  helping  authors  and  publishers  reach  new  audiences.  You  can  search  through  the  full  text  of  this  book  on  the  web 

at|http  :  //books  .  google  .  com/| 


^r/ji- 


^w'      ■    I  «  ■        •       ■  IIH' 


J 


t-/, 


2  c-t 


^„C.   ^'3.s-^ 


• 


t  t  ?. 


'm     \ 


y 


h, 


<r  <L   -  '' 


/ 


j'r 


NAVAL  STRATEGY 


NAVAL  STRATEGY 

COMPARED  AND  CONTRASTED  WITH  THE 

PRINOIPLES  AND  PRACTICE  OF 

MILITARY  OPERATIONS 

ON  LAND 

Lectures  delivebbd  at  U.  S.  Naval  Wab  College,  Newport, 
b.  i.,  between  the  tears  1887  aud  1911 


BY 

CAPTAIN  A.  T.  MAHAN,  D.C.L.,  LL.D. 

Snittti  states  Nsbi 

AUTHOR  OP  *'TRX  DTFLUKHCB  OP  8BA  POWSB  UFOH  HI8TOBT,  1660-1788,'*  "THB 

INPLUBHCB  OP  SBA  POWSB  UPOS  THS  PRBHCH  REVOLDTIOS  AKD 

KXPXBBi'*    *'THE  UPB    OP  irBLBOB,  THE    BMBODIMBBT 

OP  THB  SBA  POWEB  OP  OBBAT  BBTTAIll,** 

**  8BA  POWBB  IB  ITS  BBLATI0B8 

TO  THB  WAB  OP  1812  '* 


BOSTON 
LITTLE,  BROWN,  AND  COMPANY 

1911 


/  ^ 


f 


w 


Copyright,  1911, 

By  a.  T.  Mahan. 


M  nghtt  reserved 
Published,  November,  1911 


TH«  UHnrsBsmr  press,  gambridok,  u.8.a. 


PREFACE 

As  stated  on  the  title-page,  the  text  of  this  book  is  sub- 
stantially that  of  lectures  given  at  the  Naval  War  College, 
at  various  periods  between  the  years  1887  and  1911. 

The  original  lectures,  which  alone  represent  a  methodical 
treatment,  however  brief,  are  contained  seriatim  in  seven 
chapters,  six  to  twelve  inclusive.  In  these  there  has  been 
some  modification  of  details,  owing  mainly  to  the  lapse  of 
time  introducing  changes  of  conditions;  but  substantially 
and  in  plan  they  continue  as  first  framed. 

My  acknowledgments  and  thanks  are  due  to  the  pro- 
prietors and  editor  of  the  United  Service  Magazine  (Lon- 
don), for  permission  to  reprint  an  article  contributed  to  it 
in  1893.  The  substance  of  this  is  between  pages  222 
and  242. 

I  owe  thanks  also  to  Rear  Admiral  Rajrmond  P.  Rodgers, 

President  of  the  College,   and  to  Captain  W.  M9Carty 

Little,  of  the  College  Staff,  for  facilities  and  assistance 

constantly  given. 

A.  T.  Mahan. 

October,  1911. 


CONTENTS 


CHAPTER  I 
Ihtroductobt 


Date  of  origin  of  pieoent  lectnies 1 

Thdi  sabsequent  deyelopment 1 

Changes  in  methods  and  weapons  since  inception 2 

Changes  do  not  affect  Principles  of  Strategy,  but  the  application  of  them  3 

Three  Naval  Wars  since  first  writing 4 

General  deyelopment  of  appreciation  concerning  Naval  Strategy  .    •    •  5 

Blnstrations  of  the  permanence  of  Principles 6 

For  due  comprehension  of  Principles,  historical  Blnstratlon  or  personal 

Experience  is  requisite 9 

Napoleon  and  Nelson  quoted  in  support 9 

Wolfe*s  habit  of  noting  illustrations  cited 10 

Lord  Wolselej  quoted 10 

Diyision  of  United  States  Battle  Fleet  between  Atlantic  and  Pacific 

condemned,  by  illustration  of  the  Division  of  the  Russian  Fleet  in 

1904 II 

History  is  a  Record  of  Illustrations 12 

Development  of  naval  strategic  thought  in  the  past  Twenty  Tears   .    .  12 

Illustrated  in  current  naval  practice 13 

Olufltrated  also  by  Naval  Literature t    .    .  13 

Darriens'"WarontheSea" 13 

Daveluy's"  Study  of  Naval  Strategy" 13 

Corbett's  "England  in  the  Mediterranean"  and  "England  in  Seven 

Years' War" 13 

Relation  of  Sherman's  March  to  the  Sea  to  the  founding  of  the  U.  S. 

Naval  War  College 14 

Distinct  methods  of  treating  Strategy 16 

Historical  method  preferred 16 

Reciprocal  effect  of  Principles  and  Illnstration 17 

Close  relation  between  National   Policy  and  Military  Preparations. 

Illustrations 18 

Necessity  for  Naval  Officers  to  keep  themselves  acquainted  with  general 

•  International  Conditions 20 


vi  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  n 
Historical  Illustrations  and  Comments 

The  First  Requisite  io  considering  a  Theatre  of  War 22 

Illnstration :  The  Stadjr  of  the  Danube  Region  hy  the  Archduke  Charles 

of  Austria 22 

The  Archduke's  Campaign  of  1796  against  Jourdau  and  Moreau  ...      23 
Importance  of :  1.  Concentration ;  2.  Central  Position ;  3.  Interior  Lines ; 

4.  Communications 25 

Proposed  Series  of  Illustrations:  1.  A  Purely  Land  Campaign;  2.  A 

Mixed,  or  Combined,  Military  and  Naval  Situation;  3.  A  Purely 

Naval  Campaign 26 

Struggle  between  France  and  the  Austrian  Dominions  of  Spain  and 

Germany,  1630-1660 27 

Central  Position  of  France 28 

Lines  of  Communication,  Spain  to  Central  Germany 29 

Spanish  Navy  unable  to  face  Dutch  Navy  in  English  Channel ....      30 
Consequent  Importance  of  Mediterranean  Line  by  Genoa,  Milan,  and 

Alpine  Passes 30 

Application  of  these  conditions  to  Central  Position,  Interior  Lines,  and 

Communications 31 

Comparison  with  Line  of  the  Danube  in  Germany 33 

Discussions  of  such  situations  in  general 35 

"  War  a  Business  of  Positions  " 86 

Plevna 
Port  Arthur 
Toulon 
Nearness  a  prime  factor  in  position.    Instances :  Cadiz,  Gibraltar,  Malta, 

Jamaica,  Guantanamo  Bay 38 

Evasion  by  circuitous  lines  —  Fautses  Routet 38 

Disastrous  effect  of  popular  apprehensions  upon  military  dispositions    .      39 

France  enters  the  Thirty  Tears'  War 40 

French  Navy  transferred  from  Atlantic  to  Mediterranean 41 

CHAPTER  ra 

Historical  Illustrations  and  Commbrts 

(Contintied) 

Faulty  conduct  of  War  under  Richelieu 43 

Prime  necessity  of  concentrating  force.    Nelson  quoted 43 

Application  of  same  Principle  to  Ship  Design 44 

To  Frontier  Attack,  and  to  Tactics 45 

Bonaparte  in  Italy,  1796.    Analogy  to  Archduke  Charles  in  Germany 

the  same  year 46 

Attack  on  Flank  preferred.    Reason 46 


CONTENTS  vii 

Analogy  in  Nayal  Tactics.    Trafalgar 47 

Nelson's  methods  and  reasons 48 

Farragnt  at  Mobile 49 

BatUe  of  the  Japan  Sea 49 

Concentration  the  Principle  underlying  both  Strategy  and  Tactics    .    .  49 

Principle  applied  to  Coast  Defence  and  Attack 49 

War  of  1812 50 

Military  Lines  diride  for  consideration  into  Three  Parts 51 

Application  to  United  States  Coast  Lines 51 

Resemblance  of  Florida  Peninsula  to  that  of  Korea 52 

Analysis  of  the  nature  of  the  advantage  inherent  in  Central  Position  53 

One  Power  Standard.    Two  Power  Standard 54 

"K"and"But" 55 

Napoleon  before  Ansterlitz 

Togo  before  Tsushima 

Archduke  Charles  in  1796 

Fine  saying  of  the  Archduke,  quoted 58 

Application  to  proposed  dirision  of  United  States  Fleet  between  Atlantic 

and  Pacific 58 

Estimate  of  the  value  to  be  attributed  to  Concentration,  Central  Posi- 
tion, and  Interior  Lines 59 

CHAPTER  rV 

HiBTORiOAL  Illustrations  and  Commbntb 

( Continued) 

Historical  Narrative  resumed  at  death  of  Richelieu,  1642 61 

Policy  of  Mazarin.    Military  features 62 

End  of  Thirty  Years*  War 63 

Hostilities  continue  between  France  and  Spain 63 

England  under  Cromwell  appears  on  the  scene 64 

Reorganization  of  English  Navy 64 

Cromwell's  Policy 65 

Attempted  political  concentration  of  Dutch  and  English  Republics  .    .  66 

Refused  then  by  Holland,  but  realized  under  William  HI 66 

War  between  England  and  Holland 67 

Protection  of  Commerce 68 

Naval  Events  in  the  Mediterranean 68 

Naval  Events  in  the  English  Channel 71 

Necessity  of  Concentration  recognized  by  English 72 

Prostration  of  Holland  through  English  control  of  Channel  and  trade  .  74 

Peace  between  England  and  Holland 74 

Principle  of  Concentration  to  be  applied  in  the  spirit,  not  in  the  letter 

only 74 

Blnstration  from  War  between  Japan  and  Russia 75 

Application  to  United  States  Atlantic  and  Pacific  coasts 75 


via  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  V 

Historical  iLLUSTRATiom  and  Commbhts 

(Conduded) 

Necessity  of  Pennanent  Positions  to  effectiye  naval  action 76 

Sommary  of  Events,  1654-1689,  between  First  Anglo-Dntch  War  and 

general  European  conflict 76 

French  Naval  Enterprise  in  Mediterranean  prior  to  1650 77 

Effect  npon  this  of  entrance  of  English  Navy  in  1654 78 

Influence  of  Port  Arthur  upon  War  between  Japan  and  Russia    ...  79 

Cromwell's  Attack  upon  Spanish  West  Indies 80 

Subsequent  Peace  with  France  and  War  with  Spain 80 

Death  of  Cromwell,  1658.    Peace  of  Pyrenees  between  France  and 

Spain,  1659 81 

Permanent  Decline  of  Spain 81 

Effect  of  Cromwell's  Policy  npon  position  of  England  in  Europe  ...  81 

Subsequent  Policy  of  the  Stuart  Kings 82 

Jnstiflcation  of  Cromwell's  Policy 82 

Parallel  conditions  to-day 82 

International  impotence  of  England  under  Stuart  Dynasty 83 

National  Internal  Unity  essential  to  External  Influence 84 

Illustration  from  Thirty  Tears  of  French  History,  1622-1655    ....  85 
Power  of  Louis  XIV  illustrates  Internal  Consolidation  opposed  to  Inter- 
national Dissennions 86 

Speciflc  military  importance  of  Mediterranean,  1688-1713 86 

Necessity  of  Permanent  Positions  illustrated  by  Mediterranean     ...  87 

General  European  Alliance  against  France 88 

Military  Plans  of  France 68 

Consequent  Significance  of  Mediterranean  to  the  Allies,  1689-1713  .    .  89 

Contrast  between  this  and  its  effect  at  earlier  date 89 

Courseof  Naval  Events,  1690-1696 90 

Imperative  necessity  for  Allies  to  have  a  permanent  position  in  Medi- 
terranean      92 

Strategic  insight  of  William  m 93 

Orders  Allied  Fleets  to  winter  in  Cadis  instead  of  returning  home    .    .  93 

Effect  upon  Savoy  and  upon  French  operations  in  Catalonia    ....  94 

Resultant  action  of  Louis  XIV  in  threatening  invasion  of  England   .    .  04 

Disastrous  effect  of  consequent  popular  apprehension  in  England     .    .  94 

In  absence  of  Allied  Fleets  Barcelona  falls,  and  Savoy  forsakes  Alliance  95 
Substantial  effect  produced  by  the  two  years'  stay  of  Allied  Fleet  in 

Mediterranean 95 

Exhaustion  of  France 95 

Strategic  effect  of  a  military  position  in  imposing  delays:  American 
Squadron  on  Lake  Champlain,  1776;  Mantua,  1796;  Genoa,  1800; 

Ladysmith,  1899;  Port  Arthur,  1904 95 


CONTENTS  ix 

between  France  and  Allies,  1697 96 

Renewed  War,  1708 96 

Kew  Political  Combinations 96 

Permanent  influence  of  new  war,  1702-1713 96 

Death  of  William  HI,  1702 97 

Marlborough  succeeds  him  in  direction  of  the  War 97 

Marlborough's  Plans 97 

Summary  of  Eyents 98 

Peace  of  Utrecht,  1713,  by  poeitions  ceded,  establishes  Great  Britain 

in  Mediterranean 98 

Military  importance  of  Mediterranean 99 

Pazalleleffectof  American  Great  Lakes  in  181 2-18U 99 


CHAPTER  VI 

Foundations  and  Prinoiplbs 

Underlying  intention  of  present  lectures 100 

Interest  of  United  States  in  the  Caribbean  Sea  when  lectures  first 

written 100 

Notable  Subsequent  Change 102 

Analogy  of  Isthmus  of  Panama  to  Valley  of  Danube  and  to  Valtelline 

Passes.    Of  Caribbean  Sea  to  Mediterranean 102 

Influence  of  War  with  Spain  upon  International  Relations  of  United 

States 103 

European  Politics  not  indifferent  to  American  Students  of  Strategy .  .  103 
Changes  in  European  International  Conditions  and  Relations  since 

1897 104 

Significance  of  these  to  the  United  States 105 

Broad  significance  of  increased  German  Navy 105 

Deyelopments  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine 106 

The  constitution  of  a  National  Fleet  is  a  Strategic  Question     ....  107 

Effect  upon  Great  Britain  of  changes  in  International  Conditions    .    .  109 

Advantages  of  Germany  and  of  Japan  in  present  competitions .  .  .  .  110 
Ability  of  United  States  to  protect  its  coasts  and  its  external  policies 

dependent  chiefly  on  naval  strength 110 

Growth  of  the  ideas  concerning  Sea  Power  in  last  thirty  years      .    .    .  Ill 

The  new  great  navies  are  American,  German,  and  Japanese  .  .  .  .  Ill 
Development  of  Naval  Literature  coincident  with  recognition  of  Sea 

Power 112 

Such  Development  is  simply  the  formulation  of  previous  recognized 

truths ', 112 

Naval  Histoxy  and  Biography  provide  the  Material  for  formulating 

Strategic  Principles 114 

Cause  of  delay  in  developing  naval  Strategic  treatment 1 14 

Influence  of  Steam 115 


X  CONTENTS 

Formnlation  of  Princifdefl  imperative 115 

Value  of  lUostratioiiB :  Division  of  Dutch  aud  English  Navies,  1652; 
Division  of  Rossian  Fleet,  1904 ;  Napoleon's  Criticism  of  Division  of 

British  Brest  Fleet,  1805.    Discussed 115 

Steam  has  increased  the  significance  of  *'  Communications  "  to  Navies  .  118 

Special  Object  of  Naval  War  College 119 

The  decisive  considerations  in  any  strategic  problem  are  usnallj  very  few  1 20 

The  word  "Key  "illustrates  this  fact 120 

Blnstration  from  legal  profession 120 

Value  of  knowledge  of  Land  Warfare  to  naval  students 121 

Naval  Strategy  applicable  in  Peace  as  well  as  in  War.    Reason  there- 
for        122 

niostrations  of  Strategy  in  Peace 122 

Large  geographical  scale  of  naval  operations 124 

Recent  changed  method  of  distributing  Navies 124 

Necessity  for  this.    Reasons 125 

"  War  a  Business  of  Positions " .    .  127 

Caution  as  to  application  of  this  truth 127 

Position  of  Cuba 127 

Position  of  British  Fleets  in  Wars  with  France 128 

Position  of  same  as  affected  by  present  German  rivalry 128 

Advantage  of  an  Advanced  Position,  if  securely  held 129 

Situation  of  British  Islands  relatively  to  Germany  an  instance  of  ad- 
vanced position 129 

Raids  not  equivalent  to  interruption  of '*  communications  " ISO 

Contrasted  effect  of  a  concentration  suitably  stationed ISO 

Advantage  for  advanced  naval  positions  that  they  be  interconnected  by 

land 131 

Selection  of  positions  involves  consideration  of  intrinsic  value  and  of 

advanced  situation 131 

CHAPTER  VII 

FOUHDATlOlfS  AND  PrIMOIPLBS 

(  CmUinuid) 

Three  Principal  Conditions  affecting  Strategic  Value  of  any  Position: 

Situation,  Strength,  Resources 132 

niustratiou  from  letter  of  Admiral  Rodney 133 

Situation  the  most  indispensable  condition 134 

Circumstances  affecting  value  of  Situation 134 

Radical  difference  underlying  Land  and  Sea  Strategy 135 

Historical  Instances 136 

Controlling  Strategic  Positions  rarer  on  Sea  than  on  Land 138 

Archduke  Charles  quoted 138 

Strategic  Positions  largely  determined  by  roads,  especially  by  cross- 
roads   139 


CONTENTS  xi 

Illiistratioiis  iiom  West  India  Islandfl 140 

Strength  of  PoeitionB Ul 

Defensive  Strength  analyzed  and  diflcussed 141 

Coast-defence  Ships 146 

Torpedo  Vessels  and  Submarines 147 

EffectiTe  part  played  by  a  defence  System  of  Fortification  on  Sea  and 

on  Land  Frontiers 148 

In  Sea  War,  the  Navy  is  the  Army  in  the  open  field 149 

Defence  the  Foundation ;  Offence  the  Building 150 

Effects  of  popular  apprehension 150 

Beliance  upon  Navy  for  defence  of  seaports  leads  logically  to  numerous 

small  ships 151 

Every  proposal  to  use  Navy  for  defence  only,  found  faulty.    Reason     .  152 

True  Sense  in  which  Navy  is  an  instrument  of  Defence 152 

Summary  of  Reasons  why  Navy  is  not  proper  instrument  for  defence 

of  seaports 153 

Offensive  Strength  of  seaports  analyzed  and  discussed 153 

Effect  of  Submarine  Mines 156 

Relation  of  Tactical  Conditions  to  Strategy 157 

Proper  Position  of  an  Outside  Fleet 157 

Advantage  of  two  outlets  to  a  port 158 

Power  to  support  distant  operations  of  a  Fleet  an  element  of  offensive 

strength  in  seaports 159 

Supreme  need  of  Docks 161 

Illustrated  in  Russo-Japanese  War 161 

Reeoozces  as  an  element  of  strength  in  seaports 162 


CHAPTER  Vin 

FonNDATlONS  AND  PrINCIPLBS 

Stratboic  Linbs 

Various  Characters  of  Strategic  Lines 164 

Numerous  lines  available  to  vessels  on  open  Sea 165 

Importance  of  Lines  of  Communication 166 

Instances 167 

Value  of  Double  Lines  of  Retreat,  or  of  Communication 168 

Athmtic  Naval  Bases  of  United  States 169 

Vladivostok  and  Port  Arthur 170 

A  Sea  Frontier  with  its  ports  a  Strategic  Line 171 

Movements  from  port  to  port  can  rarely  be  bel^nd  shore  line   ....  172 

Use  of  inland  waters  by  Torpedo  Vessels 172 

Problem  of  uniting  a  Fleet  when  divided  between  several  ports     .    .    .  173 

Suggestions 174 

Strategic  effect  of  off-lying  obstacles 174 

Strategic  questions  involved  in  distant  Transmarine  Possessions  ...  175 


xii  CONTENTS 

Page 

Primaiy  importance  among  these  of  the  Battle  Fleet 176 

Dependence  of  all  external  podtionB  npon  it lt7 

Military  Problem  of  Imperial  Federation 179 

Analogy  to  that  of  Great  Britain  daring  Warn  of  American  Independ- 
ence and  French  Reyolntion 181 

Lord  Kitchener  qaoted 182 

Application  to  coasts  of  United  States 182 

British  naval  strategic  dispositions,  past  and  present 183 

Boni4>arte*s  Egyptian  Expedition.    Analogies 183 

Offensive  seiznre  of  a  Transmarine  Position  is  followed  inevitably  by 

defensive  necessities 186 

Analogy  in  Egyptian  Expedition  to  Bonaparte's  Campaign  in  Italy,  1 796  187 

Also  in  War  between  Japan  and  Russia 188 

Distant  Expeditions  more  feasible  by  Sea  than  Land 189 

Also  less  decisive,  and  more  difficult  to  maintain 189 

Conditions  requisite  to  first  success 190 

Armies  in  the  Field  and  Fleets  at  Sea  more  effective  than  Fortified 

Positions 191 

Nevertheless,  Fortified  Bases  are  necessary 191 

Principles  governing  the  selection  of  such 191 

First  essential  military  requisite  of  a  Naval  Station 195 

Desirable  number  and  character  of  such  Stations 196 

National  importance  of  the  Pacific  Ocean  to  the  United  States     .    .    .  197 

Monroe  Doctrine  centres  in  Caribbean  Sea 198 

Maintenance  of  any  system  of  external  Fortified  Ports  depends  upon  the 

navy 198 

Proper  Objective  of  a  Navy  is  the  Enemy's  Navy 199 


CHAPTER  IX 

FOUNDATXOMS  AMD  PrIMCXPLM 

Distant  Operations  and  Maritime  Expeditions 

Necessity  of  local  Naval  Bases  on  a  theatre  of  Distant  Operations     .    .  200 

Characteristics  of  such  Bases 200 

Japanese  and  Russian  Bases  in  Recent  War 201 

Order  of  importance  in  snch  distant  bases 202 

Necessity  of  study  to  determine  selection  of  bases 202 

Operations  of  War.    Object  and  Objective 208 

Conditions  essential  to  control  of  a  Maritime  Region 204 

Operations  in  such  distant  regions  a  specific  case  of  general  military 

operations 204 

Specific  feature  differentiating  them 205 

Choice  of  Bases,  of  Objectives,  and  of  Lines  of  Operation 205 

niastradon  of  Bases :  Great  Britain,  Austria,  Russia,  United  States     •  206 

Lines  of  Operations  and  of  Communications 207 


CONTENTS  xiii 

Modem  {oBtanceB  of  great  Maritime  Expeditions 208 

Dependence  of  Boch  npon  naral  preponderance 208 

ConTojs  are  instances  of  naral  protection  localized 209 

Effect  of  hostile  arsenals  near  lines  of  operations,  or  of  oommnnications  209 

Two  methods  of  protecting  snch  Lines 211 

Advantage  of  more  than  one  line  of  Oommnnications 21 1 

Difference  between  Land  and  Sea  Warfare,  in  control  exercised  bj 

strong  positions 212 

Seasons.    Exceptions.    Illnstrations 213 

Naval  superiority  essential  to  security  of  distant  maritime  bases    .    .    .  213 
Listances:  Bonaparte  in  Egypt  and  Malta;  Japan  and  Russia  in  Man- 
churia      214 

Consequent  probable  necessity  of  Battle 215 

Question  discussed  whether  in  great  maritime  expeditions  the  Fleet  and 

Troops  should  saQ  together,  or  successively 215 

Parallel  between  crossing  sea  and  crossing  river 216 

Major  Operations  and  Diversions 217 

Position  in  which  Defendant  Fleet  should  endeavor  to  fight  Invaders  on 

their  voyage 218 

Illustrations  from  History 219 

Necessity  for  sustained  Oonoentration  of  an  invading  naval  force.    Illus- 
tration from  Bonaparte's  Oommentaries 221 

Essential  change  of  function  in  Army  and  in  Navy,  after  conquest  of  a 

remote  objective 222 

Athenian  Expedition  against  Syracuse,  Analyzed  and  Discussed  .    .    .  223 

Essential  features  of  Plan  of  Naval  Operations  proposed  to  Syracuse    .  228 

Analogy  to  Santiago  in  1898,  and  to  Port  Arthur  in  1904 229 

Bonaparte's  Egyptian  Expedition,  Analyzed  and  Discussed 230 

Position  of  French  in  Egypt  essentially  Defensive 231 

Effect  of  Naval  Inferiority 231 

Use  to  be  made  of  an  Inferior  Navy  under  such  conditions 232 

Favorable  effect  of  the  Battle  of  the  Nile  upon  British  Naval  dispositions  238 
Comparison    between  the  two  Maritime  Expeditions  discussed  and 

certain  cases  of  Land  Warfare 240 

The  influence  of  a  Flanking  Position  rests  less  in  the  Works  than  in 

the  Garrison,  or  in  the  Fleet,  sheltered 241 


CHAPTER  X 

Foundations  and  Pbinciplbs 

Operations  op  War 

Strategic  use  of  a  naval  force  after  conquest  of  a  distant  Maritime 
Position 243 

Illustration  from  Land  Warfare.  Napoleon's  Instructions  to  Marmont, 
1812        244 


xiv  CONTENTS 

Gigantic  nayal  diyenion  planned  by  Napoleon,  1804 246 

Compariiion  with  conditions  of  Egyptian  Expedition,  1798 247 

Relations  of  Navy  to  Home  Defence 248 

Sea-Coast  Fortresses  primarily  offensive  in  fonction ;  not  defensive  .    .  249 

niostration.  United  States  Squadron  under  John  Rodgers,  1812 .  .  .  249 
Determination  of  proper  constitution  of  a  national  navy.    Germany's 

Definition 250 

Advantage  of  an  advanced  "Front  "of  operations 251 

Illustrations:  British  Navy,   1793-1815;    Bonaparte   on  the   Adige, 

1796 251 

Strong  Places  occupied  in  both  instances 252 

Application  to  Caribbean  Sea 253 

Lines  of  British  strong  places  to  Suez  and  to  Panama 254 

Direction  of  operations  in  Naval  War  determined  by  position  of  Enemy's 

Fleet  and  Naval  Bases 254 

Enemy's  organized  force  the  primary  objective  of  operations  ....  255 
The  usual  great  predominance  of  British  Navy  in  modem  times  has 

caused  illustrations  of  Naval  Strategy  to  be  deficient  in  number  .    .  255 

Consequent  faulty  expression :  "  The  Sea  brooks  only  one  Mistress  *'.    .  256 

Incorrectness  of  this  shown  by  instances 256 

Fluctuations  in  Mediterranean  campaigns,  1793-1798 256 

Renewed  instance  in  1799 261 

Mediterranean  Campaigns  demonstrate  need  of  local  bases 261 

Likewise  Suffren's  Campaigns  in  East  Indies 261 

Balance  of  Naval  Forces  in  War  of  American  Independence     ....  262 

Predominance  at  Sea  necessary  for  attack  on  a  fortified  naval  base  .  .  263 
Effect  of  Distance.    Consequent  need  of  advanced  bases  in  distant 

operations 264 

Attack  upon  an  Enemy's  Base  may  be  the  best  defence  for  one's  own 

local  interests 265 

Embarrassment  caused  to  a  Battle  Fleet  by  the  presence  of  Supply 

Vessels 266 

Necessity  for  untiring  pursuit  of  a  retreating  Enemy 266 

Instances  of  ill-effect  of  lax  pursuit 267 

Relations  of  Japanese  and  Russian  Fleets  before  Tsushima  summarized  268 

Conduct  of  a  Pursuit  when  sight  of  chase  has  been  lost 270 

Attack  upon  a  fortified  base  a  means  to  compel  an  Enemy's  Fleet  to 

battle 271 

Gibraltar.    Trincomalee 272 

Embarrassment  of  an  assailant  Fleet  when  confronted  by  two  hostile 

ports,  suitably  placed  and  fortified 272 

A  single  port  with  widely  separated  approaches  resembles  two  ports. 

Vladivostok 272 

Desirable  positions  for  battle 273 

Procedure  for  superior  navy  confronted  with  two  widely  separated  hostile 

bases 273 


CONTENTS  XV 


Procedure  of  a  navj  whooe  sncceBses,  with  conBeqaent  lengthened  lines 

of  commanication,  hare  entailed  loss  of  superiority 274 

Front  of  Operations  to  be  maintained  as  far  in  advance  as  practicable  .  274 

Instances :  Bonaparte  on  Adige,  1796;  British  at  Corsica,  1794-1796    .  275 

Arrest  of  Progress :  How  to  be  utilized 276 

Procedare  of  a  Fleet  reduced  to  the  Defensiye 277 

"  Defence  the  Stronger  Form  of  War/'  discussed 277 

Enterprises  of  Rozhestvensky  and  Cervera  classified  as  Offensive .    .    .  278 

Disadvantage  of  Defensive  in  that  it  prompts  to  dissemination  of  force  279 

Elements  essential  to  a  serious  defence 280 

Advantage  of  national  nearness  to  the  positions  to  be  defended    .    .    .  280 

Part  borne  bj  strong  places  in  a  defensive  campaign 281 

Fortified  Positions  in  a  given  region  should  be  neither  too  many,  nor 

too  few 282 

Especially  necessary  to  maintenance  of  national  control  in  a  remote 

maritime  region 283 

Should  be  independent  of  protection  by  Navy 283 

Embarrassment  of  a  Fleet  charged  with  covering  important  but  defence- 
less positions.    Illustration 284 

Bonaparte  and  Mantua,  1796.  Analogy  to  an  external  Maritime  Theatre 

of  War 285 

Mantua  and  Bonaparte  respectively  illustrate  Defensive  and  Offensive 

as  Forms  and  Methods  of  War < 285 

Difference  in  Control  of  strong  places  over  movements  of  armies  and 

of  fleets.    A  Question  of  Communications 286 

Bonaparte  at  Mantua  compared  with  Nelson  at  Copenhagen     ....  286 

Movements  of  Betreating  and  Pursuing  Armies  in  the  field      .....  287 

Analogies  in  Maritime  Warfare  drawn  from  Nelson's  career     ....  288 
Movements  of  Inferior  Fleet  when  in  presence  of  an  advancing  superior 

enemy 289 

Fleet  and  fortified  ports  to  be  considered  as  two  parts  of  one  whole   .    .  290 
Bianagement  of  an  Inferior  Fleet,  defending  a  Maritime  Region,  and 

resting  upon  Fortified  Harbors 291 

In  such  cases,  the  method  of  the  Fleet  of  the  defensive  is  to  take  the 

offensive 293 

Blnstration:  John  Rodgers' Squadron  in  1812 293 

Enemy's  communications  and  external  interests  indicate  the  objective 

of  such  operations 294 

Clamor  of  Interests  for  protection.    The  '*  Flying  Squadron  "  in  1898   .  295 

"Displacement  of  Force" 295 

Quotation  from  Daveluy 295 

The  Problem,  to  convert  Inferiority  into  Superiority 296 

Japan  and  Russia 297 

Value  of  Experience  in  applying  Principles 297 

Real  Experience  not  confined  to  Personal  Experience 297 

Quotations  from  Archduke  Charles  and  from  Napoleon 297 


xvi  CONTENTS 

Comment  on  these  qaotations 298 

The  Condnct  of  War  not  a  Science,  bnt  an  Art 299 

Contrast  between  Science  and  Art 299 

Maxims  of  War.    Quotation  from  Jomini 300 

Reflections 300 

Apothegm  of  Napoleon 801 

CHAPTER  XI 
Appuoation  to  thb  Guur  of  Mxxico  and  thb  Cuubbban  Sba 

This  Study  of  Golf  and  Caribbean  assumes  equality  of  Naval  Force 

between  opponents 302 

Study,  therefore,  one  of  Positions  only 302 

Necessity  to  define  the  limits  of  a  strategic  theatre  studied 302 

Also,  of  considering  decisive  natural  features 302 

Reasons  determining  the  limits  of  theatre  now  under  consideration  .    .  303 
Two  principal  points  of  interest,  the  Mouth  of  the  Mississippi  and  the 

Isthmus  of  Panama 303 

Political  considerations  affecting  conditions 305 

Commercial  considerations  in  International  Politics 306 

Boundaries  of  theatre  under  discussion 308 

Entrances  to  it 308 

Military  importance  of  Straits  and  other  Waterways 309 

Commanding  military  Position  of  Jamaica 310 

Comparatiye  military  unimportance  of  Gulf  of  Mexico  west  of  Yucatan 

and  the  Biississippi 311 

Lines  of  Reference  for  proposed  study 312 

Points  of  Strategic  Importance  enumerated 313 

Acquisitions  of  the  United  States  after  War  with  Spain 314 

Military  effbct  of  these 815 

Discussion  of  the  relative  value  of  the  enumerated  Points,  as  regards 

their  positions 315 

Effect  of  the  Florida  Peninsula 316 

Positional  value  of  Key  West 317 

Analogies  to  be  observed  between  the  Atlantic,  Gulf,  and  Pacific 

CoasU  of  the  United  States 319 

Positional  influence  of  Long  Island  and  Sound 320 

Disposition  of  a  navy  having  Two  fortified  Bases  on  same  coast    .    .    .  320 
Discussion  continued  of  positional  value  of  enumerated  Strategic  Posi- 
tions in  Gulf  and  Caribbean 321 

Continuous  Obstacle  to  passage  of  vessels  presented  by  Cuba  and  Haiti  323 
Consequent  mUitary  importance  of  the  one  break  at  the  Windward 

Passage 323 

Parallel  Instances 323 

Command  of  such  passages  secured  by  a  competent  navy  resting  on  an 

adjacent  Base 325 


CONTENTS  xvii 

Inflaence  of  a  Fleet  so  controlling  Windward  Fassage  npon  a  hostile  force 

attempting  to  operate  at  the  Isthmns 326 

Best  positions  for  controlling  Windward  Passage.    Santiago,  Gnanta- 

namo,  and  Jamaica  contrasted  in  this  respect 327 

Importance  of  communications,  especially  for  coal  in  contemporary 

Nayal  War 328 

Positional  military  effect  of  Coba  and  Haiti  analyzed 328 

Military  influence  of  the  United  States  at  the  Isthmns  wonld  be  nullified 

by  possession  of  Cuba  by  an  enemy  of  equal  naral  force 331 

Consequent  inference  as  to  necessary  size  of  United  States  Nary  .    .    .  332 

Support  to  such  a  navy  given  by  Key  West,  Guantanamo,  and  Cnlebra  332 
Position  of  Havana  superior  in  control  to  that  of  Santiago  and  of 

Guantanamo 333 

Mutual  support  of  Havana  and  Santiago  owing  to  land  communication  333 

Strategic  and  Tactical  Characteristics  of  Seaports 334 

Harbors  of  refuge  on  Cuban  Coast,  both  north  and  south,  between 

Santiago  and  Havana 335 

Cienfuegos  considered,  strategically  and  tactically 335 

Foul  ground  about  Cienf ugoe  often  advantages  for  defence  by  Torpedo 

Vessels  and  Submarines 336 

Contrasted  in  this  respect  with  Heligoland 336 

Heligoland,  strategic  value  and  tactical  dispositions 337 

Ports  very  dose  to  each  other  should  be  comprised  in  a  single  scheme 

of  defence 338 

Bahama  Banks  and  Channel  considered  strategically 338 

British  use  of  Bahama  Channel  in  attack  upon  Havana,  1762  ....  339 
Close  of  discussion  of  military  features  of  Cuba,  as  distinguished  from 

its  strategic  relations  to  other  parts  of  Caribbean  and  Gulf     .    .    .  339 


CHAPTER  Xn 

The  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  Caxibbsan  Sba 

( Concluded) 

Consideration  of  the  Extension  of  Cuban  Influence  over  Caribbean  by 

naval  power 340 

Three  Principal  Centers  of  operations  in  the  Caribbean 340 

Extent  of  control  conferred  by  possession  of  Cuba  alone,  granted 

adequate  naval  force 340 

Measures  necessary  to  extend  control  to  Mona  Passage 340 

Control  of  Mona  Passage  to  be  exercised  by  cruisers  only 341 

Blnstration  of  effect  of  leaving  Windward  Passage  unguarded,  drawn 

from  War  with  Spain,  1898 341 

Strategic  effect  of  wireless  telegraphy 343 

Positions  suitable  for  controlling  Mona  Passage 343 

Lines  of  sea  communications  should  not  be  too  long 344 


xviii  CONTENTS 

Effect  npon  question  of  commniiicationB  produced  bj  the  acquiBition  of 

GnaDtanamo  and  Cnlebra 344 

CoDseqaent  local  advantag^e  of  United  States  over  European  countries  345 
Policy  of  acquiring  remote  naval  stations.    Hong  Kong.    Kiao  Chau. 

Port  Arthur.    Gibraltar 345 

True  military  policy  of  United  States  as  to  ports  in  Haiti.    Instances 

of  Malta  and  Port  Arthur 346 

Influence  of  Cuba  over  the  Gulf  and  Caribbean  summarized     ....  346 
Three  principal  objects  to  be  controlled  in  the  Carribean :  1.  Entrance ; 
2.  IMndpal  objectives  of  commerce  or  war ;  3.  Transit  from  entrances 

to  objectives 347 

Discussion  in  detail  of  these  objects 348 

General  discussion  of  question  of  transit  in  ocean  or  narrow  seas  .    .    .  351 
Poiuts  of  departure  and  arrival  considered  with  reference  to  their  re- 
spective strategic  significance 352 

Ulnstrations  from  history.    Nelson.    Togo 353 

Effect  of  British  methods  npon  Napoleon's  combinations 354 

Effect  of  nearby  seaports  npon  lines  of  communication 354 

Jamaica  contrasted  in  this  respect  with  Cuba 355 

With  the  lesser  Antilles 355 

Cuba  with  the  Antilles 355 

Predominant  positional  value  of  Jamaica 3.56 

Deduction  to  be  made  from  this  value  owing  to  distance  from  supports  357 

Advantage  of  Cuba  in  this  respect 358 

Result  of  these  disadvantages  to  Jamaica 359 

Danger  attending  an  attempt  to  combine  forces  starting  from  two  far 

separated  positions 360 

Instance:  Russia  in  War  with  Japan 361 

Strategic  advantages  of  Cuba  as  regards  her  Communications  ....  361 

Corresponding  disadvantage  of  Jamaica 362 

Value  of  fortified  ports  instanced  by  Jamaica 362 

Jamaica  affords  an  illustration  of  the  interest  of  the  United  States  in 

European  international  conditions 363 

Estimate  of  the  value  of  the  Lesser  Antilles  as  bases  for  operations  in 

the  Carribean 363 

Conclusions  as  to  the  comparative  strategic  values  of  Cuba,  Jamaica,  and 

the  Lesser  Antilles 365 

End  of  General  Discussion  of  strategic  features  of  the  Caribbean      .    .  367 

Specific  Application  to  the  United  States'  interests  in  the  Caribbean      .  367 

Method  pursued  in  this  application 367 

Contrasts  between  1911  and  1887,  the  date  of  the  first  writing  ....  367 

Close  connection  between  strategy  and  international  relations  ....  368 

Contrast  between  international  and  naval  conditions  in  1887  and  191 1    .  368 
Contrast  between  positions  held  by  the  United  States  in  the  Gulf  and 

Caribbean  in  1687,  and  in  1911 372 

Positional  importance  of  Key  West 374 


• 


CONTENTS  xix 

Page 

Weaknessof  the  United  States' base  on  the  Golf  as  stated  in  1887    .    .  375 

Remedy  then  indicated 376 

Changes  since  1887,  affecting  adyantageonsly  the  influence  of  the  United 

States  in  the  Caribbean 377 

Development  of  Key  West  in  this  interval 377 

Advantages  of  Gnantanamo  and  Kej  West  contrasted 378 

Their  relations :  of  mntnal  support,  and  as  affecting  operations,  offensive 

and  defensive 379 

Strategic  effect  of  a  fleet  resting  on  Gnantanamo  as  a  centre,  with 

supports  at  Key  West  and  Culebra 380 

Comparative  ineffectiveness  of  Raids,  whether  on  land  or  sea  ....  380 
Summary  of  the  effect  of  the  changes  of  tenures  in  the  Caribbean,  in  the 

past  twenty  years 381 

Positive  and  negative  effect  upon  naval  operations  due  to  introduction 

of  Steam 381 

Illustration  of  requirements  of  modem  naval  strategy  afforded  by  the 

Caribbean  Sea  and  the  Isthmus  of  Panama 381 

Relation  of  the  Isthmtis  and  Canal  to  mutual  support  of  the  Atlantic 

and  Pacific  coasts 382 

The  Caribbean  Sea  the  Key  to  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific 382 


CHAPTER  Xni 

Discussion  of  tbb  Russo-Japanbsb  Was 

Yalue  of  the  subject  of  this  chapter  to  Naval  Strategy 383 

Errors  and  defects  elicit  fuller  material  for  illustration  of  principles  than 

successes  do 383 

Reasons  and  Instances 384 

Russian  conduct  of  the  war,  therefore,  first  chosen  for  discussion  .    .    .  384 

"Fortress  Fleet  "and  "Fleet  in  Being" 385 

Correct  method  of  dealing  with  opposing  conceptions 385 

"  Compromise"  and  "  Adjustment"  discussed,  in  relation  to  ship  designs 

and  to  campaign  plans 386 

Essential  characteristics  of  "  Compromise  " 387 

*  Exdusiveness  of  Purpose  "  the  mental  opposite  of  *'  Compromise  "  .    .  387 

Illustration,  from  opposite  systems  of  Mountain  and  River  Defedee  .     .  388 

Necessity  for  precision  in  thought,  and  in  use  of  words 389 

Precise  meaning  of  "Combination" 390 

Impression  produced  by  the  word  "  Compromise  " 390 

The  Armored  Cruiser  a  compromise 391 

"  Fortress  Fleet "  a  RuRsian  conception 391 

Illustration :  Port  Arthur  and  Vladivostok 391 

General  effect  of  this  conception  upon  Russian  practice 392 

Russian  national  bias  towards  defensive 393 


XX  CONTENTS 

"Fortress  Fleet  **  and  "Fleet  in  Being"  represent,  respectiyely*  defen- 
sive and  offensive  ideas 393 

Fftrticular  effect  of  the  Russian   conception  upon  the  method  of: 

1.  Assembling  the  fleet  in  the  Far  East 393 

2.  In  distributing  it  there,  when  aMembled 394 

Warning  herein  against  the  distribution  of  United  States  Battle  Fleet 

between  Atlantic  and  Pacific 395 

Relative  strategic  valnee  of  Port  Arthur  and  Vladivostok  in  this  War  .  396 
Characteristically  defensive  attitude  and  action  of  Russian  Fort  Arthur 

fleet 397 

Ineffective  result 398 

Position  at  Vladivostok  would  indicate  offensive  purpoise 398 

"Fleet  in  Being"  theory.    Probable  influence  upon  Rozhestvensky's 

action .  398 

Non-acceptance  by  Japanese  indicated  by  their  general  course  ....  399 

The  risk  is  not  ignored,  yet  accepted 400 

Military  "  Security  "  not  identical  with  Peace  security 400 

"Possible  "not  the  military  equivalent  of  "actual" 401 

A  successful  raid  not  the  equivalent  of  communications  cut 402 

Capture  at  sea  of  a  Japanese  siege  train 402 

Similar  mishap  to  Bonaparte  before  Acre 402 

Effect  of  the  Russian  conception  of  a  Fortress  Fleet  upon  the  manage- 
ment of  the  Port  Ajrthur  division 403 

Discussion  of  the  management  of  that  division  on  its  attempted  escape 

from  Port  Arthur,  August  10,  1904 404 

Opposing  conditions:  to  be  harmonized,  not  by  compromise,  but  by 

adjustment 405 

Sayings  of  Nelson  applicable  to  the  case 406 

Compromise  in  the  Russian  action  between  ideas  of  escape  and  fighting  407 

Vicious  result 407 

Kamimura's  Action  with  Russian  cruisers,  August  14 407 

Diacussion  of  proper  management  of  the  Russian  division  at  Vladivostok  408 


CHAPTER  XIV 

Discussioir  OF  thb  Russo-Japanbsb  War 

{Concluded) 

Rozhestvensky's  conduct  of  his  division 409 

Singleness  of  conception  the  standard  of  measurement 409 

Enters  the  strategic  theatre  of  the  naval  war 409 

Embarrassments  of  Rozheetvensky 410 

Statements  from  Semenoff's  "Rasplata" 410 

Question  as  to  amount  of  coal  carried  when  starting  on  final  stage    .    .  411 

Effect  upon  Rozhestvensky  of  warnings  from  St  Petersburg    .    .    .    .  411 

Effect  of  Port  Arthur  mismanagement  upon  Rozheetvensky *8  prospects  412 


CONTENTS  xxi 

General  militaxy  lesson  dedaoed 412 

Qaestion  of  a  snrrender;  when  jastified          413 

Command  of  the  sea  the  decisive  and  unifying  consideration  in  this  war  413 
Bozhestvensky's  prohlem,  therefore,  essentially  that  of  the  Russian 

Port  Arthur  fleet 414 

Inferences  as  to  proper  procedure  deducihle  from  this  consideration .    .414 

Essential  requirement  to  obtain  battle  under  favorable  conditions     .    .  414 

Bozhestvensky's  course  of  procedure 415 

Lack  of  singleness  of  aim 416 

Indications 417 

Contrast  with  Ranke's  remark  concerning  William  III  of  England   .    .417 

Specific  application  to  Roihestvensky's  problem 417 

The  question  of  the  supply  vessels 419 

Perplexity  between  opposing  requirements.    Compromise  and  Adjust- 
ment   419 

Discussion  of  Bozhestvensky's  course 420 

Illustrative  quotation  from  Lanfrey's  Napoleon 421 

Japanese  Naval  Strategy 421 

Perplexing  and  harassing  conditions  encountered 421 

Necessity  not  to  risk  battleships,  unless  for  a  decisive  object 422 

Bisk  actually  assumed  in  the  general  plan  of  campaign 422 

Measures  to  obtain  control  of  sea,  by  the  navy  numerically  inferior  .    .  422 

Singleness  of  aim  observable  for  this  object.    Primary  measures  .    .    .  423 

Subsequent  procedure  evinces  the  same  unity  of  conception 424 

Tactical  measures,  to  insure  the  strategic  purpose  of  controlling  the 

hostile  fleet 425 

Strategic  success  of  these  measures  by  thwarting  Bussian  escape  to 

Vladivostok 426 

Strat^c  and  other  reasons  for  Kamimura^s  position  in  Straits  of 

Tsushima 426 

General  correctness  of  Japanese  procedure 427 

Light  shed  by  it  on  the  "Fleet  in  Being  "theory 428 

Necessity  for  taking  risks 430 

Napoleon  quoted 430 

Nelson  quoted 431 

CHAPTER  XV 

Bblatioks  oy  Coast  Fortiyications  to  Natal  Stbatbot 

Seacoast  Fortresses  on  border  line  between  military  and  naval     .    .    .  432 

Consequent  inevitable  clash  of  opinions 432 

Analysis  of  the  functions  of  fleets  and  fortresses  in  mixed  naval  and 

military  operatiouB 433 

In  such  operations,  the  function  of  sea-coast  fortress,  by  harboring  fleets, 

is  essentially  offensive 434 


xxii  CONTENTS 

Consequent  necessitj  for  fortification  on  the  land  side 435 

Ships  at  a  disadvantage  contending  against  forts 435 

In  remote  seas,  coast  fortresses  are  necessary  even  to  a  supreme  naval 

power 436 

Gibraltar,  Alexandria,  Malta 436 

Strategic  effect  of  several  harbors  on  the  same  coast 437 

Necessity  of  coast  fortresses  on  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  coasts  of  the 

United  States 438 

Inflaence  upon  the  moyements  of  a  fleet  due  to  the  security  of  its  bases  438 
Determinative  influence  of  Fort  Arthur  upon  the  war  between  Japan 

and  Russia 439 

Strategic  conditions  possible  to  be  produced  by  similar  use  of  Vladivostok  439 
Conditions  resulting  from  stationing  Russian  fleet  at  Port  Arthur  in- 
stead of  at  Vladivostok 441 

The  fleet  there  subservient  to  fortress,  in  accordance  with  mistaken 

principle 441 

Russian  indisposition  to  offensive  naval  action 441 

Imperative  necessity  for  Japan  to  destroy  the  Russian  fleet,  before  the 

arrival  of  reinforcement 442 

Effect  of  this  necessity  upon  the  land  campaign 442 

Russian  plan  of  campaign  on  land 443 

Comparison  with  the  action  in  1 797  of  the  Archduke  Charles,  commended 

by  Bonaparte 443 

The  tenure  of  Port  Arthur  an  essential  feature  of  Russian  plan    .    .    .  444 

Delay  obtained  important,  even  though  Port  Arthur  ultimately  fell .    .  444 

Comparison  with  Genoa  in  1880 445 

The  Russian  plan  a  true  combination :  Two  parts,  but  one  action     .    .  445 

Causes  of  failure 445 

Navies  needed  by  nations  that  have  little  shipping  engaged  in  foreign 

commerce.    Russia  and  United  States 446 

External  interests  not  limited  to  commerce  and  navigation 446 

In  a  representative  government,  maritime  interests  afford  legislative 

support  to  a  navy 447 

Oversea  interests  and  problems  of  the  United  States 447 


INDEX 449 


LIST  OF  MAPS  AND  PLANS 

I  Plan,  illustrating  advantages  of  central  position  •     .  Page  34 

II  Strategic  sitoation  at  Plevna,  1877 <<  86 

in  Bonaparte's  central  position  at  Castiglione,  1796  "  46 

IV  Campaign  in  Germany,  June  to  October,  1796    .     .  <<  58 

y  Dutch  and   English  naval   movements  in   Medi- 
terranean, 1653-1654 ^       70 

VI  Dutch  and  English  in  English  Channel,  1652-1653  .        "       72 

VII  Map  of  Central  and  Western  Europe,  illustrating 

campaigns,  1630-1713 "       94 

Vni  Athenian  expedition  against  Syracuse,  b.c.  415  .    .        <<     230 

IX  Map  of  Spain  and  Portugal,  illustrating  situation  in 
1812,  with  march  and  retreat  of  Sir  John  Moore 
in  1808-1809 «     248 

X  Map  of   Mediterranean,  to  illustrate  naval  cam- 
paigns, 1793-1798 "260 

XI  Map  of  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  Caribbean  Sea    ...        «     382 

XII  Plan,  showing  opposing  methods  of  defending  several 

passes,  or  fords «     388 

XIII  Scene  of  Naval  War  between  Japan  and  Bussia  "     426 


,  ' 


NAVAL  STRATEGY 

CHAPTER  I 

INTRODUCTORY 

THE  lectures  on  Naval  Strategy,  which  in  re» 
vised  and  expanded  form  are  to  be  read  before 
yon  during  the  present  Conference  of  the 
College  (1909),  were  written  first  in  1887; 
being  used  in  tiie  session  of  that  autumn  and  again  in 
1888.  Upon  this  followed  the  dissolution  of  the  College 
as  a  separate  institution  by  Secretary  Whitney ;  but  both 
at  the  Torpedo  Station,  with  which  the  College  was  tempo- 
rarily merged,  and  again  after  its  restoration  to  distinct 
existence  by  Secretary  Tracy  in  1892,  the  lectures  have 
continued  to  be  read  from  year  to  year  up  to  the  present, 
either  by  myself  or  by  another  officer. 

From  time  to  time,  during  this  period,  substantial  addi- 
tions have  been  made  to  the  text,  but  there  was  no  attempt 
to  recast  the  substance  of  the  lectures.  The  fittmework 
continued  as  at  first,  —  a  statement  of  principles.  It  was 
chiefly  in  illustration,  either  from  history,  or  from  a  recon- 
sideration of  contemporary  political  conditions,  that  addi- 
tion or  change  was  made.  All  these  modifications,  also, 
were  occasional,  even  casual.  When  a  thought  occurred 
as  apt,  it  was  jotted  down ;  but  at  no  time  was  methodical 
revision  undertaken,  nor  would  it  have  been  now  save  for 
the  suggestion,  first,  of  Rear  Admiral  Luce,  the  father  of 
the  College,  and  afterwards  of  Rear  Admiral  Merrell, 


2  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

president  of  the  College  in  1908,  when  this  revision  was 
begun. 

From  first  writing  to  formal  revision,  therefore,  twenty- 
one  years  elapsed;  the  term  from  birth  to  majority. 
During  that  time  the  growth  of  matter  in  the  lectures  was 
confined  to^  such  incidental  development  as  has  been  stated 
above.  The  attempt  at  systematic  revision,  now  to  be 
made,  prompts  naturally  some  reflection  upon  the  changes 
in  conditions  in  the  intervening  period,  by  which  the 
conduct  of  war  has  been  affected. 

The  most  notable  of  these  changes  are  external  to  the 
subject  of  Naval  Strategy  in  itself;  and  necessarily  sa 
They  affect  it  much;  but  they  do  so  from  the  outside. 
Based  as  Naval  Strategy  is  upon  fundamental  truths, 
which,  when  correctly  formulated,  are  rightly  called  prin- 
ciples, these  truths,  when  ascertained,  are  in  themselves 
unchangeable ;  but  it  by  no  means  follows  that  in  elucida- 
tion and  restatement,  or  by  experience  in  war,  new  light 
may  not  be  shed  upon  the  principles,  and  new  methods 
introduced  into  their  application.  This  will  constitute 
development ;  alike  in  the  practice  of  Naval  Strategy,  and 
in  that  statement  of  its  laws  and  principles  which  we  call 
theory.  The  physical  sciences  supply  us  here  with  apt 
analogies.  The  laws  governing  them,  for  example  elec- 
tricity, are  immutable ;  but,  in  the  application  of  the  laws, 
the  lifetime  of  a  generation  testifies  how  great  modification 
and  progress  are  possible.  They  are  possible,  and  are 
effected,  through  many  minds  acting  upon  them,  and 
through  numerous  experiments  being  made;  the  analogy 
to  which,  in  our  profession  of  war,  is  the  experience  of 
warfare. 

It  seems  appropriate  here  to  mention,  if  only  incidentally, 
certain  changes  in  the  weapons  with  which  war  is  waged. 
Especially  to  be  noted  are  the  disappearance  of  the  ram 
from  consideration,  as  a  weighty  factor  in  tactics ;  and,  on 


INTRODUCTORY  8 

the  other  hand,  the  progress  of  the  submarine,  the  im- 
mensely increased  range  of  the  automobile  torpedo,  and  the 
invention  of  wireless  telegraphy.  In  1887,  the  effective 
range  of  the  torpedo  was  reckoned  at  little  over  five  hun- 
dred yards ;  the  submarine,  although  a  well-developed  con- 
ception of  long  standing,  had  scarcely  come  to  be  taken  into 
account  as  a  practical  factor ;  and  wireless  telegraphy  was 
unheard  of, — at  least  by  the  public.  In  the  very  first 
course  of  lectures  delivered  by  me  at  the  College,  in  1886, 
before  these  now  under  consideration  were  begun,  I  sug- 
gested, as  a  possibility  for  a  fleet  blockading  the  United 
States  coast,  that  the  separate  squadrons,  say  before  New 
York,  the  Delaware,  and  the  Chesapeake,  could  be  kept  in 
communication  by  a  submarine  cable.^  That  was  probably 
practicable ;  but  the  same  end  is  now  assured  much  more 
quickly,  more  readily,  and  more  certainly  by  the  wireless. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  submarine  and  the  greater  range 
of  the  torpedo  will  place  a  far  greater  strain  on  blockaders, 
and  compel  them  to  keep  at  a  much  greater  distance. 
These  consequences  will  not  change  the  principles  of 
strategy,  but  they  will  affect  the  application  of  it.  An 
illustration  of  this  has  been  afforded  by  the  Japanese 
battleships  taking  position  sixty  miles  from  Port  Arthur, 
which  they  were  watching,  at  the  Elliott  Islands,  and  by 
the  elaborate  provision  made  against  torpedo  attack  even 
there ;  while  other  measures  insured  their  probably  reach- 
ing the  scene  betimes,  if  the  enemy  undertook  to  come  out. 
As  to  the  effect  of  wireless,  Togo  could  await  Rozhestvensky 
where  he  did,  at  anchor,  because  wireless  assured  him  of 
the  shorter  line  in  order  to  reach  the  point  of  interception. 
Could  he  have  known  of  the  enemy's  approach  only 
through  a  scouting  system  which,  though  itself  equally 
good,  was  dependent  upon  flags  or  lights  for  transmitting 
information,  he  might  have  had  to  keep  nearer  the  line  of 

1  •<  Inflneiice  of  Sea  Power  upon  Hiitoij,"  p.  86. 


4  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

the  enemy's  route,  at  the  probable  disadvantage  of  remam* 
ing  at  sea.  This  does  not  affect  the  well-recognized, 
ancient,  strategic  principle  of  the  value  of  interior  lines ; 
but  it  does  seriously  modify  its  application,  and  appears 
to  me  a  new  confirmation  of  Jomini's  dictum  that  changes 
in  weapons  affect  practice,  but  not  principles. 

As  contributions  to  development,  neither  experience  of 
war,  nor  the  treatment  of  war  by  professional  writers,  has 
been  wanting  to  the  twenty-one  years  now  immediately 
under  consideration.  In  the  matter  of  experience  there 
have  been  three  wars,  in  whic^  navies  have  borne  an  active 
part:  between  China  and  Japan,  in  1894;  between  the 
United  States  and  Spain,  in  1898 ;  and  between  Japan  and 
Russia,  in  1904-1905.  Equally  obvious,  although  not 
equally  on  the  surface,  may  be  cited  the  war  between  Great 
Britain  and  the  Boer  Republics  in  Africa.  The  British 
Navy,  as  navy,  did  not  fire  a  gun ;  but,  in  the  apparent  tem- 
per of  Europe,  the  decisive  superiority  of  the  British  fleet 
to  any  probable  combination  against  it  assured  the  control  of 
the  sea,  and  with  it  the  necessary  transportation  of  force, 
beyond  chance  of  interruption.  We  have  but  to  consider 
the  recent  revelations  of  German  naval  progress,  and  their 
effect  upon  British  feeling,  in  order  to  realize  what  the 
anxieties  of  Great  Britain  would  be  a  few  years  hence, 
with  a  like  war  on  her  hands,  and  the  German  navy  what 
it  promises  then  to  be.  Naval  Strategy  is  being  elucidated, 
and  is  developing ;  but  we  are  not  yet  in  sight  of  the  time 
when  it  will  be  antiquated. 

A  proof  that  it  is  still  in  the  vigor  of  its  prime,  and  an 
early  prime  at  that,  is  to  be  found  in  the  change  in  the 
distribution  of  navies  which  has  taken  place  since  these 
lectures  were  first  written.  We  all  recall  —  there  is 
scarcely  one  here  so  young  as  not  to  recall — the  distribu- 
tion of  our  own  fleet  twenty  years  ago:  the  European 
squadron;  the  Asiatic  squadron }  the  Pacific  squadron, 


INTRODUCTORY  5 

etc  This  was  no  specialty  of  the  United  States,  but  was 
reflected  in  all  the  great  services.  Police  duty,  it  was 
called,  and  quite  accurately ;  for  the  distribution  was  that 
of  police,  not  that  of  a  military  organization  calculated  for 
military  use.  So  American  ships,  and  those  of  other  nar 
tions,  were  dotted  singly  around  the  world,  in  separate 
ports ;  with  single  beats,  like  that  of  a  policeman. 

How  changed  present  conditions,  how  entirely  concen- 
tration—  which  is  military  —  has  taken  the  place  of  disper- 
sion, it  is  needless  to  insist.  This  is  an  effect  of  Naval 
Strategy,  adapted  to  changes  in  conditions ;  but  it  is  fair, 
in  drawing  attention  to  the  change,  to  repeat  that  the 
principles  of  Naval  Strategy  have  not  altered.  They  have 
merely  received  elucidation  by  experience  and  by  reflection. 
Men's  minds  have  turned  —  it  will  be  more  accurate  to 
say,  have  returned — to  ideas  and  practices  which  were 
familiar  enough  to  our  predecessors,  who  had  been  to 
school  to  War  itself;  but  which,  in  the  absence  of  that 
most  excellent  instructor,  had  lapsed  out  of  mind.  This 
return  has  been  due  partly  to  the  wars  we  have  mentioned ; 
partly  to  obvious  changes  in  international  relations;  but 
largely  also,  beyond  question,  to  the  appreciation  of  the 
bearing  which  the  sea  and  the  control  of  it  have  in  war,  and 
to  the  consequent  consideration — reflection  —  how  best  to 
use  naval  power,  a  mental  process  which  this  recognition 
of  its  value  has  prompted  and  sustained. 

Such  use  of  naval  power  is  naval  strategy,  whether 
applied  in  peace  or  war;  and  the  study  of  naval  strategy, 
systematically,  began  here  at  the  Naval  War  College. 
There  was  plenty  of  naval  strategy  before ;  for  in  war  the 
oommon  sense  of  some,  and  the  genius  of  others,  sees  and 
properly  applies  means  to  ends;  and  naval  strategy,  like 
naval  tactics,  when  boiled  down,  is  simply  the  proper  use 
of  means  to  attain  ends.  But  in  peace,  as  in  idleness,  such 
matters  drop  out  of  mind,  unless  systematic  provision  is 


6  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

made  for  keeping  them  in  view.  For  this  purpose  this 
College  was  founded;  and  if  it  had  produced  no  other 
i^esult  than  the  profound  realization  by  naval  officers  of 
the  folly  of  dividing  the  battle-fleet,  in  peace  or  in  war,  it 
would  by  that  alone  have  justified  its  existence  and  paid 
its  expenses.  It  is  known  that  the  decision  of  the  General 
Board,  that  it  was  inexpedient  to  divide  the  battle  fleet 
between  the  two  oceans,  was  largely  influenced  by  the  ex- 
perience of  the  war  games  played  here.  I  had  this  from 
the  late  Admiral  Sperry,  whose  recent  death  the  Navy 
still  deplores.  It  is  well  to  remember  continually  that  the 
Senate  of  the  United  States,  in  the  year  1909,  adopted  a 
recommendation  to  the  President  for  the  division  of  the 
present  battle-fleet  between  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  coasts. 
So  distributed,  the  division  in  each  ocean  would  have  been 
decisively  inferior  to  a  foreign  battle-fleet  there  present ; 
to  which  fleet  the  two  would  have  been  equal  or  superior, 
if  united.  No  more  convincing  instance  exists,  to  my 
knowledge,  of  the  need  of  statesmen  and  people  to  know 
something  about  the  A,  B,  C  of  Naval  Strategy ;  for  this 
principle,  of  concentration,  is  the  A,  B,  C.  Like  the  A,  B 
of  the  Greeks,  which  gave  its  name  to  the  whole  of  their 
alphabet  and  ours,  concentration  sums  up  in  itself  aU  the 
other  factors,  the  entire  alphabet,  of  military  efficiency  in 
war.  In  another  way,  Napoleon  expressed  this  in  a  notable 
saying:  *^  Exclusiveness  of  purpose  is  the  secret  of  great 
successes.  '*  Exclusiveness  of  purpose  means  concentration 
of  the  will  upon  one  object  to  the  exclusion  of  others. 
There  is  thus  a  concentration  of  mental  and  moral  outiook, 
of  resolution,  as  real  as  the  physical  concentration  of  dis- 
posable forces ;  and  when  the  moral  prepossession  exists  in 
a  military  man  the  physical  concentration  will  follow,  as 
surely  as  any  effect  follows  upon  its  cause. 

To  illustrate  the  permanence  of  considerations  affecting 
naval  strategy,  considerations  which  are  not  so  much 


INTRODUCTORY  7 

principles  as  the  outflow  of  principles,  bearing  to  principles 
the  relation  which  fruit  bears  to  its  tree,  three  incidents 
may  be  cited,  which,  though  widely  separated  in  time,  and 
in  superficial  conditions,  are  closely  related  through  the 
principle  common  to  them  all 

1.  Nelson,  over  a  hundred  years  ago,  on  his  last  visit  to 
England,  when  the  public  mind  was  greatly  excited  about 
an  anticipated  action  between  a  British  fleet  under  Calder 
and  a  much  superior  hostile  body,  said,  ^^This  I  freely 
venture,  that,  when  they  shall  have  beaten  Calder,  they 
will  give  England  no  further  trouble  this  year."  What  he 
meant  was,  that  the  enemy  as  well  as  Calder  would  be  re- 
moved from  the  board,  and  that  Great  Britain's  reserve 
forces  would  still  dominate  the  situation. 

2.  Nearly  ninety  years  afterward,  at  the  opening  of  the 
College  session  in  1892, 1  had  occasion,  with  reference  to 
the  obsolescence  of  ships  of  war,  to  quote  a  then  contem- 
porary opinion,  which  I  believe  to  have  been  perfectly 
just.  The  quotation  ran  thus:  The  last  expression  of 
foreign  professional  opinion,  concerning  these  so-called 
obsolete  ships,  is  that,  in  the  later  stages  of  a  war,  when  the 
newest  ships  have  undergone  their  wear  and  received  their 
hammering,  the  nation  which  then  can  put  forward  the 
laigest  reserve  of  ships  of  the  older  types  will  win. 

8.  This  leads  by  a  direct  line  of  precedent  to  a  contem- 
porary instance,  an  interesting  illustration  of  an  historical 
series,  cohering  in  teaching,  from  Nelson's  seventy-fours 
to  to-day's  Dreadnoughts.  In  the  excited  debate  of  March, 
1909,  in  the  British  Parliament,  concerning  German  naval 
rivalry,  it  was  assumed  on  all  hands  that  the  number  of 
German  Dreadnoughts  would  nearly  equal  that  of  British 
three  years  later.  On  this  menacing  fact  there  was  general 
agreement,  although  estimates  differed  in  detail.  But,  to- 
wards the  end  of  the  debate,  the  Prime  Minister  asserted, 
and  in  my  opinion  justly,  that  though  in  Dreadnoughts 


8  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

alone  the  forces  might  be  perilously  near  equality  in  num- 
ber, the  great  superiority  of  Great  Britain  in  her  second 
line  of  ships  would  yet  secure  her  command  of  the  sea. 
For,  when  the  two  fleets  of  Dreadnoughts  parted,  no  mat- 
ter which  won,  they,  like  Calder  and  Villeneuve  in  1805, 
would  be  removed  from  the  board  for  the  time  being,  — 
Nelson's  ^^  this  year," — and  the  reserve  would  come  into 
play. 

The  principle  from  which  the  same  conclusion  flowed  at 
these  three  successive  epochs  is  that  of  keeping  a  superior 
force  at  the  decisive  point;  expressed  in  the  homely  phrase 
of  getting  there  first  with  the  most  men.  This  again  is  con- 
centration, timely  concentration ;  the  A,  B,  C,  of  strategy, 
moving  on  to  the  D,  E,  F.  The  value  of  a  reserve  consti- 
tuted the  decisive  &ctor  in  the  three  estimates  quoted.  A 
reserve,  if  correctly  constituted  in  numbers  and  in  position, 
enables  you  at  a  critical  moment  to  be  first  on  hand  with 
the  largest  force;  to  concentrate j  at  the  decisive  period  of  a 
battle  or  of  a  campaign.  It  is  one  method  among  many 
to  insure  superiority  of  numbers,  each  method  adapted  to 
its  particular  conjuncture.  The  consideration  of  a  reserve 
enforces  a  judicious  abstinence  from  *^  scrapping "  vessels 
prematurely,  a  process  which  by  its  effect  on  a  campaign 
is  strategical  in  its  character.  If  the  Russians  in  the  late 
war  with  Japan  had  properly  mastered  and  applied  the 
function  of  a  reserve,  if  their  national  method  of  naval 
reasoning  had  not  been  utterly  vitiated  by  their  prevalent 
theories  of  a  fortress-fleet,  they  at  Port  Arthur  wouldx  have 
reasoned  as  did  Nelson  in  1805:  When  Togo  shall  have 
wiped  out  the  Port  Arthur  division  he  will  be  in  no  con- 
dition to  do  further  harm  for  some  time,  and  Rozhestvensky 
can  proceed  safely.  The  clear  duty  of  the  Port  Arthur  di- 
vision was  an  engagement  so  desperate  as  to  leave  the  field 
clear  for  the  reserves.  Japan  had  none ;  Russia  had.  If 
ever  a  nation  took  its  fortune  in  both  hands  and  threw  it 


INTRODUCTORY  9 

overboard,  Bussia  did  80  in  the  late  war  with  Japan ;  and  by 
Russia  is  meant,  not  the  helpless,  irresponsible  mass  of  the 
population,  but  the  men  who  in  Russia  bore  to  the  govern- 
ment the  same  relation  that  some  of  those  here  present  to- 
day may  bear  some  time  to  the  Government  of  the  United 
States.  To  such  men  was  due  the  &ilure  of  Russia ;  and 
in  consequence  the  annexation  of  Bosnia  and  Herzegovina 
by  Austria,  through  the  inability  of  Russia  to  assert  her- 
self. This  weakness  of  Russia,  traceable  to  feeble  naval 
management  five  years  before,  has  relieved  Germany  from 
the  menace  of  Russia  on  her  eastern  frontier,  and  thus  has 
aided  that  growth  of  the  German  Navy  which  tends  to 
revolutionize  international  conditions  in  both  hemispheres. 

It  is  trite  to  remark  that  a  bare  assemblage  of  principles, 
although  useful  to  an  expert,  to  steady  him  in  moments  of 
doubt  or  perplexity,  can  serve  little  to  a  novice,  who  has 
not  clothed  them  with  illustrations  drawn  from  personal 
experience;  or,  as  in  the  above  instances,  from  history, 
which  is  the  experience  of  others,  recorded  for  our  use. 
To  a  man  so  unequipped,  principles,  however  sound,  are 
mere  statements  resting  on  external  authority,  unsupported 
by  the  inner  conviction  and  appreciation  which  alone  sup- 
ply strength  in  the  hour  of  need.  The  situation  at  Copenha- 
gen, wrote  Nelson  at  a  certain  moment,  looks  to  the  novice 
in  war  more  formidable  than  it  is.  That  is  the  statement,  and 
the  illustration,  of  personal  experience  applied  to  a  present 
condition  and  problem.  It  is  a  statement,  general  in  char- 
acter, of  the  intuitive  ability  which  practice  gives  to  size  up 
a  situation.  The  French  call  it  c<mp  ffoeil — at  a  glance. 
Napoleon  has  said :  On  the  field  of  battle  the  happiest  in- 
spiration—  again  coup  ffcsil  —  is  often  only  a  recollection. 
This  is  a  testimony  to  the  value  of  historical  illustration, 
which  is  simply  recorded  experience ;  for,  whether  the  rec- 
ollection be  of  what  some  other  man  did,  or  whether  it  be 
of  some  incident  one's  self  has  seen  and  recalls,  it  draws 


10  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

upon  the  past ;  and  that,  too»  not  in  a  general  way,  but  by 
specific  application  to  an  instant  emergency,  comprehended 
at  a  glance,  just  because  it  is  familiar. 

The  two  sayings  complement  each  other.  Nelson  affirms 
the  value  of  experience — which  is  History  in  the  making  — 
to  develop  the  faculty  of  quickly  and  accurately  estimating 
a  situation.  Napoleon  states  the  value  of  History  —  which 
is  experience  recorded  —  in  supplying  precedents,  available 
for  particular  use  in  a  particular  emergency.  One  remark  is 
general,  the  other  specific.  Corbett,  in  his  ^^  Seven  Tears' 
War,"  a  work  I  commend  heartily  to  you,  notes  the  careful 
comments  which  Wolfe,  the  conqueror  of  Quebec,  made 
upon  the  military  movements  at  which  he  was  present  as  a 
subordinate ;  preserving  the  record  of  his  own  experience 
to  sustain  him  in  his  future  and  triumphant  career  as  com- 
mander-in-chief. But  the  man  who  thus  records  his  own 
observations  has  the  temper  which  collects  observations 
from  history  also ;  the  temper  of  the  student.  When  Por- 
ter's flotilla  was  caught  above  the  &lls  of  the  Red  River, 
in  1864,  by  the  lowering  of  the  stream,  he  was  fortunate  in 
having  at  hand  men  who  had  had  experience  in  similar 
conditions.  The  building  of  the  dam,  and  the  consequent 
saving  of  the  vessels,  was  not  due  to  inspiration,  but  to 
experience  and  recollection. 

Principle  and  illustration  thus  react,  the  one  upon  the 
other,  and  this  interaction  shows  the  necessity  of  both. 
The  man  who  possesses  the  principle  is  able  at  a  glance  to 
understand  the  illustration ;  to  appreciate  its  value.  In  a 
paper  on  Naval  Strategy,  by  Admiral  Luce,  published  by 
our  Naval  Institute,  he  cites  the  following  words  of  Lord 
Wolseley,  writing  about  the  American  War  of  Secession : 
**  I  am  struck  throughout  the  whole  story  of  the  minor  oper- 
ations of  this  period  by  the  iUtutratiani  they  afford  of  the 
regularity  with  which  the  old  principles  of  war  assert  their 
supremacy  " ;  and  he  specifies  two  instances,  saying,  ^^  Both 


INTRODUCTORY  U 

failed,  0$  might  have  been  predicted.^  On  the  other  hand, 
the  man  who,  with  the  principle  in  his  possession,  sees  for 
the  first  time  an  incident  of  war,  an  illustration,  thenceforth 
holds  the  principle  more  firmly;  because  he  understands  it 
better.  The  principle"  that  fire  bums  is  better  understood 
by  a  burnt  child  after  he  has  received  the  illustration  of 
being  burned;  while  the  man  who  profits  by  his  observation 
of  the  effects  of  burning  upon  another  man  shows  the  value 
of  intelligent  notice  of  what  gfoes  on  around  him.  There 
is  such  a  thing  as  seeing  another  come  to  grief,  yes,  even  to 
destruction,  without  being  one  whit  wiser  yourself,  because 
you  do  not  understand  how  it  happened ;  and  you  do  not 
understand,  either  because  you  do  not  see  the  principle  he 
has  violated,  or  because  you  miss  the  application  of  it  in 
his  case,  and  consequently  to  your  own. 

To  illustrate :  When  the  Senate  passed  the  recommenda- 
tion to  divide  our  battle-fleet  between  our  Atlantic  and 
Pacific  coasts,  not  four  years  had  elapsed  since  the  Russian 
fleet  had  been  destroyed  by  the  Japanese,  owing  chiefly  to 
its  being  divided  between  the  Baltic  and  Asiatic  coasts  of 
Russia.  The  principle  of  concentration  had  been  recklessly 
violated ;  although  superior  in  aggregate  force,  the  Russians 
continued  throughout  to  be  last  to  arrive  and  with  the  few- 
est men.  A  man  acquainted  with  the  principles  of  Strategy, 
and  with  its  illustrations  in  past  history,  should  have  had 
no  need  of  this  additional  instance  to  show  him  the  error 
of  the  Russian  procedure,  —  an  error  which  seemingly  arose 
from  underrating  their  enemy,  for  the  exposure  was  prob- 
ably due  rather  to  carelessness  than  ignorance ;  but  to  men 
unacquainted  with  the  principle  the  new  illustration  was 
utterly  wasted.  They  saw  their  neighbor  burned  without 
the  slightest  idea  how  it  happened ;  and,  like  a  child  not 
yet  burned,  undertook  with  a  light  heart  to  expose  their 
country  to  the  same  risk. 

Therefore,  let  no  man  fall  into  the  mistake  of  under- 


12  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

yaloing  military  study ;  for  study  is  simply  the  intelligent 
observation  of  incidents,  of  events,  and  drawing  from  them 
conclusions  which  we  call  principles.  This  is  what  science 
does ;  and  the  larger  our  number  of  illustrations  —  observa- 
tions—  the  surer  are  our  inferences.  The  past  has  done 
much  for  us.  That  wliich  we  call  history  has  recorded 
illustrations,  and  from  those  illustrations  has  formulated 
principles,  ready  for  our  use.  It  is  for  us  to  carry  these  on; 
to  apply  them  for  action  to  our  own  circumstances ;  and  to 
note  how  results  are  affected,  as  principles  are  followed  or 
violated,  whether  by  ourselves  or  others. 

Among  naval  officers,  such  active  interest  in  current 
events  and  in  past  events  has  developed  greatiy  since  these 
lectures  were  first  written.  The  consequence  has  been  the 
amassing  of  a  large  amount  of  material  for  study,  previ- 
ously unformulated  or  undigested.  In  illustration  of  this 
development  permit  me  to  quote  again  from  the  address  de- 
livered by  me  in  1892  when  the  College  reopened  in  its  new 
building.  I  said :  *^  Not  only  during  the  time  I  was  actually 
resident  here,  1886-1888,  but  in  the  four  years  which  have 
since  elapsed,  I  have  made  a  practice  of  sending  for  the 
catalogues  of  the  leading  military  and  naval  booksellers,  at 
home  and  abroad,  and  carefully  scanning  their  contents. 
Whatever  could  be  found  bearing  in  any  way  on  the  Art  of 
Naval  War  I  have  had  ordered  for  the  College  library; 
with  the  result  that  a  single  one  of  the  short  book  shelves 
you  can  see  downstairs  contains  all  that  we  have  to  show 
on  the  subject  of  Naval  Tactics ;  and  of  that  space  nearly 
one-half  is  occupied  with  elaborate  treatises  upon  the  tactics 
of  sailing  ships,  from  Paul  Hoste  to  Chopart.^'  In  this 
remark  I  added  nothing  concerning  Naval  Strategy ;  for, 
outside  of  occasional  papers,  of  the  nature  of  magazine  arti- 
cles, there  was  no  formal  treatise  except  Colomb's  ^  Naval 
Warfare,"  published  in  1890.  Reliance  for  principles  had 
to  be  entirely  upon  works  devoted  to  land  strategy. 


INTRODUCTORY  18 

I  am  not  prepared  to  say  that  in  the  production  of  elab- 
orate formal  treatment  of  Naval  Strategy  there  has  been  in 
these  twenty-one  years  the  kind  of  advance  which  shows 
itself  in  large  numbers  of  books.  Formal  treatment  of 
Land  Strategy  is  much  older;  and  we  would  not  need  a 
great  increase  in  the  number  of  our  fingers  to  count  up  the 
books  upon  it  Those  which  by  general  acclaim  can  be 
called  standards  are  necessarily  fewer  stilL  But,  aside  from 
production  in  writing,  there  are  signs  sufficient  of  an  inter- 
est so  enlarged  as  to  indicate  the  working  of  the  leaven  of 
study  in  all  countries.  The  distribution  of  the  fleets  itself 
bears  witness  to  the  prevalence  of  sounder  habits  of  thought ; 
and  the  recognition  of  the  necessity  of  formal  study  has 
been  shown  in  the  institution  by  other  nations  of  courses 
resembling  those  of  this  College.  Greater  attention  is 
being  paid  to  considerations  of  Naval  Strategy  at  the  head- 
quarters, in  the  administrations  which  correspond  to  our 
Navy  Department.  The  redistribution  of  duties  in  the 
British  Board  of  Admiralty,  by  the  Order  in  Council  of 
August,  J904,  bears  the  impress  of  this  change ;  the  duties 
concentrated  by  it  in  the  hands  of  the  First  Sea  Lord  are 
essentially  strategic  in  function. 

Of  books,  however,  there  have  been  no  lack,  to  testify 
to  the  widespread  interest  felt.  Speaking  only  of  the  two 
languages  familiar  to  me,  French  and  English,  I  think  it 
a  moderate  statement  that  thirty  years  ago  works  like  those 
of  Darrieus  and  Daveluy  in  France,  or  the  historical  works 
of  Julian  Corbett  in  England  —  I  refer  specifically  to  his 
^England  in  the  Mediterranean''  and  <^ England  in  the 
Seven  Tears'  War,"  —  could  not  have  been  undertaken. 
They  could  not;  not  because  the  material  for  them  did  not 
exist,  nor  yet  the  brains  to  utilize  the  material,  but  because 
there  was  not  that  general  interest  which  brings  the  brains 
and  the  material  into  fruitful  contact.  That  the  Oerman 
naval  mind  has  been  as  active  in  this  direction  as  might 


14  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

have  been  anticipated  from  the  deyelopment  of  military 
science  in  the  nation  I  know  well ;  among  other  ways  by 
works  kindly  sent  me.  I  have  continually  to  regret  an 
unacquaintance  with  the  language  which  at  my  age  has 
barred  me  from  this  source  of  professional  profit. 

If,  as  I  think  is  true,  this  College  had  a  large  part  in 
originating  this  professional  movement,  it  will  be  interest- 
ing to  trace  that  part  backward,  up  stream,  to  any  one  of 
its  several  sources.  As  you  all  know,  the  College  owed 
its  foundation  to  the  urgency  of  Admiral  Luce  with  the 
Navy  Department.  Among  the  reasons  which  moved  him 
to  undertake  and  persevere  in  this  was  his  personal  experi- 
ence of  the  lack  of  military  perception,  of  amp  cTceU^  in 
the  administration  of  the  Department  which  conducted  the 
War  of  Secession.  Months  of  time,  hundreds  of  lives,  and 
millions  of  dollars  had  been  expended  in  the  direct  frontal 
attack  upon  Charleston  Harbor  by  the  army  and  the  moni- 
tors, one  of  which  was  under  his  command,  with  the  effect, 
among  other  incidents,  of  reducing  Fort  Sumter  to  a 
shapeless  mass  of  ruins ;  but  the  city,  though  shattered  by 
bombardment,  still  held  out,  and  the  flag  of  the  Confeder- 
acy continued  to  fly  defiantiy  over  the  heap  which  had  been 
Sumter.  Thus  things  were  when  Sherman's  army  arrived 
at  Savannah  from  Atlanta. 

In  what  follows  I  quote  the  Admiral  directiy. 

^  From  the  Nantucket  (monitor)  I  was  transferred  to  the 
command  of  the  Pontiac,  and  on  the  6th  of  January,  1865, 
was  ordered  to  report  to  General  Sherman,  then  in  Savan- 
nah, for  duty  in  Savannah  River  in  connection  with  the 

Army. 

**0n  reporting  at  headquarters,  General  Sherman  indi- 
cated in  a  few,  short,  pithy  sentences,  and  by  the  aid  of  a 
map,  his  plan  of  campaign  from  Savannah  to  the  north. 
General  Siocum,  commanding  the  left  wing  of  the  army, 
was  to  move  up  to  Sister's  Ferry,  about  forty  miles  above 
the  city,  and  cross  the  Savannah  Biver  by  means  of  a  pon- 


INTRODUCTORY  16 

toon  bridge  into  South  Carolina.  The  object  in  having  a 
gnnboat  (the  Pontiac)  was  that  it  might  go  up  the  river 
above  the  ferry  in  order  to  protect  the  pontoon  bridge  from 
molestation  by  the  Confederates ;  supposed  to  be  in  force 
somewhere  in  the  direction  of  Augusta.  *  When  I  get  on 
solid  ground/  he  said  (for  much  of  that  part  of  the  country 
was  inundated),  ^somebodv  will  have  to  get  out  of  the 
way  I '  And  he  added,  in  we  pleasant  style  of  banter  with 
wblch  he  was  accustomed  to  talk  to  naval  officers :  *  Tou 
navy  fellows  have  been  hammering  away  at  Charleston  for 
the  past  three  years.  But  just  wait  till  I  get  into  South 
Carolina;  I  will  cut  her  communications  and  Charleston 
will  fall  into  your  hands  like  a  ripe  pear.'  And  that  is 
just  what  actually  came  to  pass." 

^  After  hearing  General  Sherman's  clear  exposition  of 
the  military  situation  the  scales  seemed  to  fall  from  my 
eyes.  *  Here,'  I  said  to  myself,  *  is  a  soldier  who  knows 
ms  business  I '  It  dawned  upon  me  that  there  were  cer- 
tain fundamental  principles  underlying  military  operations 
which  it  were  well  to  look  into ;  principles  of  general  ap- 
plication, whether  the  operations  were  conducted  on  land 
or  at  sea." 

*^  Leaving  Pocataligo,  his  army  now  well  in  hand.  Gen- 
eral Sherman  marched  on  Columbia  and  captured  the  city 
with  little  difficulty.  This  led  to  the  immediate  evac- 
uation of  Charleston,  February  17,  1865,  or  a  little  over 
three  years  after  capture  of  Port  Royal.  Port  Royal  was 
the  advanced  naval  base  in  the  waters  of  South  Caro- 
lina, upon  which  depended  the  direct  frontal  attack  upon 
Charleston." 

In  connection  with  the  revision  of  these  lectures  I  have 
carefully  read  among  other  matter  the  four  books  —  two 
French  and  two  English  — which  I  have  mentioned  to  you 
as  apt  illustrations  of  the  interesting  change  in  the  direc- 
tion of  naval  thought  in  thirty  years.  Darrieus  and 
Daveluy,  while  indulging  copiously  in  illustrative  instances, 
adopt  formally,  and  to  some  extent  systematically,  the 
method  of  my  own  lectures,  till  now  unpublished.  That  is, 
they  state  principles,  which  they  develop  by  discussion; 


16  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

and  then  adduce  their  instances,  which  illuminate  the 
principles,  clothing  them  as  it  were  with  the  flesh  and  blood 
of  living  action,  which  differentiates  a  live  man  from  a 
skeleton.  In  this  way,  while  following  the  logical  coherent 
method  of  a  consecutive  development  of  principles,  enun- 
ciated as  such,  a  manner  of  exposition  particularly  suited 
to  the  lucid  French  intellect  and  language,  they  dso  pre- 
serve the  historic  method  for  which  Daveluy  expresses  a 
distinct  preference.  Thus  he  says:  *^ History,  being  the 
.record  of  experience,  if  exhaustively  studied,  brings  out  all 
the  variable  factors  which  enter  war;  because  History, 
however  imperfect,  forgets  none  of  them«  History  is  pho- 
tographic ;  whereas  the  rational  processes,''  —  that  is,  when 
a  man  having  established  a  certain  basis  of  truth,  builds  up 
his  system  from  that  without  checking  it  by  history,  *^  the 
rational  processes  tend  to  be  selective."  History,  in  short, 
gives  you  all  the  qualifying  factors;  whereas  reason,  in 
love  with  its  own  refinements,  is  liable  to  overlook  that 
which  should  modify  them.  In  somewhat  similar  thought. 
General  Sherman  once  expressed  to  me  a  doubt  of  the 
value  of  sham  fights ;  because,  he  said,  you  cannot  supply 
the  modifying  human  factor,  of  apprehension,  and  of  the 
other  various  moral  influences  which  affect  militaiy  action. 
Faithful  history  gives  you  the  whole;  and  you  cannot 
escape  from  the  effect,  or  benefit,  of  this,  if  you  use  it  con- 
scientiously. But  you  approach  History  with  powers  de- 
veloped to  appreciate  what  it  gives,  if  you  have  beforehand 
the  light  which  is  given  by  principles,  clearly  enunciated. 
Tou  come  to  it  provided  with  standards.  For  that  reason 
I  apprehend  that  Daveluy  and  Darrieus,  and,  so  far  as  they 
stand  the  test,  my  own  lectures,  form  a  desirable  prepa- 
ration for  works  such  as  those  of  Corbett,  which  I  have 
named.  Corbett  himself  has  had  the  advantage,  as  a  mili- 
tary—  or  naval — historian,  of  approaching  his  subject 
provided  with  clearly  formulated  principles,  drawn,  as  he 


INTRODUCTORY  17 

contiimallj  allows  to  transpire,  from  standard  military 
writers.  In  my  own  experience,  it  was  thus  I  approached 
the  study  of  History  as  a  military  record.  From  Jomini's 
^  Art  of  War,"  a  formal  treatise  like  those  of  Daveluy  and 
Darrieus,  supplemented  by  his  ^History  of  the  Wars  of  the 
French  Revolution/'  in  which  he  gives  history  accompanied 
by  strategic  and  tactical  discussion  of  events,  I  went  on  to 
write  the  course  of  historicfid  lectures  which  subsequently 
were  published  under  the  title  *^The  Influence  of  Sea 
Power  upon  History."  It  was  upon  this  foundation  that  I 
then  built  up  the  formulation  of  principles  of  naval  strat- 
egy contained  in  the  original  lectures  which  are  now  to  be 
read  here  in  their  revised  and  expanded  form.  The  revi- 
sion and  expansion  consist  principally  in  new  illustration 
and  some  restatement ;  not  at  all  in  any  novelty  of  princi- 
ples, though  there  may  be  some  novelty  in  application. 

I  trust  that  in  these  remarks,  intended  chiefly  as  prelim- 
inary to  the  course  of  lectures  on  Naval  Strategy,  I  have 
sufficiently  made  clear  the  reciprocal  action  of  principles 
and  of  historicfid  illustration.  Each  is  a  partial  educator ; 
combined,  you  have  in  them  a  perfect  instructor.  Of  the 
two.  History  by  itself  is  better  than  formulated  principles 
by  themselves ;  for  in  this  connection.  History,  being  the 
narrative  of  actions,  takes  the  rOle  which  we  commonly 
call  practical.  It  is  the  story  of  practical  experience.  But 
we  all,  I  trust,  have  advanced  beyond  the  habit  of  thought 
which  rates  the  rule  of  thumb,  mere  practice,  mere  personal 
experience,  above  practice  illuminated  by  the  principles, 
and  reinforced  by  the  knowledge,  developed  by  many  men 
in  many  quarters.  Master  your  principles,  and  then  ram 
them  home  with  the  illustrations  which  History  furnishes. 

In  concluding,  I  wish  to  draw  your  attention  pointedly 
to  one  remark  of  Corbett's.  I  expect  to  use  from  him 
several  illustrative  incidents  in  due  place ;  but  the  remark 
I  here  quote  bears  upon  a  necessary  element  of  naval 


18  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

strategic  thought  which  used  to  be  not  only  ignored,  but 
actually  discredited  and  decried.  I  mean  the  appreciation  of 
international  conditions  as  an  essential  factor  in  all  military 
plans.  I  will  cite  an  instance,  immediately  under  our  eyes. 
When  Germany  shall  have  finished  the  ships  contemplated 
in  the  naval  programme  which  she  has  formally  adopted, 
she  will  have  a  navy  much  superior  to  that  of  the  United 
States,  unless  we  change  our  present  rate  of  building,  and 
also  provide  more  extensive  plants.  Upon  what  then  will 
rest  the  Monroe  Doctrine  ?  and  upon  what  the  security  of 
the  maintenance  of  the  Panama  Canal  ?  The  maintenance 
of  both  these  depends  upon  the  fleet 

The  question,  if  merely  one  of  military  force,  would  be 
simple:  the  superior  fleet  dominates,  if  the  margin  of 
superiority  be  sufficient.  It  is  the  question  of  political 
relations  which  introduces  perplexing  factors;  and  the 
military  adviser  of  a  government  is  not  competent  to  his 
task,  unless,  by  knowledge  of  conditions,  and  practice  in 
weighing  them,  he  can  fairly  estimate  how  far  inferior 
numbers  may  be  reinforced  by  the  pressure  which  other 
considerations  may  bring  to  bear  upon  a  possible  enemy. 
Every  naval  officer  should  order  his  study,  and  his  attention 
to  contemporary  events,  abroad  and  at  home,  by  the  reflec- 
tion that  he  may  some  day  be  an  adviser  of  the  Govern- 
ment, and  in  any  case  may  beneficially  affect  events  by  his 
correct  judgment  of  world-wide  conditions. 

I  have  just  stated  a  principle,  namely,  the  necessity  of 
including  political  —  international  —  conditions  in  military 
projects.  An  illustration,  the  complement  of  the  principle, 
is  tiie  contemporary  historical  relations  of  Germany  and  of 
the  United  States  to  other  nations.  For  instance :  there  is 
the  solidarity  of  action  between  Germany  and  Austria, 
lately  shown  by  the  pressure  of  (Germany  upon  Russia  to 
ignore  Great  Britain  and  France,  and  to  recognize  the 
Austrian  annexation  of  Bosnia  and  Herzegovina.    I  can- 


INTRODUCTORY  19 

not,  of  course,  enter  now  into  an  elaborate  analysis  of  all 
that  this  German  action  means,  but  I  can  indicate  the,  to 
us,  important  question  involved,  which  is  this:  If  Ger- 
many should  wish  to  embark  her  fleet  in  a  transatlantic 
venture,  how  far  will  her  relations  with  other  European 
states  permit  her  to  do  so?  If  we  had  no  fleet,  doubtless 
she  could  afford  it.  If  we  have  nine  ships  to  her  ten  she 
probably  could  not  so  afford ;  because  the  resistance  we  could 
put  up,  whatever  the  issue,  would  leave  her  for  the  time 
without  a  navy  to  confront  Europe.  On  the  other  hand, 
should  our  Pacific  coast  citizens  precipitate  us  into  a  war, 
or  even  into  seriously  strained  relations,  with  Japan,  that 
pressure  upon  us  would  add  to  the  force  of  the  German 
fleet  In  our  long  contention  with  Great  Britain,  based 
on  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  we  made  continuous  progress  up 
to  the  Hay-Pauncefote  Treaty  of  ten  years  ago.  This 
registered  a  success  for  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  which  dur* 
ing  the  month  just  passed  (May,  1911)  has  been  ex- 
plicitly accepted  by  the  British  Foreign  Minister.  Dur- 
ing all  this  period  our  navy  was  hopelessly  inferior  to 
the  British ;  sometimes  ludicrously  so.  Tet  we  won  out. 
Why  did  we?  and  are  we  in  similarly  good  condition  for 
a  possible  contention  with  the  new  Power  of  the  Sea  ?  Where 
ought  Great  Britain  to  stand,  in  case  we  have  trouble  with 
Germany?  and  where  ought  we  to  stand,  in  the  reverse 
case? 

Corbett's  remark  is,  that  in  the  Seven  Years^  War  the 
strength  of  the  British  action  lay  in  the  fact  that  one  great 
man,  the  first  Pitt,  controlled  the  naval,  the  military,  and 
the  diplomatic  factors.  The  several  conditions  were  thus 
weighed,  and  were  harmonized  into  a  common  action,  to 
which  all  contributed  their  utmost  influence  in  mutual 
support.  The  desirability  of  the  result  must  fix  our  eyes 
.upon  the  fact  that  in  our  country  it  will  never  be  at- 
tained through  one  man,  but  only  by  the  co-operation  of 


20 


NAVAL  STRATEGY 


Beveral.  Those  several  wiU  be  statesmen,  military  men,  and 
naval  men;  and,  in  order  that  their  co-operation  may  be 
adequate,  each  must  understand  the  conditions  by  which 
the  others  are  controlled.  The  principle  here  asserted  has 
received  striking  recognition  in  the  recent  Imperial  Con- 
ference (1911),  when  the  Government  of  Gi-eat  Britain 
explained  the  imperial  and  international  situation,  as  it 
concerns  the  common  intereste  of  the  Empire,  to  the  min- 
isters of  Canada,  Australia,  South  Africa  and  New  Zealand, 
sitting  in  secret  session  conjointly  with  the  Imperial 
Defence  Committee.  Of  these  common  interests  the 
chief  is  Imperial  Defence ;  the  oi^nization  of  which  thus 
confessedly  depends  upon  a  common  understauding  of 
international  relations.  The  often  failure  of  conjoint 
military  and  naval  operations  has  been  due  less  to  mean 
jealousy  than  to  lack  of  such  mutual  understandings ; 
and  for  a  due  grasp  of  preparation  for  war,  and  for  plan- 
ning war,  military  men  of  both  services  need  to  be  imbued 
with  knowledge  of  international  relations.  Those  relations 
do  affect  the  amount  of  force  available  in  various  quaiters, 
by  the  several  opponents.    Thus  Darrieus  says  correctly : 

"  Every  naval  project  which  takes  account  neither  of  the 
foreign  relations  of  a  great  nation,  nor  of  the  material  limit 
fixed  by  its  resources,  rests  upon  a  weak  and  unstable  base. 
Foreign  pohcy  and  strategy  are  bound  together  by  an  inde- 
structible link."  In  this  connection  he  quotes  the  German, 
Von  der  Goltz :  "  Whoever  writes  on  strategy  and  tactics 
ought  not  in  bis  theories  to  neglect  the  point  of  view  of  his 
own  people.  He  should  give  us  a  national  stititegy,  a 
national  tactics." 

Now  the  Monroe  Doctiine  ifl  a  point  of  view  of  the 
American  people;  and  no  scheme  of  strategy  —  such  as 
the  numbers  and  constitution  of  the  fleet  —  is  sound  if 
it  neglect  this  consideration. 

My  last  word  to  you,  then,  in  these  prehminary  remarks, 
is  to  master,  and  keep  track  of,  the  great  cuiTent  events  in 


d 


INTRODUCTORY  21 

lustoiy  contemporaiy  with  yourself.  Appreciate  their  mean- 
ing. Your  own  profession,  on  its  militaiy  side,  calls  of 
course  for  your  first  and  closest  attention ;  but  you  all  will 
have  time  enough  to  read  military  history,  appreciating  its 
teachings,  and  you  can  also  keep  abreast  of  international 
relations,  to  such  an  extent  that  when  you  reach  positions 
of  prime  responsibility,  your  glance  —  your  eoup  JCceiU  to 
repeat  the  French  idiom, — will  quickly  take  in  the  whole 
picture  of  your  country's  interests  in  any  emergency, 
whether  that  be  pressing  or  remote.  In  Nelson's  phrase, 
you  will  be  no  novice ;  and  you  will  not,  because  you, 
in  your  career,  as  he  in  his,  will  have  been  continually 
applying  the  judgment  you  are  then  called  specially  to  ex- 
ercise. Remember  also  that  other  expression  of  Nelson's, 
^An  officer  should  have  political  courage."  Political 
courage,  to  be  well  based,  requires  political  knowledge  as 
welL  That  you  may  more  effectually  concentrate  upon 
this  necessary  knowledge,  avoid  dissipating  your  energies 
upon  questions  interior  to  the  country ;  questions  financial, 
sociological,  economical,  or  what  not.  The  sphere  of  the 
navy  is  international  solely.  It  is  this  which  allies  it  so 
closely  to  that  of  the  statesman.  Aim  to  be  yourselves 
statesmen  as  well  as  seamen.  The  biography  and  lustoiy  of 
our  profession  will  give  you  glorious  names  who  have  been 
both.  I  trust  the  future  may  show  many  such  among  the 
sons  of  this  College. 


CHAPTER  II 

HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS 

IN  considering  any  theater  of  actaal  or  possible  war, 
or  of  a  prospective  battlefield,  the  first  and  most  es- 
sential thing  is  to  determine  what  position,  or  chain 
of  positions,  by  their  natural  and  inherent  advantages 
affect  control  of  the  greatest  part  of  it  The  reasons  which 
give  such  control  to  them  should  be  clearly  appreciated  by 
the  student,  if  he  is  to  reach  right  conclusions  himself  and 
afterwards  impart  them  to  others. 

Thus,  in  his  study  of  the  great  theater  of  war  in  Germany 
extending  eastward  from  the  Rhine  to  Bohemia,  and  north- 
ward from  Switzerland  and  the  Tyrol  to  and  somewhat  be- 
yond the  river  Main,^  the  Archduke  Charles  of  Austria 
pointed  out  that  the  stretch  of  the  Danube  from  Ulm  to 
Ratisbon  was,  and,  under  all  the  varying  changes  of  tactics 
due  to  the  development  of  weapons,  always  had  been  for 
two  thousand  years  the  controlling  military  feature  of  the 
country.  The  party  which  firmly  held  it  had  always  come 
out  conqueror  in  the  strife  for  the  control  of  the  whole 
region.  This  statement  the  Archduke  supports  by  several 
historical  instances.  The  reasons  for  this  decisive  effect  of 
this  reach  of  the  Danube  upon  the  whole  theater  of  war  are 
these :  the  river,  from  its  character,  is  eveiywhere  an  ob- 
stacle to  the  free  movement  of  armies ;  it  is  difficult  to 
cross ;  but  it  is  especially  difficult  between  Ulm  and  Ratis- 
bon, because  the  banks  are  high  and  precipitous,  constitut- 
ing a  defile.  This  section  of  the  river  also  is  central,  not 
only  between  the  north  and  south  boundaries  of  the  theater 

1  See  map  fadng  pege  68. 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    23 

of  war,  but  also  between  the  eastern  and  western  fronts, 
which  are  the  bases  of  the  opposing  armies.  Uhn  is  about 
as  far  from  the  Rhine  as  Radsbon  is  from  Bohemia.  Con- 
sequently, the  army  which  controls  the  means  of  passing 
freely  across  this  obstacle  placed  in  the  center  of  the  theater 
of  war,  has  a  decisive  advantage  over  the  enemy,  who,  on 
whichever  side  he  may  be,  is  cut  off  from  the  other ;  or,  if 
part  of  his  force  is  on  either  side,  has  difficulty  to  unite. 
To  this  advantage,  inherent  in  the  natural  condition  of 
things,  is  to  be  added  that  of  the  numerous  bridges  cross- 
ing the  Danube  in  this  part  of  its  course,  several  of  which 
are  of  a  substantial  character  and  heavily  fortified.  To 
these  points,  joined  to  each  other  by  direct  roads  along  the 
river,  lead  also  the  roads  stretching  northerly  and  southerly 
to  different  points.  In  other  words,  the  communications 
of  the  country,  the  lines  by  which  the  armies  and  their 
trains  must  move,  meet  and  cross  at  these  bridges.  For 
three  hundred  years,  since  the  days  of  Francis  L  and 
Charles  V.,  of  Richelieu  and  Louis  XIV.,  to  those  of  the 
Archduke  Charles  and  of  Napoleon,  the  states  of  Germany 
covering  these  regions  were  the  object  of  French  and  Aus- 
trian effort,  seeking  to  control  them  in  the  one  interest  or 
the  other,  and  these  political  efforts  had  often  culminated 
in  war.  The  theater,  therefore,  had  been  the  scene  of  many 
experiences. 

The  Archduke  Charles  will  be  remembered  as  a  promi- 
nent Austrian  general  of  the  days  of  Napoleon,  but  it  may 
not  be  equally  within  the  memory  of  all  that  he  was  much 
the  ablest  of  his  time,  worthy  even  to  contend  with  the 
great  emperor  in  person.  In  1809,  though  yielding  to 
Napoleon's  superior  genius,  he  retired  with  honor  after  a 
hardly  wrung  defeat.  He  had  commanded  upon  this  field 
with  conspicuous  merit  in  1796,  when  by  the  cleverness 
and  decision  of  his  movements  he  got  the  better  of  two 
French  armies,  together  very  much  exceeding  his  force, 


24  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

commandeji)  the  one  by  Jouidan,  the  other  by  Moreau, 
both  exceptionally  able  generals,  but  who  moved,  by  the 
prescribed  plan  of  campaign,  the  one  to  the  north  and 
the  other  to  the  south  of  the  Danube,  whereas  he  him- 
self fell  back  upon  and  held  a  part  of  this  decisive  defile. 
With  the  enemy  thus  separated,  he  turned  hastily  upon  the 
northern  army  (Jourdan),  for  which  his  grip  of  the  river 
gave  him  every  facility,  drove  it  rapidly  back  along  and 
over  the  Main  to  the  Rhine  again.  Then  the  southern 
army  (Moreau),  finding  him  on  its  flank  and  rear,  and 
superior  to  itself  alone,  was  forced  to  retreat  likewise,  pass- 
ing through  the  Black  Forest  instead  of  to  the  north  of  it, 
as  in  its  advance,  and  crossing  the  Rhine  at  Huning^en  and 
Breisach  instead  of  at  Strasbui^,  whence  it  had  started  but 
to  which  it  could  not  return. 

In  1809  the  Archduke  commanded  again  in  this  region, — 
then  against  Napoleon  himself,  —  and  in  the  meantime  the 
valley  of  the  Danube  had  twice  been  the  scene  of  great 
campaigns  by  the  French ;  one  under  Moreau  ending  with 
the  well-known  battle  of  Hohenlinden,  and  later,  in  1805, 
under  Napoleon,  winding  up  with  the  yet  more  celebrated 
battle  of  Austerlitz,  in  both  of  which  instances  the  Aus- 
trians  were  overwhelmingly  defeated*  The  attention  of 
the  Archduke  had  therefore  been  strongly  drawn  to  this 
scene  of  war,  by  its  own  intrinsic  interest  and  by  the  effect 
upon  the  fortunes  of  his  country.  His  military  ability,  and 
the  special  interest  this  theater  had  for  him,  the  practical 
acquaintance  gained  by  personal  command  and  responsi- 
bility, and  the  unusual  candor  with  which  he  points  out 
his  own  blunders  as  well  as  those  of  others,  whether  his 
enemies  or  his  subordinates,  are  the  guarantee  of  the 
worth  of  his  study  of  strategy  based  upon  and  exemplified 
by  this  historical  field  of  war.  This  assurance  of  its  value 
is  doubled  by  the  appreciative  notice  of  Jomini,  of  whose 
reputation  as  a  military  writer  and  critic  I  need  not  speak, 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    26 

who  translated  and  edited  the  work  with  notes,  the  fewness 
of  which  shows  his  substantial  agreement  with  the  Arch- 
dake's  opinions. 

In  former  days,  I  have  in  these  rooms  traced  out  these 
movements  of  the  campaign  of  1796  with  detailed  illustra- 
tion; showing  graphically  the  successive  positions  and 
numbers  of  the  several  forces  during  the  critical  days  of 
the  campaign.  The  special  object  now  in  view  does  not 
require  this  elaboration.  It  is  sufficient  simply  to  show, 
by  the  lines  on  the  plan,  the  distance  to  which  each 
French  army  advanced,  and  to  indicate  the  relative  distri- 
bution of  the  various  forces,  on  both  sides,  at  the  instant 
when  the  French  northern  army  was  driven  to  retreat. 
After  this  retrograde  movement,  the  southern  army  still 
continued  to  advance,  as  shown,  until  Moreau  learned  of 
the  retreat  of  his  colleague  and  the  snare  into  which  his 
own  process  since  then  had  been  leading  himself.  It  was 
evident  that  Jourdan  could  not  stop  short  of  the  Rhine ; 
and«that  his  army,  demoralized  by  defeat  and  retreat,  would 
for  a  measurable  time  exercise  no  restraint  upon  a  south- 
ward movement  of  the  Archduke  to  intercept  Moreau. 
The  latter  therefore  also  began  to  retreat  hurriedly ;  but, 
before  he  could  regain  the  Rhine,  the  pressure  of  the  Aus- 
trians  towards  the  upper  waters  of  the  river  became  so 
ominous  that  the  French  were  compelled  to  diverge  to  the 
southward,  and  escaped  interception  only  by  crossing  at 
Breisach  instead  of  by  Strasbuig  whence  they  had  set  out. 

At  present  I  am  proposing  to  bring  before  you  historical 
illustrations  of  the  importance  and  value  (1)  of  concentra- 
tion; and,  as  means  thereto,  (2)  of  a  central  line,  or  posi- 
tion, such  as  the  Danube  valley,  (8)  of  the  interior  lines  of 
movement,  which  such  a  position  presents,  and  (4)  of  the 
bearing  of  communications  upon  military  tenure  and  suc- 
cess ;  of  which  the  necessity  of  retreat  laid  upon  Moreau  is 
an  instance.    The  most  elaborate  additional  example  to  this 


26  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

end  which  I  shall  present  is  drawn  from  wars  over  a  hundred 
years  antecedent  to  the  campaign  of  1796 ;  but  it  has  an 
advantage  oyer  that  veiy  celebrated  achievement  of  the 
Archduke,  in  that  it  not  only  brings  military  and  naval 
movement  into  contrast,  and  so  into  mutual  illustration, 
but  shows  them  actually  working  together.  The  situation 
in  ito  distinguishing  features  is  partly  militaiy,  partly 
navaL  It  may  be  styled  quite  properly  a  combined  military 
and  naval  situation,  dependent  upon  both  military  and  naval 
conditions ;  so  that  the  campaigns  of  the  war  may  be  called 
combined  operations,  although  the  combination  is  not  so 
clearly  on  the  surface  that  it  can  be  seen  without  careful 
analysis.  This  will  be  succeeded  by  a  brief  account  of  the 
purely  naval  war  that  followed  between  the  Dutch  and 
English,  1652-1654,  with  which  the  narrative  will  close, 
and  which  itself  is  illustrative  of  the  same  lessons  of  con- 
centration, of  central  positions,  and  of  interior  lines. 

The  series  thus  constituted  therefore  is,  first,  the  purely 
land  campaign  of  1796  in  (Germany,  already  touched  upon ; 
second,  the  mixed,  or  combined  naval  and  military  situations 
consequent  upon  the  war  of  France  and  her  allies  against 
allied  Austria  and  Spain,  1685-1648,  in  which  the  central 
position  is  indicated  by  the  line  of  communication  from 
Spain  to  Genoa  by  the  Mediterranean,  and  thence  by  Milan 
to  the  Rhine  valley ;  ^  third,  the  purely  naval  hostilities  be- 
tween the  Dutch  and  English,  1652-1654,  which  occurred 
not  long  after  the  war  between  France  and  Austria,  and 
was  in  some  measure  an  outgrowth  of  that  war.' 

For  the  latter  two  instances,  I  am  indebted  for  much  in- 
formation, and  in  some  measure  for  suggestion,  to  Corbett's 
**  England  in  the  Mediterranean ; "  amplified  necessarily  by 
reference  to  other  authors.  Gorbett  in  that  book  has  added 
a  very  valuable  chapter  to  naval  history,  and  through  naval 


1  See  map  feeing  page  01. 

*  See  mapi  facing  pages  70,  72. 


y 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    27 

history  to  general  history,  by  presenting  in  a  connected 
whole  a  narratiye  of  the  incidents  which  led  Great  Britain 
to  the  Mediterranean,  establishing  her  as  a  Mediterra- 
nean Power  by  securely  basing  her  navy  in  that  sea; 
and,  further,  by  showing  the  consequent  military  effect 
upon  the  general  course  of  events — the  effect  on  land  — 
which  was  produced  by  the  presence  there  of  the  British 
navy  in  superior  force. 

The  entire  period  covered  by  ^  England  in  the  Mediter- 
ranean" is  from  about  1600  to  1718;  roughly,  from  the 
death  of  Elizabeth  of  England  to  that  of  Queen  Anne,  or 
to  the  Peace  of  Utrecht.  First  and  last,  we  shall  touch 
upon  several  occurrences  in  this  stretch  of  time ;  but  the 
chief  part  of  our  treatment  concerns  the  thirty  years  1630- 
1660.  By  the  year  1640  of  this  period,  England  was  re- 
duced to  impotence  for  external  action  by  Civil  War 
beginning  between  the  King  and  the  Parliament;  the 
power  of  France  had  been  consolidated  by  Richelieu ;  and 
a  struggle,  which  lasted  much  over  a  century,  had  begun 
between  France  and  the  House  of  Austria,  which  then 
ruled  not  only  in  the  German  territory  we  now  associate 
with  its  name,  but  over  Spain  as  welL 

This  struggle  between  the  House  of  Bourbon  and  the 
House  of  Austria  was  a  part  of  the  general  conflict  known 
to  history  as  the  TWrty  Years'  War,  1618-1648,  which  m 
its  scope  covered  all  the  continent  of  Europe  west  of  Rus- 
sia. This  war,  while  essentially  religious  in  origin  and 
characteristics,  nevertheless  took  in  the  end  the  particular 
form  of  a  political  contest  between  the  two  dynasties  named. 
Although  both  were  strongly  Roman  Catholic,  their  antag- 
onism was  determined  fundamentally  by  the  fact  that  Ger- 
man Austria  was  consolidating  the  action  of  the  greater 
part  of  the  German  states  under  the  German  Emperor, 
who  was  of  the  Austrian  family;  and  that  this  great 
concentration  of  power  was  sustained  by  the  money  and 


28  NAYAL  STRATEGY 

by  the  still  formidable  military  strengfth  and  military  po- 
sitions of  Spain,  which  was  also  under  Austrian  kings. 
The  preceding  century  had  seen  this  same  combination  in 
the  hands  of  a  single  sovereign,  the  renowned  Emperor 
Charles  V.  To  prevent  the  recurrence  of  such  a  condition 
became  the  policy  of  France,  formulated  by  Henry  IV.  and 
accepted  by  Richelieu.  For  this  object  they  associated 
themselves  to  the  Protestant  Powers  of  northern  Europe : 
Holland,  Sweden,  and  the  numerous  independent,  though 
relatively  small,  German  Protestant  states,  which  also  were 
geographically  northern.  These  alliances  have  particular 
historical  interest,  because  they  mark  the  transition  from 
the  religious  motive,  which  had  dominated  the  previous 
century,  — the  century  of  the  Reformation,  — to  the  purely 
political  combinations  familiar  to  the  following  two  hundred 
years.  This  is  also  worthy  to  be  noted,  because  the  ex- 
ternal policy  of  Oliver  Cromwell,  on  which  we  must  touch, 
1650-1658,  when  he  had  consolidated  the  power  of  Great 
Britain  for  action  abroad,  was  not  only  colored  by  the  re- 
ligious motive  but  deeply  influenced  by  it. 

The  position  of  France,  as  regards  the  two  great  Austrian 
States,  was  central ;  and  her  power  was  greater  than  that 
of  either  individually.  Her  need,  therefore,  was  to  keep 
them  so  separated  that  the  power  of  one  could  not  reinforce 
that  of  the  other.  This  will  be  recognized  by  military  stu- 
dents as  a  frequent  military  situation,  and  one  of  absorbing 
interest  when  it  occurs.  In  all  such  instances  the  under- 
lying principle  is  constant ;  but  the  application  varies  with 
circumstances,  so  that  illustration  is  enforced  by  novelty 
and  diversity.  The  situation  of  France  in  the  case  now  be- 
fore us  presents  a  repetition  in  principle,  though  differing 
in  circumstances,  of  that  of  the  Archduke  Charles  between 
Jourdan  and  Moreau  in  1796,  just  spoken  of ;  and  this  mili- 
tary situation  also  has  its  defile  of  the  Danube,  in  the 
chain  of  positions,  G^noa,  Milan,  and  the  Valtelline  passes 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    29 

of  the  Alps.  Tributary  to  these,  but  similarly  vital,  are  the 
sea  communioations  from  Spain ;  to  Grenoa  on  the  one  hand 
and  to  the  Netherlands  on  the  other. 

France  being  the  enemy,  you  do  not  need  even  to  look 
at  a  map  to  know  that  the  resources  of  Spain,  in  troops 
and  wealth,  could  reach  the  German  Austria  only  by  sea. 
The  whole  bulk  of  France,  from  the  Pyrenees  to  the  Rhine, 
interposed;  but  beyond  her  eastern  frontier,  which  the 
Rhine  indicates  roughly,  —  not  precisely,  —  the  Spanish 
Austria  held  Belgium,  then  called  the  Spanish  Nether- 
lands, on  the  Nordi  Sea,  and  the  Duchy  of  Milan  in  North- 
em  Italy.  To  the  latter  of  these  she  had  access  through 
Genoa,  then  in  alliance  with  Spain.  Speaking  of  these 
conditions,  the  great  German  historian  Ranke,  in  one  of 
his  most  considerable  works,  says:  ^^The  connection  of 
Spain  with  the  Netherlands  on  the  one  hand,  and  with 
South  Italy  and  Milan  on  the  other,  was  that  which  espe- 
cially ruled  the  course  of  international  policy  between  the 
years  1500  and  1700."  This  was  the  result  of  the  day 
when  the  Austrian  Charles  V.  was  at  the  same  time  Ger- 
man Emperor  and  King  of  Spain.  To  the  inheritance  of 
Spain  and  Italy  from  his  mother,  he  had  brought  that 
of  Holland  and  Belgium  from  his  father.  At  the  period  of 
which  we  are  now  treating,  1630-1650,  Holland  had  effected 
an  actual  though  not  yet  recognized  independence,  but 
Belgium  remained  Spanish. 

It  followed  that,  if  the  ways  of  the  sea  were  open,  Spain 
having  reached  the  Netherlands  on  the  one  side,  or  Genoa 
on  the  other,  could  then  proceed,  and  on  occasions  did  pro- 
ceed, by  land  to  any  intermediate  point  on  German  terri- 
tory. To  twentieth  century  ears  there  is  an  oddness  in 
hearing  of  Spanish  troops  acting  on  the  Middle  Rhine,  and 
learning  that  they  came  from  Belgium.  The  Navy  of 
England  was  paraljrzed  at  this  time  by  the  home  troubles. 
Until  these  reached  their  climax,  the  policy  of  Charles  I., 


80  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

though  vacillating,  was  upon  the  whole  favorable  to  Spain ; 
but  the  Dutch  Navy  was  hostile  to  her  and  formidable.  It 
hindered  access  by  the  ocean  and  the  English  Channel  to 
the  Netherlands  and  thence  to  Germany.  The  Spanish 
Navy  could  not  face  the  Dutch.  An  attempt  made  in  1689 
to  send  ten  thousand  troops  by  this  route  led  to  a  crushing 
defeat  of  the  convoying  fleet,  which  the  Dutch  attacked  in 
the  Downs,  where  it  had  sought  English  shelter. 

In  the  Mediterranean  the  case  was  different.  France 
maintained  there  no  force  equivalent  to  the  Dutch  Navy 
in  the  North  Sea ;  consequently  Spain  had  open  passage  to 
Genoa,  and  thence  by  Milan  and  the  Tyrol  to  the  interior 
of  Germany.  Her  particular  route  varied  according  to  the 
circumstances  of  the  times,  or  the  fortunes  of  war;  but  in 
general  terms  it  was  Genoa,  Milan,  and  thence  by  the 
passes  of  the  Alps  to  the  valley  of  the  Rhine ;  or  to  the 
valley  of  the  Danube.  The  Rhine  was  the  shorter  and 
more  desirable  route,  but  when  the  power  of  France  trenched 
upon  it,  the  longer,  exterior,  route  to  the  eastward,  through 
the  heart  of  Germany,  could  be  used. 

Thus,  the  conditions  of  the  Danube,  intermediate  be- 
tween the  territory  north  and  south  of  the  river,  are 
reproduced  in  these  Italian  Possessions  and  the  adjacent 
Mediterranean  Cioasts,  intervening  between  Belgium  and 
Germany  on  the  one  side  and  Spain  on  the  other.  Spain, 
troops  and  treasure,  could  go  to  Genoa  only  by  the  Medi- 
terranean. It  became  therefore  necessary  for  her  to  con- 
trol this  strip  of  sea,  and  necessary  for  France  to  dispossess 
her,  either  of  it,  or  of  the  Italian  provinces,  or  of  both ; 
for  they,  like  the  bridges  of  the  Danube,  gave  means  of 
passing  the  Austrian  power  from  one  side  to  the  other,  and 
thereby  of  rapidly  effecting  local  superiority  by  concentrsr 
tion,  which  is  the  fundamental  object  in  all  military  com- 
binations. The  same  positions,  if  in  the  possession  of 
France,  would  enable  her  to  concentrate  a  force  of  opposition 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    81 

Buffioient  to  prevent  the  concentration  of  the  enemy.  For 
these  reasons,  as  early  as  the  reign  of  James  I.  of  England, 
before  the  power  of  the  kingdom  had  been  shaken  by  civil 
dissension,  and  while  the  Stuart  policy  was  hesitating  be- 
tween **  for  Spain"  and  ^* against  Spain,''  it  was  proposed 
by  Sir  Walter  Raleigh,  in  1617,  to  fit  out  an  expedition 
against  Genoa.  This  project  was  mooted  again  in  1624, 
but  on  neither  occasion  came  to  anything.  Successfully 
effected,  it  would  have  blocked  the  Spanish  communications 
during  the  period  of  occupancy.  The  Valtelline  passes  of 
the  Alps  presented  a  similar  critical  link. 

The  situation  of  France  relatively  to  her  two  opponents 
of  this  period  —  Spain  and  Austria  —  illustrates  three  ele- 
ments of  strategy,  of  frequent  mention,  which  it  is  well 
here  to  name  and  to  define,  as  well  as  to  illustrate  by  the 
instance  before  you. 

1.  There  is  central  position,  illustrated  by  France ;  her 
national  power  and  control  interposing  by  land  between 
her  enemies.  Yet  not  by  land  only,  provided  the  coast 
supports  an  adequate  navy ;  for,  if  that  be  the  case,  the 
French  fleet  also  interposes  between  Spanish  and  Italian 
ports.  The  Danube  is  similarly  an  instance  of  central 
position. 

2.  Interior  lines.  The  characteristic  of  interior  lines  is 
that  of  the  central  position  prolonged  in  one  or  more  direc- 
tions, thus  favoring  sustained  interposition  between  separate 
bodies  of  an  enemy ;  with  the  consequent  power  to  concen- 
trate against  either,  while  holding  the  other  in  check  with 
a  force  possibly  distinctly  inferior.  An  interior  line  may 
be  conceived  as  the  extension  of  a  central  position,  or  as  a 
series  of  central  positions  connected  with  one  another,  as  a 
geometrical  line  is  a  continuous  series  of  geometrical  points. 
The  expression  *^  Interior  Lines  "  conveys  the  meaning  that 
from  a  central  position  one  can  assemble  more  rapidly  on 
either  of  two  opposite  fronts  than  the  enemy  can,  and  there- 


82  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

iore  can  utilize  force  more  effectively.  Particular  examples 
of  maritime  interior  lines  are  found  in  the  route  by  Suez  as 
compared  with  that  by  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  and  in 
Panama  contrasted  with  Magellan.  The  Kiel  Canal  simi- 
larly affords  an  interior  line  between  the  Baltic  and  North 
Sea,  as  against  the  natural  channels  passing  round  Den- 
mark, or  between  the  Danish  Islands,  —  the  Sound  and  the 
two  Belts.^  These  instances  of  *^  Interior ''  will  recall  one 
of  your  boyhood's  geometrical  theorems,  demonstrating 
that,  from  a  point  interior  to  a  triangle,  lines  drawn 
to  two  angles  are  shorter  than  the  corresponding  sides 
of  the  triangle  itself.  Briefly,  interior  lines  are  lines 
shorter  in  time  than  those  the  enemy  can  use.  France, 
for  instance,  in  the  case  before  us,  could  march  twenty 
thousand  men  to  the  Rhine,  or  to  the  Pyrenees,  or  could 
send  necessary  supplies  to  either,  sooner  than  Spain 
could  send  the  same  number  to  the  Rhine,  or  Austria  to 
the  Pyrenees,  granting  even  that  the  sea  were  open  to 
their  ships. 

8.  The  position  of  France  relatively  to  Oermany  and 
Spain  illustrates  also  the  question  of  communications. 
*^  Communications  "  is  a  general  term,  designating  the  lines 
of  movement  by  which  a  military  body,  army  or  fleet,  is  kept 
in  living  connection  with  the  national  power.  This  being 
the  leading  characteristic  of  communications,  they  may 
be  considered  essentially  lines  of  defensive  action ;  while 
interior  lines  are  rather  offensive  in  character,  enabling  the 
belligerent  favored  by  them  to  attack  in  force  one  part  of 

1  An  interesting  inetanoe  of  the  method  and  forethought  which  cause 
German  naral  derelopment  of  all  kinds  to  progress  abreast,  on  parallel 
lines,  is  fonnd  in  the  fkot  that  by  the  time  the  three  Dreadnoughts  laid  down 
in  1911  are  completed,  and  with  them  two  complete  Dreadnought  squadrons 
of  eight  each,  which  probably  will  be  in  1914,  the  Kiel  Canal  will  have  been 
enlarged  to  permit  their  passage.  There  will  then  be  a  fleet  of  thirty-eight 
battle  ships ;  including  these  sixteen,  which  will  be  stationed,  eight  in  the 
North  Sea,  eight  in  the  Baltic,  linked  for  mutual  support  by  the  central 
canal.  The  programme  contemplates  a  continuous  pre-arranged  replacing 
of  the  present  pre-Dreadnonghts  by  Dreadnoughts. 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    88 

the  hostile  line  sooner  than  the  enemy  oan  reinforce  it, 
becaase  the  assailant  is  nearer  than  the  friend  As  a  con- 
crete instance,  the  disastrous  attempt  already  mentioned, 
of  Spain  in  1689  to  send  reinforcements  by  the.  Channel, 
followed  Uie  route  from  Corunna  to  the  Straits  of  Dover. 
It  did  so  because  at  that  particular  moment  the  successes 
of  France  had  given  her  control  of  part  of  the  valley  of 
the  Rhine,  closing  it  to  the  Spaniards  from  Milan ;  while 
the  more  eastern  route  through  Grermany  was  barred  by 
the  Swedes,  who  in  the  Thirty  Tears'  War  were  allies  of 
France.  The  Channel  therefore  at  that  moment  remained 
the  only  road  open  from  Spain  to  the  Netherlands,  between 
which  it  became  the  ^line  of  communications.  Granting 
the  attempt  had  been  successful,  the  line  followed  is 
exterior;  for,  assuming  equal  rapidity  of  movement,  ten 
thousand  men  starting  from  central  France  should  reach 
the  field  sooner. 

The  central  position  of  France,  therefore,  gave  both 
defensive  and  offensive  advantage.  In  consequence  of  the 
position  she  had  interior  lines,  shorter  lines,  by  which  to 
attack,  and  also  her  communications  to  either  front  lay 
behind  the  front,  were  covered  by  the  army  at  the  front ; 
in  other  words,  had  good  defense,  besides  being  shorter  than 
those  by  which  the  enemy  on  one  front  could  send  help  to 
the  other  front.  Further,  by  virtue  of  her  position,  the 
French  ports  on  the  Atlantic  and  Channel  flanked  the 
Spanish  sea  communications. 

At  the  present  moment,  Germany  and  Austria-Hungary, 
as  members  of  the  Triple  Alliance,  have  the  same  advan- 
tage of  central  and  concentrated  position  against  the  Triple 
Entente^  Russia,  France,  and  Great  Britain. 

Transfer  now  your  attention  back  to  the  Danube  when 
the  scene  of  war  is  in  that  region ;  as  it  was  In  1796,  and 
also  frequently  was  during  the  period  of  wliich  we  are  now 
speaking.    A  most  important  battle,  for  instance,  Spaniards 


84  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

and  South  Gennans  against  the  Swedes  and  North  Oer- 
mans,  was  fought  at  Noidlingen,  in  1634.  Up  to  that  time 
the  mass  of  the  French  navy  had  been  kept  in  the  Atlantic 
ports.  Under  this  condition,  Spain  had  open  sea  commu- 
nication with  Genoa  and  Milan,  and  it  was  through  the 
junction  of  Spanish  troops  coming  from  Milan,  with  Ger- 
man troops  already  in  the  field,  that  a  decisive  victory  was 
gained;  after  which  the  Spaniards  moved  on  to  the 
Netherlands.  Tou  have  seen  before,  that,  if  there  be  war 
between  Austria  and  France,  as  there  so  often  was,  the  one 
who  held  the  Danube  had  a  central  position  in  the  region. 
Holding  means  possession  by  military  power,  which  power 
can  be  used  to  the  full  against  the  North  or  against  the 
South  —  offensive  power — far  more  easily  than  the  South 
and  North  can  combine  against  him ;  because  he  is  nearer 
to  each  than  either  is  to  the  other.^  Should  North  wish  to 
send  a  big  reinforcement  to  South,  it  cannot  march  across 
the  part  of  the  Danube  held,  but  must  march  around  it 
above  or  below ;  exactly  as,  in  1640,  reinforcements  from 
Spain  to  the  Rhine  had,  so  to  say,  to  march  around  France. 
In  such  a  march,  on  land,  the  reinforcement  making  it  is 
necessarily  in  a  long  column,  because  roads  do  not  allow  a 
great  many  men  to  walk  abreast  The  road  followed,  desig- 
nates in  fact  the  alignment  of  the  reinforcement  from  day  to 
day ;  and  because  its  advance  continually  turns  the  side 
to  the  enemy,  around  whom  it  is  moving,  the  enemy's 
position  is  said  to  flank  the  movement,  constituting  a 
recognized  danger.  It  makes  no  difference  whether  the 
line  of  march  is  straight  or  curved ;  it  is  extension  upon  it 
that  constitutes  the  danger,  because  the  line  itself,  being 
thin,  is  everywhere  weak,  liable  to  an  attack  in  force  upon 
a  relatively  small  part  of  its  whole.  Communications  are 
exposed,  and  the  enemy  has  the  interior  line. 
Of  tactical  movements  resembling  that  of  the  detach- 

1  See  map  fadng  page  84. 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    86 

ment  in  the  figure,  Austerlitz,  on  the  part  of  the  allied  Rus- 
sians and  Austrians  opposed  to  Napoleon,  presented  an 
instance ;  as  did  also  that  of  the  Confederate  detachment 
under  Stonewall  Jackson  at  Chancellorsville.  The  former, 
performed  under  the  eyes  of  Napoleon,  resulted  in  a  crush- 
ing defeat  by  his  concentrated  attack  upon  the  communi- 
cation between  the  two  wings  of  the  enemy,  when  the 
movement  had  developed  so  far  as  to  be  irretrievable. 
Jackson's  movement,  though  in  itself  similarly  hazardous 
to  that  of  the  Allies  at  Austerlitz,  was  successful  because 
the  Union  commander-in-chief  failed  to  penetrate  the  ene- 
my's designs,  and  consequently  did  not  realize  that  the  army 
before  him  was  divided  into  two  fractions  which  could  be 
separated  by  his  concentrated  force.  He  perceived  only 
the  danger  to  his  own  right  flank  and  rear. 

The  situation  is  this :  As  the  detachment,  laige  or  small, 
let  us  say  from  North,  moves  away,  the  space  between  it 
it  and  the  main  body  becomes  at  once  a  line  of  communi- 
cation. The  farther  it  moves,  day  by  day,  the  longer  that 
line.  Granting  it  has  supplies  enough,  it  none  the  less  is 
drawing  away  from  facility  of  reinforcement,  —  is  in  this 
exposing  its  communications,  is  depending  on  itself  alone ; 
a  condition  which  continues  until  it  comes  in  reach  of 
support  from  South.  During  the  movement,  the  whole 
national  army  to  which  it  belongs  —  North  plus  South — 
is  for  the  time  distributed  in  three  fractions ;  one  of  which 
at  least — the  detachment — is  not  resting  on  a  fortified 
position,  as  the  two  principal  bodies  may  be,  and  as  the 
enemy  certainly  is,  because  the  river  itself  is  a  defense 
and  also  has  been  fortified  at  the  bridges. 

None  of  these  disabilities  lie  upon  the  central  position* 
A  march  from  one  part  to  the  other  entails  no  exposure.  It 
is  not  meant  that  the  enemy  may  not  attack,  but  that  there 
is  not  additional  exposure  because  of  the  march.  An  occu- 
pied line,  assumed  as  a  position,  does  not  have  to  be  weak ; 


36  NAYAL  STRATEGY 

because  being  stationary,  the  exigencies  of  a  maich,  which 
must  follow  roads,  do  not  exist,  and  the  troops  can  be  dis- 
tributed with  sole  view  to  mutual  support.  That  is  the 
defensive  strength  of  the  central  position ;  the  communica- 
tion between  the  parts  is  secure ;  no  gaps,  nor  weak  links. 
For  offensive  strength,  there  are  the  interior  lines.  Center 
is  always  nearer  to  North  and  South  than  either  is  to  the 
other ;  can  throw  his  full  force  in  offense  upon  one  or  the 
other  before  they  can  combine  in  defense ;  and  also,  in  case 
of  a  move  such  as  we  have  been  considering,  intended  to 
improve  the  general  situation  by  a  redistribution  of  forces, 
center  has  the  opportunity  to  strike  one  of  the  three  divi- 
sions of  his  enemy  before  the  others  can  help. 

This  is  an  illustration  of  the  force  of  Napoleon's  saying, 
that  **War  is  a  business  of  positions.*'  All  this  discussion 
turns  on  position ;  the  ordinary,  semi-permanent,  positions 
of  Center,  North,  and  South;  or  the  succession  of  positions 
occupied  by  the  detachment  on  that  line  of  communications 
along  which  it  moves.  This  illustrates  the  importance  of 
positions  in  a  single  instance,  but  is  by  no  means  exhaustive 
of  that  importance.  Fully  to  comprehend,  it  is  necessary 
to  study  military  and  naval  history;  bearing  steadily  in 
mind  Napoleon's  saying,  and  the  definitions  of  central  po- 
sition, interior  lines,  and  communications. 

Take,  for  example,  an  instance  so  recent  as  to  have  been 
contemporary  with  men  not  yet  old, — ^the  Turkish  position 
at  Plevna  in  1877.  This  stopped  the  Russian  advance  on 
Constantinople  for  almost  five  months.  Why  ?  Because, 
if  they  had  gone  on,  Plevna  would  have  been  close  to  their 
line  of  communications,  and  in  a  central  position  relatively 
to  their  forces  at  the  front  and  those  in  the  rear,  or  behind 
the  Danube.  It  was  also  so  near,  that,  if  the  enemy  ad- 
vanced &r,  the  garrison  of  Plevna  could  reach  the  only 
bridge  across  the  Danube,  at  Sistova,  and  might  destroy  it, 
before  help  could  come ;  that  is,  Plevna  possessed  an  interior 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    87 

line  towards  a  point  of  the  utmost  importance.  Under 
these  circumstances,  Pleyna  alone  arrested  the  whole  Rus- 
sian movement  In  the  recent  war  between  Japan  and 
Russia,^  the  Port  Arthur  fleet  similarly  threatened  the  Jap- 
anese line  of  communications  from  Japan  to  Manchuria, 
and  so  affected  the  whole  conduct  of  the  war.  It  was  cen- 
tral, as  regards  Japan  and  Liao-Yang,  or  Mukden.  Study 
of  such  conditions  reinforces  knowledge,  by  affording  nu- 
merous illustrations  of  the  effect  of  position  under  very 
differing  circumstances. 

Let  us  now  go  back  from  the  Archduke  Charles,  and  the 
Danube  with  its  Centre,  North,  and  South,  to  the  commu- 
nications between  the  Spanish  coast  and  the  Austrian 
army  in  Germany.  Should  the  House  of  Austria  in  Spain 
desire  to  send  large  reinforcements  to  the  Danube,  or  to  the 
Rhine,  by  way  of  Italy,  it  can  do  so,  provided  it  controls 
the  sea ;  and  provided  also  that  France  has  not  shaken  its 
hold  upon  North  Italy.  Such  a  condition  constitutes  open 
and  safe  communications.  If,  however,  command  of  the 
sea  is  not  assured,  if  the  French  navy,  say  at  Toulon,  is 
equal  to  the  Spanish  navy  in  the  neighborhood,  there  is 
danger  of  a  reverse ;  while  if  the  French  navy  is  superior 
locally,  there  is  great  danger  not  merely  of  a  reverse  but  of 
a  serious  disaster.  In  such  a  case  the  French  navy,  or  the 
port  of  Toulon,  flanks  the  Spanish  line  of  communication ; 
again  an  instance  of  position.  As  to  position,  Toulon 
would  correspond  to  Plevna  and  Port  Arthur.  This  in- 
stance illustrates,  however,  as  Port  Arthur  conspicuously 
did,  that  the  value  of  a  position  is  not  in  the  bare  position, 
but  in  the  use  you  make  of  it.  This,  it  is  pertinent  to 
note,  is  just  the  value  of  anything  a  man  possesses,  his 
brains  or  his  fortune — the  use  he  makes  of  either.  Should 
the  French  navy  be  decisively  inferior  locally  to  the  Span- 
ish, Toulon  loses  its  importance.    As  position  it  is  still 

1  See  map  fodng  page  426. 


88  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

good,  but  it  cannot  be  used.  It  is  an  unavailable  asset 
So  at  Plevna,  had  the  garrison  been  so  small  that  it  could 
not  take  the  field,  the  place  either  would  have  been  captured, 
or  could  have  been  watched  by  a  detachment,  while  the 
main  Russian  body  moved  on.  At  Port  Arthur,  the  ineffi- 
ciency of  the  Russian  navy  permitted  this  course  to  the 
Japanese.  They  watched  the  place  by  navy  and  army,  and 
went  on  with  their  march  in  Manchuria.  Even  so,  the 
threat  inherent  in  the  position  compelled  an  immense  de- 
tachment of  troops  necessary  for  the  siege,  and  so  greatly 
weakened  the  main  army  in  its  action. 

Note  that  it  is  the  nearness  of  Toulon,  as  of  Plevna, 
which  constitutes  the  menace  to  the  line  of  communication ; 
the  line  from  the  port  to  that  of  the  communications  is  thus 
an  interior  line,  short,  enabling  an  attack  by  surprise,  or  in 
force.  It  is  the  same  consideration  that  has  made  Cadiz  at 
one  time,  Gibraltar  now,  Malta,  Jamaica,  Guantanamo  Bay, 
all  threatening  positions ;  the  ones  to  vessels  bound  up  or 
down  the  Mediterranean  to  or  from  Suez,  the  others  to 
vessels  going  to  or  from  the  Isthmus  of  Panama.  If  it  had 
been  feasible  for  Spain  to  carry  her  reinforcements  south 
of  Sardinia  and  thence  north,  Toulon  would  so  far  have 
lost  much  of  this  value.  As  the  line  drew  near  Genoa,  it 
would  have  regained  control  only  in  some  measure ;  that  is, 
to  a  less  degree  and  for  a  shorter  time.  As  a  matter  of 
fact  such  roundabout  lines,  fau9%e%  route$  as  Napoleon 
called  them,  have  played  a  notable  part  in  the  strategy  of  a 
weaker  party.  The  most  convenient  commercial  route  is 
not  necessarily  the  most  significant  to  strategy.  Napoleon, 
for  example,  when  bound  to  Egypt  from  Malta  in  1798, 
did  not  go  direct,  but  first  sighted  Crete  and  then  bore 
away  for  Egypt.  Owing  to  this.  Nelson  in  pursuit  missed 
the  French  because  he  naturally  went  direct. 

The  same  beneficial  effect —  the  same  amount  of  pro- 
tection as  a  roundabout  line  would  give  —  might  have 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    89 

been  obtained  if  the  Spanish  navy  on  the  Atlantic  coast 
threatened  French  ports  and  commerce,  and  thus  induced 
France  to  keep  her  navy,  in  whole  or  in  part,  in  that 
quarter,  weakening  her  Toulon  force;  so  that,  though 
favorably  situated,  it  was  not  strong  enough  to  attack. 
This  was  actually  the  case  up  to  1634,  in  which  year  the 
defeat  of  the  allies  of  France  at  Nordlingen,  due  to  Spanish 
troops  from  Italy  reinforcing  the  Imperial  armies  in 
Germany,  compelled  France  to  declare  open  war  against 
Spain  and  to  transfer  her  fleet  to  the  Mediterranean.  This 
effect  was  produced  also  in  1898  on  the  United  States; 
not  by  the  Spanish  navy,  which  was  innoxious  in  every- 
thing but  talk,  but  by  the  fears  of  the  American  people, 
which  prompted  the  American  Government  to  keep  the  so 
called  Flying  Squadron  in  Hampton  Roads,  instead  of  close 
to  the  probable  scene  of  war.  Owing  to  this  distribution,  if 
Cervera's  squadron  had  been  efficient,  it  could  have  got 
into  Gienfuegos  instead  of  Santiago ;  a  very  much  harder 
nut  to  crack,  because  in  close  railroad  communication  with 
Havana  and  with  the  great  mass  of  the  Spanish  army  in 
Cuba.  It  is  the  same  sort  of  unintelligent  fear  which 
prompts  the  demand  now  to  send  half  the  battle-fleet  to 
the  Pacific.  No  course  could  be  more  entirely  satisfactory 
to  an  enemy,  or  more  paralyzing  to  the  United  States  fleet, 
than  just  this.  All  or  none ;  the  battle-fleet  concentrated, 
whether  in  the  Pacific  or  the  Atlantic. 

You  will  remember  that  in  the  war  with  Spain  the 
United  States  navy  had  reproduced  for  it  the  situation  I 
have  depicted,  of  a  detachment  trying  to  pass  round  the 
Danube  from  North  to  South.  The  ^  Oregon  "  was  the  de- 
tachment, and  she  had  to  join  the  American  fleet  in  the 
West  Indies,  in  spite  of  the  Spanish  squadron.  She 
reached  Barbados  May  18 ;  the  day  before  Cervera  entered 
Santiago,  and  six  days  after  he  left  Martinique,  which  is 
only  one  hundred  miles  from  Barbados.    The  utter  ineffi- 


40  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

ciency  of  the  Spanish  navy  has  caused  us  to  lose  sight  of 
the  risk  to  the  **  Oregon,''  which  was  keenly  felt  by  her  com- 
mander, and  concerning  which  at  the  moment  two  former 
secretaries  of  the  navy  expressed  to  me  their  anxiety. 
Despite  this  experience,  there  are  those  now  who  would  re- 
constitute it  for  us,  half  the  fleet  in  the  Pacific  and  half  in 
the  Atlantic ;  exactly  the  situation  of  Jourdan  and  Moreau. 
Should  then  war  arise  with  a  European  state,  or  with  Japan, 
it  would  be  open  to  either  enemy  to  take  the  Danube  posi- 
tion between  our  two  divisions,  as  Togo  did  between  the 
Port  Arthur  and  Baltic  squadrons. 

As  a  matter  of  experience,  in  the  struggle  to  which 
France,  Spain,  and  the  German  Empire  were  parties,  be- 
tween 1680  and  1660,  the  importance  of  the  line  of  commu- 
nication from  Spain  to  Genoa  became  so  evident  that  it 
changed  the  general  distribution  of  the  French  navy,  and 
also  led  to  its  enlargement.  Richelieu,  who  died  in  1642, 
had  reorganized  and  consolidated  the  fleet ;  he  is  looked  on 
by  many  Frenchmen  as  the  real  father  of  their  navy.  His 
first  distribution,  however,  had  reference  to  Atlantic  condi- 
tions. The  ocean  and  the  Mediterranean  constitute  for 
France  the  dilemma  which  the  Atlantic  and  the  Pacific  pre- 
sent to  the  United  States.  Richelieu  at  the  first  stationed 
three  squadrons  on  the  ocean,  that  is,  in  the  Channel  and 
Bay  of  Biscay ;  in  the  Gulf  of  Lyons  only  one,  and  that  of 
galleys,  not  of  sailing  vessels.  His  original  motive  in  reor- 
ganizing the  navy  had  been  the  usual  one  of  the  protection 
of  commerce  and  of  the  coasts.  To  that,  as  the  aggrandize- 
ment of  the  House  of  Austria  drew  France  more  and  more 
into  opposition  to  both  its  branches,  in  Spain  and  in 
Crermany,  was  added  the  necessity  of  blocking  the  commu- 
nications between  them  by  sea,  notably  in  the  English 
Channel  and  in  the  Mediterranean. 

France  entered  the  Thirty  Years*  War  openly  in  May, 
1686.    For  some  time  before  she  had  been  indirectly  oppos- 


HISTORlbAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    41 

ing  Austria,  by  subsidieB,  and  by  partial  action  favoring 
her  enemies ;  but  the  immediate  occasion  of  her  taking  an 
active  part  was  the  heavy  defeat  at  Nordlingen,  August  27, 
1684,  inflicted  upon  the  allies  of  France,  the  Swedes  and 
North  Gennans.  This  done,  the  Spaniards  had  marched  on, 
by  the  Rhine,  to  Belgium  —  their  Netherlands.  It  may  be 
added  that  this  heavy  reinforcement  to  the  Spanish  military 
power  in  the  Netherlands  probably  had  much  to  do  with 
the  Spanish  successes  in  the  following  years,  which  at  one 
moment  (1686)  threatened  Paris  itself. 

To  Richelieu's  far-sighted  political  views,  the  project 
of  obtaining  the  Rhine  as  the  eastern  boundary  of  France 
was  already  present ;  but  at  this  time  his  particular  military 
aim  was  to  sever  the  communications  from  Italy  through 
the  south  of  Germany,  where  the  Austrian  power  lay, 
to  the  Netherlands,  upon  which  he  intended  the  weight 
of  his  attack  on  Spain  to  fall,  and  which  he  proposed 
to  divide  between  France  and  Holland.  In  order  to  ef- 
fect this  interruption  of  communications,  he  had  already, 
in  1688,  taken  possession  of  Lorraine,  then  an  independent 
(German  state  near,  but  west  of,  the  Rhine,  because  it 
had  helped  the  Emperor.  From  there  the  French  forces 
had  also  entered  Alsace,  which  borders  the  river.  Thus 
France  interrupted  the  communication  by  the  Rhine 
valley ;  but  subsequent  events,  culminating  in  the  battle 
of  Nordlingen,  had  opened  to  the  Spaniards  another  line 
of  communication,  exterior  to  that  by  the  valley  of  the 
Rhine ;  longer,  but  serviceable. 

This  was  too  far  interior  to  Germany  for  France  to  reach 
just  then;  consequently  it  became  necessary  to  attack 
that  part  of  the  long  line  of  communication  which  was  by 
sea,  viz. :  from  the  east  coast  of  Spain  to  Genoa.  Accord- 
ingly, Richelieu  in  1686  ordered  his  Atlantic  squadrons 
round  to  Toulon.  As  is  often  the  case,  his  reasons  for  this 
move  may  have  been  more  than  one.    Grardiner,  the  most 


42  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

recent  and  exhaustive  historian  for  this  period,  surmises 
that  the  motive  was  to  withdraw  the  French  navy  from 
contact  with  the  English ;  for  the  English  king,  Charles  I., 
though  formally  neutral,  was  helping  Spain  in  the  Channel. 
English  ships  of  war  convoyed  Spanish  transports,  with 
men,  supplies,  and  money,  to  Dunkirk;  which,  though 
at  the  present  time  French,  was  then  the  militeiry  port  of 
the  Spanish  Netherlands.  Richelieu  did  not  wish  a  rup- 
ture with  England,  and  the  surest  way  to  avoid  it  was  to 
keep  his  ships  out  of  the  way.  This  was  the  more  impera- 
tive, because  the  English  king  viewed  with  jealousy  the 
efforts  of  France  to  create  a  navy  then,  exactly  as  the  Brit- 
ish people  toKlay  are  viewing  with  fear  and  distrust  the 
growth  of  the  Grerman  navy.  The  navy  of  Spain  was  then 
a  long  existent  fact,  to  which,  and  to  beating  it,  England 
was  accustomed ;  the  French  navy  was  new,  and  an  addi- 
tional danger.  Moreover,  Spain  was  far  away;  whereas 
France,  like  Germany  now,  bordered  the  Narrow  Seas. 

Whatever  the  reason,  the  fact  is  certain  that  in  1636  the 
French  navy  left  the  Atlantic,  and  concentrated  at  Toulon, 
then  a  partly  developed  arsenal,  for  galleys  only.  Mean- 
time the  Spaniards,  to  secure  the  sea  communications,  had 
seized  the  Lerins  Islands  between  Toulon  and  Genoa,  and 
were  fortifying  them.  This  position  gave  them  a  base 
whence  to  interrupt  French  coast  trade  —  offensive ;  and 
also  to  support  their  own  communications  to  Genoa  —  de- 
fensive. It  is  to  this  act  of  the  Spaniards,  specifically,  that 
Corbett  attributes  the  concentration  of  the  French  navy  at 
Toulon ;  in  which  case  the  movement  was  not  an  instance 
of  military  foresight  and  sagacity,  but  the  simple  recognition 
of  a  present  condition  too  obvious  to  be  overlooked.  The 
Spaniards  soon  after,  most  inopportunely  for  themselves, 
reduced  their  garrison  in  the  Lerins,  which  the  French 
were  thus  enabled  to  regain  in  1687.  The  advantage  of 
position  was  thus  restored  to  Toulon. 


CHAPTER  ni 

mSTOEICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS 

(^Cantinued) 

THE  general  war  against  the  House  of  Austria, 
as  conducted  by  Richelieu,  appears  to  have 
suffered  from  tiie  same  cause  that  saps  the 
vigor  of  many  wars;  he  attempted  too  many 
things  at  once,  instead  of  concentrating  for  decided  supe- 
riority in  some  one  or  two  localities.  For  such  concen- 
tration he  had  good  opportunities,  owing  to  the  central 
positition  and  interior  lines  possessed  by  France.  It  was 
open  to  him  to  act  in  great  force  either  in  Belgium,  or  on 
the  Rhine,  or  in  Italy,  or  towards  Spain.  Moreover,  he 
had  the  initial  advantage  of  a  natural  concentration :  one 
nation  against  two,  and  those  separated  in  space.  The 
proverbial  weakness  of  alliances  is  due  to  inferior  power  of 
concentration.  Granting  the  same  aggregate  of  force,  it  is 
never  as  great  in  two  hands  as  in  one,  because  it  is  not 
perfectly  concentrated.  Each  party  to  an  alliance  usually 
has  its  particular  aim,  which  divides  action.  In  any  mili- 
tary scheme  that  comes  before  you,  let  your  first  question 
to  yourself  be.  Is  this  consistent  with  the  requirement  of 
concentration?  Never  attempt  to  straddle,  to  do  two  things 
at  the  same  time,  unless  your  force  is  evidently  so  supreme 
that  you  have  clearly  more  than  enough  for  each. 

Our  profession  has  never  produced  a  man  more  daring 
in  enterprise,  nor  more  skilful  in  manag^ement,  than  Nelson. 
Remember,  therefore,  and  always,  that,  when  he  sent  off 
two  frigates  on  some  expedition,  he  charged  their  captains : 

^  If  you  meet  two  enemies,  do  not  each  attack  one.    Com- 


44  HAVAL  STRATEGY 

bine  botb  on  one  of  the  enemy;  you  will  make  sure  of 
that  one,  and  you  may  also  get  the  other  afterwards ;  but, 
whether  the  second  escape  or  not,  your  country  will  have 
won  a  victory,  and  gained  a  ship/' 

The  same  consideration  applies  to  ship  design.  Tou  can- 
not have  everything.  If  you  attempt  it,  you  will  lose  eveiy- 
thing;  by  which  I  mean  that  in  no  one  quality  will  your 
vessel  be  as  efficient  as  if  you  had  concentrated  purpose  on 
that  one*  On  a  given  tonnage,  —  which  in  ship-building 
corresponds  to  a  given  size  of  army  or  of  fleet,  —  there 
cannot  be  had  the  highest  speed,  and  the  heaviest  bat- 
tery, and  the  thickest  armor,  and  the  longest  coal  en- 
durance, which  the  tonnage  would  allow  to  any  one  of 
these  objects  by  itself.  If  you  try,  you  will  be  repeating 
Richelieu's  mistake  when  he  tided  to  carry  on  offensive  war 
on  four  frontiers.  He  also  wanted  four  things.  In  the 
Netherlands  he  wanted  conquest;  on  the  Rhine,  to  hold 
the  Spanish  communications,  possibly  conquest  as  well;  in 
Italy,  to  hold  the  communications ;  and  lastly,  in  Spain,  to 
sustain  a  rebellion  in  Catalonia  with  a  view  to  the  uniting 
of  that  province  to  France.  The  war  lasted  his  life,  al- 
though he  lived  for  seven  years  after  it  began.  Happily 
for  France,  by  the  force  of  circumstances  her  navy  could 
remain  concentrated  in  the  Mediterranean.  This  was  due 
partly  to  the  fact  that  the  fleet  of  England,  which  favored 
Spain,  was  fettered  for  offensive  action  by  the  gpx)wing 
disputes  between  the  King  and  the  Parliament;  but  it  was 
owing  chiefly  to  Holland  being  the  ally  of  France.  The 
Dutch  fleet  was  strong  enough  to  keep  the  Spanish  in 
check  in  the  Channel,  without  French  assistance,  despite 
Charles'  friendly  attitude  to  Spain;  for  the  King  was 
afraid  to  provoke  hostilities  by  too  positive  action  against 
Holland,  lest  he  should  have  to  summon  Parliament  to  get 
money  for  war. 

I  am  always  much  in  favor  of  enforcing  military  anal- 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    46 

ogies.  By  this  I  mean  showing  the  existence  and  effect 
of  a  single  principle,  underlying  and  deciding,  in  circum- 
stances which  superficially  seem  very  diverse*  Take,  for 
example,  the  long  line  of  frontier  over  which  Richelieu  had 
to  act :  the  Netherlands ;  along  the  Rhine ;  the  Italian 
Alps ;  the  Mediterranean  coast,  centering  from  Toulon  to 
Genoa ;  lastly,  Spain.  The  proper  course  would  not  be  to 
attempt  all  at  once,  but  to  assemble  as  rapidly  and  secretly 
as  possible  a  great  preponderance  on  one  part,  while  in  the 
other  quarters  the  attitude  should  be  essentially  defensive, 
however  much  this  fact  should  be  concealed  by  a  display  of 
energy ;  making  a  big  smoke,  as  the  proverb  says.  Now 
this  rule  of  concentration  is  precisely  the  same  in  the  com- 
paratively short  line  of  a  battle-field.  That  is  to  say,  the 
rule  ^)plies  to  the  limited  field  of  tactics,  as  well  as  to  the 
broader  of  strategy.  Granting  some  approach  to  equality 
between  two  opponents,  the  object  of  each  must  not  be  to 
have  a  square  set-to  all  along  the  front,  but  to  throw  the 
weight  upon  one  quarter,  while  on  the  other  action  is  either 
a  feint  or  a  ref usaL  Refusing,  in  military  parlance,  means 
keeping  back  part  of  your  force  actually,  however  vigorous 
and  earnest  its  demonstration  may  appear. 

In  land  warfare,  the  part  of  the  enemy  to  attack  will  be 
determined  usually  by  conditions  of  the  ground ;  because, 
from  these  conditions,  in  addition  to  a  local  superiority  of 
numbers,  which  you  effect  by  concentration,  you  seek  some 
disadvantage  of  position  somewhere  to  the  enemy,  and 
consequently  some  increased  advantage  to  yourself.  For 
instance,  one  flank  of  the  enemy  may  rest  on  a  river ;  im- 
passable, or  with  insufficient  bridges.  If  you  attack  on  the 
other  flank,  you  may  throw  him  round  with  his  back  to 
the  river;  when,  if  defeated,  he  is  evidently  in  danger  of 
destruction.  Or,  one  flank  being  driven  back,  you  may 
force  his  whole  line  round  at  right  angles,  and  drive  him 
off  the  road  behind,  by  which  his  supplies  come  —  severing 


46  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

his  communications.  This  was  what  Wellington  expected 
Napoleon  would  attempt  in  the  Waterloo  campaign,  in  oitler 
to  cut  the  British  off  from  the  sea.  Or,  again,  there  may  be 
something  in  the  conditions  which  encourages  an  assault 
upon  his  center ;  because,  if  you  break  through,  you  will 
then,  with  the  advantage  of  the  particular  position  gained, 
be  able  to  keep  one  half  in  check,  while  you  throw  your 
mass  of  men  on  the  other  half.^  Napoleon  in  Italy,  for  in- 
stance, thus  used  a  central  position  successfully  against 
numbers  much  superior  to  his  own,  which  had  made  the 
mistake,  similar  to  that  of  Jourdan  and  Moreau,  of  advanc- 
ing on  exterior  lines,  on  either  side  of  Lake  Gktrda,  which 
with  its  outlet,  the  Mincio,  thus  became  their  Danube  val- 
ley. Their  commander  was  moved  to  this  division  by  the 
superficially  plausible  idea  that  while  he  himself  attacked 
on  the  east,  in  front,  with  superior  numbers,  driving  the 
French  back,  the  western  body  would  act  in  the  rear,  cut- 
ting the  French  communications  with  Milan  and  Genoa. 
Bonaparte  at  the  moment  was  occupjdng  Verona  and  be- 
sieg^g  Mantua.  Abandoning  both  these  positions,  he  fell 
back  upon  the  Mincio,  and  to  its  west  bank.  This  he  held 
against  the  eastern  Austrians  with  a  small  force  strength- 
ened by  the  river,  and  with  the  delay  thus  obtained  was 
enabled  to  fall  upon  the  western  at  Lonato  in  much 
superior  numbers.  Those  of  you  who  will  take  the  trouble 
to  read  Jomini's  "Wars  of  the  French  Revolution,''  espec- 
ially Bonaparte  in  Italy  in  1796,  will  find  instruction  in 
the  use  of  ground.  This  campaign  required  special  care  in 
utilizing  position,  because  Napoleon  was  usually  in  inferior 
numbers. 

Generally,  in  land  warfare,  the  attack  on  the  flank  of  an 
enemy's  line  is  preferred,  unless  there  be  strong  opposing 
reasons  in  the  nature  of  the  ground.  I  apprehend  that  the 
reason  is  substantially  this :  that  each  flank  is  farther  from 

1  See  map  flKdog  page  40. 


FRENCH 
AUSTRIAN 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    47 

the  other  than  either  is  from  the  center.  Consequently 
each  flank,  and  both  flanks,  can  help  the  center  more  easily 
than  either  flank  can  help  the  other.  It  is,  in  short,  a 
question  of  distance,  or,  more  accurately,  of  time.  For 
instance,  reverting  to  Richelieu's  line,  it  will  be  seen  that 
if  he  attacked  in  force  the  Netherhnds  on  one  flank,  it 
would  take  Spanish  reinforcements  from  Italy  much  longer 
to  get  there  than  if  he  attacked  the  center,  on  the  Rhine. 
In  naval  tactics,  as  in  land  battle-fields,  this  same  consider- 
ation usually  determines  the  character  of  attack.  There 
are  exceptions.  At  the  battle  of  Cape  St.  Vincent  the 
British  admiral  attacked  the  enemy's  center ;  but  that  was 
because  the  enemy  had  left  the  center  so  weak  —  in  fact, 
stripped  —  that  it  was  possible  for  the  British  fleet  to  inter- 
pose between  the  two  flanks,  and  engage  one  only  of  them, 
as  Napoleon  broke  the  enemy's  center  at  AusterUtz. 

The  fighting  order  of  navies  still  continues  a  line ;  which 
is  called  more  properly  a  column,  because  the  ships  are 
ranged  one  behind  the  other.  Nevertheless,  if  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  guns,  from  van  to  rear,  is  regarded,  it  will  be 
seen  that  they  really  are  deployed  on  a  line  fronting  the 
enemy.  As  a  rule,  in  instructed  naval  warfare,  attack  has 
been  on  one  flank  of  that  line.  It  is  commonly  spoken  of 
as  an  attack  on  van  or  rear,  because  of  the  columnar  forma- 
tion of  the  ships,  but  it  is  reaUy  a  flank  attack;  and, 
whichever  flank  is  chosen,  the  attack  on  the  other  is 
essentially  refused,  because  the  numbers  devoted  to  it 
are  not  sufficient  to  press  an  attack  home.  The  cul- 
mination of  the  sail  era  —  Trafalgar  —  was  fought  ex- 
actly on  these  lines.  Nelson  concentrated  the  bulk  of 
his  fleet,  a  superior  force,  on  the  left  flank  of  the  enemy, 
which  happened  to  be  the  rear;  against  the  right  flank 
he  sent  a  smaller  number.  He  did  not  indeed  give 
specific  orders  to  the  smaller  body  not  to  attack,  or  to 
refuse  themselves.     That  was  not  his  way.      Moreover, 


48  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

he  intended  himself  to  take  charge  of  this  attack  in  smaller 
force,  and  to  be  governed  by  circumstances  as  to  the 
development  of  it ;  but  the  result  was  shown  in  the  fact 
that  the  larger  part  of  the  enemy's  right  flank  escaped, 
and  all  probably  wou]4  if  they  had  maneuvered  welL  The 
hostile  loss  fell  on  the  other  flank  and  on  the  center;  and 
not  only  was  this  the  case  in  result,  but  also  Nelson  in  form 
and  in  his  ordere  purposed  just  this*  He  put  the  concen- 
trated attack  in  the  hands  of  his  second ;  ^^  I/*  said  he,  in 
effect,  ^  will  see  that  the  other  flank  of  the  enemy  does  not 
interfere."  Conditions  modified  his  action ;  but  that  was 
his  plan,  and  although,  from  the  particular  conditions,  he 
actually  pierced  the  enemy's  center,  still,  having  done  so, 
the  subsequent  attack  fell  upon  the  flank  originally  in- 
tended, while  the  other  flank  was  kept  in  check  by  the  rear 
ships  of  Nelson's  own  division.  These,  as  they  advanced 
in  column,  lay  athwart  the  line  by  which  the  enemy's  van, 
if  it  tacked,  would  approach  the  rear,  or  other  flank ;  and 
they  thus  prevented  its  approach  by  that  route  until  too 
late  to  be  effective. 

Nelson,  who  was  a  thoughtful  as  well  as  a  daring  tac- 
tician, expressed  reasons  for  attacking  one  flank  rather 
than  another,  under  differing  conditions  in  which  the  fleets 
presented  themselves;  but,  speaking  generally,  the  rear 
was  the  better  to  attack,  because  the  van  could  not,  and 
cannot,  come  as  soon  to  help  the  rear  as  the  rear  can  the 
van.  It  has  to  turn  round,  to  begin  with;  and,  before 
turning  round,  its  commander  has  to  make  up  his  mind, 
which  few  men  do  quickly,  unless  they  have  reached  con- 
clusions beforehand.  All  this  means  time.  Besides,  the 
assailant  can  more  easily  place  himself  in  the  way  of  such 
new  movement  of  the  van,  than  he  can  of  the  rear  coming  up 
on  the  line  of  advance  it  already  has.  Still,  there  are  some 
reasons  in  favor  of  the  van.  Nelson  in  1801  said  that  in 
case  of  encountering  a  Russian  fleet  he  would  attack  the 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    49 

van ;  because  injury  to  it  would  throw  the  enemy's  order 
into  confusion,  £rom  which  the  Russians  were  not  good 
enough  maneuverers  to  recover.  That  is  a  special  reason, 
not  a  geneiaL  It  takes  account  of  a  particular  circum- 
stance, as  a  general  on  shore  does  of  a  particular  locality. 
When  Farragut  passed  the  Mobile  forts  his  van  was 
thrown  into  confusion,  and  all  know  what  a  critical 
moment  that  was.  It  matters  little  what  the  incident 
is,  if  the  confusion  is  produced. 

In  the  Battle  of  the  Japan  Sea  the  attack  again  was  on 
a  flank,  and  that  the  van.  Whether  this  was  due  to  previ- 
ous purpose  of  the  Japanese,  or  merely  arose  from  the  con- 
ditions as  they  presented  themselves,  I  do  not  know ;  but 
its  tendency  certainly  would  be  to  cause  confusion.  I  do 
not  wish,  however,  to  argue  here  a  question  of  tactics.  My 
subject  is  strategy,  and  I  am  using  tactics  simply  to  illus- 
trate the  predominance,  everywhere,  under  all  conditions 
and  from  the  nature  of  things,  of  the  one  great  principle  of 
concentration;  and  that,  too,  in  the  specific  method  of  so 
distributing  your  own  force  as  to  be  superior  to  the  enemy 
in  one  quarter,  while  in  the  other  you  hold  him  in  check 
long  enough  to  permit  your  main  attack  to  reach  its  full 
result.  That  necessary  time  may  be  half  an  hour  on  a 
field  of  battle ;  in  a  campaign  it  may  be  days,  weeks,  per- 
haps more. 

In  further  illustration,  I  wish  now  to  apply  the  same 
principle  and  method  to  the  question  of  coast  defense  and 
attack.  When  a  country  is  at  war,  its  whole  frontier,  and 
the  whole  frontier  of  its  opponent,  are  subject  to  attack. 
This  constitutes  the  defensive  aspect  of  frontiers.  They 
also  can  be  used  throughout  their  whole  extent  as  points 
from  which  attack  can  be  made ;  and  this  is  their  offensive 
aspect,  on  one  side  and  on  the  other.  In  land  warfare,  as 
between  France  and  Germany  in  1870,  or  as  in  the  wars  of 
Richelieu  of  which  we  have  been  speaking,  it  will  com- 


50  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

monly  happen  that  the  belligerents  adjoin  one  another,  that 
the  political  frontier  is  not  only  common,  but  identical  — 
the  same  line  for  each.  This  is  not  indeed  invariably  the 
case.  The  late  war  between  Japan  and  Russia  was  fought 
mainly  on  Chinese  soil,  and  Belgium  has  been  proverbially 
the  battle  ground  for  quarrels  in  which  her  inhabitants  had 
little  national  interest  Nevertheless,  the  military  frontier, 
the  line  between  the  two  fronts  of  operations,  is  substan- 
tially common  to  each  belligerent.  In  maritime  warfare 
this  cannot  be  the  case.  Here  the  sea  constitutes  for  each 
of  the  two  opponents  the  political  frontier,  which  in  so  far 
is  common,  but  from  its  width  is  not  identical.  The  inter- 
vening sea  is  less  a  line  than  a  position,  central  between 
the  two,  dividing  them  from  one  another,  and  in  so  far  re- 
producing the  characteristic  noted  of  the  Danube.  It  will 
readily  be  recognized  that  the  power  which  really  controls 
the  sea,  as  Great  Britain  at  times  has  done,  possesses  ex- 
actly the  Danube  advantage ;  she  can  throw  superior  force 
in  either  direction,  for  defense  or  attack. 

The  war  between  Great  Britain  and  the  United  States  in 
1812  presented  an  example  of  both  kinds  of  frontier. 
There  was  the  land  frontier,  between  Canada  and  the 
United  States ;  and  there  was  the  American  ocean  frontier, 
against  which  Great  Britain  operated  as  she  chose,  because 
she  commanded  the  sea,  the  central  position,  intervening 
between  America  and  the  British  Islands.  In  my  ^^  War 
of  1812'*  I  have  discussed  the  general  situation  as  embraced 
in  the  two  frontiers,  and  also  the  special  conditions  of  each, 
as  indicative  of  where  the  offensive  should  have  been  as- 
sumed by  the  United  States,  and  where  the  defensive ;  it 
being  evident  that  all  parts  were  not  equally  favorable  to 
offensive  action,  nor  did  the  country  possess  forces  ade- 
quate so  to  act  everywhere.  I  mention  these  discussions 
because,  whether  my  own  estimates  were  accurate  or  not, 
they  serve  to  illustrate  the  fact  that  in  any  frontier  line,  or 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    61 

any  strategic  front  of  operations,  or  any  line  of  battle,  of- 
fensive effort  may,  and  therefore  should,  be  concentrated  in 
one  part,  not  distributed  along  the  whole.  This  possibility, 
and  a  convenient  way  of  conceiving  it,  Jomini  expresses  in 
an  aphorism  which  may  be  commended  to  memory,  be- 
cause it  sums  up  one  important  consideration  concerning 
any  military  disposition  whatever ;  whether  it  be  the  stra- 
tegic front  of  operations  in  a  campaign,  or  a  tactical  order 
of  battle,  or  a  frontier.  Every  such  situation,  Jomini  says, 
may  be  properly  regarded  as  a  line ;  and  every  line  divides, 
logically  and  actually,  into  three  parts,  — ^the  center,  and 
the  two  extremes,  or  flanks. 

Guard  yourselves,  of  course,  from  imagining  three  equal 
parts.  We  are  not  dealing  here  with  mathematics,  but  with 
military  conceptions.  For  practical  results,  let  us  apply  at 
once  to  the  United  States  of  to-day.  The  United  States 
has  a  long  ocean  frontier,  broken  at  Mexico  by  the  inter- 
position of  land,  as  the  French  maritime  frontier  is  broken 
at  the  Pyrenees;  yet  the  coast  lines,  like  the  French, 
possess  a  certain  maritime  continuity,  in  that  ships  can 
pass  from  end  to  end  by  sea.  In  such  cases,  it  may  be 
said  without  exaggeration  that  an  ocean  frontier  is  con- 
tinuous. At  present,  the  United  States  has  one  frontier 
which  is  strictly  continuous,  by  land  as  by  water,  from  the 
coast  of  Maine  to  the  Rio  Grande.  There  are  in  it,  by 
natural  division,  three  principal  parts:  the  Atlantic,  the 
Gulf,  and  the  Straits  of  Florida.  I  do  not  deny  that  for 
purposes  of  study  further  convenient  subdivisions  may  be 
made;  but  it  may  fairly  be  claimed  that  these  three  are 
clear,  are  primary,  and  are  principal  They  are  very  un- 
equal in  length,  and,  from  the  military  standpoint,  in 
importance;  for  while  the  peninsula  of  Florida  does  not 
rank  very  high  in  the  industrial  interests  of  the  nation,  a 
superior  hostile  fleet  securely  based  in  the  Stiaits  of  Florida 
could  effectively  control  intercourse  by  water  between  the 


62  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

two  flanks.  It  would  possess  central  position ;  and  in  vir- 
tue of  that  central  position,  its  superiority  need  not  be 
over  the  whole  United  States  navy,  should  that  be  divided 
on  each  side  of  the  central  position.  The  supposed  enemy, 
in  such  position,  would  need  only  to  be  decisively  superior 
to  each  of  the  divisions  lying  on  either  side;  whereas, 
were  they  united,  superiority  would  require  to  be  over 
the  whole.  It  was  this  condition  which  made  Cuba  for  the 
first  century  of  our  national  existence  a  consideration  of  the 
first  importance  in  our  international  relations.  It  flanked 
national  communications,  commercial  and  militaiy.  We 
know  that  there  exists  in  our  country  an  element  of  wis- 
dom which  would  treat  such  a  situation,  which  geography 
has  constituted  for  us,  as  two  boys  do  an  apple.  This 
would  divide  the  fleet  between  the  two  coasts,  and  call  it 
fair  to  both ;  because,  so  it  is  reasoned,  —  or  rat;her  argued, 
—  defending  both.  It  certainly,  however,  would  not  be 
concentration,  nor  effective. 

Before  passing  on,  note  the  striking  resemblance  between 
the  Florida  peninsula  and  that  of  Korea.  Togo,  at  Ma- 
sampo,  was  to  Rozhestvensky  and  the  Russians  at  Vladi- 
vostok just  as  a  hostile  fleet  in  the  Straits  of  Florida 
would  be  to  American  divisions  in  the  Gulf  and  at 
Hampton  Roads.  In  like  manner  at  an  earlier  period 
Togo  and  Kamimura,  working  apart  but  on  interior  lines, 
separated  the  three  fine  fighting  ships  in  Vladivostok  from 
the  Port  Arthur  division. 

The  United  States,  however,  has  an  even  more  urgent 
situation  as  to  frontier  in  its  Atlantic  and  Pacific  coasts. 
If  my  claim  is  correct,  in  the  instance  of  France,  that  a 
water  frontier  is  continuous  when  passage  from  end  to  end 
by  water  is  practicable,  this  is  also  continuous;  and  the 
battle-fleet  has  demonstrated  the  fact  within  the  past  few 
years.  The  United  States,  then,  has  a  maritime  frontier 
line  from  Eastport,  Maine,  to  Puget  Sound;  and,  like  other 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    68 

militaiy  lines,  it  divides  into  three  principal  parts  inunedi- 
ately  obvious, — the  Atlantic  Coast,  the  Pacific  Coast,  and 
the  line  between.  This  summary  will  not  be  any  more 
true,  nor  any  more  useful  for  reflection,  when  the  line 
passes  by  Panama  instead  of  the  Straits  of  Magellan ;  but 
it  certainly  will  be  more  obvious.  It  then  will  be  seen 
easily,  as  now  may  be  seen  certainly,  that  the  important 
part  of  the  long  line  in  the  present  case,  as  in  the  future, 
is  the  center,  because  that  insures  or  prevents  passage  in 
force  from  side  to  side ;  the  transfer  of  force ;  in  short,  the 
communications.  This  reproduces  again  the  Danube  posi- 
tion, and  also  the  chain  of  Spanish  positions  from  Genoa  to 
Belgium.  It  is  once  more  the  central  position,  which  we 
have  met  before  in  such  varying  localities  and  periods ;  but 
the  central  position  of  Panama  has  over  that  now  open 
to  us,  by  Magellan,  the  advantage  of  interior  lines,  of 
which  class  of  lines  indeed  the  contrast  between  the  exist- 
ing and  the  future  routes  offers  a  notable  illustration. 

In  order  to  see  clearly  here,  we  must  recur  to  statements 
before  made.  In  what  consists  the  advantage  of  central 
position?  In  the  position  itself,  however  strong  it  be? 
No;  but  in  the  use  made  of  it.  The  central  position  is 
contributory,  not  principal ;  one  element  of  a  situation,  but 
not  the  only  one,  nor  even  the  chief.  It  is  of  little  use  to 
have  a  central  position  if  the  enemy  on  both  sides  is 
stronger  than  you.  In  short,  it  is  power  plus  position 
that  constitutes  an  advantage  over  power  without  position ; 
or,  more  instructively,  equations  of  force  are  composed  of 
power  and  position  in  vaiying  degrees,  surplus  in  one 
tending  to  compensate  for  deficiency  in  the  other.  If  the 
mobile  force,  army  in  the  field  or  navy,  be  great  enough 
to  maintain  itself  alone  in  any  part  of  the  field,  or  on  any 
section  of  the  frontier,  it  holds  the  central  position  in 
virtue  of  its  own  strength,  and  that  no  matter  where  it 
may  be.    If  the  American  fleet  be  strong  enough  to  force 


64  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

its  way  from  one  coast  to  the  other,  it  has  the  central  posi- 
tion by  virtue  of  its  own  power.  When  the  Panama 
Canal  is  fortified,  and  its  locks  insured  against  treachery, 
the  fleet  will  have  power  plus  position,  and  fortified  posi- 
tion at  that ;  till  then,  the  fleet  must  depend  upon  its  own 
power  alone  to  control  the  center  of  the  line,  the  freedom 
of  movement  from  flank  to  flank, — from  the  Atlantic  to 
the  Pacific,  or  vice  versd.  So  long  as  the  fleet  is  strong 
enough  for  that,  against  any  particular  enemy,  the  center 
of  the  frontier  is  secure,  and  consequently  the  communi- 
cations. Then,  from  the  pure  military  point  of  view,  all 
that  either  flank  requires  is  to  be  strong  enough  to  resist 
attack  until  the  fleet  comes  to  its  aid.  That  is,  it  requires 
adequate  fortification,  in  the  broad  sense  which  includes 
harbor  works,  guns,  garrison,  and  torpedo  equipment ;  and 
it  should  have  also  an  organization  of  land  forces  which 
can  prevent  an  enemy's  army  from  establishing  itself  in 
impregnable  control  of  some  decisive  position. 

It  follows,  of  course,  that  where  position  is  assured,  and 
in  proportion  as  it  is  assured,  less  force  may  be  needed. 
Still,  if  the  United  States  have  an  enemy  in  the  Atlantic 
and  one  in  the  Pacific,  no  advantage  of  position  will 
dispense  from  the  necessity  of  having  a  fleet  stronger  than 
either  the  one  or  the  other  singly.  That  is  a  One-Power 
standard,  the  minimum  now  needed  by  the  United  States. 
The  National  Review  for  July,  1909,  contained  an  article 
entitled  "  Navy  and  Empire,"  in  which  occurs  the  follow- 
ing definition,  in  my  judgment  correct :  **  The  Two-Power 
standard  must  mean  the  maintenance  of  two  fleets,  the  one 
superior  in  all  arms  to  the  foreign  fleet  next  in  order  of 
strength,''  that  is,  the  next  strongest  to  the  British,  ^^  the 
other  superior  in  all  arms  to  the  foreign  fleet  next  again 
in  order  of  strength."  I  do  not  here  say  that  the  United 
States  needs  a  Two-Power  standard,  as  Great  Britain  may ; 
but,  if  she  did,  that  is  a  correct  definition  of  such  stand- 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    66 

aid.  Taking  present  conditions  in  Europe,  and  present  na- 
val programmes,  the  Two-Power  standard  requires  that 
Great  Britain  have  in  home  waters  a  fleet  distinctly  superior 
to  that  of  Germany,  and  that  she  shall  be  able  coincidently 
to  place  in  the  Mediterranean  one  equally  superior  to  those 
of  Austria  and  Italy  combined. 

The  interior  position  will  enable  you  to  get  there  sooner, 
but  with  that  its  advantage  ends.  It  does  not  give  also 
the  ^  most  men*'  needed  to  complete  the  familiar  aphorism. 
The  position  in  itself  gives  no  larger  numbers ;  and  when 
left  it  serves  only  the  defensive  purpose  of  a  refuge,  a  base 
of  supplies,  a  line  of  communication.  It  cannot  be  carried 
to  the  field  of  battle,  as  a  reinforcement.  But  if  you  have 
an  enemy  in  the  Atlantic,  and  also  one  in  the  Pacific, 
and  are  superior  to  each  singly,  though  not  to  both  com- 
bined, central  position  may  give  an  opportunity  of  dealing 
with  one  or  the  other  singly  and  decisively ;  of  preventing 
their  junction  in  a  force  which  you  cannot  meet.  So, 
through  the  Russian  mismanagement,  Togo  dealt  in  suc- 
cession with  the  divisions  of  Port  Arthur,  of  Vladivostok, 
and  of  the  Baltic. 

It  may  be  said  there  is  here  a  great  deal  of  ^^  if*  and  of 
**but.'*  Quite  so;  and  every  time  you  tackle  a  concrete 
problem  of  war  you  will  find  "  if  "  and  "  but "  playing  an 

enormous  part  It  is  the  **ifs"  and  the  ^^buts"  which 
constitute  the  dilemma  of  the  commander-in-chief;  but 
they  also,  when  solved  or  overcome,  are  his  title  to  honor. 
Study  the  '*  ifis "  and  the  ^'  buts  "  that  hung  around  Napo- 
leon before  Austerlitz.  They  will  be  found  in  conveniently 
condensed  form  in  Ropes*  life  of  the  Emperor.  Remember, 
too,  that  within  ten  years  you  have  yourselves  witnessed 
just  such  a  problem,  a  game  played  under  your  own  eyes. 
Japan  —  Togo  —  had  a  central  position,  interior  lines,  and  a 
force  superior  to  either  of  the  two  enemy's  divisions,  that 
of  the  Baltic  and  that  of  the  Far  East,  which  lay  on  each 


56  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

fiide  of  him.  These  hostile  bodies  were  separated  by  a 
distance  little  inferior  to  that  from  Hampton  Roads  to 
San  Francisco,  by  Magellan ;  vastly  greater  than  that  by 
the  Panama  CanaL  United,  the  two  Russian  fleets  would 
be  so  &r  superior  that  it  may  be  questioned  whether  Togo 
could  have  faced  them  early  in  the  war ;  if  he  could,  it 
would  have  been  through  superior  intrinsic  efficiency  not 
through  equality  of  numbers.  Can  it  be  supposed  that 
there  were  not  plenty  of  ^^  ifs ''  and  *^  buts  "  in  the  months 
preceding  the  hour  when  he  signalled  his  fleet,  ^  The 
safety  of  the  Empire  depends  upon  this  day's  results?'' 

We  have  assurance  that  it  was  so ;  that  from  the  flrst 
the  Japanese  through  their  inferiority  of  numbers  were 
trammeled  by  the  necessity  of  hosbanding  their  battleships, 
and  that  the  deepest  anxiety,  even  alarm,  was  felt  as  the 
unexpected  tenacity  of  Port  Arthur  protracted  the  time 
when  the  fleet  before  the  place  could  be  withdrawn  and 
refitted  to  meet  the  Baltic  fleet.  Granting  the  truth  of  the 
signal  when  made,  how  vastly  truer,  how  very  doubtful  the 
conditions,  if  the  Port  Arthur  division  had  continued  in 
the  condition  of  the  previous  summer,  or  if  Rozhestvensky 
had  arrived  ten  months  earlier.  But^  Rozhestvens^  ar- 
rived too  late ;  hut^  when  he  did,  the  Port  Arthur  division 
no  longer  existed. 

Even  so.  Admiral  Togo  still  had  "  ifs  "  and  **  buts ''  to 
harass  him.  A  Japanese  officer  on  the  fleet  staff  wrote  of 
the  moment  before  Rozhestvensky's  arrival: 

**  The  time  when  we  felt  the  greatest  anxiety  was  two 
or  three  days  before  the  battle.  We  had  expected  the 
Russian  fleet  to  be  sighted  by  our  southermost  vessels  by 
May  28,  or  at  latest  25 ;  but  no  report  came  from  them,  nor 
did  we  receive  from  any  sources  any  information  about  the 
Russian  fleet  Now  we  began  to  doubt  whether  the  enemy 
hsA  not  entered  the  Pacific  and  gone  round  to  the  Strait  of 
Soya  or  Tsugaru.  Being  in  the  dark  as  to  the  route  the 
enemy  had  taketi,  it  was  the  most  trying  time  for  us.   Even 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    67 

Admiral  Togo,  although  very  strong  in  his  conyiction  that 
the  enemy  must  come  oy  Tsushima,  seemed  to  have  felt  a 
certain  uneasiness  at  that  time." 

Consider  the  ^ifs''  and  *^buts"  that  confronted  the 
Archduke  Charles  in  that  campaign  of  1796,  which  has 
been  used  as  an  illustration  to  initiate  this  treatment  of 
strategy.  The  period  of  his  operations  coincided,  broadly, 
with  the  brilliant  successes  of  Bonaparte  in  his  immortal 
campaign  of  that  same  year  in  Italy  —  successes  which  of 
themselves  constituted  a  gigantic  (f  for  Austrian  calcula- 
tion. The  Archduke's  inferiority  to  his  own  two  immedi- 
ate opponents,  Jourdan  and  Moreau,  {f  they  were  united, 
introduced  innumerable  {ft  and  huU  peculiar  to  himself. 
All  these  he  met,  and  in  the  end  overcame,  by  opposing 
concentration  to  dispersion ;  by  the  masterly  use  made  of 
the  central  position  assumed,  and  the  interior  lines  used 
by  him,  in  virtue  of  the  strong  natural  advantages  of  the 
Danube.  This  river,  and  its  tributaries  from  tiie  south, 
he  utilized  as  Bonaparte  during  the  same  season  utilized 
the  smaller  river  Mincio,  the  outlet  of  Lake  Gkirda,  in 
Italy.  The  Archduke  turning  upon  Jourdan,  to  the  north, 
threw  a  decidedly  superior  mass  on  the  left  flank  of  the 
general  French  advance,  which  may  be  considered  his 
own  right  His  own  left  flank,  south  of  the  Danube,  he 
refused.  That  is,  opposing  inferior  numbers  to  Moreau 
on  the  south  of  the  river,  he  instructed  his  subordinate  in 
charge  of  that  operation  to  dispute  every  stream,  but  not 
to  allow  himself  to  be  drawn  into  a  pitched  battle ;  on  the 
contrary,  to  retire  continually,  keeping  his  force  substan- 
tially unimpaired.  In  connection  with  these  orders,  he  used 
an  illuminating  expression,  which  illustrates  emphatically 
that  exclusiveness  of  purpose  which  Napoleon  eulogized 
and  practiced;  the  singleness  of  mind  and  concentration 
of  effort  by  which  a  great  commander  solves  his  {ft  and 
huU^  by  fastening  tenaciously  on  the  one  thing  needfuL 


68  >    NAVAL  STRATEGY 

Doubts  may  be  many;  truth  is  one.  ^It  matters  not,*^ 
said  the  Archduke,  *^  if  Moieau  gets  to  Viemia,  provided  I 
meantime  crush  Jourdan/' 

In  this  fine  resolve  we  have  the  reply  to  those  who 
would  divide  the  battle-fleet  between  the  Atlantic  and 
Pacific.  Had  the  Archduke  divided  his  force,  half  against 
Jourdan  and  half  against  Moreau,  it  would  have  mattered 
greatly  had  Moreau  reached  Vienna,  for,  the  northern  Aus- 
trians  also  being  inferior  and  compelled  to  retreat  con- 
tinually, Jourdan  would  have  been  on  hand  to  join  his 
colleague.  As  it  was,  when  Moreau  was  nearest  Vienna 
Jourdan  was  back  at  the  Rhine  in  rapid  retreat;  and 
there  was  nothing  left  for  Moreau  but  to  retire  precipi- 
tately, or  else  be  cut  off  by  an  enemy  superior  to  himself, 
confronting  and  intercepting  him  on  his  line  of  communi- 
cations. The  situation,  in  short,  was  that  of  Rozhestvensky, 
and  like  it  entailed  results  unfortunate  though  not  equally 
disastrous. 

The  issue  would  have  been  the  same,  even  had  Vienna 
fallen.  Moscow  fell  in  1812,  and  we  know  the  result. 
Napoleon,  master  of  the  center  of  Europe,  had  attempted, 
from  his  central  position  to  act  simultaneously  on  both 
flanks — Russia  and  Spain;  and  even  his  then  gigantic 
power  was  imequal  to  the  strain,  although  his  instructions 
to  Marmont  show  that  he  intended  to  restrict  his  forces  in 
the  Peninsula  to  a  defensive  rCle.  There  may  be  for  us  ex- 
cellent reasons  for  stationing  our  fleet  in  the  Pacific  or  in 
the  Atlantic,  but  there  is  no  good  reason  for  dividing  it  be- 
tween the  two.  Choose  one  flank  or  the  other  upon  which 
the  fleet  shall  act  offensively,  as  a  fleet  should  act,  —  must 
act;  and  refuse  the  other  flank,  keep  it  on  the  defensive  as 
far  as  naval  action  is  concerned.  To  use  the  Archduke's 
words:  ^  It  makes  no  matter  what  happens  there,  if  the 
fleet  crush  its  antagonist."  You  will  understand,  of  course, 
that  it  is  not  meant  that  nothing  disagreeable  can  happen, 


EXPLANATION 

0  French  divisions 
■  Austrian  divisions 
ustrian  Centre,  on  Rhine 
ustrian  Left,  on  Rhine 
ustrian  Right,  on  Rhine 
3urdan,  Northern  French 
[oreau.  Southern  French 
^notion,  Austrian  Centre  and  Left 
•^^Ainction,  Austrian  Main  Body  and  Right    (Jourdan 

begins  to  retreat) 
ustrian  Left  disputing  Moreau*s  advance 
imuitaneous    Positions   of  Jourdan   and   Moreau, 

August  10 
imuitaneous   Positions   of  Jourdan    and    Moreau, 

September  9 
'*'-%^-.-»       Austrian  converging  Retreats  and  French 

Advances 
•<•  •<••    Jourdan  *s  Retreat 
:::t       Austrian  Pursuit  of  Jourdan 
>>>        Moreau*s  Advance,  where  not  coincident 

with  Austrian  Retreat 
«««    Moreau*s  Retreat 
4-4-     Austrian  March  towards  South  to  intercept 

Moreau 


.^ 


CAMPAIGN  IN  GERMANY 

JUNE- OCTOBER  1796 

Showing  French  advance  on  two  exterior 
lines;  Austrian  conversing  retreats  to 
central  line  of  Danube ;  Austrian  concen- 
tration north  of  Danube  against  northern 
French;  and  consequent  divergent  re- 
treats of  both  Frencii  armies. 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    59 

no  misfortune ;  it  would  have  been  exceasively  disagreeable 
to  the  AuBtrians  to  have  Moreau  reach  Vienna.  In  1898, 
the  Flying  Squadron  was  kept  in  Hampton  Roads,  mainly 
to  assure  our  northern  coast  that  nothing  disagi-eeabla 
should  occur.  Wars  in  which  nobody  geta  hurt  are  not 
within  our  purview.  In  a  military  sense,  as  affecting  ul- 
timate national  safety  and  victory,  it  will  not  matter  if  one 
coast  suffer  raid,  blockade,  bombardment,  or  capture,  if 
meanwhile  the  enemy's  fleet  be  destroyed.  With  such  de- 
struction every  other  loss  is  retrievable,  provided  the 
country,  which  is  not  willing  to  make  military  preparation 
beforehand,  proves  willing  to  endure  the  burden  of  such 
exertions  as  may  be  necessary  to  reduce  to  submission  an 
invader  whose  cotninunications  and  retreat  are  both  cut  off. 
An  army  under  such  conditions  may  exist  off  the  counby, 
as,  for  instance,  Hannibal  did ;  but  there  can  be  only  one 
end  to  the  wastage  of  men  and  of  military  supplies  if 
severed  from  t)ie  sea.  It  may  be  easy  to  get  into  a  country 
from  which  it  will  be  difficult  to  withdraw.  The  sea  was 
tiie  security  of  Wellington,  and  more  recently  of  the 
Japanese,  as  the  loss  of  it  was  the  ruin  of  Hannibal  and  of 
the  French  in  Egypt,  in  1798-1801,  almost  without  further 
effort. 

What  remuns  of  it  aU,  therefore,  is  not  that  central  posi- 
tion, Ulterior  lines,  or  concentrated  force,  each  singly  or 
all  united,  as  Togo  had  them,  confer  security  or  certainty. 
The  result  from  all  is  merely  that  they  confer  distinct  ad- 
vantage ;  that  in  an  equation  of  force,  they  being  added  to 
one  or  the  other  side  are  not  zero  quantities,  nor  small 
quantities,  but  of  great  determining  weight;  that  to  over- 
come them,  the  force  on  the  other  side  must  be  largely  in- 
creased. If  we  assume  the  aggregate  Russian  navy  to  have 
been  twenty-five  per  cent  stronger  than  the  Japaaese,  it 
would  be  decisively  supeiior  to  the  latter  did  the  totals 
meet    Divide  it  in  half,  and  each  fraction  is  but  sisty-two 


60  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

and  one-half  per  cent  of  the  enemy,  who  holds  a  central 
position,  and  is  able  to  move  towards  either  by  a  line  shorter 
than  that  which  each  has  to  cover  to  reach  the  other.  On 
mere  mathematical  calculation,  this  signifies  that  in  the 
collision  the  inferior  fraction,  in  order  that  its  own  side 
may  win,  must  so  damage  its  superior  enemy  as  to  reduce 
him,  not  only  to,  but  below,  the  sixty-two  and  one-half  per 
cent.  Whatever  the  ultimate  result, — and  some  chance 
will  enter,  —  it  is  at  least  doubtful  whether  the  first  frac- 
tion, so  outnumbered,  will  inflict  such  damage.  If  it  does 
not,  and  the  concentrated  force  wins,  it  will  have  owed  its 
success  to  its  interior  lines,  its  central  position,  and  the 
fact  that,  though  inferior,  it  was  concentrated.  It  turns 
upon  the  second  enemy  with  a  preponderance  greatly  re- 
duced from  that  of  the  first  collision  —  reduced  perhaps  to 
terms  of  bare  equality ;  but  there  is  now  present  with  it, 
and  not  with  its  new  antagonist,  the  great  moral  factor 
which  redoubles  energy,  which  Napoleon  has  said  domi- 
nates war,  —  the  flush  of  confldence  engendered  by  success. 


CHAPTER  IV 

mSTORIGAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS 

{OofUinued) 

jA  S  we  are  about,  at  this  point,  to  resume  the  histori- 
y^L  cal  narratiye  of  the  war  of  France  under  Riohe* 
/-\  lieu  against  combined  Anatria  and  Spain,  I 
^  -^^  will  remind  you  of  that  which  was  remarked  at 
the  beginning  of  the  preceding  lecture, —  namely :  that  the 
campaign  of  the  Archduke  Charles  in  the  Danube  valley 
illustrates  the  principles  of  concentration,  of  central  posi- 
tion, and  of  interior  lines  from  the  side  of  land  warfare 
only ;  that  the  war  between  France  and  Austria,  which  was 
afterwards  considered,  and  which  requires  still  some  further 
treatment,  presents  a  case  wherein  both  land  and  sea  power 
are  involved;  and  that  there  is  to  follow  the  instance  of 
Cromwell^s  naval  war  with  the  Dutch,  in  which  illustra- 
tion is  confined  to  a  naval  campaign.  This  last  is  the  par- 
ticular subject  of  this  present  lecture. 

Thus  far  the  position  of  France  and  her  contest  with 
the  House  of  Austria  in  its  two  branches,  Germany  and 
Spain,  in  the  days  of  Richelieu  and  Mazarin,  has  been  used 
as  an  historical  instance,  illustrative  of  certain  principles  of 
strategy.  In  the  historical  narrative  we  paused  at  a  mo- 
ment which  may  be  defined  not  inaccurately  as  coinciding 
with  the  death  of  Richelieu,  —  in  December,  1642;  stop- 
ping there  in  order  to  use  the  instruction  of  the  war,  so 
far,  in  application  to  those  general  principles.  In  this  ap- 
plication free  digression  to  other  historical  examples  was 
admitted  for  purposes  of  illustration ;  for  it  is  desirable 
to  enforce  the  uniformity  of  principles  to  be  traced  in  very 


62  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

diverse  military  conditions.  It  is,  I  think,  a  distinct  gain 
for  a  man  to  realize  that  the  military  principle  of  concen- 
tration applies  to  the  designing  of  a  ship,  to  the  composi- 
tion of  a  fleet,  or  to  the  peace  distribution  of  a  navy,  as 
effectually  as  it  does  to  the  planning  of  a  campaign  or  to 
an  order  of  battle. 

I  now  resume  the  historical  narrative  from  the  death  of 
Richelieu;  purposing,  however,  to  put  forward  only  so 
much  of  an  account  as  may  serve  to  give  the  background 
of  the  course  of  events,  and  to  point  a  military  moraL 
After  Richelieu  died,  the  control  of  France  passed  within 
a  brief  period  into  the  hands  of  Mazarin,  whose  general  ex- 
ternal policy  was  in  direct  continuation  of  that  of  Henry 
IV  and  Richelieu.  The  European  conditions  still  were, 
France  against  the  two  branches  of  the  House  of  Austria; 
but  the  general  war,  which  in  its  beginnings  resembled  a 
confused  turmoil,  in  which  it  is  difficult  to  trace  any  co- 
herence or  distinctness  of  character,  because  of  the  multi- 
tude of  events  and  of  the  cross  purposes  of  many  of  the 
combatants,  has  gradually  assumed  more  definiteness  of 
outline.  In  brief,  it  may  be  said  that  now,  allied  to 
France  are  Holland,  Sweden,  and  the  north  German 
princes;  while  with  Spain  and  Austria  stands  Bavaria, 
with  southern  Germany  in  general.  Beginning  as  a  re- 
ligious war,  it  has  become  chiefly  political  in  objects. 
The  effort  of  France  has  become  more  concentrated  on 
the  right  flank  of  her  enemies — her  own  left;  that  is, 
upon  Germany,  and  especially  upon  Belgium,  then  called 
the  Spanish  Netherlands.  In  Italy  she  marks  time,  and 
much  the  same  in  Catalonia,  where  the  rebellion  of  the  in- 
habitants supports  her.  Meantime  her  internal  troubles 
had  been  put  down  by  Richelieu.  The  internal  power  of 
the  state  has  been  concentrated  and  strengthened,  as  well 
as  her  external  effort.  She  has  developed  generals  and 
is  winning  victories.    Spain,  on  the  contrary,  has  been 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    68 

steadily  decUning  in  efficiency,  and  is  embarrassed  by  re- 
volt in  Catalonia,  as  well  as  in  Portugal,  which  then  (1640) 
regained  the  independence  of  which  she  had  been  deprived 
by  Spain  in  1680.  The  Catalans  failed  to  achieve  the  like 
success. 

Thus  France  waxed  stronger  and  stronger,  Spain  and  the 
Austrian  cause  weaker  and  weaker.  In  1646,  the  French 
and  Swedes  penetrated  Bavaria,  laid  the  country  under  con- 
tribution, and  by  this  means  detached  it  from  the  Austrian 
cause.  Then  the  French  in  turn  forsook  their  allies  the 
Swedes,  who  were  operating  in  Grermany,  and  threw  the 
weight  of  their  efforts  upon  the  Netherlands,  where  Holland 
was  aiding  them,  but  no  longer  veiy  zealously.  The  suc- 
cesses of  the  allies  caused  jealousy  of  each  other.  Con- 
centration of  effort  between  them  became  impossible,  for 
each  still  dreaded  seeing  the  other  become  too  powerful. 
This  could  not  be  but  markedly  so  with  Holland,  confined 
chiefly  to  naval  power,  under  conditions  which  made  it  im- 
possible to  vie  with  France  in  land  force  or  extension  of 
territory.  Holland  consequently  could  not  see  with  ease 
the  approach  of  the  French  boundary  towards  her  own, 
through  new  acquisitions  in  the  Netherlands. 

The  result  was  that  Holland,  which  for  some  time  had 
been  lukewarm  in  spirit  and  null  in  action,  made  early  in 
1648  a  separate  peace  with  Spain,  abandoning  France ;  and 
late  in  the  same  year,  in  October,  France  and  Sweden,  with 
their  allies,  made  the  peace  of  Westphalia  with  the  German 
Empire  and  Bavaria,  which  threw  over  their  ally,  Spain. 
These  transactions  marked  the  end  of  the  Thirty  Years' 
War.  Spain  refused  terms,  and  hostilities  continued  be- 
tween her  and  France  alone,  neither  state  having  allies. 
The  gain  of  France  at  this  moment  was  consequently  taken 
from  Grermany  only.  She  obtained  the  country  we  know  as 
Alsace,  which  remained  hers  until  the  Franco-German  war 
of  1870.    This  advanced  her  border  to  that  part  of  the 


64  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

Rhine  through  a  length  of  a  hundred  miles ;  and  her  hold 
upon  the  river  was  confirmed  by  the  cession  of  two  f or^ 
tresses,  Philipsburg  and  Breisach,  on  the  German  side  of 
the  stream,  one  at  each  extremity  of  the  boundary  of  Alsace. 
It  will  be  instructive  to  compare  the  position  of  these  two 
with  that  of  Ciudad  Rodrigo  and  Badajo^  in  the  Peninsular 
War,^  which  defined  the  front  of  operations  between  the 
British  in  Portugal  and  the  French  in  Spain ;  suppof)ing 
the  control  of  the  party  that  possessed  them  over  the  ter- 
ritory in  their  rear,  as  well  as  constituting  a  basis  for 
offensive  movements  forward.  The  capture  of  the  two  in 
1812  was  the  essential  preliminaiy  to  Wellington's  subse- 
quent advance,  which  expelled  the  French  from  Spain. 

Coincident  with  the  Westphalia  settiement,  which  left 
France  and  Spain  at  war  for  ten  years  more,  a  new  force 
appeared  upon  the  European  stage.  This  was  England 
under  Oliver  Cromwell,  whose  strong  hand  and  military 
power  imposed  internal  order  in  the  state,  and  thus  enabled 
him  to  exert  on  external  policy  the  influence  which  the 
Stuart  kings  were  never  able  to  effect,  because  continually 
at  variance  with  the  people  in  Parliament.  Charles  I.  was 
beheaded  in  January,  1649,  three  months  after  the  peace  of 
Westphalia  was  signed;  and  for  nearly  ten  years  following — 
that  is,  coincident  with  the  continuing  war  between  France 
and  Spain — existed  the  absolute  power  of  the  English 
Protector.  One  of  the  first  and  most  important  steps  of  the 
new  government  was  a  reorganization  of  the  navy,  under 
the  auspices  which  had  made  the  contemporary  English 
army  a  singularly  efficient  body.  In  this  reconstitution  of 
the  navy  there  were  two  decisive  features :  1,  in  place  of  a 
force  in  large  part  irregular,  depending  much  upon  merchant 
ships  impressed  as  occasion  demanded,  was  substituted  a 
regular  standing  navy  of  vessels  built  especially  for  the 
state  and  for  war ;  2,  the  handling  of  this  force,  in  disci- 

1  See  map  ficing  page  94. 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    65 

pline,  in  tactics,  and  m  strategy,  was  committed  to  military 
men,  army  generals  and  colonels,  who  made  of  it  an  effec- 
tive military  organization.  The  traditions  of  the  seamen  of 
that  day  did  not  fit  them  for  originating  such  military  fea- 
tures ;  they  had  to  be  imparted  by  men  who  were  soldiers 
before  they  became  seamen.  The  result  was  a  military 
navy  such  as  in  the  same  exclusive  sense  had  never  existed 
before. 

With  this  formidable  weapon,  which  was  backed  by  an 
army  of  equal  efficiency,  seasoned  by  a  half-dozen  years  of 
war  and  exultant  in  almost  constant  victory,  the  island  state 
looked  out  upon  Europe,  and  that  with  no  friendly  eyes. 
An  intensely  Protestant  republic,  she  saw  two  Roman 
Catholic  kingdoms  at  war.  A  maritime  and  commercial 
community,  she  saw  across  the  water,  in  Holland,  a  body 
of  rivals,  —  Protestant,  indeed,  and  republic,  in  which  might 
be  presumed  a  bond  of  sympathy ;  but  there  were  old  griev- 
ances unsettled  and  present  inequalities  in  matters  of  navi- 
gation and  commerce.  For  fifty  years  back,  as  the  Dutch 
with  English  assistance  had  freed  themselves  progressively 
from  the  Spanish  yoke,  they  had  been  undermining  English 
shipping  by  the  competition  of  cheaper  ships  and  cheaper 
wages,  until  the  carrying  trade  of  England  was  largely  in 
Dutch  bottoms. 

The  motives  which  underlay  Cromwell's  policy  remain 
obscure  and  disputed,  because  the  policy  itself  was  in  many 
respects  tortuous  and  deceitful.  I  think,  however,  that  the 
secret  lies  in  the  fact  that  he  was  before  all  a  religious  man, 
in  politics  as  in  common  life.  That  is,  besides  an  unques- 
tionable personal  piety,  he  looked  upon  the  course  of  events 
throughout  the  world  as  ordered  by  Providence,  whose  in- 
tentions he  understood,  and  with  whom  he  was  to  co-operate. 
Where  a  man  is  perfectly  certain,  as  Cromwell  was,  that  he 
and  his  party  are  possessed  of  the  truth  and  of  God's  lead- 
ing, there  is  danger  that  the  conviction  may  induce  unscru- 


66  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

pulousness,  conviction  that  the  end  justifies  the  means. 
The  statesmanship  of  that  day  furnished  no  corrective. 
Few  statesmen  then  got  so  far  as  to  think  that  any  jus- 
tification at  all  as  to  means  was  needed,  if  the  end  was 
desirable. 

Protestantism,  of  extreme  Calvinistic  type  in  doctrine, 
and  in  church  government  Independency,  or,  as  we  now 
say,  Congregationalism,  were  thus  identified  with  the  will 
of  God.  To  sustain  Protestantism  on  the  Continent  as 
well  as  at  home  was  to  carry  out  that  will ;  and  it  was  to 
be  done  by  diplomacy  and  by  the  sword,  the  two  chief  in- 
struments of  international  relations.  In  the  condition  of 
the  world  the  problem  was  military.  It  was  one  of  combi- 
nation and  of  force ;  while  in  the  insular  position  of  Eng- 
land, and  in  its  highly  organized  army  and  navy,  Cromwell 
held  in  his  hands  the  balance  of  power,  the  casting  vote,  so 
long,  at  any  rate,  as  the  two  chief  Roman  Catholic  states 
were  at  war,  as  they  remained  throughout  his  life.  France 
and  Spain  soon  realized  that  between  them  stood  a  Protes- 
tant zealot,  able  to  turn  the  scale. 

Cromwell's  first  move  was  to  attempt  a  political  concen- 
tration of  all  the  Protestant  forces.  Besides  advances  to 
other  Protestant  states,  there  was  proposed  to  Holland 
cooperation ;  not  by  beggarly  alliance,  but  by  a  political 
union  of  the  two  republics.  To  this  Holland  naturally  de- 
murred, as  she  at  that  time  possessed  most  of  the  carrying 
trade  of  the  world ;  and  for  the  moment  was  easy  in  mind 
as  to  her  dangerous  neighbor,  France.  Besides,  England's 
past  history  and  present  power  indicated  that  to  Holland, 
as  the  weaker  partner,  union  would  mean  subjection,  if  not 
absorption.  The  proposition  fell  through ;  but  let  us  not 
&il  to  note  here  that  it  was  revived,  and  in  effect  accepted, 
forty  years  later,  when  William  III.,  a  Dutch  prince,  sat  on 
the  English  throne.  Then,  the  very  concentration  which 
Cromwell  had  attempted  in  vain  dragged  down  the  power 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND   COMMENTS    67 

of  LfOois  XIV.  when  at  its  height;  bat  then  also  Holland 
fell  permanently  into  the  second  place,  although  it  was  her 
own  ruler  that  reigned  in  England  and  inspired  the  action 
of  combined  Europe. 

The  reply  to  Holland's  refusal  was  the  English  Naviga- 
tion Act,  aimed,  and  aimed  successfully,  at  Holland's  supre- 
macy in  the  carrying  trade.  This  was  passed  in  October, 
1651,  and  in  May,  1652,  hostilities  began.  The  Act  proba- 
bly was  not  the  determinatiye  cause  of  the  war.  It  was 
only  contributory ;  but  to  discuss  the  causes  in  the  then  en- 
tangled state  of  international  relations  is  foreign  to  our  pur- 
pose, which  has  to  do  with  the  course  of  the  war,  not  with 
its  origins.  A  two  years'  struggle  between  the  republics 
followed ;  and  this  furnishes  some  apposite  instruction  on 
the  subject  of  concentration,  as  well  as  suggests  reflections 
upon  international  conditions  contemporary  with  ourselves. 

Before  the  time  of  Cromwell's  government  the  English 
navy  was  seen  in  the  Mediterranean  only  rarely  and  ex- 
ceptionally. Merchant  vessels  trading  there  were  expected 
to  look  out  for  themselves.  What  is  known  to  us  as  the 
convoy  system,  though  practiced  to  some  extent  in  the 
Narrow  Seas  and  in  the  Atlantic  traffic  with  France  and 
Spain,  had  not  been  extended  to  the  Mediterranean.  The 
trade  there  was  by  a  chartered  company,  the  Levant  Com- 
pany ;  and  the  ships  for  their  self -protection  were  of  a  size 
and  armament  which,  according  to  the  standards  of  that 
day,  made  them  of  little  use  for  other  commerce.  The 
Mediterranean  trade  of  England  had  been  among  the  lesser 
of  her  commercial  interests,  and  here  also  the  Dutch  had 
been  supplanting  her,  both  in  merchant  and  naval  vessels. 
Under  the  first  Stuart  kings,  that  is,  till  the  day  of  Crom- 
well's power,  a  vigorous  foreign  policy  had  been  impossi- 
ble ;  because  to  maintain  it  Parliament  must  be  summoned 
for  supplies,  and  would  make  correspondent  demands  for 
concessions,  which  the  sovereign  was  unwilling  to  grant. 


68  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

Hence  the  navy  was  insnffioient  in  numbers,  giving  free 
scope  to  piracy.  Barbaiy  vessels  swarmed  even  in  Eng- 
lish waters;  one  hundred  and  fifty  English  vessels  had 
been  captured  by  them  in  the  six  years  ending  with  1651. 
French  and  Spanish  privateers  made  similarly  free  with 
English  ships  during  the  period  preceding  CromweU. 

The  Commonwealth  changed  all  this.  To  an  extent 
never  before  known  the  State  charged  itself  systemati- 
cally with  the  protection  of  commerce  by  the  navy.  This, 
as  Corbett  points  out,  necessarily  introduced  into  naval 
thought  a  new  strategic  idea ;  that,  namely,  of  controlling 
commercial  routes.  To  control  a  commercial  route  neces- 
sitates two  strategic  &ctors:  (1)  a  mobile  navy,  and 
(2)  local  ports  near  the  route,  upon  which  the  navy  can 
rest  as  bases  of  operations.  In  seas  where  the  State  has 
no  national  possessions,  the  navy  first  comes  and  depends 
upon  friendly  harbors,  as  Dewey  in  1898  depended  on  Hong 
Kong  until  war  was  declared ;  but  the  inconvenience  and 
uncertainty  of  such  dependence  leads  directly  to  acquisi- 
tion of  ports.  The  entrance  of  the  English  navy  into  the 
Mediterranean,  to  protect  English  shipping,  led  through  a 
series  of  years  and  makeshifts  to  Gibraltar,  Malta,  Cyprus ; 
ultimately  to  Suez,  Aden,  and  beyond.  Incidentally,  Eng- 
land at  one  time  occupied  Tangier;  at  another,  Corsica; 
and  for  long  periods,  Minorca. 

Thus,  when  war  broke  out  in  1652,  both  Dutch  and 
English  had  squadrons  in  the  Mediterranean,  besides  the 
main  fleets  in  home  waters.  The  English  squadron  made 
its  headquarters  in  Leghorn,  the  chief  port  of  Tuscany; 
the  Grand  Duke  of  which  found  profit  and  motive  in  the 
advantage  to  his  dominion,  as  an  emporium  and  center  of 
British  trade.  The  most  part  of  the  Dutch  in  the  Medi- 
terranean at  the  outbreak  of  the  war  were  concentrated  off 
Toulon,  for  reasons  which  even  now  are  not  known  cer- 
tainly.   England  was  formally  at  peace  with  both  the  other 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    69 

belligerents,  France  and  Spain,  but  as  between  them  Crom- 
well's policy  at  the  moment  inclined  to  Spain ;  a  condition 
which  caused  Porto  Longone,  in  Elba,  then  a  Spanish  pos- 
session, to  be  hosptable  to  the  English,  France  under 
Mazarines  governance  was  less  disposed  than  Spain  then 
was  to  recognize  a  republic  which  had  become  such  by 
beheading  a  king.     But  both  states  soon  began  to  bid  for 

Cromwell's  support 
A  point  on  which  your  attention  should  specially  &sten 

is  that  under  the  conditions  of  that  day  the  Mediterranean 
and  the  North  Sea  reproduced  the  problem  with  which 
Great  Britain  is  to-day  again  confronted  in  them,  and  also 
that  which  confronts*  the  United  States  in  the  coincident 
demands  of  the  Atlantic  and  the  Pacific.  It  is  an  interest- 
ing circumstance  that  we  now  see  the  British  navy  con- 
centrated, up  to  eighty-five  per  cent  of  it^  battleship  force, 
just  where  the  English  navy  had  to  cling  in  the  early  days 
of  Cromwell;  and  for  the  same  reason,  namely,  the  rise  of 
a  new  maritime  power  near  to  the  home  shores.  Before  1666 
the  provinces  which  now  constitute  Holland  were  simply 
Spanish  dependencies.  For  the  next  forty  years,  through- 
out the  reign  of  Elizabeth,  they  were  occupied  in  the  strug- 
gle which  gave  them  independence,  largely  by  the  help  of 
England,  in  the  course  of  which  their  commercial  and 
naval  power  developed.  When  Cromwell  became  Pro- 
tector, Dutch  merchant  shipping  much  outnumbered  that 
of  England,  while  the  two  navies  at  the  opening  of  the 
war  may  be  considered  substantially  equal  in  force.  These 
conditions,  and  the  momentary  distribution  of  the  navies 
which  thence  resulted,  had  a  noticeable  effect  upon  the 
course  of  the  conflict  known  as  the  First  Dutch  War, 
1652-1654,  which  went  on  coincidently  with  that  between 
France  and  Spain.  These  were  not  the  sole  factors,  but 
they  were  the  principal.  The  political  constitution  of  the 
Dutch  Republic,  a  loose  confederation  of  provinces  with 


70  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

mutual  jealousies,  interfered  with  the  unity  of  administra- 
tion and  organization  essential  to  military  efficiency,  while  at 
the  same  instant  the  strong  militaiy  sense  of  Cromwell  was 
making  the  EngUsh  navy  a  military  organization  in  spirit 
and  in  form,  which  it  never  before  had  been*  Nevertheless, 
the  fortunes  of  the  war  fluctuated  with  the  observance  of 
concentration. 

When  hostilities  opened,  the  Dutch  Mediterranean  force 
was  superior  in  the  aggregate.  The  English,  inferior  in  to- 
tal, were  also  divided.  One  part  was  in  Leghorn,  with  the 
officer  in  chief  command ;  but  the  other  division  was  far 
away,  up  the  Levant  on  convoy  business.  I  do  not  pro- 
pose to  give  at  length  the  movements  of  the  several  English 
detachments.  Suffice  it  to  say  that  the  Dutch  commander 
placed  himself  between  them ;  first  by  watching,  or,  as  this 
measure  is  commonly  called,  blockading  Leghorn  (Position 
1,  a) ;  then  by  judicious  movements  on  interior  lines,  by 
which,  while  he  concealed  his  position  and  intentions,  he 
maintained  always  a  central  position,  a  position  between 
the  two.  In  the  result,  the  English  Levant  detachment, 
reinforced  as  the  custom  still  was  by  some  of  the  stronger 
merchant  ships,  was  brought  to  action  off  Elba,  (i)  Being 
distinctly  inferior,  it  was  well  beaten  and  took  refuge  in 
Porto  Longone,  with  the  loss  of  one  ship ;  which,  however, 
was  recaptured  afterwards  in  the  neutral  waters  of  Leghorn 
by  the  English  ships  lying  there,  and  rejoined  those  at 
Porto  Longone.    Tliis  battle  was  on  August  28, 1652. 

The  Dutch  admiral  continued  to  ply  between  the  island 
and  Leghorn,  maintaining  his  advantage  of  position.  The 
two  English  commanders,  however,  could  communicate, 
and  it  was  arranged  that  they  should  tiy  to  unite  and  fight 
after  the  Elba  ships  had  been  repaired.  The  home  govern- 
ment, having  become  dissatisfied  with  the  Leghorn  man, 
had  transferred  command  to  the  one  in  Elba,  who  gave 
careful  instructions  for  eveiy  contingency  he  could  foresee. 


'    ^  A  Dutch  and  English  in  Mediterranean 

1652-53 

POSITION   I 
Dutch 
English 


(O 


Montd^Crlsto 


Leghorn 


yd 


.(0 


X  e 


POSITION   2 


Montt^risti 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    71 

The  odds,  however,  both  of  numbeTS  and  of  positiim,  were 
against  him;  as  well  as  one  of  Holland's  best  seamen,  in 
possession  of  the  central  position.  Ako,  something  which 
had  not  been  foreseen  occurred, — a  chance,  — the  total  re- 
sult being  that  the  L^hom  diviBion  was  brought  to  action 
singly,  beaten,  and  the  whole  save  one  taken.  (Position 
2,  c.)  This  was  eaily  in  March,  1653,  six  months  after 
the  first  fight.  There  was  then  nothing  left  for  the  new 
commander-in-chief  but  to  retreat  with  the  Elba  ships 
out  of  the  Straits.  This  he  did  (<2),  abandoning  the 
Mediterranean,  to  which  the  English  did  not  return  dur- 
ing the  war. 

Meanwhile,  after  the  first  of  these  engagements,  both  the 
English  officers  concerned,  as  well  as  the  (Commonwealth's 
diplomatic  agent  at  Leghorn,  had  written  pressing  demands 
to  the  home  government  to  send  reinforcements,  in  order 
to  hold  the  ground  and  sustain  the  honor  of  the  flag ;  and 
this  the  government  undertook  to  do.  The  early  events  of 
the  war  in  the  North  Sea  and  Channel  had  upon  the  whole 
favored  the  English,  who  then  were  in  greater  strength; 
but  on  the  one  occasion  when  substantially  equal  forces 
met  under  equal  conditions,  off  Plymouth,  in  August, 
1652,  the  result  had  been  a  drawn  battle  as  regards  the 
fleets.  (Position  1,  a.)  Indeed,as  the  Dutch  admiral,  Ruyter, 
succeeded  on  that  occasion  in  forcing  his  way  through  with 
a  convoy,  losing  neither  ship  of  war  nor  merchant  vessel, 
while  the  English  retired  into  port  and  there  remained,  vic- 
tory might  be  claimed  by  the  Dutch.  Ruyter  saw  his 
convoy  clear  into  the  Atlantic,  picked  up  some  returning 
merchant  ships,  and  stood  back  up  Channel,  where  he 
joined  the  main  fleet,  which  had  gone  to  sea  under  an 
Admiral  De  With,  (b)  Upon  this  junction  followed  an 
action  with  the  enemy,  known  as  the  Battle  of  Kentish 
Knock,  September  28, 1652.  (c)  The  Dutch  again  were 
inferior  in  numbers,  as  in  quality  of  vessels;   but  the  re- 


72  NAVAL   STRATEGY 

spective  strengths,  sixty-eight  and  sixty-foor,  so  far  ap- 
proached equality  as  to  suggest  the  reflection  that  their 
great  superiority  in  the  Mediterranean  was  dearly  pur- 
chased  by  inferiority  at  the  determining  center  of  the 
war. 

The  English  won  a  distinct  victory.  Encouraged  by 
this  success,  and  thinking  it  so  decisive  that,  combined 
with  the  lateness  of  the  season,  the  Dutch  would  not  come 
out  again  in  force,  the  English  Government  divided  its 
fleet  on  more  than  one  mission.  (Position  2  a^o^a^  a.) 
Among  others,  heed  was  taken  of  the  cry  from  the  Med- 
iterranean; a  squadron  of  twenty  sail  was  detached  to 
it,  and  started.  The  Dutch,  however,  had  not  been 
discouraged.  They  sent  out  a  body  of  three  hundred  mer- 
chant ships,  bound  to  the  Atlantic,  convoyed  by  seventy- 
three  ships  of  war  under  their  then  greatest  admiral, 
Tromp.  The  English  main  fleet  under  Blake,  weakened 
to  thirty-seven  ships  by  the  detachments,  was  badly  de- 
feated on  November  80.  (i)  The  division  on  its  way  to 
the  Mediterranean  was  then  recalled  {c)  and  rejoined  the 
fleet.  In  consequence  of  this  disaster,  the  Channel  was 
filled  for  some  weeks  with  Dutch  cruisers,  which  there 
was  no  force  to  check.  Also,  when  the  news  reached 
Leghorn,  the  Grand  Duke,  who  had  been  offended  already 
by  the  violation  of  the  neutrality  of  his  waters,  changed 
his  policy,  and  insisted  that  he  could  no  longer  permit 
his  ports  to  be  used  by  a  belligerent  This  precipitated 
the  unfortunate  attempt  of  the  Mediterranean  officers  to 
unite  and  fight,  already  narrated. 

Instructed  by  these  experiences  in  naval  matters,  the 
English  Government,  which  then  was  thoroughly  military 
in  spirit  and  competent  in  act,  concentrated  their  entire 
navy  in  home  waters.  When  Tromp  returned  from  the 
Atlantic  with  a  convoy  ten  weeks  later,  in  February,  1668, 
his  seventy  ships  were  met  by  eighty  English,  and  a  run- 


^ORTH         SEA 



Ac^ 

, 

V 

3|.^ 

Battles     X 

Dutch      ci> 

English    ^^ 

y  0  RT H 


J 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    78 

ning  fight  up  Channel  followed.  (<2)  The  embarrassment 
of  the  convoy  was  of  coarse  a  further  disadvantage  to  the 
Dutch  admiral^  additional  to  inferior  numbers.  Neveiihe- 
less,  bearing  in  mind  the  English  disaster  of  three  months 
before,  and  also  the  &ct  that  the  Dutch  under  all  disad- 
vantage made  here  again  a  good  fight,  the  result  must  be 
attributed  mainly  to  the  concentration  of  the  English  fleet. 
Four  or  five  Dutch  ships  of  war  were  sunk,  four  captured, 
and  some  thirty-five  of  the  merchant  vessels  taken. 

At  this  time  General  Monk,  a  soldier  trained  in  the 
Netherlands  wars  and  in  the  recent  Civil  War,  the  same 
who  a  few  years  later  was  the  chief  agent  in  the  restoration 
of  Charles  II.,  was  transferred  to  service  afloat.  He  com- 
manded a  division  in  the  fight  last  mentioned,  February  18, 
1658.  Under  his  influence  no  further  division  was  al- 
lowed of  a  force  which,  as  it  stood,  was  none  too  large  for 
the  work  before  it.  The  position  of  Oreat  Britain  rela- 
tively to  the  commercial  approaches  to  Holland,  whether 
by  the  Channel  or  the  North  Sea,  gave  her  a  strategic 
advantage  over  her  enemy  of  that  day  precisely  similar  to 
that  which  by  position  she  now  enjoys  over  Germany. 
But,  as  has  been  said  before,  the  advantage  of  position, 
however  real  and  however  great,  depends  upon  the  use 
made  of  it.  The  development  of  the  German  navy  to-day 
is  to  be  attributed,  at  least  in  part,  to  the  recognition  of  this 
disadvantage  of  position,  while  the  concentration  of  the 
British  battleship  force  in  home  waters  is  the  reflection  of 
the  German  development.  The  measures  of  both  countries 
are  logical  and  inevitable  resultants  of  forces  —  strategic, 
commercial,  and  economical  —  acting  upon  the  interests  of 
people. 

The  concentration  of  the  English  navy,  in  and  after 
1658,  combined  with  the  superior  military  organization  of 
the  fleet  and  the  military  sagacity  of  the  government, 
effectually  decided  this  war.    At  the  end  of  eighteen 


74  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

months  the  control  over  the  approaches  to  Holland  had 
put  a  stop  to  Dutch  trade.  Fifteen  hundred  Dutch  ships 
were  captured.  This  number,  we  are  told,  was  double  that 
of  the  English  merchant  shipping  of  that  day  —  a  contrast 
which  throws  light  upon  the  jealousies  between  the  two 
peoples  and  upon  the  motives  of  the  English  Navigation 
Act  The  sources  of  Dutch  revenue  were  dried  up.  Work- 
shops were  closed,  work  suspended.  The  Zuyder  Zee  be- 
came a  forest  of  masts,  the  country  full  of  beggars.  Orass 
grew  in  the  streets,  and  in  Amsterdam  fifteen  hundred 
houses  were  untenanted.  This  was  the  result,  not  so  much 
of  fighting,  as  of  strategic  control  of  principal  commercial 
routes. 

Cromwell  in  1654  granted  terms  of  peace  far  easier  than 
he  might  have  exacted.  It  was  not  part  of  his  policy  to 
ruin  a  Protestant  state.  The  soldier.  Monk,  was  wroth, 
seeing  only  the  immediate  military  end;  the  statesman 
realized  that  the  contemporary  European  situation  was  one 
in  which  England  needed  a  strong  Holland,  not  an  ex- 
hausted. Peace  and  cooperation  better  suited  his  policy, 
which  was  turning  its  eyes  upon  general  external  condi- 
tions  in  Europe  and  in  the  other  continents.  In  the  four 
years  of  life  which  remained  to  him  he  was  to  decide  what 
advantage  England  and  the  cause  of  Protestantism  might 
draw  out  of  the  then  current  war  between  France  and 
Spain.  Between  these  two  his  policy  halted  for  some 
time,  in  a  manner  and  to  a  degree  which  still  constitutes  a 
perplexity  to  historians. 

Before  quitting  this  part  of  our  subject  it  seems  expedi- 
ent to  guard  myself  from  the  appearance  of  a  mere  dog- 
matic insistence  upon  the  close  concentration  of  direct 
contact  Like  every  sound  principle,  concentration  must 
be  held  and  applied  in  the  spirit,  not  in  the  letter  only ; 
exercised  with  understanding,  not  merely  literally.  The 
essential  imderlying  idea  is  that  of  mutual  support;  that 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    75 

the  entire  force,  however  distributed  at  the  moment,  is 
acting  in  such  wise  that  each  part  is  relieved  by  the  others 
of  a  part  of  its  own  burden ;  that  it  also  does  the  same  for 
them ;  while  the  disposition  in  the  dotted  stations  facili- 
tates also  timely  concentration  in  mass.  A  very  consider- 
able separation  in  space  may  be  consistent  with  such 
mutual  support.  The  Japanese  admirals,  Togo  and  Kami- 
mura,  before  the  fall  of  Port  Arthur  were  separated,  and 
for  necessary  reasons;  yet  each  supported  the  other  by 
positions  which  were  between  the  two  principal  enemies' 
divisions,  —  i.  e.,  central.  Consequently  each  supported 
its  colleague  by  the  control  each  exercised  over  its  im- 
mediate opponent  The  central  position,  too,  facilitated 
junction  or  reinforcement,  —  transfer  of  force,  —  should 
such  become  advisable ;  as  in  the  engagement  of  Aug^ust 
10,  1904,  when  Kamimura  moved  across  the  mouth  of 
the  Yellow  Sea  for  a  cooperation  which  in  the  result  was 
not  needed,  because  of  the  return  of  the  Russian  fleet  to 
Port  Arthur.  Separations  can  be  much  wider  than  once 
they  were,  because  steam  and  electricity  make  movement 
more  certain  and  communication  more  quick  than  in  old 
times ;  but  such  changes  have  in  no  sense  affected  the 
fundamental  necessity  that  the  several  divisions  should  be 
BO  disposed  that  they  support  one  another,  and  can  combine 
by  actual  contact  before  the  enemy  by  combination  can 
overwhelm  any  one  of  them.  This  consideration,  in  my 
judgment,  absolutely  forbids  the  division  of  the  present 
fleet  of  the  United  States  between  the  two  principal  coasts. 
Such  separation  will  be  permissible  only  when  each  shall 
be  superior  to  any  probable  enemy,  as  Togo  was  superior 
to  the  Port  Arthur  squadron,  and  Kamimura  to  that  of 
Vladivostok,  or  when,  by  secure  tenure  of  a  central  posi- 
tion, they  can  join  in  time  to  present  a  united  mass. 


CHAPTER  V 

HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS 

(Concluded) 

BEFORE  beginning  to-day's  lectnie,  it  will  be  con- 
ducive to  the  teachings  I  hope  from  its  subject 
to  say,  now,  that  while  it  incidentally  offers 
further  illustration  of  the  strategic  advantage 
inherent  in  concentration,  in  central  position,  and  in  inte- 
rior lines,  its  principal  lesson,  the  one  on  which  1  wish  to 
lay  the  most  stress,  is  the  inevitableness  with  which  the  ap- 
pearance of  a  navy  on  a  scene  of  operations  distant  from 
its  home  country  leads  to  the  acquirement  of  permanent 
positions  in  such  a  region,  and  the  necessity  of  such  posi- 
tions to  the  effectiveness  of  naval  action. 

I  purpose  first  to  pass  in  a  rapid  review,  su£5cient  only  to 
give  you  the  continuous  historical  setting  of  our  lessons, 
the  events  intervening  between  the  first  war  between  the 
Dutch  and  English,  1652-1654,  and  those  general  European 
wars,  beginning  in  1689,  in  which  the  union  of  the  two 
peoples  under  one  ruler  accomplished  for  them  the  con- 
centration of  effort  Cromwell  had  sought  at  first  .  In 
this  intervening  period  there  had  been  between  them  two 
other  wars,  upon  which  our  present  subject  does  not  re- 
quire us  to  touch.  The  union  under  a  single  sovereign  was 
realized  for  a  short  period,  1688-1702,  during  which  the 
Stadtholder  of  Holland,  who  also  was  commander-in-chief 
of  its  sea  and  land  forces,  was  at  the  same  time  King  Wil- 
liam HI.  of  Great  Britain.  This  temporary  union  of  the  two 
countries  effected  the  concentration  of  the  two  navies  under 
a  single  command;  a  condition  which  the  overwhelming 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    77 

power  of  Louis  XIV.  rendered  of  vital  importance  through- 
out, but  which  could  not  have  been  so  perfectly  attained  had 
it  not  been  for  this  brief  period  under  one  sovereign.  By  it 
was  facilitated  the  close  alliance  which  followed  his  death, 
and  which  was  demanded  by  imperious  necessity.  Crom- 
well had  sought  the  same,  and  failed.  He,  therefore,  had  been 
forced  to  beat  the  Dutch  in  order  to  achieve  his  desired 
teoncentration  by  paralyzing  a  rival  whom  he  could  not  com- 
mand for  an  aUy.  We  shall  consider  first  the  action  and 
effect  of  this  concentrated  naval  power  under  Cromwell ; 
and  afterwards,  the  action  and  effect  of  the  concentration 
by  union  under  one  head,  William  III.,  as  also,  for  a  time, 
by  alliance  in  the  days  of  his  immediate  successor,  Queen 
Anne. 

Though  the  Dutch  navy  survived  the  war  we  have  treated, 
both  it  and  the  country  had  suffered  so  severely  as  to  have 
no  stomach  for  immediate  further  fighting.  This  result, 
by  leaving  the  English  navy  supreme  over  any  other  in 
Europe,  was  practically  to  concentrate  naval  power  in 
Cromwell's  hands,  not  by  the  alliance  of  Holland,  but  by 
her  elimination ;  especially  so  long  as  Spain  and  France,  by 
continuing  at  war,  tended  to  a  balance  of  sea  power  between 
themselves.  Mazarin's  experience  of  the  advantageous 
effect  of  the  French  navy  upon  the  communications  between 
Spain  and  Italy,  after  Richelieu's  death  in  1642,  had  led  to 
a  development  of  his  naval  policy,  such  as  commonly  fol- 
lows the  entrance  of  a  fleet  upon  a  new  scene  of  war.  He 
had  sought  for  advanced  bases  in  the  Mediterranean,  by 
resting  securely  on  which  the  scope  and  sweep  of  the 
French  fleet  would  be  expanded,  and  so  the  political  power 
of  France  extended.  First  Elba  and  Piombino,  a  port  in 
Italy  over  against  Elba,  were  secured  in  1646 ;  following 
which  Mazarin  endeavored  to  establish  in  Naples  a  new 
rule,  necessarily  friendly  to  France.^    This  attempt  at  f ur- 

1  See  map  facing  page  M. 


78  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

ther  advance  had  only  momentaiy  success.    These  events, 
1646-1648,  were  antecedent  to  Cromwell's  power. 

It  was  precisely  the  want  of  such  local  bases  that  at  the 
first,  after  the  conclusion  of  the  Dutch  war,  made  the  ap- 
pearances and  the  influence  of  the  English  fleet  inside  the 
Straits  of  Gibraltar  ephemeral  and  transient,  even  under 
a  ruler  as  capable  and  resolute  as  Cromwell.  Great  effects 
were  produced,  but  they  were  momentary;  negative,  so  to 
say,  rather  than  positive ;  and,  notable  though  they  were, 
depended  upon  the  simple  existence  of  the  fleet  rather  than 
upon  its  action.  The  policies  of  France  and  Spain  were 
swayed  less  by  what  the  English  fleet  did,  than  by  the  sense 
of  what  it  might  do  if  thrown  into  either  scale.  This  is  an 
illustration  of  the  determining  influence  of  armaments, 
even  when  no  blood  is  shed ;  a  beneficent  effect,  of  which 
recent  and  even  present  conditions  still  afford  instances. 
-  It  may  very  well  be  that  the  silence  of  such  action  pre- 
vented Cromwell's  recognizing  clearly  how  much  pressure 
the  mere  presence  of  the  fleet  exercised  when  Admiral 
Blake  reached  Gibraltar — then  still  a  Spanish  port  —  in 
November,  1654,  six  months  after  the  peace  with  Holland. 
At  that  moment  a  French  expedition  had  landed  in  Naples, 
to  renew  the  attempt  at  detaching  it  from  Spain.  Success 
depended  necessarily  upon  command  of  the  sea,  which  was 
now  the  more  precarious,  because  the  internal  commotions 
of  France,  known  as  the  Fronde,  had  enabled  Spain  to 
regain  Elba  and  Piombino.  Blake  at  Gibraltar  interposed 
between  the  French  navy  in  the  Mediterranean,  then  at 
Naples,  and  a  large  reinforcement  on  the  way  from  Brest. 
Delays  of  the  Brest  division  had  enabled  Bh^e  to  gain  this 
central  position,  Gibraltar,  where  he  was  hospitably  received; 
because  at  that  time,  although  England  was  not  formally  at 
war  with  either  France  or  Spain,  it  was  understood  on  all 
hands  that  the  state  of  reprisals  which  existed  against 
France,  owing  to  seizures  of  English  merchant  vessels  by 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    79 

French  cruisers,  would  be  followed  by  direct  attack  on 
French  ships  of  war,  if  met.  Already,  two  years  before,  in 
1652,  such  an  attack  had  been  made  by  Blake  in  the  Chan- 
nel upon  French  reinforcements  proceeding  to  Dunkirk, 
with  the  immediate  result  that  the  port,  then  in  French 
possession,  was  taken  by  the  Spaniards.  Now  it  became 
known  at  Naples  that  the  same  admiral  was  at  Gibraltar ; 
while  the  other  French  division  was  still  in  the  Atlantic, 
though  just  where,  and  what  its  condition,  was  not  known. 
Actually,  it  had  stopped  at  Lisbon  and  made  no  effort  to 
proceed.  While  Blake,  in  accordance  with  his  orders,  waited 
to  hear  about  it,  the  fleet  at  Naples  had  time  to  escape  to 
Toulon,  but  at  the  cost  of  abandoning  its  undertaking. 
If  Blake  had  gone  on  at  once  he  might  have  destroyed 
it ;  as  it  was,  he  forced  it  away  by  his  mere  position.  There 
was  decisive  effect,  though  no  fighting. 

Corbett  justly  points  out  that  such  a  result,  which  I 
have  styled  '^  negative,*'  is  apt  to  be  overlooked,  or  at  least 
may  not  arrest  attention  so  as  to  affect  future  action. 
Thus,  in  the  latest  war.  Port  Arthur  stands  for  a  Japanese 
victory ;  few  are  impressed  with  the  fact  that,  till  it  fell,  it 
detained  from  the  main  armies  in  Manchuria  many  more 
Japanese  than  it  did  Russians,  and  obtained  abundant  time 
for  the  Baltic  fleet  to  arrive.  That  this  did  not  arrive 
within  that  time  was  not  attributable  to  Port  Arthur.  In 
the  case  before  us  Cromwell  did  not  note  the  effect  ex- 
erted by  Blake*s  presence;  or,  if  he  did,  was  not  influenced 
sufficiently  to  turn  his  attention  to  the  Mediterranean,  and 
away  from  the  Atlantic  and  America,  which  the  traditions 
of  Elizabeth,  of  Drake,  and  of  Raleigh  had  constituted 
hitherto  the  chief  aim  of  English  naval  ambitions. 

This  trend  of  national  thought  was  held  with  the  tena- 
cious conservatism  characteristic  of  the  English,  and  was 
emphasized  also  by  the  other  equally  strong  tradition  of 
Protestantism  combining   with  the  northern  Powers  of 


80  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

Europe,  including  France,  to  resist  Spain  and  Austria,  the 
representative  political  exponents  of  Roman  Catholicism. 
Cromwell  embodied  this  tendency  even  to  fanaticism. 
The  Mediterranean  continued  to  him  only  an  incident. 
This  is  regretted  by  Corbett,  whose  theme  is  the  Mediter- 
ranean. I  myself  think  Cromwell  was  right  as  a  simple 
matter  of  policy  ^  though  I  do  not  excuse  his  conduct,  even 
allowing  for  the  bad  faith  characteristic  of  much  diplomacy 
of  that  day. 

What  he  did  was  this.  While  Blake  at  Gibraltar  was 
supporting  Spain  by  embarrassing  France,  and  while  out- 
wardly most  friendly  relations  and  correspondence  char- 
acterized English  intercourse  with  Spain,  an  expedition 
against  the  Spanish  West  Indies  was  quietly  fitted  out  and 
despatched.  It  sailed  in  December,  1654,  the  same  year 
that  peace  was  concluded  with  Holland,  at  the  very 
moment  when  Blake,  enjoying  the  hospitality  of  Spain  in 
Gibraltar,  by  his  presence  there  compelled  the  French  to 
abandon  their  attempt  upon  Naples,  a  Spanish  dominion. 
In  May,  1655,  after  failing  at  Santo  Domingo,  the  West 
Indian  expedition  seized  Jamaica;  the  English  tenure  of 
which  dates  from  then. 

Six  months  after  this,  in  November,  1655,  a  formal  peace 
with  France  put  an  end  to  the  state  of  reprisals  previously 
existing.  Thereupon  Spain  declared  war  against  England 
in  the  following  February,  1656.  A  year  later,  March,  1657, 
came  an  offensive  alliance  between  England  and  France 
against  Spain.  The  stipulations  of  this  were  that,  in  return 
for  aid  by  the  English  fleet  and  by  six  thousand  Ekiglish 
auxiliary  troops,  Dunkirk  and  Mardyke  on  the  Straits  of 
Dover  were  to  be  taken  by  France  from  Spain  and  ceded 
to  England.  The  possession  of  these  ports  not  only  would 
deprive  privateering  of  a  headquarters  noxious  to  English 
trade,  but  would  give  England  a  bridgehead  for  landing  on 
the  Continent,  in  pursuance  of  Cromwell's  inclination  to 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    81 

support  the  Protestant  cause  in  north  Europe.  These 
ports  would  take  the  place  once  filled  by  their  neighbor, 
Calais.  This  was  doubtless  not  satisfactory  to  Mazarin; 
but  the  alliance  aided  him  in  the  Netherlands,  where 
chiefly  he  looked  for  gains  from  Spain,  and  also  he  hoped 
to  juggle  Cromwell  to  the  advantage  of  France.  He  met 
his  match,  however,  in  the  Protector,  who  insisted  that  the 
two  Flemish  ports  be  taken;  and  they  were  placed  in 
English  possession  in  July,  1658,  three  months  before 
Cromwell  died.  Spain,  exhausted  by  this  powerful  com- 
bination against  her,  and  by  internal  decay,  came  to  teims 
with  France  a  year  later — 1659  —  in  a  treaty  known  as 
the  Peace  of  the  Pyrenees.  France  received  the  province 
of  Artois  in  the  Netherlands,  and  RoussiUon,  by  the  east- 
em  Pyrenees ;  besides  other  extensions  of  her  eastern 
boundary,  the  main  object  of  her  ambition.  This  war  of 
Spain  with  combined  England  and  France  precipitated  the 
final  decline  of  the  Spanish  monarchy,  which  had  been  pro- 
gressing for  some  time.  It  marks  the  decisive  turning 
point  when  Spain  was  seen  evidently  to  have  descended 
forever  from  her  predominance  in  Europe. 

The  generation  following  Cromwell  blamed  hun  for  aiding 
France  to  this  immense  accession  of  power,  which  helped 
to  make  her  imder  Louis  XIV.  the  dominant  and  threaten- 
ing state  in  Europe.  To  treat  this  question  fully  is  beyond 
our  scope,  the  more  so  that  it  is  hopeless  to  expect  such  a 
demonstration  as  by  universal  acceptance  should  put  an 
end  to  discussion.  There  are  proB  and  c<m«,  the  decision 
between  which  is  a  matter  of  temperament  and  preposses- 
sion rather  than  of  pure  reason.  From  the  military  stand- 
point it  is  sufficient  to  point  out  that  Cromwell  left 
England  with  a  position  consolidated  at  home,  with  a  su- 
preme fleet,  an  adequate  army,  and,  through  the  two  ports 
gained,  with  a  favorable  opening  for  intervention  on  the 
Continent,  if  that  should  be  desirable.    This  assured  her 


82  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

military  position  for  such  contingencies  in  Europe  as 
seemed  then  probable;  while  for  the  world  abroad,  in 
America  and  the  East,  the  future  depended  upon  the  bal- 
ance of  power  in  Europe,  especially  of  the  fleets.  For 
such  possessions  abroad  European  countries  were  the  bases 
of  operations.  Decision  in  Europe  must  precede  acquisi- 
tion beyond  seas. 

In  the  great  struggle  with  Louis  XIY.,  soon  to  come,  the 
English  navy,  no  longer  supreme,  was  reinforced  by  the 
alliance  with  Holland;  as  was  also  the  English  army. 
The  Dutch  ports  also  furnished  then  the  bridgehead  which 
Charles  II.  had  surrendered  when  he  gave  up  Dunkirk 
to  France  shortly  after  his  restoration ;  and  alliance  with 
Holland  was  &cilitated  by  the  strong  national  and  relig- 
ious prepossessions  which  had  induced  Cromwell  to  con- 
centrate English  action  in  northern  Europe,  instead  of 
in  the  Mediterranean,  the  day  for  action  in  which  was 
not  yet  quite  come.  Then  appeared  the  justification 
of  his  refusal  to  weaken  Holland  unduly.  I  think  it 
is  not  too  much  to  say  that  the  career  of  William  HI., 
from  the  time  he  became  king  of  England,  justifies  the 
policy  of  Cromwell ;  for  although  the  immediate  opponent 
was  no  longer  the  same,  the  situation  was  not  dissimilar 
and  the  great  outlines  of  action  were  closely  parallel, — 
an  army  operating  in  the  north  of  Europe,  a  fleet  in  the 
Channel  or  the  Mediterranean,  as  occasion  required. 
Cromwell's  policy  was  based  on  the  bed-rock  of  the  mili- 
tary services  as  they  stood  when  he  died;  not  upon  the 
course  of  the  future  Stuart  kings,  which  he  could  in  no 
wise  foreknow.  They,  not  he,  fostered  the  power  of 
Louis  XIV. 

Do  I  need  to  suggest  to  you  that  to-day  ag^ain  a  supreme 
navy,  an  army  adequate  for  external  action,  and  a  position 
consolidated  in  northern  Europe,  are  the  precise  formulated 
requirements,  to  meet  which  Great  Britain  is  striving? 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    83 

and  also  that  upon  this  consolidation^  in  home  waters, 
depends  the  fortunes  of  her  possessions  abroad  ?  with  the 
possible  exception  of  Canada.  Interference  with  Canada 
by  a  foreign  state  the  United  States  could  scarcely  see  and 
not  act.  But  at  this  moment  France,  Russia,  and  Great 
Britain  represent  the  England,  Holland,  and  Germany  of 
William  III.;  and  the  concentration  of  the  fleet  in  the 
North  Sea  reproduces  the  conditions  under  the  Dutch  king. 
To-day,  however,  Germany  is  the  dreaded  enemy,  not 
France. 

From  the  death  of  Cromwell  to  the  revolution  which 
expelled  James  II.  from  the  English  throne  was  just  thirty 
years,  1658-1688.  I  pass  over  them  without  notice.  The 
English  policy  of  the  period,  international  as  well  as  mili- 
tary, was  vitiated  and  paralyzed  by  the  resolve  of  the  two 
Stuart  kings  to  maintain  their  personal  power  and  to  resist 
concessions  to  their  people.  This  object  required  inde- 
pendence of  Parliament^  which  to  some  extent  was  obtained 
by  playing  it  off  against  Louis  XIV. ;  but  military  opera- 
tions require  money,  which  only  Parliament  could  give. 
Charles  II.  and  James  II.  therefore  maintained  with  the 
French  king  pecuniary  and  personal  relations  which  ended 
in  dependence  upon  him.  Thus  the  aggressions  of  France 
upon  Europe  went  on  with  England  quiescent ;  though  not, 
as  to  her  people,  indifferent.  Dunkirk  and  Mardyke  on 
the  Channel  surrendered  to  France,  Tangier  acquired  in 
the  Mediterranean,  indicate  a  feeble  and  tentative  change 
of  external  policy ;  but  an  effective  external  policy  cannot 
exist  where  there  is  internal  strife,  whether  between  lo- 
calized factions,  such  as  the  North  and  South  of  the 
United  States  fifty  years  ago,  or  between  people  and 
rulers,  as  in  the  case  now  before  us,  and,  indeed,  from 
first  to  last  of  the  Stuart  dynasty. 

A  very  recent  French  naval  wiiter,  Commander  Daveluy, 
says  with  equal  truth  and  force : 


84  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

'*  So  long  as  a  nation  has  not  consolidated  its  unity,  all 
its  resources  are  not  too  much  for  employment  upon  its  own 
territoiT.  This  is  why  England  comd  not  lay  the  founda- 
tions of  her  colonial  empire  until  after  her  union  with  Scot^ 
land.  This  is  the  reason  that  the  French  navy  dates  from 
Louis  XIV.^  This  is  why  the  navy  of  Germany  dates  from 
the  constitution  of  the  Empire/' 

It  is  worth  your  while  to  know,  and  to  bear  in  mind  as 
a  momentous  political  contemporary  &ct»  that  the  annual 
expenditure  upon  the  German  navy  has  increased  from  less 
than  ten  million  dollars  in  1875,  after  the  war  with  France, 
to  over  fifty  millions  in  1905 ;  and  tliat  for  the  ten  years  suc- 
ceeding the  estimates  are  over  one  hundred  millions  yearly. 
It  may  be  added  that  the  United  States  did  not  entertain 
a  strong  navy,  and  reach  out  beyond  seas,  till  after  the 
question  of  slavery  had  been  settled,  and  the  period  of 
exaggerated  States  Rights,  as  well  as  the  postrbellum  ad- 
justment of  the  South,  had  been  left  behind.  If  the  ques- 
tion with  Spain,  which  culminated  in  1898,  had  arisen 
before  the  War  of  Secession,  the  North  as  a  community 
would  have  seen  in  war  onl^  an  attempt  at  extending  the 
territory  of  slavery  by  taking  Cuba,  knowing  that  to  be  a 
favorite  project  of  Southern  leaders. 

This  effect  of  internal  consolidation  upon  external  action 
can  be  strikingly,  yet  briefly,  illustrated  from  the  periods 
we  have  been  considering.  In  1622,  after  a  feeble  inter- 
regnum of  twelve  years,  following  the  death  of  Henry  lY. 
in  1610,  Richelieu  became  the  ruler  of  France.  In  1624, 
full  of  his  project  of  separating  Austria  and  Spain  by 
controlling  north  Italy  and  the  Alpine  passes,  he  seized 
and  occupied  the  Valtellines  district^  east  of  Lake  Como, 
through  which  are  three  principal  passes  to  the  upper 
Rhine  and  to  the  Inn.  Upon  this  intervened  a  revolt  of 
the  Huguenots,  with  civil  war.     He  had  then  to  abandon 

1  It  might  be  more  correct  to  say  from  Richelieu,  the  coDtoQdAtor  of  that 
nation. 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    86 

the  Valtellines  in  1626,  and  to  concentrate  his  forces 
within  the  kingdom;  the  siege  of  La  Rochelle,  familiar 
to  us  in  Dumas'  *' Three  Musketeers,"  being  the  salient 
and  decisive  incident,  because  there  England  threatened 
intervention,  and  there  Richelieu  realized  that  France  must 
have  a  navy.  In  October,  1628,  the  fall  of  La  Rochelle 
signalized  the  final  downfall  of  Protestantism  as  a  danger- 
ous political  factor  in  France.  Within  six  months,  Riche- 
lieu was  back  in  Italy,  and  by  seizing  Casale,  in  March, 
1629,  controlled  Piedmont  against  Spain*  Two  years 
later,  1681,  by  subsidizing  Sweden,  he  strengthened  Gusta- 
vus  Adolphus  against  Austria.  In  1638  he  occupied 
Lorraine,  and  from  Lorraine  Alsace,  intercepting  Austrian 
and  Spanish  movement  along  the  valley  of  the  Rhine, 
and  facilitating  French  invasion  of  Germany.  In  1684, 
in  consequence  of  the  Swedish  reverse  at  Nordlingen, 
he  entered  into  formal  alliance  with  Sweden  and  Hol- 
land, both  Protestant  countries,  and  in  1635  declared 
open  war  against  Spain.  In  1636,  to  emphasize  control 
over  the  communications  from  Spain  to  north  Italy, 
the  French  navy  concentrated  in  'the  Mediterranean, 
and  there  continued  paramount  until  1655,  when  the 
English  fleet  under  Blake  entered,  and  the  scene  changed. 
The  successive  external  measures  indicated  the  progress  of 
internal  unity,  which  was  the  basis  upon  which  Richelieu 
built  up  his  great  schemes  of  external  policy. 

With  these  actions  of  Richelieu  began  the  steady 
progress  of  France  towards  that  preponderance  over  all 
Europe  which  distinguished  the  first  thirty  years  of  the 
personal  rule  of  Loms  XIV.  The  period  from  the  fall  of 
Rochelle  to  the  expulsion  of  James  II.  of  England  was  just 
sixty  years,  1628-1688,  marked  by  the  continuous  policy  of 
three  great  rulers,  Richelieu,  Mazarin,  aad  Louis  XIV. 
The  only  interruption  was  during  the  four  years,  1649-1658, 
under  Mazarin,  when  the  internal  outbreak  known  as  the 


86  KAVAL  STRATEGY 

Fronde  again  crippled  external  action.  The  really  colossal 
growth  of  French  power  was  due  to  several  causes ;  but 
they  can  all  be  summed  up  under  the  two  heads :  national 
imity  consolidated  in  France  and  hopeless  division  in  Eu- 
rope. This  division  was  owing  mainly  to  England  remain- 
ing aloof  from  the  interests  of  the  Continent,  through  the 
course  taken  by  her  kings.  The  King  of  England  had 
still  power  to  frustrate  national  policy,  though  unable  to 
compel  action  contrary  to  the  national  will.  The  immi- 
nent danger  from  the  overgrown  power  of  France  was  clear ; 
but,  by  grace  of  the  kings  of  England,  adequate  opposition 
was  impossible. 

In  treating  the  final  wars  of  Louis  XIY.,  1688-1718, 1 
enter  on  a  period  upon  which  I  lectured  here  twenty  years 
ago,  in  the  course  since  published  under  the  title  ^  Influ- 
ence of  Sea  Power  upon  History.'*  Corbett's  "  England  in 
the  Mediterranean  *'  deals  with  the  same,  but  his  object  is 
different.  My  purpose  was  to  indicate  the  bearing  of  the 
navies  upon  the  general  issue  of  the  contest ;  his  is  to  em- 
phasize the  specific  importance  of  the  Mediterranean,  in  a 
conflict  the  chief  scene  of  which,  so  far  as  fighting  is  con- 
cerned, was  the  eastern  and  northeastern  frontier  of  France. 
Call  the  roll  of  battles  and  sieges,  —  Fleurus,  Mons,  Namur, 
Steinkirk,  Landen,  Blenheim,  Ramillies,  Oudenarde,  Mal- 
plaquet, — and  the  impression  produced,  of  vivid  action 
chiefly  in  the  Low  Countries  and  on  the  Rhine,  is  true  to 
the  general  facts,  despite  the  exploits  of  Eugene  in  north 
Italy  and  of  Peterborough  in  Spain.  But,  as  in  the  wars 
of  Napoleon,  it  was  not  chiefly  in  the  clash  of  arms,  but  in 
the  noiseless  pressure  by  the  navies,  and  largely  in  the 
Mediterranean,  that  the  issues  were  decided. 

Let  me  repeat  hei«  that  the  specific  consideration  I  have 
in  view  in  this  lecture,  and  especially  in  what  now  follows, 
is  the  bearing  of  permanent  poeitione^  or,  to  use  the  tech- 
nical word,  bases,  upon  operations;  and  the  inevitable 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    87 

tendency,  necessity,  to  proceed  to  the  gradual  acquisition 
of  such  bases  as  soon  as  national  policy  impels  a  navy  to  a 
new  scene  of  activity.  Such  positions,  in  their  permanency, 
differ  from  those  which  an  army  or  navy  may  from  time  to 
time  assume  temporarily  in  a  campaign,  but  resemble  the 
permanent  fortresses  established  on  a  national  frontier. 
The  considerations  of  central  situation,  of  interior  lines, 
of  effect  upon  communications,  are  common  to  both  tempo- 
rary and  permanent  positions,  and  a  situation  useful  for  a 
permanent  base  may  be  equally  so  for  the  active  operations 
of  the  field,  or  campaign;  but  the  element  of  lasting 
tenure  of  new  bases  of  operations  introduces  other  consid- 
erations, of  which  the  historical  instance  now  to  be  treated 
furnishes  illustration.  The  importance  of  the  Danube, 
owing  to  the  position,  general  course,  and  natural  features 
of  its  bed,  induced  the  establishment  of  fortified  positions 
upon  critical  points ;  fortresses,  which  were  local  bases  of 
operations  as  well  as  serving  to  control  passage  of  the 
stream.  So  the  importance  of  the  Mediterranean,  due  to 
its  situation  relatively  to  the  countries  surrounding  it, 
necessitated  the  acquisition  of  fortified  ports,  which  were 
bases  for  the  fleet,  as  well  as  afforded  control  over  the 
communications  of  the  sea.  Naval  base  and  naval  station 
are  not  synonymous. 

Note,  first,  that  the  Mediterranean  as  a  whole,  and 
specifically  its  western  basin  from  the  Italian  peninsula  to 
the  Spanish,  has  been  in  itself,  and  still  remains,  a  military 
po9ition  of  transcendent  importance.^  This,  in  sum,  is 
Corbett^s  thesis,  which  he  expounds  at  large.  Preponder- 
ant naval  power  there  has  determined  gigantic  issues, 
swaying  the  course  of  history ;  but  to  exert  its  full  effect 
permanent  bases  at  hand  were  necessary.  Gibraltar,  Malta, 
Cyprus,  Egypt,  and  incidentally  Minorca,  have  been  re- 
sults ;  as  are  the  French  Toulon,  Algiers,  Bizerta.    Some 

1  See  map,  facing  page  94. 


88  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

of  you  may  live  to  see  German  ports  on  the  same  list,  and 
not  improbably  other  Austrian  ports  besides  Trieste  and 
Fiume.  Our  present  theme  traces  this  development  after 
the  &11  of  James  11.  in  1688. 

The  crux  of  the  political  situation,  and  therefore  of  the 
military,  was  that  the  power  of  France,  consolidated  by 
Richelieu,  Mazarin,  and  Louis  XIV.,  had  reached  a  degree 
which,  coupled  with  her  central  position  and  resources, 
made  her  dominant  over  Europe.  She,  not  England,  was 
the  subsidizer  of  that  time.  This  power  she  was  using 
unscrupulously  for  further  aggression  and  aggrandizement. 
The  universal  danger  necessitated  a  general  alliance  in 
mutual  defense.  Great  Britain,  Holland,  Austria,  Spain, 
and  northern  Italy  under  the  House  of  Savoy  —  the  entire 
continent  west  of  Poland  — all  banded  against  the  common 
enemy. 

Such  numbers,  pressing  from  eveiy  quarter,  were  ade- 
quate  to  prevail  in  the  war  which  began  in  1689  and  lasted 
till  1697 ;  but  coalitions  are  notoriously  feeble,  while  France 
was  strong  and  central.  Her  territorial  ambitions  were 
directed  against  the  Spanish  Netherlands  and  the  Rhine ; 
she  wished  by  conquest  to  extend  her  dominions  in  both 
directions.  Therefore,  to  operate  by  her  left  flank  and  left 
center  against  the  allied  right  was  her  main  purpose,  while 
she  would  refuse  her  own  right  in  Spain  and  Italy.  That 
is,  as  I  interpret  her  actions,  her  demonstrations  in  these 
two  quarters  were  rather  threats,  the  effect  of  which  would 
be  to  prevent  those  members  of  the  alliance  against  her 
from  assisting  to  embarrass  her  principal  action  in  the  east 
and  northeast,  otherwise  than  by  defending  themselves. 
But  this  was  not  all.  Forces  small  relatively  to  her  main 
action  would  suffice  for  this  end,  as  a  general  or  admiral 
uses  smaller  numbers  on  the  flank  he  refuses ;  but  if  the 
demonstration,  the  threat,  was  sufficient  to  overawe  the 
country  struck  at,  it  might  be  detached  from  the  alliance. 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    89 

In  such  case,  all  the  demonstrating  force  could  be  drawn 
off  to  the  main  attack  in  the  northeast  and  east,  as  the 
besiegers  of  Port  Arthur  went  to  Manchuria  after  the 
surrender  of  that  fortress. 

It  may  be  urged  that,  just  because  France  preferred  to 
act  by  her  left,  in  the  Netherlands  and  Germany,  the  allies 
should  endeavor  to  force  her  to  action  on  her  right ;  and 
accordingly  it  was  just  here  that  the  Mediterranean  entered 
as  a  factor,  as  it  has  in  later  days,  and  as  it  had  before. 
**Now  again,*'  says  Ranke,  ^came  up  that  condition  of 
international  policy  which  during  the  two  previous  centu- 
ries had  especially  ruled  the  course  of  politics,  —  the  con- 
nection between  Spain  and  the  Indies  with  south  Italy  and 
Milan."  That  political  connection  depended  on  the  tenure 
of  the  Mediterranean.  Relatively  to  Spain  herself  and  her 
dependencies,  —  Naples  and  Milan,  —  and  to  her  present 
aUy,  Savoy,  the  Mediterranean  was  a  great  central  position. 
Because  the  countries  immediately  threatened  by  France, 
Catalonia  on  the  west  and  Piedmont  (Savoy)  on  the  east, 
bordered  or  touched  that  sea,  military  operations  for  and 
against  were  influenced  decisively  by  control  of  the  water. 

If  the  coalition  against  Fiance  could  dominate  the  west- 
em  Mediterranean  with  a  great  fleet,  its  waters  would  be- 
come a  central  position  from  which  support  could  be  thrown 
to  either  side,  to  Spain  or  to  Italy,  as  occasion  demanded. 
Frequent  mentions  of  this  &cility  and  of  its  bearings  occur 
in  the  letters  of  Marlborough  and  of  Prince  Eugene,  the 
commanders  of  the  allied  forces  in  the  Netherlands  and  in 
Italy  respectively.  The  maintenance  of  naval  control,  which 
under  earlier  international  conditions  had  aided  to  deter- 
mine the  question  of  communications  between  Spain  and 
Germany,  now  afforded  the  advantage  of  central  position 
for  action  in  two  directions,  —  against  the  enemy  operating 
in  two  separate  quarters,  Catalonia  and  Piedmont,  unable 
to  combine  and  with  long  and  difficult  communications. 


90  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

Further,  the  Mediterranean,  from  its  situation  relatively 
to  the  extended  front  of  the  French  operations,  from  the 
Netherlands  to  Catalonia,  bore  upon  one  flank  of  that  line, 
and  this  the  flank  opposite  to  that  on  which  France  wished 
to  throw  the  weight  of  her  efforts.  Therefore  the  situa- 
tion, if  duly  utilized,  facilitated  pressure  upon  an  extreme 
flank,  a  flank  attack,  tending  to  enfeeble  French  action  in 
other  quarters.  It  was  this  that  more  particularly  charac- 
terized the  influence  of  the  Mediterranean  in  the  two  suc- 
cessive great  wars,  1689-1697  and  1702-1714. 

In  ultimate  naval  strength  the  allied  maritime  states 
England  and  Holland  were  superior  to  France ;  but  time 
was  needed  for  the  development  of  their  power,  and  at  the 
opening  of  the  first  war  the  exigencies  of  the  situation  in 
England,  Scotland,  and  Ireland,  owing  to  intestine  dissen- 
sions consequent  upon  the  expulsion  of  James  II.,  necessa- 
rily detained  their  fleets  about  the  British  Islands.  At  the 
moment  there  were  no  English  ships  of  war  in  the  Mediter- 
ranean, where  France  then  had  a  decisive  superiority.  By 
strong  detachments  from  this  force  France  for  the  first  two 
years  continued  to  have  larger  numbers  in  the  Channel 
than  the  allies.  At  the  Battle  of  Beachy  Head,  1690,  there 
were  seventy-eight  French  ships  to  sixty^enemies ;  but  the 
result  in  the  south  was  naval  inactivity,  so  that  the  land 
situation  remained  unsupported  and  unaffected  by  the  com- 
mand of  the  sea,  which  it  was  otherwise  in  the  power  of 
France  to  utilize.  Instead,  further  detachments  passed 
yearly  to  the  Atlantic,  till  after  the  Battle  of  La  Hougue ; 
the  loss  of  which  was  partly  attributable  to  its  being  pre- 
cipitated before  the  arrival  of  a  Toulon  division.  This 
victory,  1692,  fixed  the  control  of  the  Narrow  Seas  in  the 
hands  of  the  allies,  establishing  the  communications  be- 
tween England  and  the  Continent.  The  French  fleet,  to 
the  number  of  seventy-one  sail,  returned  to  the  Mediterra- 
nean in  1698,  ready  for  the  operations  of  1694,  in  which 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    91 

year  a  further  body  of  twenty-two  joined  it.  Not  all 
of  these,  however,  seem  to  have  been  available  for 
service. 

The  consequence  of  this  delay  by  France  to  exert  force 
in  the  Mediterranean  was  that  political  conditions  there 
continued  unsettled*  This  became  a  perpetual  source  of 
diversion  to  French  strength,  after  the  aUies,  by  recovering 
their  communications  with  the  Continent,  were  able  to  fix 
their  principal  land  operations  in  the  Netherlands.  During 
the  pi*eceding  years  their  power  had  been  engaged  prin- 
cipally in  consolidating  King  William's  authority  in  the 
British  Islands  and  in  establishing  naval  predominance  in 
home  waters.  It  became  evident  that  Louis  XIV.  had 
overestimated  the  endurance  of  France,  and  under  the  re- 
sulting strain  he  determined  now  upon  serious  operations 
upon  the  Mediterranean  littoral,  which  might  induce  Spain 
and  Savoy  to  peace,  releasing  the  French  forces  in  those 
quarters  for  use  in  the  Netherlands  or  Grermany.  Tliis 
was  the  object  of  the  sudden  transfer  of  the  fleet  to  Toulon, 
under  the  command  of  Tourville,  the  greatest  French  ad- 
miral of  the  day.  It  went  to  sea  to  support  the  army 
which  on  the  coast  of  Catalonia  was  threatening  Barcelona. 
At  the  same  time,  and  continuously,  efforts  were  made  to 
detach  Savoy  from  the  Alliance. 

The  counter  move  of  the  allies,  or  rather  of  William  III., 
was  as  evident  as  it  proved  irresistible.  The  main  fleet, 
under  the  victor  of  La  Hougue,  followed  its  enemy ;  and» 
though  reaching  the  scene  late,  it  was  not  too  late.  To 
apply  the  familiar  proverb,  the  French  fleet  had  arrived 
first,  but  not  with  the  most  men ;  a  commentary  on  the  rel- 
ative values  of  speed  and  of  fighting  power  in  ships.  Being 
inferior,  it  had  to  retire  precipitately,  fortifying  itself  in 
Toulon ;  the  operations  of  the  French  army  ceased  with  the 
withdrawal  of  the  fleet ;  and  the  appearance  of  the  allied 
navies,  British  and  Dutch,  encouraged  Savoy  stiU  to  stand 


92  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

fast,  seeing  the  chance  of  a  better  bargain  with  this  weight 
thrown  into  the  scales. 

Just  here  and  at  once  arose  the  question  of  a  base.  At 
that  day,  and  for  fifty  years  later,  it  was  [deemed  imprac- 
ticable for  a  fleet  of  line-of-battle  ships  to  dare  the  Bay  of 
Biscay  after  October.  At  the  beginning  of  the  next  war, 
in  1702,  the  then  commander-in-chief  wrote,  *^  No  service 
rendered  by  our  great  ships  can  balance  the  hazard  of 
bringing  them  home  in  winter."  To  regain  the  home  ports 
in  time,  the  Mediterranean  must  be  left  not  later  than  Au- 
gust This  would  permit  the  enemy,  having  Toulon  at 
hand,  to  resume  operations  on  the  coast  with  good  pros- 
pects that  year,  as  well  as  to  come  out  the  next  spring 
before  the  English  could  arrive.  Evidently  the  reason  why 
a  fleet  has  to  quit  a  scene  of  operations  is  immaterial.  The 
quitting,  the  displacement  of  the  force,  is  the  essential  point. 
It  makes  no  difference  whether  a  fleet  is  forced  to  remove 
because  of  dangers  of  the  sea  or  for  want  of  coal.  For  each 
case  the  remedy  is  a  local  base.  In  the  instance  before  us, 
if  the  British  and  Dutch  fleet  left  the  Mediterranean,  Bar- 
celona might  fall,  Spain  be  compelled  to  peace.  Savoy  de- 
tached by  mingled  threats  and  promises,  and  the  whole 
French  army  in  those  quarters  liberated  to  reinforce  that 
which  to  all  parties  was  the  chief  field  of  war,  —  the  Neth- 
erlands and  the  Rhine. 

At  that  time,  1694,  Great  Britain  had  no  port  of  her  own 
in  the  Mediterranean.  Tangier,  the  gift  to  her  from  Por- 
tugal as  part  of  a  dowry  at  the  marriage  of  Charles  II., 
had  been  abandoned  just  before  the  death  of  that  monarch, 
in  1685.  The  want  of  a  permanent  port  meant  necessarily 
the  absence  of  all  that  a  naval  base  involves,  security  and 
resources;  for  these  imply  previous  preparation,  which 
cannot  be  made  .till  the  position  has  been  acquired.  Gibral- 
tar, obtained  ten  years  afterward,  was  latent  in  the  reso- 
lution now  taken  by  William  III.,  which  Corbett  justly 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    98 

characterizes  as  one  of  the  boldest,  as  well  as  of  the  most 
momentous  and  decisive,  in  naval  annals.  Macaulay  has 
remarked,  though  not  in  this  immediate  connection,  that 
William  was  not  in  the  first  rank  of  generals  in  his 
glance  at  a  battle  field,  but  that  he  had  in  the  highest  per- 
fection the  eye  of  a  great  statesman  for  all  the  turns  of  a 
war.  He  had  the  instinct  of  the  strategist,  and  he  realized 
that  Savoy  and  Spain  must  be  kept  faithful,  if  France  was 
not  to  assemble  overwhelming  force  in  the  Low  Countries ; 
that  the  only  means  to  retain  them  was  the  sustained  influ- 
ence of  the  allied  fleet  in  the  Mediterranean.    To  effect 

• 

this,  it  must  remain  there,  or  thereabouts ;  so,  in  the  face  of 
all  tradition  and  of  the  professional  objections  of  the  sea- 
men, also  without  the  support  of  the  British  ministry, 
William,  a  distrusted  foreigner,  on  his  own  personal  re- 
sponsibility gave  the  order  that  the  fleet  should  winter 
at  Cadiz.  Thus  it  could  remain  active  to  the  last  moment 
of  the  autumn  operations,  be  at  hand  during  the  winter, 
and  be  ready  to  return  with  the  first  breath  of  spring. 

It  will  be  noted  that  to  station  thus  the  greater  part  of 
the  allied  navies  in  the  Mediterranean,  reducing  to  com- 
parative insignificance  the  force  kept  in  the  Channel,  corre- 
sponds precisely  to  the  choice  that  the  United  States  may 
some  day  be  compelled  to  make ;  namely,  to  assemble  the 
full  power  of  the  fleet  in  the  Atlantic  or  in  the  Pacific, 
according  to  the  nature  of  the  danger,  leaving  the  aban- 
doned coast  to  a  defensive  attitude.  In  the  contemporary 
discussions  preliminary  to  the  decision  of  William  III.,  it  is 
instructive  to  observe  the  appearance  of  those  three  factors, 
into  which,  as  heads  of  specification,  the  requirements  of 
a  naval  base  will  be  formulated  in  the  subsequent  chap- 
ters: (1)  Position,  or,  better,  situation;  (2)  Strength; 
and  (3)  Resources.  William's  first  demand  was  simply 
that  the  fleet  should  remain  out.  The  commander-in-chief 
objected  vigorously.    There  was  no  port;  and,  moreover, 


94  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

if  the  fleet  did  not  return,  its  absence  kid  Great  Britain 
open  to  invasion.  This  last,  again,  is  the  argument  ad- 
vanced for  dividing  the  American  fleet  between  the  Atlan- 
tic and  Pacific.  In  this  matter  of  a  port,  the  English 
government  suggested  to  the  admiral,  Naples,  Messina, 
and  Port  Mahon.  Naples,  he  replied,  was  undefended, 
that  is,  it  lacked  strength ;  Messina  was  too  small ;  Port 
Mahon  could  not  furnish  provisions.  In  this  it  lacked 
resources,  as  Messina  did  in  anchorage  room.  The  de- 
termination upon  Cadiz,  while  answering  onlj  partially 
the  demand  for  strength  and  resources,  gave  the  needed 
advantage  of  situation,  and  met  the  admiral's  objection, 
of  the  exposure  of  the  British  Islands.  Almost  equally 
with  Gibraltar  it  watched  the  Straits ;  it  was  icentral  as 
to  the  detachment  of  the  French  navy  at  Toulon  and 
that  which  remained  in  the  Atlantic;  central  also  for 
movement,  either  towards  Toulon  or  the  Channel  At 
Cadiz  its  communications  were  good;  for  supplies  from 
England  could  be  sent,  supplementing  adequately  the  re- 
sources of  the  port  These  in  other  respects  were  suf- 
ficient ;  for  the  anchorage  was  abundant  and  secure. 

In  the  inferiority  of  the  French  navy  at  this  time  the  posi- 
tion at  Cadiz  imposed  naval  inaction  upon  Toulon ;  and  this 
inaction  paralyzed  the  French  land  operations  in  Catalonia, 
as  well  as  secured  the  adhesion  of  Savoy.  The  British  fleet 
remained  in  the  Mediterranean  during  1695  and  again  re- 
turned to  Cadiz  to  winter.  Then  the  hopelessness  of  the 
situation  provoked  Louis  to  a  counter  demonstration.  He 
assembled  a  force  of  troops  at  Calais,  threatening  an  in- 
vasion. The  dread  of  this,  renewed  at  later  dates,  1779, 
1781,  1799,  1801,  and  1805,  aroused  a  clamor  which 
induced  the  retention  in  England  of  the  squadron  destined 
for  Cadiz,  there  to  replace  the  worn-out  ships  which  were 
to  return.  The  home  fleet  thus  constituted  was  stationed 
in  the  Downs  in  1696.      The  coincidence  of  the  return 


i; 

^i 

1 

> 

< 

) 

I         CENTRAL 
iSTERN^EUROPE 

3 

1 

/ 

LLUSTRATING  CAMPAIGNS 

• 

i 

J' 

1630-1713 

Battles   X 

1 

a 

B 

1      _                              d 

te 

, 

B. 

< 

i 

ih 
c- 

m 
le 
d- 

51- 

,d, 
he 

m- 
of 

ria 
diz 
ms 
uis 
-ess 
ons 
fies 
)ro- 
for 
am- 

lith 

HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    96 

of  the  disabled  vessels  with  the  detention  of  their  reliefs 
left  the  squadron  at  Cadiz  inferior  in  numbers  and  the 
Mediterranean  open.  The  battle-ships  of  the  Toulon 
fleet  escaped  to  Brest,  and  the  concentration  there  in- 
duced a  similar  local  concentration  of  the  British  and 
Dutch  fleets.  This  was  an  error,  because  in  the  total 
superiority  of  the  allies  it  was  possible  for  them  to  be  in 
effective  force  in  both  quarters.  As  it  was,  the  vessels 
remaining  in  Toulon  now  put  out,  Barcelona  fell,  and 
Savoy  made  peace.  Popular  clamor  exerts  an  immense 
disturbing  force  upon  rational  military  dispositions. 
Panic  has  much  in  common  with  insanity. 

However, !  the  two  years*  delay  obtained  by  the  British 
fleet  remaining  in  position  at  Cadiz  had  completed  the  ex- 
haustion of  France.  You  may  remember  that  the  American 
Squadron  on  Lake  Champlain,  in  1776,  commanding  the 
water  by  its  mere  presence,  so  postponed  the  British  ad- 
vance that  Ticonderoga  remained  American  for  that  winter. 
In  the  following  spring  the  British  had  assembled  an  OTer- 
powering  naval  force,  the  American  squadron  was  destroyed, 
and  Ticonderoga  fell ;  but  the  delay  obtained  permitted  the 
consolidation  of  the  American  forces  at  Saratoga,  causing 
the  failure  of  Burgoyne's  campaign  in  1777,  and  the  con* 
sequent  surrender  of  his  army.  Delay  is  the  great  gain  of 
defense.  In  this  way,  as  Mantua  in  1796  defended  Austria 
against  an  advance  by  Bonaparte,  the  British  fleet  at  Cadiz 
defended  Catalonia,  Savoy,  and  Italy  in  general.  It  thus 
obtained  the  delay  which  in  the  outcome  exhausted  Louis 
XIV.,  and  arrested  finally  the  hitherto  triumphal  progress 
of  France.  The  three  instances  are  excellent  illustrations 
of  the  strategic  effect  of  a  military  position.  Analogies 
to  this  will  be  found  in  the  delay  obtained  by  the  pro- 
longed resistance  of  the  French  garrison  in  Genoa  for 
the  full  development  of  Bonaparte's  plans  in  the  cam- 
paign of  Marengo,  in  1800;  in  the  effect  of  Ladysmith 


96  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

upon  the  Boer  advance  in  1899;  and  in  the  lesistance 
of  Port  Arthur  in  1904. 

Peace  between  Fiance  and  the  coalition  against  her  was 
made  in  1697.  It  is  not  pertinent  to  my  present  object 
to  elaborate  the  occurrences  of  the  next  war,  which  opened 
in  1702.  The  political  combination  was  much  the  same 
as  before ;  save  that  Spain  and  France  had  become  allies 
in  the  purpose  of  placing  a  Bourbon  prince  upon  the 
Spanish  throne,  left  vacant  by  the  death  of  the  last  of  the 
Austrian  kings.  This  in  itself  made  little  difference,  ex- 
cept in  the  Peninsula;  there  national  feeling,  as  in  Napo- 
leon^s  day,  stood  by  the  sovereign  whom  the  nation  had 
chosen.  In  Germany,  Bavaria  now  sided  with  France. 
Savoy  at  the  first  observed  a  neutrality  which  towards 
France  was  more  than  benevolent,  but  which  was  soon 
(October,  1708)  converted  into  open  hostility  by  imperious 
French  demands.  The  permanent  interest  of  this  war  of 
the  Spanish  Succession  is  that  it  settled  the  conditions  in 
Europe,  upon  which  depended  the  issues  of  the  great 
colonial  wars  of  the  succeeding  hundred  years.  The  Peace 
of  Utrecht,  which  ended  the  war  in  1718,  established  the 
characteristic  territorial  arrangements  of  Europe  for  the 
century,  and  with  them  the  European  bases  upon  which 
rested  the  operations  that  in,  the  end  ousted  France  from 
America  and  the  East  Indies  and  established  Great  Britain 
in  her  place.  This  international  settlement  therefore  cor- 
responds to  that  internal  consolidation  which  precedes 
national  expansion. 

Appreciation  of  the  influence  which  pressure  upon  the 
south  of  France  had  exerted  over  the  operations  on  her 
east  and  northeast  frontier  determined  William  III.  to 
begin  the  new  war  by  seizing  Cadiz,  now  no  longer  allied, 
in  order  that  it  might  serve  as  a  base  for  the  fleet  acting  in 
the  Mediterranean.  This  attempt,  in  1702,  failed ;  but  in 
1704  the  capture  of  Gibraltar  served  the  same  end,  with 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    97 

the  further  consequence  of  permanent  retention  by  Great 
Britain,  which  could  scarcely  have  followed  with  Cadiz. 

Meantime,  William  had  died ;  and  his  place,  as  supreme 
director  of  the  general  war  by  land  and  sea,  was  filled  by 
Marlborough,  who  was  in  strict  accord  with  William's 
views  as  to  the  Mediterranean.  Briefly,  although  the  fu- 
ture of  the  Spanish  dominions  was  the  main  object  of  the 
contest,  in  order  to  frustrate  the  French  purpose  of  placing 
a  French  prince  upon  the  Spanish  throne,  and  to  support 
an  Austrian  claimant  to  it,  Marlborough  planned  that  the 
war  in  the  Spanish  Peninsula  should  remain  a  side  issue,  a 
diversion ;  while  the  allied  navy,  by  pressure  on  the  coast 
from  Barcelona  to  Genoa,  should  support  Savoy  in  closing 
the  road  by  the  valley  of  the  Po  to  the  French,  to  whom  it 
offered  a  route  alternative  to  the  Danube  valley  for  advance 
against  Austria.  Closing  to  France  meant  also  keeping 
open  for  an  Austrian  army  to  move  against  Toulon.  The 
reduction  of  this  place  was  the  real  decisive  object  in  the 
Mediterranean.  It  would  give  the  allies  a  formidable  port, 
a  strategic  position  permanent  for  the  existing  war,  imme- 
diately on  their  scene  of  naval  operations,  at  the  same  time 
that  the  loss  of  it  would  paralyze  the  French  navy  locally ; 
and  it  would  remain  a  bridgehead  for  landings  in  southern 
France,  the  dread  of  which  could  not  but  detain  a  dispro- 
portionate number  of  French  troops  from  reinforcing  resist- 
ance to  the  allied  armies  in  the  Netherlands,  or  on  the 
German  frontier. . 

This  was  the  broad  underlying  purpose  of  the  naval 
campaign  in  1704,  in  which  Gibraltar  fell.  It  failed,  for 
reasons  too  complicated  to  detail  here ;  but  the  influence 
of  the  fleet's  presence  upon  Savoy,  the  pressure  upon  this 
flank  of  the  French,  contributed  to  favorable  changes  in 
the  main  theater  of  the  war  in  Germany  and  on  the  upper 
Rhine.  The  maintenance  of  Savoy  in  her  opposition  to 
France  depended  upon  support  by  the  allied  fleet,  aided  by 


98  II AVAL  STRATEGY 


troopi  of  tha  coalition.  This  permitted  Prince  Eugene, 
who  bad  commanded  in  Italy,  to  make  in  1704,  the  year 
after  Savoy^a  defection  from  France,  the  jonction  in  the 
valley  of  the  Danube  with  Marlborough,  who  had  marched 
his  army  from  the  Netherlands  south  for  this  concentra- 
tion ;  the  result  being  the  celebrated  Battle  of  Blenheim, 
which  inflicted  upon  the  French  a  tremendous  overthrow. 
This  victory  in  turn  relieved  for  the  time  the  pressure 
upon  Savoy,  to  accomplish  which  was  one  of  Marlborough's 
objects  in  undertaking  his  great  flank  maroh ;  an  interest- 
ing instance  of  the  interaction  of  events  in  war. 

Marlborough  and  Eugene  persisted  in  their  purpose 
against  Toulon,  which  culminated  in  a  direct  attempt  in 
1707.  This  again  failed ;  but  the  effect  of  this  conjoint 
movement  of  the  fleets  and  armies  of  the  coalition,  this 
flank  attack,  had  been  to  cause  so  large  a  concentration  of 
Frenoh  troops  in  that  quarter  as  to  reduce  France  to  in- 
action elsewhere.  After  this  year  the  French  abandoned 
Italy.  Marlborougb  in  1708,  after  the  mishap  of  Toulon, 
expressed  his  regret  that  the  British  ministry  found  it 
difficult  to  keep  the  fleet  in  the  Mediterranean  during 
winter.  ^^  Until  it  does  so  stay  I  am  much  pereuaded  you 
will  not  succeed  in  Spain.''  The  want  of  a  base  other 
than  Qibraltar  was  met  by  the  capture  of  Minorca  in  the 
same  year.  .  It,  with  Gibraltar,  was  ceded  to  England  at 
the  peace.  Minorca  thus  was  a  more  useful  conquest  than 
Toulon,  as  Gilndtar  was  more  than  worth  Cadiz ;  just  be- 
cause it  was  possible  to  obtain  a  cession,  a  permanent 
acquisition,  which  could  scarcely  have  been  done  with 
either  of  the  continental  ports. 

Thus>  by  obtaining  for  En^and  fixed  nayal  bases,  the 
X^eace  of  Utrecht  made  the  strategic  position  of  the 
Mediterranean  permanently  tenaUe  by  the  British  nary, 
eottferring  the  power  of  acting  upon  the  coast  line  every- 
where, with  the  unforeseen  and  unforeeeeable  promptness 


HISTORICAL  ILLUSTRATIONS  AND  COMMENTS    99 

which  the  mobility  of  naval  force  gives.  From  the  particu- 
lar territorial  distribution  of  France  and  Spain,  which  en- 
tails on  them  commercial  and  military  necessities  on  both 
the  Atlantic  and  the  Mediterranean,  a  superior  navy,  like 
that  of  England,  by  operating  in  the  Mediterranean  and 
towards  its  entrance,  acts  as  did  the  Archduke  on  the 
Danube.  The  sea  itself  becomes  a  link,  a  bridge,  a  highway, 
a  central  position,  to  the  navy  able  to  occupy  it  in  ade- 
quate force.  It  confers  interior  lines,  central  position,  and 
communications  militarily  assured ;  but  to  hold  it  requires 
the  possession  of  established  bases,  fortresses,  such  as  those 
of  which  we  have  been  speaking.  Similarly,  all  these  ad- 
vantages followed  the  command  of  the  American  lakes, 
themselves  Mediterraneans,  in  1812-1814.  ^Without 
naval  control  of  those  lakes,*'  wrote  the  Duke  of  Well- 
ington, *^  successful  land  operations  are  impossible  on 
that  frontier.^ 


CHAPTER  VI 

FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES 

IN  their  first  conception,  these  lectures  were  intended 
to  comprise  some  outline  treatment  of  the  elements  of 
Naval  Strategy,  pre&toiy  and  leading  up  to  a  dis- 
cussion of  the  strategic  features  of  the  Caribbean 
Sea  and  Gulf  of  Mexico.  Of  this  prefatory  matter,  the 
remarks  on  the  strategic  significance  of  the  Danube,  drawn 
from  the  works  of  the  Archduke  Charles,  were  a  part ;  to 
which,  for  additional  illustration,  has  been  added  now  an 
exposition  of  the  similar  effect  exercised  upon  the  wars  of 
the  sixteenth  and  seventeenth  centuries  by  the  line  of 
positions  extending  from  Genoa,  through  Milan,  to  the 
Rhine  valley,  and  by  the  Mediterranean,  regarded  as  a 
military  position.  These  illustrate,  in  more  ways  than  one, 
the  value  of  central  position  and  interior  lines ;  while  the 
naval  wars  of  Cromwell,  also  discussed,  give  valuable  in- 
struction on  the  same  strategic  subjects,  and  upon  the 
necessity  of  concentration,  the  great  factor  in  strategy. 

When  these  lectures  were  begun,  in  1887,  the  interest  of 
the  United  States  in  the  Caribbean  and  Oulf  was  what  it 
had  been  from  the  days  of  Jefferson ;  that  is  to  say,  in  the 
opening  years  of  the  nineteenth  century.  As  the  years 
passed,  as  the  United  States  acquired  Louisiana  and  the 
Floridas,  as  the  Spanish  colonial  empire  in  America  was 
overthrown  and  replaced  by  independent  communities, 
with  the  consequent  pronouncement  of  the  Monroe  Doc- 
trine, interest  increased  in  degree,  but  varied  little  in  aim. 
To  avert  further  European  colonization  or  control  entirely, 
and  European  intermeddling  as  far  as  possible,  summed  up 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  101 

American  policy.  Extension  of  national  control  had  for  its 
chief  motive  the  exclusion  of  European  influences,  by  pre- 
occupying the  ground ;  of  which  preoccupation  Louisiana 
and  the  Floridas  afford  successive  instances.  This  tradition 
passed  on  to  Cuba ;  it  would  have  been  impossible  for  the 
United  States  to  acquiesce  in  the  transfer  of  the  island  to 
a  strong  naval  state.  Even  Jefferson  regarded  as  desirable 
to  include  it  within  our  schemes  of  national  extension, 
averse  though  he  was  to  any  acquisition  that  might  induce 
a  naval  establishment.  Beyond  Cuba,  he  said  definitely, 
we  should  contemplate  no  advance. 

The  force  of  circumstances,  however,  pushed  the  active 
interests  of  the  United  States  beyond  Cuba  to  the  Isthmus. 
This  was  immediately  consequent  upon  the  development  of 
the  Pacific  coast,  accelerated  by  the  conquest  of  California 
from  Mexico,  and  by  the  discovery  there  of  gold.  The  im- 
portance of  the  Isthmus  to  a  nation  having  possessions  on 
both  oceans  was  of  course  evident  from  the  beginning.  It 
had  been  evident  to  Spain,  when  her  colonial  empire  was 
thus  distributed,  affecting  her  policy  and  that  of  her  ene- 
mies ;  while  to  the  United  States  it  became  clear  when  she 
too  had  political  and  commercial  interests  on  the  two 
coasts,  and  recognition  of  this  increased  in  proportion  as 
those  interests  developed.  From  that  time  American  di- 
plomacy, of  which  the  Clayton-Bulwer  Treaty,  executed 
in  1851,  continued  in  1887  to  be  the  most  conspicuous 
landmark,  was  increasingly  concerned,  not  only  with  the 
question  of  transit,  but  with  that  of  positions  which  might 
affect  that  transit  because  of  their  influence  upon  the  lines 
of  communication,  and  especially  upon  that  particular  vital 
link  in  those  communications,  the  Isthmus. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  Isthmus  reproduces,  in  its 
own  special  way,  the  general  condition  seen  in  the  relation 
of  the  stream  of  the  Danube  to  the  control  of  its  valley ; 
and  also  that  of  the  Yaltelline  Passes  to  the  Spanish  com- 


102  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

municationB  through  Italy  and  (Germany  to  the  Nether- 
lands, which  formed  the  subject  of  the  opening  lectures. 
The  Caribbean  Sea  reproduces  the  central  position  of  the 
Mediterranean.  This  is  true,  even  if  the  question  be  one  of 
land  transit  only,  as  was  the  case  in  1887,  when  there  was 
no  immediate  prospect  of  a  canal;  and  as  it  is  at  present, 
though  the  completion  of  the  canal  is  now  probably  near. 
When  the  canal  shall  be  finished,  water  communication 
will  be  consecutive,  and  the  parallel  with  the  other  instances 
will  be  exact ;  control  will  be  imperative  to  facility  of  naval 
action  on  both  the  national  coasts.  The  Isthmus  then  will 
interpose  as  the  Danube  barrier  did  between  the  countries 
on  either  side ;  the  canal  will  be  the  bridge,  the  tenure  of 
which  assures  passage.  To  lose  control  would  be  to  forfeit 
the  facility  for  concentration  in  either  direction,  which  the 
Danube  gave  to  a  general  in  Germany,  and  the  Valtelline 
territory  to  the  Spaniards  of  the  sixteenth  and  seventeenth 
centuries.  Such  conditions  make  the  Isthmus  important 
internationally,  as  well  as  nationally  important  to  the 
United  States;  but  the  interest  of  the  United  States  is 
particular  and  supreme  to  a  degree  which  may  reasonably 
expect  recognition  from  other  countries. 

Since  these  lectures  were  written,  twenty-odd  years  ago, 
and  even  since  their  partial  revision  in  1897,  ten  years 
afterwards,  a  notable  change  has  come  over  the  whole  pros- 
pect of  American  foreign  relations.  Up  to  the  war  with 
Spain,  in  1898,  the  Clayton-Bulwer  Treaty  was  still  in 
force;  it  was  not  superseded  until  the  Hay-Pauncefote 
Treaty  of  1901.  The  result  of  the  latter  has  been  to  give 
the  United  States  a  free  hand  at  the  Isthmus,  so  far  as 
Europe  was  concerned ;  there  having  been  in  this  matter  no 
diplomatic  obligations  to  nations  other  than  Great  Britain. 
The  conclusion  of  this  treaty,  however,  is  above  all  notable 
because  it  was  the  consummation  of  a  process  that  had  been 
going  on  for  over  a  half-century ;  marked  towards  its  end 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  108 

by  considerable  acrimony,  owing  to  the  strong  feeling  which 
had  developed  in  the  United  States  concerning  its  para- 
mount interest  in  the  Isthmus. 

By  a  curious  irony  the  Spanish  War,  which  led  to  the 
triumph  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  by  the  same  stroke 
brought  the  United  States  into  the  concerns  of  the  Euro- 
pean family  of  nations  to  a  degree  never  anticipated  by  our 
ancestors.  I  do  not  mean  by  this  that  we  as  yet  feel  our- 
selves affected  by  purely  European  quarrels ;  but  I  do  mean 
that,  in  consequence  of  the  Spanish  War,  our  external  rela- 
tions have  been  so  modified  and  extended  that  the  relative 
strength  of  European  states,  what  is  there  called  the  Bal- 
ance of  Power,  may  at  any  time,  and  unexpectedly,  touch 
us  closely.  Therefore  we  are  under  the  necessity  of  care- 
fully watching  the  swaying  of  that  balance,  the  oscillations 
of  which  are  as  continuous  as  those  of  a  pendulum,  though 
not  as  regular. 

I  am  disposed  therefore  emphatically  to  revise,  as  tenable 
no  longer,  if  ever,  the  opinion  expressed  in  1897,  that  Euro- 
pean politics  are  scarcely  to  be  considered  as  a  part  of  the 
War  College  course.  It  is  true  that  at  the  earlier  date  this 
statement  was  carefully  qualified  by  the  comment  that  the 
nations  of  Europe  then  were,  and  for  some  time  had  been, 
engaged  in  a  course  of  colonial  aggrandizement,  indicative 
of  a  spirit  which  might  bring  them  into  collision  with  the 
American  pronouncement  in  the  Monroe  Doctrine;  and 
that  therefore,  as  all  such  activities  depend  upon  sea 
power,  it  was  necessary  for  students  of  naval  strategy  to 
take  note  of  them.  But  the  condition  now  is  much  more 
acute ;  partly  because  the  United  States  has  extended  so  far 
its  external  activities,  chiefly  because  the  internal  relations 
of  Europe  itself,  and  its  relations  to  Asia,  have  been  under- 
going such  a  revolution  as  materially  affects  the  power,  and 
especially  the  relative  sea  power,  of  the  several  European 
states  to  intervene,  should  they  so  wish,  either  in  opposi- 


104  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

tion  or  in  support  of  any  particular  line  of  policy  in  Amer- 
ica or  in  Asia. 

The  external  activities  of  Europe,  noted  a  dozen  years 
ago  and  before,  have  now  to  a  certain  extent  been  again 
superseded  by  rivalries  within  Europe  itself.  Those  rival* 
ries,  however,  are  the  result  of  their  previous  external  activ- 
ities, and  in  the  last  analysis  they  depend  upon  German 
commercial  development.  This  has  stimulated  the  Grer- 
man  Empire  to  a  prodigious  naval  programme,  which  affects 
the  whole  of  Europe  and  may  affect  the  United  States. 
In  1897  I  summed  up  two  conspicuous  European  condi- 
tions as  being  the  equilibrium  then  existing  between 
France  and  Germany,  with  their  respective  allies,  and  the 
withdrawal  of  Great  Britain  from  active  association  with 
the  affairs  of  the  Continent.  At  that  date  the  Triple  Alli- 
ance, Austria,  Germany,  Italy,  stood  against  the  Dual 
Alliance,  France  and  Russia;  Great  Britain  apart  from 
both,  but  with  elements  of  antagonism  against  Russia  and 
France,  and  not  against  the  German  monarchies  or  Italy. 
These  antagonisms  arose  wholly  from  conditions  external 
to  Europe,  —  in  India  against  Russia,  and  in  Africa  against 
France.  Later,  the  paralysis  of  Russia,  through  her 
defeat  by  Japan,  and  through  her  internal  troubles,  left 
France  alone  for  a  time ;  during  which  Germany,  thus  as- 
sured against  land  attack,  was  better  able  to  devote  much 
money  to  the  fleet,  as  the  protector  of  her  growing  com- 
merce. The  results  have  been  a  projected  huge  German 
navy,  and  a  German  altercation  with  France  relative  to 
Moroccan  affairs;  incidents  which  have  aroused  Great 
Britain  to  a  sense  of  naval  danger,  and  have  propelled 
her  to  the  understandings  —  whatever  they  amount  to  — 
with  France  and  Russia,  which  we  now  know  as  the  Triple 
Entente.  In  short,  Great  Britain  has  abandoned  the  iso- 
lation of  twenty  years  ago,  stands  joined  to  the  Dual 
Alliance,  and  it  becomes  a  Triple  Entente. 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  106 

To  the  United  States  this  means  that  Great  Britain,  once 
our  chief  opponent  in  matters  covered  by  the  Monroe 
Doctrine,  but  later  by  the  logic  of  events  drawn  to  recede 
from  that  opposition,  so  that  she  practically  backed  us 
against  Europe  in  1898,  and  subsequently  conceded  the 
Panama  arrangement  known  as  the  Hay-Paunoef ote  Treaty, 
cannot  at  present  count  for  as  much  as  she  did  in  naval 
questions  throughout  the  world.  It  means  to  the  United 
States  and  to  Japan  that  Great  Britain  has  too  much  at 
stake  at  home  to  side  with  the  one  or  the  other,  grant- 
ing she  so  wished,  except  as  bound  by  treaty,  which  im- 
plies reciprocal  obligations.  Between  her  and  Japan  such 
specific  obligations  exist.  They  do  not  in  the  case  of 
the  United  States ;  and  the  question  whether  the  two  coun- 
tries are  disposed  to  support  one  another,  and,  if  so,  to  what 
extent,  or  what  the  attitude  of  Great  Britain  would  be  in 
case  of  difficulty  between  Japan  and  the  United  States, 
are  questions  directly  affecting  naval  strategy.^ 

Great  Britain  does  indeed  for  the  moment  hold  Germany 
80  far  in  check  that  the  German  Empire  also  can  do  no 
more  than  look  after  its  European  interests ;  but  should  a 
naval  disaster  befall  Great  Britain,  leaving  Germany  mas- 
ter of  the  naval  situation,  the  world  would  see  again  a  pre- 
dominant fleet  backed  by  a  predominant  army,  and  that  in 
the  hands,  not  of  a  state  satiated  with  colonial  possessions, 
as  Great  Britain  is,  but  of  one  whose  late  entry  into  world 
conditions  leaves  her  without  any  such  possessions  at  all 
of  any  great  value.  The  habit  of  mind  is  narrow  which 
fails  to  see  that  a  navy  such  as  Germany  is  now  building 
will  be  efficacious  for  other  ends  than  those  immediately 
proposed.      The  existence  of  such  a  fleet  is  a  constant  fac- 

1  Since  this  wai  written,  a  new  TVeatj  of  Alliance  between  Great  Britain 
and  Japan,  operatire  for  ten  jears,  hai  been  signed — Jalj  18, 1911.  By 
itt  terms  either  Power  will  be  released  from  its  militarj  obligation  to  the 
other,  as  against  a  third  with  which  it  maj  hare  a  treaty  of  general  arbitra- 
tion, such  as  that  framed  between  Great  Britain  and  the  United  States. 


106  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

tor  in  contemporary  politics ;  the  part  which  it  shall  play 
depending  upon  circumstances  not  always  to  be  fore- 
seen. Although  the  colonial  ambitions  of  Grermany  are 
held  in  abeyance  for  the  moment,  the  wish  cannot  but 
exist  to  expand  her  territory  by  foreign  acquisitions,  to 
establish  external  bases  for  the  support  of  commercial  or 
political  interests,  to  build  up  such  kindred  communities 
as  now  help  to  constitute  the  British  Empire,  homes  for 
emigrants,  markets  for  industries,  sources  of  supplies  of 
raw  materials,  needed  by  those  industries. 

All  such  conditions  and  ambitions  are  incidents  with 
which  Strategy,  comprehensively  considered,  has  to  deaL 
By  the  successive  enunciations  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine 
the  United  States  stands  committed  to  the  position  that 
no  particle  of  American  soil  shall  pass  into  the  hands 
of  a  non-American  State  other  than  the  present  pos- 
sessor. No  successful  war  between  foreign  states,  no 
purchase,  no  exchange,  no  merger,  such  as  the  not  impos- 
sible one  of  Holland  with  Grermany,  is  allowed  as  valid 
cause  for  such  transfer.  This  is  a  very  large  contract; 
the  only  guarantee  of  which  is  an  adequate  navy,  how- 
ever the  term  *^ adequate''  be  defined.  Adequacy  often 
depends  not  only  upon  existing  balances  of  power,  such, 
for  instance,  as  that  by  which  the  British  and  German 
navies  now  affect  one  another,  which  for  the  moment 
secures  the  observance  of  the  Doctrine.  Account  must 
be  taken  also  of  evident  policies  which  threaten  to  dis- 
turb such  balances,  such  as  the  official  announcement  by 
Germany  of  her  purpose  to  create  a  **'  fleet  of  such  strength 
that,  even  for  the  mightiest  naval  power,  a  war  with 
Germany  would  involve  such  risks  as  to  jeopardize  its 
own  supremacy."  This  means,  at  least,  that  Great  Brit- 
ain hereafter  shall  not  venture,  as  in  1898,  to  back  the 
United  States  against  European  interference ;  nor  to  sup- 
port France  in  Morocco ;  nor  to  carry  out  as  against  Ger- 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  107 

many  her  alliance  with  Japan.  It  iB  a  matter  of  very 
distinct  consequence  in  naval  strategy  that  Great  Britain, 
after  years  of  contention  with  the  United  States,  es« 
sentially  opposed  to  the  claims  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine, 
should  at  last  have  come  to  substantial  coincidence  with 
the  American  point  of  view,  even  though  she  is  not  com- 
mitted to  a  formal  announcement  to  that  effect.^  Such 
relations  between  states  are  primarily  the  concern  of  the 
statesman,  a  matter  of  international  policies ;  but  they  are 
also  among  the  data  which  the  strategist,  naval  as  well  as 
land,  has  to  consider,  because  they  are  among  the  elements 
which  determine  the  constitution  and  size  of  the  national 
fleet. 

I  here  quote  with  approval  a  statement  of  the  French 
Captain  Darrieus: 

^  Among  the  complex  problems  to  which  the  idea  of 
strategy  g^ves  rise  there  is  none  more  important  than  that 
of  the  constitution  of  the  fleet ;  and  every  project  which 
takes  no  account  of  the  foreign  relations  of  a  great  nation, 
nor  of  the  material  limit  fixed  by  its  resources,  rests  upon 
a  weak  and  unstable  base." 

I  repeat  also  the  quotation  from  Von  der  Groltz :  *^  We 
must  have  a  natumal  strategy,  a  national  tactics.''  I  can- 
not too  entirely  repudiate  any  casual  word  of  mine,  reflect- 
ing the  tone  which  once  was  so  traditional  in  the  navy 
that  it  might  be  called  professional,  —  that  ^*  political  ques- 
tions belong  rather  to  the  statesman  than  to  the  military 
man.''  I  find  these  words  in  my  old  lectures,  but  I  very 
soon  learned  better,  from  my  best  military  friend,  Jomini; 
and  I  believe  that  no  printed  book  of  mine  endorses  the 
opinion  that  external  politics  are  of  no  professional  concern 
to  military  men. 

1  Since  theie  words  were  written  inch  formal  announcement  hat  been 
made  by  a  member  of  the  Britiih  Cabinet,  Sir  Edward  Grej,  the  Secretary 
for  Foreign  Affairs,  on  May  28»  1911.    The  Mail,  Maj  24»  1911. 


108  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

It  was  in  accordance  with  this  changed  opinion  that  in 
1895,  and  again  in  1897,  I  summed  up  European  condi- 
tions as  I  conceived  them  to  be;  pointing  out  that  the 
distinguishing  feature  at  that  time  was  substantial  equi- 
librium on  the  Continent,  constituting  what  is  called  the 
Balance  of  Power ;  and,  in  connection  with  the  calm  thus 
resulting,  an  immense  colonizing  movement,  in  which 
substantiallj  all  the  great  Powers  were  concerned.  This 
I  indicated  as  worthy  of  the  notice  of  naval  strategists, 
because  there  were  parts  of  the  American  continents  which 
for  various  reasons  might  attract  upon  themselves  this 
movement,  in  disregard  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine. 

Since  then  the  scene  has  shifted  greatly,  the  distinctive 
feature  of  the  change  being  the  growth  of  (Germany  in 
industrial,  commercial,  and  naval  power,  —  all  three ;  while 
at  the  same  time  maintaining  her  militaiy  pre-eminence, 
although  that  has  been  somewhat  qualified  by  the  improve- 
ment of  the  French  army,  just  as  the  growth  of  the  Grerman 
navy  has  qualified  British  superiority  at  sea.  Coincident 
with  this  German  development  has  been  the  decline  of 
Russia,  owing  to  causes  generally  understood ;  the  station- 
ariness  of  France  in  population,  while  Germany  has  in- 
creased fifty  per  cent;  and  the  very  close  drawing  together 
of  Germany  and  Austria,  for  reasons  of  much  more  con- 
trolling power  than  the  mere  treaty  which  binds  them. 
The  result  is  that  to-day  central  Europe,  that  is,  Austria 
and  Germany,  form  a  substantially  united  body,  extending 
from  water  to  water,  from  the  North  Sea  to  the  Adriatic, 
wielding  a  military  power  against  which,  on  the  land,  no 
combination  in  Europe  can  stand.  The  Balance  of  Power 
no  longer  exists ;  that  is,  if  my  estimate  is  correct  of  the 
conditions  and  dispersion  which  characterize  the  other 
nations  relatively  to  this  central  mass. 

This  situation,  coinciding  with  British  trade  jealousies 
of  the  new  German  industries,  and  with  the  (German  naval 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  109 

programme,  have  forced  Great  Britain  out  of  the  isolation 
which  the  Balance  of  Power  permitted  her.  Her  ententes 
are  an  attempt  to  correct  the  disturbance  of  the  balance ; 
but,  while  they  tend  in  that  direction,  they  are  not  ade- 
quate to  the  full  result  desired.  The  balance  remains 
uneven ;  and  consequently  European  attention  is  concen- 
trated upon  European  conditions,  instead  of  upon  the 
colonizing  movements  of  twenty  years  ago.  Germany 
even  has  formally  disavowed  such  colonizing  ambitions,  by 
the  mouth  of  her  ambassador  to  the  United  States,  con- 
firmed by  her  minister  of  foreign  affairs,  although  a 
dozen  years  ago  they  were  conspicuous.  Concerning  these 
colonizing  movements,  indeed,  it  might  be  said  that  they 
have  reached  a  moment  of  quiet,  of  equilibrium,  while 
internally  Europe  is  essentially  disquieted,  as  various  in- 
cidents have  shown. 

The  important  point  to  us  here  is  the  growing  power  of 
the  German  Empire,  in  which  the  efficiency  of  the  State  as 
an  organic  body  is  so  greatly  superior  to  that  of  Great 
Britain,  and  may  prove  to  be  to  that  of  the  United  States. 
The  two  Englishnspeaking  countries  have  wealth  vastly 
superior,  each  separately,  to  that  of  Germany ;  much  more 
if  acting  together.  But  in  neither  is  the  efficiency  of  the 
Government  for  handling  the  resources  comparable  to  that 
of  Germany ;  and  there  is  no  apparent  chance  or  recognized 
inducement  for  them  to  work  together,  as  Germany  and 
Austria  now  work  in  Europe.  The  consequence  is  that 
Germany  may  deal  with  each  in  succession  much  more 
effectively  than  either  is  now  willing  to  consider;  Europe 
being  powerless  to  affect  the  issue  so  long  as  Austria 
stands  by  (Germany,  as  she  thoroughly  understands  that 
she  has  every  motive  to  do. 

It  is  this  line  of  reasoning  which  shows  the  power  of  the 
German  navy  to  be  a  matter  of  prime  importance  to  the 
United  States.    The  power  to  control  Germany  does  not 


no  HI  AVAL  STRATEGY 

exist  in  Europe,  except  in  the  British  navy ;  and  if  social 
and  political  conditions  in  Great  Britain  develop  as  they 
now  promise,  the  British  navy  will  probably  decline  in 
relative  strength,  so  that  it  will  not  venture  to  withstand 
the  German  on  any  broad  lines  of  policy,  but  only  in  the 
narrowest  sense  of  immediate  British  interests.  Even  this 
condition  may  disappear,  for  it  seems  as  if  the  national  life 
of  Great  Britain  were  waning  at  the  same  time  that  that  of 
Germany  is  waxing.  The  truth  is,  Germany,  by  traditions 
of  two  centuries,  inherits  now  a  system  of  state  control, 
not  only  highly  developed  but  with  a  people  accustomed  to 
it,  —  a  great  dement  of  force ;  and  this  at  the  time  when 
control  of  the  individual  by  the  community  —  that  is,  by 
the  state  —  is  increasingly  the  note  of  the  times.  Germany 
has  in  this  matter  a  laige  start.  Japan  has  much  the 
same. 

When  it  is  remembered  that  the  United  States,  like 
Great  Britain  and  like  Japan,  can  be  approached  only  by 
sea,  we  can  scarcely  fail  to  see  that  upon  the  sea  primarily 
must  be  found  our  power  to  secure  our  own  borders  and  to 
sustain  our  external  policy,  of  which  at  the  present  moment 
there  are  two  principal  elements ;  namely,  the  Monroe 
Doctrine  and  the  Open  Door.  Of  the  Monroe  Doctrine 
President  Taft,  in  his  first  message  to  Congress,  has  said 
that  it  has  advanced  sensibly  towai'ds  general  acceptance ; 
and  that  maintenance  of  its  positions  in  the  future  need 
cause  less  anxiety  than  it  has  in  the  past.  Admitting  this, 
and  disregarding  the  fact  that  the  respect  conceded  to  it  by 
Europe  depends  in  part  at  least  upon  European  rivalries 
modifying  European  ability  to  intervene,  —  a  condition 
which  may  change  as  suddenly  as  has  the  power  of  Russia 
within  the  decade,  —  it  remains  obvious  that  the  policy  of 
the  Open  Door  requires  naval  power  quite  as  really  and 
little  less  directly  than  the  Monroe  Doctrine.  For  the 
scene  of  the  Open  Door  contention  is  the  Pacific ;  the  gate- 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  HI 

» 

way  to  the  Pacific  for  the  United  States  is  the  Isthmtis ; 
the  communications  to  the  Isthmus  are  by  way  of  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico  and  the  Caribbean  Sea.  The  interest  of  that 
maritime  region  therefore  is  even  greater  now  than  it  was 
when  I  first  undertook  the  strategic  study  of  it,  over  twenty 
years  ago.  Its  importance  to  the  Monroe  Doctrine  and  to 
general  commercial  interests  remains,  even  if  modified. 

At  the  date  of  my  first  attempt  to  make  this  study  of  the 
Caribbean,  and  to  formulate  certain  principles  relative  to 
Naval  Strategy,  there  scarcely  could  be  said  to  exist  any 
defined  public  consciousness  of  European  and  American  in- 
terest in  sea  power,  and  in  the  methods  of  its  application 
which  form  the  study  of  Strategy.  The  most  striking  illus- 
tration of  this  insensibility  to  the  sea  was  to  be  found  in 
Bismarck,  who  in  a  constructive  sense  was  the  greatest 
European  statesman  of  that  day.  After  the  war  with 
Fiance  and  the  acquisition  of  Alsace  and  Lorraine,  he 
spoke  of  Germany  as  a  state  satiated  with  territorial  ex- 
pansion. In  the  matter  of  external  policy  she  had  reached 
the  limits  of  his  ambitions  for  her;  and  his  mind  thence- 
forth was  set  on  internal  development,  which  should  har- 
monize the  body  politic  and  insure  Germany  the  unity  and 
power  which  he  had  won  for  her.  His  scheme  of  external 
relations  did  not  stretch  beyond  Europe.  He  was  then  too 
old  to  change  to  different  conceptions,  although  he  did  not 
n^lect  to  follow  the  demand  of  the  people  as  their  industry 
and  commerce  developed. 

The  contrast  between  the  condition  of  indifference  to  the 
sea  which  he  illustrated  and  that  which  now  exists  is 
striking;  and  the  German  Empire,  which  owes  to  him 
above  all  men  its  modem  greatness,  offers  the  most  con- 
spicuous illustration  of  the  change.  The  new  great  navies 
of  the  world  since  1887  are  the  German,  the  Japanese,  and 
the  American.  Every  state  in  Europe  is  now  awake  to  the 
fact  that  the  immediate  coming  interests  of  the  world. 


112  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

which  are  therefore  its  own  national  interest,  must  be  in 
the  other  continents.  Europe  in  its  relatively  settled 
conditions  offers  really  the  base  of  operations  for  enter- 
prises and  decisive  events,  the  scene  of  which  will  be  in 
countries  where  political  or  economical  backwardness  must 
give  place  to  advances  which  will  be  almost  revolution- 
ary in  kind.  This  can  scarcely  be  accomplished  with- 
out unsettlements,  the  composing  of  which  will  depend 
upon  force.  Such  force  by  a  European  state  — with  the 
single  exception  of  Russia,  and  possibly,  in  a  less  degree^ 
of  Austria  —  can  be  exerted  only  through  a  navy. 

Coincident  with  this  growing  sense  of  world  conditions, 
and  of  the  dependence  of  the  future  upon  sea  power,  there 
has  naturally  gone  on  the  development  of  a  literature  hav- 
ing these  relations  for  its  subject.  This  has  been  a  new 
feature  in  naval  affairs.  By  this  is  not  meant  that  much, 
if  not  all,  of  the  data  with  which  the  new  literature  deals 
had  not  been  known  and  appreciated  formerly.  What  is 
meant  is  that  the  attempt  at  systematizing  is  new;  the 
effort  to  co-ordinate  the  data,  to  point  out  their  significance, 
to  elicit  their  teaching,  and  to  formulate  it  into  principles 
or  definitions,  the  use  of  which  facilitates  understanding  of 
strategic  questions.  The  common  sense  of  all  men  has 
early  indicated  some  of  the  recognized  principles  of  war, 
while  the  insight  of  superior  genius  has  given  these  fur- 
ther developments  and  detected  others;  but,  for  all  that, 
it  is  only  of  comparatively  late  years  that  these  principles 
have  been  so  digested  and  systematized,  so  demonstrated 
and  established,  as  to  form  a  code  recognized  by  all  in 
theory,  however  badly  applied  in  practice.  In  the  corre- 
spondence of  naval  men  of  our  day  and  of  the  past,  in  the 
actions  and  bargains  of  statesmen,  in  naval  history  in  gen- 
eral, there  will  be  found  plentiful  instances  of  under- 
standing the  value  of  particular  factors  in  themselves, 
and  in  their  bearing  upon  interests  near  and  remote. 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  118 

Naval  campaigns  also,  to  some  extent,  illustrate  the 
principles  of  war,  though  it  is  significant  that  those  most 
interesting  and  most  clearly  stamped  with  military  insight 
have  been  directed  in  their  main  features  by  men  not  so 
much  seamen  as  soldiers.  The  dependence  of  Cromwell's 
navy  upon  the  army  in  this  respect  is  well  known.  The 
reorganization,  even,  of  the  fleet  was  intrusted  to  three 
colonels  who  became  and  were  called  Generals  at  Sea* 
These  may  be  said  to  have  recast  the  navy  and  the  strategy 
of  Drake,  Hawkins,  and  Raleigh.  The  deliberate  purpose 
was  to  re-model  the  fleet  on  the  lines  of  the  Common- 
wealth's army,  then  the  best  in  Europe ;  and  all  the  mili- 
tary movements  were  controlled  by  soldiers,  of  whom 
Robert  Blake  is  the  most  eminent  figure.  After  his  death 
the  tradition  was  embodied  in  Monk,  a  capable  soldier 
and  strategist. 

These  conditions  lasted,  though  with  modifications,  to 
the  time  of  William  III.  Under  him  the  navy  became 
thoroughly  differentiated  as  a  profession  distinct  from  the 
army.  Nevertheless,  not  only  William,  the  king,  but  his 
military  successor  as  commander-in-chief  of  the  land  forces, 
Marlborough,  the  general,  formulated  the  strategic  move- 
ments of  the  fleet ;  army  and  fleet  together  being  by  them 
recognized  as  integral  factors,  co-operating  in  the  great 
combinations  of  the  wars  which  were  directed  succes- 
sively by  these  two  eminent  soldiers.  The  Trafalgar  cam- 
paign, on  the  French  side,  was  governed  throughout  by 
Napoleon ;  and  Corbett  has  told  us  that  its  main  lines  had 
been  evolved  forty  years  before  by  a  French  statesman. 
Under  the  first  Pitt  such  combinations  were  determined  by 
himself ;  however  he  may  have  used  professional  advisers, 
the  ultimate  strategic  decision  rested  with  him.  But  in  the 
War  of  American  Independence,  and  in  the  Napoleonic 
wars,  men  like  Rodney,  St.  Vincent,  and  Nelson  had  be- 
come strategists  in  the  best  sense.    The  management  of 


114  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

the  British  campaign  before  Trafalgar  was  eminently  stra- 
tegic and  sound. 

In  the  records  of  the  wars  above  cited,  in  the  correspond- 
ence connected  with  them,  in  naval  history  and  biography, 
even  of  an  early  date,  are  to  be  found  abundant  material 
from  which  to  deduce  an  Art  of  Naval  War;  but  it  is 
raw  material,  undigested,  and  requires  working  up.  This 
abundance  does  not  of  itself  give  that  Art,  any  more  than 
any  number  of  bricks  gives  us  a  house.  It  is  probable 
that  the  uncertainty  of  the  motor  in  the  sailing-vessel 
largely  contributed  to  the  backwardness  of  the  art  of  war 
as  applied  to  the  navy.  It  was  not  possible  for  the  admiral 
to  convert  his  distances  into  days,  as  the  general  did  into  so 
many  marches.  Nelson,  in  pursuit,  beat  furiously  against  a 
west  wind,  while  two  hundred  miles  away  the  fleeing  Ville- 
neuve  sped  by  Gibraltar  before  an  easterly  gale.  Land 
warfare  knew  vicissitudes  enough,  but  there  was  no  such 
perpetual  disconcerting  uncertainty  as  this.  With  dis- 
tances thus  dependent  on  wind  and  currents,  strategic 
and  even  tactical  combinations  became  uncertain  to  dis- 
couragement. At  Trafalgar  the  wind  made  it  impossible 
for  Nelson  to  carry  out  his  plan  on  the  lines  laid  down, 
although  he  succeeded  in  preserving  the  essential  features. 
The  consequent  indisposition  to  systematic  study  was  in- 
creased by  the  indifference  of  the  first  navy  of  Europe  to 
the  military  side  of  its  profession,  as  compared  to  good 
seamanship. 

It  is  to  be  recalled  in  this  connection  that  at  the  time 
these  lectures  were  first  written  there  had  been  no  naval 
campaign  by  steam  fleets.  The  War  of  Secession  in  the 
United  States  saw  no  opposition  of  fleets  ;  was  in  this  one- 
sided, though  not  without  fruitful  instruction  as  to  the 
influence  of  sea  power.  The  same  was  true  of  the  war 
between  France  and  Germany  in  1870,.  and  that  between 
Russia  and  Turkey  in  1877.     Since  the  lectures  were 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  116 

written  there  have  been  the  conflict  between  China  and 
Japan  in  1894,  between  the  United  States  and  Spain  in 
1898,  and  that  between  Japan  and  Russia  in  1904-1905. 
The  last  of  these  will  be  discussed  hereafter  by  itself ;  but 
even  with  the  illustration  derivable  from  it  the  great  pre- 
ponderance of  historical  experience  continues  to  rest  upon 
sailing  fleets. 

Steam  has  introduced  a  relative  certainty  and  precision 
into  the  movements  of  fleets.  Head  winds  and  adverse 
currents  now  answer  only  to  the  miry  and  mountainous 
road,  for  which  allowance  can  be  made.  The  turns  of  the 
screw  can  be  counted  upon  better  even  than  the  legs  of  the 
soldier.  An  Art  of  Naval  War  becomes  possible ;  and  it 
becomes  imperative  from  the  very  fact  that  the  rapid,  many- 
sided  activity  in  the  development  of  weapons  produces  a 
confusion  in  the  mind  which  must  by  all  means  be  ended,  if 
possible.  Moreover,  if  we  clear  our  own  heads  and  settle 
our  convictions,  we  may  produce  some  effect  on  popular 
understanding,  which  sorely  needs  it ;  as  was  shown  by  the 
tmintelligent  clamor  of  sensible  men  during  the  Spanish 
War,  and  the  demands  then  made  as  to  the  distribution  of 
the  fleet.  If  possible,  we  must  get  hold  of  the  principles 
which,  throughout  all  changes,  underlie  naval  war;  of  the 
strongly  marked  outlines  around  which  lesser  details  can 
be  filled  in  and  to  which  they  can  be  referred ;  by  which 
this  or  that  specious  proposition  can  be  judg^ed  and  found 
to  be  sound  or  rotten,  according  as  it  fundamentally  con- 
forms to  or  conflicts  with  settled  trudi. 

Thus  when  urged,  as  it  has  been  and  assuredly  again 
will  be,  very  strongly,  to  divide  our  battle-fleet  fairly  be- 
tween our  two  coasts,  we  can  point  with  equal  assurance 
to  the  successive  experiences  of  the  Dutch  and  British  in 
1652-1654,  when  they  so  divided  between  the  North  Sea  and 
the  Mediterranean,  or  to  that  of  Russia  two  centuries  and 
a  half  later,  when  she  divided  hers  between  the  Baltic  and 


116  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

Port  Arthur.  Or  we  may  cite  the  opinion  of  Napoleon 
in  the  historic  incident  preceding  Trafalgar,  when  Com- 
wallis,  haying,  an  interior  position  and  thirty-four  ships, 
divided  them  impartially,  as  we  are  asked  to  do  to-day,  into 
two  nearly  equal  bodies,  sixteen  and  eighteen  respectively ; 
thus  making  as  sure  as  any  human  foresight  could,  that  if 
the  enemy  found  either  he  would  be  in  largely  superior 
force. 

[Corbett,  in  his  **  Campaign  of  Trafalgar,'*  very  recently 
published,  distinctly  contravenes  this  criticism  of  Napoleon, 
and  justifies  the  division  by  which  Comwallis,  having 
twenty-nine  allied  ships  to  deal  with  at  Ferrol,  besides 
twenty-one  in  Brest,  divided  his  thirty-four  into  two 
bodies,  eighteen  before  Ferrol  and  sixteen  before  Brest. 
He  justifies,  as  I  understand,  on  the  ground  that  the  Ferrol 
ships  might  go  into  the  Mediterranean,  and  there  control  a 
situation  which  the  British  Government  was  endeavoring 
to  mould  in  accordance  with  a  coalition  which  was  being 
framed  with  Austria  and  Russia. 

Any  difficult  military  situation  will  give  rise  to  differ- 
ence of  opinion,  and  it  wiU  be  sufficient  to  point  out,  with- 
out dogmatizing,  reasons  for  considering  that  Napoleon 
was  probably  right  in  his  judgment,  and  Corbett  probably 
wrong.  The  allied  divisions  then  in  Ferrol  had  deliber- 
ately abandoned  the  Mediterranean  three  or  four  months 
before,  and  had  gone  to  the  West  Indies.  Returning,  in- 
stead of  seeking  the  Mediterranean,  their  easier  course, 
they  had  with  difficulty  gone  into  Ferrol,  where  rein- 
forcement met  them.  Coincidently,  the  French  at  Brest 
moved  into  the  outer  roadstead,  under  heavy  batteries,  to 
be  as  ready  as  possible  to  co-operate  upon  an  approach  of 
the  Ferrol  ships.  Nelson,  then  commander-in-chief  in  the 
Mediterranean,  had  followed  to  the  West  Indies  the  Tou- 
lon and  Cadiz  ships  now  assembled  in  Ferrol.  Not  finding 
them  in  the  West  Indies^  he  returned  with  his  fleet  to  the 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  117 

Mediterranean ;  for,  that  being  his  special  charge,  he  was 
obliged  to  provide  for  it,  until  reasonable  ground  was  af- 
forded for  assuming  its  security  and  the  necessity  of  taking 
his  division  elsewhere.  This  ground  he  found  in  the  in- 
telligence, received  at  Gibraltar,  that  the  late  Toulon  di- 
vision had  certainly  gone  north*  He  consequently  took 
his  ships  north  and  joined  the  fleet  already  before  Brest. 
All  this  may  be  taken  as  showing  Nelson's  opinion  that 
the  danger  was  in  the  north,  and  that  the  Mediterranean 
for  the  time  was  safe.  This  general  conclusion  had  the 
concurrence  of  CoUingwood,  who  with  a  very  few  ships 
remained  before  Cadiz,  and  continued  in  charge  of  the 
small  force  of  cruisers  left  by  Nelson  in  the  Mediterranean. 

The  result  was  that  by  the  time  Comwallis  divided  his 
fleet  into  two  bodies,  of  eighteen  and  sixteen,  over  three 
hundred  miles  apart,  the  twenty-nine  Ferrol  ships  had 
gone  to  sea  and  had  reached  as  far  as  two  hundred  and 
fifty  miles  west-northwest  of  Ferrol,  where  they  were  in  a 
position  as  favorable  for  action  in  any  direction  as  was  the 
so-called  Invisible  Squadron  of  Rochef  ort,  which  during  this 
critical  period  had  been  roaming  the  adjacent  seas  undiscov- 
ered. The  situation,  constituted  by  Comwallis'  division 
of  his  command,  was  therefore  such  as  to  make  very  pos- 
sible that  the  eighteen  or  the  sixteen  might  meet,  unsup- 
ported, the  allied  twenty-nine;  and,  if  off  Brest,  the 
possibility  of  co-operation  by  the  French  ships  there. 

The  result  undoubtedly  would  have  been  a  creditable 
display  of  British  skill  and  valor ;  possibly  a  brilliant  vic- 
tory over  superior  numbers.  But,  as  Nelson  said,  what 
Great  Britain  needed,  after  two  weary  years  of  waiting,  was 
not  a  brilliant  victory,  but  the  annihilation  of  the  enemy. 
^^Only  numbers  can  annihilate."  His  other  dictum,  ap- 
plied to  the  actual  situation  here  discussed,  ^'If  Calder 
with  eighteen  gets  fairly  alongside  their  twenty  seven  or 
eight  sail,  by  the  time  the  enemy  has  beat  our  fleet  soundly. 


118  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

they  will  do  ns  no  more  harm  this  year,**  was  equally 
just ;  but  it  is  one  thing  to  point  out  the  reasonable  consola- 
tion of  a  situation  and  quite  another  to  approve  the  action 
from  which  it  has  resulted.  A  British  eighteen  against  an 
allied  twenty-nine  might  have  removed  both  from  the  board, 
leaving  the  balance  just  as  it  was;  a  British  thirty-four 
against  the  same  number  would  have  insured  annihilation. 
The  odds,  twenty-nine  to  eighteen,  were  almost  the  same 
that  Nelson  himself  had  lately  anticipated  for  his  own  di- 
vision,—  twenty  to  twelve ;  and,  while  he  avowed  his  in- 
tention to  fight  under  such  circumstances,  he  guarded  the 
avowal  with  qualifications  which  indicated  his  opinion  of 
the  seriousness  of  the  undertaking.] 

The  search  for  and  establishment  of  leading  principles  — 
always  few  —  around  which  considerations  of  detail  group 
themselves,  will  tend  to  reduce  confusion  of  impression 
to  simplicity  and  directness  of  thought,  with  consequent  fa- 
cility of  comprehension.  It  must  be  noted  likewise  that 
while  steam  has  fecilitated  all  naval  movements,  whether 
strategical  or  tactical,  it  has  also  brought  in  the  element  of 
communications  to  an  extent  which  did  not  before  exist. 
The  communications  are,  perhaps,  the  most  controlling 
feature  of  land  strategy;  and  the  dependence  of  steam 
ships  upon  renewing  their  limited  supply  of  coal,  con- 
trasted with  the  independence  of  sailing  ships  as  to  the 
supply  of  their  power  of  motion,  is  exactly  equivalent  to 
the  dependence  of  an  army  upon  its  communications.  It 
may  be  noted,  too,  that,  taking  one  day  with  another,  the 
wind  in  the  long  run  would  average  the  same  for  each  of 
two  opponents,  so  that  in  the  days  of  sail  there  would  be 
less  of  the  inequality  which  results  from  the  tenure  of  coal- 
ing stations,  or  from  national  nearness  to  the  seat  of  war. 
Coal  will  last  a  little  longer,  perhaps,  than  the  supplies  an 
army  can  carry  with  it  on  a  hurried  march,  but  the  anxiety 
about  it  is  of  the  same  character ;  and  in  the  last  analysis 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  119 

it  is  food  and  coal,  not  legs  and  engines,  which  are  the 
motive  powers  on  either  element. 

The  days  when  fleets  lay  becalmed  are  gone,  it  is  tnie ; 
but  gone  also  are  the  days  when,  with  four  or  five  months 
of  food  and  water  below,  they  were  ready  to  follow  the 
enemy  to  the  other  side  of  the  world  without  stopping. 
Nelson,  in  1803-1806,  had  always  on  board  three  months' 
provisions  and  water,  and  aimed  to  have  five  months' ;  that 
is,  to  be  independent  of  conmiunications  for  nearly  five 
months.  If  it  is  sought  to  lessen  the  strategic  difficulty 
by  carrying  more  coal,  there  is  introduced  the  tactical 
drawback  of  greater  draught,  with  consequent  slower  speed 
and  more  sluggish  handling;  or,  if  tonnage  is  not  in- 
creased, then  armor  and  guns  are  sacrificed,  a  still  more 
important  consideration.  The  experience  of  Admiral  Roz- 
hestvensky  in  this  matter  is  recent  and  instructive.  His 
difficulties  of  supply,  and  chiefly  of  coal,  are  known ;  the 
most  striking  consequence  is  the  inconsiderate  manner  in 
which,  without  necessity,  he  stuffed  his  vessels  with  coal 
for  the  last  run  of  barely  a  thousand  miles.  That  he  did 
this  can  be  attributed  reasonably  only  to  the  impression 
produced  upon  his  mind  by  his  coaling  difficulties,  for  the 
evident  consequence  of  this  injudicious  action  was  to  put 
his  ships  in  bad  condition  for  a  battle  which  he  knew  was 
almost  inevitable. 

Both  the  power  and  the  difficulties  due  to  steam  call  for 
a  more  comprehensive  and  systematic  treatment  of  the  art  of 
war  at  sea,  and  for  the  establishment  of  definite  principles 
upon  which  it  reposes.  To  do  this  is  simply  a  particular  in- 
stance of  the  one  object  for  which  the  War  College  exists. 
As  the  principles  of  the  art  of  war  are  few,  while  embracing 
many  features,  so  the  principle  of  the  War  College  is  one ; 
namely,  the  study  of  the  art  of  war  and  the  exposition  of  its 
principles.  Like  the  body,  it  has  but  one  backbone  though 
many  ribs.    When  these  principles  have  been  more  or  less 


120  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

saccessfuUy  defined,  the  way  is  open  to  a  clearer  compre- 
hension of  naval  history,  a  more  accurate  perception  of  the 
causes  of  success  or  &ilure  in  naval  campaigns.  Study  of 
these,  superimposed  upon  an  adequate  grasp  of  principles, 
contributes  to  the  naval  strategist  the  precise  gain  which 
the  practice  of  a  profession  gives  to  a  man  —  a  lawyer,  for 
instance  —  who  has  already  mastered  the  principles.  Ex- 
tensive study  of  cases  gives  firmer  grasp,  deeper  undeiv 
standing,  wider  views,  increased  aptitude  and  quickness  to 
apprehend  the  critical  features  in  any  suit,  as  distinct  from 
details  of  less  relative  importance. 

When  I  was  a  midshipman,  a  very  accomplished  officer, 
the  late  Admiral  Goldsborough,  told  me  of  his  bewilder- 
ment in  listening  to  the  arguments  of  eminent  lawyers  in 
a  difficult  suit.  Later  in  the  day,  meeting  the  judge  who 
presided,  he  said  to  him,  ^^  Upon  my  word,  I  don't  under- 
stand how  you  can  see  your  way  through  such  a  maze  of 
plausibilities  as  were  presented  by  the  two  sides."  The 
judge  replied,  ^  There  are  in  such  contentions  a  very  few, 
perhaps  only  one  or  two,  really  decisive  considerations  of 
fact  or  principle.  Keeping  those  firmly  in  mind,  much  of 
the  argument  sheds  off,  as  irrelevant,  or  immaterial,  and 
judgment  is  therefore  easy."  This  is  the  advantage  of  the 
habit  of  mind  bred  by  study,  when  principles  are  under- 
stood. Such  decisive  considerations  correspond  essentially 
to  the  leading  feature,  or  features,  which  constitute  **  the 
key"  of  a  military  situation.^    A  mass  of  confusing  in- 

1  Clausewitz  pokes  some  mild  fun  at  the  expression  ''the  key''  of  a 
militarj  theater,  or  situation ;  which  probably  does  come  too  easily  to  the 
lips,  or  to  the  pen,  as  if  in  itself  conveying  an  encyclopsBdia  of  explanation. 
The  analogies  of  the  use  of  the  word  in  other  relations,  however,  Justify  its 
application  to  military  conditions.  In  the  Judgment  of  the  writer,  the  use 
of  it  has  the  special  advantage  of  conducing  to  sustain  the  desirable  im- 
pression that  in  most  military  situations,  or  problems,  there  is  some  one  lead- 
ing feature,  so  far  primary,  that,  amid  many  important  details,  it  affords  a 
central  idea  upon  which  concentration  of  purpose  and  dispositions  may 
fiMten,  and  so  obtain  unity  of  design. 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  121 

cidentB  group  themselves  around  certain  decisive  consid- 
erations, by  holding  which  firmly  you  not  only  understand 
more  easily  the  determining  factors  in  a  particular  case, 
but  are  fitting  yourself  more  and  more  to  judge  any  mili- 
tary case  put  before  you ;  and  that,  too,  with  the  rapidity 
for  which  military  urgency  often  calls.  ' 

Here  is  seen  the  value  of  land  warfare  to  the  naval  stu- 
dent. In  the  first  place,  land  warfare  has  a  much  more 
extensive  narrative  development,  because  there  has  been 
very  much  more  land  fighting  than  sea ;  and  also,  perhaps 
because  of  this  larger  amount  of  material,  much  more  ef- 
fort has  been  made  to  elicit  the  underlying  principles  by 
formal  analysis.  Further,  with  the  going  of  uncertainty 
and  the  coming  of  certainty  into  the  motive  power,  a  chief 
distinction  between  the  movements  of  fleets  and  armies 
has  disappeared.  Unless,  therefore,  one  is  prepared  to  dis- 
card as  useless  what  our  predecessors  have  learned,  it  is  in 
the  study  of  the  best  military  writers  that  we  shall  find  the 
most  ample  foundations  on  which  to  build  the  new  struc- 
ture. Not  attempting  the  vain,  because  useless,  labor  of 
starting  on  unbroken  ground,  we  will  accept  what  is  al- 
ready done  as  clear  gain,  and  build.  No  doubt — and  no 
fear — but  we  shall  find  differences  enpugh;  no  one  will 
mistake  the  new  house  for  the  old  when  it  is  finished ;  yet 
the  two  will  have  a  strong  resemblance,  and  the  most 
marked  contrasts  will  but  bring  out  more  clearly  than  ever 
the  strong  features  common  to  both. 

The  definitions  of  strategy,  as  usually  given,  confine  the 
application  of  the  word  to  military  combinations,  which 
embrace  one  or  more  fields  of  operations,  either  wholly  dis- 
tinct or  mutually  dependent,  but  always  regarded  as  actual 
or  immediate  scenes  of  war.  However  this  may  be  on 
shore,  a  French  writer  is  unquestionably  right  in  pointing 
out  that  such  a  definition  is  too  narrow  for  naval  strategy. 

«« This,''  he  says,  ^^  differs  from  military  strategy,  in  that  it 


122  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

is  as  necessary  in  peace  as  in  war.  Indeed,  in  peace  it  may 
gain  its  most  decisive  victories  by  occupying  in  a  country, 
either  by  purchase  or  treaty,  excellent  positions  which 
would  perhaps  hardly  be  got  in  war.  It  learns  to  profit 
by  all  opportunities  of  settling  on  some  chosen  point  of  a 
coast,  ana  to  render  definitiye  an  occupation  which  at  first 
was  only  transient" 

This  particular  differentiation  of  naval  strategy  is  due  to 
the  unsettled  or  politically  weak  conditions  of  the  regions 
to  which  navies  give  access,  which  armies  can  reach  only 
by  means  of  navies,  and  in  which  the  operations  of  an 
army,  if  attempted,  depend  upon  control  of  the  sea.  If  a 
nation  wishes  to  exert  political  influence  in  such  unsettled 
regions  it  must  possess  bases  suitably  situated;  and  the 
needs  of  commerce  in  peace  times  often  dictate  the  neces- 
sity of  such  possessions,  which  are  acquired,  as  the  French 
Tmter  says,  when  opportunity  offers. 

In  Europe,  the  great  armies  now  prevent  such  acquisi- 
tions, except  at  the  cost  of  war ;  although  it  is  perhaps  a 
little  difficult  to  maintain  this  statement  in  the  face -of  the 
recent  annexation  of  Bosnia  and  Herzegovina.  In  truth, 
however,  southeastern  Europe^  owing  to  the  weakness  of 
Turkey,  brings  to  the  back  door  of  Europe  just  that  sort 
of  condition  which  for  the  most  part  is  to  be  found  only  in 
the  remoter  regions  which  navies  reach ;  while  the  political 
upset  in  Turkey  gave  the  opportunity,  and  the  pretext,  for 
Austria  to  act,  —  to  consolidate  her  power  in  a  strategic 
position,  which,  to  say  the  least,  advances  her  towards  the 
^gean,  a  goal  desirable  for  her  commercial  future.  Thus, 
also,  passing  over  more  ancient  historical  instances,  Eng- 
land within  ten  years  of  peace  occupied  Cyprus  and  Egypt 
under  terms  and  conditions  on  their  face  transient;  but 
which  in  the  former  case  have  led  to  a  formal  cession,  and 
in  the  latter,  after  over  a  quarter  of  a  century,  have  not  yet 
ended  in  an  evacuation  of  the  country.    She  there  still 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  128 

holds  the  possession  which  is  nine  points  of  the  law,  despite 
the  long  continued^  but  at  last  apparently  appeased,  dis- 
content of  France  and  Russia. 

Similarly,  in  later  years,  France  has  possessed  herself  of 
the  territory  of  Tunis  and  of  its  port  Bizerta,  the  possi- 
bilities of  which  as  a  naval  station  are  highly  spoken  of, 
and  appear  to  be  superior  to  those  of  Algiers  in  important 
hydrographical  particulars,  as  well  as  in  nearness  to  a  nar- 
row part  of  the  Mediterranean;  in  closeness,  that  is,  to 
the  necessary  line  of  communication  between  the  Straits 
of  Gibraltar  and  the  Suez  Canal,  the  critical  link  in  the 
European  route  to  the  Far  East,  to  India,  and  to  Australia. 
Again,  there  is  the  German  position  of  Kiao-Chau,  con- 
cerning the  concession  of  which  by  China  the  Chancellor 
of  the  German  Empire  said  at  the  time  that  the  need  of  a 
base  in  the  Far  East,  for  both  commercial  and  political  — 
that  is,  naval  —  reasons,  had  long  been  foreseen.  Conse- 
quently upon  opportune  occasion  it  had  been  acquired  by 
pressure  upon  China.  The  Caroline  and  other  Pacific 
Islands  purchased  by  Germany  since  these  lectures  were 
first  written  are  illustrations  of  the  same  truth,  stated  by 
the  French  writer  quoted,  that  "  Naval  Strategy  has  for  its 
end  to  found,  support,  and  increase,  as  well  in  peace  as 
in  war^  the  sea  power  of  a  country."  I  doubt,  indeed, 
whether  the  same  is  not  true  of  land  strategy;  but 
the  positions  in  which  it  is  interested  —  the  scenes  of 
land  warfare  — are  so  well  understood,  and  so  firmly  held 
by  long  prescriptive  right,  that  they  cannot  ordinarily  be 
transferred,  except  at  the  cost  of  war.  The  diplomatist,  as 
a  rule,  only  affixes  the  seal  of  treaty  to  the  work  done  by 
the  successful  soldier.  It  is  not  so  with  a  large  proportion 
of  strategic  points  upon  the  sea.  The  above  positions  have 
all  been  acquired  in  peace,  and  without  hostilities.  The 
same  is  true  of  the  acquisition  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands  by 
the  United  States,  accomplished  long  after  the  writing  of 


124  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

these  lectures.  Such  possessions  are  obtained  so  often 
without  actual  war,  because  the  first  owners  on  account  of 
weakness  are  not  able  to  make  the  resistance  which  con- 
stitutes war;  or,  for  the  same  reason  of  weakness,  feel 
the  need  of  political  connection  with  a  powerful  naval 
state. 

Closely  associated  with  this  point  of  view,  which  de- 
pends upon  the  usual  remoteness  of  the  positions  thus 
acquired  from  the  country  acquiring  them,  is  the  very 
large  geographical  scale  upon  which  naval  operations  are 
conducted  as  compared  with  those  on  land.  This  was  an 
aspect  which  struck  the  late  General  Sherman,  when  he 
did  me  the  favor  to  read  the  original  draft  of  these  lectures. 
Bases  coincident  with  the  whole  seacoast  of  a  country, 
lines  of  communication  hundreds  of  miles  long,  leading  to 
objectives  equally  remote,  movements  at  the  rate  of  hun- 
dreds of  miles  in  a  day,  impressed  the  imagination  which 
had  conceived  and  effected  the  noted  March  to  the  Sea. 

Another  illustration  of  naval  strategy  in  time  of  peace, 
which  also  depends  in  large  measure  upon  the  great  dis- 
tances which  separate  the  strategic  centers  of  interest,— 
centers,  for  example,  such  as  those  of  the  Atlantic  and 
Pacific  coasts  of  the  United  States,  or  those  of  Great 
Britain  in  the  Narrow  Seas  and  in  the  Mediterranean,  —  is 
to  be  seen  in  the  changed  disposition  of  navies  at  the 
present  time.  It  would  be  interesting  to  estimate  how 
much  this  is  due  to  circumstances,  to  changes  in  inter- 
national conditions,  and  how  much  to  the  greater  at- 
tention to  and  comprehension  of  the  principles  and  re- 
quirements of  strategy,  now  to  be  found  in  naval  officers, 
as  compared  with  the  placid  acquiescence  of  former  genera- 
tions in  routine  traditions.  I  think  it  would  be  safe  to  say  in 
this  connection  that  the  present  recognition  of  the  neces- 
sity for  concentration  is  an  advance  due  to  study,  to  in- 
tellectual appreciation  of  a  principle  and  of  the  military 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  125 

ineptness  and  danger  of  the  former  method  of  distributing 
the  force  of  a  nation  in  many  quarters  during  peace ;  but 
that  the  particular  methods  in  which  this  appreciation  has 
shown  itself  are  the  result  of  international  conditions.  As 
an  instance  may  be  cited  the  present  concentration  of  the 
British  fleet  in  home  waters.  This  is  an  immediate  reflec- 
tion of  Grerman  naval  development.  A  corollary  to  this 
change  in  the  distribution  of  the  fleet  is  the  enhanced  im- 
portance of  the  Chatham  dockyard  and  the  initiation  of  a 
new  base  at  Rosyth.  Both  are  illustrations  of  strategic 
positions  established  or  developed  in  peace. 

Another  instance,  of  more  value  for  an  analysis,  is  the 
concentration  of  the  United  States  battle-fleet  in  one  com- 
mand and  one  body.  This  illustrates  the  effect  of  the 
simple  principle  upon  the  minds  of  those  who  direct  the 
navy,  and  also  has  a  particular  indicative  value ;  for  inter- 
national relations  have  not  as  yet  compelled  that  concen- 
tration to  be  localized,  either  in  the  Atlantic  or  Pacific,  as 
that  of  Great  Britain  has  been  in  home  waters.  The  con- 
centration is  due  to  a  simple  recogpoition  of  principle,  not  to 
pressure  of  circumstances.  It  is  known  in  the  navy,  how- 
ever, that  the  recognition  was  first  made  in  the  process  of 
war  games  at  this  College.  That  this  concentration  at 
present  is  in  the  Atlantic  is  merely  the  continuance  of  a 
tradition  that  our  chief  danger  is  from  Europe,  as  for  a 
long  time  was  the  case.  This  may  be  true  now,  or  it  may 
not;  circumstances,  that  is,  the  developments  of  interna- 
tional relations,  will  determine  from  time  to  time  the  place 
of  concentration,  as  it  has  for  Great  Britain.  In  connec- 
tion with  this  line  of  thought,  let  it  be  noted  that  in  the 
round-the-world  cruise  of  the  battle-fleet,  a  conspicuous 
matter  for  observation  was  the  disappearance  of  the  small 
squadrons  and  scattered  vessels  which  once  testified  the 
general  naval  policy  of  governments. 

The  necessity  for  such  sustained  naval  concentrations 


126  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

depends  again  upon  the  oharacteristic  which  above  all  dif- 
ferentiates naval  strategy  from  that  upon  land.  This  char- 
aoteristio  is  the  mobility  of  navies  as  compared  with 
armies,  the  outcome  of  the  very  different  surfaces  over 
which  they  respectively  move.  A  properly  disposed  fleet 
is  capable  of  movement  to  a  required  strategic  position 
with  a  rapidity  to  which  nothing  on  land  compares.  This 
necessitates  a  corresponding  preparation  on  the  other  side, 
which  at  the  least  must  be  ready  to  get  there  equidly 
rapidly  and  equally  concentrated.  All  this  is  mobilization ; 
a  process  common  to  land  and  sea,  but  differing  both  in 
the  scale  and  in  the  rapidity  with  which  it  can  be  con- 
ducted. At  sea,  for  navies,  the  process  also  is  simple; 
which  again  means  that  it  can  be  rapid.  Complication 
means  loss  of  time.  For  these  reasons,  while  the  disposi- 
tion of  armies  in  peace  must  be  maintained  with  direct 
reference  to  war,  the  difficulty  of  mobilization  for  the  other 
party  permits  a  dispersion  of  the  forces  on  land  which  is 
impolitic  in  naval  dispositions.  In  the  mobilization  of 
a  land  force,  concentration,  miUtarily  understood,  is  the 
prime  object,  as  it  is  with  navies ;  but  it  is  the  second  step, 
that  is,  it  follows  the  local  activities  which  mobilize  the 
several  corps.  With  navies  it  should  be  less  the  first 
step  than  the  condition  at  the  instant  war  breaks  out, 
however  unexpected.  Then  again  the  impedimenta,  the 
train,  which  constitutes  so  large  a  factor  in  military  move- 
ments, exists  for  navies  only  in  a  very  modified  degree ; 
and  the  train  possesses  substantially  the  same  mobility 
as  the  battleships  themselves,  because  the  open  field  of  the 
sea  offers  wider  facilities  than  roads  can  do.  All  these  ad- 
vantages in  mobility  mean  rapidity  in  time ;  and  this  re> 
duction  in  the  scale  of  time  required  for  movement  means 
expansion  in  the  scale  of  distance  that  can  be  covered,  in 
order  to  overpower  a  dispersed  or  an  unwary  enemy. 
Thus  when  the  Japanese  torpedo  vessels  surprised  the 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  127 

unready  Russian  fleet  before  Port  Arthur,  they  opened 
hostilities  some  hundreds  of  miles  from  their  point  of 
departure. 

^*  The  possession  of  the  strategic  points/'  says  the  Arch- 
duke Charles,  ''decides  the  success  of  the  operations  of 
war."  This  Napoleon  also  expressed  in  the  words,  ^^  War 
is  a  business  of  positions."  It  is  necessary,  however,  to 
guard  against  a  mistake  so  common  that  it  seems  almost  to 
be  ^  permanent  bias  of  the  human  mind  in  naval  matters. 
It  is  one  that  has  come  home  to  myself  gradually  and  for- 
cibly throughout  my  reading;  a  result  which  illustrates 
aptly  what  I  have  just  said  of  the  gain  by  reading  widely 
after  principles  are  understood.  I  knew  long  ago,  and 
quoted  in  these  lectures,  Jomini's  assertion  that  it  is  pos- 
sible to  hold  too  many  strategic  points ;  but  it  is  only  by 
subsequent  reading  that  I  have  come  to  appreciate  how 
common  is  the  opinion  that  the  holding  of  each  additional 
port  adds  to  naval  strength.  Naval  strength  involves, 
unquestionably,  the  possession  of  strategic  points,  but  its 
greatest  constituent  is  the  mobile  navy.  If  having  many 
ports  tempts  you  to  scatter  your  force  among  them,  they 
are  worse  than  useless.  To  this  is  to  be  added  another 
remark,  also  due  to  Jomini,  that  if  you  cannot  hope  to  con- 
trol the  whole  field,  it  is  an  advantage  to  hold  such  points 
as  give  you  control  of  the  greater  part  of  it.  The  farther 
to^^trd  an  enemy  you  advance  your  tenable  position  by  the 
acquisition  of  strategic  points,  or  by  the  positions  occupied 
in  force  by  army  or  navy,  the  better ;  provided,  in  so  doing, 
you  do  not  so  lengthen  your  lines  of  communication  as  to 
endanger  your  forces  in  the  advanced  positions. 

An  exceptionally  strong  illustration  of  the  benefit  of 
such  advanced  position  is  afforded  by  the  Island  of  Cuba 
and  the  effect  exercised  upon  the  control  of  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico,  according  as  a  position  in  that  island  may  be  held 
or  not  by  the  United  States.     While  Cuba  was  Spanish, 


128  UAVAL  STRATEGY 

the  United  States  had  to  depend  upon  Pensacola  and 
the  Mississippi  as  points  upon  which  to  base  naval  opera- 
tions. If,  in  such  conditions,  war  arose  with  a  European 
state,  Cuba  being  neutral,  the  enemy  venturing  his  battle- 
fleet  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  would  not  thereby  expose  his 
rear  or  his  communications  to  attack  in  force  to  the  same 
extent  that  he  would  now  with  the  United  States  cruisers 
based  upon  Ouantanamo,  duly  fortified.  Between  oppo- 
nents of  equal  force  this  advanced  position  gives  a  decided 
advantage  to  the  occupant  by  the  facility  it  affords  to 
molest  and  interrupt  the  supplies,  and  especially  the  coal 
supplies,  of  a  hostile  fleet  attempting  to  maintain  itself 
within  the  Gulf,  or  advanced  in  the  Caribbean  towards  the 
Isthmus.  As  regards  the  Gulf  coast  alone.  Key  West  to 
some  extent  would  fulfil  the  office  of  Guantanamo.  The 
two  together  are  a  better  defence  for  our  Gulf  region  as  a 
whole  than  localized  land  defences  at  particular  points  of 
the  region  would  be.  As  regards  influence  over  the  Canal 
Zone,  the  superiority  in  situation  of  Guantanamo  over  Key 
West  is  obvious.  The  deterrent  effect  of  such  positions 
upon  a  fleet  does  not  apply  to  the  same  degree  to  single 
fast  cruisers  or  small  squadrons,  because  the  loss  of  a  few 
of  them  can  be  risked  for  the  sake  of  annojdng  an  enemy. 
The  supreme  naval  instance  of  an  advanced  position  in 
former  times  was  the  British  blockade  of  French  ports,  by 
which  the  safety  of  British  commerce  was  assured  and  the 
invasion  in  force  of  the  British  Islands  prevented.  A 
closely  analogous  disposition  is  the  present  concentration 
of  the  British  battle-fleet  in  the  home  waters,  having  in 
view,  as  is  well  understood,  immediate  effective  concentra- 
tion against  Germany  in  the  North  Sea.  In  case  of  war, 
whatever  particular  measures  may  be  then  adopted,  the 
presence  there  of  a  fleet  decisively  superior  to  the  German 
covers  effectively  all  British  lines  of  communication  from 
the    Atlantic;  that  is,  practically  with  the  entire  world, 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  129 

with  a  possible  exception  of  the  Baltic  countries.  The 
same  disposition  intercepts  all  German  sea  communica- 
tions except  with  the  Baltic.  It  also  covers  the  British 
Islands  against  an  invasion  in  force. 

From  these  instances  the  general  reason  for  taking  up 
such  an  advanced  position  is  obvious.  Behind  your  fleets, 
thus  resting  on  secure  positions  and  closely  knit  to  the 
home  country  by  well-guarded  communications,  the  opera- 
tions of  commerce,  transport,  and  supply  can  go  on  freely. 
Into  such  a  sea  the  enemy  cannot  venture  in  force  about 
equal  to  your  own,  —  Germany,  in  the  instance  just  cited, 
into  the  Atlantic,  or  an  enemy  of  the  United  States  into 
the  Gulf,  —  because  in  the  very  act  of  venturing  he  ex- 
poses his  communications,  and,  in  case  of  reverse,  he  is 
too  far  away  from  his  home  ports.  Cuba  thus  covers  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico,  but  would  not  have  an  equal  material 
effect  upon  operations  against  the  North  Atlantic  Coast. 
The  British  blockades  of  a  century  ago,  on  the  contrary, 
being  pushed  right  up  to  the  French  shores,  covered  the 
entire  ocean  and  all  approaches  to  the  British  Islands,  be- 
cause so  far  advanced.  In  virtue  of  that  advance,  while 
maintained,  they  conferred  upon  the  home  country  perfect 
security  from  invasion  with  substantial  immunity  to  the 
commerce  of  the  United  Kingdom,  the  loss  being  less  than 
three  per  cent  per  annum. 

To^y,  the  British  Islands  by  their  geographical  situa- 
tion alone,  as  towards  Germany,  themselves  occupy  an  ad- 
vanced position ;  their  control  over  the  North  Sea  resembles 
closely  that  of  Cuba  over  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  their 
defensive  value  to  the  communications  of  the  country  are 
the  same.  Even  German  cruisers,  —  commerce  destroyers, 
—  to  resich  the  British  commercial  communications,  must 
run  the  gauntlet  of  the  North  Sea,  and  act  with  diminished 
coal  supply  far  from  their  bases  of  operation.  The  rear 
and  its  communications  cannot,  we  know,  be  protected 


180  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

wholly  from  commerce  destroyers  in  their  attacks  either 
upon  supply  ships  or  conunerce.  Such  raids  on  the  flanks 
and  rear  of  an  army  were  frequent  in  the  American  War  of 
Secession.  They  can  only  be  checked,  not  wholly  pre- 
vented, by  light  bodies,  or  by  cruisers  similar  to  those  who 
make  them. 

"Good  partisan  troops,"  says  Jomini,  whose  experiences 
antedated  the  American  War  of  Secession  by  half  a  cen* 
tury,  '^  will  always  disturb  convoys,  whatever  be  the  direc- 
tion of  the  roads,  even  were  that  direction  a  perpendicular 
from  the  center  of  the  base  to  the  center  of  the  front  of  opera- 
tions —  the  case  in  which  they  are  least  open  to  the  attacks 
of  an  enemy." 

Such  injuries,  however,  are  not  usually  to  be  confounded 
with  the  cutting,  or  even  threatening,  the  communications. 
They  are  the  slight  wounds  of  a  campaign,  not  mortal  blows ; 
vexatious,  not  serious.  It  is  a  very  different  matter  to  have 
a  powerful  fleet  in  a  strong  port  close  to  the  communications. 

Raiding  operations  against  commerce,  or  against  an 
enemy's  communications,  may  proceed  from  remote  colonial 
positions.  In  former  wars  the  French  West  India  Islands, 
Martinique  and  Guadeloupe,  thus  served  as  bases  for  French 
cruisers  against  British  commerce  and  supply  vessels. 
Provision  against  these  raids  did  not  then,  and  cannot  now, 
depend  directly  upon  the  distant  home  country.  They 
must  be  met  by  local  dispositions.  Such  positions  them- 
selves illustrate  particular  cases  of  advanced  positions,  exer- 
cising a  specific,  if  limited,  control.  For  instance,  Grerman 
Southwest  Africa,  as  far  as  situation  goes,  has  fitcilities  for 
molesting  British  intercourse  with  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope, 
or  beyond  by  that  route.  To  meet  such  a  condition  pro- 
vision likewise  must  be  local.  The  effect  of  the  British 
concentration  in  the  North  Sea  is  in  such  cases  indirect, 
though  reaL  It  imposes  the  question  how  far  such  detach- 
ments, made  before  war,  would  be  consistent  with  the 
general  scheme  of  German  North  Sea  operations ;  with  the 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  181 

further  problem  how  &r  the  detachments  could  be  sustained 
in  efficiency,  in  face  of  the  difficulty  of  passing  supplies 
through  the  lines  of  British  cruisers  in  the  Nordi  Sea  and 
Channel. 

A  distinct  and  great  reinforcement  to  the  effect  of  a  line 
of  advanced  positions  is  that  it  be  continuous  by  land,  and 
extensive.  Thus  the  ports  of  Cuba  have  value  addi- 
tional to  their  individual  advantages,  from  the  fact  that 
they  not  only  are  connected  by  land,  but  that  this  land  bar- 
rier is  nine  hundred  miles  long,  a  troublesome  obstacle  to  an 
enemy.  In  the  same  way,  the  effect  of  the  British  Islands 
upon  North  Sea  commerce  is  increased  by  the  continuous- 
ness  of  the  land  from  the  Straits  of  Dover  to  the  north  end 
of  Scotland. 

The  determination,  therefore,  of  the  strategic  points  of 
a  maritime  area,  such  as  the  Gulf  and  Caribbean,  or  as  the 
Pacific,  the  two  seas  in  which  the  United  States  is  most 
critically  interested,  must  be  followed  by  a  selection 
from  among  them,  first,  of  those  which  have  the  most 
decisive  effect  upon  the  control  of  the  theater  of  war; 
secondly,  of  those  which  represent  the  most  advanced  posi- 
tion which  the  United  States,  in  case  war  unhappily  arose, 
could  occupy  firmly,  linked  to  it  by  intermediate  positions 
or  lines,  such  that  the  whole  would  form  a  well-knit,  com- 
pact system  from  which  she  could  not  be  dislodged  by  any 
but  a  greatly  superior  force. 


CHAPTER  VII 

FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES 

{Continued) 

1.   Stbatbgic  Positions 

THE  stiategio  value  of  any  place  depends  upon 
three  principal  conditions: 
1.  Its  position,  or  more  exactly  its  situation. 
A  place  may  have  great  strength,  but  be  so  sit- 
uated with  regard  to  the  strategic  lines  as  not  to  be  worth 
occupying. 

2.  Its  military  strength,  offensive  and  defensive.  A 
place  may  be  well  situated  and  have  large  resources  and 
yet  possess  little  strategic  value,  because  weak.  It  may, 
on  the  other  hand,  while  not  naturally  strong,  be  given 
artificial  strength  for  defense.  The  word  ^  fortify  "  means 
simply  to  make  strong. 

8.  The  resources,  of  the  place  itself  and  of  the  sur- 
rounding country.  It  is  needless  to  explain  the  advan- 
tages of  copious  resource  or  the  disadvantages  of  the 
reverse.  A  conspicuous  example  of  a  place  strong  both 
for  offense  and  defense,  and  admirably  situated,  yet  with- 
out natural  resources,  is  Gibraltar.  The  maintenance  of 
this  advanced  post  of  Great  Britain  depended  in  the  past 
wholly  upon  her  control  of  the  sea.  Resources  that  are 
wanting  naturally  may  be  supplied  artificially,  and  to  a 
greater  extent  now  than  formerly.  Malta  and  Minorca 
illustrate  the  same  truth  but  to  a  less  degree,  and  gen- 
erally, in  sea  strategic  points,  the  smaller  the  surrounding 
friendly  territory,  the  fewer  the  resources  and  the  less  the 
strength.    In  1798-1800  the  French  garrison  at  Valetta 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES 


133 


was  cut  off  from  the  resoarces  of  the  island  of  Malta  by  the 
revolt  of  the  islanders,  supported  by  the  British ;  and  being 
rigidly  blockaded  by  sea,  its  reeistance  was  ended  by  ex- 
haustion. From  these  considerations  it  follows  that,  other 
things  being  equal,  a  small  island  is  of  less  strategic  valae 
than  a  lai^e  one ;  and  a  point  like  Key  West,  at  the  end  of 
a  long  narrow  peninsula  of  restricted  access,  is  in  so  far  in- 
ferior to  Fensacola,  and  would  be  to  Havana  or  Cienfuegos 
if  Cuba  were  a  thriving  country. 

As  an  illustration  of  the  advajitage  of  a  lai^e  island  over 
a  small,  or  over  several  small  ones,  I  will  read  you  the 
opinion  of  the  well-known  Admiral  Rodney,  found  in  an 
official  memorandum  of  the  period  of  the  War  of  American 
Independence.  Rodney  had  had  a  very  long  experience  of 
the  West  Indies,  both  in  peace  and  war. 

"  Porto  Rioo,  in  the  bands  of  Great  Britain,  wiU  be  of  in- 
finite consequence,  and  of  more  value  than  all  the  Caribbee 
Islands  united  —  will  be  easily  defended,  and  with  leas  ex- 
pense than  those  islands ;  the  defense  of  which  divides  the 
forces,  and  renders  them  an  easier  conquest  to  an  active 
enemy :  but  tliis  island  will  be  such  a  check  to  both  France 
and  Spain,  as  nil!  make  their  island  of  St.  Domingo  be  in 
perpetual  danger,  and,  in  the  bands  of  Great  Britain,  en- 
able her  to  cut  off  all  supplies  from  Europe  bound  to  St. 
Domingo,  Mexico,  Cuba,  or  the  Spanish  Main;  and,  if 
peopled  with  British  subjectSn  affoitl  a  speedy  succour  to 
Jamfdca;  and,  when  cu1tivate<l,  employ  more  ships  and 
seamen  tban  all  the  Windward  lalauda  united." 

In  this  you  have  an  example  of  the  material  which,  as  I 
have  said  before,  naval  history  furnishes  in  abundance  to 
the  student  of  the  art  of  war.  All  the  advantages  of  a 
strategic  point  are  here  noted,  though  not  quite  in  the 
orderly,  systematic  manner  at  which  a  treatise  on  the  art 
of  war  would  aim  :  Situation,  relatively  to  Jamaica,  Santo 
Domingo  and  other  Spanish  [x>ssessions;  defensive  strength, 
due  to  concentration,  as  compared  with  the  disperaion  of 
Lesser  Antilles;    offensive  strength  aa  against  the  com- 


184  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

mnnicatioiiB  of  Spain  with  her  colonies;  and  leeonices  of 
nomeions  British  subjects  with  their  occupations,  as  well 
as  of  British  ships  and  seamen. 

Where  all  three  conditions,  situation,  intrinfflc  strength, 
and  abundant  resources,  are  found  in  the  same  place,  it 
becomes  of  great  consequence  strategically  and  may  be  of 
the  very  first  importance,  though  not  always.  For  it  must 
be  remarked  that  there  are  other  considerations,  lesser  in 
the  purely  military  point  of  view,  which  enhance  the  con- 
sequence of  a  seaport  even  strategically ;  such  as  its  being 
a  great  mart  of  trade,  a  blow  to  which  would  cripple  the 
prosperity  of  the  country ;  or  the  capital,  the  fall  of  which 
has  a  political  effect  additional  to  its  importance  otherwise. 

Of  the  three  principal  conditions,  the  first,  situation,  is 
the  most  indispensable ;  because  strength  and  resources  can 
be  artificially  supplied  or  increased,  but  it  passes  the  power 
of  man  to  change  the  situation  of  a  port  which  lies  outside 
the  limits  of  strategic  effect. 

Generally,  -value  of  situation  depends  upon  nearness  to  a 
sea  route;  to  those  lines  of  trade  which,  when  drawn  upon 
the  ocean  common,  are  as  imaginary  as  the  parallels  of 
the  chart,  yet  as  really  and  usefully  exist  If  the  position 
be  on  two  routes  at  the  same  time,  that  is,  near  the  cross- 
ing, the  value  is  enhanced.  A  cross-roads  is  essentially  a 
central  position,  facilitating  action  in  as  many  directions  as 
there  are  roads.  Those  &miliar  with  works  on  the  art  of 
land  war  will  recog^nize  the  analogies.  The  value  becomes 
yet  more  marked  if,  by  the  lay  of  the  land,  the  road  to 
be  followed  becomes  very  narrow;  as  at  the  Straits  of 
Gibraltar,  the  English  Channel,  and  in  a  less  degree  the 
Florida  Strait.  Perhaps  narrowing  should  be  applied  to 
every  inlet  of  the  sea,  by  which  trade  enters  into  and  is  dis- 
tributed over  a  great  extent  of  country ;  such  as  the  mouth 
of  the  Mississippi,  of  the  Dutch  and  Grerman  rivers.  New 
York  harbor,  etc.    As  regards  the  sea,  however,  harbors 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  186 

or  the  mouths  of  rivers  are  usually  termini  or  entrepSts^  at 
which  goods  are  transshipped  before  going  farther.  If  the 
road  be  narrowed  to  a  mere  canal,  or  to  the  mouth  of  a 
river,  the  point  to  which  vessels  must  come  is  reduced 
almost  to  the  geometrical  definition  of  a  point  and  nearby 
positions  have  great  command.  Suez  presents  this  condi- 
tion now,  and  Panama  soon  will. 

Analogously,  positions  in  narrow  seas  are  more  impor- 
tant than  those  in  the  great  ocean,  because  it  is  less  possible 
to  avoid  them  by  a  circuit.  If  these  seas  are  not  merely 
the  ends — ^  termini  ^^  —  of  travel  but  ^^  highway s,*' parts 
of  a  continuous  route ;  that  is,  if  commerce  not  only  comes 
to  them  but  passes  through  to  other  fields  beyond,  the 
number  of  passing  ships  is  increased  and  thereby  the  stra- 
tegic value  of  the  controlling  points.  It  may,  perhaps, 
be  well  to  illustrate  here,  by  the  instance  of  the  Medi- 
terranean, the  meaning  I  attach  to  the  words  ^^temttni" 
and  ^^  highways."  Before  the  cutting  of  the  Suez  Canal, 
the  Levant  and  Isthmus  were  termini.  Ships  could  not 
pass ;  nor  goods,  except  by  transshipment.  Since  the  canal, 
the  Levant  has  become  a  point  on  a  highway  and  its 
sea  is  a  highway  of  trade,  not  a  terminu9  only.  The 
same  remarks  apply,  of  course,  to  the  American  Isthmus 
and  any  future  canal  there.  If  Bermuda  be  compared 
with  Gibraltar,  or  even  with  Malta,  as  to  position  only,  the 
advantage  of  these  will  be  seen  at  once  and  the  argu- 
ment concerning  narrow  seas  illustrated ;  for  shipping  must 
pass  close  by  them,  while  Bermuda,  advantageous  though 
it  is,  regarded  as  a  depot,  and  favorably  situated  for  offen- 
sive operations  against  usual  trade  routes,  may  be  avoided 
by  a  circuit,  involving  inconvenience  and  delay,  but  still 
possible. 

A  radical  difference  underlying  the  conditions  of  land 
and  sea  strategy  is  to  be  found  in  the  fact  that  the  land  is 
by  nature  full  of  obstacles,  the  removing  or  overcoming  of 


136  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

which  by  men's  hands  opens  communications  or  roads.  By 
nature,  the  land  is  abnost  all  obstacle,  the  sea  almost  all 
open  plain*  The  roads  which  can  be  followed  by  an  army 
are  therefore  of  limited  number,  and  are  generally  known, 
as  well  as  their  respective  advantages ;  whereas  at  sea  the 
paths  by  which  a  ship  can  pass  from  one  point  to  another 
are  innumerable,  especially  if  a  steamer,  content  to  make 
a  circnit.  The  conSion  of  winds.  currJnte.  eto..  cerbunly 
do  combine  with  shortness  of  distance  to  tie  ships  down 
to  certain  general  lines,  but  within  these  lines  there  is  great 
scope  for  ingenuity  in  dodging  the  search  of  an  enemy. 
Thus  Rodney,  in  a  despatch  to  the  Admiralty  concerning  a 
homeward-bound  convoy  from  the  West  Indies,  states  that, 
instead  of  going  direct,  it  will  proceed  so  as  to  reach  the 
latitude  of  the  English  Channel  at  least  six  hundred  miles 
west  of  it,  and  thence  steer  due  east,  thus  deceiving  the 
enemy  as  to  its  position,  as  well  as  enabling  the  Admi- 
ralty with  certainty  to  reinforce  the  protecting  ships.  On 
a  later  occasion  he  wrote,  '*  I  have  given  the  commanding 
officer  the  strictest  orders  on  no  account  to  attempt  the 
Channel,  but  to  gain  the  latitude  of  Cape  Clear  at  least 
nine  hundred  miles  west  of  that  cape  and  thence  proceed." 
So  Napoleon  in  one  of  his  condensed  phrases  said  that  the 
determining  elements  in  naval  operations  were  ^^Fau%%e% 
routes  et  mamenU  perd/uMP 

A  very  pertinent  historical  instance  was  in  the  pursuit 
of  Bonaparte's  Egyptian  expedition  by  Nelson  in  1798. 
The  French  commander-in-chief,  after  leaving  Malta,  laid 
his  course  first  for  Crete,  instead  of  towards  Egypt.  Nel- 
son, satisfied  as  to  the  enemy's  destination,  naturally  and 
properly  pushed  direct  for  Egypt.  Unluckily,  he  had  not 
a  single  frigate  for  lookout  service.  His  track  con- 
sequentiy  diverged  from  that  of  the  French,  and  he  lost 
them ;  the  wake  of  the  two  fieets  actually  crossed  on  the 
same  night,  but  a  light  haze  hid  them  from  each  other. 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  187 

Such  conditions  made  it  necessary  for  Great  Britain  daring 
the  great  wars  to  keep  a  close  lookout,  if  not  a  block- 
ade, at  the  entrance  of  the  French  harbors,  which  thus  be- 
came strategic  pointB ;  for  if  the  fleet  within  once  got  away 
and  was  lost  to  sight,  nothing  was  left  to  the  British  com- 
mander but  to  reason  out  as  well  as  he  could  their  probable 
line  of  action. 

An  interesting  illustration  of  the  essential  similarity  of 
conditions,  under  all  the  qualifications  introduced  by  mod- 
em development,  is  to  be  found  in  comparing  the  perplex- 
ities of  Admiral  Togo  in  1905  with  those  of  Nelson  in 
1798.  Nelson  did  not  know  whither  the  French  were 
bound ;  he  depended  upon  inference,  deduced  from  indica- 
tions and  from  existing  political  conditions.  Togo  did  not 
know  what  the  Russians  might  attempt,  whether  fight  or 
flee,  though  their  ultimate  destination  could  be  only  Vladi- 
vostok ;  but  as  to  the  route  they  would  take  he  had  to  de- 
pend upon  inference,  in  which  known  weather  conditions 
played  a  large  part.  Both  admirals  calculated  rightly ;  but 
both  underwent  intervals  of  anxious  suspense,  because  of 
want  of  information.  ^^  Even  Admiral  Togo,"  wrote  one 
of  his  staff,  ^  certain  as  he  had  felt  that  the  enemy  must  go 
by  way  of  Tsushima,  began  to  be  anxious  as  the  days  of 
their  expected  arrival  passed  without  their  appearing." 
Allowing  for  what  wireless  does,  it  may  be  said  without 
exaggeration  that  Togo  did  not  learn  where  the  enemy  was 
and  what  he  was  doing  any  sooner  than  Nelson  did ;  that 
is,  till  he  was  seen  by  the  Japanese  scouts.  He  had  lost 
touch,  or  rather  never  had  gained  it  other  than  by  means 
of  common  report,  unofficially;  not  by  his  own  vessels. 
Like  Nelson  at  the  Nile,  Togo  had  no  certainty  before  the 
enemy  was  seen ;  in  the  one  case  from  a  masthead  of  a 
battleship,  in  the  other  by  a  lookout  vessel  only  a  hundred 
miles  distant  from  the  flagship.  Both  dilemmas  arose  from 
failure  to  watch  the  enemy  in  his  port  of  departure  or  at 


188  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

some  unavoidable  point  of  passage.  Whether  any  blame 
attaches  for  this  fiulore  is  another  question;  the  incon- 
venience was  due  to  scouting  not  having  been  pushed  far 
enough  forward. 

For  the  reason  that  the  open  ocean  offers  such  large  op- 
portunity for  avoiding  a  position  recognized  as  dangerous, 
first-rate  strategic  points  will  be  fewer  within  a  given  area 
on  sea  than  on  land,  —  a  truth  which  naturally  heightens  the 
strategic  value  of  such  as  do  exist  For  instance,  Hawaii, 
in  the  general  scheme  of  the  Pacific,  is  a  strategic  point  of 
singular  importance.  It  is  a  great  center  of  movement,  an 
invaluable  half-way  house,  an  advanced  position  of  great 
natural  power  of  offense  as  a  base  of  operations  and  for 
supply  and  repair;  but  in  the  control  of  commerce  its 
effect  is  lessened  by  the  wide  sweep  open  to  vessels  wish- 
ing to  avoid  it.  On  the  other  hand,  possession  gives  it 
defensive  value  additional  to  offensive,  by  excluding  an 
enemy  from  using  it,  whether  for  war  or  for  commerce. 
The  sea,  indeed,  realizes  a  supposed  case  of  the  Archduke 
Charles.    He  says, 

**In  open  countries,  which  are  everywhere  practicable, 
and  in  which  the  enemy  can  move  without  obstacle  in 
every  direction,  there  are  either  no  strategic  points  or  there 
are  but  few ;  on  the  contrary,  many  are  to  be  met  in  bro- 
ken countries,  where  nature  has  irrevocably  traced  the 
roads  which  must  be  followed." 

As  a  ship  goes  from  Europe  to  Central  America  she 
passes  first  through  a  wholly  open  country  until  she 
reaches  the  West  Indies;  there  she  enters  one  that  is 
broken,  and  abounding  in  strategic  points  of  greater  or 
less  value. 

The  amount  of  trade  that  passes  enters  into  the  question 
as  well  as  the  neame%9  of  the  port  to  the  route.  Whatever 
affects  either  affects  the  value  of  the  position.  It  is  the 
immense  increase   of    German  industry,  commerce,  and 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  189 

shipping  that  has  made  Great  Britain,  by  the  strategic 
position  of  the  British  Islands,  the  menacing  object  she  has 
become  in  Oerman  eyes.  The  growth  of  German  trade, 
combined  with  the  strategic  position  of  Great  Britain,  has 
revolutionized  the  international  relations  of  Europe.  A 
similar  new  commercial  condition,  the  Panama  Canal,  will 
change  the  strategic  value  of  nearly  every  port  in  the 
Caribbean  and  of  many  in  the  Pacific,  because  of  the  con- 
sequent increase  of  trade  passing  that  way.  Imagine  Suez 
closed  again  forever,  and  consider  the  twofold  effect,-^ 
upon  the  Cape  of  Gk>od  Hope  ports  and  upon  those  of  the 
Mediterranean.  Of  this  we  have  historical  demonstration 
in  the  effect  upon  the  fortunes  of  Venice  and  Genoa  from 
the  discovery  of  the  Cape  route.  Sea  power  primarily 
depends  upon  commerce,  which  follows  the  most  advanta- 
geous roads ;  military  control  follows  upon  trade  for  its 
furtherance  and  protection.  Except  as  a  system  of  high- 
ways  joining  country  to  country,  the  sea  is  an  unfruitful 
possession.  The  sea,  or  water,  is  the  great  medium  of 
circulation  established  by  nature,  just  as  money  has  been 
evolved  by  man  for  the  exchanges  of  products.  Change 
the  flow  of  either  in  direction  or  amount,  and  you  modify 
the  political  and  industrial  relations  of  mankind. 

In  general,  however,  it  will  be  found  that  by  sea,  as  by 
land,  useful  strategic  points  will  be  where  highways  pass, 
and  especially  where  they  cross  or  converge;  above  all, 
where  obstacles  force  parallel  roads  to  converge  and  use 
a  single  defile,  such  as  a  bridge.  It  may  be  remarked  here 
that  while  the  ocean  is  easier  and  has,  generally,  fewer 
obstacles  than  the  land,  yet  the  obstacles  are  more  truly 
impassable.  Ships  cannot  force  their  way  over  or  through 
obstacles,  but  must  pass  round  them  —  turn  them.  His- 
torical feats,  such  as  those  of  Napoleon  crossing  the  Little 
St.  Bernard,  Macdonald  the  Spliigen,  and  the  Russians  in 
1877  the  Balkans,  seem  to  show  that  nothing  is  im- 


140  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

passable  to  infantry;  but  modem  ships  are  not  to  be 
dragged  over  diy  land,  like  the  ancient  galleys.  Hence, 
while  on  land  the  defenses  of  what  may  seem  to  be  the 
only  practicable  road  may  be  unexpectedly  turned  by  an 
army,  as  the  Persians  by  a  mountain  path  reached  the  rear 
of  the  Greeks  at  Thermopyls,  assurance  can  be  felt  that 
ships  can  follow  only  known  tracks.  Where  there  are 
many  of  these,  as,  for  instance,  the  passages  between  the 
Windward  West  India  Islands,  the  situation-value  of  the 
ports  at  each  passage  is  proportionately  diminished. 

Consider,  for  instance,  the  enormous  effect  upon  the 
value  of  Port  Royal,  Martinique,  and  Port  Castries  in 
Santa  Lucia  —  already  good  strategic  points  —  if  a  contin- 
uous line  of  land  extended  from  the  east  end  of  Haiti, 
through  the  Windward  Islands,  to  South  America,  broken 
only  at  the  passage  between  the  two  islands  named.  Their 
influence  then  would  be  almost  identical  with  that  of  Gib- 
raltar. As  it  is,  they  are  in  a  class  with  Hawaii  and  Ber- 
muda; and  lower  in  the  class,  because  their  positions, 
though  excellent,  are  less  unique  than  either.  They  have 
rivals  within  their  i*espective  areas,  while  the  two  others 
have  not.  There  can  be  no  question  that,  whatever  the 
intrinsic  militisuy  strength  of  the  ports  in  the  Windward 
Islands,  their  situation-value  is  seriously  lowered  by  the 
fact  that  an  enemy's  shipping  or  supply  vessels  boimd  to 
the  Isthmus  can,  by  a  circuit,  avoid  passing  near.  Jamaica 
cannot  be  equally  avoided,  still  less  the  Chiriqui  Lagoon, 
least  of  all  Colon  when  the  Panama  Canal  becomes  a  fact. 
It  is  possible,  for  instance,  that  in  war  between  Great 
Britain  and  France  a  ship  bound  to  the  Isthmus,  wishing 
to  avoid  passing  near  Santa  Lucia,  could  go  through  the 
Anegada  or  Mona  Passage;  and,  in  fact,  such  evasions 
were  often  successfully  resorted  to  by  the  French,  to  avoid 
Rodney's  lying  in  wait 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  141 


2.  Military  Strength 

We  come  now  to  the  second  element  in  the  strategic 
-value  of  any  position,  namely,  its  military  strength,  offen- 
sive or  defensive. 

It  is  possible  to  imagine  a  point  very  well  placed  yet 
practically  indefensible,  becanse  the  cost  of  defensive  works 
would  be  greater  than  the  worth  of  the  place  when  forti- 
fied. A  much  stronger  site,  although  somewhat  further 
off,  would  throw  such  a  position  out  of  consideration. 

There  are  several  elements,  advantageous  or  disadvan- 
tageous,  which  enter  into  the  characteristics  making  a  port 
strong  or  weak,  but  they  wQl  aU  be  found  to  range  them- 
selves  under  the  two  heads  of  defensive  and  offensive 
strength. 

I.  Defensive  strength. 

The  defense  of  seaports,  as  distinguished  from  the  offen- 
sive use  made  of  them,  ranges  under  two  heads :  1.  Defense 
against  attack  from  the  sea ;  that  is,  by  ships.  2.  Defense 
against  attack  from  the  land ;  that  is,  by  troops  which  in 
the  absence  of  resistance  may  have  landed  at  some  near 
point  of  the  coast  and  come  up  in  the  rear  of  the  fortress. 

As  offensive  efforts  made  from  a  fortified  seaport,  to 
facilitate  which  it  has  been  fortified,  are  always  by  ships 
toward  the  sea,  the  sea  may  properly  be  spoken  of  as  the 
front  of  such  a  port,  while  the  land  side  is  the  rear. 

The  recent  siege  of  Port  Arthur  has  illustrated  the 
propositions  just  advanced.  Port  Arthur  was  defended 
against  naval  attack  and  against  land  attack,  in  front  and 
in  rear,  and  attack  was  made  from  both  quarters.  The 
siege  illustrated  also  another  proposition,  made  in  the  orig- 
inal draft  of  these  lectures,  that  the  defense  of  ports,  in 
the  narrow  sense  of  the  word  ^^  defense,"  belongs  chiefly  to 
the  army.    The  Russian  navy  contributed  little  to  the  de- 


142  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

f  ense.  If  it  had  been  in  better  moral  and  material  condi- 
tion, and  efficiently  nsed,  it  might  have  contributed  very 
materially  to  the  endurance  of  the  port  by  offensive  opera- 
tions ;  by  sorties,  by  harassing  the  enemy.  Endurance  is 
a  principal  element  of  defensive  strength  in  any  general 
strategic  scheme.  The  great  gain  of  defense,  in  the  re- 
stricted sense  of  the  word,  is  delay.  The  defense  of  Port 
Arthur  gained  time  for  the  Russians ;  had  the  defense  been 
more  obstinate,  more  time  still  would  have  been  gained. 
As  it  was,  ample  opportunity  was  obtained  for  the  Baltic 
fleet  to  arrive ;  and  no  one  can  tell  how  far  the  delay  con^ 
tributed  to  prolong  the  land  campaign,  which,  as  it  was, 
left  Japan  with  the  most  of  her  work  still  before  her,  if 
Russia  stood  firm. 

An  illustration  of  the  character  of  operations  by  which  a 
navy  contributes  to  defense,  to  delay,  was  afforded  in  the 
same  war  by  the  capture  at  sea  of  a  Japanese  transport 
carrying  a  large  part  of  the  siege  g^uns  for  the  siege  of  Port 
Arthur.  This  sensibly  prolonged  the  siege.  It  was  an  at^ 
tack  upon  the  communications  of  the  besiegers.  Attacks 
of  that  character,  besides  the  actual  injury  inflicted,  neces- 
sitate to  the  enemy  an  elaboration  of  precautions  which 
sensibly  protracts  the  issue.  Such  action,  however,  though 
defensive  in  result,  is  not  so  in  method.  It  therefore  is 
called,  properly  enough,  an  offensive-defensive,  and  is  ab- 
solutely essential  to  any  scheme  of  defense.  Napoleon  said 
that  no  position  can  be  permanently  maintained  if  depend- 
ent upon  defense  only ;  if  not  prepared  for  offensive  meas- 
ures, or  if  it  fails  to  use  them.  The  enemy  must  be 
disturbed  or  he  will  succeed.  At  one  time  in  the  history 
of  war  this  truth  was  so  clearly  apprehended,  and  the  con- 
ditions of  passive  resistance  so  thoroughly  appreciated,  that 
the  endurance  of  a  besieged  fortress  could  be  calculated 
almost  as  exactly  as  a  mathematical  solution;  that  is, 
granting  no  attempt  at  relief.    In  a  properly  coordinated 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  148 

system  of  coast  defense  this  counter-action,  molestation, 
the  offensive-defensive,  belongs  to  the  navy. 

Coast  defense  in  the  restricted  sense,  when  action  is  lim- 
ited to  repelling  an  immediate  attack,  is  the  part  of  the 
army  chiefly;  hence  the  scheme  of  preparations  for  such 
defense  also  belongs  primarily  to  the  army.  That  being 
the  case,  it  is  not  for  naval  officers  to  distribute  the  prep- 
arations among  the  branches  of  the  military  service ;  but  it 
is  permissible  to  note  that  the  duty  of  planning  fortifica- 
tions and  superintending  their  construction  is  by  accepted 
tradition  assigned  to  military  engineers. 

It  should  be  noted  also  that  such  tactical  considerations 
as  the  extent  of  the  outer  lines  necessary  to  cover  the  land- 
ward defensive  works  of  a  place,  and  the  consequent  num- 
bers of  the  garrison  required  to  insure  their  maintenance, 
are  questions  of  expert  military  knowledge.  It  follows, 
and  will  be  still  more  evident  as  the  naval  requirements 
develop  in  the  ensuing  treatment,  that  sound  decision  in 
the  selection  of  naval  stations  at  home  and  abroad  is  for 
combined  military  and  naval  consultation.  Indeed,  every 
question  and  every  preparation  touching  seacoast  opera- 
tions present  this  feature  of  combination  between  army  and 
navy,  working  to  a  common  end. 

In  all  such  cooperations  there  will  be  found  conflicting 
conditions,  as  there  will  in  most  plans  of  campaign  and  in 
positions  taken  for  battle,  —  strong  here,  weak  there.  War 
in  all  its  aspects  offe^  a  continual  choice  of  difficulties  and 
advantages.  It  is  in  reconciliation  effected  among  these 
as  far  as  possible,  in  allowance  of  due  predominance  to  the 
most  important,  in  disregard  of  difficulties  where  practica- 
ble, that  the  art  of  the  commander  consists.  The  one  most 
demoralizing  attitude  is  that  which  demands  exemption 
from  risks,  or  is  daunted  unduly  by  them. 

The  siege  of  Port  Arthur  illustrated  another  truth, 
which  will  be  found  of  general  application;  namely,  that 


144  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

coast  fortresses  are  in  greater  danger  of  capture  by  land 
attacks  than  by  those  from  the  sea.  Santiago  showed  the 
same,  imperfect  as  were  its  sea  defenses.  The  reason  is  ob- 
vious :  no  vessel,  no  constmction  resting  upon  the  water, 
can  bear  the  same  weight  of  ordnance  and  the  same  armor 
that  a  land  work  can.  To  this  inferiority  modem  warfare 
has  added  the  additional  danger  to  ships  of  the  submarine 
mine,  the  effects  of  which  upon  the  movements  possible  to 
vessels  were  so  often  and  so  strikingly  illustrated  in  the 
war  between  Japan  and  Russia.  No  similar  equal  danger 
exists  for  land  fortifications.  In  brief,  ships  are  unequally 
matched  against  forts,  in  the  particular  sphere  of  forts;  just 
as  cavalry  and  infantry  are  not  equal,  either  to  the  other, 
in  the  other's  proper  sphere.  A  ship  can  no  more  stand 
up  against  a  fort  costing  the  same  money,  than  the  fort 
could  run  a  race  with  the  ship.  The  quality  of  the  one  is 
ponderousness,  enabling  great  passive  strength;  that  of 
the  other  is  mobility. 

Countries  which  are  entirely  surrounded  by  water,  or 
whose  land  frontiers  are  bordered  by  communities  of  much 
less  military  strength,  as  is  the  case  with  Great  Britain 
and  the  United  States,  may  easily  fall  into  the  error  of 
defending  ports  only  against  attack  from  the  sea.  For 
ports  which  are  conunercial  only,  not  essential  to  naval 
activities,  this  must  answer;  for  there  is  a  limit  to  the 
money  that  can  be  spent  upon  coast  fortifications.  But 
any  scheme  of  naval  activity  rests  upon  bases,  as  do  all 
military  operations.  Bases  are  the  indispensable  founda- 
tions upon  which  the  superstructure  of  offense  is  raised. 
Important  naval  stations,  therefore,  should  be  secured 
against  attack  by  land  as  well  as  by  sea.  To  illustrate  this 
fact  was  the  aim  of  General  Wood  in  recent  conjoint  oper- 
ations about  Boston,  and  the  ease  with  which  the  city  fell 
shows  the  need  of  defense  by  land.  Purely  commercial 
cities  are  defended  sufficientiy  by  the  condition  that  a  large 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  145 

hostile  expedition  will  be  employed  only  in  securing  an 
adequate  result,  a  decided  military  gain,  such  as  the  de- 
struction of  a  great  naval  base ;  while  a  small  landing  force, 
though  it  conceivably  might  capture  a  commercial  port, 
can  do  so  only  by  a  surprise,  which  in  effect  is  a  mere  raid, 
liable  to  interception,  and  in  any  event  productive  of  no 
decided  military  advantage. 

In  the  English  maneuvers  of  August,  1888,  it  was  found, 
as  might  have  been  predicted,  that  it  is  impossible  for  a 
blockading  force  to  prevent  the  escape  of  single  ships. 
When  such  had  escaped,  there  was  shown,  first,  what  has 
already  been  said  as  to  the  perplexity  of  the  blockade  as  to 
the  direction  taken ;  and  second,,  the  futility  of  depending 
upon  the  navy  alone  for  the  defense  of  seaports.  The  es- 
caped cruisers  appeared  before  half  a  dozen  English  ports, 
which  in  the  absence  of  fortifications  had  at  once  to  admit 
their  powerlessness  and  to  pay  ransom. 

The  ease  of  running  a  blockade  has  been  very  much 
qualified  since  1888  by  the  development  given  to  station- 
ary submarine  mines  placed  by  the  outside  enemy.  The 
effect  of  these  upon  cruisers,  even  of  moderate  size,  and 
still  more  upon  a  fleet  of  battleships,  is  not  only  the  actual 
injury  possible  from  them,  but  the  delay  imposed.  This 
delay  indeed  is  in  the  strictest  sense  a  strategic  factor.  As 
illustrated  in  the  war  between  Japan  and  Russia,  the  out- 
side fleet  is  enabled  to  choose  its  situation  within  pretty 
wide  limits,  in  reliance  upon  the  inevitable  period  of  time 
the  inside  will  need  to  assure  its  passage,  by  determin- 
ing a  safe  channel.  Yet,  while  this  is  true,  it  is  not  so 
unqualifiedly. 

Skill  and  vigilance  may  now,  as  in  all  ages  and  condi- 
tions, enable  the  one  party  or  the  other  to  get  the  better; 
especially  the  one  inside.  I  presume  that  a  simple  appli- 
cation of  the  three-point  problem,  to  determining  a  straight 
channel  through  a  presumed  mine  field,  might  be  carried 


146  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

on  by  three  lights  placed  at  night  for  the  observers ;  that 
such  channel  might  be  swept  by  night  as  well  as  by  day ; 
and  that,  once  cleared,  further  laying  of  mines  might  be  pre- 
vented by  adequate  scouting.  Range  lights  will  give  pilot- 
age for  the  channel  cleared.  Yet»  granting  that  such  means 
may  be  efficacious,  the  need  for  using  them  and  the  oner- 
ousness of  their  demands  show  how  conditions  have  al- 
tered in  twenty  years.  Obviously,  too,  the  outsiders  must 
try  to  stop  such  operations,  with  the  result  of  a  good  deal 
of  fighting  corresponding  to  that  which  the  army  calls 
**  outpost." 

The  ransoms  levied  by  cruisers  in  1888,  or  the  alterna- 
tive bombardment,  illustrate  both  the  need  of  sea-front 
fortifications  for  commercial  ports,  and  the  needlessness  of 
works  on  their  land  side.  The  cruisers  could  not  have 
stood  up  against  a  very  few  heavy  guns,  and  they  had  not 
force  to  attempt  a  landing.  For  a  fleet,  or  for  a  great 
landing  army,  the  game  at  a  mere  commercial  port  would 
be  too  small;  not  worth  the  candle,  as  the  French  say. 
Such  expeditions  would  direct  effort  against  a  naval  base. 
Now  that  bombardment  of  unfortified  seaports  is  forbidden 
by  international  agreement,  the  question  remains  to  what 
extent  it  will  suit  the  policy  of  a  nation  by  non-fortifica- 
tion to  permit  the  tranquil  occupation  of  its  convenient 
harbors  by  an  enemy's  vessels;  for  the  purpose,  for  in- 
stance, of  coaling,  or  repairing,  or  demanding  supplies. 
Of  course  any  molestation  of  vessels  so  engaged  is  ac- 
tive war,  and  would  at  once  deprive  the  port  of  the 
immunity  attendant  upon  not  being  fortified. 

A  word  is  due  on  the  subject  of  coast-defense  ships,  al- 
though we  hear  less  of  these  now  than  once.  A  floating 
defense  which  is  confined  to  the  defensive,  by  which  is 
meant  that  it  can  put  forth  its  offensive  power  only  when 
the  enemy  sees  fit  to  attack,  is  inferior  to  the  same  amount 
of  offensive  power  established  ashore,  for  several  reasons : 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  147 

(1)  Because  it  cannot  bear  the  same  amount  of  weight  as  a 
land  work ;  (2)  because  it  is  open  to  modes  of  attack  to 
which  the  land  work  is  not  open,  as  the  torpedo  and  the 
ram ;  (3)  because  the  veiy  factor  which  constitutes  its  chief 
advantage,  its  mobility,  is  also  a  source  of  weakness  by  neces- 
sitating the  attention  of  a  large  part  of  the  personnel  or 
garrison  to  the  mere  handling  of  the  fortification.  To  this 
is  to  be  added  a  consideration,  important  to  my  mind,  though 
I  have  not  seen  it  noticed  elsewhere,  that  a  system  of  coast 
defense  relying  mainly  upon  ships  is  liable  to  be  drawn  in 
mass  to  a  point  other  than  the  enemjr's  real  objective,  and  so 
to  leave  the  latter  uncovered.  Land  works  are  not  open  to 
that  mistake.  Nelson  in  his  scheme  for  the  defense  of  the 
Thames  particularly  and  of  the  southeast  coast  of  England 
generally,  in  1801,  wrote  a  paper  which  illustrates  his  com- 
prehensive military  genius  as  really  as  his  more  conspicuous 
achievements  do.  In  this  he  laid  peculiar  stress  upon  the 
order  that  the  coast-defense  vessels,  the  blockships,  as  they 
were  called,  should  on  no  account  be  moved  imder  apparent 
imminent  necessity.  Their  stations  had  been  carefully 
and  deliberately  chosen,  in  quiet  consideration ;  they  must 
not  be  changed  under  the  influence  of  hasty  apprehension. 
Permanent  works,  established  in  quiet  moments  on  sound 
principles,  have  the  advantage  that  they  cannot  be  shifted 
under  the  influence  of  panic.  The  distributions  of  the 
American  fleet  during  the  Spanish  war  furnish  interesting 
matter  for  study  as  to  the  effects  of  popular  fears  on  mili- 
tary dispositions ;  of  which,  for  that  matter,  general  history 
affords  many  examples. 

A  moment's  thought  will  show  that  one  mode  of  coast 
defense  by  the  navy  to  which  attention  is  veiy  largely 
directed  nowadays,  that  by  torpedo-vessels  and  submarine 
boats,  is  not  strictly  defensive  in  its  action,  but  offensive. 
For  harbor  defense,  torpedo-vessels  are  confined  almost 
wholly  to  an  offensive  rOle, — the  offensive-defensive,— 


148  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

becaufie  an  attack  by  a  fleet  npon  a  port  will  usually  be  by 
daylight,  while  torpedo-vesselsy  in  the  general  scheme  of 
harbor  defense,  must  limit  their  efforts  mainly  to  the  night. 
The  chief  rOle  of  the  torpedo-vessels  is  in  attaeh  upon  a 
hostile  fleet  which  is  trying  to  maintain  its  ground  near  the 
port 

The  great  extension  and  development  given  to  torpedo- 
vessels  since  these  lectures  were  written  do  not  seem,  as 
far  as  experience  goes,  to  have  affected  the  general  prin- 
ciples here  enunciated;  nor  in  actual  war  has  anything 
occurred  to  contradict  the  conclusions  indicated  to  students 
of  naval  matters  twenty  years  ago.  Torpedo-vessels,  when 
relying  upon  themselves  alone,  have  always  attacked  by 
night.  By  day  they  have  merely  completed  destruction 
already  substantially  achieved  by  the  battleships ;  and  this 
probably  is  the  function  that  will  fall  to  them  in  the  un- 
usual case  of  a  fleet  seriously  attacking  fortifications. 
They  then  may  poniard  the  wounded,  especially  if  left  be- 
hind by  their  friends.  The  increase  of  size  in  torpedo- 
vessels,  above  the  torpedo-boat  of  first  and  second  classes, 
in  which  they  began,  has  brought  with  it  gun  armament, 
as  was  then  predicted;  and  gun  fights  between  the  tor- 
pedo-vessels of  the  opposing  sides,  much  resembling  the 
skirmishes  incident  to  land  sieges,  were  frequent  in  the 
operations  around  Port  Arthur.  Had  the  defensive  r61e 
of  the  Russians  fallen  to  the  Japanese,  we  doubtless  should 
have  had  more  torpedo  attack  —  the  offensive-defensive 
—  directed  against  the  outside  fleet.  Their  audacious  at- 
tempts to  block  the  harbor,  by  sinking  vessels  in  the 
channel  ways,  give  assurance  that,  in  the  reverse  case, 
similar  energy  would  have  been  directed  against  ships 
attempting  to  hold  their  ground  near  the  port. 

Defenses,  whether  natural  or  artificial,  covering  strategic 
points  such  as  coast  fortresses,  play  a  very  important  part 
in  all  warfare,  because  they  interpose  such  passive  resist- 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  149 

ance  to  the  assailant  as  to  enable  smaller  force  to  hold 
in  check  a  larger.  Their  passive  strength  thos  becomes 
equivalent  to  a  certain  number  of  men  and  allows  the 
holder  to  let  loose  just  so  many  to  join  the  active  army 
in  the  field.  The  defenses  of  Port  Arthur  permitted  the 
tenure  of  the  place  by  a  much  smaller  number  of  men 
than  the  besiegers  were  compelled  to  employ  in  the  siege. 
This  evidently  signifies  that  in  the  field  campaign  the  Rus- 
sian army  was  by  so  much  more  numerous,  and  the  Japan- 
ese by  so  much  fewer.  Places  so  held  serve  many  purposes 
and,  in  some  proportion,  are  absolutely  necessary  to  the  con- 
trol of  any  theater  of  war.  They  are  as  essential  to  sea  as 
to  land  war;  but,  looked  upon  as  conducive  to  the  attain- 
ment of  the  objects  of  war,  they  are  to  be  considered  inferior 
to  the  army  in  the  field.  To  take  an  extreme  case,  a  reduo' 
tio  ad  ab^urdumj  if  the  number  of  such  posts  be  so  great 
that  their  garrisons  swallow  up  the  whole  army  of  the 
state,  it  is  evident  that  either  some  of  them  must  be  aban- 
doned or  the  enemy's  army  be  left  unopposed.  Thus 
Jomini  sajrs,  ^  When  a  state  finds  itself  reduced  to  throw 
the  greater  part  of  its  force  into  its  strong  places,  it  is  near 
touching  its  ruin."  This  received  illustration  in  the  war 
between  Japan  and  Russia.  Russia  was  reduced  to  shut- 
ting up  her  fleet  in  Port  Arthur  and  Vladivostok;  and 
persistence  in  this  course,  whether  by  choice  or  by  necessity, 
prognosticated  the  ruin  which  overtook  the  naval  predomi- 
nance which  at  the  beginning  of  the  war  she  actually 
possessed  over  Japan. 

In  the  sphere  of  maritime  war,  the  navy  represents  the 
army  in  the  field ;  and  the  fortified  strategic  harbors,  upon 
which  it  falls  back  as  ports  of  refuge  after  battle  or  defeat, 
for  repairs  or  for  supplies,  correspond  precisely  to  strong- 
holds, like  Metz,  Strasburg,  Ulm,  upon  which,  systemati- 
cally occupied  with  reference  to  the  strategic  character  of 
the  theater  of  war,  military  writers  agree  the  defense  of  a 


160  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

country  must  be  founded.  The  foundation,  however,  must 
not  be  taken  for  the  superstructure  for  which  it  exists. 
In  war,  the  defensive  exists  mainly  that  the  offensive 
may  act  more  freely.  In  sea  warfare,  the  offensive  is 
assigned  to  the  navy ;  and  if  the  latter  assumes  to  itself  the 
defensive,  it  simply  locks  up  a  part  of  its  trained  men  in 
garrisons,  which  could  be  filled  as  well  by  forces  that  have 
not  their  peculiar  skill.  To  this  main  proposition  I  must 
add  a  corollary,  that  if  the  defense  of  ports,  many  in  num- 
ber, be  attributed  to  the  navy,  experience  shows  that 
the  navy  will  be  subdivided  among  them  to  an  extent  that 
will  paralyze  its  efficiency.  I  was  amused,  but  at  the  same 
time  instructed  as  to  popular  understanding  of  war,  by 
the  consternation  aroused  in  Great  Britain  by  one  summer's 
maneuvers,  already  alluded  to,  and  the  remedy  proposed 
in  some  papers.  It  appeared  that  several  seaports  were 
open  to  bombardment  and  consequent  exaction  of  subsidies 
by  a  small  squadron,  and  it  was  gravely  urged  that  the 
navy  should  be  large  enough  to  spare  a  small  detachment 
to  each  port  Of  what  use  is  a  navy,  if  it  is  to  be  thus 
whittled  away?  But  a  popular  outcry  will  drown  the 
voice  of  military  experience. 

The  effects  of  popular  apprehension  upon  military  dis- 
positions were  singularly  shown  during  our  war  with  Spain, 
Popular  apprehension,  voiced,  it  was  understood,  by  mem- 
bers of  the  national  legislature,  was  the  cause  of  dispositions 
of  the  fleet  which  impoverished  the  needed  blockade  of  the 
enemy's  ports,  and  which,  in  face  of  a  more  capable  foe, 
would  have  enabled  the  Spanish  squadron  to  gain  Cienfue- 
gos,  where  it  would  have  had  the  support  of  the  main 
Spanish  army.  This,  with  our  very  small  regular  army, 
and  the  sickly  season  beginning,  would  have  been  a  very 
different  proposition  from  that  presented  by  the  isolated 
Santiago. 

This  line  of  thought  requires  development.    Panic,  un« 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  161 

reasonable  apprehension,  when  war  begins,  will  be  found  in 
the  same  persons  who  in  peace  resist  reasonable  preparation. 
Unless  my  information  at  the  time  was  incoriect,  a  senator 
of  the  United  States,  who  has  earned  much  approval  in 
some  quarters  by  persistent  opposition  to  naval  develop- 
ment, was  among  the  most  clamorous  for  the  assignment  of 
naval  force  to  the  local  defense  of  his  own  State,  which  was 
in  no  possible  danger.  In  both  cases  the  effect  is  the  result 
of  unreason.  ^^  It  is  better,"  said  a  British  admiral  of  long 
ago,  ^  to  be  frightened  now,  while  we  have  time  to  prepare, 
than  next  summer,  when  the  French  fleet  enters  the  Chan- 
nel." The  phrase  is  much  more  worthy  of  perpetuation 
than  his  other  often-quoted  ^^  fleet  in  being." 

Where  a  navy  is  relied  upon  for  a  pure  defensive,  the 
demand  will  naturally  follow  for  many  small  vessels,  —  a 
gunboat  policy, —  for  the  simple  reason  that  tonnage  put 
into  large  vessels  cannot  be  subdivided.  Our  early  single- 
turreted  monitors,  being  small  and  relatively  cheap,  could 
be  numerous.  They  therefore  lent  themselves  readily  to 
the  scheme  of  a  pure  defense,  widely  distributed;  the 
naval  analogue  of  the  now  discredited  cordon  policy,  in 
which  the  protection  of  a  land  frontier  was  attempted  by 
distributing  the  available  force  among  niunerous  vulnerable 
points  instead  of  concentrating  it  in  a  central  position. 
Any  belief  that  still  exists  in  those  monitors,  as  suited  to  a 
general  naval  policy,  will  be  found  associated  with  the  idea 
of  subdivision,  one  or  two  vessels  to  eveiy  port  I  read, 
now  many  years  ago,  precisely  such  a  project,  elaborated 
for  the  defense  of  our  Atlantic  coast ;  one,  two,  or  three, 
single-turreted  monitors  assigned  to  each,  according  to  its 
assumed  importance ;  and  this  by  a  trained  naval  officer. 
Happily,  the  last  twenty  years  has  seen  the  conception  of 
a  navy  **  for  defense  only "  yield  to  sounder  military  un- 
derstanding of  the  purposes  of  a  navy ;  and  that  under- 
standing, of  the  navy's  proper  office  in  offensive  action^ 


152  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

results  as  certainly  in  batUeships  as  the  defensive  idea 
does  in  small  vessels. 

Every  proposal  to  use  a  navy  as  an  instrument  of  pure 
passive  defense  is  found  faulty  upon  particular  examina- 
tion; and  these  various  results  all  proceed  from  the  one 
fundamental  fact  that  the  distinguishing  feature  of  naval 
force  is  mobility,  while  that  of  a  passive  defense  is  immo- 
bility. The  only  exception  known  to  me  is  where  per^ 
manent  —  that  is,  immobile  —  works  cannot  be  constructed 
to  command  the  surroundings,  because  of  the  extent  and 
depth  of  the  water  area  to  be  defended.  In  illustration,  I 
would  cite  the  suggested  artificial  island  with  fortification, 
proposed  for  the  entrance  of  the  Chesapeake.  It  is  con- 
templated because  the  capes  are  too  far  apart  fully  to 
command  the  entrance.  Conditions  being  as  they  are,  I 
conceive  that  to  employ  coast-defense  ships  instead  of  the 
artificial  island  would  be  a  mistake ;  while  possibly,  if  the 
water  were  forty  fathoms  deep,  recourse  to  a  floating  de- 
fense, elaborately  protected  against  under-water  work  at- 
tack, might  be  unavoidable,  because  there  would  be  no 
alternative  measure  possible. 

Such  an  exception  emphasizes  the  rule.  The  strictly 
defensive  strength  of  a  seaport  depends  therefore  upon 
permanent  works,  the  provision  of  which  is  not  the  busi- 
ness of  naval  officers.  The  navy  is  interested  in  them  be- 
cause, when  effective,  they  release  it  from  any  care  about 
the  port ;  from  defensive  action  to  the  offensive,  which  is 
its  proper  sphere. 

There  is  another  sense  in  which  a  navy  is  regarded  as 
defensive ;  namely,  that  the  existence  of  an  adequate  navy 
protects  from  invasion  by  commanding  the  sea.  That  is 
measurably  and  in  very  lai^e  degree  true,  and  is  a  strategic 
function  of  great  importance ;  but  this  is  a  wholly  different 
question  from  that  of  the  defensive  strength  of  seaports, 
of  strategic  points,  with  which  we  are  now  dealing.     It 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  168 

therefore  will  be  poetponed,  with  a  simple  warning  against 
the  opinion  that  because  the  navy  thus  defends  there  is  no 
need  for  local  protection  of  the  strategic  ports;  no  need, 
that  is,  for  fortifications*  This  view  affirms  that  a  military 
force  can  always,  under  all  circumstances,  dispense  with 
secure  bases  of  operations ;  in  other  words,  that  it  can  never 
be  evaded,  nor  know  momentary  mishap. 

I  have  now  put  before  you  reasons  for  rejecting  the 
opinion  that  the  navy  is  the  proper  instrument,  generally 
speaking,  for  coast  defense  in  the  narrow  sense  of  the  ex* 
pression,  which  limits  it  to  the  defense  of  ports.  The 
reasons  given  may  be  summed  up,  and  reduced  to  four 
principles,  as  follows : 

1.  That  for  the  same  amount  of  offensive  power,  float- 
ing batteries,  or  vessels  of  very  little  mobility,  are  less 
strong  defensively  against  naval  attack  than  land  works 
are. 

2.  That  by  employing  able-bodied  seafaring  men  to  de- 
fend harbors  you  lock  up  offensive  strength  in  an  inferior, 
that  is,  in  a  defensive,  effort. 

8.  That  it  is  injurious  to  the  morale  and  skill  of  seamen 
to  keep  them  thus  on  the  defensive  and  off  the  sea.  This 
has  received  abundant  historical  proof  in  the  past. 

4.  That  in  giving  up  the  offensive  the  navy  gives  up  its 
proper  sphere,  which  is  also  the  most  effective. 

II.  Offensive  strength. 

The  offensive  strength  of  a  seaport,  considered  independ- 
ently of  its  strategic  situation  and  of  its  natural  and  ac- 
quired resources,  consists  in  its  capacity : 

1.  To  assemble  and  hold  a  large  military  force,  of  both 
ships  of  war  and  transports. 

2.  To  launch  such  force  safely  and  easily  into  the  deep. 

8.  To  follow  it  with  a  continued  support  until  the  cam- 
paign is  ended.  In  such  support  are  always  to  be  reckoned 
facilities  for  docking,  as  the  most  important  of  all  supports. 


164  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

It  may  be  nrged  jasUy  that  this  continued  support  de- 
pends as  much  upon  the  strategic  situation  of  the  port  and 
upon  its  resources  as  upon  its  strength.  To  this,  however, 
must  be  replied  that  it  was  never  meant  that  the  division 
between  the  different  elements  which  together  make  up  the 
total  value  of  a  seaport  was  clear-cut  and  absolute.  The 
division  into  heads  is  simply  a  convenient  way  by  which  the 
subject  can  be  arranged  and  grasped  more  clearly.  Some 
necessary  conditions  will  affect,  more  or  less,  all  three, 
strength,  position,  and  resources,  and  will  unavoidably 
reappear  under  different  heads. 

1.  Assembling.  It  will  be  seen  that  depth  of  entrance, 
and  the  area  of  anchoring  ground  for  large  vessels,  are 
elements  of  offensive  strength.  Without  depth  the  larg- 
est ships  of  war  could  not  get  in  and  out,  and  without 
great  extent  the  requisite  fleet  could  not  be  assembled. 
Depth  of  water,  however,  may  be  a  source  of  weakness 
defensively,  because  allowing  the  entrance  of  the  enemy's 
heavy  vessels.  In  a  port  of  secondary  importance,  fitted 
only  to  be  a  base  for  commerce  destroying  («.  g.  Wilming- 
ton, N.  C),  there  would  be  no  gain  of  offensive  strength, 
but  rather  loss  of  defensive,  by  great  depth  at  entrance. 

Suitable  ground  on  shore  for  the  establishment  of  docks 
and  for  storehouses,  for  the  maintenance,  repair,  and  sup- 
ply of  ships,  is  a  necessaiy  condition  of  offensive  strength. 
That  this  ground  should  be  so  situated  as  not  to  be  open 
to  injury  by  the  enemy  is  a  condition  of  defensive  strength, 
and  the  same  is  to  be  said  of  the  anchorage  ground. 
Healthy  ground  for  the  encampment  or  lodging  of  troops, 
etc.,  may  be  properly  included  in  the  elements  of  military 
strength,  both  offensive  and  defensive.  A  special  instance 
of  opportunity  to  constitute  this  feature  of  camping  ground 
for  an  expedition  was  afforded  when  the  site  for  the  navy 
yard  in  Puget  Sound  was  acquired.  The  original  commis- 
sion recommended  the  acquisition  of  an  extensive  area  for 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  155 

that  reason,  among  others ;  but  the  recommendation  was 
not  adopted. 

2.  Launching.  To  launch  a  force  safely  and  easily  into 
the  deep  implies  that  when  ready  to  start  it  can  go  out  at 
once  and  take  up  its  order  of  battle  in  the  presence  of  an 
enemy,  unmolested;  favored  in  doing  so  either  by  the 
hydrographio  conditions  outside  allowing  the  necessary 
maneuvering  without  interference,  or  by  the  protection  of 
the  port  covering  the  fleet  with  its  defensive  power.  It  is, 
of  course,  perfectly  conceivable  and  possible  that  a  fleet 
may  by  its  own  power  insure  its  own  freedom  of  maneuver; 
but  the  time  occupied  in  changing  from  one  order  to 
another  is  always  critical,  and  such  maneuvers  should  be 
performed  out  of  the  reach  of  the  enemy.  In  order  to 
complete  the  offensive  strength  of  the  place,  it  should  be 
able  with  its  own  means  to  cover  the  fleet  during  such 
change  of  formation ;  beyond  that,  the  offensive  strength 
of  the  port  for  this  purpose  cannot  be  expected  to  reach. 

This  case  is  analogous  to  that  of  an  army  passing  through 
a  defile,  —  room  must  be  secured  beyond  to  deploy.  If  the 
entrance  be  narrow,  the  fleet  must  get  outside  before  being 
able  to  maneuver.  In  this  case,  the  conditions  of  offensive 
and  defensive  strength  again  clash,  for  a  narrow  and  tort- 
uous entrance  is  most  easy  to  defend.  It  may  be  interest- 
ing to  recall  that  at  the  time  these  lectures  were  written, 
1887,  a  very  large,  perhaps  even  a  predominant,  naval 
opinion  held  that  the  ram  would  play  the  most  prominent 
part  in  naval  warfare.  From  this  followed  that  fleets 
would  approach  one  another  bows  on,  and  that  deployment 
would  mean  the  formation  of  a  line  abreast,  bringing  all 
bows  towards  the  enemy.  It  was  such  a  deployment  that 
was  primarily  in  my  mind  when  the  paragraph  just  read 
was  written.  Experience  and  progress  have  restored  to 
the  gun  its  supremacy ;  and  as  a  ship  is  many  times  longer 
than  it  is  wide,  a  greater  amount  of  gun  power  can  be  de- 


156  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

veloped  along  the  side  than  across  the  beam.  The  small, 
single-turret,  monitor  is  the  only  exception  to  this.  It 
follows  that  deployment,  from  column  heading  toward  the 
enemy,  means  now  a  change  of  course,  by  which  the  broad- 
sides of  all  the  vessels  are  brought  on  to  the  same  line, 
with  all  the  guns  training  towards  the  enemy. 

If  a  fleet  is  able  to  steam  out  from  port  in  line  abreast, 
a  change  of  course  all  together,  when  nearing  the  enemy, 
effects  such  deployment ;  but  the  channels  by  which  harbors 
are  left  are  usually  too  narrow  for  this.  Ordinarily  vessels 
must  go  out  in  column,  and  form  line  by  a  graduated 
movement.  An  outside  enemy  awaiting  such  issue  would 
seek  to  deploy  across  the  exit  of  the  channel,  out  of  range 
of  the  forts  but  within  range  of  the  exit,  enabled  thus  to 
concentrate  fire  upon  the  leaders  of  the  column  before  the 
vessels  following  can  give  '  support  by  deploying  their 
batteries. 

Belts  of  submarine  mines,  laid  by  the  one  party  or  the 
other,  as  was  largely  done  by  both  the  Japanese  and 
Russians,  may  affect  the  conditions  constituted  by  nature. 
Submarine  mines  may  be  said  to  introduce  artificial  hydro- 
graphic  conditions.  The  inside  party  would  aim  to  keep 
the  enemy,  by  fear  of  mines,  so  far  distant  as  to  be  out  of 
range  of  its  point  of  deployment ;  and  the  effect  may  be 
intensified  by  an  energetic  use  of  torpedo  vessels  and  sub- 
marines. At  Port  Arthur,  the  Russian  mines  and  the  ap- 
prehension of  torpedo  attack  did  fix  the  Japanese  fleet  to 
the  Elliott  Islands,  so  that  the  Russians  when  they  came 
out  had  no  trouble  about  deploying. 

An  outside  fleet,  on  the  other  hand,  would  wish  by  a 
like  use  of  mines  to  prevent  the  issuing  fleet  from  deploy- 
ing until  it  had  passed  beyond  support  by  the  shore  guns. 
The  Japanese  did  not  attempt  this;  that  is,  one-third  of 
their  battleship  force  having  been  lost  early  in  the  war,  the 
exigencies  of  their  case  led  them  to  seek  the  safety  of  a 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  167 

boom-proteoted  anchorage,  rather  than  expose  their  armored 
ships  to  torpedo  attack  by  remaining  continuously  close  to 
the  port)  in  order  to  obtain  the  advantage  of  concentration 
on  the  head  of  the  enemy's  column.  Their  mine  fields, 
by  making  the  exit  dangerous,  enforced  delay  upon  the 
enemy's  fleet,  enabling  themselves  to  come  up  before  it 
could  escape ;  but  this  strategic  advantage  was  not  accom- 
panied with  the  tactical  advantage  of  concentration  upon 
the  leading  enemies  during  the  critical  moment  preceding 
deployment 

All  these  dispositions — boom  anchorage,  mine  fields,  con- 
centration on  enemy's  leaders — are  tacticaL  My  subject  is 
strategy.  The  excuse  for  the  apparent  digression  is  that 
the  strength  of  a  naval  base  of  operations  is  a  strategic 
consideration,  affecting  all  the  theater  of  war.  Tactical 
facilities  and  disabilities  are  elements  of  strength  or  weak- 
ness, and  as  such  a  general  consideration  of  them  falls  under 
the  lawful  scope  of  strategy.  Mine  fields,  as  used  in  the 
latest  war,  have  introduced  a  new  condition,  affecting  that 
element  of  offensive  strength  in  a  naval  base  which  has 
been  defined  as  the  ability  to  launch  a  maritime  force  easily 
and  safely  into  the  deep. 

tant  bearing  upon  a  strategic  question  of  the  gravest  ordei^ ; 
namely,  the  proper  position  for  an  outside  fleet  charged 
with  the  duty  of  checking  the  movements  of  a  more  or  less 
equal  enemy  within  a  port.  Hawke  and  St.  Vincent  in 
their  day  answered:  Close  to  the  port  itself.  Nelson, 
more  inclined  to  take  risks,  said:  Far  enough  off  to  give 
them  a  chance  to  come  out ;  to  tempt  them  to  do  so,  for 
we  want  a  battle.  The  difference  was  one  of  detail,  for 
both  aimed  at  interception,  though  by  different  methods. 
It  may  be  mentioned  in  passing  that  Nelson  paid  for  the 
deliberate  looseness  of  his  lines  by  some  periods  of  ago- 
nizing suspense,  touch  with  the  enemy  being  lost 


168  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

The  strategic  reply  to  this  question  is  as  sure  as  histor- 
ical experience  can  make  it.  The  intercepting  fleet  must 
keep  so  near  the  harbor's  mouth  that  the  enemy  cannot 
get  a  start.  A  start  may  be  retrieved,  as  Nelson  did ;  but 
again  it  may  not»  and  the  risk  should  not  be  taken.  Wire- 
less can  do  much  to  retrieve;  but  wireless  needs  a  sight 
of  the  enemy  to  give  it  its  message.  The  Japanese  so- 
lution at  Port  Arthur  —  that  is,  the  stationing  their 
main  fleet  at  the  Elliott  Islands  —  answered,  because  the 
Russians  displayed  neither  energy  nor  ingenuity.  A  chan- 
nel cleared  by  night  sweeping,  adequate  range  lights,  a 
little  '*  D  —  n  the  torpedoes,'*  and  a  dash  by  night  might 
have  transferred  the  Russian  fleet  to  Vladivostok,  grant- 
ing the  Japanese  at  the  islands.  The  difliculties  were  no 
greater  than  have  been  overcome  often  before,  and  the 
strategic  situation  would  have  been  greatly  modified.  The 
Japanese  recognized  clearly  that  it  would  have  been  to 
them  a  distinct  check.  The  tactical  problem  of  getting  the 
Russian  fleet  out  of  Port  Arthur,  under  the  two  supposi- 
tions of  the  enemy  at  the  Elliott  Islands  and  before  the 
port  itself,  would  afford  a  very  interesting  tactical  study, 
with  profitable  strategic  conclusions. 

If  a  port  have  two  outlets  at  a  great  distance  from  each 
other,  the  offensive  power  will  be  increased  thereby,  the 
enemy  being  unable  to  be  before  both  in  adequate  force. 
New  York  is  a  conspicuous  instance  of  such  advantage. 
If  the  two  outlets,  by  the  Sound  and  by  the  ocean,  are 
suitably  fortified,  an  enemy  cannot  be  near  both  without 
dividing  his  fleet  into  two  bodies  out  of  mutual  supporting 
distance.  A  united  hostile  fleet  cannot  command  both 
channels  until  right  before  the  city,  where  the  channels 
meet.  The  same  advantage,  to  a  much  less  degree,  is 
found  at  Port  Orchard,  Puget  Sound,  and  had  weight 
with  the  commission  which  chose  this  point  for  the  navy 
yard.     The  port  of  Brest  has  the  same,  which  with  sailing 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  169 

fleets  gave  a  distinct  advantage.  Wireless  telegraphy  of 
course  fetcilitates  the  movement  of  the  enemy  to  one  en- 
trance from  the  other,  or  from  a  central  position ;  but  the 
gain  over  former  conditions  is  less  than  one  would  imagine. 
Nelson,  fifty  miles  from  Cadiz,  learned  of  the  enemy's  sail- 
ing in  two  and  a  half  hours  by  a  chain  of  signal  vessels. 
His  chance  of  intercepting  the  enemy  was  as  good,  perhaps 
even  better,  than  that  of  a  steam  fleet  similarly  situated, 
dependent  upon  wireless.  The  speed  of  the  escaping  fleet 
under  steam  would  fully  counterbalance,  probably  more 
than  counterbalance,  the  gain  of  the  outsider  by  speedier 
information.  Over  twenty-four  hours  were  required  for 
the  allied  fleets  to  leave  Cadiz  before  Tra&lgar. 

In  order  that  two  outlets  should  confer  fully  the  offensive 
advantage  claimed,  it  is  necessary  that  they  should  be  so  far 
apart  that  the  enemy  cannot  concentrate  before  one,  between 
the  time  that  the  fleet  within  indicates  its  intention  of  com- 
ing out  and  the  time  when  it  has  formed  its  order  of  battle 
outside.  With  steam,  few  ports  are  so  favorably  situated ; 
the  dependence  of  sailing-ships  upon  the  direction  and  force 
of  the  wind  introduced  a  tactical  and  strategic  element  which 
can  now  be  disregarded.  ^^  Keep  all  fast,"  once  wrote  Lord 
St.  Vincent,  *•  for  we  know  that  with  a  wind  to  the  south- 
ward of  southeast  by  south  no  ship  of  the  line  can  leave 
Brest."  The  analogy  of  this  to  the  delay  in  coming  out 
caused  by  an  enemy's  mine  field  is  easily  seen. 

The  third  element  in  the  offensive  strength  of  a  strategic 
port  has  been  stated  as  the  capacity,  after  having  covered 
the  exit  of  a  maritime  force,  to  follow  it  with  continued 
support  throughout  the  intended  operations. 

Obviously,  in  any  particular  port,  this  capacity  to  sup- 
port  active  operations  will  depend  upon  the  scene  and  char- 
acter of  the  operations.  In  the  war  between  Japan  and 
Russia,  the  Japanese  dockyards  were  the  scene  both  of  the 
equipment  and  refreshment,  restoration  and  repair,  of  the 


160  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

ships.  They  thus  followed  them  oontinuously ;  stood  at 
their  back.  The  Russian  home  ports  despatched  the  ves- 
sels, but  had  nothing  to  do  in  sustaining  them  on  the 
theater  of  war.  A  fleet  equipped  at  San  Francisco  for 
operations  in  the  Far  East  would  require  support  nearer 
than  that  harbor.  Portsmouth  and  Plymouth  were  the 
great  Channel  y«rds  of  Great  Britain  a  centuiy  ago,  as 
they  stni  are ;  but  the  two  ablest  English  commanders, 
Hawke  and  St.  Vincent,  would  not  allow  their  vessels  to 
seek  either  for  support  For  supplies,  for  refreshment  of 
the  crews  by  rest,  for  cleaning  bottoms,  for  overhaul  of  mo- 
tive power,  they  were  sent  to  Torbay. 

All  this  is  simply  to  reaffirm  that  for  seaports  position 
— situation  —  is  the  first  in  importance  of  the  elements  of 
strategic  value.  This  illustrates  again  Napoleon's  sajring, 
**  War  is  a  business  of  positions.*'  In  the  War  of  Seces- 
sion, the  United  States  ships  were  equipped  in  the  north- 
em  yards,  but  were  sustained  in  the  campaign  by  nearer 
bases,  —  Port  Royal,  Key  West,  Pensacola.  Tins  is  a  fre- 
quent condition;  indeed,  with  the  wide  scope  of  naval 
operations,  the  more  usual.  But  it  is  better  that  the  two 
processes,  original  equipment  and  continuous  support,  be 
combined  behind  the  same  defenses,  where  possible.  Hav- 
ing in  view  the  increasing  importance  of  the  Gulf  and 
Caribbean,  increasing  because  of  the  increasing  imminence 
of  Pacific  questions  and  the  near  completion  of  the  Canal, 
it  will  be  pertinent  to  inquire  closely  as  to  whether  the 
northern  navy  yards  adequately  meet  possible  emergencies 
of  the  character  now  under  discussion. 

To  follow  a  fleet  with  support  means  principally  two 
things :  (1)  To  maintain  a  stream  of  supplies  out,  and 
(2)  to  afford  swift  restoration  to  vessels  sent  back  for 
that  purpose. 

"Supplies"  is  a  comprehensive  word.  It  embraces  a 
large  number  of  articles  which  are  continuously  being  ex- 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  161 

pended,  and  which  mast  be  renewed  by  means  of  storeships 
periodicallj  despatched.  It  applies  also  to  maintaining  the 
condition  of  a  fleet  by  a  system  of  reliefe.  This  involves  a 
reserve,  so  that  ships  long  out  and  worn  are  replaced  by 
fresh  vessels,  and,  yet  more  important,  by  refreshed  crews. 
Of  the  capacity  thos  to  refresh  and  thus  to  replace,  numer- 
ous diy  docks  are  the  most  important  single  constituent, 
because  the  most  vital  and  the  longest  to  prepare. 

Historical  instances,  by  their  concrete  force,  are  worth 
reams  of  dissertation.  The  capacity  of  the  Japanese  dock- 
yards may  have  been  ample  or  may  not,  but  by  the  Jap- 
anese government  it  was  felt  to  be  of  critical  importance 
that  all  their  armored  ships  should  be  docked  and  restored 
in  the  briefest  time  possible  after  the  fall  of  Port  Arthur. 
To  achieve  this  was  a  matter  of  great  anxiety ;  to  be  meas- 
ured by  Togo's  signal,  ^^The  safety  of  the  Empire  depends 
upon  to-day's  results."  One  of  the  factors  in  the  results  of 
that  day  was  that  the  dockyards  which  sent  out  the  fleet 
were  able  to  dock  all  the  vessels  in  the  respite  of  time 
gained  by  Russia's  dilatoriness.  Thus  the  Japanese  fleet 
was  an  assemblage  of  .veterans  restored  by  repose  and  re- 
pair. Clearly  it  would  have  been  a  better  condition  if  the 
yards  throughout  the  war  could  have  contained  as  a  constant 
rule  two  armored  ships,  docking  and  resting  crews ;  a  re- 
serve to  relieve  others,  and  also  at  critical  moments  to 
augment  the  total  strength  of  the  fleet.  It  is  not  ideal 
management  to  have  to  clean  and  repair  an  entire  navy  at 
the  same  moment;  but  it  was  forced  upon  Japan  by  the 
fewness  of  her  armored  ships,  which  required  their  constant 
employment  at  the  front  Such  a  reserve  of  ships  corre- 
sponds to  the  margin  of  safety  of  the  engineer. 

It  may  occur  to  some  that  this  capacity  to  sustain  a  fleet 
in  its  operations  falls  more  exactly  under  the  head  of  Re- 
sources, the  last  of  the  three  heads  under  which  the  ele- 
ments which  affect  strategic  value  of  seaports  have  been 


162  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

summarized.  It  is  true  that  this  capacity  is  one  of  re- 
sources, yet  it  may  be  claimed  that  its  worth  is  more  evi- 
dent when  considered  as  an  element  of  offensive  strength. 
If  the  capacity  of  dockyards  be  classed  under  resources, 
less  attention  is  attracted  to  the  fact  that  upon  that  ca- 
pacity may  depend  the  offensive  energy  of  a  war. 

Subdivision  of  a  single  subject  cannot  be  into  compart- 
ments separate  from  one  another.  Subdivision  is  not  an 
end  in  itself.  It  is  a  means  to  exact  thinking,  and  to  think- 
ing out  a  matter  more  thoroughly,  because  more  systemati- 
cally than  would  otherwise  be  done.  Also,  a  comprehensive 
summary  under  heads  tends  to  insure  that  in  a  particular 
decision  or  choice  of  a  position  no  consideration  will  be 
overlooked. 

8.   Besoubcss 

The  wants  of  a  navy  are  so  many  and  so  varied  that  it 
would  be  time  lost  to  name  them  separately.  The  resources 
which  meet  them  may  be  usefully  divided  under  two  heads, 
natural  and  artificial.  The  latter,  again,  may  be  conven- 
iently and  accurately  subdivided  into  resources  developed 
by  man  in  his  peaceful  occupation  and  use  of  a  country, 
and  those  which  are  immediately  and  solely  created  for  the 
maintenance  of  war. 

Other  things  being  equal,  the  most  favorable  condition 
is  that  where  great  natural  resources,  joined  to  a  good 
position  for  trade,  have  drawn  men  to  settle  and  develop 
the  neighboring  country.  Where  the  existing  resources  are 
purely  aiUficial  and  for  war,  the  value  of  the  port,  in  so 
far,  is  inferior  to  that  of  one  where  the  ordinary  occupations 
of  the  people  supply  the  necessary  resources.  To  use  the 
phraseology  of  our  subject,  a  seaport  that  has  good  stra- 
tegic situation  and  great  military  strength,  but  to  which  all 
resources  must  be  brought  from  a  distance,  is  much  infe- 
rior to  a  similar  port  having  a  rich  and  developed  friendly 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  163 

region  behind  it  Gibraltar  and  ports  on  small  islands, 
like  Santa  Lucia  and  Martinique,  labor  under  this  disad- 
vantage, as  compared  with  ports  of  England,  France,  the 
United  States;  or  even  of  a  big  island  like  Cuba,  if  the 
latter  be  developed  by  an  industrial  and  commercial  people. 
The  mutual  dependence  of  commerce  and  the  navy  is  no- 
where more  clearly  seen  than  in  the  naval  resources  of  a 
nation,  the  greatness  of  which  depends  upon  peaceful  trade 
and  shipping.  Compared  with  a  merely  military  navy,  it 
is  the  difference  between  a  natural  and  a  forced  growth. 

Among  resources,  diy  docks  occupy  the  place  first  in 
importance:  (1)  because  to  provide  them  requires  the 
longest  time ;  (2)  because  they  &cilitate  various  kinds  of 
repairs ;  (8)  because  by  the  capacity  to  clean  and  repair 
several  vessels  at  once,  and  so  restore  them  with  the  least 
delay  to  the  fleet,  they  maintain  offensive  energy. 

Dry  docks  represent  in  condensed  form  the  three  require- 
ments of  a  strategic  seaport.  In  position  they  should  be 
as  near  the  scene  of  war  as  possible.  Strength  is  repre- 
sented by  numbers;  the  more  numerous  the  docks,  the 
greater  the  offensive  strength  of  the  port.  For  resources, 
the  illustration  is  obvious ;  docks  are  an  immense  resource. 
In  contemplating  the  selection  of  a  navy-yard  site,  it  is 
evident  that  facility  for  excavating  docks  is  a  natural  re- 
source, while  the  subsequent  construction  is  artificiaL 
Evidently,  also,  a  commercial  port  will  supplement  these 
resources  in  an  emergency  by  the  docks  it  may  maintain 
for  commerce,  thus  exemplifying  what  has  been  said  as  to 
the  wide  basis  offered  by  resources  developed  by  man  in 
his  peaceful  occupation  of  a  country. 


CHAPTER  VIII 

FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES 

{CofUinued) 

Stbatboio  ,  Lutes 

THE  strategic  points  on  a  given  theater  of  war 
are  not  to  be  looked  upon  merely  separately  and 
as  disconnected.  After  determining  their  in- 
dividual values  by  the  test  of  position,  militaiy 
strength,  and  resources,  it  will  remain  to  consider  their 
mutual  relations  of  bearing,  distance,  and  the  best  routes 
from  one  to  the  other. 

The  lines  joining  strategic  points  are  called  by  military 
writers  strategic  lines.  On  land  there  may  be  several 
lines,  practicable  roads,  connecting  the  same  two  points; 
any  one  of  which  may  at  different  times  have  different 
names,  indicating  the  special  use  then  being  made  of  it, 
as,  line  of  operation,  line  of  retreat,  line  of  communications, 
etc.  At  sea,  other  things  being  equal,  the  line  that  is 
shortest,  measured  by  the  time  required  to  pass  over  it,  is 
ordinarily  the  one  to  be  chosen  by  a  fleet ;  but  this  obvious 
remark,  approaching  a  truism,  is  open  to  frequent  modifi- 
cation by  particular  circumstances. 

Illustration  is  afforded  by  the  very  recent  case  of  Roz- 
hestvensky's  fleet  when  leaving  French  Cochin  China,  or, 
yet  more  critically,  the  Saddle  Islands,  for  its  final  push 
towards  Vladivostok.  In  the  first  instance,  there  was  the 
question  of  passing  between  Formosa  and  the  mainland, 
the  direct  route,  or  going  outside  the  island.  The  latter 
was  followed.  In  leaving  the  Saddles,  the  shortest  route, 
by  the  Sea  of  Japan,  was  the  one  chosen ;  yet  with  all  the 
risks  that  would  be  involved  in  the  greater  delay  occasioned 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  165 

by  going  east  of  Japan,  through  Tsugaru  Straits,  it  is  evi- 
dent that  there  were  favoring  chances,  which  needed  careful 
weighing.  The  position  occupied  by  Admiral  Togo  was 
judiciously  chosen  to  facilitate  intercepting  in  either  case ; 
but  the  fact  that  he  passed  through  some  thirty-six  hours 
of  anxious  suspense,  because  the  Russians  did  not  appear 
nor  tidings  of  them  come  in,  shows  the  possibilities  of  the 
situation.  The  very  strength  of  his  conviction  that  they 
mttit  come  that  way  would  be  an  element  favoring  the 
Russians,  had  Rozhestvensky  decided  for  the  other.  There 
are  temperaments  which  cannot  readily  abandon  a  convic- 
tion, as  there  are  others  which  cannot  bear  suspense* 

Of  the  numerous  lines  which  may  be  traced  on  the  sur- 
face of  the  globe  joining  two  seaports,  two  general  divis- 
ions may  be  made,  —  those  that  cross  the  open  sea,  and  those 
that  follow  the  coast-line.  A  glance  at  the  chart  of  the 
Oulf  of  Mexico  will  illustrate  my  meaning,  showing  the 
two  available  routes  to  Key  West  from  the  mouth  of  the 
Mississippi,  or  from  Pensacola.  To  use  the  open  sea,  which 
is  generally  the  shortest,  military  command  of  the  sea  is 
needed ;  when  this  command  is  not  held,  vessels  are  forced 
to  follow  their  coast-line,  usually  by  night,  and  to  use  such 
harbors  of  refuge  or  other  support  as  the  coast  with  its 
conformation  wUl  give.  The  flotilla  with  which  the  first 
Napoleon  intended  to  invade  England  illustrated  this 
method.  The  large  number  of  vessels  composing  it  ne- 
cessitated building  them  in  many  different  places.  To 
reach  the  point  of  assembly,  Boulogne,  they  had  to  run  the 
gantlet  of  the  British  cruisers  that  controlled  the  English 
ChanneL  This  was  successfully  done,  though  with  a  cer- 
tain proportion  of  loss,  by  keeping  closer  to  the  coast  than 
the  enemy  could  safely  follow,  while  an  elaborate  scheme 
of  coastwise  defense  by  stationary  and  flying  batteries  was 
also  provided  for  them.  In  the  War  of  1812,  American 
coasting  trade,  as  far  aa  it  survived,  was  driven  to  the 


166  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

same  evasion,  but  without  the  same  support.  The  same 
conditions  prevailed  in  Nelson's  time  along  the  Riviera 
of  Nice  and  Oenoa.  Whenever  the  open  sea  is  controlled 
by  an  enemy  recourse  will  be  had  to  this  means,  usually  by 
night;  for,  while  land  communication  is  ampler  and  surer 
than  formerly,  it  is  not  yet  able  to  replace  the  coasting 
trade.  It  is  only  necessary  to  consider  the  coal  traffic  by 
sea  from  the  Delaware  to  New  York  and  the  Eastern 
States,  to  see  that  it  cannot  lightly  be  surrendered,  or 
replaced  by  railroad,  without  much  suffering  to  the  com- 
munity and  derangement  of  industries. 

Neutral  coasts  may  thus  in  some  degree  be  made  part  of 
the  line  of  approach  to  belligerent  ports,  endangered  by  the 
nearness  of  an  enemy.  For  example,  if  war  existed  between 
Germany  and  Great  Britain,  with  the  British  navy  con- 
trolling the  North  Sea,  German  vessels  having  once  reached 
the  coast  of  France  or  of  Norway  might  proceed  with  safety 
within  the  conventional  three-mile  limit. 

The  most  important  of  strategic  lines  are  those  which 
concern  the  commimications.  Communications  dominate 
war.  This  has  peculiar  force  on  shore,  because  an  army 
is  immediately  dependent  upon  supplies  frequently  re- 
newed. It  can  endure  a  brief  interruption  much  less 
readily  than  a  fleet  can,  because  ships  carry  the  substance 
of  communications  largely  in  their  own  bottoms.  So  long 
as  the  fleet  is  able  to  face  the  enemy  at  sea,  communications 
mean  essentially,  not  geographical  lines,  like  the  roads  an 
army  has  to  follow,  but  those  necessaries,  supplies  of  which 
the  ships  cannot  carry  in  their  own  hulls  beyond  a  limited 
amount.  These  are,  first,  fuel ;  second,  ammunition ;  last 
of  all,  food.  These  necessaries,  owing  to  the  facility 
of  water  transportation  as  compared  with  land,  can 
accompany  the  movements  of  a  fleet  in  a  way  impossible 
to  the  train  of  an  army.  An  army  train  follows  rather 
than  accompanies,  by  roads  which  may  be  difficult  and 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  167 

must  be  narrow;  whereas  maritime  roads  are  easy,  and 
inimitably  wide. 

Neverdieless,  all  military  organizations,  land  or  sea,  are 
ultimately  dependent  upon  open  communications  with  the 
basis  of  the  national  power ;  and  the  line  of  communications 
is  doubly  of  value,  because  it  usually  represents  also  the 
line  of  retreat.  Retreat  is  the  extreme  expression  of  depend- 
ence upon  the  home  base.  In  the  matter  of  communica- 
tions, free  supplies  and  open  retreat  are  two  essentials  to 
the  %qfety  of  an  army  or  of  a  fleet.  Napoleon  at  Marengo  in 
1800,  and  again  at  Ulm  in  1805,  succeeded  in  placing  him- 
self upon  the  Austrian  line  of  commimication  and  of  re- 
treat, in  force  sufficient  to  prevent  supplies  coming  forward 
from  the  base,  or  the  army  moving  backward  to  the  base. 
At  Marengo  there  was  a  battle,  at  Ulm  none ;  but  at  each 
the  results  depended  upon  the  same  condition,  —  the  line 
of  communication  controlled  by  the  enemy.  In  the  War  of 
Secession  the  forts  of  the  Mississippi  were  conquered  as 
soon  as  Farragut's  fleet,  by  passing  above,  held  their  line 
of  communications.  Mantua  in  1796  was  similarly  con- 
quered as  soon  as  Napoleon  had  placed  himself  upon  the 
line  of  retreat  of  its  garrison.  It  held  out  for  six  months, 
very  properly ;  but  the  rest  of  the  campaign  was  simply  an 
effort  of  the  outside  Austrians  to  drive  the  French  off  the 
line,  and  thus  to  reinforce  the  garrison  or  to  enable  it  to 
retreat. 

Rozhestvensky^s  movement  towards  Vladivostok  was 
essentially  a  retreat  upon  his  home  base.  The  Japanese 
were  upon  the  line  of  communication  and  retreat  in  force 
sufficient  to  defeat  him,  as  Napoleon  at  Marengo  did  the 
Austrians.  I  think  that  Cervera  was  headed  into  Santi- 
ago by  the  belief  or  the  fear  that  before  Cienfuegos,  there- 
fore upon  the  line  of  his  retreat  thither,  he  would  meet  a 
force  against  which  he  could  not  hope  for  success  in  the 
condition  of  his  fleet.    That  the  case  was  not  as  he  sup. 


168  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

posed  it  to  be  remains  a  reflection  upon  the  management  of 
the  United  States  navy,  the  reasons  for  which  reach  &r 
behind  the  naval  authorities.  The  Spanish  Minister  of 
Marine  stated  in  the  Cortes  that  Cervera  went  to  Santiago 
because  there  was  no  other  place  to  which  he  could  go. 
Sampson  had  been  heard  of  at  Porto  Rico.  The  instance 
illustrates  the  advantage  of  two  ports  on  the  same  frontier, 
— in  this  instance  the  south  shore  of  Cuba,  —  as  well  as 
the  effect  produced  by  a  hostile  force  upon  the  line  of 
communications. 

Santiago  and  Cienfuegos  illustrate  the  advantage  of  two 
ports  of  retreat,  as  Rozhestvensky  experienced  the  disad- 
vantage of  only  ona  For  a  fleet  acting  offensively  from  a 
given  coast  as  a  base,  two  ports  on  that  coast  also  facilitate 
communications  in  two  principal  ways :  1,  the  raiders  of 
the  enemy  cannot  concentrate  on  one  line,  but  must  divide 
on  two,  which  halves  the  danger  from  them ;  2,  two  ports 
are  less  liable  to  be  congested  than  one  is.  The  question 
is  very  much  the  same  as  the  supply  of  a  division  of  guns 
on  board  ship;  how  many  guns  can  one  chain  of  supply 
serve  ?  Napoleon  enunciated  the  following  definition :  The 
Art  of  War  consists  in  dissemination  of  force  in  order  to 
subsist,  with  due  regard  to  concentration  in  order  to  fight. 
To  provide  two  or  more  ports  of  supply  is  to  disseminate 
the  means  of  subsistence  without  impairing  the  concentra- 
tion of  the  fleet. 

Santiago  and  Cienfuegos  —  to  which  may  be  added 
Havana,  as  on  a  coast  line  strictly  continuous  and  having 
land  communication  with  the  other  two  —  may  be  cited  as 
illustrating  that  a  coast  line  with  several  suitable  ports  is 
essentially  one  long  base  of  operations,  interconnected.  By 
the  means  at  its  disposal,  torpedo  vessels  and  cruisers,  it 
will  be  able  more  or  less  to  keep  the  immediate  neighbor- 
hood of  the  shores  free  from  molestation  by  an  enemy's 
cruisers.    Such  a  coast-line  is  therefore  a  strategic  line, 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  169 

embracing  several  strategic  points.  It  will  happen  more 
often  than  not  that  several  points  on  the  sea  frontier  near- 
est the  theater  of  war  must  be  occupied  by  a  state,  for 
strategic  reasons.  When  great  efforts  have  to  be  made,  it 
will  be  necessary  to  carry  on  the  preparations  at  more  than 
one  point.  In  Napoleon^s  Egyptian  expedition  in  1798, 
France  had  on  the  Mediterranean  coast  only  one  naval 
port  properly  so  called,  —  Toulon;  but  detachments  were 
prepared  in  several  other  ports  under  French  control,  and 
joined  subsequently  to  the  sailing  of  the  main  fleet.  Other 
reasons  may  impose  a  similar  distribution  of  activity. 
Moreover,  it  is  hazardous  to  depend  exclusively  on  one 
arsenal  for  the  supply  or  repairs  of  a  navy,  for  a  successful 
blockade  or  attack  might  paralyze  all  operations  depending 
upon  it,  and  the  retreat  of  a  beaten  fleet  upon  a  single 
point  is  more  easily  intercepted.  It  is  difficult  to  imagine 
a  more  embarrassing  position  than  that  of  a  fleet,  after  a 
decisive  defeat,  hampered  with  crippled  ships,  having  but 
a  single  port  to  which  to  return.  It  may  be  laid  down  aa 
an  essential  principle  that  on  every  sea  frontier  there  should 
be  at  least  two  secure  ports,  sufficientiy  fortified,  and  cap- 
able of  making  any  and  all  repairs.  In  such  cases  pursuit 
may  be  baffled,  if  the  enemy  can  be  dropped  out  of  sight; 
but  with  one  port  he  knows  to  which  you  are  bound. 
Togo,  for  instance,  knew  that  Rozhestvensky .  must  be 
bound  to  Vladivostok,  although  he  did  not  know  whether 
he  would  go  through  the  Strait  of  Korea  or  that  of 
Tsugaru.^  If  the  two  ports  are  tolerably  near  each  other 
so  much  the  better,  as  the  enemy  cannot  then  judge  the 
aim  of  the  retreating  fleet  by  slight  indications. 

Chesapeake  Bay  and  New  York  on  our  Atlantic  coast  are 
two  ports  clearly  indicated  by  nature  as  primary  bases  of  sup- 
ply, and  consequentiy  for  arsenals  of  chief  importance.  For 
these  reasons,  they  are  also  the  proper  ports  of  retreat  in 

1  See  map  facing  page  426. 


170  l^AVAL  STRATEGY 

case  of  a  bad  def eat|  because  of  the  resources  that  should 
be  accumulated  in  them;  and  both  for  supplies  and  as 
refuges  they  should  be  adequately  fortified  on  the  land 
side  as  well  as  the  sea.  Other  ports  on  the  same  coast, 
Boston,  Philadelphia,  Charleston,  and  others,  may  serve 
for  momentary  utility,  disseminating  provision  and  prepara- 
tion ;  but  the  protection  given  them  as  commercial  ports 
will  suffice  for  the  inferior  use  made  of  them  for  supplying 
the  fleet.  Economy  of  means  and  of  money  forbid  the 
multiplication  of  maritime  fortresses  beyond  the  strictly 
necessary ;  and  it  seems  probable  that  the  pronouncement 
of  the  Archduke  Charles,  that  one  first^slass  and  one  second- 
class  fortress  is  sufficient  for  a  land  frontier,  is  true  still  of 
maritime  fortresses.  How  it  may  be  for  land  is  beyond 
my  province  to  say.  It  can  be  seen  that  New  York  by  its 
natural  advantages  lends  itself  profitably  to  a  development 
greater  than  Norfolk ;  because  of  its  two  entrances,  and  be- 
cause Narrag^nsett  Bay  could  be  embraced  in  the  general 
scheme  of  defense  for  New  York.  This  would  provide 
practically  three  entrances  or  exits  for  a  fleet. 

Vladivostok  and  Port  Arthur  illustrate  the  same  propo- 
sitions, though  the  situation  was  for  them  immensely  com- 
plicated by  the  intervention  of  the  Korean  peninsula. 
They  were  thus  related  to  one  another,  as  to  situation, 
rather  as  are  the  ports  of  our  Atlantic  and  Gulf  coasts, 
with  the  Florida  peninsula  intervening;  or,  even  more 
emphatically,  as  San  Francisco  is  to  Norfolk.  In  this  last 
case  the  scale  is  greater,  as  it  is  also  in  the  Russian 
separation  between  the  Baltic  and  their  Far  Eastern  ports ; 
but  the  result  is  similar.  Water  communication  between 
the  ports  is  made  more  difficult  by  the  projection  of  land, 
which  not  only  increases  the  distance  between  them  but 
affords  an  obvious  strategic  position  —  near  the  point  of 
Korea,  or  near  the  point  of  Florida,  or,  in  the  case  of  the 
Atlantic  and  Pacific,  near  the  Canal  —  at  which  a  hostile 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  171 

fleet  can  wait  in  concentrated  force,  sure  that  escapeis 
most  come  near  them.  This  has  been  the  case  in  all  littoral 
warfare ;  capes  are  the  points  of  danger  just  as  salients  are 
recognized  to  be.  This  is  the  precise  opposite  of  the  bene- 
ficial effect  exerted  by  Long  Island  upon  New  York.  The 
coast  of  the  mainland  there  is  a  re-«ntrant  angle,  covered 
by  the  island  as  if  by  an  earthwork.  This  enables  the  de- 
fense to  concentrate  before  going  out  and  embarrasses  the 
enemy  by  the  uncertainties  of  two  exits. 

On  the  same  sea  frontier  all  the  fortified  ports  will  form 
parts  of  the  base  of  operations,  which  itself  may  be  properly 
called  a  strategic  line.  Provision  should  be  made  for  safe 
and  rapid  communication  between  the  ports;  for  while 
dissemination  may  be  necessary  to  rapid  preparation,  con- 
centration is  essential  to  vigorous  execution. 

In  conformity  with  this  statement,  of  the  need  to  provide 
for  safe  and  rapid  communication  between  the  ports  of  a 
maritime  frontier,  in  order  to  concentrate  the  forces  when 
the  moment  for  action  arrives,  we  find  mentioned  among 
the  needs  of  a  base  of  operations  ashore  that  of  free  move- 
ment and  transport  of  troops  and  supplies  behind  the  actual 
front  The  river  Rhine  affords  an  illustration.  In  case, 
as  has  happened  more  than  once,  that  the  French  intended 
to  invade  Germany,  their  army  would  be  on  the  west  side, 
and  they  might  or  might  not  hold  bridges.  Whatever 
the  state  of  the  case,  they  would  be  able  to  move  their 
troops,  dispersed  in  cantonments,  behind  the  Rhine,  and 
concentrate  them  where  they  preferred,  unseen  and  un- 
known to  the  enemy  except  through  spies  or  treachery. 
Recoimoissance  in  force  would  be  difficult,  or  impracticable. 
In  such  movements  the  river  Rhine  was  called  expressively 
a  curtain  —  it  concealed  as  a  curtain  does.  Long  Island 
Sound  will  afford  similar  advantages  for  the  operations  of 
a  fleet,  if  the  eastern  end  be  fortified.  As  has  already  been 
suggested,  Narragansett  Bay  could  be  included  in  the 


172  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

scheme  of  a  fortified  base,  the  central  natural  feature  of 
which  is  Long  Island. 

As  a  rule,  however,  this  condition  cannot  be  realized  for 
the  ships  of  a  fleet.  Their  movement  from  port  to  port 
must,  ordinarily,  be  made  outside,  that  is,  in  front  of  the 
base ;  either  directly  or  by  following  the  coast-line,  accord- 
ing to  the  degree  of  control  possessed  over  the  sea.  The 
internal  navigation  behind  the  sea  islands  of  the  Southern 
States  does  indeed  suggest  an  ideal  frontier,  in  which  ships 
of  the  heaviest  draft  could  move  behind  the  base  from  one 
port  to  another,  as  between  the  two  entrances  of  one  port, 
sheltered  from  attack  by  intervening  land ;  but  it  is  only 
an  ideal  Such  internal  navigation,  however,  might  be  used 
effectually  to  keep  clear  a  necessary  belt  of  sea  outside,  by 
the  facilities  which  it  offers  for  the  concentration  and  sortie 
of  light  vessels  —  of  which  the  torpedo  boat  or  submarine 
is  the  most  probable  —  in  such  numbers  as  would  make  the 
enemy  cautious  about  near  approach.  The  precaution  ob- 
served by  the  Japanese  to  remove  their  battleships  from 
under-water  attack,  by  holding  them  at  a  distance,  en- 
forced as  it  was  by  two  severe  disasters,  is  warrant  for 
believing  that  torpedo  warfare  can  be  so  utilized  as  to 
assure,  in  a  military  sense,  the  passage  of  single  ships  or 
small  divisions  from  port  to  port  of  a  threatened  coast. 
The  dispositions  of  the  American  fleet  before  Santiago  in 
1898  are  not  likely  to  be  repeated. 

A  like  facility  for  the  operation  of  torpedo  vessels  would 
be  given  by  shoals  lying  along  a  coast ;  either  by  the  intri- 
cacy of  the  channels  through  them,  or  from  their  being 
everywhere  impassable  for  heavy  ships.  The  chain  of 
islands  bounding  Mississippi  Sound,  continued  by  Chande- 
leur  Islands  and  shoals,  establishes  a  continuous  system  of 
navigation  for  small  torpedo  boats  fmm  the  Passes  to 
Mobile.  Portions  of  the  Cuban  coast  present  similar 
features.     If  the  Mississippi  and  Mobile  were  two  points 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  178 

of  the  American  base  of  operations  on  the  Golf,  the  coast- 
line joining  them  could  become  a  fairly  secure  strategic 
line  of  communication — by  keeping  numerous  torpedo 
vessels  moving  there  —  in  case  the  enemy^s  control  of  the 
se^  forbade  attempting  a  straight  course.  East  of  Mobile 
this  broken  ground  ceases;  but  it  is  probable  that  the 
nearness  of  Mobile  to  Pensacola  would  enable  the  same 
character  of  defense  to  be  extended  as  far  as  Pensacola. 

A  coast-line  being  regarded  as  a  unit,  a  strategic  Une, 
having  two  or  more  important  strategic  points,  it  is  clearly 
possible  that  the  fleet  for  various  reasons  may  not  always 
be  concentrated.  Recent  instances  are  usually  most  prof- 
itable to  consider.  The  fleet  may  be  divided  by  original 
mistake,  as  the  Russians  were  divided  between  Port  Arthur 
and  Vladivostok.  It  may  be  divided  by  exigencies  of 
preparation^  of  repair,  as  for  docking,  or  by  accidents  of 
war.  A  disabled  ship  must  get  in  where  it  can.  After  the 
engagement  of  August  10  the  Russians  so  divided.  Most 
returned  to  Port  Arthur;  one  battleship  went  to  Kiao 
Chau.  After  the  Battle  of  the  Japan  Sea  dispersal  in  sev- 
eral directions  took  place.  The  common  result  of  a  great 
victory  is  such  separation  of  the  beaten  vessels,  just  as  on 
land  a  really  great  victory  is  followed  by  a  disintegration, 
which  it  is  the  duty  of  the  victor  to  increase  by  the  im- 
mediate vigor  of  his  pursuit,  disorganizing  still  further  the 
shattered  army.  The  recurrence  of  such  conditions  of 
separation  is  a  permanent  feature  of  warfare,  of  which 
strategy  and  tactics  have  to  take  account  in  all  ages.  The 
methods  of  successive  eras  will  differ  with  the  character  of 
the  instruments  each  has.  Sail  and  steam  possess  very 
differing  potencies;  but  the  factors  in  the  hands  of  the 
opposing  parties  are,  or  should  be,  the  same  in  any  partic- 
ular age.  Sails  are  not  opposed  to  steam,  for  they  do  not 
co-exist.    Sails  meet  sails  only,  and  steam,  steam. 

The  problem  of  imiting  a  divided  fleet,  or  of  getting  a 


174  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

separated  ship  safely  to  her  main  body  may  therefore  be  ex- 
pected to  recur;  consequently  the  provision  of  methods  to 
that  end,  by  using  the  means  of  the  day,  is  not  of  barren 
academic  interest  Nor  does  the  fact  that  the  operation  is 
very  difficult,  results  doubtful,  remove  the  consideration 
as  impracticable.  The  veiy  improbabiUty  of  aa  effort  has 
often  been  the  cause  of  its  success.  In  the  case  of  a 
single  armored  ship,  or  of  a  small  division,  having  to  run 
for  it  in  order  to  effect  a  junction  with  the  main  fleet  in 
another  port,  the  torpedo  force  could  be  assembled  in  such 
numbers  as  might  be  necessary  to  accompany  the  passage, 
which  would  commonly  be  made  by  night;  for  obscurity  is 
a  curtain  that  favors  the  weaker.  Local  familiarity,  too, 
is  a  much  stronger  factor  than  the  local  knowledge  given 
by  charts,  especially  in  the  dark.  This,  and  the  choice  of 
time,  —  all  the  elements,  in  short,  —  favor  the  local  navy  in 
such  measures.  This,  however,  is  not  to  say  that  they  in- 
volve no  risk.  War  cannot  be  made  without  running  risks. 
As  for  the  torpedo  force  employed,  all  history,  including 
the  war  between  Japan  and  Russia,  affirms  the  ease  with 
which  small  vessels  can  proceed  along  their  own  coast, 
defiant  in  general  of  the  outsider's  efforts,  though  some- 
times caught. 

Off-lying  obstacles  to  navigation  are  of  strategic  impor- 
tance and  may  be  looked  upon  as  outworks:  generally, 
however,  coming  under  the  head  of  defensive  value.  They 
rather  keep  off  the  enemy  than  facilitate  offense.  They 
played  a  conspicuous  part  off  the  coast  of  Holland  in  the 
old  English-Dutch  wars ;  but  as  the  size  of  ships  increased, 
the  advantage  for  defense  was  more  than  compensated  by 
the  loss  of  offensive  power,  the  Dutch  ships  of  war  remain- 
ing smaller  and  less  weatherly  than  the  French  and  Eng- 
lish, owing  to  the  shallower  water  in  which  they  had  to 
move  at  home.  Consequently,  the  Dutch  line  of  battle  was 
weaker  at  any  one  point  than  the  enemy's  force  brought 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  175. 

against  it.  The  strategic  value  of  the  shoals,  therefore, 
introduced  an  element  of  tactical  weakness  in  the  Dutch 
nayy. 

So  far,  the  strategic  points  of  a  theater  of  sea  war  have 
been  considered  only  with  reference  to  that  particular  the- 
ater, —  to  their  importance  intrinsically,  and  to  their  rela- 
tions to  one  another  and  to  the  fleet.  The  treatment  of 
the  subject  would  not  be  complete  without  a  reference  to 
the  distance  separating  colonial  possessions  or  outlying 
interests  from  a  mother  country,  and  to  the  effect  of  that 
distance  upon  their  value  to  the  holder.  This  is  a  branch  of 
the  subject  which  particularly  concerns  naval  war  as  com- 
pared with  that  on  land.  The  great  military  nations  of 
the  world  being  found  almost  wholly  on  the  continent 
of  Europe,  with  well-established  frontiers,  the  distance  of 
any  point  defended  by  them,  or  against  which  they  move 
offensively  in  continental  wars,  is  not  very  great,  at  least  at 
first.  There  is  also  nothing  on  the  Continent  that  corre- 
sponds to  the  common  ground  which  all  peoples  find  in  the 
sea,  when  that  forms  one  of  their  frontiers.  As  soon  as  a  na^ 
tion  in  arms  crosses  its  land  frontier  it  finds  itself  in  the  terri- 
tory of  a  neutral  or  of  the  enemy.  If  a  neutral,  it  cannot 
go  on  without  the  neutral's  consent ;  if  an  enemy,  advance 
must  be  gradual  and  measured,  unless  &vored  by  over- 
whelming force  or  great  immediate  success.  If  the  final 
objective  is  very  distant,  there  will  be  one  or  more  inter- 
mediate objectives,  which  must  be  taken  and  held  as  suc- 
cessive steps  to  the  end  in  view;  and  such  intermediate 
objectives  will  commonly  represent  just  so  many  obstacles 
which  will  be  seriously  disputed  by  the  defendant. 

To  push  on  regardless  of  such  obstacles,  and  of  the  threat 
they  hold  out  against  the  communications  and  lines  of  re- 
treat, requires  accurate  knowledge  of  the  enemy's  condition 
and  sound  judgment  as  to  the  power  of  your  own  army  to 
cover  the  distance  to  your  distant  objective,  and  to  over* 


176  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

come  its  resistance,  before  the  enemy  can  bring  his  own 
resources  into  play.  This  amounts  to  saying  that  the  enemy 
is  known  to  be  much  inferior  in  strength  for  the  time  being, 
and  that  you  have  good  hope  of  striking  him  to  the  heart  be- 
fore he  is  ready  to  use  his  limbs  and  weapons.  Thus  struck 
at  the  very  center  of  his  strength,  with  the  sinews  of  his 
military  organization  cut,  the  key  of  his  internal  communi- 
cations perhaps  seized,  and  concerted  action  thus  hindered, 
the  enemy  may,  by  such  a  bold  and  well-timed  move- 
ment, be  brought  to  submit  This  is  the  aim  of  modem 
war,  and  explains  the  great  importance  attached  to  rapid 
mobilization. 

In  naval  operations  such  successes  are  wrought  less  by 
the  tenure  of  a  position  than  by  the  defeat  of  the  enemy's 
organized  force — his  battle  fleet  The  same  result  will 
follow,  though  less  conclusive  and  less  permanent,  if  the 
fleet  is  reduced  to  inactivity  by  the  immediate  presence  of 
a  superior  force ;  but  decisive  defeat,  suitably  followed  up, 
alone  assures  a  situation.  As  has  been  remarked  before, 
the  value  of  any  position,  sea  or  land,  though  very  real, 
depends  upon  the  use  made  of  it ;  that  is,  upon  the  armed 
forces  which  hold  it,  for  defense  and  offense.  The  sea  is 
not  without  positions  advantageous  to  hold ;  but  peculiarly 
to  it,  above  the  land,  is  applicable  the  assertion  that  the 
organized  force  is  the  determining  feature.  The  fleet,  it 
may  be  said,  is  itself  the  position.  A  crushing  defeat  of 
the  fleet,  or  its  decisive  inferiority  when  the  enemy  appears, 
means  a  dislocation  at  once  of  the  whole  system  of  colo- 
nial or  other  dependencies,  quite  irrespective  of  the 
position  where  the  defeat  occurs.  Such  a  defeat  of  the 
British  navy  by  the  German  in  the  North  Sea  would  lay 
open  all  English  colonies  to  attack,  and  render  both  them 
and  the  mother  country  unable  to  combine  effort  in  mutual 
support.  The  fall  of  any  coast  position  in  the  Empire 
would  become  then  a  question  only  of  time  and  of  the 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  177 

enemy's  exertions,  unless  the  British  navy  should  be  re- 
stored. Until  then,  there  is  no  relieving  force,  no  army  in 
the  field.  Each  separate  position  is  left  to  its  own  resources, 
and  when  they  are  exhausted  must  succumb,  as  did  Port 
Arthur ;  and  as  Gibraltar  would  have  done  in  1780  but  for 
the  navy  of  Great  Britain,  which  was  its  army  in  the  field. 
On  the  other  hand,  so  long  as  the  British  fleet  can  maintain 
and  assert  superiority  in  the  North  Sea  and  around  the 
British  Islands,  the  entire  Imperial  system  stands  secure. 
The  key  of  the  whole  is  held,  is  within  the  hulls  of  the 
ships. 

This  is  not  to  say  that  a  powerful,  although  inferior, 
navy  may  not  by  successful  evasion  and  subsequent  sur- 
prise seize  positions,  one  or  more,  in  a  distant  part  of  the 
world,  and  there,  so  to  say,  enti'ench  itself,  to  the  discom- 
fiture of  the  opponent  and  possibly  to  the  attainment  of 
some  distinct  ultimate  national  advantage.  The  importance 
yet  attached  to  local  bases  of  operations  in  remote  regions, 
as  for  instance  by  Germany  to  Kiao  Chau  in  years  still 
recent,  might  prompt  such  an  attempt.  The  question  then 
would  arise  whether  the  superior  naval  state  would  be 
willing  to  endure  the  protracted  contest  necessary  to  expel 
the  intruder.  General  Grant  in  the  spring  of  1868  feared 
that  the  people  of  the  United  States  would  be  discouraged 
to  the  point  of  ceasing  the  war,  if  from  his  operations 
around  Vicksburg  he  fell  back  upon  Memphis,  to  take  up 
a  new  line  of  advance,  which  was  the  course  Grenertd 
Sherman  urgently  advised.  This  is  one  of  the  problems  of 
war,  the  calculation  of  chances.  Napoleon  once  said  that 
the  art  of  war  consists  in  getting  the  most  of  the  chances 
in  your  own  favor.  The  superior  fleet  holds  the  strongest 
suit,  but  the  strongest  suit  does  not  always  win.  The 
character  and  the  skill  of  the  player  against  you  are  impor- 
tant factors.  For  such  reasons,  the  study  of  the  chances, 
both  in  general  elements  of  war  and  in  the  concrete  cases 


178  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

of  specific  regions,  is  necessaiy ;  in  order  to  fit  an  officer  to 
consider  broadly  and  to  determine  rapidly  in  particular 
contingencies  which  may  arise. 

Readiness  and  promptitude  in  action  will  of  course  give 
great  advantages  in  such  attempts,  as  they  do  in  other 
military  operations ;  and  for  the  matter  of  that  in  all  affairs 
of  life.  There  is,  however,  a  recognizable  difference  be- 
tween the  power  of  a  great  state  either  to  attack  or  to 
defend  a  distant  and  isolated  dependency,  however  strong, 
from  which  it  is  separated  by  hundreds  or  thousands  of 
miles  of  sea,  and  the  power  of  the  same  state  to  support  a 
similar  post  in  its  interior  or  on  its  own  frontier,  whether 
sea  or  land.  The  defense  of  Gibraltar,  for  instance,  would 
be  easier  to  Great  Britain  if  it  were  on  the  British  coast. 
Quebec  fell  in  the  Seven  Years'  War,  but  during  the  same 
period  no  such  mishap  occurred  to  French  home  fortresses. 
Rochefort,  it  is  true,  might  have  fallen  in  1757  if  greater 
promptitude  and  enterprise  had  been  shown  by  the  British ; 
but  the  result  would  have  been  of  the  nature  of  a  success- 
ful raid,  achieved  by  surprise,  not  a  permanent  tenure 
consequent  upon  prolonged  operations,  as  in  the  case  of 
Quebec. 

Other  things  being  equal,  the  greater  the  distance  the 
greater  the  difiQculty  of  defense  and  of  attack ;  and  where 
there  are  many  such  points,  the  difficulty  of  defense  in- 
creases in  proportion  to  their  distance,  number,  and  dis- 
semination. The  situation  of  a  nation  thus  encumbered, 
however  unavoidably,  is  the  reverse  of  that  concentration, 
and  maintenance  of  close  communication,  which  are  essen- 
tial conditions  of  correct  dispositions  for  war.  As  was  said 
to  Rodney  in  1780  by  the  head  of  the  British  Admiralty,  the 
navy  cannot  be  in  force  everywhere.  Some  points  must 
be  left  without  the  immediate  presence  of  the  fleet;  and 
in  such  circumstances  an  enemy  who  has  his  ships  well 
in  hand  may  by  prompt  action  seize  one  and  so  establish 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  179 

himself  that  he  cannot  be  dislodged.  Minorca  was  thus 
snatched  from  Great  Britain  in  1756,  the  fleet  under  Byng 
failing  to  dislodge  the  enemy's  fleet  before  the  garrison 
surrendered;  and  the  French  held  the  island  during  the 
remaining  seven  years  of  war,  although  the  British  navy 
continued  superior.  The  place,  however,  could  have  been 
recovered  by  arms,  if  Great  Britain  had  thought  worth 
while  after  her  fleet  had  regained  full  freedom  of  move- 
ment, which  it  did  before  the  war  was  over.  The  end  was 
attained  equally  surely  and  much  more  cheaply  by  the 
capture  of  Belle  Isle  off  the  French  Atlantic  coast,  in 
exchange  for  which  Minorca  was  returned  at  the  peace. 
Malta  was  seized  in  like  manner  by  Bonaparte  in  1798 ;  and, 
though  France  had  no  navy  in  the  Mediterranean,  both  it 
and  Egypt  were  held  for  over  two  years,  when  the  French 
were  ousted  by  the  British  only  after  prodigious  exertions. 
The  weakness  and  inconsistency  thus  brought  upon  a 
nation  as  a  whole  by  the  tenure  of  remote  maritime  regions 
or  stations  must  be  felt,  of  course,  in  due  proportion  by 
each  of  the  outlying  possessions ;  which  will,  by  so  much, 
be  less  secure  than  equivalent  possessions  held  by  a  nation 
whose  outposts  are  nearer  to  it  or  less  scattered.  As  com- 
pared to  the  latter,  the  former  is  forced  to  a  defensive  war 
at  sea,  because  it  has  more  to  lose,  the  other  more  to  gain ; 
and  in  accepting  the  defensive  it  loses  the  advantages  of 
the  initiative,  which  are  the  property  of  offensive  war. 
This  chiefly  constitutes  the  military  problem  of  Imperial 
Federation,  which  for  several  years  has  been  agitating  the 
British  Empire.  Australia,  New  Zealand,  South  Africa, 
and  Canada  are  self-governing  dependencies  of  the  United 
Kingdom.  Each  feels  that,  like  Minorca  and  Malta  in 
their  day,  it  cannot  itself  alone  cope  at  sea  with  several 
possible  enemies  of  Great  Britain.  Formal  independence, 
as  an  alternative  to  the  existing  self-government,  would 
leave  each  to  its  own  unaided  resources  against  any  one  of 


180  NAVAL  STRATEQr 

those  enemies;  and  while  it  is  probable  that  entire  sub* 
jagation,  that  is,  conquest  and  permanent  tenure,  would  be 
too  onerous  to  attempt,  the  cession  of  a  particular  harbor 
or  district  might  be  exacted,  or  other  commercial  or  naval 
advantages,,  as  the  price  of  peace. 

Great  Britain  and  France  did  not  besiege  Sebastopol 
because  they  desired  to  acquire  the  place.  They  attacked 
there  because  they  thus  put  Russia  at  the  utmost  disadvan- 
tage in  the  matter  of  communications  as  compared  with 
themselves,  forcing  her  to  defend  a  maritime  fortress  at  a 
point  distant  from  the  center  of  national  power;  as  remote 
then,  perhaps,  as  the  recent  war  in  Manchuria  has  been 
under  the  changed  circumstances.  Having  won  the  victory, 
they  gave  back  the  place,  but  exacted  in  return  conditions 
of  a  different  character.  The  United  States  did  not  invade 
Cuba  to  acquire  the  island,  but  to  force  Spain  to  yield 
conditions  not  otherwise  obtainable.  Should  the  United 
States  have  trouble  with  Japan,  and  the  United  States 
navy  be  beaten,  it  is  improbable  that  Japan  would  seek 
to  annex  any  part  of  the  American  Pacific  coast ;  but  she 
might  demand  Hawaii,  or  free  immigration  of  her  laborers 
here,  or  both.  Hong  Kong,  Eliao  Chau,  Port  Arthur, 
Formosa,  are  instances  of  similar  exactions ;  and  the  United 
States'  tenure  of  Guantanamo  Bay,  though  not  similarly 
invidious,  illustrates  naval  strategy  availing  itself  of  circum- 
stances in  order  to  obtain  advantages  of  position.  The  Brit- 
ish colonies  are  thus  exposed  to  be  attacked,  to  the  harass- 
ment of  war,  in  order  to  obtain  concessions  of  one  kind  or 
another.  Under  several  possible  contingencies  an  enemy's 
division  not  only  may  reach  their  shores  before  a  British 
pursuit,  but  the  British  may  feel  it  not  wholly  expedient  to 
pursue,  lest  the  detachment  so  weaken  the  home  fleet  as  to 
render  doubtful  the  security  of  the  British  Islands  them- 
selves. This  is  a  question  of  comparative  numbers  and 
margin  of  safety. 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  181 

Such  was  the  position  of  Great  Britain  daring  the  War 
of  American  Independence  and  through  the  earlier  part  of 
the  wars  of  the  first  French  Republic  and  Empire,  and  is 
now.  Although  other  nations,  notaUy  France,  have  very 
greatly  increased  the  extent  and  dispersion  of  their  colonial 
empire  as  compared  with  former  times,  and  thereby  have 
multiplied  the  points  at  which  they  are  open  to  attack,  their 
holdings  generally  have  not  the  economic  development,  and 
few  of  them  the  commercial  value  or  the  national  an^ 
military  importance  that  attaches  to  several  of  the  Brit- 
ish dominions,  colonies,  and  stations.  The  very  multi- 
tude and  ubiquity  of  British  maritime  possessions,  what- 
ever the  advantages  they  have  brought  with  them,  hitherto 
and  now,  in  tiie  way  of  advancing  trade  or  providing  bases  for 
warlike  action,  were  and  are  a  source  of  danger,  of  distrac- 
tion to  the  defense,  and  of  consequent  weakness.  There  can 
be  no  certainty  when  or  where  a  blow  may  &11.  A  French 
naval  officer,  speaking  of  Great  Britain's  immense  naval 
development  alongside  of  the  widespread  disposition  of  her 
attackable  points,  has  truly  said,  *^  England,  in  the  midst  of 
riches,  felt  all  the  embarrassment  of  poverty."  The  brilliant 
victories  of  the  Nelsonic  period,  —  the  Nile,  St.  Vincent, 
Trafalgar,  —  the  overwhelming  destruction  dealt  to  the 
enemies'  navies,  have  obscured  the  fact  that  the  war,  what- 
ever its  motive  on  the  part  of  England,  was  defensive  m 
its  military  character,  and  that  to  France,  despite  her  mar- 
itime weakness,  belonged  the  advantages  of  the  offensive. 
The  British  fleets  off  the  French  coast  stood  in  the  first 
line  of  the  defense;  waiting,  longing,  it  is  true,  for  the 
opportunity  to  fight,  because  in  battie  they  knew  was  the 
best  chance  of  destroying  the  fleets  which  threatened  either 
their  home  or  their  colonies.  But  still,  in  attacking,  they 
but  defended  the  country's  interests  on  and  across  the 
sea.  Their  success,  however,  by  the  protection  afforded 
to  the  entire  Empire,  emphasizes  the  fact  that  the  suprem- 


182  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

acy  of  the  fleet  was  in  itself  the  tenure  of  the  decisive 
position. 

Lord  Kitchener,  in  his  visit  to  Australia  and  New  Zealand 
in  1910,  is  quoted  as  writing  in  a  memorandum  to  the  local 
governments, 

**  It  is  an  axiom  held  by  the  British  Oovemment  that  the 
Empire's  existence  depends  primarily  upon  the  maintenance 
of  adequate  and  efficient  naval  forces.  As  long  as  this  con- 
dition is  fulfilled,  and  as  long  as  British  superiority  at  sea 
is  assured,  then  it  is  an  accepted  principle  that  no  British 
Dominion  can  be  successfully  ana  permanently  conquered 
by  an  organized  invasion  from  oversea.'^ 

But  in  applying  this  principle  to  Australasia,  he  re- 
marked that  considerations  of  time  and  space  cannot  be 
disregarded.  He  showed  that  concentration  of  force  in  one 
or  other  theater  may  be  compulsory  for  the  navy ;  that  in 
other  seas  (than  that  of  the  concentration)  British  naval 
forces  may  remain  temporarily  inferior  to  those  of  an  enemy, 
and  that  some  time  may  elapse  before  the  command  of  these 
other  seas  can  be  assured.  He  considered  it  therefore  the 
duty  of  all  self-governing  dominions  to  provide  a  military 
force  adequate  to  deal  prompUy  with  an  attempt  at  in- 
vasion, and  thus  to  insure  local  safety  and  public  confi- 
dence.^ The  whole  argument  applies  with  equal  force  to 
a  community  of  self-governing  States  like  the  American 
Union,  wherein  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  coasts,  not  to 
speak  of  outlying  responsibilities,  are  separated  by  distances 
quite  as  determinative  as  that  between  Great  Britain  and 
Australasia. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  successful  British  strategy  of 
former  days  consisted  in  stationing  competent  divisions  of 
the  fleet  before  the  enemy's  dockyards.  Thus  Antwerp, 
Brest,  Rochefort,  Toulon,  with  the  intervening  Spanish 

>  The  MaU  (Tri-weeklj  Tlmei),  April  18, 1910. 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  188 

ports  when  there  was  war  with  Spain,  indicated  a  strategic 
line  of  operations  occupied  by  the  British  navy  with  twofold 
effect.  The  occupation  prevented  the  juncture  of  the  ene- 
my's divisions  from  the  several  ports;  thus  stopping  concen- 
tration, the  great  factor  of  effect  in  war.  This  result  was 
defensive,  and  for  the  whole  of  the  then  existing  British 
Empire ;  the  colonies  as  well  as  the  United  Kingdom.  Of- 
fensively, these  main  positions  covered  and  supported  a 
blockade  of  the  whole  hostile  coast.  I  recall  to  you  these 
well-understood  conditions,  in  order  to  draw  attention  to 
the  fact  that,  now  that  Germany  has  taken  the  place  of 
France  and  Spain  as  the  dangerous  naval  power,  exactly 
the  same  conditions  are  found  to  recur.  The  British 
fleet  is  concentrated  in  the  North  Sea.  There  it  defends 
all  British  interests,  the  British  Islands,  British  commerce, 
and  the  colonies;  and,  offensively,  commands  Germany's 
commercial  sea  routes. 

If  we  take  a  particular  very  striking  instance  of  sudden 
seizure  of  an  important  position,  Bonaparte's  Egyptian  ex- 
pedition, which  may  fitly  stand  as  a  type  of  numerous 
others  directed  against  England  or  her  colonies,  it  is  seen 
at  once  that  France  is  on  the  offensive,  England  on  the 
defensive,  notwithstanding  the  brilliant  attack  and  com- 
plete victory  won  at  the  Nile ;  the  most  complete,  probably, 
in  the  annals  of  naval  war.  Bonaparte's  phrase  to  his 
army,  '*  Soldiers,  you  are  one  of  the  wings  of  the  army  of 
England,"  —  that  is,  of  the  army  meant  ultimately  to  in- 
vade and  reduce  England, —  was  pregnant  with  truth ;  nor 
is  there  good  reason  to  doubt  the  reality  of  his  intentions 
directed  against  India,  or  that  there  were  fair  military 
chances  of  success. 

In  perfect  keeping  with  his  bold  system  of  making  war, 
he  had  marked  the  decisive  point  and  pushed  directly  for  it 
at  a  moment  when  there  was  a  strong  probability  that  the 
lenemy  would  not  be  ready  to  stop  him  before  he  had  reached 


184  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

and  seized  his  object.  At  the  time  he  sailed,  the  British 
had  only  three  ships-of-the-Une  in  the  Mediterranean.  The 
reason  of  this  bareness  of  British  force  was  that  f'rance  did 
not  stand  alone,  but  had  been  joined  by  Spain.  The  su- 
periority in  numbers  of  the  combined  navies,  localized  in 
the  Mediterranean,  had  compelled  the  British  fleet  to  with- 
draw and  concentrate  in  the  Atlantic ;  producing  a  situation 
similar  for  the  moment  to  that  indicated  by  Lord  Kitchener, 
and  followed  ultimately  by  the  results  predicted  in  his  mem* 
orandum,  when  the  British  fleet,  having  established  control 
in  the  Atlantic,  returned  to  the  Mediterranean.  The  con- 
dition would  be  reproduced  if  Austria  now  should  enter 
into  an  offensive  alliance  with  Germany  when  in  war  with 
Great  Britain.  I  mention  this  because  people  are  prone  to 
think  that  with  steam  and  wireless  and  all  modem  inven- 
tions the  past  cannot  recur  in  essential  features ;  all  of  us 
concede  that  it  cannot  recur  in  details.  From  1798  to  1795 
Spain  was  in  alliance  with  Great  Britain;  from  1796  to 
1800  she  was  her  enemy.  Austria  is  not  now  the  enemy 
chiefly  feared  by  Gi'eat  Britain ;  but  it  will  be  to  Austria's 
interest  to  see  Great  Britain  out  of  the  Mediterranean,  for 
Austria  has  great  inducements  to  acquisition  within  it 
Austria  and  Germany  cannot  be  said  to  have  common 
objects;  but  they  have  a  common  interest  in  supporting 
one  another,  and  their  particular  objects  will  be  best 
f  ui*thered  by  cooperating  with  each  other  in  world  politics. 
The  geographical  position  of  Egypt  has  given  it  always 
unique  strategic  value,  and  its  political  condition  in  1798 
made  a  successful  seizure  in  every  way  probable.  Situated 
at  the  crossing  of  many  roads, — by  land  and  sea, — open- 
ing to  Europe  by  the  Mediterranean,  and  to  the  Indian 
Ocean  by  the  Red  Sea,  a  moment's  thought  will  show  that 
Egypt  holds  to  the  East  and  West  a  position  like  that 
which  the  defile  of  the  Danube  held  to  the  battle-ground 
between  Austria  and  France,  or  the  Valtelline  passes  to  the 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  186 

Spanish  communications  through  Germany  to  the  Nether- 
lands in  the  seventeenth  century;  in  a  word,  that  upon 
political  control  of  Egypt  might  well  depend  the  control  of 
the  East  by  a  nation  of  western  Europe.  To  strike  at 
India  itself  was  not  at  once  possible ;  but  it  was  possible  to 
seize,  in  Egypt,  one  of  those  intermediate  objectives  before 
alluded  to,  and  there  wait  until  so  securely  established  as 
to  be  able  to  push  on  further.  As  the  Archduke  advanc- 
ing from  Bohemia  would  secure  first  the  valley  of  the 
Danube  and  then  move  on  to  the  Rhine,  so,  advancing 
against  India,  France  would  first  seize  Egypt  and  then 
advance  towards  the  East.  Between  Egypt  and  France 
there  was  then  another  important  point,  another  interme- 
diate objective,  Malta ;  to  take  which  Bonaparte  paused  on 
his  way,  notwithstanding  the  need  for  haste.  The  final 
fidlure  of  the  expedition  must  not  be  allowed  to  obscure 
the  fact  that  France  was  attacking  Great  Britain,  that  the 
latter  was  doubtful  of  the  object  of  the  expedition  and  dis- 
tracted by  the  numerous  points  she  had  to  cover,  and  that 
French  control  was  successfully  established  and  maintained 
for  a  measurable  time  in  the  two  most  important  points, 
Egypt  and  Malta. 

It  may  be  mentioned  here  that,  although  in  so  narrow  a 
sea  as  the  Mediterranean,  the  greatest  perplexity  is  shown 
in  the  correspondence  of  Lord  St.  Vincent,  the  British 
commander-in-chief,  and  of  Nelson,  as  well  as  of  the  Ad- 
miralty, as  to  the  aim  of  the  expedition.  Naples  or  Sicily 
was  thought  most  probable ;  and  in  one  of  his  letters  Nel- 
son says,  ^^  Malta  is  in  the  direct  road  to  Sicily, ''  explain- 
ing that  it  would  be  most  useful  as  an  intermediate  base. 

So  far,  this  attempt  against  India,  Great  Briton's  great- 
est and  most  distant  dependency,  had  succeeded.  Here, 
however,  the  difficulty  of  the  French  enterprise  began.  It 
proved  feasible  to  advance  to  and  accomplish  the  end  in 
view,  if  once  clear  of  the  harbor  and  the  enemy;  but  when 


186  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

this  had  been  done  no  fatal  injury  had  yet  been  dealt  the 
British,  and  the  French,  as  towards  Great  Britain,  were 
forced  from  the  offensive  to  the  defensive.  Their  conquest 
must  be  secured,  and  its  communications  with  home  estab- 
lished, if  it  was  to  be  effective  for  further  progress.  Bonar 
parte's  plan  had  been  sagaciously  drawn  on  the  lines  of  a 
militaiy  operation;  it  broke  down  at  the  point  wherein 
its  conditions  differed  from  those  of  land  warfare.  Bona- 
parte, to  quote  a  French  author,  never  attained  ^^  le  senti- 
ment exact  des  difficult&s  maritimes.'^  The  army  had 
advanced  into  the  enemy's  country ;  it  had  seized  its  first 
objective ;  but  the  blow  was  not  fatal,  and  its  own  commu- 
nications were  in  deadly  danger.  There  was  no  reliev- 
ing force  to  throw  in  supplies  and  reinforcements,  as  to 
Gibraltar  twenty  years  before,  because  the  hostile  navy  con- 
trolled the  intervening  country  —  the  sea.  By  a  combina- 
tion of  genius  and  good  fortune,  France  had  projected  its 
military  power  to  a  great  distance  across  the  sea  and  had 
seized  two  distant  and  defenseless  stations  on  a  great  high- 
way. Could  she  keep  them?  We  know  she  did  not; 
the  probabilities  are  she  could  not ;  yet  she  did  hold  them 
so  long  as  to  justify  the  attempt  made.  Once  in  Egypt 
and  Malta,  the  French  force  passed  from  the  offensive  to 
the  defensive.  The  troops  in  these  two  outposts  became 
garrisons  with  no  army  in  the  field.  The  communications 
between  them  and  with  home  were  closed;  and  however 
long  the  occupation  might  endure,  it  was  fruitless,  except 
as  a  diversion  to  the  enemy's  forces,  unless  the  enemy 
wearied  of  the  strife,  which  at  one  time  already  Great 
Britain  had  done.  Although  the  unlucky  result  was  has- 
tened and  plainly  foreshadowed  by  the  Battle  of  the  Nile, 
it  probably  was  in  any  case  inevitable,  in  the  respective 
conditions  of  the  two  navies,  which  Bonaparte  failed  to 
realize.  The  whole  undertaking  from  beginning  to  end 
illustrates  Lord  Kitchener's  comment  on  present-day  con- 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  187 

ditions.  There  is  the  enforced  absence  of  the  British  navy 
due  to  contemporary  military  and  naval  conditions,  occa- 
sioned by  the  events  of  the  war  in  the  years  immediately 
preceding,  and  there  is  the  disastrous  ultimate  result  as 
soon  as  tiie  superior  navy  recovered  its  freedom  of  action. 

There  is  also  an  instructive  analogy  of  outline  between 
Bonaparte's  Egyptian  expedition  and  his  celebrated  land 
campaigpi  in  Italy,  1796,  two  years  earlier.  In  1796  he 
advanced  with  similar  celerity  from  the  Riviera  of  Genoa, 
one  hundred  and  twenty  miles,  to  the  line  of  the  river 
Adig^  which,  with  its  controlling  fortress  Verona,  he 
reached  and  had  secured  within  two  months.  From  several 
conditions,  mainly  topographical  but  not  necessary  here  to 
enumerate,  the  Adige  with  its  bridgehead  Verona  consti- 
tuted a  strategic  center,  intermediate  between  the  Riviera 
of  Genoa  whence  Bonaparte  started,  and  Vienna  which 
was  his  ultimate  objective.  It  thus  bore  to  the  campaign 
the  relation  which  Malta  bore  to  Egypt;  but  the  natural 
advantages  of  the  position  were  qualified  by  the  artificial 
condition  constituted  by  the  fortress  Mantua,  west — that 
is,  in  rear — of  the  Adige,  which  was  occupied  by  a  very 
large  Austrian  garrison.  While  this  held  out,  Bonaparte's 
tenure  of  the  Adige  region  was  incomplete  and  insecure. 
Hence  his  progress  was  arrested,  as  at  Malta,  by  the  ne- 
cessity of  mastering  Mantua,  which  flanked  his  line  of 
advance  into  Austria,  just  as  Malta  flanked  the  line  to 
Egypt.  Mantua  detained  him  eight  months,  but  he 
maintained  a  controlling  army  in  the  field,  as  Great  Britain 
at  the  later  period  had  the  controlling  navy  in  the  Medi- 
terranean; the  mobile  force  in  each  case  ensuring  the 
communications.  When  Mantua  fell  he  resimied  his 
march,  as  he  resumed  his  voyage  after  Malta;  but  the 
success  he  afterwards  achieved,  momentous  as  it  was, 
he  himself  attributed  in  part  to  the  fact  that  Austria 
weakened,  which  Great  Britain  did  not  do  as  to  Egypt, 


188  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

although  some  of  the  British  representatives  did.  *^  Had 
the  Austrians  instead  of  making  overtures  for  peace  con- 
tinued to  retreat/'  Bonaparte  said,  ^  they  might  have  worn 
down  my  force/'  That  is  just  what  happened  in  Egypt 
and  in  Malta.     The  French  force  in  them  was  worn  down. 

Since  these  lectures  were  written  the  war  between  Japan 
and  Russia  has  afforded  a  similar  instance.  Port  Arthur 
was  the  Malta  of  Russia  and  the  Mantua  of  Japan.  Rus- 
sia in  the  strategy  of  peace  had  projected  her  national 
power  to  Port  Arthur,  far  distant  from  the  center  of  her 
strength,  and  there  established  herself.  When  war  came 
she  was  unable  to  sustain  the  communications,  by  either 
land  or  sea,  as  the  French  in  Malta.  The  place  therefore 
ultimately  fell ;  but  the  menace  of  the  fleet  within  to  the 
communications  between  Japan  and  Manchuria  necessitated 
the  reduction  of  the  fortress,  to  effect  which  there  had  to 
be  a  very  large  detachment  from  the  force  available  against 
the  main  Russian  army  in  the  north.  From  the  beginning 
of  the  war  the  Japanese  advanced  rapidly  till  they  reached 
Liao  Yang,  but  there  they  were  held  for  six  months,  mainly 
by  the  siege  of  Port  Arthur,  advancing  but  thirty-five  miles. 
After  the  fall  of  the  fortress  they  made  preparations  to 
resume  their  advance,  as  Bonaparte  after  Mantua;  but 
the  Russians  intended  to  retire,  and  were  collecting  their 
strength  as  they  fell  back  upon  their  base.  At  this  con- 
juncture mediation  took  place.  The  difficulty  before  the 
Japanese  was  the  same  as  before  Bonaparte  when  he  was 
advancing  towards  Vienna;  and  though  they  did  not  sus- 
tain the  bluff  which  he  did,  they  acted  as  he  counselled 
the  Directory,  "Don't  overreach  yourselves  by  grasping 
at  more  than  the  conditions  warrant" 

The  failure  of  France  to  maintain  her  hold  in  Egypt  and 
Malta,  which  she  had  conquered,  as  well  as  in  other  distant 
points  which  she  held  before  the  war,  was  paralleled  by  the 
inability  of  Great  Britain  to  keep  her  colonies  in  the  War 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  189 

of  American  Independence;  not  merely  the  colonies  on 
the  Continent  but  in  the  West  Indies,  and  to  some  degree 
in  India  and  Africa,  as  well  as  in  Minorca,  which  fell  after 
a  six  months'  siege.  This  failure  was  due  to  the  distance, 
to  the  number  and  distribution  of  the  several  positions, 
which  led  to  scattering  the  forces,  and  to  the  fact  that,  de- 
spite her  fine  navy,  the  alliance  of  the  French  and  Spanish 
navies  was  thought,  erroneously,  to  be  too  strong  for  her. 
The  extent  of  the  losses  of  either  nation  at  different  times 
shows  the  large  deductions  that  must  be  made  from  the 
strength  of  a  strategic  position,  even  as  affecting  the  imme- 
diate theater  of  war,  in  consequence  of  its  distance  from 
the  home  country.  The  great  advantage  of  nearness  to 
the  latter  is  apparent  in  itself  and  from  these  instances. 
This  was  the  greatest  advantage  of  Japan  over  Russia  in 
their  recent  war,  and  is  the  advantage  which  Japan  still  pos- 
sesses over  all  other  nations  for  action  in  the  western  Pacific. 
The  center  of  her  national  power  is  close  by  the  scene  of 
possible  international  contentions  in  that  which  we  know 
as  the  Far  East.  This  will  be  the  advantage  possessed  by 
Austria  in  the  Mediterranean  should  she  succeed  in  push- 
ing her  political  tenure  through  the  western  Balkan  penin- 
sula to  Salonika  and  the  region  round  about, — a  progress 
resembling  that  of  Russia  through  Siberia  and  Manchuria 
to  Port  Arthur,  and  feared  by  Italy  and  Russia,  whose 
jealousy  of  such  a  future  was  shown  by  the  interview  of 
their  sovereigns  at  RacconigL 

Rapid  distant  expeditions,  then,  are  more  feasible  by  sea 
than  by  land,  because  of  the  greater  mobility  of  navies ; 
but  they  are  also  less  decisive  in  their  effects  than  an  equal 
success  won  in  the  mother  country  or  over  the  fleet,  be- 
cause the  blow  is  delivered  upon  the  extremities  and  not 
at  the  heart  They  are  also  harder  to  sustain  than  to 
make.  Once  launched  and  away,  if  the  secret  has  been 
well  kept  there  may  be  good  hope  of  a  pursuing  fleet 


190  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

taking  a  wrong  direction,  thoagh  scarcely  of  the  objective 
being  surprised  in  these  days  of  cables  and  wireless.  But 
when  the  immediate  object  of  the  expedition  has  been  ac- 
complished, the  assailant  passes  from  the  offensive  to  the 
defensive,  with  its  perplexities ;  and  to  maintain  his  con- 
quest he  must  control  the  line  of  communications,  that  is, 
the  sea. 

It  should  be  noted,  also,  that  for  the  immediate  suc- 
cess which  is  essential  to  final  success,  such  distant 
maritime  expeditions  can  hope  only  when  there  is  no 
effectual  opposition  to  be  feared  at  the  point  of  landing ; 
while  ultimate  success  depends  upon  there  being  no  inter- 
ference by  the  enemy's  fleet  after  landing.  This  was  shown 
at  Sebastopol  and  at  Port  Arthur.  In  neither  of  these  in- 
stances was  adequate  opposition  to  the  landing  made,  and 
in  neither  did  the  enemy's  fleet  afterwards  trouble  effec- 
tively the  communications  of  the  besiegers.  During  the 
War  of  American  Independence,  although  France  and 
Spain  took  many  small  islands  from  Great  Britain,  as  well 
as  the  distant  and  weak  Pensacola,  they  did  not  succeed 
against  Jamaica  or  Gibraltar.  At  Minorca  the  result  was  dif- 
ferent; because,  although  to  reduce  the  island  required  six 
montlis,  the  British  could  spare  no  fleet  in  that  quarter  to 
intercept  the  expedition,  as  they  did  for  Jamaica,  or  to  mo- 
lest the  siege,  as  at  Gibraltar.  Jamaica  was  saved  by  Rod- 
ney's victory  over  the  French  fleet  at  the  moment  it  sailed 
for  the  attack,  in  result  of  which  no  landing  could  be  at- 
tempted At  Gibraltar  resistance  could  not  be  made  to  the 
enemies  establishing  their  lines  on  land,  for  they  controlled 
the  land;  but  the  British  fleet  continually  interfered 
by  throwing  in  supplies,  and  the  siege  consequently  was 
unsuccessful. 

All  consideration  goes  to  show  that  the  supreme  esseur 
tial  condition  to  the  assertion  and  maintenance  of  national 
power  in  external  maritime  regions  is  the  possession  of 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  191 

a  fleet  superior  to  that  of  any  probable  opponent.  This 
simply  reaffiims  the  principle  of  land  warfare,  that  the  ar- 
mies in  the  field,  not  the  garrisons,  are  the  effective  instru- 
ments of  decisive  war.  The  occupation  of  harbors  militarily 
secure,  although  valuable  and  even  necessary,  is  secondary 
to  the  fleet  Having  in  view  the  particular  question  now 
interesting  us, — the  possession  of  strategic  positions  in 
remote  regions,  —  and  accepting  fully  Napoleon's  maxim 
that  *^  War  is  a  business  of  positions,**  we  may  safely  coin 
for  ourselves  the  strategic  aphorism,  that  in  naval  war  the 
fleet  itself  is  the  key  position  of  the  whole.  Pertinent  to 
this,  it  may  be  noted  that  the  Japanese  in  the  recent  war 
began  by  landing  much  of  the  supplies  of  the  fleet  at  their 
protected  permanent  base  in  the  Elliott  islands,  but  later, 
as  an  administrative  expedient,  found  it  better  to  keep  a 
large  part  afloat.  That  which  is  afloat  can  be  kept  in 
vessels  capable  of  accompanying  the  fleet,  which  thus 
carries  its  base  with  it,  and  so  can  occupy  a  convenient 
harbor,  though  unfortified,  its  own  strength  affording  for 
the  moment  the  necessary  protection.  Efforts  for  maritime 
military  efficiency  therefore  must  be  concentrated  on  the 
fleet ;  but  at  the  same  time,  as  a  matter  of  correct  pro- 
fessional tiiinkmg,  let  us  avoid  the  extreme  of  tiie  Blue 
Water  School,  and  bear  in  mind  that  a  fleet  charged  with 
the  care  of  its  base  is  a  fleet  by  so  far  weakened  for  effective 
action  —  weakened  both  strategically  and  tactically. 

Fortified  bases  of  operations  are  as  needful  to  a  fleet  as 
to  an  army,  but  the  selection  and  preparation  of  them 
must  be  governed  by  certain  evident  principles. 

First,  the  number  of  points  to  be  seriously  held  must  be 
reduced  as  much  as  can  be,  so  as  to  drain  as  littie  as  possi- 
ble the  strength  of  the  mother  country,  and  to  permit  her 
to  concentrate  on  those  of  vital  importance;  all  others 
must  take  their  chance  with  guns  pointing  seaward  only. 
If  the  enemy  be  wise,  he  will  not  waste  time  and  strength 


192  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

on  them.  On  the  other  hand,  the  vital  points  should  be 
most  seriously  strengthened  and  garrisoned.  If  the  enemy 
take  the  offensive  he  does  so  against  the  whole  system, 
and  each  point  that  is  attacked  should  be  prepared  to  hold 
QUt  for  the  longest  time  its  natural  advantages  will  permit. 
Every  day  it  does  so  is  gained  for  the  common  defense.  A 
very  serious  effect  might  have  been  produced  on  the  Union 
forces  and  general  campaign  if  Forts  Jackson  and  St. 
Philip,  below  New  Orleans,  at  that  very  critical  period  of 
the  war,  in  1862,  had  held  out  as  long  as  they  might  have 
done.  The  resistance  of  Port  Arthur  weakened  seriously 
the  Japanese  main  advance,  by  the  number  of  men  neces- 
sarily employed  in  the  siege,  and  so  gained  strength  and 
time  for  the  whole  Russian  scheme  of  operations.  If  the 
early  stages  of  the  resistance  had  been  more  successful  in 
holding  the  besiegers  at  a  distance,  Rozhestvensky  when 
he  arrived  might  have  found  the  Port  Arthur  fleet  still  in 
existence.  The  French  garrison  of  Genoa  in  1800  marched 
out  an  array  of  skeletons,  but  their  hardihood  had  gained 
Bonaparte  the  time  to  place  the  army  in  the  field  across  the 
Austrian  communications  with  home.  On  a  smaller  scale, 
Ladysmith  played  a  similar  rOle  in  the  Boer  War. 

A  nation  that  has  numerous  scattered  maritime  positions 
should  therefore  carefully  study  how  many  she  can  main- 
tain, and  which  they  should  be ;  while,  on  the  other  hand, 
one  which  sees  a  necessity  arising  for  establishing  her 
power,  or  preparing  for  its  future  assertion,  in  a  particular 
region,  should  as  diligenUy  inquire  what  directions  her 
efforts  should  take  for  securing  strategic  and  tenable  ports. 
This,  for  instance,  Grermany  recentiy  did  in  the  instance  of 
Eiao  Chau,  and  the  United  States  in  those  of  Hawaii  and 
Guantanamo. 

Second,  there  is  an  evident  order  of  consequence  among 
the  various  ports  which  may  constitute  the  maritime  system 
of  a  particular  nation.    In  the  case  of  all  states  the  home 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  198 

ports  come  first ;  because  the  possibility  of  a  country  being 
thrown  on  the  defensive  always  exists,  and  self-protection 
not  only  is  the  first  necessity  of  a  nation,  but  constitutes 
also  the  basis  upon  which  alone  can  rest  external  action, 
near  or  remote.  Not  till  national  power  is  consolidated  at 
home  can  expansive  activity  take  place.  To  assuring  self- 
defense  succeeds  the  maintenance  of  the  national  poli- 
cies, in  their  relative  degrees  of  importance.  As  these 
may  vary  from  age  to  age,  the  value  of  ports  will  vary 
also.  Nevertheless,  at  any  particular  epoch  there  will  be  a 
national  policy  more  or  less  clearly  formulated;  and  the 
remoter  ports,  which  are  essential  to  the  fleet's  part  in  this, 
should  be  regarded  together  with  the  home  ports  as  a 
whole,  a  system,  not  merely  as  isolated  positions. 

Thus,  to  take  the  chief  maritime  state  of  modem  history, 
—  Great  Britain.  At  the  opening  of  her  real  career  as  a 
naval  power  Holland  is  the  enemy,  and  the  great  dock- 
yard is  at  Chatham.  To  this,  now  that  Grermany  has 
become  the  rival  naval  state,  the  new  position  Rosyth, 
with  Chatham,  correspond.  To  antagonism  against  Hol- 
land succeeded  alliance,  the  two  states  sharing  in  the 
universal  combination  against  Louis  XIV.  Military  policy 
then  drew  Great  Britain  to  the  Mediterranean,  whither 
commercial  interest  had  already  drawn  her  navy  in  support 
of  the  merchant  ships.  The  occupation  of  Tangier  and  its 
development  by  fortification  and  mole  were  an  abortive 
first  fruit  of  British  interest  in  that  sea;  but  the  successive 
acquirements  of  Gibraltar,  Minorca,  Malta,  emphasized  that 
the  Mediterranean  had  become  the  first  object  of  Great 
Britain's  policy,  after  self-protection  in  home  waters  was 
provided.  All  these  three  were  fortresses  in  the  strict 
sense  of  the  word. 

As  the  eighteenth  century  advanced,  British  interests  in 
the  Mediterranean  remained,  but  became  secondary  to  those 
in  the  West  Indies  and  in  North  America.    The  business 


194  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

of  the  old  **  Turkey  merchant/'  as  he  used  to  be  called, 
took  rank  beneath  the  sugar  of  the  West  Indies,  the  rice 
and  tobacco  of  the  American  continent,  the  furs  of  Canada, 
and  the  fisheries  of  Newfoundland.  Jamaica,  which  in  my 
judgment  has  the  most  controlling  situation  in  the  Carib- 
bean, we  may  infer  to  have  been  strongly  fortified  and 
garrisoned,  from  the  extent  of  the  preparations  for  its  re- 
duction made  in  1782  by  the  allied  nations.  France  had 
become  the  enemy,  and  so  remains  through  the  century. 
This  condition  is  emphasized  at  home  by  the  growing  im- 
portance of  Portsmouth  and  Plymouth  as  dockyards ;  but 
the  continental  colonies  of  Oreat  Britain,  now  embraced  in 
the  United  States,  seem  to  have  had  only  seacoast  defense. 
This  is  a  tacit  recognition  that  they  are  already  too  strong 
in  population,  as  in  extent,  and  too  distant,  for  conquest 
by  a  foi*eign  nation,  provided  the  British  navy  maintained 
the  superiority  at  sea  which  it  had  throughout.  Louisburg 
and  Quebec  are  fortified  by  the  French  and  garrisoned 
against  siege,  just  because  the  population  of  Canada  is 
so  littie  numerous,  and  the  French  navy  so  inferior,  that 
neither  by  land  nor  by  sea  is  their  security  assured.  Their 
fall  emphasizes  one  consideration  in  fortification  too  easily 
overlooked ;  namely,  that  a  fortified  place,  when  it  passes 
into  the  hands  of  an  enemy,  transfers  to  him  the  advantage, 
not  only  of  the  situation,  but  of  the  strength  of  the  works 
also.  If  a  colonial  port  thus  falls,  it  is  to  be  desired  that 
it  should  not  also  afford  immediate  artificial  protection 
against  recapture  from  the  land  side ;  as  Quebec,  for  in- 
stance, did  in  1760,  in  the  winter  following  Wolfe's  victory. 
The  deduction  from  this  is,  that  in  places  which  justify 
fortification  both  the  works  and  the  garrison  must  be  ade- 
quate to  all  probable  exigencies. 

During  the  periods  mentioned,  British  national  policy 
developed  coincidently  with  almost  constant  war.  Hence, 
the  scheme  of  fortified  stations  rather  grew  than  was  studied; 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  195 

in  this  mach  resembling  the  British  Constitution.  The 
United  States  has  had  little  war,  and  her  external  policies 
have  developed  unaffected  by  that  military  atmosphere 
which  insures  unconscious  preparation.  As  regards  condi- 
tions changing,  it  may  be  interesting  to  recall  that  when  the 
lectures  which  constitute  the  body  of  this  treatment  were 
first  written,  the  armored  fleets  of  the  United  States,  of  Ger- 
many, and  of  Japan,  did  not  exist ;  that  Cuba,  Porto  Rico, 
and  the  Philippines  were  still  Spanish,  and  Hawaii  an  in- 
dependent community.  It  may  be  added  that  the  General 
Board  of  the  navy  had  not  been  constituted,  nor  the  Joint 
Board  of  Army  and  Navy  Officers. 

It  would  be  inappropriate  to  discuss  here  in  detail  a 
scheme  of  fortified  ports  for  the  United  States,  for  the  ob- 
vious reason  that  the  boards  just  mentioned  are  doubtless 
dealing  with  the  matter,  with  a  thoroughness  and  an  extent 
of  information  not  here  available.  But  some  general  stra- 
tegic considerations  may  be  summarized. 

First  of  all,  what  is  the  essential  military  requisite  of  a 
naval  station?  Evidently  that  it  should  be  useful  in  war. 
Now,  in  these  days,  when  it  takes  at  least  two  years  to  build 
and  equip  a  battleship,  it  is  evident  at  once  that  shipbuild- 
ing cannot  be  reckoned  a  primary  military  object  in  a  navy 
yard.  If  ships  built  in  a  navy  yard  are  better,  or  cheaper, 
or  built  more  rapidly,  those  are  good  industrial  or  econom- 
ical reasons ;  but  none  of  them  is  a  military  reason.  The 
highest  function  of  a  navy  yard  is  to  maintain  the  fleet  in 
efficiency  in  war ;  and  especially  to  restore  it  in  the  short- 
est possible  time  when  suffering  from  injuries,  whether  aris- 
ing from  ordinary  service  or  in  battle.  No  utility  in  peace 
will  compensate  for  the  want  of  this  in  war.  The  selection 
of  particular  sites  to  serve  this  end  should  be  governed  by 
this  one  consideration,  of  usefulness  in  war ;  which  may  be 
analyzed,  as  we  have  before,  into  Position,  Strength,  and 
Resources.    Of  these  resources,  the  chief  one  is  copious 


196  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

provision  for  docking  rapidly ;  and  a  site  that  lends  itself 
to  this  is  to  be  preferred  to  one  that  does  not,  even  if  there 
be  some  advantage  as  to  situation  or  natural  resources. 
Evidently  the  differing  degrees  in  which  the  three  requi- 
sites may  exist  will  complicate  decision,  but  it  need  not 
and  should  not  be  complicated  by  considerations  of  build- 
ing ships. 

This  applies  to  all  chief  naval  stations,  whether  on  the 
home  coasts  or  abroad.  At  home  each  coast  frontier 
should  possess  two  such  naval  stations ;  one  of  which  may 
be  chief,  the  otiier  secondary  in  development.  As  regards 
stations  external  to  the  home  coimtiy,  the  number  and 
choice  of  them  depends  upon  the  national  policy.  If  such 
policy  fasten  on  interests  near  home,  as  in  the  Caribbean^ 
the  development  of  a  naval  station  there  may  be  conditioned 
by  the  proximity  of  the  home  ports.  In  the  War  of  Seces- 
sion^ for  example,  Port  Royal,  Key  West,  Pensacola,  and 
New  Orleans  were  all  naval  stations,  but  of  very  limited 
development.  The  character  of  the  war,  the  enemy  having 
no  fleet,  allowed  vessels  to  be  sent  to  the  Northern  dock- 
yards for  repair,  the  force  at  the  front  being  maintained  by 
reliefs. 

Some  system  of  reliefs  is  needed  for  every  force ;  but  it 
will  be  realized  that  docking  at  least  should  be  possible  at 
a  less  distance  than  from  Mobile  to  Norfolk,  or  to  New 
York,  and  this  facility  must  be  insured,  when  attainable. 
The  War  of  Secession  was  one  of  very  numerous  vessels  of 
moderate  size,  little  homogeneous,  and  essentially  not  con- 
centrated except  on  rare  occasions  of  battle ;  the  time  for 
which  was  at  the  deliberate  choice  of  the  one  side  possess- 
ing a  navy.  Where  fleet  is  opposed  to  fleet,  each  of  a 
limited  number  of  large  ships,  it  will  be  very  urgent  that 
a  vessel  or  vessels  spared  for  repairs  should  not  have  far 
to  go  nor  long  to  wait. 

When  these  lectures  were  first  written  the  United  States 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES 


197 


had  but  one  external  policy,  properly  called  policy,  —  the 
"  Monroe  Doctrine."  She  now  has  two,  the  Becond  being 
the  "  Open  Door."  Doubtless  external  relations  bring  up 
many  kinds  of  questions,  the  treatment  of  which  by  the 
Government  proceeds  for  the  most  part  on  certain  estab- 
lished principles.  These  principles,  because  ascertained 
and  iixed,  may  be  styled  policies ;  but  they  apply  to  special 
and  occasional  incidents,  and  therefore  have  not  the  con- 
tinuous influence  attaching  to  the  two  named.  These  de- 
pend upon  conditions  so  constant  and  so  determinative 
of  national  attitude,  as  well  as  essential  to  national  well- 
being,  that  they  have  formative  effect  upon  national  opin- 
ion and  steady  inQuence  upon  diplomacy.  The  Open  Door, 
which  in  usage  indicates  equal  commercial  opportunity,  is 
intimately  associated  locally  with  the  question  of  Asiatic 
immigration  to  America.  Asiatic  immigration  again  is 
closely  linked  with  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  for  it  has  become 
evident  that  Asiatics  are  so  different  from  Europeans  that 
they  do  not  blend  socially.  They  live  side  by  side,  but  as 
separate  communities,  instead  of  being  incorporated  in  the 
mass  of  the  population.  Consequently  a  laige  prepon- 
derance of  Asiatics  in  a  ^ven  region  is  a  real  annexation, 
more  effective  tlian  the  political  annexations  against  which 
the  Monroe  Doctiine  was  formulated.  Hawaii  Is  an  in- 
stance in  point;  and  the  well-known  objections  of  Japan 
to  the  political  attachment  of  Hawaii  to  the  United  States 
would  undoubtedly  have  gone  further,  if  more  imminent 
questions  had  not  commanded  her  attention.  Free  Asiatic 
immigration  to  the  Pacific  coast,  in  its  present  condition 
of  sparse  population,  would  mean  Asiatic  occupation  —  Asia 
colonized  in  America.  This  the  United  States  Government 
cannot  accept,  because  of  the  violent  resistance  of  the 
Pacific  States,  if  for  no  other  reason. 

This  combination  of  facts,  resulting  in  a  national  policy, 
imposes  naval  stations  in  the  Pacific,  just  as  the  entrance  of 


198  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

the  Mediterranean  into  the  sphere  of  British  interests  com- 
pelled the  gradual  acquisition  of  stations  there.  While  the 
Monroe  Doctrine  was  the  sole  positive  external  policy  of 
the  United  States,  as  contrasted  with  the  negative  policy 
of  keeping  clear  of  entanglements  with  foreign  states, 
national  interest  gradually  but  rapidly  concentrated  about 
the  Caribbean  Sea ;  because  through  it  lie  the  approaches 
to  the  Isthmus  of  Panama,  the  place  where  the  Monroe 
Doctrine  focusses.  This  was  the  condition  when  these 
lectures  were  first  written.  The  question  of  the  Pacific 
and  its  particular  international  bearings  was  then  barely 
foreshadowed  and  drew  littie  attention.  Now,  for  the 
several  reasons  stated,  the  Pacific  possesses  an  actual  im« 
mediate  importance;  indeed,  the  shifting  of  interest  may  be 
compared  to  that  which  in  the  latter  half  of  the  eighteenth 
century  made  the  western  Atlantic,  from  Canada  to  Yen* 
ezuela,  overpass  the  Mediterranean  in  the  appreciation  of 
British  statesmen.  The  Mediterranean  did  not  thereby 
cease  to  be  important;  it  only  lost  the  lead.  In  the  same 
way  the  Caribbean  remains  important ;  perhaps  it  has  not 
even  quite  lost  the  lead,  but  it  is  balanced  by  the  Pacific. 
The  approaching  completion  of  the  Panama  Canal  will 
bring  the  two  into  such  close  connection  that  the  selected 
ports  of  both  obviously  can  and  should  form  a  well- 
considered  system,  in  which  the  facilities  and  endumnce 
of  each  part  shall  be  proportioned  to  its  relations  to  the 
whole. 

Finally,  the  maintenance  of  any  system  of  maritime 
fortified  stations  depends  ultimately  upon  superiority  upon 
the  sea  —  upon  the  navy.  The  fall  of  a  wholly  isolated 
strong  post  may  be  long  postponed,  but  it  is  sure  to  come 
at  last  The  most  conspicuous  instance  is  the  celebrated 
three  years'  siege  of  Gibraltar,  from  1779  to  1782.  All 
attacks  against  the  Rock  were  shattered  to  pieces ;  but  it 
must  have  fallen,  save  for  the  energy  and  skill  of  the 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  199 

British  navy  in  throwing  in  supplies.    The  active  aimy  in 
the  field,  let  us  say,  relieved  the  besieged  fortress. 

An  immediate  corollary  to  this  last  proposition  is  that  in 
war  the  proper  main  objective  of  the  navy  is  the  enemy's 
navy.  As  the  latter  is  essential  to  maintain  the  connection 
between  scattered  strategic  points,  it  follows  that  a  blow  at 
it  is  the  surest  blow  at  them.  There  is  something  pitiful 
in  seeing  the  efforts  of  a  great  naval  force,  with  the  enemy's 
fleet  within  its  reach,  directed  towards  unimportant  land 
stations,  as  was  the  case  with  the  French  fleet  under 
D'Estaing  in  the  West  Indies  during  1778  and  1779 ;  or 
even  against  important  stations  like  Gibraltar,  to  the  ex- 
*  elusion  of  the  hostile  fleet  The  service  of  the  fleet  and  of 
the  ports  is  reciprocal ;  but,  except  the  home  ports,  they 
have  more  need  of  it  than  it  of  them.  Therefore  the 
fleet  should  strike  at  the  organized  force  of  the  enemy 
afloat,  and  so  break  up  the  communication  between  his 
ports. 


CHAPTER  IX 

FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES 
Distant  Operations  and  Mabitdce  Expeditions 

NOTWITHSTANDING  the  difficulty  of  main- 
taining  distant  and  separated  dependencies,  a 
nation  which  wishes  to  assnre  a  share  of  con- 
trol on  any  theater  of  maritime  importance 
cannot  afford  to  be  without  a  footing  on  some  of  the  strate- 
gic points  to  be  found  there.  Such  points,  suitably  chosen 
for  their  relative  positions,  form  a  base ;  secondary  as  re- 
gards the  home  country,  primary  as  regards  the  immediate 
theater. 

The  principle  laid  down  by  military  writers,  that  an 

base  near  the  scene  of  operations,  on  the  same  principles 
that  determine  the  character  of  the  first,  and  with  sure 
communications  knitting  the  two  together,  holds  good 
here ;  only  it  must  be  remembered  that  secure  communica- 
tions at  sea  mean  naval  preponderance,  especially  if  the 
distance  between  the  home  and  the  advanced  bases  be  great 
Such  secondary  bases  should  be  constituted  on  the  same 
principles  as  those  of  the  home  frontier ;  that  is,  it  is  expedi- 
ent that  there  be  two  fortified  ports,  of  which  one  only  need 
be  of  the  first  order.  They  should  be  near  enough  to  yield 
each  other  support,  but  not  so  near  as  to  allow  the  enemy 
to  watch  both  effectively  without  dividing  his  main  fleet 
In  1803  to  1806  the  British  fleet  under  Nelson,  watching 
Toulon,  thus  had  at  its  disposal  both  Malta  and  Gibraltar. 
These  not  only  shared  in  supporting  the  fleet,  but  each 
supported  the  other  by  dividing  the  burden  of  protecting 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  201 

the  long  line  of  commercial  communication  from  the  Chan- 
nel to  the  Levant  If  the  Russians  in  the  yeais  preced- 
ing the  late  war  had  sent  their  entire  fleet  to  the  Far  East 
they  would  have  outnumbered  the  Japanese  and  rested 
upon  Port  Arthur  and  Vladivostok.  The  Japanese,  on  the 
other  handy  would  have  had  the  advantage  of  the  Inland 
Sea  and  its  several  exits  for  combining  unexpected  move- 
ments.^ A  port  like  Eure,  on  the  Inland  Sea,  with  two  or 
more  entrances  widely  removed  from  one  another,  has  the 
advantage  of  two  ports  combined  with  the  advantage  of 
activities  concentrated  in  one.  When  two  ports  are  pos- 
sessed, as  in  these  instances,  the  base  of  operations  com- 
prising two  or  more  points  may  be  thought  of  as  a  line, 
like  the  home  coast  frontier.  The  ideal  condition  is  that 
the  ports  should  be  in  communication  by  land  as  well  as 
water.  Ports  in  the  large  islands,  Cuba,  Haiti,  Jamaica, 
would  possess  this  advantage,  for  elample,  Santiago,  Cien- 
fuegos,  Havana;  but  two  ports  in  any  one  of  the  Lesser 
Antilles  would  be  too  near  togetiier.  They  would  be  prac- 
tically a  single  port. 

If  the  given  theater  of  maritime  war  be  extensive  and 
contain  many  points  susceptible  of  strategic  usefulness,  the 
choice  among  them  becomes  important.  If  a  point  be  cen- 
tral its  influence  is  more  evenly  distributed,  and  from  it 
all  parts  of  the  theater  are  more  easily  reached;  but  if  its 
influence  does  not  extend  to  the  boundary  lines  of  the  area 
in  question  its  communications  with  home  are  endangered. 
Thus  Jamaica,  from  its  central  position,  is  one  of  the  most 
important  points  in  the  Caribbean ;  but  if  Great  Britain 
were  confined  to  Jamaica  the  communications  from  home, 
passing  through  the  passages  controlled  by  other  nations, 
would  be  insecure.  The  same  could  have  been  said  in 
1798  of  Egypt,  relatively  to  France,  though  central  as  re- 
gards Europe  and  India,  if  without  Malta  or  an  equivalent ; 

^  See  map  facing  page  426L 


202  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

and  indeed,  at  times,  notwithstanding  the  commanding 
position  of  Egypt,  the  British  have  felt  nneasy  as  to 
their  communications  with  it,  although  they  have  Gibraltar 
and  Malta,  both  secure  against  a  e(mp  de  main  and  giving 
shelter  to  their  fleet  First  in  order  among  external  posi- 
tions are  those  lying  on  the  side  nearest  the  mother  coun- 
try; only  when  safe  here  can  a  farther  step  be  sure. 
Gibraltar,  for  instance,  may  be  considered  a  necessary  first 
step  to  Egypt ;  Santa  Lucia,  a  convenient  half-way  house, 
at  the  least,  to  Jamaica.  Second  in  order,  though  first  in 
importance  on  the  particular  theater,  are  the  central  posi- 
tions; for  example,  Malta  in  the  Mediterranean  and  Ja- 
maica in  the  Caribbean.  Those  lying  on  the  side  farthest 
from  the  nation  interested,  however  important,  are  most 
exposed,  for  example,  Egypt  and  Panama,  and  care  should 
be  taken  to  strengthen  their  communications  with  home 
by  intermediate  posts.  Great  Britain  has  a  chain  of  such 
posts  to  India. 

From  all  these  considerations,  it  follows  that  when  a 
government  recognizes  that  the  national  interests  in  a  par- 
ticular region  may  become  of  such  character  as  to  demand 
military  action,  it  should  be  made  the  business  of  some 
competent  body  of  men  to  study  the  ground  carefully,  after 
collecting  the  necessary  information,  and  to  decide  what 
points  have  strategic  value  and  which  among  them  are 
most  advantageous  for  occupation.  When  such  positions 
are  already  occupied,  the  tenure  of  the  present  possessor 
has  generally  to  be  respected,  and  the  conditions  under 
which  it  becomes  right  to  disregard  it  are  not  within  the 
decision  of  the  military  man,  but  of  the  statesman.  It  will 
be  granted,  however,  that  occasions  may  arise  in  which  a 
state  may  exercise  its  rights  of  war  in  order  to  protect  inter- 
ests which  it  thinks  vital ;  and  that  the  control  of  a  mari- 
time region  may  become  a  necessity  of  the  war,  if  not  its 
prime  motive.    When  this  is  the  case,  what  are  technically 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  203 

called  *^ operations  of  war"  follow.  The  state  may  aim 
either  at  acquiring  control,  or  at  extending  the  control  it 
already  has ;  or,  on  the  other  hand,  may  seek  only  to  defend 
that  which  is  m  present  possession,  by  checking  advances 
threatening  to  it. 

If  the  aim  be  to  acquire  control  not  already  held,  the 
war  becomes  offensive  in  its  motive  and,  necessarily,  in  its 
operations  also.  The  military  operations,  however,  may 
not  be  directed  immediately  against  the  object  the  acqui- 
sition  of  which  is  sought.  It  may  be  that  the  enemy  is 
more  assailable  in  some  other  point  which  at  the  same  time 
he  values  more ;  and  that  by  moving  against  this,  the  true 
object  may  be  more  surely  reached  than  by  a  direct  attack. 
The  question  here  touches  the  entire  conduct  of  oper- 
ations. It  is,  for  the  belligerent  government,  analogous  to 
that  which  presents  itself  to  the  commander-in-chief  before 
every  position  from  which  he  seeks  to  dislodge  an  enemy, 
— shall  it  be  attacked  in  front,  or  turned?  The  former 
takes  more  strength,  the  latter  more  time.  An  illustration 
is  to  be  foimd  in  the  attempt  of  the  French  and  Spanish  to 
take  Gibraltar  from  England  during  the  War  of  American 
Independence.  The  attack  was  made  direct  upon  Gibraltar 
-the  strongest  miUtary  post  in  the  British  dominions- 
and  failed.  The  same  amount  of  power  directed  against 
the  English  Channel  and  coast,  and  skilfully  used,  could 
scarcely,  under  the  existing  conditions  of  immense  numer- 
ical naval  superiority,  have  &iled  to  wring  from  England 
the  cession  of  Gibraltar.  The  conquests  of  a  war  are  fre* 
quentiy  valuable  only  as  a  means  of  barter  in  the  treaty 
that  ends  it.  The  correspondence  of  the  first  Napoleon 
teems  with  instructions  to  this  purport. 

It  may  thus  happen  that  the  object  of  the  war  may  not 
be  the  objective  of  the  military  plan.  The  object  of  the 
war,  indeed,  may  not  be  the  gain  of  territory  at  all,  but  of 
privileges  or  rights  denied  before;  or  to  put  an  end  to 


204  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

wrongs  done  to  the  declarant.  Even  so,  an  attack  upon 
some  of  the  enemy's  possessions  will  probably  form  part  of 
the  plan  of  operations. 

The  case  before  us  is  limited  by  our  subject  to  the  con- 
trol of  a  maritime  region, — a  control  to  be  either  partial  or 
total  according  to  circumstances.  To  embark  upon  such 
a  war  with  any  prospect  of  success,  a  nation  must  have 
two  conditions :  first,  frontiers  reasonably  secure  from  vital 
injury;  and  secondly,  a  navy  capable  of  disputing  the  con- 
trol of  the  sea  with  its  enemy  under  his  present  conditions. 
The  frontier,  or  coast,  in  its  broadest  sense,  is  the  base  of 
the  whole  war,  the  defensive  upon  which  it  rests,  answer- 
ing to  the  narrower  base  of  operations  from  which  a  single 
operation  of  war  starts.  The  navy  is  the  chief  arm  by 
which  the  offensive  is  to  be  carried  on ;  for,  while  in  the  de- 
fense the  navy  plays  a  secondary  rOle,  in  offensive  naval 
war  it  takes  a  leading  place.  Even  in  case  of  a  large  eomr 
bined  operation,  the  chief  part  is  reserved  to  the  ships; 
unless  under  circumstances  when  the  enemy  has  none,  and 
the  work  of  the  fleet  is  so  found  done  to  its  hand,  as  at 
Sebastopol.  To  that  scene  of  war  there  were  two  lines  of 
communications :  one  by  land  wholly  in  the  power  of  Rus- 
sia, the  other  by  sea  equally  controlled  by  the  allies,  the 
enemy  having  dismantled  and  sunk  his  ships.  The  case 
was  therefore  reduced  to  the  siege  of  a  great  fortress  abso- 
lutely undisturbed  by  fears  for  the  communications  of  the 
besiegers.  In  the  case  of  Gibraltar,  in  1779-1782,  the 
offense  failed  through  the  weakness  or  imbecility  of  the  al- 
lied navies ;  had  these  been  lip  to  their  work,  the  British 
fleet  could  not  have  thrown  in  supplies. 

The  question  of  waging  war  in  a  maritime  region 
beyond  the  immediate  neighborhood  of  the  country  so 
engaged  is  simply  a  particular  case  of  general  military 
operations.  The  case  is  that  of  maritime  expeditions,  in 
remote  waters,  where  the  country  may  or  may  not  possess 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  206 

already  positions  useful  for  the  purposes  of  war;  but 
where  in  either  case  it  is  proposed  to  make  offensive  move- 
ments, and  to  possess,  or  at  the  least  to  control,  enemy's 
territory.  Even  though  the  leading  object  of  the  war  be 
defense,  defense  is  best  made  by  offensive  action. 

The  specific  feature  which  differentiates  these  operations 
from  others,  and  imparts  to  them  their  peculiar  character- 
istic, is  the  helplessness  while  afloat  of  the  army  contingent 
embarked, — its  entire  dependence  for  security  upon  the 
control  of  the  sea  by  the  navy  of  its  nation.  Be  it  large  or 
small,  however  efficient  in  itself  in  courage,  discipline,  and 
skill,  it  is  paralyzed  for  effective  action  during  the  period 
of  -transit.  The  critical  nature  of  this  period,  together 
with  the  subsequent  risk  to  its  communications,  which 
depend  continuously  upon  the  same  control,  are  the  dis- 
tinguishing elements  to  be  borne  constantly  in  mind  while 
considering  this  subject. 

A  few  cursory  remarks  on  the  leading  features  of  such 
expeditions  in  general  will  first  be  offered ;  and  then,  for 
the  purposes  of  illustration,  two  historical  cases  will  be 
briefly  described  and  discussed. 

Having  the  two  fundamental  requisites  already  stated,  a 
reasonably  secure  home  frontier  and  a  navy  adequate  to 
dispute  control  of  the  sea  with  the  enemy,  the  next  thing 
is  to  determine  the  particular  plan  of  operations  best  suited 
to  obtain  your  purpose.  This  involves  the  choice  of  a 
base,  of  an  objective,  and  of  a  line  of  operations, — three 
things  inherent  in  every  operation  of  war. 

Putting  aside,  as  involving  too  wide  a  scope,  the  question 
of  attacking  the  enemy  elsewhere  than  upon  the  maritime 
region  which  you  wish  to  control,  the  ultimate  objective 
there  should  be  that  position,  line,  or  district  which  in  its 
influence  upon  the  general  situation  may  be  considered  the 
most  important;  to  use  a  common  expression,  the  key  or 
keystone.    If  the  particular  region  aimed  at  is  decidedly 


206  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

nearer  to  one  of  your  eea  frontiers  than  to  the  others  the 
base  of  the  plan  of  operations  will  be  found  there,  unless 
prevented  by  other  serious  reasons,  such  as  the  lack  of 
good  harbors  or  established  dockyards.  Thus  Great  Brit- 
ain, now  that  Grermany  has  become  the  threatening  naval  * 
power,  demands  another  dockyard  —  pre-eminently  a  dock- 
ing yard — on  the  North  Sea,  at  Rosyth,  additional  to  the 
one  already  possessed  at  Chatham.  This  evidently  means 
that,  as  against  the  German  coast  and  for  operations  in  the 
North  Sea,  the  British  base  is  shifted  to  the  North  Sea  from 
the  Channel,  defined  by  Plymouth  and  Portsmouth.  So 
Austria  and  Russia  have  been  pushing  territorially  towards 
the  Mediterranean,  because  their  other  outlets  thither,  re- 
spectively at  the  head  of  the  Adriatic  and  from  the  Black  Sea, 
are  too  remote,  and  with  communications  to  the  sea  too  ex- 
posed militarily,  to  be  satisfactory  as  bases  of  operations. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  United  States  possesses  in  its  Gulf 
coast  a  base  line  distinctly  nearer  to  the  Isthmus  and  to 
the  western  half  of  the  Caribbean  than  are  Norfolk  and 
New  York,  the  two  chief  naval  stations  indicated  by  nature 
on  the  Atlantic  Coast.  Tet  it  is  doubtful  whether,  with 
the  great  increase  of  size  in  battleships,  and  with  the  diffi- 
culties of  docking  in  the  Mississippi,  the  Gulf  ports  can 
provide  an  ultimate  base  of  operations  equal  to  those  of 
the  Atlantic ;  whether  they  will  not  rather  constitute  in- 
termediate advanced  ports,  valuable  as  sources  of  supply 
because  of  their  nearness,  but  inadequate  to  the  greater 
repairs.  At  the  same  time,  Guantanamo  and  Key  West,  in 
case  of  operations  towards  the  Isthmus,  offer  such  marked 
advantages  on  account  of  nearness  and  of  mutual  support 
that  a  secondary  provision  for  docking  in  them  would  be 
highly  desirable,  and  probably  expedient.  Some  military 
risk  must  be  taken ;  as  is  the  case,  for  instance,  with  the 
British  docks  at  Gibraltar,  which  under  modem  conditions 
are  within  range  of  the  Algeciras  shore. 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  207 

The  great  aisenals  define  the  position  of  the  base  line, 
and  in  large  degree  its  length.  Their  local  resources,  of 
torpedo  vessels  and  submarines,  will  tend  to  protect  the 
seaboard  between  them,  and  also  a  little  to  each  side,  from 
the  enemy's  operations.  The  question  of  moving  from  the 
base  thus  fixed  to  the  objective  chosen  involves  the  choice 
of  a  line  of  operations.  In  the  open  field  of  the  sea  the 
most  direct  route  is  the  most  natural,  and,  other  things  being 
equal,  the  best ;  but  many  circumstances  may  influence  the 
decision.  Paramount  among  these  is  the  strength  of  the 
navy  as  compared  with  that  of  the  enemy,  —  a  strength 
dependent  not  only  upon  aggregate  tonnage  or  weight  of 
metal,  but  also  upon  the  manner  in  which  those  aggregates 
have  been  distributed  among  the  various  classes  of  vessels 
and  upon  the  characteristics  of  each  class  in  point  of  arma- 
ment, armor,  speed,  and  coal  endurance.  All  these  quali- 
ties are  elements  in  strategic  efficiency,  sometimes  mutually 
contradictory ;  and  the  adjustments  of  them  among  them- 
selves may  seriously  affect  strategic  calculations.  This 
illustrates  that  the  composition  of  a  national  fleet  is  really 
a  strategic  question.  The  known  efficiency  of  the  respec- 
tive services,  and  the  comparative  distance  of  the  belligerent 
countries  from  the  objective  point,  which  is  assumed  to  be 
the  same  for  each,  —  the  one  to  defend,  the  other  to  attack, 
— will  also  influence  the  choice  of  the  line  of  operations, 
because  the  length  of  the  lines  of  communication  to  be 
guarded  will  materially  affect  the  strength  of  the  contest- 
ants. It  18  upon  these  lines,  or  belts  of  sea,  that  &8t 
cruisers  can  specially  embarrass  the  operation,  compelling 
the  employment  of  a  large  proportion  of  the  fleet  to  check 
their  movements.  The  shorter  and  the  more  numerous 
these  lines,  and  the  farther  they  pass  from  an  enemy's  ports, 
the  greater  the  task  of  the  enemy  and  the  probable  im- 
munity of  the  lines. 

As  much  of  that  with  which  we  are  about  to  deal,  namely. 


208  NAVAL  STRATEGY 


the  adTance  of  a  great  maritime  expedition, — a  body  of 
ships  of  war  conToying  an  anny  embarked  in  transports,  — 
may  not  impossibly  seem  to  some  as  talking  in  the  air  of  a 
thing  that  never  did  happen  or  can  happen,  bear  in  mind 
that  it  did  happen  in  1798,  under  the  greatest  general  of 
modem  times,  and  that  the  expedition  was  pursued  by  a 
fleet  of  about  equal  size  under  Nelson,  one  of  the  greatest 
admirals  of  all  time;  also,  that  the  questions  here  raised 
must  have  been  subjects  of  careful  thought  at  that  time  to 
both  Napoleon  and  Nelson.  As  to  such  a  thing  never  hap- 
pening again,  consider  the  evident  future  importance  of  the 
West  Indies  and  the  Caribbean  Sea,  regarded  as  approaches 
to  the  Isthmus,  and  through  the  Isthmus  to  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  in  its  full  extent;  also  the  shortness  in  time  of 
the  distance  between  any  two  points  in  the  Caribbean. 
Remember  continually  the  smallness  of  that  sea,  that  its 
length  is  but  one-half  that  of  the  Mediterranean,  so  that 
great  expeditions  may  well  happen  there  under  circum- 
stances peculiarly  favorable  to  such  enteiprises. 

Where  a  navy  is  largely  preponderant  over  that  of  an 
enemy,  such  over-sea  expeditions  by  large  bodies  of  troops 
proceed  in  security,  either  perfect  or  partiaL  Great  Brit- 
ain during  the  Napoleonic  wars  had  troops  continually 
afloat,  often  in  large  bodies.  So  did  the  United  States  in 
the  Mexican  War  and  the  War  of  Secession.  So  France 
in  her  conquest  of  Algiers  in  1830,  and  again  Great  Britain 
and  France  during  the  Crimean  War.  Security  such  as 
existed  in  these  instances  leaves  little  of  a  military  prob- 
lem ;  but  the  case  differs  when  there  is  an  approach  towards 
equality,  even  though  the  superiority  of  one  be  distinct  and 
emphatic.  Vastly  superior  though  the  British  navy  was  to 
the  French  in  Napoleon's  time,  its  tasks  were  so  numerous 
and  onerous  that,  to  quote  again,  it  could  not  be  in  force 
eveiywbere,  and  there  was  always  the  chance  that  a  hos- 
tile division  might  fall  in  with  an  important  convoy.    Pro- 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  209 

tection  localized  with  the  convoy,  that  is,  a  body  of  armed 
ships  in  company,  was  therefore  necessary,  and  the  force 
of  these  armed  ships  was  proportioned  to  the  importance 
of  the  enteiprise.  It  is  necessary  in  this  day  of  ours  to 
remember  that  the  convoys  did  sail  to  and  fro,  and  that 
they  were  thus  protected,  fortified,  so  to  say,  by  armed 
vessels ;  for  the  Blue  Water  School,  or  Fleet  in  Being  School, 
hold  that  they  ought  not  to  sail  at  all  while  the  enemy's 
fleet  exists  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  line  followed.  Such 
convoys  of  troops  were  despatched  by  both  belligerents 
during  the  War  of  American  Independence,  when  there 
was  a  substantial  equality  between  the  opposing  navies. 

With  a  navy  much  superior  to  that  of  the  enemy, — 
after  allowance  made  for  the  length  of  the  line  of  opersr 
tions  which  has  to  be  secured,  —  it  is  permissible  to  strike 
at  once  for  the  coveted  objective ;  the  sooner  the  better. 
If  in  so  doing  you  pass  by  a  strategic  harbor  held  by  him, 
capable  of  sheltering  his  ships, — a  position  from  which  he 
may  with  some  probability  intercept  your  supplies  of  coal 
or  ammunition,  —  this  position  will  require  attention  to  the 
extent  of  reducing  to  manageable  proportions  the  injury 
possible  to  it  to  do. 

Thus  Jamaica  and  Santiago  lie  close  to  the  Windward 
Passage,  which  is  the  direct  route  from  the  United  States 
Atlantic  ports  to  the  Isthmus;  and  Cadiz  and  Gibraltar 
lie  close  to  the  necessary  route  of  all  vessels  bound  from 
the  Atlantic  into  the  Mediterranean.  The  military  char- 
acterization of  such  positions  is  that  **  they  flank  the  route.'* 
If  they  harbor  ships  of  war,  the  route  must  be  protected  by 
force  so  constituted  and  so  stationed  near  the  port  as  to 
check  the  movements  of  the  ships  within.  Such  a  detach- 
ment involves  exposure  to  the  vessels  composing  it,  in  case 
the  enemy  has  a  fleet  superior  to  it  anywhere  within 
steaming  range.  Thus,  when  the  French  Brest  fleet,  in 
1799,  appeared  suddenly  in  the  Mediterranean,  the  British 


210  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

were  divided  in  several  bodies,  with  more  than  one  of 
which  it  might  have  dealt  effectively  in  succession  and 
in  detail.  Detachments  also  entail  upon  the  main  body  a 
reduction  of  strength ;  but  not  necessarily,  nor  always,  to 
such  a  degree  as  to  arrest  progress  to  the  objective.  Owing 
to  the  variety  and  importance  of  British  interests,  military 
and  commercial,  and  their  wide  dispersion.  Great  Britain 
in  former  times  found  her  maritime  routes  thus  flanked  in 
many  places  by  many  ports, — by  Brest,  Rochef ort,  Ferrol, 
Cadiz,  Toulon,  as  weU  as  in  remoter  seas.  She  met  the 
difficulty  by  detachments  before  each,  commensurate  to 
those  within.  The  continuousness  of  this  disposition,  and 
the  more  important  military  effect  it  produced  in  prevent- 
ing the  several  hostile  divisions  from  uniting  for  offensive 
action,  tend  to  obscure  the  fact  that  these  various  sea  posi- 
tions were  thus  watched  and  checked ;  ezactiy  as  a  general 
on  shore  guards  his  line  of  advance  against  the  dangers 
from  a  fortress,  the  position  of  which  threatens  his  oom- 
munications  in  case  he  is  not  able  to  reduce  it. 

A  disposition  has  been  shown  lately  to  cast  doubts  upon 
the  effect  of  flanking  positions  upon  lines  of  communica- 
tion, as  compared  to  the  effect  of  fortification  concentrated 
upon  the  objective  to  which  the  communications  lead. 
There  is  no  need  for  such  comparison,  for  no  contradiction 
between  the  two  exists.  That  Malta  can  exercise  a  power- 
ful influence  upon  the  communications  of  an  expedition 
from  a  western  Mediterranean  country  acting  in  Egypt, 
does  not  contravene  the  value  of  miHtaiy  force  in  Egypt 
itself,  mobile  or  fortified.  In  1813,  Wellington  held  in 
Portugal  the  impregnable  fortified  position  of  Torres  Ve- 
dras,  securing  against  land  attack  his  sea  base  at  Lisbon ; 
yet  the  puny  force  of  American  privateers  acting  off  Cape 
Finisterre  seriously  harassed  his  communications  with  the 
British  Islands. 

If  such  a  point,  on  or  near  your  line  of  operations,  now 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  211 

become  that  of  communications,  —  that  is,  on  the  line 
which  it  was  safe  for  your  battle  fleet  to  follow,  though  not 
safe  for  transports, — can  be  avoided,  by  making  a  circuit 
through  waters  wholly  out  of  its  sweep  and  nearly  safe, 
your  line  of  communications  may  be  changed.  It  may  be 
that  the  character  of  the  port  or  the  known  number 
of  its  war-shipping  will  allow  the  opening  of  that  line 
from  time  to  time,  by  convoying  transports  in  large  de- 
tachments throughout  the  whole  of  the  more  exposed  part 
of  the  line.  Thus  the  great  convoys  which  at  long  intervals 
relieved  Gibraltar,  1779-1782,  were  protected  by  fleets  of 
battle-ships. 

There  are  two  modes  by  which  the  supplies  of  a  fleet 
may  be  sent  forward:  one  by  single  supply  ships  taking 
their  chance,  depending  upon  the  routes  they  follow  being 
controlled  by  the  patrols  of  their  own  navy ;  the  other  by 
large  convoys  under  the  immediate  protection  of  a  body  of 
armed  ships.  It  is  probable  that  both  modes  will  be  used; 
the  convoy  system  being  the  dependence  for  the  main  sup- 
ply, supplemented  by  the  occasional  single  vessels.  The 
convoys  must  be  heavily  protected,  because  their  sailings 
should  be  watched  and  their  destruction  attempted  by  the 
enemy  as  one  of  the  regular  secondary  operations  of  war; 
it  will  therefore  be  expected  to  fight  a  battle  for  their  safety. 
Single  ships  must  depend  upon  their  speed,  upon  choos- 
ing routes  with  a  view  to  avoiding  danger,  and  upon  the 
general  police  of  the  seas  by  ships  of  the  cruiser  class. 
Whatever  the  particular  mode  adopted,  two  or  more  lines 
of  supplies  converging  toward  the  objective  or  toward  the 
position  of  the  fleet  are  an  advantage ;  more  so,  perhaps, 
to  a  stream  of  single  vessels  than  to  large  convoys,  as  the 
latter,  in  any  case,  must  be  guarded  and  so  weaken  the 
fighting  force.  The  United  States  is  preparing  to  fortify 
the  Isthmus,  and  consequently  to  garrison  the  fortifications. 
It  seems  evident  that,  in  case  of  hostilities,  it  will  be  ex- 


212  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

pedient  that  supplies  proceed  from  both  the  Golf  and  the 
Atlantic,  as  weU  as  from  the  Pacific. 

A  fleet  operating  some  distance  from  home  should  not 
depend  upon  a  single  line  of  supplies.  It  may  be  said, 
generally,  that  while  concentration  is  the  proper  disposition 
for  the  fighting  force,  or  for  preparation  for  battle,  the 
system  of  supplies  should  not  be  concentrated  upon  a  single 
line,  when  avoidable.  This  statement  is,  in  effect,  an  ap- 
plication of  one  of  Napoleon's  brief,  pithy  sayings,  quoted 
by  Thiers ;  ^  The  art  of  war,"  he  said,  ^  consists  in  the 
skill  to  disperse  in  order  to  subsist,  yet  in  such  manner 
that  you  may  quickly  concentrate  in  order  to  fight.'' 

If  the  reduction  of  force,  by  watching  an  intermediate 
port,  is  necessary  and  also  reduces  you  to  an  equality  with 
the  enemy ;  or,  while  leaving  you  still  superior,  takes  away 
the  chance  of  overcoming  the  resistance  of  the  objective 
before  the  arrival  of  adequate  relief,  then  the  force  should 
not  be  divided.  Either  the  wayside  port  must  be  taken,  or, 
if  you  think  you  can  get  on  with  your  present  supplies 
until  a  decisive  action  has  been  fought,  you  may  continue 
on,  abandoning  your  communications  for  the  moment, — 
cutting  loose,  as  the  expression  is,  from  your  base  and 
leaving  the  hostile  flanking  port  nothing  on  which  to  work 
its  will.  So  serious  a  step,  of  course,  must  not  be  taken 
without  a  certainty  that  the  g^at  essential,  fuel,  will  not 
faiL  Without  ammunition  a  ship  may  run  away,  human 
life  may  be  supported  on  half  rations,  but  without  coal  a 
ship  can  neither  fight  nor  run. 

If,  as  is  assumed,  the  objective  is  a  part  of  the  land,  a 
port  or  island  in  the  possession  of  the  enemy,  the  conquest 
may  not  immediately  and  necessarily  give  the  decisive 
control  of  the  war  that  a  like  acquisition  on  shore  may 
give ;  because  the  necessary  and  limited  lines  of  communi- 
cation, which  often  center  in  such  a  key  to  a  land  region, 
possession  of  which  conveys  absolute  mastery,  have  few  ex- 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  218 

act  parallels  at  sea.  This  is  due  to  the  fact  before  alluded 
to  and  patent  to  a  glance,  that,  owing  to  the  open  charac- 
ter of  the  ocean,  shipping  can  take  many  routes  to  avoid 
passing  near  a  particular  strategic  position.  A  strategic 
position  on  land  derives  much  of  its  importance  from  the 
fact  that  armies  are  forced  to  follow  certain  roads,  or  incur 
disproportionate  disadvantage  by  taking  others.  It  is  true 
that  there  are  some  near  parallels  now;  as,  for  instance, 
Gibraltar.  The  Russian  navy  of  the  Black  Sea  may  be 
absolutely  checked  by  the  possession  of  the  Bosporus  or 
Dardanelles;  and  it  is  conceivable  that  if  one  great  sea 
power  controlled  the  shores  of  the  North  Sea,  while  another 
about  equal  lay  along  the  Channel  and  Bay  of  Biscay,  the 
holding  of  the  Straits  of  Dover  by  one  would  seriously 
embarrass  the  movements  of  the  other.  A  canal  like  Suez 
is  equally  such  a  point. 

These  instances,  however,  are  exceptional ;  the  power  of 
the  keys  of  maritime  regions  is  like  that  of  the  key  of  a 
shore  theater  of  war  in  kind,  but  falls  short  of  it  in  de- 
gree. The  historical  instance  before  cited,  the  seizure  of 
Egypt  and  Malta  by  Bonaparte,  precisely  illustrates  the 
assertion.  The  key  to  the  control  of  the  East  by  the  West 
was  in  the  hands  of  the  French,  but  they  could  not  use  it; 
nay,  it  was  finally  torn  from  their  hands  by  the  naval 
strength  of  their  foes.  What,  indeed,  is  the  good  of  hold- 
ing the  point  where  roads  cross,  if  you  can  neither  use  the 
roads  yourself  nor  hinder  your  enemy  from  using  them? 

Therefore,  if  successful  in  seizing  the  objective  at  which 
you  have  aimed,  by  being  beforehand  with  the  enemy,  — 
thanks  either  to  better  preparation  for  war,  or  greater 
aqtivity  of  movement,  or  by  being  nearer  the  seat  of  war, 
—  you  cannot  think  your  conquest  secure  until  you  have 
established  your  naval  superiority,  and  thereby  your  control 
of  the  roads  which  connect  you  with  home,  and  also  of 
those  the  nearness  of  which  to  the  position  you  have  just 


214  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

taken  give  it  its  importance.  This  superiority  may  be 
established,  it  is  tnie,  by  the  conquest  itself,  the  loss  de- 
priving the  enemy  of  a  necessary  naval  base  and  perhaps  of 
a  considerable  part  of  his  ships;  more  generally  it  will 
arise  from  your  fleet  being  superior  in  numbers  or  quality 
to  his.  The  same  remark  is  evidently  true  concerning 
positions  already  held  before  a  war  breaks  out;  as,  for  in- 
stance, the  Panama  Canal  Zone  and  Hawaii,  the  ultimate 
retention  of  which  will  depend  upon  the  strength  of  the 
fleet  It  must  be  remembered  that  the  Monroe  Doctrine  is 
not  a  military  force,  but  only  a  political  pronouncement. 

If  decisive  naval  superiority  does  not  exist,  you  must  get 
ready  to  fight  a  battle  at  sea,  upon  the  results  of  which  will 
probably  depend  the  final  fate  of  your  new  gain ;  as  the 
destruction  of  the  French  fleet  at  the  Nile  followed  Bona- 
parte's first  success,  and  annulled  it.  Admiral  Togo's  sig- 
nal to  his  fleet  off  Tsushima,  ^The  fate  of  the  Empire 
depends  upon  this  day's  work,''  though  primarily  an  appeal 
to  patriotism,  was  ultimately  and  simply  a  particular  ap- 

Japan  by  readiness,  skill,  and  promptitude  had  projected 
the  national  power  across  sea,  forestalling  the  action  of 
Russia,  as  Bonaparte  that  of  Great  Britain.  She  had  con- 
quered a  secure  foothold  in  Korea  and  Manchuria,  and  had 
seized  Port  Arthur,  as  the  French  had  Egjrpt  and  Malta. 
The  positional  keys  of  the  situation  were  in  her  hands ;  but 
the  defeat  of  Togo's  fleet  would  have  annulled  all  previous 
successes,  as  that  of  Brueys  by  Nelson  did  the  achieve- 
ments of  Bonaparte.  Conversely,  Russia  also  at  the  same 
moment  had  projected  Rozhestvensky's  fleet,  in  like  manner, 
close  to  the  position  she  coveted  to  attain,  accompanying  it 
with  convoy  and  coal  destined  to  further  future  operations ; 
but  within  easy  range  of  her  point  of  arrival  she  had  first 
to  fight  a  battle,  in  which  fleet,  coal,  and  convoy  went 
down  to  a  common  destruction. 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  215 

It  may,  indeed,  very  well  be  that  the  inevitaUe  battle 
woald  have  to  be  fought  before  instead  of  after  the  fall  of 
the  position.  If  the  land  defenses  against  which  your  ex- 
pedition is  moving  were  weak  or  in  decay,  while  the 
enemy's  fleet  was  nearly  equal  to  your  own,  it  would  be 
the  duty  of  the  latter  to  attack  you,  hampered  as  you  may 
be  in  such  an  expedition  with  the  care  of  transports  and 
supply  ships,  and  at  some  distance  from  the  port.  Much 
more  will  this  be  the  case  if  the  enemy  is  moving  to  a 
home  port,  from  which  you  aim  to  debar  him,  as  Togo  did 
Rozhestvensky. 

If  Nelson,  in  1798,  could  have  come  up  with  Bonaparte, 
he  should  and  would  have  attacked  at  sea,  for  doing  which 
he  had  made  systematic  preparation ;  and,  if  successful  in 
his  assault  upon  the  ships  of  war,  he  would  have  effec- 
tually stopped  the  expedition.  In  1759,  when  large  prepa- 
rations were  made  in  France  for  the  invasion  of  England, 
and  again  in  1795,  when  it  was  proposed  to  send  eighteen 
thousand  troops  from  Toulon  for  the  reconquest  of  Cor- 
sica, it  was  argued  by  the  French  authorities  that  the  fleet 
should  first  fight  that  of  the  British,  because  this,  being 
equal  to  their  own,  must  be  got  rid  of  in  order  to  make  the 
passage  safely.  It  must  be  noted;  however,  that  the  infe- 
rior skill  of  the  French  generally,  and  of  the  French  ad- 
miral in  particular,  were  the  principal  reasons  that  the 
French  ministers  of  marine  thus  urged  on  the  occasions 
named. 

In  such  combined  expeditions,  the  question  whether  the 
fleet  and  the  convoy  should  sail  together,  or  the  convoy  be 
held  till  control  of  the  sea  is  decided,  is  difficult  and  dis- 
puted. It  will  be  better  to  offer  certain  considerations  for 
reflection,  rather  than  to  make  sweeping  dogmatic  asser- 
tions. It  seems  evident  that  much  will  depend  upon  the 
distance  of  the  proposed  objective.  In  contemplated  in- 
vasions of  Great  Britain,  as  by  the  French  in  1759,  and  by 


216  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

Bonaparte  in  I8O8-I8O69  or,  as  is  often  conjectared,  by  Grer- 
many  now,  the  nearness  of  the  objective,  and  consequently 
of  the  expected  naval  battle,  insures  that  knowledge  of  th0 
result  will  be  so  speedy  that  no  valuable  time  need  be  lost 
in  following  up  a  victory  by  the  transit  of  the  land  forces. 
The  enemy  wiU  not  have  opportunity  to  reconstitute  his 
means  of  resistance.  Consequentiy  there  is  no  adequate 
reason  for  exposing  the  troops  beforehand,  to  share  the  dis- 
aster if  the  fleet  meet  defeat  instead  of  victory.  Napoleon 
therefore,  in  1805,  held  his  army  in  leash  at  Boulogne, 
awaiting  the  six  hours*  control  of  the  Channel  which  he 
hoped  from  the  presence  of  his  fleet.  As  said,  the  same 
course  had  been  prescribed  in  1759. 

But  if  the  object  be  remote,  as  Egypt  was  from  France, 
or  as  Panama  is  from  the  United  States  or  Europe,  or 
Hawaii  from  every  part  of  the  Pacific  shores,  it  may  be 
urgent  that  landing  follow  victory  quickly,  lest  the  enemy 
recover  his  breath  in  the  long  interval  needed  for  the 
troops  to  come.  In  such  cases,  the  subsequent  landing  is 
one  incident,  and  a  very  important  incident,  to  following 
up  a  victory  properly ;  and  it  seems  entirely  congruous  to 
all  general  principles  to  say  that  the  means  for  so  following 
should  be  at  hand.  That  is,  the  convoy,  the  troops,  should 
be  with  the  fleet,  in  numbers  at  least  equal  to  the  immedi- 
ate task  of  seizing  a  position,  and  holding  it  till  reinforced. 
This  again  is  entirely  in  accord  with  the  methods  of  cross- 
ing a  river  in  face  of  an  enemy.  The  crossing  of  the  sea  is 
simply  a  much  magnified  instance  of  crossing  a  stream.  It 
may  be  that  the  accompanying  troops  should  be  propor- 
tioned only  to  that  immediate  work,  of  holding  a  position 
till  reinforced ;  but  the  question  of  proportion,  of  numbers, 
is  one  of  detail  chiefly,  not  of  principle,  and  will  be  affected 
by  many  other  details.  Naturally,  one  determining  detail 
would  be  the  desirability  of  not  exposing  too  many  troops 
to  capture  upon  a  defeat  of  the  ships  of  war. 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  217 

Again,  nearby  invasions  may  be  divided  into  those  on  a 
great  scale,  major  operations  of  war,  and  those  which  par- 
take of  the  character  of  diversions.  The  latter  may  natu- 
rally accept  risks  greater,  proportionately  to  their  size,  than 
would  be  proper  in  the  graver  undertakings;  because  the 
total  hazard  is  not  so  great,  nor  will  failure  be  so  disas- 
trous. Chances  may  be  taken  with  a  boat  which  would  be 
unjustifiable  with  a  ship,  and  with  a  ship  that  would  be 
indiscreet  with  a  fleet.  Strategically,  the  success  of  a  di- 
version, although  it  may  be  eminently  contributable  to  the 
success  of  a  war,  is  not  vital  to  it,  as  is  the  success  of  the 
great  main  advance.  Great  expeditions,  invasions  in  force, 
must  have  a  solid  sustained  character,  which,  while  de- 
manding rapidity,  imposes  also  a  graduated  advance,  a  well- 
knit  system,  in  which  each  step  presupposes  others,  and 
the  whole  a  permanent  sustained  action,  like  the  invasion 
of  France  by  Germany  in  1870.  Diversions,  particularly 
maritime  diversions,  presuppose  rather  a  momentary  action, 
or  at  most  one  the  prosecution  of  which  depends  upon  the 
turn  events  take.  For  them,  therefore,  all  the  means  of 
action  need  to  be  immediately  disposable,  in  order  that  the 
whole  may  proceed  with  instantaneous  development  when 
the  objective  point  is  reached;  and  this  means  that  the 
troops  must  accompany  the  fleet.  The  procedure  of  Great 
Britain  abounds  with  illustrations  of  the  troops  accom- 
panying the  fleet.  Such  were  the  numerous  expeditions 
against  West  India  Islands,  as  that  against  Havana  in 
1762,  and  others  in  the  French  Revolutionary  Wars,  and 
that  against  the  French  in  Egypt  in  1801.  These  were 
distant  expeditions,  on  varying  scales  of  size,  but  in  all 
navy  and  army  sailed  together. 

Instances  from  British  practice,  however,  are  less  illu- 
minative than  they  would  be  if  the  British  navy  had  been 
less  preponderant  More  convincing  is  the  action  of  Hoche, 
a  really  great  general,  in  the  expedition  against  Ireland  in 


218  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

1796.  His  army  had  been  fixed  at  twenty  thousand  men, 
though  not  so  many  went.  It  was  to  form  the  backbone 
of  what  it  was  hoped  would  prove  a  general  Irish  revolt ; 
that  is,  its  final  procedure  would  depend  upon  the  turn 
things  took  in  Ireland*  In  any  event,  it  would  be  only  a 
diversion,  however  influential ;  but  for  its  success  it  was 
imperative  that  the  landing  of  the  troops  should  follow 
instantiy  upon  the  fleet  anchoring,  and  accordingly  they 
went  with  it  In  1690  the  French  contemplated  an  inva- 
sion of  Great  Britain.  It  was  to  be  a  diversion  only, 
counting  on  an  insurrection  in  favor  of  James  II.  The 
fleet  sailed  without  the  troops.  It  won  a  marked  victory 
at  Beachy  Head,  forcing  the  allied  English  and  Dutch  fleets 
out  of  the  Channel ;  but  the  troops  were  not  at  hand  and 
the  victory  was  not  improved. 

As  a  rule,  a  major  operation  of  war  across  sea  should  not 
be  attempted,  unless  naval  superiority  for  an  adequate 
period  is  probable.  The  reason  is  that  already  given,  that 
the  main  movement  of  a  war  should  be  closely  knit  by 
steps  linked  one  with  another,  which  cannot  be  if  the  navy 
cannot  command  the  sea.  But  promising  diversions  are 
permissible  even  with  an  inferior  navy,  the  deciding  con- 
sideration being  whether  the  prospect  pf  gain  reasonably 
overbalances  the  probable  losses  from  a  failure.  Where 
navies  approach  equality,  as  in  1690  and  during  the  War 
of  American  Independence,  the  practice  generally  has  been 
that  small  bodies  of  troops  are  sent  out  by  both  sides,  with- 
out hesitation,  under  appropriate  convoy. 

The  choice  of  position  in  which  the  defendant  fleet 
would  seek  to  find  and  fight  such  expeditions  while  on 
their  way  belongs  to  the  province  of  strategy.  Nelson 
returning  to  Europe  from  the  West  Indies  in  1805  an- 
nounced to  his  captains  that  if  he  met  the  allied  fleet,  of 
which  he  was  in  pursuit,  twenty  ships  to  his  own  twelve, 
he  would  fight  them ;  but  not,  he  said,  until  near  Europe, 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  219 

unless  they  gave  him  a  chance  too  tempting  to  be  resisted. 
I  do  not  know  that  he  gave  any  reason  for  this  purpose  as 
to  place.  I  infer  that,  against  such  odds,  he  would  keep  in 
company  watching  for  an  opportunity;  but  that,  if  none 
favorable  offered,  he  would  fight  in  any  event,  because,  as 
he  said  afterwards,  and  had  said  before,  **  by  the  time  they 
have  beaten  me  soundly,  they  will  do  England  no  more 
harm  this  year/*  This  is  a  sound  strategic  motive.  The 
invading  force  being  tied  down  to  one  route,  or  at  least  to 
a  few,  the  choice  of  where  to  fight  will  remain  in  the 
defendant's  hands  to  a  certain  extent,  depending  on  his 
knowledge  of  the  invader's  movements. 

To  illustrate :  If  Nelson  had  known  where  the  French 
fleet  was  bound  in  1798  before  the  Nile,  and  could  have 
selected  his  point  of  attack,  it  would  have  been  best  to 
choose  it  near  Egypt ;  because,  in  case  of  reverse  to  the 
French,  he  could  destroy  their  force  more  entirely  at  such 
a  distance  from  France,  whereas,  if  he  himself  were  beaten, 
the  British  cause  would  not  be  materially  worse  off 
because  of  the  distance.  The  same  reasons  which  lead 
one  party  to  wish  a  certain  position  for  fighting,  if  well 
founded,  should  determine  the  other  to  avoid  fighting 
there,  if  possible.  Generally,  it  may  be  said  that  the 
farther  from  his  home  base  the  iavader  can  be  made 
to  fight,  the  better ;  but  this  must  be  tempered  by  the 
thought  that  a  small  or  partial  success  won  close  to  the 
objective  might  not  prevent  the  expedition  from  landing. 
Suppose  the  case  of  an  expedition  from  Cuba  against  Santa 
Lucia.  Probably,  in  the  case  assumed,  the  fleet  of  the  de- 
fendant, acting  offensively,  however,  as  becomes  a  navy, 
should  try  to  fall  in  with  the  expedition  midway  and 
harass  it  on  its  course, —  a  proceeding  for  which  it  will  have 
a  decided  advantage  in  its  freedom  of  maneuver,  having  no 
transports  to  care  for.  Such  harassment  and  abiding  an 
opportunity  would  be  precisely  the  course  proposed  by 


220  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

Nelson,  and,  as  he  also  intended,  should  end  in  a  resolute 
attack  at  a  point  sufficiently  £ar  from  that  of  the  enemy's 
destination.  The  manner  of  the  attack  belongs  to  the 
province  of  tactics. 

Whether  it  comes  before  or  after  the  seizure  of  the  objec- 
tive, a  battle  must  be  fought  if  a  decisive  naval  superiority 
does  not  already  exist ;  and  if  it  does,  that  superiority  must 
be  energetically  used  to  destroy  every  fragment  of  the 
enemy's  shipping  within  reach.  The  question  of  naval 
inferiority  need  not  be  discussed;  for  no  such  distant 
expedition  as  that  we  are  considering,  unless  it.be  only 
a  diversion,  is  justifiable  in  the  face  of  a  superior  fleet. 
When  Bonaparte  sailed  for  Egypt  in  1798  with  thirteen 
ships-of-the-line,  the  British  had  but  three  in  the  Medi- 
terranean, although  the  activity  of  Nelson  enabled  him  to 
overtake  and  pass  the  expedition  after  reinforcements 
reached  him.  Even  so,  the  British  fleet  was  slightly  in- 
ferior in  force  to  the  French.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
French  expeditions  to  Ireland,  in  the  same  year  and  in 
1796,  failed  entirely;  through  a  variety  of  causes,  it  is 
true,  but  due  ultimately  to  naval  inferiority,  which  forced 
them  to  take  for  the  attempt  the  stormiest  time  of  the  year, 
as  most  favorable  to  evasion,  and  so  involved  them  in 
disaster.  Had  a  better  season  been  chosen,  the  effect  of 
British  naval  command  would  have  been  only  more  direct, 
and  so  more  apparent.  Do  not  understand  this  comment 
to  imply  condemnation  of  the  particular  undertakings. 
They  were  projected  only  as  diversions,  and  appear  to 
have  been  properly  conceived,  tested  by  the  standard 
before  advanced ;  namely,  that  the  reasonable  prospect  of 
advantage  overbalanced  decidedly  the  probable  losses 
through  a  failure. 

On  its  way,  therefore,  such  an  expedition  keeps  together 
as  much  as  possible.  It  is,  for  the  time,  free  from  care 
about  communications,  inasmuch  as  necessary  immediate 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  221 

supplies  accompany  it.  Its  anxieties^  then,  are  not  stra- 
tegic, but  tactical, — how  to  protect  the  fleet  of  transports, 
and  at  the  same  time  maneuver  in  the  face  of  an  enemy,  if 
encountered.  Lookout  and  despatch  service  is  performed  by 
the  light  cruisers ;  the  heavy  ships  of  the  order  of  battle  keep 
within  supporting  reach  of  the  admiral  and  of  the  convoy. 
This  sustained  concentration  of  the  fighting  ships  is  the 
primary  vital  condition.  These  must  not  separate,  what- 
ever other  divisions  may  occur,  or  detachments  become 
expedient.  The  French  expedition  to  Ireland  in  1796 
might  have  effected  its  landing  as  certainly  as  did  Bona^ 
parte  in  Egypt  two  years  later,  if  the  military  and  naval 
commanders  had  stuck  to  the  battleships, — had  not 
separated  from  the  fighting  force.  Bonaparte,  perhaps 
instructed  by  this  experience,  kept  himself  with  the 
admiral  in  the  biggest  ship  of  the  line.  The  convoy  of 
troops  for  Egypt  was  collected  from  several  ports  while 
on  the  way.  When  that  for  Civita  Yecchia  was  expected, 
the  French  admiral  submitted  to  Bonaparte  a  written 
order  to  detach  four  ships  of  the  line  and  three  frigates 
for  its  protection  until  it  could  join  the  main  expedition. 
Bonaparte  wrote  on  the  order,  ^If,  twenty-four  hours 
after  this  separation,  ten  English  ships  of  the  line  are 
sighted,  I  shall  have  only  nine  instead  of  thirteen."  The 
admiral  had  nothing  to  reply.  The  incident  affords  a 
valuable  illustration  of  the  necessity  of  concentration  of 
thought  and  purpose ;  or,  to  use ,  Napoleon's  phrase, 
of  ^^  exclusiveness  of  purpose "  as  well  as  of  con- 
centration of  force.  The  admiral's  conception  was,  that  by 
dividing  he  would  protect  both  the  main  convoy  and  the 
expected  detachment  Bonaparte  saw  that  instead  of  both 
being  protected,  both  would  be  exposed  to  overwhelming 
disaster ;  for  if  the  British  met  the  detachment  they  would 
be  thirteen  to  four,  or,  if  the  main  body,  thirteen  to  nine. 
The  detachment  would  be  no  safer  with  four  than  with 


222  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

nine,  and  in  like  manner  the  main  body.  The  smaller,  being 
for  the  moment  unavoidably  separate,  most  take  its  chance. 
The  case  is  absolutely  on  all-fours  with  the  proposition  to 
divide  our  fleet  between  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific,  and  with 
the  Russian  blunder  of  that  character  in  the  late  war. 

So  long  as  the  troops  are  afloat,  the  dispositions  of  the 
ccmvoying  fleet  center  around  their  protection,  are  tactical 
in  chiu^cter,  and  governed  by  the  rules  applicable  to  every 
force  on  the  march  when  liable  to  meet  the  enemy;  but 
when  the  objective  is  reached  and  won,  the  troops  take  care 
of  themselves,  the  tactical  dispositions  of  the  fleet  for  them 
disappear,  and  there  arises  immediately  the  strategic  ques- 
tion of  the  communications  of  the  army,  of  the  command 
of  the  sea,  and  of  the  disposition  of  the  fleet  so  as  best  to 
insure  these  objects.  An  intermediate  hostile  port,  like 
Malta,  flanking  the  communications,  may  then  draw  upon 
itself  the  full,  or  at  least  the  proportioned,  effort  of  the  fleet. 

The  treatment  of  our  present  theme  thus  far  has  been 
by  statement  of  general  principles,  with  only  incidental 
iUnstration.  There  will  now  be  cited  at  some  length  two 
historical  examples  of  expeditions  such  as  those  under  dis- 
cussion. Separated  as  the  two  are  by  an  interval  of  two 
thousand  years,  the  lessons  which  they  afford  in  common 
illustrate  strikingly  the  permanence  of  the  great  general 
principles  of  strategy. 

Sir  Edward  Creasy,  in  his  ^  Fifteen  Decisive  Battles  of 
the  World,"  ranks  among  these  the  defeat  of  the  Athenians 
before  Syracuse,  b.  g.  415.^  Whether  the  particular  claim 
be  good  or  not,  this  event  certainly  has  a  high  value  to 
doubting  students  of  miHtaiy  history,  by  showing  that, 
under  all  conditions  of  material  or  mechanical  develop- 
ment, strategic  problems  remain  the  same,  though  affected 
by  tactical  difficulties  peculiar  to  each  age. 

At  the  time  in  question,  two  centuries  before  the  great 

1  See  map  facing  p«ge  S90. 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  223 

Strife  between  Rome  and  Carthage  known  as  the  Punic 
Wars,  Athens  had  a  sea  power  which  was  to  the  world  of 
that  day  tremendous  and  overwhelming.  It  extended  over 
and  wielded  the  resources  of  the  islands  of  the  ^gean  Sea, 
and  was  strongly  based  on  the  coasts  of  the  Dardanelles  and 
the  mainland  of  what  we  now  call  Turkey  in  Europe, 
whence  the  trade  of  Athens  was  pushed  to  the  Black  Sea 
and  to  the  Crimea,  then  as  to^iay  the  center  of  a  wheat 
countiy.  During  nearly  twenty  years  Athens  had  been 
engaged  in  war  with  the  combined  states  of  the  Pelopon- 
nesus, now  the  Morea,  at  the  head  of  which  stood  Sparta. 
Lacking  the  insular  position  which  has  been  at  once  the 
strength  and  safety  of  Great  Britain,  she  had  seen  her 
petty  land  territory  in  Attica  wasted  up  to  the  city  walls 
by  the  &r  superior  armies  of  the  enemy ;  but  she  still  held 
out  proudly,  based  upon  her  great  navy  and  her  commer- 
cial wealth,  —  in  other  words,  upon  her  sea  power.  By  it 
she  mastered  and  held  two  distant  advanced  posts  upon  the 
hostile  coasts ;  one  at  Cape  Pylus,  now  the  Bay  of  Na- 
varino,  where  the  conjoined  British,  French,  and  Russian 
fleets,  under  Sir  Edward  Codrington,  destroyed  the  Turk- 
ish navy  in  1827,  the  other  at  Naupactus,  at  the  entrance 
of  the  Gulf  of  Corinth.  Both  were  valuable  strategic 
points  for  making  raids  into  the  enemy's  territory,  and  for 
intercepting  the  com  trade  from  Sicily,  which  island  was 
peopled  by  Greeks  of  a  race  kindred  to  Sparta.  Besides 
these,  the  island  of  Corcyra,  now  Corfu,  was  in  strict  alli- 
ance with  Athens ;  and  as  in  those  early  dajrs  the  course  of 
galleys  bound  from  Greece  to  Sicily  was  to  coast  to  Corfu, 
then  across  to  the  lapygian  Promontory,  now  Cape  Santa 
Maria  di  Leuca,  and  thence  to  follow  the  Italian  coast,  the 
strategic  worth  of  the  island  to  those  who  controlled  it  is 
easily  seen.  It  therefore  was  chosen  as  the  point  of  assem- 
bly for  the  transports;  but  the  great  bond  knitting  to- 
gether all  the  elements  of  streng^  was  the  Athenian  navy. 


224  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

This  was  the  situation  when,  towards  the  year  B.  o.  418, 
Athens  determined  upon  the  conquest  of  Syracuse,  the 
chief  city  of  Sicily,  as  a  prelude  to  the  subjugation  of  the 
whole  island.  Of  the  many  motives  leading  to  this  serious 
step,  involving  a  reach  over  sea  much  exceeding  any 
previous  attempt,  we  are  here  concerned  only  with  the 
military ;  and  but  incidentally  with  them,  as  our  attention 
is  called  mainly  to  the  expedition  proper  and  not  to  the 
whole  war. 

The  military  reasons  for  attacking  Sicily  were,  first,  the 
fear  that  its  Greek  cities,  being  mainly  colonies  of  a  race 
antagonistic  to  Athens,  would  join  with  their  fleets  in  the 
war  then  raging.  If  this  fear  was  well  founded,  sound  mil- 
itaiy  policy  justified,  nay,  demanded,  an  attack  in  force 
upon  them  before  they  were  ready ;  for,  if  a  junction  were 
effected,  they  would  seriously  imperil  the  control  of  the 
sea,  upon  which  the  safety  of  Athens  depended.  The  condi- 
tion much  resembled  that  of  1807,  when  the  British  Govern- 
ment seized  the  Danish  fleet  at  Copenhagen,  it  having  be- 
come known  that  Napoleon,  in  understanding  With  the  Czar, 
proposed  to  compel  the  cooperation  of  the  Danish  navy  in 
his  general  naval  policy.  The  second  reason  was  that 
Sicily,  as  fruitful  then  as  in  all  ages,  supplied  the  enemy 
with  wheat,  even  as  Athens  drew  her  grain  supplies  from 
the  Black  Sea.  The  two  together  justified  the  undertaking 
from  a  military  standpoint,  if  there  was  strength  enough  to 
succeed  in  it  and  to  hold  the  chief  seaports;  and  after 
weighing  the  blunders  of  the  Athenian  commander-in-chief 
as  well  as  I  can  with  an  unavoidable  lack  of  experience  of 
the  sea  difficulties  of  that  day,  I  am  persuaded  the  sea 
power  of  Athens  was  equal  to  the  task. 

So  much  for  the  general  military  policy.  Let  us  now 
examine  the  conditions  of  the  particular  field  in  which  this 
expedition  was  to  act. 

Athens  was  on  the  side  of  Greece  farthest  from  Sicily. 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  226 

The  PelopoDnesus,  the  teiritoiy  of  her  opponents,  lay  be- 
tween it  and  her.  She  held  the  islands  Cytheia  (Cerigo) 
off  the  south  of  the  peninsula  and  Corcyra  on  the  west, 
while  by  her  sea  power  she  controlled  the  other  Ionian 
Islands  and  occupied  the  seaports  Naupactus  and  Pylus. 
Along  the  south  coast  of  Italy,  which  fleets  would  usually 
follow,  every  city  was  hostile  or  unfriendly,  until  on  the 
Straits  of  Messina  Rhegium  was  reached;  but  Tarentum 
and  Locri,  at  the  two  ends  of  this  line,  —  the  one  at  the 
heel,  the  other  at  the  toe  of  the  boot  of  Italy,  —  were  stren- 
uously inimical.  Messene,  on  the  Straits  of  Messina,  had 
passed  from  one  party  to  the  other,  but  was  now  held 
against  Athens.  Then  came,  on  the  east  coast  of  Sicily, 
three  friendly  cities,  beyond  which  Syracuse,  the  first 
objective,  was  reached.  The  misfortunes  of  the  expedition 
never  allowed  a  thought  of  a  farther  step. 

The  choice  of  Syracuse  as  the  objective  wbb  accurate. 
It  was  the  front  and  center,  the  foundation  and  keystone, 
of  the  whole  system  of  danger  to  Athens  from  the  west- 
em  colonies.  To  strike  at  it  direct  was  right,  if  the  sea 
strength  of  Athens  was  as  great  as  the  event  showed.  In 
so  doing,  the  expedition  passed  by  the  hostile  strategic 
points  capable  of  sheltering  an  enemy's  fleet ;  but  the  leader 
had  reason  to  think  that,  if  imaided,  they  would  not  dare 
to  act  against  him.  He  was  right;  their  jealousy  of  Athens 
refused  help,  beyond  water  and  permission  to  anchor,  but 
no  seacoast  city  dared  to  lift  a  hand  against  the  power  of  the 
sea.  The  Athenians  thus  cut  loose  from  their  base,  having 
force  amply  sufficient  to  crush  Syracuse  before  help  could 
come,  depending,  with  reason,  upon  their  control  of  the 
sea  daunting  the  enemy  cities  near  their  communications. 
In  fact,  these  hostile  ports,  except  Tarentum,  finally  allowed 
the  besiegers  of  Syracuse  to  be  supplied  from  their  mar- 
kets, and  thus  became  to  them  new  bases  of  support,  of 
resources. 


226  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

This  was  what  did  happen.  What  might  have  happened 
—  with  the  respectable  though  inferior  fleet  possessed  by 
Syracuse,  and  under  the  strategic  conditionst  added  to  the 
tactical  embarrassments  inseparable  from  an  expedition 
composed  of  ships  of  war  and  transports— 'is  admirably 
set  forth  in  a  speech  made  by  a  Syracusan  before  the  pop- 
ular assembly  of  the  city.  This  man,  named  Hermocrates, 
proposed  to  make  active  use  of  the  strategic  position  of 
Tarentum,  flanking  the  Athenian  line  of  operations,  by 
sending  thither  a  fleet  which  would  either  deter  the  enemy 
by  threatening  his  communications,  or,  if  he  persisted, 
would  act  offensively  against  them  and  the  fleet  as  oppor- 
tunity arose,  —  Nelson's  opportunity,  too  tempting  to  be 
resisted.     The  speech  of  Hermocrates  was  as  follows : 

*^  There  is  one  point  more  which,  in  my  opinion,  is  more 
critical  and  important  than  all  the  rest;  and  although, 
inured  as  you  are  to  domestic  indolence,  it  may  perhaps 
not  gain  your  ready  approbation,  I  shall,  however,  boldly 
recommend  it.  If  all  of  us  in  general  who  are  inhabitants  of 
Sicily,  or  at  least  if  only  we  Syracusans,  with  what  other 
people  we  can  get  to  assist  us,  would  put  out  instantly  to 
sea  with  all  the  ships  we  have  in  readiness ;  and,  victualled 
but  for  the  space  of  two  months,  if  we  would  then  give 
these  Athenians  the  meeting  either  at  Tarentum  or  at  Cape 
lapygia,  and  there  convince  them  that  before  they  enter  the 
lists  of  war  for  the  conquest  of  Sicily  they  must  fight  for 
their  passage  across  the  Ionian  Sea,  we  would  strike  them 
with  the  utmost  terror.  We  would  infinitely  perplex  them 
with  the  thought  that  from  a  friendly  port  we  sally  forth 
to  guard  our  outworks,  for  Tarentum  will  readily  receive 
us ;  while  they  have  a  long  tract  of  sea  to  pass  with  their 
cumbersome  train,  and  must  find  it  hard,  through  so  long 
a  voyage,  to  be  always  steering  in  the  regular  order.  As 
their  course  must  thus  be  slow,  and  must  advance  only  in 
exact  conformity  to  order,  we  shall  have  a  thousand  opportu- 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRTNCIPLES  227 

nities  to  attack  them.  If,  again,  they  clear  their  ships  for 
action  and  in  a  body  bear  down  expeditiously  upon  us,  they 
must  ply  hard  at  their  oars,  and,  when  spent  with  toil,  we 
can  fall  upon  them ;  ^  or,  in  case  fighting  be  not  advisable, 
we  have  it  always  in  our  power  to  retire  into  the  harbor  of 
Tarentum. 

^^  Thus,  if  the  Athenians,  in  constant  expectation  of  being 
fought  with  at  sea,  make  their  passage  with  but  a  small 
portion  of  their  stores,  they  will  be  reduced  to  a  great 
distress  upon  coasts  which  will  afford  them  no  supply. 
Should  they  choose  to  continue  in  their  station,"  that  is, 
to  remain  in  Corfu,  **  they  must  be  infallibly  blocked  up 
in  it ;  should  they  venture  a  passage,  they  must  unavoid- 
ably leave  their  tenders  and  storeships  behind,"  because 
of  the  tactical  embarrassment  in  the  day  of  battle,  ^*  and  as 
they  have  no  assurance  of  a  hearty  reception  from  the 
cities  of  the  coasts,  must  be  terribly  dismayed,''  for  their 
communications.  ^  It  is  my  firm  opinion  that,  amidst  the 
great  perplexity  of  thought  which  must  result  from  these 
obstructions,  they  will  never  presume  to  set  sail  from 
Corcyra ;  or,  at  least,  while  they  are  agitating  the  forms  of 
procedure  and  sending  lookout  vessels  to  discover  our 
numbers  and  positions,  the  season  of  the  year  will  be  pro- 
tracted to  winter/' 

1  In  the  tactical  ijttem  of  the  Athenlanf ,  who  were  the  most  expert  of 
leamen,  dependence  was  placed  upon  their  mperior  skill  enabling  them  to 
charge  the  tides  of  an  enemy's  ship  with  the  bow  of  thehr  own, — the  strongest 
part  of  a  Tessel  to  the  weakest  For  this  manenrering  the  rowers  needed  to  be 
in  full  strength, — fresh.  The  Syracusans  reinforced  the  bows  of  their  galleys 
abnormally,  to  meet  bow  to  bow,  like  two  eggs  testing  strength.  Thehr  inferior 
skill  could  not  insure  this  particular  collision  if  the  Athenian  rowers,  with 
their  lighter  handling  Teasels,  were  flresh.  The  Romani  would  not  be  af- 
fected by  the  fatigue  of  rowers,  if  they  could  reach  the  enemy ;  for  then  they 
made  fast,  and  the  fighting  men,  who  were  fresh,  fell  on.  All  these  partic- 
ulars are  tactical ;  there  is  in  each  of  them  just  as  real  tactical  resource  as 
in  the  American  navy  replacing  eighteen  pounders  by  twenty-f oofs  in  1800- 
1812. 


228  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

A  farther  detail,  affecting  naval  operations  in  the  field 
of  strategy  as  well  as  of  tactics,  is  evidently  deduciUe  from 
this  speech ;  namely,  if  the  ancient  fleets  proposed  to  them- 
selves to  keep  the  sea  for  some  time,  as  in  this  instance  to' 
make  a  straight  coarse  from  Corcyra  to  Syracase,  they  were 
forced  to  carry  sach  a  weight  of  provisions  and  water  as 
brought  them  down  in  the  water  and  rendered  them  slow 
and  difficult  in  maneuvering.  In  other  words,  the  stra- 
tegic consideration  of  the  route  to  be  followed,  whether  as 
shorter  or  with  reference  to  the  friendly  disposition  of  the 
coast  skirted,  involved  also  the  tactical  question  of  the 
efficiency  of  their  fleets  in  the  all-important  point  of  speed 
and  turning  power.  The  same  thought  applies  to  over- 
loading with  coal  when  within  tactical  reach  of  the  enemy, 
as  Rozhestvensky  did.  It  is  also  worth  remarking  that  the 
excessive  labor  of  the  oar  necessitated  for  the  oarsmen  an 
ample  supply  of  nourishment,  and  especially  of  fluid  in 
warm  weather. 

The  salient  and  decisive  features,  however,  in  the  plan 
of  Hermocrates  were :  (1)  The  recognition  of  the  strategic 
value  of  Tarentum,  flanking  the  route  the  enemy  must 
take,  as  do  Jamaica,  Gibraltar,  Malta ;  and  (2)  the  use  to 
which  he  proposed  to  put  this,  by  rapidly  mobilizing  the 
Syracusan  or  Sicilian  fleets,  and  massing  them  on  the  flank 
of  the  Athenian  line  of  advance  in  a  position  secured  from 
attack.  Here  was,  first,  a  threat  the  enemy  could  scarely 
venture  to  disregard ;  and,  secondly,  the  preparation  of  the 
inferior  navy  for  offensive  action  at  a  moment's  notice, 
and  upon  the  weakest  yet  most  vital  link  in  the  enemy's 
scheme  of  operations. 

In  the  proposition  of  Hermocrates,  then,  we  have  a  true 
and  fruitful  strategic  thought,  with  the  modification  due  to 
tactical  conditions,  put  forth  two  thousand  years  ago  by  a 
man  who  never  heard  the  words  "  strategy  "  or  "  tactics  " 
technically  used,  nor  tried  to  formulate  their  laws.     If, 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  229 

however,  any  one  is  disposed  to  infer,  from  the  accurate  in- 
sight of  this  untaught  genius,  the  uselessness  of  studying 
war  as  an  art,  he  may  be  quickly  set  right  by  the  coldness 
and  insult  with  which  the  speech  was  received,  and  the 
vainglorious  appeal  to  national  self-sufficiency  made  by  the 
opposition  orator ;  a  Orecian  anticipation  of  ^*  buncombe," 
which  can  be  read  in  Thucydides.  The  advice  was  rejected 
with  contumely,  the  result  being  the  unopposed  progress  of 
the  Athenians,  and  the  consequent  siege,  suffering,  and  nar- 
row escape  of  Syracuse,  with  the  change  of  attitude  before 
mentioned  in  her  friends,  the  Italian-Greek  cities.  How- 
ever many  and  mixed  the  motives  of  the  Syracusan  assem- 
bly, a  knowledge  of  the  principles  of  war  might  have  given 
the  true  policy  a  chance ;  averting  the  ruin  which  nearly 
overtook  the  city,  and  would  have  overwhelmed  it  but  for 
the  imbecility  of  the  Athenian  general. 

It  should  be  added,  however,  that  although  the  scheme  of 
Hermocrates  was  not  only  sound,  but  the  very  best  fitted 
to  the  conditions,  it  would  not  assure  the  certainty  of 
Syracuse's  safety,  because  she  was  much  the  inferior 
power.  It  was  the  most  skilful  thing  to  do;  it  secured 
the  most  numerous  chances ;  but  if  the  Athenian  skill  had 
been  equal,  the  stronger  must  in  the  end  prevaiL  Indeed, 
the  transfer  of  the  Syracusan  fleet  to  Tarentum,  as  con- 
ceived by  Hermocrates,  illustrates  aptly  both  the  power  and 
the  limitations  of  a  ^^  fleet  in  being,"  of  which  we  have 
heard  and  still  hear  so  much.  Tarentum  would  have  fixed 
upon  itself  the  Athenian  attack,  just  because  the  hostile 
navy  was  there ;  as  Port  Arthur  fixed  the  attention  of  the 
Japanese,  and  Santiago  that  of  the  United  States  in  1898. 
Syracuse  would  have  been  saved  by  the  fleet,  at  least  until 
Tarentum  fell.  The  momentary  safety  of  Syracuse  would 
illustrate  the  influence  of  a  **  fleet  in  being  " ;  its  subjuga- 
tion after  the  fall  of  Tarentum  would  show  the  limitations 
of  such  a  fleet,  which,  by  definition,  is  inferior. 


280  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

This  episode  in  the  Peloponnesian  War,  for  in  result  it 
proved  to  be  no  more,  gives  us  all  the  conditions  of  a  distant 
maritime  expedition  in  any  age.  We  have  the  home  base, 
Athens;  the  advanced  intermediate  bases  at  Corcyra  and 
other  points,  which  played  for  Athens  the  part  that  Gib- 
raltar, Malta,  and  foreign  coaling  stations  have  done  and 
still  do  for  Oreat  Britain;  the  objective,  Syracuse;  the 
neutral,  doubtful,  or  hostile  country  to  be  passed,  across 
the  Ionian  Sea  or  along  the  coasts  of  Italy ;  the  enemy's 
advanced  post  in  Tarentum  and  sister  cities ;  the  greater 
naval  power  in  Athens ;  the  smaller  but  still  respectable 
fleet  of  Syracuse ;  the  difficulty  of  communications ;  the 
tactical  embarrassment  of  a  train  of  supply  ships;  the 
tactical  difficulty  of  ships  deeply  laden  for  a  long  voyage, 
which  exists  in  a  degree  to-day ;  the  tactical  difficulty  of 
the  fatigue  of  rowers,  which  has  disappeared ;  the  wisdom 
of  meeting  the  enemy  half  way  and  harassing  his  progress ; 
the  danger  of  awaiting  him  at  home  on  the  defensive ;  the 
perception  of  a  navy's  true  sphere,  the  offensive.  All 
these  broad  outlines,  with  many  lesser  details,  are  to  be 
found  in  this  Athenian  expedition,  and  most  of  them  in- 
volve principles  of  present  application.  In  fact,  put  this 
early  galley  expedition  under  a  microscope  and  there  is 
seen  realized  the  essential  leading  features  of  every  mari- 
time invasion. 

The  attempt  of  the  Athenians,  though  overwhelmingly 
disastrous  in  this  issue,  was  justified,  because  they  were  by 
far  the  superior  naval  power,  and  therefore  had  the  prob- 
ability of  operating  over  a  controlled  sea. 

The  same  cannot  be  said  for  Bonaparte's  Egyptian  expe- 
dition of  1798.^  Without  attempting  to  analyze  the  mingled 
motives  which  determined  the  action  of  the  French  general, 
it  is  probable  that  he  was  swayed  largely  by  his  disposition 
to  trust  to  the  chances  of  war,  as  he  so  often  did  both  before 

^  See  map  facing  page  260. 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  281 

and  after,  and,  for  long,  not  in  vain.  Also,  when  the  expe- 
dition left  Toulon,  there  were  but  three  British  ships-of-the- 
line  in  the  Mediterranean,  while  even  of  their  presence  he 
may  well  have  been  ignorant  There  was,  therefore,  a  veiy 
reasonable  preponderance  of  chances  that  the  landing  could 
be  effected  before  an  interrupting  force  could  come  up. 
Once  on  shore  he  was  not  wholly  unjustified  in  relying  for 
further  progress  upon  the  resources  of  the  conquered  coun- 
tiy  and  upon  his  own  unsurpassed  powers  for  war  and 
organization;  and  there  seems  reason  to  believe  that,  by 
adopting  for  the  fleet  a  course  analogous  to  that  recom- 
mended by  Hermocrates,  he  might  greatly  have  increased 
the  perplexities  of  the  British  admiral,  and  by  so  far  his 
own  chances  of  success. 

His  foot  firmly  planted  in  Egypt,  Bonaparte,  having  com- 
passed his  first  objective  and  so  far  accomplished  his  offen- 
sive purpose,  necessarily  passed,  as  to  Great  Britain,  to  the 
defensive  with  an  inferior  navy.  This  was  precisely  the 
position  of  Syracuse  in  relation  to  Athens,  and  the  question 
may  be  considered,  ^*  What  use  should  he  have  made  of  his 
fleet?"  Having  supreme  command  of  it  as  well  as  of  the 
army,  this  care  was  constantly  in  his  mind  There  were 
many  considerations,  political  and  administrative,  that  must 
justiy  have  influenced  him ;  but  from  the  purely  military 
point  of  view  his  decision  appears  to  have  been  about  the 
worst  possible. 

(rood  communication  with  home  was  the  one  thing  neces- 
sary to  his  final  success ;  nay,  to  the  very  existence  of  the 
French  army  in  Egjrpt.  There  was  no  doubt  of  its  ability 
to  subdue  Egyptian  opposition ;  but  it  was  bound  to  suffer 
losses  by  batUe  and  disease,  and  if  it  advanced,  as  it  must, 
there  was  further  loss  by  unavoidable  dissemination  of 
forces.  The  numbers  needed  frequent  reinforcement. 
Certain  supplies  also  must  come  from  home,  such  as 
ammunition  of  all  kinds  and  equipments  for  war,  not  to 


282  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

speak  of  the  moral  effect  upon  the  army  of  finding  itself 
cut  off  from  any  probable  hope  of  returning  to  France. 
There  was,  too,  the  possibility  that  the  fleet,  under  favoiv 
able  circumstances,  might  cooperate  with  the  army;  as, 
indeed,  frigates  did  a  few  months  later  in  the  Syrian 
expedition. 

The  danger  that  threatened  all  this  was  the  British  fleet. 
No  port  nor  number  of  ports  along  the  line  —  as,  for  in- 
stance, Malta,  which  the  French  held  —  could  keep  com- 
munications open  if  that  fleet  were  left  untrammeled  in  its 
movements.  It  was  now  known  to  be  in  number  approach- 
ing that  of  the  French,  although  the  French  admiral  con- 
tinued in  a  state  of  blissful  confidence  about  his  power  to 
resist  it. 

Criticism,  always  wise  after  an  event,  condemns  as 
visionary  Bonaparte's  attempt  upon  Egypt,  as  it  also  has 
that  of  the  Athenians  against  Syracuse.  Having  paid 
some  attention  to  the  matter,  my  own  opinion  is  that, 
though  the  probabilities  were  rather  against  his  success 
than  for  it,  there  were  chances  enough  in  his  favor  to  jus- 
tify the  attempt.  Much  military  criticism  consists  simply 
in  condemning  risks  which  have  resulted  in  failure.  One 
of  the  fii'st  things  a  student  of  war  needs  to  lay  to  heart 
is  Napoleon's  saying,  ^*  War  cannot  be  made  without  running 
risks."  The  exaggerated  argument  about  the  *^ fleet  in 
being  "  and  its  deterrent  effect  upon  the  enemy  is,  in  effect, 
assuming  that  war  can  and  will  be  made  only  without 
risk.  •  What  a  risk  was  run  by  General  Grant  when  he  went 
below  Vicksburg,  against  which  Sherman  remonstrated  so 
earnestly,  or  by  Farragut  when  he  passed  the  forts  below 
New  Orleans,  leaving  them  in  control  of  the  river  behind 
him. 

The  orders  of  Bonaparte  were  clear  and  precise,  that  the 
ships  of  war  should  be  taken  into  the  old  port  of  Alexan- 
dria, if  there  was  water  enough  on  the  bar;  if  not,  the 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  288 

admiral  was  to  go  to  Corfu,  then  in  possession  of  the 
French,  or  to  Toulon.  These  orders  looked  first  to 
the  safety  of  the  fleet;  and  next  to  keeping  it,  if  possible, 
under  Bonaparte's  own  controL  The  retention  in  Alexan- 
dria was  open  to  two  objections:  the  first,  tactical  in 
character,  was  that  the  fleet,  though  perfectly  safe,  could 
be  easily  blockaded  there,  and  could  with  difficulty  come 
out  and  form  in  the  face  of  an  active  enemy;  while, 
secondly,  there  was  the  strategic  inconvenience  that  its 
presence  there  would  draw  the  British  fleet  to  the  pre- 
cise point  where  transport  ships  and  supplies  from  France 
must  converge.  The  French  navy,  in  taking  this  position, 
would  give  up  entirely  its  special  properties,  mobility  and 
the  offensive,  —  which  Hermocrates  was  so  careful  to 
insure,  —  and  for  the  purpose  of  keeping  open  communica- 
tions with  home  would  be  as  useless  as  it  became  after  the 
Battle  of  the  Nile.  It  is  truthfully  remarked  by  a  French 
naval  officer  that,  with  the  difficulty  of  exit,  a  fleet  in 
Alexandria  could  be  checked  by  an  inferior  force,  which 
could  fall  on  the  head  of  the  column  as  it  came  out  of  the 
narrow  entrance. 

The  admiral  disobeyed  these  orders,  and  for  the  worse. 
He  anchored  near  Alexandria  in  an  open  roadstead,  pre- 
senting to  an  enemy's  attack  no  difficulties  except  hydro- 
graphic;  and  his  dispositions  to  strengthen  the  defense 
were  slothful  and  faulty.  The  question  of  engaging  the 
enemy  under  way  or  at  anchor  was  discussed  in  a  council 
of  war,  where  it  was  decided  to  await  them  at  anchor ; 
and  the  line  of  anchorage  was  established  with  that  view. 
This  decision,  which,  it  will  be  noted,  was  tactical,  not 
strategic,  was  as  unfaithful  to  the  true  r61e  of  the  navy  as 
were  the  orders  of  Bonaparte  for  its  strategic  disposition. 
Tactically,  the  fleet  was  devoted  by  its  commander  to  a 
passive  defensive,  giving  up  its  power  of  motion,  of  ma- 
neuver, and  of  attack.    Strategically,  Bonaparte,  in  this 


284  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

case,  was  relying  upon  the  deterrent  effect  of  the  ^  fleet  in 
being  '*  upon  Turkey. 

It  is,  however,  generally  admitted  that  a  strategic  &iult 
is  more  far-reaching  than  one  of  tactics,  and  that  a  tactical 
success  will  fail  of  producing  its  full  effect  if  the  strategic 
dispositions  have  been  bad.  We  may  therefore  listen  our 
attention  upon  the  strategic  error.  Had  the  result  of  the 
Battle  of  the  Nile  been  favorable  to  the  French,  and  the 
fleet  been  afterwards  withdrawn  into  Alexandria  according 
to  Bonaparte's  orders,  there  would  have  been  no  positive 
gain  to  the  Egyptian  expedition.  In  the  supposed  case, 
the  French  fleet  would  have  gained  an  advantage  over  the 
British  navy  by  inflicting  upon  an  isolated  detachment  a 
certain  loss,  perhaps  even  a  disabling  loss ;  but  the  purpose 
of  Bonaparte  to  keep  it  under  his  own  hand  at  Alexandria 
would  have  rendered  the  success  futile,  because,  wherever 
the  French  fleet  was,  it  drew  an  equivalent  British  detach- 
ment  with  the  force  of  a  magnet,  and  before  Alexandria 
such  a  detachment  was  in  the  most  &vorable  position  to 
intercept  supplies  coming  from  France. 

Granting  that  the  strategic  disposition  proposed  was 
faulty,  to  what  use  should  the  fleet  be  put? 

It  is  in  a  case  of  this  kind  that  the  helpfulness  of  prin- 
ciples clearly  and  strongly  held  is  felt  It  is  a  very 
narrow  reading  of  the  word  "  principle  "  to  confine  it  to 
moral  action.  Sound  military  principle  is  as  useful  to 
military  conduct  as  moral  principle  is  to  integrity  of  life. 
At  the  same  time  it  must  be  conceded  that  the  application 
of  a  principle  to  a  particular  case  is  often  difficult,  in  war 
or  in  morals. 

If  the  principle  is  accepted  upon  which  Hermocrates 
acted,  perhaps  imconsciously,  that  the  part  of  the  navy  in 
a  defensive  operation  is  to  stand  ready  for  immediate  offen- 
sive action,  and  to  threaten  it,  it  is  seen  at  once  that  a 
provision  which  looked  only  to  its  safety,  while  neutraliz- 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  286 

ing  its  power  of  movement,  such  as  shutting  it  up  in  Alex- 
andria, was  probably  erroneous.  If  found  there  by  the 
British  fleet,  it  was  caught  in  a  vise. 

If  not  in  Alexandria,  then  where?  Bonaparte  named 
two  alternative  ports,  Corfu  and  Toulon.  As  regards 
these,  (1)  the  fleet  could  not  have  been  shut  up  in  either 
as  easily  as  in  Alexandria ;  (2)  a  larger  force  would  have 
been  needed  to  keep  it  in ;  and  (8)  a  fleet  employed  in  do- 
ing so  would  have  been  less  able  to  stop  the  French  com- 
munications with  Egypt.  At  Toulon,  it  is  true,  the  British 
fleet  would  have  been  at  the  strategic  point  whence  supplies 
would  in  most  cases  start ;  but  it  is  easier  to  get  out  of  a 
blockaded  port  than  into  it,  while,  as  for  shutting  up  a 
large  fleet,  it  was  difficult  for  an  enemy  to  keep  close  to 
Toulon  in  winter. 

Corfu,  however,  Bonaparte's  third  alternative,  offered 
very  distinct  and  decisive  advantages  as  a  position  over 
Toulon.  A  British  fleet  watching  off  that  island  would 
have  been  far  removed  from  the  direct  route  between 
Toulon  and  Egypt,  —  over  three  hundred  miles,  two  days' 
sail  at  least,  not  to  speak  of  the  difficulty  of  receiving 
intelligence.  The  office  of  the  navy  as  accessory  to  a  de- 
fensive position,  such  as  was  that  of  the  French  in  Egypt 
relatively  to  Great  Britain,  is  to  keep  open  communications 
by  acting,  or  threatening  to  act,  upon  the  offensive.  This 
can  only  be  done  through  its  power  of  movement  on  the 
open  sea,  and  by  assuming  an  initiative  suited  to  its 
strength  whenever  opportunity  offers ;  for  the  initiative  is 
the  privilege  of  the  offense.  Keeping  communications  open 
on  a  given  line  means  either  drawing  or  driving  the  enemy 
off  it.  If  not  strong  enough  to  drive  him  off,  then  diver- 
sion must  be  attempted, — by  threatening  his  interests  else- 
where and  in  as  many  quarters  as  may  be,  seeking  to 
mislead  him  continually  by  all  the  wiles  known  to  warfare. 
As  with  war  in  general,  this  is  a  business  of  positions,  and 


286  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

consequently  the  chief  station  of  a  force  destined  to  exert 
such  influence  is  a  matter  of  prime  importance.  Corfu, 
though  not  without  its  drawbacks,  fulfilled  the  conditions 
better  than  any  other  port  then  under  French  control, 
because  the  mere  presence  there  of  a  French  squadron  de- 
tained the  enemy's  fleet  so  far  from  the  vital  line  of  com- 
munications. Malta,  on  the  contrary,  like  Toulon,  would 
haye  fixed  the  enemy  on  the  yery  road  which  it  was  desir- 
able to  keep  open. 

Drawing  away,  or  diverting,  assumes  that  strength  is 
inferior  to  the  enemy's,  as  was  then  the  case  with  the 
French  navy,  as  a  whole,  relatively  to  the  British.  If, 
however,  though  weaker  in  the  aggregate,  you  are  stronger 
than  a  particular  detachment  encountered,  it  should  be 
attacked  at  once,  before  reinforced.  Such  weak  detach- 
ments commonly  result  from  an  enemy's  fears  for  his 
exposed  points;  as,  for  instance,  Brueys,  as  mentioned 
already,  wished  to  make  a  detachment  from  his  main 
fleet,  because  he  feared  for  the  safety  of  the  troops  from 
Civita  Vecchia.  Therefore  the  aim  of  the  weaker  party 
should  be  to  keep  the  sea  as  much  as  possible ;  on  no 
account  to  separate  his  battleships,  but  to  hold  them  to- 
gether, seeking  by  mobility,  by  frequent  appearances,  which 
unaided  rumor  always  multiplies,  to  arouse  the  enemy's 
anxieties  in  many  directions,  so  as  to  induce  him  to  send 
off  detachments ;  in  brief,  to  occasion  what  Daveluy  calls 
a  *'  displacement  of  forces  "  unfavorable  to  the  opponent. 
If  he  make  this  mistake,  either  the  individual  detachments 
will  be  attacked  one  by  one,  or  the  main  body,  if  unduly 
weakened. 

These  movements  are  all  of  a  strategic  character  or  aim. 
If,  as  a  result  of  them,  a  collision  is  effected  with  a  part  of 
the  enemy's  forces,  —  say  in  the  proportion  to  your  own  of 
two  to  three,  —  a  strategic  advantage  will  have  been 
achieved.    In  the  action  that  should  then  follow  the  aim 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  287 

will  be  to  increase  this  advantage  of  numbers  by  concen- 
trating as  two  to  one,  or  at  least  in  some  degree  of  superi- 
ority on  part  of  the  enemy's  ships.  This,  however,  belongs 
to  the  province  of  tactics,  or,  more  accurately,  grand 
tactics. 

Let  us  now  apply  these  principles  to  the  probabilities  in 
the  case  before  us.  The  facts  were  as  follows:  Nelson 
first  appeared  before  Alexandria  on  June  28th,  1798,  three 
days  before  Bonaparte.  Not  finding  the  French  fleet  there, 
he  supposed  he  had  mistaken  its  destination  and  hurried 
back  to  the  Straits  of  Messina,  anxious  about  Naples  and 
Sicily.  If  during  the  month  of  July,  while  he  was  thus 
away,  the  French  fleet  had  sailed  as  is  here  advocated. 
Nelson,  on  returning,  would  have  found  the  following 
state  of  things :  The  French  army  ashore  with  its  supplies 
out  of  reach ;  the  transports  and  frigates  in  the  port  of 
Alexandria,  equally  inaccessible;  and  the  enemy's  fleet 
gone,  on  what  errand  of  mischief  he  could  not  telL  To 
remain  there  with  his  whole  force  would  be  useless.  To 
follow  with  his  whole  force  would  be  correct  by  all  prin- 
ciples; but  if  he  did  so,  he  left  Alexandria  open.  The 
temptation  to  leave  a  blockading  detachment,  say  two 
ships  (he  had  then  no  frigates),  would  be  very  great. 

Alexandria,  however,  was  not  the  only  port  in  the  power 
of  France  and  connected  with  the  whole  system  of  her 
Mediterranean  control.  At  this  moment  she  held  firmly 
both  Toulon  and  Malta ;  and  Corfu  with  a  grip  which  later 
on  resisted  for  a  certain  time  the  attack  of  the  combined 
Turkish  and  Russian  squadrons.  It  was  a  matter  of  im- 
portance to  her  enemies  that  she  should  not  strengthen 
herself  in  Malta  and  Corfu.  All  these  four  points,  Toulon, 
Malta,  Alexandria,  and  Corfu,  therefore  claimed  the  atten- 
tion of  Great  Britain;  yet  all  could  not  be  effectually 
watched,  so  as  to  break  up  the  communications  with 
Egypt,  without  a  dividing  of  Nelson's  fleet  which  would 


288  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

have  made  each  fragment  hopelessly  weak.  This  was  ex- 
emplified a  year  later,  in  1799,  when  the  incursion  of  the 
Brest  fleet  into  the  Mediterranean,  before  alluded  to,  found 
the  British  thus  divided.^  To  the  power  of  distraction 
thus  in  the  hands  of  France  is  to  be  added  the  unprotected 
condition  of  England's  allies  or  friends  in  Naples,  Sicily, 
and  Sardinia ;  sJl  of  which  were  open  to  attack  from 
the  sea.  In  short,  the  French  fleet,  until  cornered,  was 
facilitated  in  any  operations  it  might  undertake  by  the 
possession  of  several  secure  ports  of  refuge,  well  spaced 
and  situated ;  and  had  besides  large  power  to  inflict  injury, 
and  to  exact  contributions  and  supplies  from  states  com- 
mitted to  the  side  of  Great  Britain.  Onl^  a  half-dozen 
years  earlier  the  squadron  of  Latouche  Tr^viUe  had  com- 
pelled such  acquiescence  from  the  kingdom  of  Naples  at 
the  cannon's  mouth. 

It  will  be  seen,  therefore,  that  so  long  as  the  French  had 
in  the  Mediterranean,  ready  for  action,  a  compact  body  of 
thirteen  serviceable  ships-of-the-line,  the  number  engaged 
at  the  Nile,  a  force  slightly  superior  to  Nelson's  own, 
besides  frigates,  Nelson's  fleet  had  several  different  objects, 
all  of  importance,  demanding  his  attention.  There  were 
the  four  hostile  ports  just  mentioned,  the  enemy's  commu- 
nications to  Egypt,  and  the  protection  of  Great  Britain's 
allies.  Besides  all  this  there  was  the  additional  object, 
the  French  fleet.  There  can  be  little  doubt  that  the  genius 
of  Nelson  would  have  led  him  straight  for  the  enemy's 
fleet,  the  true  key  to  such  a  strategic  situation.  But  not 
every  admiral  is  a  Nelson ;  and  even  he  could  not  have 
stopped  the  communications  effectually  before  he  had  found 
and  beaten  the  fleet  After  the  battle  of  the  Nile  Nelson's 
ships  scattered:  some  to  Naples,  some  to  Malta,  some 
to  Gibraltar,  some  before  Alexandria.    Such  a  dispersal 

i  See  *'  Inflaence  of  Sea  Power  upon  French  BeTolation  and  Empire," 
ToL  i,  p.  904. 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  289 

shows  sufficiently  the  exigencies  of  the  general  situation, 
but  it  would  have  been  simply  insane  under  the  present 
supposition  of  thirteen  French  ships  of  the  line  compact 
in  Corfu.  In  the  positions  taken  afterwards,  each  of  the 
small  British  detachments  named  did  good  service,  and  in 
perfect  safety,  having  the  enemy's  fleet  off  their  minds. 

But  if,  instead  of  being  at  sea  in  the  Mediterranean  or 
in  port  at  Corfu,  the  French  fleet  had  been  safely  moored 
in  the  harbor  of  Alexandria,  Nelson's  task  would  have  been 
simpler.  The  blockade  of  that  port  would  have  settled  the 
communications  and  left  him  perfectly  easy  as  to  the  fate 
of  Naples  and  Sicily.  Toulon  lost  most  of  its  importance 
with  the  British  fleet  thus  placed  across  the  path  of  any 
reinforcements  it  might  send;  and  Nelson  from  his  four- 
teen ships  could  safely  have  spared  two,  if  not  three,  for 
the  blockade  of  Malta,  which,  however,  could  have  been 
maintained  by  frigates.  It  will  be  remembered  that  in 
Alexandria  the  French  fleet  labored  under  the  tactical  dis- 
advantage of  having  to  come  out  by  a  passage  narrow, 
so  far  as  sufficiency  of  water  was  concerned,  while  the  out- 
siders, during  the  summer,  had  a  fair  wind  with  which  to 
appi*oach.  In  other  words,  the  French  fleet  would  have  to 
come  out  in  column,  in  &ce  of  a  resolute  enemy  able  to  de- 
ploy his  vessels  across  its  head  and  to  fall  upon  the  leading 
ships  in  detail 

It  may  be  objected  that  the  quality  of  the  French  fleet 
was  so  inferior  that  the  suggested  use  of  it  as  a  cruising 
squadron  could  end  only  in  disaster.  There  is  some  truth 
in  such  a  statement ;  and  there  were  also  political  and  ad- 
ministrative reasons,  as  already  admitted.  If  engaged  in 
a  criticism  upon  the  management  of  the  French  navy  under 
Bonaparte  in  its  entirety,  full  weight  would  have  to  be 
allowed  to  these  considerations.  Using  the  case,  however, 
simply  as  an  illustration  of  strategy,  as  is  here  done,  it  is 
permissible  to  disregard  them  ;  to  assume,  as  must  be  done 


240  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

in  an  abstract  military  problem,  a  practical  equality,  where 
numerical  equality  is  found.  None  but  a  hopeless  doctri- 
naire would  deny  that  circumstances  powerfully  modify  the 
application  of  the  most  solid  general  principles ;  yet  prin- 
ciples are  elicited  only  by  eliminating  from  a  number  of 
cases  those  conditions  which  are  peculiar  to  each,  so  that 
the  truth  common  to  all  becomes  clear. 

As  r^^ards  the  particular  effect  upon  Nelson  of  such  a 
use  of  tiie  French  fleet  as  here  advocated,  it  must  be  re- 
membered by  us,  who  now  see  things  with  the  &cility  of 
what  our  American  slang  calls  ^  hind-sight,"  that  if  ever 
Nelson  lost  his  head,  was  ^^  rattled,"  it  was  when  he  at  his 
first  visit  found  the  French  not  in  Alexandria ;  and  after 
all  was  over,  he  spoke  most  dejectedly  of  the  state  of  his 
health,  induced  by  **  the  fever  of  anxiety  "  through  which 
he  had  passed.  We  now  may  dismiss  lightly  the  contin- 
gencies here  suggested ;  that  great  seaman  felt  their  pres- 
sure and  knew  their  weight.  Besides,  it  may  be  said  that 
if  Nelson  had  missed  the  French  twice  more,  or  a  few 
weeks  longer,  he  might  have  lost  his  command,  so  great 
was  the  popular  clamor  over  his  first  &ilure;  and  there 
was  scarcely  another  British  admiral  at  that  time  fitted  to 
deal  decisively  with  an  equal  enemy.  Napier  estimates 
the  presence  of  Napoleon  on  a  battlefield  as  equal  to 
thirty  thousand  men ;  and  it  is  no  exaggeration  to  say  that 
Nelson,  for  thorough  dealing  with  an  enemy's  fleet,  was 
equal  to  a  reinforcement  of  three  ships-of-the-line.  The 
mere  success  of  the  French  fleet  in  dodging  pursuit  and 
raising  alarm  might  have  cost  Great  Britain  her  most 
efficient  sea-commander. 

It  may  be  further  interesting  to  note  that  the  course 
recommended  by  Hermocrates,  and  here  suggested  for  the 
French  fleet,  is  identical  in  principle  with  certain  well- 
known  instances  in  land  warfare.  When  the  allied  Aus- 
trians,  British,  and    Dutch  were    falling    back  through 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  241 

Belgium  before  the  yictorious  advance  of  the  French  in  1794, 
upon  reaching  a  certain  point  they  separated;  the  Anglo- 
Dutch  retreating  upon  Holland,  with  the  vain  thought  of 
coyering  it  by  direct  interposition,  while  the  Austrians 
took  the  road  to  Germany.  Jomini  Q^  Guerres  de  la  R^pub- 
lique  ")  shows  that  if,  instead  of  this  folly  of  separating, 
they  had  massed  their  entire  force  in  a  well-chosen  position 
coyering  their  communications  with  Germany,  and  to  one 
side  of  the  line  leading  to  Holland,  which  was  the  objectiye 
of  the  French,  the  latter  could  not  dare  to  pass  them,  leav- 
ing their  communications  open  to  attack.  They  must  have 
stopped  and  fought  a  pitched  battle  upon  ground  of  their 
enemy's  own  choosing  before  they  could  touch  Holland. 

This  again,  in  1800,  was  the  principle  dictating  Bona- 
parte's order  to  Mass^na  to  throw  a  heavy  garrison  into 
Genoa.  The  Austrians  could  not  pass  by  it,  could  not 
advance  in  full  force  along  the  Riviera  against  southern 
France,  while  tliat  garrison  flanked  their  line  of  communi- 
cation. They  were  compelled  to  mask  the  place  with  a 
large  detachment,  the  withdrawal  of  which  from  the  main 
body  vitally  affected  the  campaign.  This  again,  in  1808, 
was  the  real  significance  of  Sir  John  Moore's  &mous  ad- 
vance from  Portugal  upon  Sahagun  in  Spain.^  The  threat 
to  the  French  communications  arrested  Napoleon's  advance, 
postponed  the  imminent  reduction  of  Spain,  gave  time  for 
Austria  to  ripen  her  preparations,  and  entailed  upon  the 
emperor,  in  place  of  a  rapid  conquest,  the  protracted  wast- 
ing Peninsular  War,  with  its  decisive  ultimate  effects  upon 
his  fortunes.  Napier  shrewdly  says  that  his  own  history 
might  never  have  been  written  if  Moore  had  not  made  the 
move  he  did. 

But  let  it  be  remembered  always  that  the  strength  of  such 
dispositions  lies  not  in  the  inanimate  fortresses  so  much  as 
in  the  living  power  of  the  men,  troops  or  seamen,  whose 

1  See  map  faciog  pege  248. 


242  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

purposes  they  subserve.  To  use  Napoleon's  phrase,  **  War 
is  a  business  of  positions,"  but  not  so  much  on  account  of 
the  positions  themselves  as  of  the  men  who  utilize  them. 
Of  tiiis,  the  uselessness  of  Malta  to  the  French  in  1798- 
1800  is  a  conspicuous  example.  It  flanked  the  line  of  com- 
munications from  the  West  to  the  Levant ;  but,  there  being 
no  fleet  in  the  port,  the  position  was  useless,  except  as 
engaging  the  attention  of  a  small  British  blockading  force. 


CHAPTER  X 

FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES 
Opbratioks  of  Wab 

THE  last  lecture  began  with  some  carsory  re- 
marks on  the  subject  of  maritime  expeditions 
in  general,  and  then  was  illustrated  by  two 
special  historical  cases  of  such  expeditions. 
The  length  to  which  this  illustrative  digression  went 
makes  it  necessary  to  recall  that  the  question  leading  to  it 
was  this :  What  is  the  true  strategic  use  to  be  made  of  the 
naval  force  when  the  key  to  a  maritime  region,  or  any 
advanced  position  of  decisive  importance  in  such  a  region, 
has  been  won  by  a  combined  expedition?  The  answer 
given  was  that,  when  such  a  success  had  been  won,  the  par- 
ticular expedition,  having  next  to  secure  and  preserve  that 
which  had  been  gained,  passes  from  the  offensive,  with  which 
it  started,  to  the  defensive,  and  that  the  true  part  for  the 
navy  to  bear  in  such  a  defensive  is  the  offensive-defensive. 
When  the  first  objective  is  possessed,  the  navy,  heretofore 
tied  to  the  rest  of  the  expedition,  is  released,  the  army 
assumes  the  defense  of  the  conquest,  or  the  further  prosecu- 
tion of  the  conquest,  and  the  fleet  takes  charge  of  the  com- 
munications, and  so  of  its  own  element,  the  sea.  But  it  can 
fulfill  such  a  charge  only  by  either  driving  or  drawing  the 
enemy's  sea  force  away  from  the  region  in  dispute  or  from 
the  critical  point  of  the  campaign.  If  stronger,  it  will 
seek,  and  if  possible  compel,  a  battle ;  if  weaker,  it  will 
try  to  draw  the  enemy  away  and  to  divide  his  forces  by 
threatening  other  strategic  points  or  vital  interests.  It 
should  be  noted  that  this  is  precisely  the  function  of  a 


244  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

navy  in  relation  to  the  defense  of  the  home  coast-line,  if 
the  nation  be  reduced  to  a  naval  defensive  for  the  war. 

The  Emperor  Napoleon  in  the  early  part  of  1812  dis- 
cussed a  somewhat  similar  situation  in  land  warfare,  in  a 
letter  of  instructions  sent  to  Marshal  Marmont,  command- 
ing in  Spain  that  part  of  the  French  forces  which  lay  about 
Salamanca  and  in  face  of  the  fortress  Ciudad  Rodrigo.^ 
This,  strong  though  it  was,  the  British  under  Wellington 
had  recently  captured  by  an  operation  which  in  its  swift- 
ness resembled  rather  a  coup  de  main  than  a  siege.  Western 
Spain,  bordering  Portugal,  was  a  region  which  tiie  French 
had  seized  and  &om  which  the  British  sought  to  dislodge 
them ;  for  the  French  at  this  period  were  reduced  to  a  de- 
fensive attitude  in  Spain,  owing  to  the  approaching  war 
with  Russia,  which  had  led  the  emperor  to  concentrate  the 
most  and  the  best  of  the  troops  at  his  disposal  upon  the 
great  Russian  expedition. 

The  borderland  of  Spain  and  Portugal  thus  corresponded 
to  our  maritime  region :  belonging  to  neither  party,  occu- 
pied by  one,  sought  by  the  other.  There  were  in  it  two 
principal  fortresses,  answering  to  fortified  seaports,  —  Ciu- 
dad Rodrigo  in  the  north  and  Badajoz  in  the  south,  both 
of  which  had  been  occupied  by  the  French.  Upon  the  ten- 
ure of  these  depended  control  of  the  region.  By  a  rapid 
movement  Ciudad  Rodrigo  had  been  taken  from  them,  as 
just  said.  Badajoz  had  been  threatened  also ;  it  was  one 
of  the  two  keys  to  the  frontier,  and  now  the  only  one  re- 
maining to  France.  Before  the  capture  of  Ciudad  Rodrigo 
it  had  been  besieged  in  form  for  some  time  by  Wellington, 
taking  advantage  of  the  weakened  condition  of  the  French 
army  in  consequence  of  a  disastrous  retreat  from  Portugal 
the  year  before,  1811. 

Marmont  had  succeeded  to  the  command  while  Badajoz 
was  besieged,  and  before  Ciudad  Rodrigo  fell.     Collecting 

^  See  map  fadng  page  248. 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  246 

his  army  in  the  field,  his  mobile  force,  corresponding  to  the 
navy  in  sea  warfare,  he  marched  towards  Badajoz.  Well- 
ington, unable  to  sustain  both  siege  and  battle,  raised  the 
siege,  retired  into  Portugal,  and  thence  moved  north  of  the 
Tagus  to  Almeida,  there  and  thus  confronting  Ciudad 
Rodrigo,  and  watching.  Marmont  also  returned  to  the 
north,  to  Salamanca,  and  had  he  remained  expectant,  on  a 
concentrated  defensiye,  ready  to  act  offensively  if  need  be, 
the  presence  of  his  force  would  have  fixed  that  of  Welling- 
ton ;  but  he  conceived  the  idea  of  sending  help  to  a  brother 
marshal,  Suchet,  then  besieging  Valencia  in  the  east.  As 
he  moved  south  towards  the  Tagus,  the  British  thought  at 
first  that  he  intended  to  invade  southern  Portugal  from 
Badajoz ;  but  as  soon  as  he  detached  his  five  thousand  men 
to  the  eastward  Wellington  recognized  that  south  Portugal 
was  not  threatened.  He  saw  also  that  north  Spain  had 
been  stripped  momentarily  of  effective  French  force,  for 
Marmont  had  sent  with  the  detachment  a  large  part  of  his 
artillery  and  cavalry.  Then  the  British  swooped  down 
upon  Ciudad  Rodrigo,  carried  and  garrisoned  it  before  the 
field  army — the  navy  —  could  come  to  its  support  The 
chance  was  close,  and  therefore  the  place  was  stormed 
before  the  time  was  ripe  by  the  rules  of  the  engineer's  art. 
**  Ciudad  Rodrigo  mvst  be  stormed  to-night,"  read  Well- 
ington's orders ;  and  his  army  understood  the  appeal  to  its 
courage  to  indicate  the  near  return  of  the  French  relieving 
force. 

It  is  to  the  general  situation  hence  resulting  that  Napo- 
leon's letter  of  instructions  applies.    He  writes  to  Marmont, 

^  Tour  army  being  now  strone,  equipped  again  with  siege 
artillery,  and  restored  in  marcUe  as  well  as  numbers,  it  is 
no  longer  necessary,  in  order  to  protect  Badajoz,  that  you 
march  upon  it.  Keep  your  army  in  divisions  around  Sala- 
manca, spread  out  sufficiently  for  ready  subsistence,  but  at 
such  distances  that  all  can  unite  in  two  marches ; "  that  is, 


246  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

in  two  days.  ^^  Make  all  your  dispositions  such  that  it 
may  be  understood  you  are  preparing  to  take  the  offensive, 
ana  keep  up  a  continual  demonstration  by  outpost  engage- 
ments. In  such  an  attitude  you  are  master  of  all  the  Brit- 
ish movements.  If  Wellington  undertakes  to  march  upon 
Badaioz,  let  him  go;  concentrate  your  troops  at  once, 
march  straight  upon  Almeida,  and  you  may  be  sure  he  will 
quickly  return  to  encounter  you.  But  he  understands  his 
business  too  well  to  commit  such  a  fault." 

You  have  here  the  French  army  in  the  field,  the  mobile 
force  corresponding  to  a  navy,  protecting  its  acquired  post, 
Badajoz,  by  detaining  the  enemy's  field  army ;  that  is,  by 
drawing  it  away,  or  keeping  it  drawn  away,  from  the  posi- 
tion which  it  had  shown  its  wish  to  capture.  In  the  first 
instance,  Badajoz  had  been  saved  by  Marmont's  approach, 
driving  Bwekj  Wellington.  In  the  second,  Ciudad  Rodrigo 
was  lost  by  misdirection  and  dissemination  of  Marmont's 
force ;  the  British  army  in  the  field  snatched  away  an  im- 
portant position.  In  the  third,  Badajoz  is  protected,  not 
by  direct  action,  but  by  the  indirect  effect  of  a  sustained 
diversion  menacing  interests  which  the  British  could  not 
afford  to  neglect. 

The  same  method  of  diversion  was  projected  on  a  gigantic 
scale  by  the  Emperor  Napoleon  in  1804  and  1805,  when  he 
wished  to  draw  away  a  large  proportion  of  the  British  fleet 
from  Europe,  and  in  their  absence  to  concentrate  his  own 
navy  in  the  English  Channel,  to  cover  the  descent  upon 
Great  Britain.  It  will  be  remembered  that  France  during 
this  period  was  on  the  defensive  as  regards  its  coast-line. 
By  his  formulated  plan  the  fleets  from  Toulon,  Rochefort, 
and  Brest  were  all  to  escape  from  their  ports,  to  meet  in  the 
West  Indies,  and  to  return  in  a  body  to  the  ChanneL  It 
was  expected  that  the  British  would  pursue,  be  bafiSed  by 
their  imcertainty  as  to  the  destination  of  the  French,  and 
that  the  latter  would  reach  Europe  again  far  enough  in 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  247 

advance  tx>  oontrol  the  Channel  for  some  days.  The  plan 
failed  through  various  causes.  The  British  commander-in- 
chief  before  Toulon,  Nelson,  did  follow  the  Toulon  fleet  to 
the  West  Indies ;  but,  though  starting  a  month  later  than 
it,  the  better  quality  of  the  British  fleet  enabled  him  to  get 
back  first,  contrary  to  the  Emperor's  calculations.  Nor 
could  Napoleon  reckon  upon  the  singular  insight  with  which 
Nelson  at  Antigua  divined  that  ViUeneuve  had  returned  to 
Europe ;  so  that,  having  left  the  Straits  of  Gibraltar  thirty- 
one  days  after  the  allies,  he  sailed  upon  his  return  thither 
only  four  days  later  than  they,  and  got  back  a  week  before 
they  entered  FerroL 

I  may  add  that,  besides  the  principal  diversion  by  his 
fleets  assembling  in  the  West  Indies,  Napoleon's  corre- 
spondence at  that  time  is  full  of  schemes  for  enticing  the 
British  squadrons  away  from  the  Bay  of  Biscay  and  the 
Channel. 

Jt  will  be  observed  that  the  French  fleet,  going  in  this 
instance  to  the  West  Indies,  was  intended  to  produce  and 
did  produce  just  that  effect,  which  its  going  to  Corfu  would 
have  produced  upon  conditions  in  the  Mediterranean,  in  the 
case  discussed  in  the  last  lecture.  The  British  fleet  was 
drawn  in  pursuit  to  the  West  Indies ;  that  is,  far  from  the 
Straits  of  Dover,  the  strategic  center  of  Napoleon's  plans, 
the  critical  point  of  the  campaign,  as  Corfu  was  remote 
from  Alexandria  and  from  the  line  of  communications 
between  that  port  and  France.  If  Nelson  had  been  an 
average  commander  he  would  have  remained  in  the  West 
Indies  until  he  had  tangible  evidence  that  the  French  fleet 
had  left  them.  This  is  no  surmise.  Many  strongly  urged 
him  so  to  remain ;  the  weight  of  opinion  was  against  him ; 
but  he  possessed  that  indefinable  sagacity  which  reaches 
just  conclusions  through  a  balancing  of  reasoning  without 
demonstrable  proof.  If  he  had  remained  until  he  got  re- 
liable information,  the  result  would  have  been  twenty  allies 


248  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

in  Europe  to  support  Napoleon's  concentration,  and  the 
British  concentration  weakened  by  Nelson's  dozen,  —  a  total 
difference  of  thirty  ships-of-the-line. 

I  will  here  draw  your  attention  to  the  fact  that  Napoleon's 
plan  in  this  case  was  very  similar  to,  and  apparently  derived 
from,  one  elaborated  in  1762  by  the  French  prime  minister 
of  that  period.^  Napoleon  probably  knew  of  this  from  the 
French  archiyes ;  but  it  is  unlikely  that  Nelson  did. 

Whichever  of  the  above-mentioned  two  courses  the  navy 
has  to  adopt,  —  driving  away  or  drawing  away,  —  it  must 
again  be  noted  that  it  is  on  the  defensive  as  to  the  general  op- 
erations, but  on  the  offensive  as  to  its  own  actions.  This,  it 
may  be  further  noted,  is  exactly  what  Napoleon  prescribed 
to  Marmont.  *^  The  turn  which  the  general  affairs  of  Europe 
have  taken,"  he  writes,  ^^  compels  the  Emperor  to  renounce 
for  this  year  the  expedition  against  Portugal,"  that  is,  an 
offensive  campaign.  Therefore  he  prescribes  a  general  de- 
fensive attitude,  but  one  carrying  o£fensive  menace';  in  order 
thereby  to  protect  Badajoz,  and  to  secure  the  line  of  com- 
munications from  France  to  Madrid,  which  Salamanca 
covered,  but  which  Sir  John  Moore  three  years  before  had 
threatened  with  such  disastrous  effect  to  Napoleon's  own 
plans,  drawing  him  away  from  his  strategic  center,  the 
critical  point  of  the  campaign,  at  a  moment  vital  to  his 
success. 

Now,  such  conditions  of  things,  as  regards  a  conquest 
actual  or  supposed,  precisely  illustrates  also  the  relation  of 
the  navy  to  home  defense.  In  both  cases  the  nation,  being  in 
actual  possession,  is  in  so  far  on  the  defensive ;  but  if,  from 
necessity  or  by  a  mistaken  policy,  it  keeps  its  navy  also  on 
the  defensive  within  its  ports  or  tied  to  them,  it  abandons 
to  the  enemy  its  commerce  and  its  communications  with 
abroad.  This  was  what  the  United  States  perforce  did  in 
1812,  having  no  navy  to  send  abroad,  except  as  commerce 

1  Ck>rbett,  "  Seren  Yeari'  War,"  toI.  ii,  pp.  802-907. 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  249 

destroyers.  Such  an  abandonment  will  not  necessarily  lead 
to  ruin,  especially  if  the  country  be  large,  so  as  to  be  able 
to  depend  on  internal  resources,  or  have  on  its  land  frontiers 
neutral  nations  through  whom  a  roundabout  trade  may  be 
carried  on.  Neither  will  it  altogether  lose  commerce  in 
neutral  bottoms,  if  its  coast  be  too  long  for  effective  block- 
ade ;  but  it  will  suffer  both  humiliation  and  material  loss, 
which  a  great  nation  should  not  risk.  The  true  comple- 
ment of  any  scheme  of  home  coast  defense  is  a  navy  strong 
enough  either  to  drive  the  hostile  fleet  away  from  one's  own 
shores  or  to  keep  it  away  by  adequate  threats  to  hostile 
interests.  So  used,  a  navy  is  unquestionably  the  best  of 
coast  defenses. 

In  this  connection,  because  here  entirely  pertinent,  I  wish 
to  introduce  a  comment  which  I  shall  develop  at  length  in 
a  later  lecture ;  namely,  that  seacoast  fortresses  should  not 
be  thought,  as  they  usually  are,  to  be  primarily  defensive  in 
function.  Seacoast  works,  the  office  of  which  is  limited 
to  keeping  hostQe  ships  at  a  distance,  but  which  are  open 
on  the  land  side,  may  be  defensive  merely ;  but  a  properly 
fortified  port,  capable  of  giving  security  to  a  navy,  is  de- 
fensive only  as  is  a  fortress,  like  Metz  or  Mayence,  which 
contains  an  army  able  to  take  the  field,  and  thereby  com- 
pels the  enemy  to  maintain  before  the  place  a  detachment 
sufficiently  strong  to  arrest  any  offensive  action  possible  to 
the  garrison. 

Even  our  feeble  War  of  1812  yielded  an  illustration  of 
this  offensive  character  of  a  port  capable  of  sheltering  a 
squadron.  The  squadron  of  Commodore  John  Bodgers,  in 
New  York,  was  a  garrison  capable  of  acting  offensively; 
and  it  did  so.  The  British  knew  it  had  sailed  in  a  com- 
pact body,  but  with  what  intentions  they  did  not  know. 
Consequently,  their  squadron  on  the  American  coast  being 
small,  they  had  to  keep  their  ships  together,  lest  one  alone 
should  encounter  that  squadron.    This  enforced  concen- 


250  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

tration,  coupled  with  the  necessity  for  the  British  to 
protect  their  own  trade,  left  the  American  ports  so  loosely 
watched  that  the  greater  part  of  the  returning  American 
merchant  vessels  arrived  safely.  This  defensive  result 
was  intended,  and  was  obtained,  by  Rodgers'  offensive 
cruise,  the  credit  of  which,  in  conception  and  in  execution, 
belongs  almost  wholly  to  him.  The  sustained  exertion  of 
such  offensive  action  depends  upon  ports  capable  of  pro- 
tecting the  fleet.  Otherwise  it  is  destroyed,  as  at  Port 
Arthur;  or  driven  out,  as  at  Santiago. 

In  this  direction  also  we  may  seek  a  proper  comprehen- 
sion of  what  the  size  of  a  navy  should  be.  It  should  be  so 
great,  and  its  facilities  for  mobilization  and  for  maintenance 
of  supplies  should  be  such,  that  a  foreign  country  contem- 
plating war  should  feel  instant  anxiety  because  of  the 
immediate  danger  that  would  arise  from  that  navy,  either 
to  itself,  or  to  its  dependencies,  or  to  its  commerce.  Such 
effect  would  be  deterrent  of  war ;  and  to  deter  is  simply  to 
practice  diversion  in  another  form.  This  has  been  an- 
nounced, with  military  brevity  and  emphasis,  as  the  o£Bcial 
purpose  of  the  German  government  in  its  naval  programme 
adopted  in  1900.  **  Germany  must  have  a  fleet  of  such 
strength  that,  even  for  the  mightiest  naval  Power,  a  war 
with  Germany  would  involve  such  risks  as  to' jeopardize  its 
own  supremacy,"  Unhappily  this  purpose,  when  effected 
as  towards  Great  Britain,  will  leave  the  United  States  far 
in  the  rear  of  Germany  as  a  naval  power. 

It  has  been  assumed,  as  a  principle  of  strategy  in  refer- 
ence to  any  theater  of  war,  that  the  controlling  point  or 
system  of  points  —  the  key  of  the  situation,  to  repeat  the 
familiar  phrase  —  should  be  the  objective  of  any  offensive 
movement.  It  has  also  been  stated  in  terms  that  the  ad- 
vance, or  front  of  operations,  should  be  pushed  forward  as 
far  as  can  be  done  consistently  with  that  closely  linked 
communication,  between  all  the  parts,  which  binds  the 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  251 

system  into  a  whole.  The  reason  is,  that  all  within  such  a 
system,  or  in  rear  of  such  a  front  of  operations,  being  in 
your  control,  is  more  useful  to  you  than  to  the  enemy; 
more  dangerous  to  him  than  to  you.  This  increases  your 
resources  for  the  time  being ;  and  if  peace  finds  yon  in  such 
possession,  you  have  a  vantage  ground  in  that  subsequent 
bargaining  which  is  usually  and  euphemistically  styled 
*^  negotiations  for  peace." 

The  supreme  instance  of  such  an  advanced  front  of  opera- 
tions afforded  by  maritime  warfare  was  the  British  block- 
ade of  the  French  and  Spanish  ports  during  the  wars  of  the 
French  Revolution  and  Empire,  1793-1815.  The  British 
fleets  before  the  several  ports, —  Brest,  Rochefort,  Ferrol, 
Cadiz,  Toulon,  —  linked  together  by  intermediate  divisions 
composed  chiefly  of  cruisers,  watching  the  smaller  outlets 
and  scouring  the  adjacent  sea,  formed  really  a  continuous 
line  or  front  of  operations.  The  efficacy  of  such  control 
was  evidenced  by  the  security  of  the  British  Islands  and 
colonies,  and  of  British  trade  upon  the  sea.  The  whole 
ocean,  the  region  in  rear  of  this  front  of  operations,  was 
secured  against  all  but  raiding.  This  was  evidenced  by 
the  smallness  of  the  loss  by  British  commerce,  less  than 
three  per  cent  of  the  total  embarked ;  and  by  the  failure  of 
all  the  enemy's  projects  of  invasion. 

This  advanced  front  held  by  fleets  at  sea  corresponds 
to  a  front  held  by  armies  in  the  field,  when  maintained  by 
virtue  of  their  own  superiority.  It  is  evident,  however, 
that  such  advantages  will  be  increased  by  the  holding  of 
nearby  fortified  places.  For  example,  when  Bonaparte  in 
1796,  in  his  advance  against  Austria,  found  himself  held 
up  by  the  fortress  of  Mantua,  flanking  his  necessary  line  of 
advance,  he  took  as  his  front  of  operations  the  line  of  the 
Adige,  with  the  fortress  of  Verona  bestriding  the  river. 
Verona  was  capable  of  withstanding  a  siege ;  it  could  be 
defended  by  relatively  few  men ;  it  secured  stores  therein 


262  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

accumulated;  it  had  also  the  moral  prestige  of  strength, 
and  it  assured  the  passage  of  the  stream  when  necessary  to 
throw  troops  from  one  side  to  the  other.  All  this  was 
additional  to  the  force  of  the  French  army  itself.  Thus  at 
the  battle  of  Areola  Bonaparte  ventured  to  leave  Verona 
with  a  very  small  garrison,  while  with  the  mass  of  his  army, 
by  nighty  he  crossed  the  Adige  lower  down  and  struck 
at  the  rear  of  the  Austrian  army  advancing  on  Verona. 
There  was  in  this  much  risk  and  much  bluff;  but  he  was 
successful,  which  he  could  only  have  been  by  the  use  of 
the  fortress.  This  served  his  army  in  the  same  manner 
that  a  fortified  seaport  serves  a  navy  which  dares  strike 
outside  in  offensive-defensive  action.  By  occupying  this 
position,  and  by  the  additional  strength  conferred  by  the 
river  and  by  Verona,  prolonged  to  the  north  by  Lake 
Glarda,  close  along  which  the  upper  Adige  flows,  Bonaparte 
controlled  all  the  resources  of  the  valley  of  the  Po  and  of 
south  Italy,  which  lay  behind ;  just  as  Great  Britain  did 
those  of  the  ocean,  by  her  fleets  taking  up  the  line  of  the 
French  coast. 

This  maritime  Une  likewise  was  strengthened  by  strong 
places ;  namely,  by  the  home  ports,  Portsmouth  and  Ply- 
mouth, and  abroad  by  Gibraltar,  Malta,  Port  Mahon,  and 
others.  These  were  less  open  to  attack  than  Verona  was ; 
and  they  afforded  the  local  support  of  stores,  of  repairing, 
of  refitting.  Also,  in  case  of  sudden  irruption  by  an  escap- 
ing enemy's  division  they  supplied  refuge.  Single  ships 
or  inferior  divisions  could  find  security  within  them.  In 
addition  to  this  defensive  usefulness,  such  positions  have 
also  offensive  power  because  of  their  nearness  to,  and 
thereby  flanking,  great  lines  of  communication.  Thus 
Gibraltar  and  Malta  flanked  all  lines  through  the  Mediter^ 
ranean,  Plymouth  and  Portsmouth  through  the  Channel, 
Jamaica  through  the  Caribbean.  Similarly  Brest,  Cadiz, 
and  so  on  flanked  British  lines  to  the  southward;  and 


4  a 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  268 

therefore,  as  well  as  for  other  reasons,  had  to  be  contained, 
as  Bonaparte  had  to  contain  Mantua. 

Tnming  now  to  the  Caribbean  Sea  in  its  entirety,  as  a 
region  in  which  the  United  States  might  have  occasion  to 
desire  influence  and  to  exert  it,  and  supposing  all  the 
islands  at  the  outset  to  be  in  an  enemy's  possession,  if 
Cuba  should  pass  into  our  hands  we  should  control  a  very 
important  and  useful  position ;  but  we  might  still  be  far 
from  controlling  thereby  the  whole  sea.  Assuming  the 
opposing  naval  forces  at  the  beginning  to  approach  equal- 
ity, it  probably  would  not  yet  be  in  our  power  to  control 
the  whole.  In  that  case  the  front  of  operations  should  be 
pushed  as  far  forward  as  possible.  For  instance,  it  might 
be  desirable  to  occupy  Samana  Bay  and  to  control  the 
Mona  Passage ;  or,  if  strong  enough,  we  might  wish  to  push 
our  front,  the  line  maintained  by  the  battle-fleet,  to  the 
southward  and  eastward,  to  harass  the  enemy  and  to  pro- 
tect the  steamer  routes  through  the  Windward  Passage  to 
the  Isthmus,  which  routes,  by  this  advance  of  our  own 
front,  would  lie  in  rear  of  our  fleet. 

Cuba,  being  now  by  the  supposition  ours,  would  cover 
our  rear  towards  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  wherein  is  an  im- 
portant part  of  the  home  base  of  operations.  The  base  of 
the  enemy  may  be,  let  us  suppose,  in  the  Lesser  Antilles, 
and  the  sea  between,  under  the  supposition  of  equal  navies, 
would  be  in  dispute  or  in  uncertain  possession.  The  posi- 
tion of  the  enemy's  fleet  and  its  bases  would  indicate  the 
direction  of  the  next  line  of  operations. 

The  enemy,  being  deprived  of  Cuba,  whether  by  for- 
tune of  war  or  by  original  non-possession,  might  still  hold 
Jamaica,  as  well  as  certain  ports  of  the  Windward  Islands. 
This  is  the  actual  case  of  Great  Britain,  which  holds  Santa 
Lucia  and  Jamaica.  In  such  case  the  main  interest  of  the 
war  would  concentrate  for  the  time  around  Cuba  and 
Jamaica,  which  would  become  the  critical  point  of  l^e  oam- 


254  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

paigzL  The  series  of  posts.  Great  Britain,  Santa  Lucia, 
Jamaica,  the  Isthmus  of  Panama,  would  reproduce  almost 
exactly  the  other  existing  line,  —  Great  Britain,  Gibraltar, 
Malta,  the  Isthmus  of  Suez.  If  the  fleet  at  Jamaica 
should  be  inferior  to  that  at  Cuba,  the  Cuban  fleet  by 
taking  position  before  Jamaica  would  intercept  commu- 
nications with  the  Windward  Islands  and  reinforcements 
from  them,  would  cover  its  own  communications  with 
Cuba  and  the  United  States,  as  well  as  the  steamer  routes, 
and  by  all  this  action  would  press  the  fleet  within  to 
battle,  to  relieve  itself  of  these  disadvantages.  In  this 
case  as  in  the  other  the  position  of  the  enemy's  fleet  and 
his  naval  base  indicate  the  direction  of  operations ;  as  Port 
Arthur  determined  the  direction  of  the  Japanese  naval  war, 
as  well  as  much  of  the  Japanese  effort  on  land,  and  Santi- 
ago that  of  the  American  fleet  and  army  in  1898.  The 
consequent  movements  of  the  Japanese  and  the  Americans 
were  a  direct  compulsion  upon  the  Russians  in  the  one 
instance  and  the  Spaniards  in  the  other  to  fight,  which  each 
avoided  only  by  accepting  fleet  suicide. 

Operations  therefore  should  not  cease  with  the  occupa- 
tion of  the  key.  They  should  be  pushed  on  untiringly; 
but  the  same  reasoning  which,  to  assure  the  hold  on  the 
key,  prescribed  the  pursuit  and  destruction  of  the  enemy's 
fleet  holds  good  for  the  further  operations.  It  is  perhaps 
even  more  true  of  the  sea  than  of  the  land  that  the  proper 
objective  is  not  a  geographical  point,  but  the  organized 
military  force  of  the  enemy.  Positions  like  Egypt  and  the 
defile  of  the  Danube  are  important,  not  only  nor  mainly 
as  inert  masses  of  matter  favorably  placed,  but  because 
from  them  masses  of  trained  warriors  or  of  armed  ships 
can  act  with  such  facility  in  different  directions  that  they 
are  worth  more  than  greater  numbers  less  well  situated. 
The  same  is  true  of  any  place  artificially  fortified ;  its  chief 
value  is  the  facilitating  the  movements  of  the  mobile  forces. 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  255 

Therefore,  with  the  possession  of  the  advantages  which  the 
occupation  of  such  positions  confers  comes  the  obligation 
to  use  them.  How?  The  answer  to  this  question  is  given 
in  no  doubtful  manner  by  military  writers.  The  organized 
force  of  the  enemy,  that  is,  his  active  army  in  the  field, 
was  the  favorite  objective  of  Napoleon,  says  Jomini. 

Let  it  be  supposed  that  you  have  seized  such  a  strategic 
position  and  driven  the  enemy's  fleet,  after  more  or  less 
fighting,  off  the  theater  of  war  in  your  rear  and  immediate 
front.  This  means  that  your  home  communications  are 
secure,  except  from  raiding,  and  that  you  have  established 
your  naval  superiority  for  the  time  being.  If  the  enemy's 
ships  in  an  organized  body,  not  as  scattered  cruisers,  remain 
within  the  limits  of  the  given  theater  in  front  of  your  pres- 
ent position,  it  wil]  be  because  they  still  have  points  of 
support  and  supply,  upon  which  they  can  depend  for  sub- 
sistence and  to  the  defense  of  which  they  are  necessary. 
It  is  not  supposable  that  otherwise  they  can  keep  the  sea 
within  a  restricted  region;  for  the  operations  of  coaling 
and  taking  on  board  stores,  although  probably  feasible  at 
sea  if  unmolested,  could  not  go  on  with  a  superior  fleet  in 
the  neighborhood,  kept  informed  of  their  movements  by 
watchful  lookout  ships  and  wireless  telegraphy.  Such 
points  of  supply  or  bases,  therefore,  there  must  be,  and  they 
indicate  the  direction  of  your  next  line  of  operations. 

The  usual  great  predominance  of  the  British  navy  during 
the  maritime  historical  period  most  vivid  in  our  recollec- 
tions has  prevented  naval  strategy  from  yielding  as  many 
illustration  in  point  as  otherwS  migh^  have  been  the 
case.  The  control  which  this  predominance  perpetuated 
over  the  communications  between  the  enemy's  bases  and 
any  objective  proposed  by  him  dried  up  at  the  source  all 
other  exhibitions  of  strategy,  because  communications,  in 
the  full  meaning  of  the  term,  dominate  war.  As  an  element 
of  strategy  they  devour  all  other  elements.    This  usual 


266  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

predominance  of  a  single  Power  gave  origin  to  a  French 
phrase  of  somewhat  doubtful  accuracy:  La  Mer  ne  eowr 
parte  qu^une  seule  mattresse.  ^^The  Sea  brooks  only  one 
mistress."  This  is  superficially  plausible;  but  if  under- 
stood to  mean  that  the  control  of  the  sea  is  never  in  dis- 
pute, the  mastery  never  seriously  contested,  it  is  very 
misleading.  The  control  of  the  sea,  even  in  general,  and 
still  more  in  particular  restricted  districts,  has  at  times 
and  for  long  periods  remained  in  doubt;  the  balance  in- 
clining now  to  this  side,  now  to  that  Contending  navies 
have  ranged  its  waters  in  mutual  defiance.  This  was  con- 
spicuously the  case  in  the  War  of  American  Independence ; 
to  some  extent  also  in  the  Seven  Years'  War,  1756-1768. 

For  instance,  the  attack  upon  Quebec  and  consequent 
reduction  of  all  Canada  in  1759  demanded  as  a  first  step 
the  capture  in  1758  of  a  fortress,  —  Louisburg,  in  Cape 
Breton.  By  this,  the  French  fleet,  which  previously  had 
gone  back  and  forth,  between  France  and  Canada,  in  mass 
or  in  big  detachments,  was  deprived  of  a  necessary  base 
of  operations  affecting  the  communications  of  the  St. 
Lawrence  River. 

During  the  period  of  the  French  Revolution  and  of 
Napoleon,  Great  Britain  was  for  most  of  the  time  sole 
mistress  of  the  seas;  yet  in  1796  she  was  compelled  to 
evacuate  the  Mediterranean.  That  limited  area  of  the  seas 
—  the  Mediterranean  —  was  the  scene  of  a  protracted  naval 
campaign  with  var}dng  balance  from  1793  to  1798,  when  it 
was  decided  finally  in  favor  of  Great  Britain  by  the  Battle 
of  the  Nile.^  It  is  worth  while  to  trace  the  leading  inci- 
dents, for  they  illustrate  the  occurrence  and  the  necessity  of 
just  such  steps  as  we  have  been  considering ;  thus  proving 
that  the  consideration  is  not  academic  merely,  but  springs 
from  the  nature  of  things. 

In  1793,  the  British  fleet  entered  the  Mediterranean, 

1  See  map  facing  page  200. 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  257 

with  the  Spaniards  as  allies.  Owing  to  the  disloyalty  of 
southern  France  to  the  Revolutionary  government^  an  op- 
portunity arose  of  obtaining  possession  of  Toulon  and  its 
fleet;  and  this  determined  the  first  objective  and  line  of 
operations  of  the  allies.  You  will  recall  the  importance 
attached  to  the  capture  of  Toulon  by  the  great  Duke  of 
Marlborough  nearly  ninety  years  before,  and  the  strenuous 
though  abortive  attempt  of  Prince  Eugene  in  1707  to  ac- 
complish this  result.^  The  occupation  of  Toulon  would 
paralyze  at  its  source  all  French  naval  movement  in  the 
Mediterranean,  and  upon  naval  movement  depended  in 
great  measure  the  land  campaigns  in  northern  Italy  and 
along  the  Riviera.  In  1793,  Toulon  was  delivered  by  treach- 
ery ;  the  allied  fleets  entered  the  port  and  allied  troops  oc- 
cupied the  lines  surrounding  it.  The  British  admiral  wished 
at  once  to  seize  or  destroy  the  French  squadron  within, 
thus  striking  at  the  enemy's  organized  force ;  but  this  was 
opposed  by  his  Spanish  colleague,  an  officer  of  former 
wars,  profoundly  conscious  and  jealous  of  British  naval 
superiority,  which  this  destruction  would  increase.  The 
British  officer  dared  not  chance  the  result  of  a  rupture  of 
the  alliance;  and  this  political  consideration  saved  the 
French  ships,  most  of  which  afterwards  took  part  in  the 
Battle  of  the  Nile.  Without  them  Bonaparte's  Egyptian 
expedition  could  not  have  been  started. 

The  French  Government  soon  besieged  Toulon,  and  the 
clear  sight  of  Bonaparte  into  a  tactical  situation  led  to  the 
seizure  of  a  position  from  which  batteries  commanded 
the  fleets  at  anchor.  Toulon  was  evacuated  perforce.  The 
Spaniards  retired  to  their  ports ;  and  the  British,  by  the 
loss  of  the  place  itself,  were  compelled  now  to  take  the  step 
which  usually  comes  first.  They  had  to  obtain  an  advanced 
position,  for  refit  and  repair,  for  accumulation  of  stores,  — 
in  a  word,  a  local  base,  —  from  which  to  control  Toulon 

1  Ante,  page  97. 


258  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

and  support  Austrian  operations  on  the  Riviera.  This 
they  had  been  able  to  neglect  hitherto  only  through  the 
chance  which  had  placed  Toulon  itself  in  their  hands.  For 
a  brief  moment  they  took  position  in  Hydros  Bay,  close  to 
Toulon ;  but  this  was  too  near  the  mainland,  too  open  to  a 
repetition  of  the  occurrences  which  had  driven  them  from 
Toulon*  Consequentiy  they  moved  their  advanced  base 
to  San  Fiorenzo  Bay,  a  harbor  in  the  north  of  Corsica. 
This,  with  other  ports  of  the  island,  they  were  enabled  to 
occupy  through  the  momentary  disaffection  of  the  inhabit- 
ants to  France. 

This  advanced  position  they  held,  and  garrisoned  to  an 
extent  which  was  sufficient  so  long  as  the  islanders  sided 
with  them.  The  waters  between  Corsica  and  Toulon  and 
Genoa  became  a  debatable  ground,  in  which  the  British 
upon  the  whole  predominated,  but  which  could  not  be 
said  to  be  in  their  undisputed  controL  The  neighboring 
sea  had  perhaps  only  one  mistress,  but  that  mistress  was 
not  without  a  rivaL  The  case  is  that  of  our  supposed 
fleets,  resting,  one  upon  Cuba,  the  other  on  Santa  Lucia  or 
Martinique.  Two  fleet  actions  were  fought  with  the  Tou- 
lon ships  in  1795 ;  neither  decisive.  From  San  Fiorenzo 
as  a  base,  operations  were  maintained  along  the  Riviera, 
the  ultimate  objective  of  operations,  in  support  of  the 
Austrian  advance  against  France ;  but  here  also  nothing 
conclusive  was  effected.  From  1794  to  and  including  the 
first  half  of  1796  there  was  a  perpetual  conflict;  resting 
on  one  side  upon  Toulon,  on  the  other  upon  Gibraltar  and 
upon  the  advanced  base  which  the  British  had  seized  at 
San  Fiorenzo.  Concerning  this  period,  Nelson  some  yeara 
after  affirmed  that,  if  the  British  admiral  had  been  efficient, 
the  French  could  not  have  maintained  the  forward  position 
which  they  did.  This,  if  accurate,  means  that  when  Bona- 
parte in  April,  1796,  took  command  of  the  army  of  Italy, 
he  would  have  found  the  Austrians  so  far  advanced,  and 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  269 

the  British  navy  in  such  control  of  the  shore  line  from 
Nice  to  Genoa,  that  his  plan  of  campaign  must  have  been 
different.  His  very  first  movement^  by  which  he  struck  in 
between  and  separated  once  for  all  the  Austrians  from 
their  Piedmontese  allies,  was  possible,  only  because  the 
British  and  Austrian  neglect  of  opportunities  allowed  him 
at  the  beginning  to  be  at  Savona,  far  in  advance  of  Nice. 
Also,  but  for  this,  his  communications,  as  well  for  troops 
— reinforcements  —  as  for  supplies  and  for  ammunition, 
would  have  depended  upon  a  very  difficult  land  trans- 
port, with  wretched  roads,  instead  of  the  facile  water  route, 
following  a  coast-line  bristling  with  French  batteries. 

Tou  observe  here  the  ultimate  objective,  northern  Italy 
and  the  Riviera,  the  occupation  of  which  by  the  allies  of 
Great  Britain  wotild  menace  Toulon ;  you  recognize  also 
the  intermediate  objective,  San  Fiorenzo,  essential  for  the 
maintenance  of  the  British  naval  operations.  Those  opera- 
tions thus  constituted  Nelson  declared  would  have  been 
successful  under  competent  leadership.  Ample  time,  two 
years,  was  afforded.  Then  came  Bonaparte.  With  the 
advantages  left  in  his  hands,  and  by  his  own  masterly  man- 
agement, in  two  months  he  had  routed  the  Austrians  and 
waa  on  the  Adige  and  in  Verona.  West  and  south  of  this 
position  all  opposition  to  him  fell  to  pieces.  The  whole 
shore  line  of  north  Italy  became  French ;  and  through  its 
ports  numerous  French  partisans  passed  in  small  boats  to 
Corsica,  stiffening  there  the  disaffection  to  the  British, 
which  had  begun  already.  At  the  same  moment  Spain, 
swayed  largely  by  Bonaparte's  victories,  passed  into  alli- 
ance with  France.  A  junction  followed  of  the  fleets  of 
the  two  countries.  Their  organized  naval  forces,  of  which 
the  detachment  spared  at  Toulon  was  an  important  element, 
were  combined.  In  &tce  of  this  odds  the  British  felt  com- 
pelled to  abandon  their  advanced  position,  and  withdrew 
their  fleet  to  Gibraltar,  whence  it  further  fell  back  upon  Lisbon. 


260  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

This  movement  of  the  oi^ganized  force  of  the  British 
navy  was  not  molested  by  the  allied  fleets,  which  also  sep- 
arated soon  after;  the  Spaniards  going  to  Cartagena,  the 
French  to  Toulon.  The  Spaniards  then  attempted  to  take 
their  ships  to  Cadiz.  The  British  admiral  put  to  sea  and 
met  them  off  Cape  St.  Vincent  Though  very  inferior  in 
numbers,  he  knew  the  superiority  of  his  ships  in  quality. 
^  A  victory  is  ve^  necessary  for  England,"  he  was  heard 
to  say ;  and,  the  Spaniards  offering  him  a  tactical  ^^  oppor- 
tunity,'* he  fought  and  beat  them.  They  retired  into  Cadiz, 
where  the  British  shut  them  up  by  a  blockade,  the  force  of 
which  was  largely  increased  from  home,  in  order  to  permit 
a  detachment  from  it  against  the  expedition  rumored  to  be 
fitting  out  in  Toulon.  This  detachment  was  entrusted 
to  Nelson,  who  found  the  thirteen  ships  of  the  French 
off  the  coast  of  Egypt,  where  he  annihilated  them  at  the 
Battle  of  the  Nile,  in  1798.  The  organized  Mediterranean 
naval  force  of  France  and  Spain,  having  &iled  to  utilize  its 
opportunity  when  mistress  of  the  northern  Mediterranean, 
and  having  separated  into  two  bodies,  was  thus  beaten  in 
detail,  and  the  whole  Mediterranean  passed  into  British 
control  for  the  rest  of  the  war.  Bonaparte  having  already 
compelled  Austria  to  peace,  in  1797,  there  were  no  longer 
any  Austrian  operations  that  the  British  fleet  could  assist ; 
but  its  own  front,  dictated  by  the  necessities  of  the  time, 
ran  from  Gibraltar  to  Minorca,  which  had  been  seized  by 
the  commander-in-chief  at  Gibraltar  when  he  received  the 
news  of  the  Nile,  thence  to  Sicily  and  Naples,  and  was 
continued  on  by  way  of  Malta,  still  held  by  the  French, 
to  Alexandria  and  the  Levant,  where  Bonaparte  then 
was. 

From  this  brief  outline  it  is  evident  that  the  sea  in  the 
past  has  not  been  so  exclusively  dominated,  even  by  Great 
Britain,  at  her  greatest,  that  a  contest  for  control  may  not 
take  the  form  of  a  succession  of  campaigns  marked  by 


T     U     R 


t^ 


^\r 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  261 

aps  and  downs.  In  fact,  the  very  year  after  the  Battle 
of  the  Nile  a  French  fleet  of  twenty-five  of  the  line  broke 
into  the  Mediterranean,  torned  all  the  British  dispositions 
upside  down,  and  finally  went  back  with  fifteen  or  twenty 
Spaniards,  bringing  to  Brest  a  concentrated  body  of  over 
forty  ships.  Had  there  been  any  single  port  in  the  Medi- 
terranean capable  of  maintaining  such  a  body,  they  might 
have  remained  there;  modifying  conditions,  if  not  revers- 
ing them.  As  it  was,  even  in  Brest  they  starved  for  want 
of  supplies;  but  while  this  result  shows  the  need  of 
properly  equipped  bases,  it  also  demonstrates  that  Great 
Britain  did  not  control  the  sea  in  such  sense  that  her  hold 
could  not  be  shaken.  Yet  in  no  war  has  she  been  more 
powerful  at  sea.  In  the  War  of  American  Independence, 
the  West  Indies  and  North  America  witnessed  a  like  con- 
test for  control;  of  which  Suffren's  campaign  in  the 
East  Indies,  at  the  same  period,  is  also  a  conspicuous 
illustration. 

The  necessity  for  properly  equipped  and  properly  situated 
local  bases  for  a  naval  force  in  distant  or  advanced  opera- 
tions is  also  evident  from  this  Mediterranean  example.  The 
War  of  American  Independence  offers  a  strikingly  similar 
instance,  on  a  smaller  scale.  In  1782  and  1783,  the  French 
and  British  squadrons  in  the  East  Indies  were  substantially 
equal.  The  scene  of  operations,  dictated  by  local  conditions 
on  shore,  was  the  Coromandel  Coast ;  the  east  side  of  Hin- 
dustan. Naval  cooperation  was  not  practicable  during  the 
strength  of  the  northeast  monsoon,  say  from  November  to 
Maix;h,  because  the  onshore  wind  blew  with  violence.  The 
British  retired  for  that  season  to  Bombay,  where  they  had 
establishments  for  refit.  The  French  had  no  similar  port 
nearer  than  the  Mauritius,  and  all  their  previous  campaigns 
had  failed  for  want  of  an  advanced  base  on,  or  near,  the 
Coromandel  Coast  It  happened,  on  this  occasion,  that 
the  Dutch,  who  then  owned  Ceylon,  had  entered  the  war 


262  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

against  Great  Britain  in  1781,  and  the  British  had  taken 
from  them  Trincomalee  on  the  northeast  coast  of  Ceylon; 
that  is,  in  prolongation,  southward,  of  the  Coromandel  Coast. 
There  had  not,  however,  been  time  enough  to  fortify  the 
port  properly,  or  else,  as  is  more  likely,  the  opportunity 
to  do  so  had  been  neglected;  and  the  French  Admiral 
Suffren  by  dexterity  and  rapidity  of  action  gained  posses- 
sion. This  was  the  advanced  position  he  needed,  and 
when  winter  came  he  retired  there  to  refit,  thus  remaining 
close  to  the  scene  of  war,  a  very  important  matter  for 
its  political  effect  upon  the  French  allies  on  shore.  The 
British  fleet  went  to  Bombay,  practically  out  of  reach  for 
four  months  or  more.  Had  it  retained  Trincomalee,  the 
French  must  have  gone  to  Mauritius,  or  remained  at  anchor 
off  a  dangerous  lee  shore,  with  which  they  could  seldom 
communicate.  The  result  was  that  Suffren  next  season 
appeared  on  the  scene  two  months  before  the  British,  and 
obtained  successes  which  might  have  been  decisive  if  peace 
had  not  intervened. 

From  the  instances  cited,  it  may  be  accepted  that  war 
upon  the  sea  may  take  the  shape  of  a  protracted  series  of 
campaigns,  between  forces  so  nearly  equal  as  to  afford  large 
play  for  strategic  combinations.  In  fact,  during  the  War  of 
American  Independence,  of  which  Suffren's  campaign  was 
an  episode,  the  seas  of  North  America  and  the  West  Indies 
offered  a  similar  illustration  of  the  balance  of  naval  forces ; 
the  scales  swaying  now  to  this  side,  now  to  that,  up  to  the 
decisive  events  of  Yorktown  in  1781,  and  Rodney's  victory 
of  1782,  which  marked  the  end  of  the  struggle  in  either 
quarter.  The  same  general  result  may  be  found,  though 
to  a  less  marked  degree,  even  when  one  fleet  is  markedly 
superior  to  the  other.  It  is  clear  also  that  the  vigor  and 
celerity  which  are  essential  to  ultimate  success  may  depend 
upon  the  tenure  of  local  bases  of  operations.  This  was 
one  great  advantage  of  Japan  over  Russia  in  the  recent 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  263 

war.  It  may  be,  however,  that  the  local  bases  of  the  enem  j 
are  too  strongly  fortified  for  attack,  or  that  the  assailant's 
force  is  too  weak  for  quick  reduction  —  as  happened  at 
Port  Arthur. 

As  a  matter  of  experience,  local  bases,  if  fairly  fortified, 
are  rarely  attacked  until  the  one  party  or  the  other  has 
established  predominance  on  the  water.  In  1760-1762, 
the  British  captured  Martinique  and  Guadeloupe  £rom  the 
French,  and  again  in  1794  and  1810 ;  but  in  the  interme- 
diate war,  of  American  Independence,  they  made  no  attempt 
upon  either.  This  was  partly  because  their  army  was 
occupied  on  the  American  continent ;  partly  because  they 
could  not  risk  a  big  detachment  of  troops  when  a  naval 
check,  as  at  Grenada,  in  1779,  might  cause  its  surrender. 
They  did  snatch  away  Santa  Lucia;  but  that  was  at  the  very 
opening  of  hostilities,  in  1778,  and  was  due  to  their  own 
local  base  at  Barbados  being  reinforced  before  the  French 
had  completed  their  preparations  for  defense.  It  was  a  suc- 
cessful coup  de  main.  In  the  same  way,  the  French  and 
Spaniards  did  not  attempt  Jamaica  until  1782,  when  they 
were  in  superior  force  in  the  Caribbean.  The  attempt  failed 
with  Rodney's  victory  over  the  French  fleet;  that  is,  the 
allies  were  beaten  in  detail.  The  defeat  of  one  part  of  their 
force  rendered  the  other,  the  Spaniards,  innocuous. 

The  distance  from  your  own  most  advanced  position  to 
the  position  you  wish  to  attack  may  be  a  further  element 
of  difficulty.  To  act  from  Cuba  against  the  Windward 
Islands,  such  as  Martinique  and  Santa  Lucia,  which  by 
position  control  the  eastern  gateways  of  the  Caribbean 
Sea,  is  cleaiiy  a  more  complicated  undertaking  than  sim- 
ilar  action  from  Cuba  against  Jamaica.  If  a  harbor  of 
Porto  Rico  is  susceptible  of  adequate  defense  against  attack 
in  force,  it  would  be  in  respect  of  situation  a  more  advan- 
tageous base  of  operations  against  the  Windward  Islands 
than  anything  in  Cuba.    St.  Thomas,  I  believe,  is  capable 


264  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

of  such  defense;  and  it  is  better  situated  than  Porto 
Rico. 

To  a  fleet  already  weakened  numerically  by  its  first  ad- 
Vance  and  by  the  necessity  of  guarding  its  first  line  of 
communications,  such  as  that  from  the  United  States  ports 
to  Cuba,  a  second  long  line,  as  from  Cuba  to  the  Windward 
Islands,  or  to  the  Isthmus,  is  a  serious  consideration  if  the 
enemy  be  active.  The  care  of  the  second  advanced  line  may 
bring  the  fleet  down  to  an  equality  of  strength  with  the 
enemy  who  has  an  advantage  in  acting  nearer  his  own  base. 
In  such  a  case  the  inability  of  the  fleet  to  carry  supplies, 
beyond  a  certain  amount,  in  its  own  bottoms,  should  be 
supplemented  by  a  depot  —  if  any  such  offer — some  dis- 
tance in  front  of  the  position  to  which  the  first  advance  has 
been  carried.  Samana  Bay  or  Porto  Rico  will  illustrate 
such  intermediate  —  that  is,  advanced  —  depots  ;  corre- 
sponding to  San  Fiorenzo  Bay  as  before  cited,  or  to  Port 
Royal  and  Key  West  in  the  War  of  Secession,  or  to  Guan- 
tanarao  in  the  American  operations  against  Santiago.  Such 
a  depot  need  only  be  safe  Ivom  a  raid,  for  it  may  be  assumed 
that  the  movements  of  the  enemy  can  be  watched  suffi- 
ciently to  prevent  a  sudden  attack  in  force  upon  it;  the 
fleet  being,  by  the  supposed  advance,  in  face  of  the  enemy's 
fleet  and  base.  If  more  than  one  such  advanced,  or  inter- 
mediate, point  be  available,  a  careful  choice  must  be  made 
between  them ;  looking  not  only  to  their  intrinsic  advan- 
tages, but  to  their  relations  to  the  probable  movements  of 
the  fleet,  and  to  the  first  and  second  lines  of  communication, 
the  protection  of  which  will  draw  upon  those  forces  of  the 
fleet  that  ought  to  be  dispersed  as  little  as  possible. 

Having  reference  to  the  defense  of  the  Canal,  which  is 
the  crucial  strategic  feature  of  the  whole  Caribbean,  it  may 
be  remarked  that  to  attack  an  enemy's  base,  such  as  Mar- 
tinique or  Santa  Lucia,  is  a  more  effective  measure  for  pro- 
tection and  control  of  the  Isthmus  than  a  direct  defense 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  265 

of  the  Isthmus  itself  would  be ;  whether  such  defense  be 

• 

passive  only,  by  fortification,  or  active,  by  a  fleet  resting 
upon  the  fortified  Canal.  For,  if  one  of  the  islands  — 
supposed  an  enemy's  base  —  is  attacked  by  a  combined 
expedition,  such  attack,  so  long  as  sustained  in  adequate 
force,  detains  the  scene  of  war  at  a  distance  from  the  Canal, 
and  protects  all  communications  west  of  the  operation.  It 
constitutes  an  advanced  front  of  operations,  combined  with 
the  moral  power  of  the  initiative  and  of  the  offensive.  If  it 
ultimately  fails,  it  nevertheless  will  have  produced  this 
result  for  the  time  it  lasts ;  while  if  successful,  the  enemy 
is  deprived  of  a  necessary  base,  the  recovery  of  which  in- 
volves operations  that  will  exert  the  same  protective  in- 
fluence as  those  which  effected  the  capture. 

If  between  the  position  you  have  first  occupied  and  the 
enemy's  base  there  is  only  clear  sea  (as  between  Cuba  and 
Martinique,  if  not  able  to  use  Samana),  it  may  be  possible 
to  take  with  the  fleet  a  number  of  transports,  above  all,  of 
colliers ;  especially  if  you  are  so  superior  as  to  allow  a  cer- 
tain proportion  of  the  fleet  to  be  continually  coaling,  without 
reducing  the  number  engaged  below  the  enemy's  strength. 
Before  Trafalgar,  Nelson  thus  sent  his  ships  by  groups  of 
a  half-dozen  to  water  at  Tetuan.  Owing  to  the  absence 
of  such  a  division  he  had  but  twenty-seven  instead  of  thirty* 
three  on  the  day  of  battle.  If  he  could  have  watered  at  sea, 
thus  keeping  his  vessels  together,  the  battle  would  have 
been  even  more  decisive.  The  battleship  Massachusetts 
lost  her  share  in  the  battle  of  Santiago,  because  coaling  at 
Guantanamo. 

It  will  be  borne  in  mind  that  a  body  of  transports  is  al- 
ways a  tactical  weakness  in  the  day  of  battle,  and  will  prob- 
ably lower  the  fleet-speed  of  a  number  of  high-powered  ships 
of  war.  The  question  of  speed  in  such  an  advance,  however, 
may  be  of  secondary  importance,  if  the  enemy's  expected 
reinforcements  cannot  reach  him  within  a  known  time ;  and» 


266  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

when  about  to  engage,  the  safety  of  colliers  and  other  incum- 
biances  should  be  dismissed  £rom  mind,  in  view  of  the 
greater  tactical  necessity  of  beating  the  enemy  while  he  is 
still  inferior.  In  these  calculations,  much  depends  upon 
the  respective  strength  of  the  two  fleets.  The  best  defense 
for  the  transports  will  be  to  attack  the  enemy  and  occupy 
him  fully,  just  as  the  best  defense  of  the  Isthmus  would  be 
to  attack  an  enemy's  base.  This  has  been,  historically,  the 
usual  practice.  In  the  expedition  against  Jamaica  in  1782, 
De  Orasse,  when  he  found  Rodney  on  his  heels,  sent  his 
transports  into  the  neighboring  ports  of  Ouadeloupe,  and 
then  fought. 

The  case  of  further  advance  from  your  new  base  may 
not  be  complicated  by  the  consideration  of  great  distance. 
The  next  step  requisite  to  be  taken  may  be  short,  as  from 
Cuba  to  Jamaica ;  or  it  may  be  that  the  enemy's  fleet  is 
still  at  sea,  in  which  case  it  is  the  great  objective,  now  as 
always.  Its  being  at  sea  may  be  because  retreating,  from 
the  position  you  have  occupied,  towards  his  remoter  base ; 
either  because  conscious  of  inferiority,  or,  perhaps,  after  a 
defeat  more  or  less  decisive.  It  will  then  be  necessary  to 
act  with  rapidity,  in  order  to  cut  off  the  enemy  from  his 
port  of  destination.  If  there  is  reason  to  believe  that  you 
can  overtake  and  pass  him  with  superior  force,  every  effort 
to  do  so  must  be  made.  The  direction  of  his  retreat  is 
known  or  must  be  ascertained,  and  it  will  be  borne  in  mind 
that  the  base  to  which  he  is  retreating  and  his  fleet  are 
separated  parts  of  one  force,  the  union  of  which  must  be 
prevented.  In  such  a  case,  the  excuses  frequently  made 
for  a  sluggish  pursuit  ashore,  such  as  fatigue  of  troops, 
heavy  roads,  etc.,  do  not  apply.  Crippled  battleships  must 
be  dropped,  or  ordered  to  follow  with  the  colliers.  Such 
a  pursuit  presumes  but  one  disadvantage  to  the  chasing 
fleet,  viz.,  that  it  is  leaving  its  coal  base  while  the  chase  is 
approaching  his ;  and  this,  if  the  calculations  are  close,  may 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  267 

give  the  pursuing  admiral  great  anxiety.  Such  anxieties 
are  the  test  and  penalty  of  greatness.  In  such  cases,  excuses 
for  failure  attributed  to  shortness  of  coal  will  be  closely 
scrutinized ;  and  justly.  In  all  other  respects,  superiority 
must  be  assumed,  because  on  no  other  condition  could  such 
headlong  pursuit  be  made.  It  aims  at  a  great  success,  and 
successes  will  usually  be  in  proportion  to  superiority,  either 
original  or  acquired.  ^  What  the  country  needs,"  said  Nel- 
son, ^  is  the  annihilation  of  the  enemy.  Only  numbers  can 
annihilate. '' 

If  such  a  chase  follow  a  battle,  it  can  scarcely  &il  that  the 
weaker  party — the  retreatinsf  party  —  is  also  distressed  by 
orippled"^  which  h.  ^j^i^  U,  .h,u,do.-or 
fight.  Strenuous,  unrelaxing  pursuit  is  therefore  as  im- 
perative after  a  battle  as  is  courage  during  it.  Great 
political  results  often  flow  from  correct  military  action ;  a 
fact  which  no  military  commander  is  at  liberty  to  ignore. 
He  may  very  well  not  know  of  those  results ;  it  is  enough 
to  know  that  they  may  happen,  and  nothing  can  excuse  his 
losing  a  point  which  by  exertion  he  might  have  scored. 
Napoleon,  says  Jomini,  never  forgave  the  general  who  in 
1796,  by  resting  his  troops  a  couple  of  hours,  failed  to  get 
between  an  Austrian  division  and  Mantua,  in  which  it  was 
seeking  refuge,  and  by  his  neglect  found  it  The  failure  of 
Admiral  de  Tourville  to  pursue  vigorously  the  defeated 
Dutch  and  English  fleet,  after  the  battle  of  Beachy  Head, 
in  1690,  caused  that  victory  to  be  indecisive,  and  helped  to 
fasten  the  crown  of  England  on  the  head  of  a  Dutch  King, 
who  was  the  soul  of  the  alliance  against  France.  Slackness 
in  following  up  victory  had  thus  a  decisive  influence  upon 
the  results  of  the  whole  war,  both  on  the  continent  and  the 
sea.  I  may  add,  it  has  proved  injurious  to  the  art  of  naval 
strategy,  by  the  seeming  confirmation  it  has  g^iyen  to  the 
theory  of  the  ^*  fleet  in  being. "  It  was  not  the  beaten  and 
crippled  English  and  Dutch  *^  fleet  in  being  "  that  prevented 


268  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

an  inyasion  of  England.  It  was  the  weakness  or  inertness 
of  Tourville,  or  the  unreadiness  of  the  French  transports. 

Similarly,  the  refusal  of  Admiral  Hotham  to  pursue  vig- 
orously a  beaten  French  fleet  in  1795,  unquestionably  not 
only  made  that  year's  campaign  indecisive,  but  made  pos- 
sible Napoleon's  Italian  campaign  of  1796,  from  which  flowed 
his  whole  career  and  its  effects  upon  history.  The  same 
dazzling  career  received  its  sudden  mortal  stab  when,  in  the 
height  of  his  crushing  advance  in  Spain,  with  its  capital  in 
his  hands,  at  the  very  moment  when  his  vast  plans  seemed 
on  the  eve  of  accomplishment,  a  more  enterprising  British 
leader.  Sir  John  Moore,  moved  his  petty  army  to  Sahagun, 
on  the  flank  of  Napoleon's  communications  between  France 
and  Madrid.  The  blow  recoiled  upon  Moore,  who  was 
swept  as  by  a  whirlwind  to  Corufia,  and  into  the  sea;  but 
Spain  was  saved.  The  Emperor  could  not  retrieve  the  lost 
time  and  opportunity.  He  could  not  return  to  Madrid  in 
person,  but  had  to  entrust  to  several  subordinates  the  task 
which  only  his  own  supreme  genius  could  successfully 
supervise.  From  the  military  standpoint,  his  downfall 
dates  from  that  day.  The  whole  career  of  Wellingrton,  to 
Waterloo,  lay  in  the  womb  of  Moore's  daring  .conception. 
But  for  that,  wrote  Napier,  the  Peninsular  War  would  not 
have  required  a  chronicler. 

An  admiral  may  not  be  able  to  foresee  such  remote  con- 
sequences of  his  action,  but  he  can  safely  adopt  the  prin- 
ciple expressed  by  Nelson,  in  the  instance  just  cited,  after 
hearing  his  commander-in-chief  say  they  had  done  well 
enough :  '*  If  ten  ships  out  of  eleven  were  taken,  I  would 
never  call  it  well  enough,  if  we  were  able  to  get  at  the 
eleventh." 

The  relations  between  the  fleets  of  Admirals  Rozhestven- 
sky  and  Togo  prior  to  their  meeting  off  Tsushima  bore  no 
slight  resemblance  to  those  between  a  pursued  and  a  pursu- 
ing fleet.     The  Russian  fleet,  which  had  started  before  the 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  269 

Fort  Arthur  division  succumbed,  was  placed  bj  that  event 
in  the  position  of  a  fleet  which  has  suffered  defeat  so  severe 
that  its  first  effort  must  be  to  escape  into  its  own  ports* 
This  was  so  obvious  that  many  felt  a  retreat  upon  the  Baltic 
was  the  only  course  left  open ;  but,  idling  that,  Rozhestven- 
sky  aigued  that  he  should  rush  on  to  Vladivostok  at  once, 
before  the  Japanese  should  get  again  into  the  best  condition 
to  intercept  him,  by  repairing  their  ships,  cleaning  the 
bottoms,  and  refreshing  the  ships'  companies.  Instead 
of  so  ordering,  the  Russian  government  decided  to  hold 
him  at  Nossi-B^  (the  north  end  of  Madagascar),  pending 
a  reinforcement  to  be  sent  under  Admiral  Nebogatoff. 
Something  is  to  be  said  for  both  views,  in  the  abstract; 
but  considering  that  the  reinforcement  was  heterogeneous 
and  inferior  in  character,  that  the  Russian  first  aim  was 
not  battle  but  escape  to  Vladivostok,  and,  especially, 
that  the  Japanese  were  particularly  anxious  to  obtain 
the  use  of  delay  for  the  very  purpose  Rozhestvensky  feared, 
it  seems  probable  that  he  was  right.  In  any  event,  he 
was  delayed  at  Nossi-B^  from  January  9  to  March  16 ;  and 
afterwards  at  Kamranh  Bay  in  French  Cochin  China, 
from  April  14  to  May  9,  when  Nebogatoff  joined.  Ah 
lowing  time  for  coaling  and  refitting,  this  indicates  a  delay 
of  sixty  to  seventy  days ;  the  actual  time  underway  from 
Nossi-B^  to  Tsushima  being  only  forty-five  days.  Thus, 
but  for  the  wait  for  Nebogatoff,  the  Russian  division  would 
have  reached  Tsushima  two  months  before  it  did,  or  about 
March  20. 

Togo  did  not  have  to  get  ahead  of  a  flying  fleet,  for  by 
the  fortune  of  position  he  was  already  ahead  of  it ;  but  he 
did  have  to  select  the  best  position  for  intercepting  it, 
as  well  as  to  decide  upon  his  general  course  of  action : 
whether,  for  instance,  he  should  advance  to  meet  it; 
whether  he  should  attempt  embarrassment  by  his  superior 
force  of  torpedo  vessels,  so  as  to  cripple  or  destroy  some  of 


270  KAVAL  STRATEGY 

its  units,  thus  reducing  further  a  force  already  inferior; 
also  the  direction  and  activities  of  his  available  scouts. 
His  action  may  be  taken  as  expressing  his  opinions  on 
these  subjects.  He  did  not  advance ;  he  did  not  attempt 
harassment  prior  to  meeting;  he  concentrated  his  entire 
battle  force  on  the  line  bj  which  he  expected  the  enemy 
must  advance;  and  he  was  so  far  in  ignorance  of  their 
movements  that  he  received  information  only  on  the  very 
morning  of  the  battle.  Tliis  was  well  enough ;  but  it  is 
scarcely  unreasonable  to  say  it  might  have  been  bettered. 
The  Japanese,  however,  had  behind  them  a  large  part  of  a 
successful  naval  campaign,  the  chief  points  of  which  it  is 
relevant  to  our  subject  to  note.  They  had  first  by  a  sur- 
prise attack  inflicted  a  marked  injury  on  the  CQcmy's  fleet, 

during  its  enforced  inactivity.  They  had  then  reduced 
one  of  the  enemy's  two  naval  bases,  and  destroyed  the 
division  sheltered  in  it  By  this  they  had  begun  to  beat 
the  enemy  in  detail,  and  had  left  the  approaching  rein- 
forcement only  one  possible  port  of  arrival. 

If  a  flying  fleet  has  been  lost  to  sight  and  has  but  one 
port  of  refuge,  pursuit,  of  course,  will  be  directed  upon 
that  port ;  but  if  there  are  more,  the  chasing  admiral  will 
have  to  decide  upon  what  point  to  direct  his  fleet,  and  will 
send  out  despatch  vessels  in  different  directions  to  find  the 
enemy  and  transmit  intelligence.  Cruisers  engaged  in 
such  duty  should  be  notified  of  the  intended  or  possible 
movements  of  the  fleet,  and  when  practicable  should  be 
sent  in  couples ;  for  although  wireless  telegraphy  has  now 
superseded  the  necessity  of  sending  one  back  with  infor- 
mation, while  the  other  remains  in  touch  with  the  enemy, 
accidents  may  happen,  and  in  so  important  a  matter  it 
seems  expedient  to  double  precautions.  The  case  re- 
sembles duplicating  important  correspondence;  for  wire- 
less cannot  act  before  it  has  news,  and  to  obtain  news 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  271 

objects  must  be  seen.  It  is  to  be  remembered,  too,  that 
wireless  messages  may  be  intercepted,  to  the  serious  dis- 
advantage of  the  sender.  It  seems  possible  that  conjunc- 
tures may  arise  when  it  will  be  safer  to  send  a  vessel  with 
tidings  rather  than  commit  them  to  air  waves. 

Thus,  in  theory,  and  to  make  execution  perfect,  —  to 
capture,  so  to  say.  Nelson's  eleventh  ship,  —  the  aim  must 
be  to  drive  the  enemy  out  of  every  foothold  in  the  whole 
theater  of  war,  and  particularly  to  destroy  or  shut  up  his 
fleet.  Having  accomplished  the  great  feature  of  the  task 
by  getting  hold  of  the  most  decisive  position,  further  effort 
must  be  directed  towards,  possibly  not  upon,  those  points 
which  may  serve  him  still  for  bases.  In  so  doing,  your  fleet 
must  not  be  divided,  unless  overwhelmingly  strong,  and 
must  not  extend  its  lines  of  communication  beyond  the 
power  of  protecting  them,  unless  it  be  for  a  dash  of  limited 
duration. 

If  compelled  to  choose  between  fortified  ports  of  the 
enemy  and  his  fleet,  the  latter  will  be  regarded  as  the  true 
objective ;  but  a  blockade  of  the  ports,  or  an  attack  upon 
them,  may  be  the  surest  means  of  bringing  the  ships  within 
reach.  Thus,  in  the  War  of  American  Independence,  the 
siege  of  Gibraltar  compelled  the  British  fleet  on  more  than 
one  occasion  to  come  within  fighting  reach  of  the  enemy's 
blockading  fleet,  in  order  to  throw  in  supplies.  That  the 
allies  did  not  attack,  except  on  one  occasion,  does  not  in- 
validate the  lesson.  Corbett  in  his  Seven  Tears'  War 
points  out  very  justly,  in  Byng's  celebrated  &ilure,  which 
cost  him  his  life,  that  if  he  had  moved  against  the  French 
transports,  in  a  neighboring  bay,  the  French  admiral  would 
have  had  to  attack,  and  the  result  might  have  been  more 
favorable  to  the  British.  Such  movements  are  essentially 
blows  at  the  commimications  of  the  enemy,  and  if  aimed 
without  unduly  risking  your  own  will  be  in  thorough 
accord  with  the  most  assured  principles  of  strategy.    A 


272  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

militarily  effective  blockade  of  a  base  essential  to  tiie  enemj 
will  force  his  fleet  either  to  fight  or  to  abandon  tiie  theater 
of  war.  Thus,  as  has  been  pointed  out  elsewhere,  in 
Suffren's  campaign  in  Indian  Seas,  so  long  as  Trincomalee 
was  in  possession  of  tiie  British,  a  tiireat  at  it  was  sure  to 
bring  them  out  to  fight,  although  it  was  not  their  principal 
base.  The  abandonment  of  the  theater  of  war  by  the  navy 
will  cause  the  arsenal  to  fall  in  time,  through  failure  of  re- 
sources, as  Gibraltar  must  have  fallen  if  the  British  fleet 
had  not  returned  and  supplied  it  at  intervals.  Such  a 
result,  however,  is  less  complete  than  a  victory  over  the 
enemy's  navy,  which  would  lead  to  the  same  end,  and  so 
be  a  double  success,  ships  and  port. 

If  the  enemy  have  on  the  theater  of  war  two  or  more 
ports  of  supplies,  which  together  form  his  base,  and  those 
points  fulfill  the  condition  before  laid  down,  tiiat  they 
should  not  be  so  near  that  both  can  be  watched  by  one 
fleet,  the  task  becomes  more  difficult.  The  two  most  im- 
portant naval  stations  on  our  Atlantic  coast,  Norfolk  and 
New  York,  offer  such  conditions,  being  some  two  hundred 
and  fifty  miles  apart;  and  to  a  retreating  United  States 
fleet  the  second  entrance  to  New  York,  by  Long  Island 
Sound,  together  with  Narragansett  Bay,  constitutes  for 
a  pursuing  enemy  a  further  complication  which  favors 
escape.  A  single  port  with  widely  separated  entrances 
approaches  the  condition  of  two  ports,  in  the  embarrass- 
ment imposed  upon  an  enemy  who  has  lost  touth.  Admiral 
Togo  was  confronted  with  just  this  perplexity.  Vladivostok 
could  be  reached  by  three  different  routes,  wide  apart.  A 
position  heading  off  all  three  could  be  found  close  before 
Vladivostok  itself ;  but,  besides  the  possibility  that  an  un- 
favorable chance,  such  as  a  fog,  might  allow  the  Russians 
to  slip  by,  in  which  case  they  would  not  have  far  to  go  to 
get  in,  there  was  also  the  risk  that,  even  if  defeated,  those 
which  escaped  for  the  moment  could  enter,  thus  making 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  278 

a  victory  less  decisive.  The  puisuit  of  the  day  following 
the  battle  picked  up  ships  which  had  got  by,  and  in  the 
supposed  case  might  have  reached  port 

In  the  instructions  of  Napoleon  to  Marmont,  before  cited, 
the  Emperor,  estimating  the  various  chances  from  the  dis- 
positions he  has  ordered,  considers  that  of  battle  near 
Salamanca.  This  is  to  be  desired,  he  writes,  because,  if 
beaten  so  far  £rom  the  sea,  the  English  will  be  ruined,  and 
Portugal  thereby  conquered.  This  distance  from  the  sea 
was  distance  from  the  English  refuge.  It  was  the  merit 
of  Sir  John  Moore  that  in  the  headlong  pursuit  by  the 
Emperor  he  avoided  decisive  action,  and  got  his  army  to 
the  sea ;  fugitive,  and  demoralized  by  exhaustion,  but  still 
saved.  It  is  to  be  remembered  that  in  this  very  recent  in- 
stance of  Tsushima  the  Japanese  immediately  before  the 
battle  had  lost  touch  with  the  enemy.  Over  a  century 
before  Togo,  Rodney  failed  more  than  once  to  intercept' 
French  bound  to  Martinique,  because  they  used  one  of  the 
many  passages  open  between  the  Windward  Islands  to 
enter  the  Caribbean,  and  so  escaped  detection  until  too 
late  to  be  intercepted.  To  cruise  before  Martinique  was 
ineffective,  because  the  French  had  other  available  refuges 
in  Guadeloupe;  and  besides,  with  the  perpetual  trade 
wind,  and  calms  intervening,  blockading  sailing  ships  fell 
to  leeward, — could  not  keep  their  station. 

The  guiding  principle  in  all  these  cases  is  that  your  force 
must  not  be  divided,  unless  large  enough  to  be  nowhere 
inferior  to  the  enemy,  and  that  your  aim  should  be  to 
reduce  his  base  to  a  single  point,  out  of  which  he  can  then 
be  driven  by  regular  operations,  or  by  exhaustion ;  or,  at 
least,  to  reach  which  with  supplies,  or  for  refuge,  his  fleet 
must  accept  battle.  Thus  the  British  in  1794,  and  again 
in  1808-1810,  took  from  the  French  both  Martinique  and 
Guadeloupe,  depriving  them  of  all  foothold  in  the  West 
Indies,  and  so  securing  the  Caribbean  for  British  commerce. 


274  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

As  regular  operations  usually  require  much  more  time 
than  assault  does,  if  there  be  more  than  one  arsenal  the 
weaker  would  preferably  be  carried  by  force,  leaving  the 
strongest  to  fall  afterwards  by  the  less  dangerous  means 
of  regular  operations  already  indicated  for  a  single  post. 
In  the  Mediterranean,  from  1798  to  1800,  the  French  held 
both  Malta  and  Egypt.  The  strength  of  the  fortifications 
of  Malta  is  known ;  whereas  Egypt  had  nothing  comparable. 
Egypt  after  long  blockade  was  reduced  by  an  extensive 
combined  assault,  a  great  fleet  and  a  considerable  army. 
Malta  was  overcome  by  cutting  its  communications,  and 
surrendered  to  exhaustion.  Port  Arthur  was  taken  by 
force.  If  Rozhestvensky  had  reached  Vladivostok  without 
a  battle,  the  war  would  have  continued ;  but  the  Japanese 
under  the  conditions  would  probably  have  contented  them- 
selves with  blockading  that  port,  relying  upon  the  presence 
of  their  fleet  assuring  all  the  sea  behind,  which  would 
secure  the  communications  of  the  army  in  Manchuria. 

Going  on  thus  from  the  simpler  to  the  more  difficult 
cases,  we  now  reach  the  one  where  your  strength  is  not 
great  enough  to  give  present  hope  of  driving  the  enemy 
quite  out  of  the  field  of  war.  That  is,  an  attitude  generally 
defensive  in  character  succeeds  one  that  is  distinctively 
offensive.  When  this  occurs,  you  will  seek  to  occupy  as 
advanced  a  position  as  possible,  consistently  with  your 
communications.  Such  advanced  position  may  not  be  a 
point  or  a  line  of  the  land,  but  at  sea.  If  Cuba,  for  in- 
stance, belonged  to  the  United  States,  it  may  be  conceived 
that  the  fleet  would  seek  to  control  the  Mona  Passage, 
resting  on  no  nearer  base  than  the  eastern  ports  of  Cuba. 
Or  from  the  same  base,  the  fleet  might  seek  to  maintain  a 
cruising  ground  to  the  southward  in  the  Caribbean  Sea,  to 
harass  the  enemy's  commerce  or  protect  the  interests  of  its 
own  nation.  It  might,  again,  in  its  advanced  position,  be 
simply  waiting  for  an  expected  attack,  —  an  attempt,  pos- 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  275 

sibly,  of  the  enemy  to  regam  the  position  which  had  been 
seized,  —  when  its  duties  would  be  to  delay,  harass  and 
finally  attack  him,  as  before  suggested  in  speaking  of  his 
action  upon  your  advance. 

The  object  of  such  an  advanced  position  as  is  now  being 
discussed  is  to  cover  the  ground  or  sea  in  its  rear,  and  to 
meet  and  hinder  the  advance  of  the  enemy.  Consequently, 
it  should  be  chosen  in  all  its  details  with  strict  reference  to 
strategic  considerations ;  until  circumstances  change,  a  far- 
ther permanent  advance  is  not  contemplated.  The  position 
taken  up,  therefore,  has  reference  to  the  lines  of  communi- 
cation behind  it  and  to  those  by  which  it  is  approached 
from  the  side  of  the  enemy ;  those  which  it  covers  and  those 
by  which  it  is  threatened.  Napoleon,  in  1796,  made  the  line 
of  the  Adige  his  front  of  defense,  thereby  covering  all  the 
ground  in  his  rear  and  securing  the  use  of  it  for  the  supply 
of  his  army.  Thus,  too,  the  British  fleet  at  San  Fiorenzo 
Bay,  Corsica,  in  1794-1796  rested  on  that  bay  as  a  base,  and 
maintained  thence  its  front  of  operations  before  the  gates  of 
Toulon.  This  kept  in  check  a  powerful  French  fleet  in 
the  port,  covered  the  communications  with  Gibraltar,  and 
secured  the  Mediterranean  for  British  trade. 

When  too  much  is  not  risked  thereby,  the  line  should  be 
advanced  to  include  cross-roads  or  narrow  passages  that  are 
near  to.  Though  the  open  sea  has  not  natural  strategic 
points,  yet  the  crossing  of  the  best  mercantile  routes,  the 
difficulties  of  strong  head  winds  and  adverse  currents,  will 
make  some  points  and  some  lines  more  important  than 
others.  The  occurrence  of  strong  harbors,  possibly  "fihoal 
water,  or  other  difficulties  to  navigation,  may  affect  the 
tracing  of  the  line  laid  down  to  be  held.  A  fleet,  for  in- 
stance, advanced  to  the  Mona  Passage  and  resting  upon  no 
nearer  fortified  port  than  those  in  Cuba,  might  yet  venture 
to  establish  in  Samana  Bay  a  depot  of  coal,  which  would 
facilitate  its  remaining  on  the  ground,  yet  the  loss  of 


276  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

which  would  not  be  a  vital  injury,  in  case  of  defeat  An 
advance  of  the  enemy  being  expected,  everything  that  de- 
lays or  that  makes  farther  advance  hazardous  is  useful. 
The  fleet,  it  cannot  be  too  often  repeated,  is  the  chief  ele- 
ment of  strength  in  naval  warfare ;  but  the  fleet  with  strong 
points  to  support  it  is  stronger  than  the  fleet  alone. 

We  have  now  brought  our  expeditionary  fleet,  which  has 
hitherto  been  on  the  offensive  and  advancing,  to  a  stand- 
still. The  efforts  which  it  has  made,  the  losses  which  it 
has  undergone,  by  battle,  or  by  detachments  necessitated  by 
its  lengthening  lines,  the  difficulties  in  front,  all  or  some  of 
these  lay  upon  it  the  necessity  of  stopping  for  a  time,  as 
did  Napoleon  in  the  case  I  have  just  cited.  This  stoppage 
will  be  for  the  purpose  of  securing  conquests  made;  of 
strengthening  the  supply  ports  in  the  new  base,  so  that 
the  defense  of  them  may  be  thrown  upon  the  land  forces, 
thus  releasing  detachments  of  ships  hitherto  tied  to  them ; 
of  storing  in  these  ports  supplies  in  such  quantities  as  to  be 
independent,  for  a  long  time,  of  the  mother  country  and  of 
the  first  line  of  communications  which  connects  with  it. 
When  Bonaparte  had  established  himself  at  Verona  and  on 
the  Adige,  he  not  only  had  useful  control  of  all  Italy  south 
and  west  of  that  position,  except  the  besieged  fortress  of 
Mantua ;  he  also  had  placed  the  communications  nearest  to 
France  so  remote  from  interruption,  that  detachments  once 
necessary  to  guard  them  were  no  longer  required  for  that 
purpose.     The  communications  were  as  if  in  France  itself. 

These  processes  amount  to  a  military  occupation  of  the 
conquered  positions,  incorporating  the  conquest  militarily 
with  the  home  country;  and  will  result  in  releasing  the 
navy,  in  gi*eat  measure,  from  the  direct  defense  of  the  con- 
quered ports,  in  which  at  first  it  will  have  to  aid.  By  such 
establishment  of  the  advanced  position,  dependence  upon 
the  original  lines  of  communications  is  lessened,  and  the 
burden  of  defending  them  diminished.    The  detachments 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  277 

thus  released  will  join  the  fleet,  and,  with  other  reinforce- 
ments sent  from  home,  may  so  increase  its  strength  as  to 
enable  it  again  to  take  up  the  direct  offensive ;  a  step  which 
will  be  made  upon  the  same  general  strategic  principles  as 
have  already  been  given  for  the  first  advance. 

It  will  remain,  therefore,  to  consider  more  particularly 
the  principles  governing  a  defense,  which  have  at  times 
been  alluded  to  in  speaking  of  the  opponent's  action  during 
your  own  advance. 

Suggestions  for  defense  cannot  be  as  satis&ctoiy,  super- 
ficially at  least,  as  those  for  offense,  because  the  defensive 
is  simply  making  the  best  of  a  bad  bargain ;  doing  not  the 
thing  it  would  like  to  do,  but  the  most  that  can  be  done 
under  the  circumstances. 

It  is  true  that  in  certain  respects  the  defensive  has  ad- 
vantages, the  possession  of  which  may  even  justify  an  ex- 
pression,  which  has  been  stated  as  a  maxim  of  war,  that 
*^  Defense  is  a  stronger  form  of  war  than  Offense  is."  I  do 
not  like  the  expression,  for  it  seems  to  me  misleading  as  to 
the  determinative  characteristics  of  a  defensive  attitude; 
but  it  may  pass,  if  properly  qualified.  What  is  meant  by 
it  is  that  in  a  particular  operation,  or  even  in  a  general 
plan,  the  party  on  the  defense,  since  he  makes  no  forward 
movement  for  the  time,  can  streng^en  his  preparations, 
make  deliberate  and  permanent  dispositions;  while  the 
party  on  the  offensive,  being  in  continual  movement,  is 
more  liable  to  mistake,  of  which  the  defense  may  take  ad- 
vantage, and  in  any  case  has  to  accept  as  part  of  his 
problem  the  disadvantage,  to  him,  of  the  accumulated  prep- 
arations that  the  defense  has  been  making  while  he  has 
been  marching.  The  extreme  example  of  preparation  is  a 
fortified  permanent  post ;  but  similar  instances  are  found  in 
a  battle  field  carefully  chosen  for  advantages  of  groimd, 
where  attack  is  awaited,  and  in  a  line  of  ships,  which  by  the 
solidarity  of  its  order,  and  deployment  of  broadside,  awaits 


278  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

an  enemy  who  has  to  approach  in  column  with  disadvan- 
tage as  to  train  of  guns.  In  so  far,  the  form  taken  by  the 
defense  is  stronger  than  the /orm  assumed  for  the  moment 
by  the  offense. 

If  you  will  think  clearly,  you  will  recognize  that  at 
Tsushima  the  Japanese  were  on  the  defensive,  for  their  ob- 
ject was  to  stop,  to  thwart,  the  Russian  attempt.  Essen- 
tially, whatever  the  tactical  method  they  adopted,  they  were 
to  spread  their  broadsides  across  the  road  to  Vladivostok, 
and  await.  The  Russians  were  on  the  offensive,  little  as 
we  are  accustomed  so  to  regard  them;  they  had  to  get 
through  to  Vladivostok  —  if  they  could.  They  had  to  hold 
their  course  to  the  place,  and  to  break  through  the  Japan- 
ese,—  if  they  could.  In  short,  they  were  on  the  offensive, 
and  the  form  of  their  approach  had  to  be  in  column,  bows  on, 
—  a  weaker  form,  —  which  they  had  to  abandon,  tactically, 
as  soon  as  they  came  under  fire. 

In  our  hostilities  with  Spain,  also,  Cervera's  movement 
before  reaching  Santiago  was  offensive  in  character,  the  at- 
titude of  the  United  States  defensive ;  that  is,  he  was  try- 
ing to  effect  something  which  the  American  Navy  was  set 
to  prevent  There  being  three  principal  Spanish  ports, 
Havana,  Cienfuegos,  and  Santiago,  we  could  not  be  certain 
for  which  he  would  try,  and  should  have  been  before  two 
in  such  force  that  an  attempt  by  him  would  have  assured  a 
battle.  We  were  strong  enough  for  such  a  disposition. 
The  two  ports  thus  to  be  barred  were  evidently  Havana 
and  Cienfuegos.  The  supposed  necessity  for  defending  our 
northern  coast  left  Cienfuegos  open.  Had  Cervera  made 
for  it,  he  would  have  reached  it  before  the  Flying  Squadron 
did.  The  need  for  keeping  the  Flying  Squadron  in  Hamp- 
ton Roads  was  imaginary,  but  it  none  the  less  illustrates 
the  effect  of  inadequate  coast  defenses  upon  the  military 
plan  of  the  nation. 

The  author  whom  I  quote  (Corbett,  Seven  Years'  War, 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  279 

vol.  i,  p.  92),  who  himself  quotes  from  one  of  the  first 
of  authorities,  Clausewitz,  has  therefore  immediately  to 
qualify  his  maxim,  thus: 

"^  When  we  say  that  defense  is  a  stronger  form  of  war, 
tluxt  isy  that  it  requires  a  smaller  forces  \f  soundly  designed^ 
we  are  speaking,  of  course,  only  of  one  certain  line  of  oper- 
ations. If  we  do  not  know  the  general  line  of  operation  on 
which  the  enemy  intends  to  attack,  and  so  cannot  mass  our 
force  upon  it,  then  defense  is  weak,  because  we  are  com- 
pelled to  distribute  our  force  so  as  to  be  strong  enough  to 
stop  the  enemy  on  any  line  of  operations  he  may  adopt." 

Manifestly,  however,  a  force  capable  of  being  strong 
enough  on  several  lines  of  operation  to  stop  an  enemy 
possesses  a  superiority  that  should  take  the  offensive.  In 
the  instance  just  cited,  of  Cervera's  approach,  the  American 
true  policy  of  concentration  would  have  had  to  yield  to 
distribution,  between  Cienf  uegos  and  Havana.  Instead  of 
a  decisive  superiority  on  one  position,  there  would  have 
been  a  bare  equality  upon  two.  Granting  an  enemy  of 
equal  skill  and  training,  the  result  might  have  been  one  way 
or  the  other ;  and  the  only  compensation  would  have  been 
that  the  enemy  would  have  been  so  badly  handled  that,  to 
use  Nelson's  phrase,  he  would  give  no  more  trouble  that 
season,  and  the  other  American  division  would  have  con- 
trolled the  seas,  as  Togo  did  after  August  10, 1904.  From 
the  purely  professional  point  of  view  it  is  greatly  to  be 
regretted  that  the  Spaniards  and  Russians  showed  such 
poor  professional  aptitude. 

The  radical  disadvantage  of  the  defensive  is  evident. 
It  not  only  is  the  enforced  attitude  of  a  weaker  party,  but 
it  labors  under  the  further  onerous  uncertainty  where  the 
offensive  may  strike,  when  there  is  more  than  one  line  of 
operation  open  to  him,  as  there  usually  is.  This  tends  to 
entail  dissemination  of  force.  The  advantages  of  the  defen- 
sive have  been  sufficiently  indicated ;  they  are  essentially 
those  of  deliberate  preparation,  shown  in  precautions  of 


280  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

various  kinds.  In  assuming  the  defensive  you  take  for 
granted  the  impossibility  of  your  own  permanent  advance 
and  the  ability  of  the  enemy  to  present  himself  before  your 
front  in  superior  numbers ;  unless  you  can  harass  him  on 
the  way  and  cause  loss  enough  to  diminish  the  inequality. 
Unless  such  disparity  exists,  you  should  be  on  the  offen- 
sive. On  the  other  hand,  in  the  defensive  it  has  to  be 
taken  for  granted  that  you  have  on  your  side  a  respectable 
though  inferior  battle  fleet,  and  a  sea  frontier  possessing  a 
certain  number  of  ports  which  cannot  be  reduced  without 
regular  operations,  in  which  the  armed  shipping  can  be  got 
ready  for  battle,  and  to  which,  as  to  a  base,  they  can  retire 
for  refit  Without  these  two  elements  there  can  be  no 
serious  defense. 

The  question  for  immediate  consideration  here,  however, 
is  not  the  defense  of  the  home  coast,  but  the  defense  of  a 
maritime  region  of  which  control  has  been  acquired,  wholly 
or  in  part.  Unless  this  region  be  very  close  to  the  mother 
country,  the  power  of  the  nation  will  not  be  as  fully  de- 
veloped and  established  as  at  home.  The  nearness  of  the 
Caribbean  Sea  gives  special  value  to  any  judiciously  placed 
acquirements  of  the  United  States  there,  —  such  as  the 
Panama  Canal  Zone,  Porto  Rico,  and  Guantanamo,  as 
compared  with  the  same  in  possession  of  European  states. 
So  also  the  position  of  Japan  in  the  Farther  East  confers 
on  her  a  very  marked  advantage  over  every  European  or 
American  state  for  sustaining  and  compacting  her  power, 
and  for  carrying  on  operations  of  war.  But  where  the 
intervening  distances  are  very  nearly  equal,  the  maritime 
region  of  our  present  hypothesis  lies  between  the  two 
distant  contestants  as  a  debatable  land,  very  much  as 
Grermany  and  the  Danube  Valley  lay  in  former  days  be- 
tween Austria  and  France.  This  was  the  case  with  the 
region  embracing  the  West  Indies  and  the  thirteen 
American  colonies,  during  the  maritime  war  associated  with 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  281 

that  of  American  Independence.  The  islands  and  the 
continent,  with  the  intervening  seas,  were  the  principal 
scene  of  the  maritime  war,  and  they  were  substantially 
equidistant  from  the  great  Powers  engaged :  France,  Great 
Britain,  and  Spain.  On  land,  the  control  of  such  a  remote 
region  depends  upon  two  elements :  the  holding  of  certain 
points  as  bases,  and  the  maintenance  of  an  active  army  in 
the  field ;  but  it  is  according  as  the  army  is  stronger  Or 
weaker  than  that  of  the  enemy  that  it  takes  the  offensive 
or  defensive.  Now,  in  a  maritime  region,  the  navy  is  the 
army  in  the  field. 

It  is  in  the  defensive  that  the  strong  places  play  their 
most  important  part.  When  an  army  is  advancing  in  su- 
perior force,  those  belonging  to  it  will  be  behind  —  in  its 
rear.  They  serve  then  as  safe  points  for  the  assembling  of 
supplies,  of  trains,  of  reinforcements.  If  well  garrisoned, 
and  in  secure  communication  with  the  army,  the  latter 
maneuvers  freely. 

*^  It  is  desirable,"  says  the  Archduke  Charles,  speaking 
more  particularly  of  the  base  of  operations  —  but  the  re- 
mark applies  also  to  intermediate  points,  —  ^Hhat  these 
points  should  be  fortified  so  as  to  be  able  to  leave  them  to 
themselves  without  fear  of  losing  the  magazines  there  es- 
tablished, and  not  to  be  obliged  to  defend  them  with 
detachments,  which  have  alwajrs  the  inconvenience  of 
weakening  the  army.  The  movements  of  the  general-in- 
chief,  forbed  before  all  to  cover  his  magazines  and  to  leave 
troops  to  g^ard  them,  will  never  be  as  rapid  nor  as  bold  as 
if  he  had  the  faculty  of  moving  away  from  them  for  some 
time  with  the  certainty  of  finding  them  again  intact." 

The  same  is  true  of  any  naval  base  of  operations,  if  in- 
adequately defended;  and  the  more  useful  and  necessary 
it  is  to  the  fleet,  the  greater  the  hindrance  to  naval  move- 
ments which  may  expose  it,  when  so  undefended. 

The  Archduke  spoke  from  sad  experience ;  if  not  his  own 
personally,  at  least  that  of  the  armies  of  his  country.    The 


282  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

Austrians,  probably  because  they  weie  of  Germanio  blood, 
akin  to  the  countries  in  which  they  were  operating,  did  not 
live  off  them  in  the  unscrupulous  manner  then  practised 
by  the  French.  They  needed,  therefore,  large  depots,  for 
which  they  could  not  always  have  a  fortified  town. 
Consequently,  they  either  had  to  leave  a  large  body  of 
men  to  guard  them,  which  weakened  the  main  army,  or, 
if  they  tried  to  cover  them  with  the  latter,  its  freedom  of 
movement  was  seriously  impaired. 

Note  that  those  extreme  advocates  of  the  navy  as  a  coast 
defense,  who  decry  fortifications,  would  put  the  navy  in  a 
similar  predicament. 

It  will  not  be  inferred  from  this  that  the  most  strongly 
fortified  places  do  not  demand  garrisons ;  but  the  strength 
of  the  walls  represents  so  many  men,  and,  moreover,  troops 
of  a  quality  unfit  for  the  field  may  man  works.  It  is  just 
so  with  a  seaport;  if  it  has  no  fortifications,  the  navy  may 
have  to  undertake  a  great  part  of  the  defense;  if  ade- 
quately fortified,  the  detachment  from  the  navy  is  released 
and  the  defense  carried  on  by  troops  not  fitted  for  service 
afloat.  Such  places  are  the  foundation  upon  which  an 
offensive  best  rests ;  and  in  regions  permanently  belonging 
to  a  nation,  they  should  be  so  chosen,  with  reference  to  in- 
trinsic fitness  aud  relative  position,  as  to  be  co(5rdinated 
into  a  strategic  system,  to  the  power  of  which  each  con- 
tributes. They  must  not  be  too  few ;  neither  must  they  be 
too  many,  for  to  protect  and  garrison  them  takes  from  the 
numbers  of  the  active  army  —  the  army  in  the  field.  When, 
therefore,  the  number  of  fortresses  exceeds  that  which  is 
necessary,  the  active  army  is  not  strengthened,  but  weak- 
ened. "France,"  says  Jomini,  "had  too  many  fortified 
places,  Germany  too  few ;  and  the  latter  were  generally 
bad"  (that  is,  weak)  "and  unsuitably  placed."  Under 
these  conditions,  it  is  not  to  be  wondered  at  that  the  ex- 
perience of  the  French  o£Bcer  and  the  German  Archduke 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  288 

led  the  former  rather  to  depreciate  and  the  latter  to  exag- 
gerate the  value  of  fortified  posts* 

This  question  of  fortified  points  of  support,  depots  for 
supply,  and  if  need  be  for  momentary  refuge,  assumes 
peculiar  importance  in  the  matter  immediately  before  us  — > 
the  control  of  a  maritime  region  external  to  the  country. 
In  such  a  case  the  army  in  the  field  is  preeminently  the 
navy.  The  land  forces  will  commonly  be  confined  to  hold- 
ing  these  positions,  defensively ;  expeditionary,  or  offensive, 
movements  will  be  for  them  exceptionaL  A  fleet  charged 
with  the  protection  of  such  bases,  whether  at  home  or 
abroad,  is  so  far  clogged  in  its  movement,  and  is  to  the 
same  extent  in  a  false  position.  An  egregious  instance  at 
the  present  moment  is  the  fear  in  Great  Britain  of  German 
invasion.  This  is  due  to  the  great  inferiority  of  the  army 
in  the  British  Islands  to  that  of  Germany.  The  British 
Islands  are  inadequately  garrisoned ;  they  depend  for  de- 
fense upon  the  fleet  alone ;  and  the  fleet  consequently  is 
tied  to  British  waters.  If  Great  Britain  on  her  own  soil 
could  meet  Germany  man  to  man,  equal  in  numbers  and  in 
training,  the  fleet  would  have  relatively  a  free  foot  It 
could  afford,  for  example,  to  spare  a  detachment  to  the 
Mediterranean,  or  to  China;  retaining  at  home  only  a 
reasonable  superiority  to  a  possible  enemy.  As  things  are, 
since  all  depends  upon  the  fleet,  the  fleet  must  have  a  wider 
margin  of  safety,  a  crushing  superiority ;  that  is,  its  freedom 
of  movement  and  range  of  action  are  impaired  greatly,  by 
the  necessity  of  keeping  with  it  ships  which  under  other 
conditions  might  be  spared. 

A  navy  may  be  thrown  perilously  upon  the  defensive  in 
its  general  action  in  a  particular  region,  because  obliged  to 
cover  two  or  more  points  inadequately  protected  by  fortifi- 
cation or  army.  Thus,  in  1799,  the  unexpected  entrance  of 
twenty-five  French  battleships  into  the  Mediterranean 
turned  everything  upside  down,  because  so  many  points  were 


284  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

thought  to  need  protection,  and  could  receive  it  onlyfrom  the 
fleet,  because  they  weie  inadequately  garrisoned ;  a  precise 
reproduction,  on  a  smaller  scale,  of  the  present  dilemma  of 
the  British  Islands.  Specifically,  the  British  commander-in- 
chief  felt  the  weight  of  Minorca ;  and  he  used  concerning  it 
an  expression  which  is  worthy  of  remembrance  as  bearing 
upon  the  Fleet  in  Being  theory  and  the  Blue  Water  SchooL 
*^  It  is  too  bad,"  he  said,  *^  that  I  cannot  find  these  vaga- 
bonds,"— that  is,  the  French  fleet, — ^*and  that  I  am  so 
shackled  by  the  care  of  this  defetueleM  island."  The  man 
who  used  these  words  was  not  a  commander  of  the  first 
order ;  but  he  was  an  o£Bcer  of  more  than  usual  distinction, 
of  capacity  proved  much  above  the  average,  and  he  here 
expressed  a  frame  of  mmd  inevitable  to  the  average  man. 
But  for  the  necessity  of  protecting  positions,  the  British 
fleet  would  have  concentrated,  and  would  have  moved 
freely  at  will,  and  in  force,  offensively  against  the  enemy. 
As  it  was,  not  knowing  the  enemy's  purpose,  it  was  kept 
in  two  principal  divisions,  neither  of  them  equal  to  the 
French  whole.  One,  the  main  body,  covered  Minorca  and 
kept  moving  somewhat  aimlessly  in  the  triangle  defined  by 
Barcelona,  Toulon,  and  Minorca ;  the  other,  under  Nelson, 
covered  the  approaches  to  Naples  and  Sicily.  Amid  this 
maze  of  British  perplexity  arising  from  the  need  of  defend- 
ing several  points  with  the  fleet  alone,  the  French  acted 
safely,  though  hastily,  and  retired  unmolested;  taking 
with  them  from  Cartagena  a  large  body  of  Spanish  ships, 
which  remained  in  Brest  hostages  for  the  alliance  of 
Spain. 

It  is  when  thrown  on  the  defensive,  that  the  value  of 
strong  places  is  most  felt.  The  first  object,  in  order,  of 
the  defense,  is  to  gain  time.  It  is  therefore  of  advantage 
that  opposition  to  the  enemy  should  begin  as  far  as  pos- 
sible in  front  of  the  vital  points  of  the  defense.  In  Bona- 
parte's famous  campaign  in  Italy,  of  1796,  the  dexterity  of 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  286 

his  strategy  and  the  audacity  of  his  tactics  enabled  him  in 
two  months  to  cover  the  ground  from  Savona,  well  west  of 
Oenoa,  to  Mantua.  There  the  fortress  held  him  for  nine 
months.  Observe  that  Lombardy,  the  valley  of  the  Po, 
then  an  appendage  of  Austria,  was  to  Austria  just  what  an 
external  maritime  region,  the  Caribbean  for  instance,  may 
be  to  a  maritime  state  like  the  United  States.  Though 
long  since  lost,  Austria  perhaps  has  never  reconciled  her- 
self to  a  surrender  which  shut  her  off  from  the  Mediter- 
ranean, a  new  approach  to  which  she  seems  now  to  be 
seeking  in  the  Balkans.  Mantua  was  to  her  an  advanced 
post,  which  by  its  effect  on  the  movements  of  an  approach- 
ing invader  protected,  not  only  the  region  wherein  it  itself 
lay,  but  the  home  country  behind.  Its  powerful  garrison, 
like  a  fleet  in  a  seaport,  threatened,  and  unless  checked 
would  control,  the  French  communications  as  they  ad- 
vanced up  the  Alps  towards  the  Austrian  home  territory. 
Bonaparte  had  not  force  enough  to  oppose  to  the  garrison, 
and  at  the  same  time  to  move  forward.  He  could  not  di- 
vide, so  had  to  stop ;  and  in  the  nine  months  of  delay  Austria 
collected  and  sent  against  him  no  less  than  three  successive 
armies,  whom  he  repelled  only  by  a  display  of  skill,  daring, 
and  energy,  of  which  he  alone  was  capable.  Two  months 
after  Mantua  fell,  he  had  progressed  so  far  towards  Vienna 
that  Austria  asked  for  peace. 

A  fortress  like  Mantua,  in  a  case  like  this,  affords  a 
striking  instance  of  defense  being  a  strong  foim  of  war, 
and  also  of  the  advantage  of  opposition  to  an  enemy's  ap- 
proach beginning  as  far  as  possible  in  advance  of  the  home 
territory.  It  is  perhaps  an  extreme  example.  Yet,  all  the 
while,  Bonaparte  was  showing  how  much  stronger  in  spirit, 
and  in  effect,  offense  is ;  for,  while  holding  his  position  in 
Verona  and  on  the  Adige,  which  was  his  base  of  defense, 
it  was  by  rapid  offensive  movements,  resting  on  these  posi- 
tions, that  he  disconcerted  the  enemy,  who,  being  taken 


286  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

continually  by  surprise  by  the  French  initiative,  was  forced 
on  the  defensive  and  ultimately  compelled  to  retreat.  To 
the  offensive  belongs  the  privilege  as  well  as  the  risks  of 
the  initiative ;  and  the  distinguishing  value  of  the  initiative 
is  that  its  purpose,  known  to  itself,  is  one,  is  concentrated. 
The  defense,  being  ignorant  of  its  opponent's  purpose,  to 
which  it  is  compelled  to  conform  its  dispositions,  feels  en- 
dangered in  more  directions  than  one.  Its  tendency  there- 
fore is  to  dissemination,  as  that  of  the  offense  is  towards 
(Concentration. 

It  is  to  be  observed  that  conditions  like  Mantua  may  not 
always  exert  the  like  effect  upon  the  movements  of  a  fleet, 
because  ships  carry  in  their  holds  much  of  that  which  com- 
munications mean  to  an  army.  For  example,  in  1801,  after 
the  batde  of  Copenhagen  and  destruction  of  the  Danish 
fleet.  Nelson  wished  to  proceed  at  once  up  the  Baltic 
against  a  strong  Russian  naval  detachment  lying  at  Revel ; 
but  his  commander-in-chief  was  unwilling  to  advance, 
leaving  Denmark  still  hostile  in  his  rear  and  unsubdued. 
This  could  mean  only  sensitiveness  about  communications, 
which  for  such  an  enterprise  was  pedantic;  because  the 
going  and  coming  would  not  have  exhausted  the  British 
resources,  whereas  the  destruction  of  the  Russian  division 
was  of  military  and  political  importance.  Nelson  admitted 
the  risk,  but  urged  the  superior  necessity  of  taking  it.  He 
was  overruled,  and  the  Russians  escaped.  Such  a  rapid 
dash  has  sometiiing  of  the  nature  of  raids,  which  charac- 
teristically disregard  communications.  If,  instead  of  such 
sudden  attack,  the  purpose  had  been  a  prolonged  operation, 
—  a  blockade  for  instance,  such  as  then  maintained  before 
French  ports,  —  supplies  for  the  fleet  in  the  Baltic  must  pass 
within  gunshot  of  Danish  batteries,  which  therefore  must 
be  reduced.  If,  besides  the  batteries,  a  Danish  naval  divi- 
sion were  there,  a  British  naval  division  must  balance  it 
also.     If  the  Revel  and  Copenhagen  bodies,  taken  together. 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  287 

had  equalled  or  exceeded  the  British  numbers,  division  of 
these  would  have  been  inexpedient ;  and  Copenhagen  must 
first  be  subdued,  as  Bonaparte  had  to  reduce  Mantua. 
For  modem  fleets,  the  exigencies  of  coal  renewal  aggravate 
such  a  situation. 

When  inferior  to  the  enemy,  an  army  in  the  field  must 
fall  back,  disputing  the  ground  if  possible,  until  the  ad- 
vanced line  of  fortified  strategic  points  is  reached.  As  it 
passes  that  line,  it  has  to  strengthen  the  points  in  propor- 
tion to  their  needs,  to  its  own  present  strength,  and  to  its 
hopes  of  reinforcement  To  shut  itself  up  in  one  of  the 
fortresses,  as  Mack  at  Ulm,  MoMahon  at  Sedan,  Bazaine  at 
Metz,  whether  justified  by  the  situation  or  not,  is  a  counsel 
of  despair,  so  &r  as  that  army  is  concerned.  The  general 
military  situation  may  require  the  step,  but  it  is  a  confes- 
sion of  disaster.  When  the  pursuing  enemy  reaches  the 
line  of  fortified  posts,  the  question  presents  itself  to  him : 
«  Shall  tills  point  be  taken  before  going  fartiier,  or  shall  I 
leave  only  enough  force  here  to  prevent  its  garrison  acting 
against  my  communications  ?  " 

If  the  decision  be  to  besiege,  time  is  lost ;  if  to  proceed, 
the  pursuing  army  is  weakened  relatively  to  the  pursued. 
This  weakening  process  goes  on  with  each  place  observed, 
but  the  pursuer  may  be  better  able  to  stand  it  than  the 
pursued.  An  inferior  force  outside,  not  intending  to  be- 
siege, may  adequately  check  a  superior  distributed  in  two 
or  more  places,  because  the  different  detachments  cannot 
combine  their  movements,  and  the  inferior  has  the  advan- 
tages of  central  position  and  interior  lines.  Moreover,  the 
pursuer  is  necessarily  superior,  and  may  be  greatiy  su- 
perior; and  as  he  passes  on  he  endangers  or  destroys  the 
lines  of  supply  to  the  place,  the  fall  of  which  then  becomes 
a  question  of  time.  These  considerations  show  both  the 
value  and  the  limitations  of  fortified  points.  Their  passive 
strength,  however  great,  can  never  bring  about  the  results 


288  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

which  may  be  attained  by  a  skillfully  handled  aimy  in  virtae 
of  its  mobility. 

War&ie  at  sea  does  not  seem  to  present  a  very  close 
analogy  to  the  case  of  an  inferior  army  retreating  before  a 
superior,  disputing  its  progress  by  resistances  which  take 
advantage  of  successive  accidents  of  the  ground,  that  con« 
tribute  to  the  stronger  ^  form  "  of  war  which  defense  is. 
Yet  we  have  historical  parallels,  which  to  say  the  least  are 
suggestive.  Such  is  that  of  Nelson  off  Sicily  in  1799,  with 
less  than  a  dozen  battleships,  expecting  the  approach  of  a 
French  supposed  nineteen,  —  actually  twenty-five, — and 
intending  to  fight  rather  than  let  them  occupy  the  places 
he  was  set  to  defend ;  and  again,  in  1805,  when  returning 
from  the  West  Indies  to  Europe  with  twelve  ships  and  ex- 
pecting to  meet  eighteen  to  twenty  enemies.  In  both  cases 
he  was  animated  with  the  same  puipose,  expressed  in  the 
words,  **  By  the  time  they  have  beaten  my  division,  they 
will  give  no  more  trouble  this  year."  He  meant,  of  coursci 
that  his  share  in  the  whole  action  of  the  British  navy  was 
one  incident  in  the  process  of  beating  the  enemy  in  detail ; 
leaving  the  rest  of  the  British  force  to  finish  the  remainder. 
This  corresponds  essentially  with  the  action  of  the  southern 
Austrian  force  of  the  Archduke  Charles,  in  1796,  which 
had  as  its  share  to  occupy  Moreau  by  retreat,  fighting  at 
every  defensible  point,  while  the  Archduke  himself  with 
the  northern  troops  turned  upon  Jourdan  in  overwhelming 
numbers. 

Doubtless,  too,  in  the  first  instance,  Nelson  had  in  his 
mind  the  same  purpose  that  he  explicitly  stated  in  the  sec- 
ond :  ^  I  will  not  fight  until  the  very  last  moment,  unless 
they  give  me  an  opportunity  too  tempting  to  be  resisted," 
—  that  is,  a  clear  momentary  advantage.  An  advantage  is 
an  advantage,  however  offered  or  obtained ;  whether  by  an 
enemy^s  mistake,  or  by  the  accidents  of  the  ground  that 
play  so  large  a  part  in  land  war;  and  on  either  element  a 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  289 

skillful  defense  looks  warily  for  its  opportunities  to  the 
enemy's  mistakes,  as  weU  as  to  other  conditions.  Napoleon 
is  reported  to  have  said  at  Austerlitz,  when  urged  to  seize 
an  evident  opportunity,  **  Gentlemen,  when  the  enemy  is 
committed  to  a  mistake,  we  must  not  interrupt  him  too 
soon."  The  comprehensive  rOle  of  the  British  navy  in  the 
wars  of  Nelson's  time  was  defensive,  and  in  broad  strategic 
lines  it  followed  Bonaparte's  practice ;  that  is,  its  disposi- 
tions were  such  as  to  constitute  original  advantage,  to 
assume  the  offensive  promptiy  when  occasion  arose,  and  to 
fight  at  advantage  when  opportunity  offered.  So,  when 
leaving  the  Mediterranean  early  in  1805  to  pursue  the 
French  to  the  West  Indies,  Nelson  met  a  convoy  of  rein- 
forcements for  Malta,  a  defensive  measure.  Pressed  as  he 
was  for  time,  he  waited  till  all  arrangements  for  its  safe  ar- 
rival were  perfected.  He  looked  out  for  his  bases  of  defense, 
while  himself  bound  on  an  errand  of  offense. 

At  sea,  as  on  land,  fortified  posts  are  necessary.  Their 
importle  is  perhaps  even  g^ter,  because  th;  field  in 
which  fleets  act  rarely  offers  positions  —  due  to  the  contour 
of  the  ground  —  by  which  an  inferior  force  by  tactical  dis- 
positions can  lessen  the  odds  against  it.  The  need  of 
refuge,  and  of  security  for  resources,  is  greater.  The  old 
advantage  of  the  wind  is  represented  by  greater  speed,  and 
the  fleet  speed  of  a  few  ships  is  likely  to  be  greater  than 
that  of  a  larger  number.  The  more  numerous  the  ships 
of  one  fleet,  the  more  likely  to  be  found  among  them,  not 
only  the  fastest,  but  also  the  slowest  in  the  two  forces ; 
and  fleet  speed  is  not  an  average,  but  the  speed  of  the 
slowest  The  fleet  speed  of  the  more  numerous  fleet  is 
consequentiy  likely  to  be  less.  This  consideration  shows 
that  precipitate  flight  to  the  support  of  its  ports  may  not  be 
necessary  to  the  retreating  fleet,  especially  if,  as  is  possible, 
the  approaching  navy  is  convoying  land  forces  in  transports. 

Still,  considering  the  open  nature  of  the  field,  it  may  be 


290  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

said  that  the  retreating  fleet,  if  greatly  inferior,  should  not 
let  the  assailant  get  within  striking  distance.  There  seems 
reason  to  say  that  it  should  fall  back,  proportioning  its 
speed  to  that  of  the  approach,  with  fast  cruisers  in  its  rear 
keeping  sight  of  the  enemy,  and  with  communication 
established  between  them  and  the  main  body.  The 
enemy*s  light  vessels  will,  of  course,  try  to  drive  these 
off,  but  they  cannot  follow  them  into  their  own  fleet,  nor 
can  they  prevent  their  return.  Granting  equal  speed,  the 
cruisers  of  the  pursuing  fleet  cannot  overtake.  They  can 
only  keep  those  of  the  retreating  at  a  certain  distance  from 
the  pursuers'  main  body,  which  will  be  of  less  advantage, 
because  their  own  presence  reveals  the  nearness  of  their 
main  force.  The  retiring  cruisers  must  not  fight,  unless 
with  special  advantage ;  because,  if  crippled,  they  will  fall 
into  the  Iiands  of  the  approaching  enemy.  The  utmost, 
then,  that  we  can  say  for  the  weaker  fleet  of  the  defendant, 
under  these  circumstances,  is  that  it  should  keep  as  near 
tiie  invader  as  feasible,  waiting  to  seize  any  advantage  that 
may  turn  up.  Haw  to  seize  such  advantage  belongs  rather 
to  the  province  of  tactics ;  as,  indeed,  does  the  whole  con- 
duct of  such  a  retreat.  Granting  equal  speed  and  pro- 
fessional skill  to  begin  with,  a  smaller  number  can  generally 
move  more  rapidly  than  a  larger,  and  are  more  easily  handled. 
How  the  larger  should  move,  in  what  order,  how  protect 
its  convoy ;  how  the  smaller  should  conduct  its  retreat, 
what  possibilities  of  harassing  attack  are  presented  by 
modem  conditions,  and  the  best  method  of  making  them  — 
all  these  things  belong  to  the  province  of  Grand  Tactics, 
rather  than  of  Strategy. 

When  the  retreating  fleet  has  reached  the  outer  line  of 
its  fortified  ports,  —  the  first  line  of  defense,  —  the  two 
parts  of  the  defendant's  force,  his  fleet  and  ports,  are 
imited.  The  question  then  arises  of  the  use  to  be  made  of 
the  fleet.    The  approaching  enemy  is,  by  the  supposition, 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  291 

superior  on  the  sea ;  and  also  on  land,  at  least  as  to  the 
particular  objective  he  has  first  in  view.  If  there  be  but 
a  single  port  of  the  defendant's,  the  case  is  very  serious, 
for  his  supply  of  coal  becomes  precarious.  If  the  single 
port  is  so  ill  fortified  that  it  cannot  hold  out  a  respectable 
time,  the  situation,  as  regards  the  particular  region,  is 
almost  desperate. 

As,  however,  there  is  no  object  in  discussing  desperate 
cases,  but  only  those  where  inferiority  is  not  so  great  but 
that  skill  and  activity  may  partially  compensate  for  the  in- 
equality, we  will  assume  that  there  are  two  or  more  ports 
reasonably  defended,  in  position  to  afford  support  to  each 
other,  yet  not  so  near  together  that  an  enemy  can  watch 
both  without  dividing  his  fleet.  The  aim  now  of  the  defend- 
ant's fleet — the  weaker  fleet — is  threefold :  the  battleships 
should  be  kept  together ;  they  should  endeavor  not  to  be 
shut  up  in  either  port ;  and  the  battle  fleet  should  not  allow 
itself  to  be  brought  to  action  by  the  superior  force,  unless 
favored  by  circumstances.  If  uncertain  as  to  the  point 
first  aimed  at  by  the  enemy,  it  will  take  the  most  favorable 
position  for  reaching  either  and  wait  further  indications. 
Thus  Nelson,  at  such  a  moment  of  uncertainty,  as  to 
whether  the  French  fleet,  escaped  from  Toulon,  were 
bound  to  Egypt,  or  to  the  Atlantic,  wrote,  **  I  will  neither 
go  to  the  eastward  of  Sicily,  nor  to  the  westward  of  Sar- 
dinia, until  I  know  something  positive."  Togo  at  Masampo 
affords  another  illustration ;  but  less  striking,  because  with 
fewer  elements  of  doubt. 

In  choosing  its  local  base  of  action,  its  point  of  concen- 
tration for  the  general  defensive,  of  which  it  itself  is  a  prin- 
cipal factor,  the  defendant  fleet  should  consider  seriously, 
among  other  things,  which  port  is  most  likely  to  be  the 
object  of  the  enemy's  shore  operations ;  because,  if  that  be 
ascertained,  some  other  position  will  probably  be  better  for 
itself.     Thus,  there  were  several  reasons  for  presuming 


292  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

that  the  Japanese  would  prefer  to  land  in  the  neighbor- 
hood of  Port  Arthur,  and  would  attack  that  place.  Conse- 
quently, the  Russian  fleet,  if  intending  to  postpone  battle, 
or  to  decline  it,  would  be  better  in  Vladivostok ;  because, 
by  taking  position  in  Port  Arthur  it  enabled,  and  even  in- 
duced, the  enemy  to  concentrate  both  fleet  and  army  at 
one  point,  which  thus  became  strategically,  though  not 
geometrically,  a  central  position,  occasioning  the  Japanese 
no  temptation  to  eccentric  movements.  The  Russian  battle 
fleet  at  Vladivostok  would  draw  thither  necessarily  the 
main  Japanese  fleet,  and  so  would  open  larger  possibilities 
to  the  Russian  cruising  divisions  for  action  against  the 
communications  of  the  Japanese  army.  That  Vladivostok 
has  two  entrances  is  an  additional  reason. 

If  the  first  objective  be  strong  enough  to  require  pro- 
longed operations  to  reduce  it,  the  enemy's  fleet  will  be  tied 
to  that  point  wholly  or  in  part.  Even  if  it  take  no  share 
in  the  direct  attack,  it  will  have  to  cover  the  communica- 
tions of  its  army  at  their  point  of  arrival,  the  most  crit- 
ical link  of  the  chain  connecting  the  army  with  home,  and 
must  block  the  use  of  the  port  to  the  defendant's  shipping 
as  a  coaling  or  supply  station.  Only  the  fall  of  the  place 
can  wholly  release  the  fleet  of  the  assailant  It  therefore 
will  have  two  duties :  one,  to  support  the  land  attack,  the 
other,  to  check  any  mischief  set  on  foot  by  the  defendant's 
navy.  If  the  latter  be  wise  and  active,  both  duties  cannot 
be  attempted  without  some  division  of  the  attacking  fleet. 
In  the  case  supposed,  the  admiral  of  the  defendant  fleet  en- 
joys the  advantage  of  the  initiative,  in  that  his  object  is 
only  one,  however  many  ways  of  compassing  it  may  offer. 
This  advantage  he  has,  because,  although  his  country  is  on 
the  defensive,  and  therefore  his  fleet  also,  the  particular  . 
function  of  the  fleet  in  the  general  scheme  of  defense  is  to 
take  the  offensive  against  the  enemy's  communications,  or 
against  his  detachments,  if  such  are  made ;  in  general,  to 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  298 

divert  and  distiaot  As  against  these  diyersions  and  alarms, 
the  fleet  of  the  offense  has  to  defend.  Therefore  it  has  two 
necessary  objects,  yiz. :  the  hostile  fleet  and  the  hostile 
port,  unless  the  defendant  plays  into  his  hands  by  letting 
his  fleet  be  caught  in  the  besieged  port,  as  the  Russians  did 
at  Port  Artihur. 

Let  us  suppose,  for  example,  that  the  line  of  defense  for 
a  United  States  fleet  was  the  Atlantic  coast, — with  the  two 
ports  of  Norfolk  and  New  York  well  fortified, — the  United 
States  navy  inferior,  but  still  strong.  If  the  great  com- 
mercial importance  of  New  York  determined  the  enemy's 
attack  there,  the  United  States  fleet  being  in  Norfolk  would 
constitute  two  objects  for  the  hostile  navy  and  impose  a 
division  of  force ;  otherwise,  the  United  States  navy,  being 
left  free  to  act,  might  attack  any  of  the  enemy's  interests  — 
trade,  communications,  colonies.  U  New  York  were  the 
enemy's  objective,  and  had  but  one  entrance,,  it  would,  in 
my  opinion,  be  a  mistake  to  put  the  fleet  there ;  but  with 
two,  they  by  themselves  impose  divergence.  The  intro- 
duction of  wireless  telegraphy  will  modify  these  considera- 
tions ;  but  in  view  of  weather  conditions,  and  of  the  total 
advantages  attendant  upon  the  initiative,  namely,  that  the 
choice  of  time,  place,  and  manner  is  with  the  departing 
fleet,  wireless  can  only  modify,  cannot  annuL 

It  can  scarcely  be  repeated  too  often  that  when  a  country 
is  thrown  on  the  defensive,  as  regards  its  shore  line,  the 
effectual  function  of  the  fleet  is  to  take  the  offensive. 
Hence,  in  another  part  of  this  course,  I  have  said  that 
coast  fortresses  are  not  essentially  defensive  in  character, 
as  commonly  esteemed,  but  offensive ;  because  they  g^ard 
the  navy  which  is  to  act  offensively.  The  instance  of  John 
Rodgers'  squadron  in  1812,  though  on  so  petty  a  scale,  re- 
mains entirely  in  point  The  United  States,  having  almost 
no  navy,  nor  army,  was  on  the  defensive ;  but  the  sailing 
of  Rodgers'  squadron  was  a  step  of  general  offense  against 


294  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

British  trade  and  naval  detachments.  Consequent  upon  it| 
British  detachments  had  to  concentrate,  because  weaker 
than  Rodgers'  whole ;  and  American  ports  remained  open 
for  the  returning  merchant  ships.  Forgetf ulness  or  neglect 
of  this  consideration  was  a  leading  factor  in  the  Russian 
mismanagement  of  their  fleet  It  is  immaterial  whether 
the  defensive  is  the  original  attitude  of  the  nation,  as  in 
these  cases  of  Russia  and  the  United  States,  or  whether  it 
results  from  defeat  upon  the  sea  and  retreat  to  home 
waters.  When  retreat  is  over,  and  the  opportunity  of 
harassing  the  advancing  enemy,  whether  well  or  ill  im- 
proved, has  passed  away,  the  defendant  fleet  is  tied  down 
to  nothing  except  keeping  the  bunkers  full ;  a  weighty  ex- 
oeption,  it  will  be  admitted,  which  we  owe  to  steam.  Still, 
it  is  a  great  thing  to  have  no  other  cares,  to  be  tied  to  no 
other  duties. 

On  the  supposition  of  proper  fortiflcation  for  the  ports 
of  the  coast  line,  they  are  able  to  look  out  for  themselves 
during  a  given  time.  The  duly  of  the  defendant  admiral, 
then,  is  to  strike  at  the  communications  of  the  enemy ;  to 
harass  and  perplex  his  counsels  by  attacks  or  threats,  in 
every  possible  direction ;  to  support  the  general  defensive, 
by  himself  taking  the  offensive.  The  skill  of  the  admiral 
or  government  charged  with  the  direction  of  such  opera- 
tions will  be  shown  by  the  choice  of  those  objects  of  attack 
which  wUl  most  powerfully  move  the  enemy.  The  history 
of  war  is  full  of  instances  where  sound  military  principles 
have  been  overridden  by  political  or  sentimental  considera- 
tions, by  lack  of  military  skill  in  the  commanders  of  fleets 
and  armies,  or  of  moral  courage  to  bear  a  great  responsi- 
bility. The  object  of  the  defense  will  be  to  play  upon  such 
weaknesses  of  human  nature,  with  a  view  to  make  the 
offensive  divide  his  forces.  The  impulse  to  try  to  protect 
every  point  can  only  be  overcome,  like  other  natural  in- 
firmities, by  sound  principles  firmly  held.    At  the  time  of 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  295 

our  hoBtilitieB  with  Spain,  the  Nayy  Department  was  be- 
sieged with  applications  from  numerous  points  of  the  coast 
for  local  protection.  The  detention  of  the  Flying  Squadron 
at  Hampton  Roads,  as  well  as  of  a  patrol  force  on  the 
North  Atlantic  coast  which  would  have  been  better  em- 
ployed in  blockade  and  dispatch  duty,  may  be  consideiied 
concessions  to  this  alarm.  They  certainly  were  not  in 
accoi*d  with  sound  military  principle. 

The  result  aimed  at  by  such  operations  of  the  defendant 
navy  has  been  styled  ^^  displacement  of  force  "  by  a  recent 
French  writer  on  Naval  Strategy,  Commander  Daveluy. 
The  phrase  appears  to  me  apt  and  suggestive.  By  it  he 
means  that,  assuming  the  enemy  to  have  disposed  his  forces 
on  soimd  militaiy  principles,  he  is  to  be  provoked,  or  allured, 
or  harassed,  or  intimidated,  into  changing  those  dispositions, 
into  displacing  his  forces.  Over-confidence  may  be  as 
harmful  as  over-caution,  in  inducing  displacement.  If  prop- 
erly concentrated,  the  hostile  ships  may  be  moved  to  dissemi- 
nate ;  if  correctly  posted,  to  remove  to  a  worse  position.  The 
capture  of  the  Ouerridre  by  the  Constitution  was  due  to  a 
displacement  of  British  forces.  Rodgers'  sailing  in  squad- 
ron had  compelled  the  British  to  concentrate,  and  for  the 
same  reason  to  convoy  an  important  West  Indies  fleet 
several  hundred  miles  eastward  in  the  Atlantic.  There  it 
was  thought  safe  to  detach  the  Guerridre  to  Halifax.  On 
her  way  she  met  the  Constitution. 

I  quote  from  Daveluy  a  few  paragraphs: 

"  The  maritime  defensive,  from  whatever  point  of  view 
regarded,  offers  only  disadvantages.  It  may  be  imposed ; 
it  never  should  be  voluntarily  adopted.  On  the  one  side 
as  on  the  oilier,  we  are  led  to  choose  the  offensive ;  that 
is  to  say,  to  seek  the  enemy  with  the  object  of  fighting 
him.  But  the  two  parties  will  not  do  tms  by  the  same 
methods. 

^^  The  stronger  will  hasten  to  meet  the  different  divisions 
of  the  enemy,  in  order  to  destroy  them  before  they  have 


296  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

time  to  injure  hinL  The  weaker "  —  whom  I  have  called 
Hie  defendant  —  ^  will  seek  first  of  all  to  withdraw  from 
touch  of  the  enemy  in  order  by  uncertainty  as  to  the 
points  threatened  to  effect  displacement  of  the  hostile 
force,  and  to  give  rise  to  the  unforeseen ;  then  he  will  tiy 
to  draw  his  enemy  to  a  field  of  battle  where  his  own  feebler 
units  can  come  into  play  advantageously.  So  long  as  this 
stage  lasts,  and  until  a  decisive  action  has  inclined  the  bal- 
ance definitely,  the  immediate  objects  of  the  war  are  post- 
Smed  to  the  necessity  of  first  engaging  the  enemy  under 
vorable  conditions.  In  this  game,  the  more  active,  the 
more  skillful,  the  more  tenacious  and  the  better  equipped 
will  win. 

**  At  the  opening  of  a  war  especially,  the  offensive  will 
produce  decisive  results.  If  successful  in  anticipating  the 
projects  of  the  enemy  by  impetuosity  of  attack,  we  general 
operations  receive  the  predetermined  direction ;  a  situation 
is  created  which  overthrows  all  the  enemy's  expectations, 
and  paralyzes  him,  unless  he  succeed  in  retrieving  his  con- 
dition by  a  victory.  The  veiy  fact  of  being  forced  into  an 
unexpected  situation  puts  him  in  a  state  of  inferiority,  and 
prevents  him  from  recovery,  while  at  the  same  time  your 
own  forces  can  be  better  utilized.'' 

This  effect  was  strikingly  produced  upon  the  Russians 
by  the  first  successful  surprise  by  the  Japanese. 

*^The  chai'acteristic  of  the  offensive  is  that  it  makes  the 
attack  instead  of  accepting  it ;  this  is  evidenced  in  history 
by  the  fact  that  almost  all  naval  victories  have  been  gained 
upon  the  enemy's  coast." 

If,  in  the  shock  of  war,  all  things  in  both  sides  were 
equally  strong,  there  could  be  no  result.  On  the  other 
hand,  when  inequality  exists,  the  weaker  must  go  down 
before  the  stronger.  It  is  in  converting  inequality  or  in- 
feriority into  superiority  at  a  given  point  that  the  science, 
or  rather  the  art,  of  war  consists.  The  principles  upon 
which  this  art  is  based,  we  are  assured  by  the  best  authori- 
ties, are  few  and  simple ;  and  they  are  summed  up  in  one 
gieat  principle,  that  of  being  superior  to  the  enemy  at  the 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  297 

decisive  point,  whatever  the  relative  strength  of  the  two 
parties  on  the  whole.  Thus  the  Russian  navy  in  the  aggre- 
gate was  much  superior  to  the  Japanese,  but,  being  divided, 
was  inferior  to  the  enemy  upon  the  immediate  scene  of  war ; 
and  this  inferiority  at  the  decisive  point  was  increased  by 
the  sudden  action  of  the  Japanese  in  opening  hostilities. 

It  is  in  the  application  of  sound  general  principles  to 
particular  problems  of  war  that  difficulty  arises.  The 
principles  are  few,  the  cases  veiy  various,  the  smaller  de- 
tails almost  infinitely  n  umerous.  Here  experience  enters — 
experience  which,  under  the  other  form  of  the  word,  eoDperi- 
mentSj  lies  at  the  basis  of  all  our  science.  But  how  shall 
experience  of  war  be  acquired  in  the  absence  of  a  state  of 
war?  And  even  amid  constant  war,  how  shall  any  one 
man,  particularly  a  subaltern  or  naval  captain,  find  in  his 
own  experience  all,  or  any  large  portion  of  the  innumerable 
cases  that  may  and  do  arise  ?  No  one  will  answer  that  he 
can  so  find  them;  but  if  one  be  found  bold  enough  to 
affirm  he  can,  I  throw  myself  back  upon  the  words  of  great 
captains.    The  Archduke  Charles  writes : 

**  A  man  can  become  a  great  captain  only  with  a  passion 
for  study  and  a  long  experience.  There  is  not  enough  in 
what  one  has  seen  oneself ;  for  what  life  of  a  man  is  fruitful 
enough  in  events  to  give  a  universal  experience ;  and  who 
is  the  man  that  can  Imve  the  opportunity  of  first  practicing 
the  difficult  art  of  the  general  before  having  filled  that 
important  office?  It  is,  then,  by  increasing  one^s  own 
knowledge  with  the  information  of  others,  oy  weighing 
the  conclusions  of  one's  predecessors,  and  by  taking  as  a 
term  of  comparison  the  military  exploits,  and  the  events 
with  great  results,  which  the  history  of  war  gives  us,  that 
one  can  become  skillful  therein.'' 

The  first  Napoleon  similarly  says : 

**  Make  offensive  war  as  did  Alexander,  Hannibal,  Caesar, 
Gustavus  AdolphuSy  Turenne,  Prince  Eugene,  Frederick 
•the  Great;  read  and  reread  the  historv  of  their  eightgr- 
three  campaigns,  model  yourself  upon  them ;  it  is  the  only 


298  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

means  of  becoming  a  great  captain  and  of  surprising  the 
secrets  of  the  art  Your  mind  thus  enlififhtened  will  make 
you  reject  maxims  opposed  to  those  of  these  great  men. 
•  •  •  The  history  of  these  eightjr-three  campaigns,  carefully 
told,  would  be  a  complete  toeatise  on  the  art  of  war ;  the 
principles  which  should  be  followed  in  offensive  and  de- 
fensive war  would  flow  from  it  as  from  a  spring." 

Again  he  says : 

*^  Tactics,  evolutions,  the  science  of  the  engineer  and  of 
the  artillerist,  may  be  learned  in  treatises,  almost  like 
seometiy ;  but  knowledge  of  the  ereat  operations  of  war 
IS  acquired  by  experience,  and  by  Uie  study  of  the  history 
of  wars  and  of  the  battles  of  great  captains." 

There  is  yet  another  and  deeper  thought  underlying  the 
advice  to»study  the  campaigns  of  great  commanders.  It  is 
not  merely  that  the  things  they  have  done  become  a  cata- 
logue of  precedents,  to  which  a  well  stored  memory  can 
refer  as  special  cases  arise  for  decision.  Such  a  mechanical 
employment  of  them  has  its  advantage,  can  be  consigned 
to  treatises,  and  can  be  usefully  taught  to  those  who  will 
learn  nothing  otherwise.  But,  beyoiul  and  above  this,  it  is 
by  that  diligent  study  which  Napoleon  enjoins  that  the 
officer  who  so  lives  with  those  men  absorbs  not  merely 
the  dry  practice,  but  the  spirit  and  understanding  which 
filled  and  guided  them.  There  is  such  a  thing  as  becoming 
imbued  with  the  spirit  of  a  great  teacher,  as  well  as  ac- 
quainted with  his  maxims.  There  must  indeed  be  in  the 
pupil  something  akin  to  the  nature  of  the  master  thus  to 
catch  the  inspiration, —  an  aptitude  to  learn ;  but  the  apti- 
tude, except  in  the  rare  cases  of  great  original  genius, 
must  be  brought  into  contact  with  the  living  fire  that  it 
may  be  itself  kindled. 

It  is  something  like  this,  doubtless,  that  Napoleon  meant 
when  he  drew  the  distinction  quoted,  between  the  elemen- 
tary parts  of  the  art  —  tactics,  evolutions,  etc.  —  and  the 
conduct  of  great  operations,  which  can  be  acquired  only  by 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  299 

experience  and  in  the  study  of  history.  This  he  elsewhere 
expresses  in  a  warning  against  dogmatizing  on  such 
matters : 

^  Such  questions,  propounded  even  to  Turenne,  to  Vil- 
lars,  or  to  Prince  Eugene,  to  Alexander,  Hannibal,  or 
Csesar,  would  have  embarrassed  them  g^reatly.  To  dogma- 
tize upon  that  which  you  have  not  practised  is  the  pi^ 
rogative  of  ignorance;  it  is  like  thinking  that  you  can 
solve,  by  an  equation  of  the  second  dcCTee,  a  problem  of 
transcendental  geometry  which  would  have  daunted  La- 
grange or  Laplace." 

Jominiy  who  fully  agrees  with  the  two  leaders  about  the 
study  of  history,  expresses  the  same  idea  by  saying  that  the 
successful  conduct  of  war  is  not  a  science,  but  an  art 
Science  is  sure  of  nothing  until  it  is  proved ;  but,  all  the 
same,  it  aims  at  absolute  certainties,  —  dogmas,  —  towards 
which,  through  numerous  experiments,  it  keeps  moving. 
Its  truths,  once  established,  are  fixed,  rigid,  unbending, 
and  the  relation  between  cause  and  effect  are  rather  laws 
than  principles ;  hard  lines  incapable  of  change,  rather 
than  living  seeds.  Science  discovers  and  teaches  truths 
which  it  has  no  power  to  change;  Art,  out  of  materials 
which  it  finds  about  it,  creates  new  forms  in  endless 
variety.  It  is  not  bound  down  to  a  mechanical  reproduc* 
tion  of  similar  effects,  as  is  inanimate  nature,  but  partakes 
of  the  freedom  of  the  human  mind  in  which  it  has  its  root. 
Art  acknowledges  principles  and  even  rules ;  but  these  are 
not  so  much  fetters,  or  bars,  which  compel  its  movements 
aright,  as  guides  which  warn  when  it  18  going  wrong.  In  this 
living  sense,  the  conduct  of  war  is  an  art,  having  its  spring  in 
the  mind  of  man,  dealing  with  very  various  circumstances, 
admitting  certain  principles ;  but,  beyond  that,  manifold  in 
its  manifestations,  according  to  the  genius  of  the  artist  and 
the  temper  of  the  materials  with  which  he  is  dealing.  To 
such  an  effort  dogmatic  prescription  is  unsuited ;  the  best 


800  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

of  rales,  when  applied  to  it,  cannot  be  rigid,  but  must  have 
that  free  play  which  distingaishes  a  principle  from  a  mere 
role. 

Maxims  of  war,  therefore,  are  not  so  much  positive  rules 
as  they  are  the  developments  and  applications  of  a  few  gen- 
eral principles.  They  resemble  the  ever  varying,  yet  essen- 
tially like,  forms  that  spring  from  living  seeds,  rather  than 
the  rigid  framework  to  which  the  free  growth  of  a  plant  is 
sometimes  forced  to  bend  itself.  But  it  does  not  therefore 
follow  that  there  can  be  no  such  maxims,  or  that  they  have 
little  certainty  or  little  value.    Jomini  well  says, 

^  When  the  application  of  a  rule  and  the  consequent 
maneuver  have  procured  victory  a  hundred  times  for  skill- 
ful generals,  shall  their  occasional  failure  be  a  sufficient 
reason  for  entirely  denying  their  value  and  for  distrusting 
the  effect  of  the  study  of  the  art  ?  Shall  a  theorv  be  pro- 
noimced  absurd  because  it  has  only  three-fourths  of  the 
whole  number  of  chances  in  its  favor?'' 

Not  so ;  the  maxim,  rooting  itself  in  a  principle,  formu- 
lates a  rule  generally  correct  under  the  conditions ;  but 
the  teacher  must  admit  that  each  case  has  its  own  fea- 
tures —  like  the  endless  variety  of  the  one  human  face  • — 
which  modify  the  application  of  the  rule,  and  may  even 
make  it  at  times  wholly  inapplicable.  It  is  for  the  skill  of 
the  artist  in  war  rightly  to  apply  the  principles  and  rules 
in  each  case. 

It  is  thus  we  must  look  upon  all  those  rules  of  war  that 
are  advocated  before  us.  The  teacher  who,  without  the 
tests  of  large  experience,  dares  to  dogmatize,  lays  himself 
open  to  the  condempation  pronounced  by  Napoleon.  But, 
on  the  other  hand,  men  who  deliberately  postpone  the  forma- 
tion of  opinion  until  the  day  of  action,  who  expect  from  a 
moment  of  inspiration  the  results  commonly  obtained  only 
from  study  and  reflection,  who  hope  for  victory  in  ignorance 
of  the  rules  that  have  generally  given  victory,  are  guilty  of 


FOUNDATIONS  AND  PRINCIPLES  801 

a  yet  greater  folly,  for  they  disregard  all  the  past  experience 
of  our  race. 

I  end  with  an  apposite  quotation  from  the  Archduke 
Charles: 

^  A  seneral  often  does  not  know  the  circumstances  upon 
which  he  has  to  decide,  until  the  moment  in  which  it  is 
already  necessary  \o  proceed  at  once  with  the  execution 
of  the  necessary  measures.  Then  he  is  forced  to  judge, 
to  decide,  and  to  act,  with  such  rapidity  that  it  is  incus- 
pensable  to  have  the  habit  of  embracing  these  three  opera- 
tions in  a  sinele  glance,  to  penetrate  uie  consequences  of 
the  different  lines  of  action  which  offer,  and  to  choose  at 
the  same  moment  the  best  mode  of  execution.  But  that 
piercing  perception  which  takes  in  everything  at  a  glance 
IS  given  only  to  him  who  by  deep  study  has  sounded  the 
nature  of  war,  who  has  acquired  perfect  knowledge  of  the 
rules,  and  who  has,  so  to  speak,  identified  himself  with 
the  science.  The  faculty  of  deciding  at  once  and  with 
certainty  belongs  only  to  him  who,  by  his  own  experience, 
has  tested  the  truth  of  the  known  maxims  and  possesses 
the  manner  of  applying  them;  to  him  alone,  in  a  word, 
who  finds  beforehand,  in  his  positive  acquirements,  the 
conviction  of  the  accuracy  of  his  judgments."  *^  Great 
results  can  be  obtained  only  by  great  efforts." 

^Upon  the  field  of  battle,"  says  the  great  Napoleon,  ^  the 
happiest  inspiration  is  most  often  only  a  recollection." 


CHAPTER  XI 

APPLICATION    TO    THE    GULF    OF    MEXICO   AND 

THE  CARIBBEAN  SEA 

THE  present  study  of  the  Caribbean  Sea  and  the 
Oulf  of  Mexico,  regarded  as  a  possible  field  of 
maritime  warfare,  discards  the  consideration  of 
the  relative  armed  forces  that  may  be  brought 
into  play  by  any  of  the  parties  now  or  at  any  time  in  terri- 
torial occupation;  or,  which  amounts  to  the  same  thing, 
equality  of  naval  force  between  opposing  sides  is  assumed. 
The  study,  therefore,  is  one  of  strategy  as  involved  in 
posiUanM  only ;  a  study  which  consequently  takes  account 
of  both  military  and  commercial  values.  Commercial  value 
cannot  be  separated  from  militaiy  in  sea  strategy,  for  the 
greatest  interest  of  the  sea  is  commerce.  It  may  be  re- 
called here  that  Napoleon  defined  war  as  being,  among 
other  things,  *^a  business  of  positions."  An  interesting 
illustration,  or  application,  of  this  saying  is  to  be  found  in 
his  Commentaries  ;  where,  in  discussing  military  operations 
in  a  desert,  in  connection  with  his  own  Syrian  expedition 
in  1799,  he  names  the  positions  of  wells  as  being  the  most 
decisive  strategic  factor  in  a  country  generally  waterless. 

In  beginning  the  study  of  any  theater  of  land  warfare  it 
is  necessary,  first,  to  define  clearly  the  outlines  which  limit 
the  subject ;  and  secondly,  to  take  a  comprehensive  yet  not 
too  detailed  view  of  the  natural  features  which  exert  a  de- 
cisive influence  upon  the  strategic  plan.  The  first  step  is 
arbitrary  and  for  the  sake  of  convenience,  that  both  teacher 
and  student  may  know  just  what  they  are  to  consider ;  the 
second  is  essential,  arising  from  the  nature  of  things.    The 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  808 

same  processes,  and  for  the  same  reasons,  are  snitaUe  to 
the  study  of  a  maritime  strategic  field.  It  will  be  neces- 
sary, however,  to  the  intending  student,  first  to  get  such  a 
knowledge  of  the  theater  as  will  let  him  decide  accurately 
what  does  or  does  not  necessarily  belong  immediately  to  it; 
then  only  can  he  lay  down  the  limits  which  he  assigns  to  his 
task.  I  will  invite  you,  therefore,  to  accompany  me  in  ex- 
amining the  reasons  which  lead  to  the  limits  prescribed  to 
our  present  study. 

A  great  deal  of  trade  and  shipping  enters  the  Oulf  of 
Mexico  and  the  Caribbean  Sea.  Much  of  it  goes  no  farther, 
but  is  distributed  through  the  islands  and  on  various  parts 
of  the  seacoast.  Much,  however,  goes  beyond ;  and  in  the 
nature  of  things  as  they  now  are,  and  still  more  when  man 
shall  have  modified  nature  by  running  a  canal  through  the 
Central  American  Isthmus,  the  Oulf,  and  still  more  the 
Caribbean,  have,  and  will  increasingly  show,  the  character- 
istics of  highways  of  trade,  rather  than  of  the  end  of  a 
route. 

The  interests  of  nations  in  the  sea  are  almost  wholly 
interests  of  trade  —  of  carriage.  The  productions  of  the 
sea,  though  valuable,  are  trifiing  in  amount  as  compared 
with  those  of  the  land.  Its  great  value  to  mankind  is  that 
it  furnishes  the  most  copious  means  of  communication  and 
traffic  between  peoples ;  often  the  only  means.  By  general 
consent  and  international  law  it  is  a  common  property,  a 
great  plain  free  to  all,  across  which  run  many  highways. 
All  nations  have  a  common  interest  in  all  parts  of  this 
great  property ;  but  that  interest  naturally  becomes  greatest 
at  points  where,  for  any  reason,  many  highways  meet  —  or 
part. 

In  the  special  field  proposed  for  our  study,  there  are  two 
principal  points  of  such  convergence  —  or  divergence :  the 
mouth  of  the  Mississippi  River,  and  the  Central  American 
Isthmus.    At  the  time  when  these   lectures  were  first 


804 


If  AVAL    STRATEGY 


written  the  opinion  of  the  world  was  hesitating  between 
Panama  and  Nicaragua  as  the  best  site  for  a  canal  through 
the  Isthmus.  This  question  having  now  been  settled 
definitively  in  favor  of  Panama,  the  particular  point  of 
convei^Dce  for  trade  routes  passing  through  the  Caribbean 
for  the  Pacific  will  continue  at  Colon,  whither  it  for  bo  long 
has  been  determined  because  there  is  the  terminus  of  the 
Panama  Railroad. 

These  two  meeting  points  or  cross-roads  have  long  been, 
and  still  are,  points  of  supreme  interest  to  all  mankind. 
At  the  one  all  the  highways  of  the  Mississippi  valley,  all 
the  tributaries  and  subtributaries  of  the  great  river,  meet, 
and  thence  they  part.  At  the  other  all  highways  between 
the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  focus  and  intersect.  The  advanc- 
ing population  and  development  of  the  Mississippi  valley, 
and  the  completion  of  the  Panama  Canal,  will  work  together 
to  cause  this  intomational  interest  to  grow  proportionately 
in  the  future.  Among  the  great  Powers  of  the  world,  no 
one  is  concerned  bo  vitally  in  this  progress  as  is  the  United 
States ;  because  of  her  possession  of  one  of  these  centers, 
the  mouth  of  the  Mississippi  with  its  huge  back  country, 
and  because  of  her  geographical  nearness  to  the  other. 
This  peculiar  interest,  which  is  natural  and  inevitable  in 
virtue  of  proximity,  is  emphasized  by  the  national  policy 
known  as  the  Monroe  Doctiine ;  and  still  more  hy  the  par> 
ticular  result  of  the  Doctrine  which  has  involved  the  con- 
trol, administration,  and  military  protection  of  that  belt  of 
Isthmian  territory  called  the  Panama  Canal  Zone.  Thia 
specific  responsibility,  recently  acquired  and  assumed,  is 
itself  simply  a  later  phase  of  the  old  treaty  relations  with 
tlie  Republic  of  Colombia,  guaranteeing  security  of  transit; 
in  virtue  of  which  the  United  States  in  1886  took  armed 
possession  of  the  territory  traversed  by  the  Panama  Rail- 
road, in  order  to  maintain  and  secure  the  use  of  the  road  to 
peaceful  traOic. 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  806 

The  successive  political  development  of  much  of  the 
Caribbean  region, —  of  nearly  all  of  it  which  is  not  in 
possession  or  control  of  the  United  States,  or  of  some 
European  state,  —  has  been  in  the  past,  and  still  continues, 
so  precarious  as  to  introduce  a  very  disturbing  factor  into 
international  relations;  and  this  has  a  consequent  effect 
upon  the  military  and  strategic  possibilities  of  the  future. 
Illustrations  of  recent  occurrence  are  the  dispute  between 
Venezuela  and  Great  Britain  concerning  their  boundary 
line,  leading  to  the  strong  interposition  of  the  United 
States;  the  armed  demonstration  by  Great  Britain,  Ger- 
many, and  Italy  in  Venezuela ;  the  difficulty  between  the 
United  States  and  Colombia,  which  led  to  the  independent 
existence  of  the  Republic  of  Panama ;  also  the  contentions 
between  the  United  States  and  Venezuela.  In  the  same 
connection  are  to  be  cited  the  long  controversies  with 
Great  Britain  concerning  the  Isthmus  of  Panama  and  its 
canal,  finally  settled  by  the  Hay-Pauncefote  treaty. 

These  recent  instances,  collated  with  the  history  of  the 
seventy  years  preceding  the  earliest  of  them,  leave  Uttle 
doubt  that  the  Monroe  Doctrine  alone  has  stood  in  the  way 
of  the  appropriation  by  foreign  states  of  much  of  the 
Caribbean  countries,  in  the  same  manner  as  the  countries 
of  Northern  Africa,  Algiers  and  Tunis,  have  been  annexed 
by  France,  and  Egypt  effectually  controlled  by  Great 
Britain.  Morocco  also  has  become  a  bone  of  contentions 
which  have  closely  approached  war,  because  there  was  no 
one  Great  Power  exclusively  concerned,  as  the  United 
States  is  in  America,  with  an  established  and  recognized 
policy  like  the  Monroe  Doctrine.  The  present  uncertain- 
ties and  anxieties  concerning  the  security  of  the  ^  Open 
Door  ^  in  the  Far  East,  centering  in  Manchuria  and  around 
its  railroad  development,  proceed  from  the  same  general 
cause»  viz. :  the  political  weakness  of  the  owning  country, 
China,  and  the  aggressive  policies  of  foreign  states ;  whether 


806  NAYAL  STRATEGY 

those  policies  are  rival,  as  until  lately  was  the  case,  or 
become  **  pooled,''  as  is  said  to  be  the  present  condition 
between  Russia  and  Japan. 

Such  regions,  rich  by  nature  and  important  both  com- 
mercially and  politically,  but  politically  insecure,  compel 
the  attention  and  excite  the  jealousies  of  more  powerful 
nations.  The  rights  of  stable,  strongly  governed  states 
are  admitted ;  and  if  they  exercise  those  rights  in  a  manner 
onerous  to  others,  the  burden  is  usually  acquiesced  in  and 
borne  until  lightened  by  treaty  or  other  peaceful  arrange- 
ment. But  when  the  government  is  feebly  administered, 
and  the  probability  is  that  it  cannot  endure  indefinitely,  it 
becomes  a  matter  of  importance  to  other  states  what  is 
to  succeed,  and  what  effect  coming  changes  may  have 
on  the  welfare  of  their  subjects  and  upon  their  own  polit- 
ical safety.  England,  in  1878,  helped  Austria  to  the  ad- 
ministrative control  of  Bosnia  and  Herzegovina;  Austria 
repaid  the  debt  by  laying  upon  English  goods  differential 
duties  that  did  not  before  exist,  and  since  then  has  utilized 
the  position  of  advantage  then  attained  to  incorporate  the 
two  provinces,  politically,  with  her  own  territory,  in 
the  teeth  of  British  remonstrance.  This  is  one  instance, 
among  many,  of  the  way  in  which  the  interests  of  peoples, 
and  consequently  of  states,  are  mixed  up  in  the  future 
disposition  of  countries  the  present  owners  of  which  may 
lose  political  control  through  political  incapacity.  Military 
and  strategic  conditions  may  draw  more  attention  than 
such  economic  results,  but  are  not  of  greater  consequence. 
Such  jealousies  among  rival  nations  often  prolong  the  ex< 
istence  of  a  government  that  would  otherwise  go  down 
before  one  of  the  competitors,  as  has  been  notoriously  the 
case  with  Turkey,  and  still  is  with  Morocco. 

Since  these  lines  were  written  the  annexation  of  Korea 
by  Japan  has  supplied  another  instance;  and  the  very 
assurance  that  customs  duties  there  shall  remam  unchanged 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  807 

for  ten  years  certifies  also  that  at  the  end  of  that  period 
the  advantage  of  other  trading  peoples  will  give  place  to 
Japan's  estimate  of  her  own.  ^  Manchuria/'  says  an  in- 
structed correspondent  of  the  London  Time9^  **  is  dom- 
inated throughout  its  vast  length  and  breadth  by  Russia's 
and  Japan's  rights  of  ownership  in  the  Chinese  Eastern 
Railway.  The  present  position  of  affairs  clearly  fore- 
shadows the  extension  of  Japanese  predominance  from 
those  thin  lines  of  steel  to  ever  widening  spheres  of 
activity ; "  and  he  goes  on  to  speak  of  the  fate  which  is 
^lowly  but  surely  separating  Manchuria  from  the  Chinese 
Empire,  as  due  to  the  weakness  of  the  Chinese  Govern- 
ment and  the  consequent  ^^  economic  gravitation  "  towards 
Japan,  and  accordingly  away  from  other  commercial 
nations. 

^^  There  is  an  argument,"  says  Sir  Charles  Dilke,  ^^  by 
which  an  anti-Russian  policy  in  the  Balkans  can  be  recom- 
mended, and  which  appeals  to  John  Bull  with  peculiar 
strength.  It  is  the  breecnes-pocket  argument.  Every  coun- 
try annexed,  or  virtually  annexed  by  Russia,  is  closed  forever 
to  our  trade  by  means  of  heavily  protective  duties."  And 
again,  **  There  is  one  loss  by  a  Russian  occupation  of  the  re- 
mainder of  the  Turkish  dominions  which  no  British  govern- 
ment would  willingly  face.  It  is  the  loss  of  trada  In  the 
Asiatic  provinces  acquired  by  Russia  at  the  end  of  the  last 
Turkish  war,  where  ttiere  used  to  be  a  considerable  Briti&^ 
trade,  there  is  now  none ;  for  it  has  been  killed  by  protective 
duties.  Russia  at  Constantinople  would  mean  our  exclu- 
sion from  the  Black  Sea  trade,  except  the  wheat  trade  oiU 
of  Russia.  Our  commercial  interests  in  Asia  Minor  are 
very  lam  and  they  are  absolutely  jeopardized  by  any 
further  Russian  advance." 

Although  these  words  of  Dilke  were  written  nearly  thirty 
years  ago,  they  have  lost  none  of  their  force ;  because  the 
nations  of  the  world  since  then  have  become  rather  more 
protectionist  than  they  then  were.    At  this  moment  we  are 

1  The  Man  (tri-weeUy  TimMM),  March  2S»  1010. 


808  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

confronted  with  a  similar  condition  of  national  jealousies 
and  rivalries,  of  which  the  phrase  ^  The  Open  Door  "  has 
become  the  recognized  expression.  Commercial  problems 
change,  as  do  those  of  strategy ;  but  the  underlying  prin- 
ciples remain  through  all. 

The  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  Caribbean,  taken  together, 
form  a  kind  of  inland  sea,  or  Mediterranean.  The  boundaiy 
lines  are  traced  by  the  Florida  peninsula,  Cuba,  Haiti,  and 
the  Lesser  Antilles,  or  Windward  Islands,  on  the  one  side ; 
and  on  the  other  by  the  different  countries  on  the  American 
continent,  from  the  United  States  to  Venezuela  inclusive. 
In  these  two  ranges  of  boundaries,  as  now  possessed,  we 
may  see  another  resemblance  to  the  Mediterranean :  on  the 
one  hand  states  of  European  traditions,  actually  or  rela- 
tively strong  and  stable ;  on  the  other,  a  condition  of  things 
rising,  in  political  results,  little  above  the  level  of  Barbary 
Powers. 

Entrance  to  this  inland  sea  of  America  from  the  Atlantic 
ocean  is  on  its  northern  and  eastern  sides  only,  but  by  many 
passages :  the  Straits  of  Florida,  the  Windward  Passage, 
the  Mona  Passage,  and  so  on,  eastward,  through  the 
numerous  channels  separating  the  smaller  Antilles.  On 
the  western  side,  the  unbroken  mainland  forbids  water 
transit;  and  the  general  absence  of  navigable  rivers,  or 
other  adequate  means  of  internal  communication,  allows 
only  the  eastern  slope  of  the  countries  to  be  supplied  from 
these  seas.  Goods  meant  for  the  Pacific  slope  of  Central 
America  and  Mexico  have  to  be  transshipped  by  the  Isthmus. 
On  the  northern  and  southern  shores,  the  basins  of  great 
rivers  — the  Mississippi,  Magdalena,  and  Orinoco  —  obviate 
this  inconvenience ;  wholly  or  in  part. 

The  different  passages  into  the  sea  in  question  have  dif- 
ferent values,  but  all  have  some,  and  all  must  be  included 
in  our  examination.  These  values  may,  and  generally  will, 
be  affected  by  both  military  and  commercial  considerations, 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  809 

and  in  any  complete  examination  both  these  elements  most 
be  duly  weighed.  It  will  often  happen  that  military  im- 
portance will  attach  to  a  passage  of  small  commercial  value, 
and  vice  ver$d.  One  that  is  very  important  to  the  trade  of 
a  country  cannot,  indeed,  be  indifferent  in  the  point  of  view 
of  military  control ;  but  it  may  be  beyond  the  power  of  the 
country  interested  effectively  to  control  it,  and  in  such  a 
case,  in  war,  commercial  convenience  must  yield  to  the 
conditions  imposed  by  the  limits  of  the  nation's  military 
strength.  From  a  military  point  of  view,  we  may  say  that, 
of  the  many  entrances  to  the  Caribbean,  the  western  ones 
are  the  most  important,  and  that  the  values  decrease  suc- 
cessively from  the  Straits  of  Florida  to  the  Lesser  Antilles. 
This  is  true  not  merely  as  to  the  United  States,  and  on 
account  of  their  relative  distances  from  our  country,  but 
because  of  the  position,  character,  and  surroundings  of  the 
passages  themselves.  The  military  importance  of  such 
passages  or  defiles  depends  not  only  upon  their  geographi- 
cal position,  but  also  upon  their  width,  length,  and  difficulty. 
A  strait  is  a  strategic  point,  the  value  of  which,  like  that 
of  other  points,  depends  :  1st,  upon  its  situation ;  2d,  upon 
its  strength,  which  may  be  defined  to  consist  in  the  ob- 
stacles it  puts  in  the  way  of  an  assailant  and  the  con- 
sequent advantages  to  the  holder ;  in  other  words,  in  its 
difficulties ;  8d,  upon  its  resources  or  advantages,  such  as 
the  facility  it  gives  the  possessor  for  reaching  a  certain 
point,  or  for  passing  from  one  of  his  ports  to  another; 
upon  its  shortening  distances,  etc. 

An  important  consideration  in  fixing  the  value  of  any 
passage  is  whether  there  be  another  near  it  that  will  serve 
the  same  purpose.  If  so  situated  that  a  long  circuit  is  im- 
posed upon  the  belligerent  who  is  deprived  of  its  use,  its 
value  is  enhanced;  and  yet  more,  if  it  be  the  only  close 
link  between  two  bodies  of  water,  or  two  naval  stations,  for 
example,  the  Dardanelles,  or  the  Strait  of  Gibraltar.    As 


810  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

regards  the  strength  of  a  passage  at  sea,  difficulties  are 
created  by  hydrographio  conditions,  and  by  the  existence, 
either  above  or  below  water,  of  obstacles  that  embarrass 
the  navigator,  constrain  ships  to  follow  certain  paths,  and 
perhaps  afford  to  a  fleet  guarding  the  passages  a  convenient 
rendezvous,  from  which  it  can  move  with  facility  against  an 
enemy  coming  from  any  direction.  Such  natural  features 
evidently  answer  to  the  strength  conferred  on  a  land  post 
by  the  character  of  the  ground.  A  glance  at  the  map  will 
show  that  the  combination  of  these  three  conditions,  nar- 
rowness, length,  and  difficulty,  are  all  found  to  the  greatest 
extent  about  the  Straits  of  Florida  and  the  Windward 
Passage ;  while  the  position  of  Jamaica,  and  of  its  dock- 
yard Kingston,  with  reference  to  the  Windward  and  Yu- 
catan Passages,  to  the  rear  though  somewhat  on  the  right 
flank  of  Cuba,  regarded  as  facing  the  North  Atlantic,  ad- 
mirably meets  the  requirements  of  a  position  guarding  two 
defiles;  being  in  the  rear,  with  facility  for  moving  the 
whole  force  in  either  direction.  The  narrowness  attributed 
to  these  passages  is  not  in  comparison  with  any  particular 
one  of  those  between  two  islands  of  the  eastern  group,  the 
Lesser  Antilles,  which  often  are  individually  narrower. 
The  contrast  is  with  the  entire  sweep  from  Haiti  to  Trini- 
dad, which  is  traversable  at  so  many  points  as  to  be  prac- 
tically a  continuous  stretch  of  water. 

The  command  of  Jamaica  is  further  helped  on  the  side  of 
the  Yucatan  Passage,  where  it  is  otherwise  weakest,  by 
the  way  in  which  the  shoals  and  cays  of  the  Honduras 
Bank  force  passing  ships  to  the  eastward,  bringing  them 
more  within  range  of  Jamaica  cruisers.  Altogether, 
Jamaica  is  favorably  placed  for  watching  the  approaches 
to  the  Isthmus  by  the  Yucatan  and  the  Windward  Passages. 
In  consequence,  by  situation,  it  guards  against  invasion 
from  the  Atlantic  a  frontier  line  of  over  nine  hundred 
miles,  from  Cape  Catoche  to  the  middle  of  HaltL    In  this 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  811 

line  there  are  only  two  breaks  practicable  for  shipping,  — 
the  Yucatan  Passage  and  the  Windward  Passage.  Of  the 
next  defile  to  the  eastward,  the  Mona  Passage,  it  need  only 
be  said  for  the  present  that  it  is  at  equal  distance,  five 
hundred  miles,  from  Jamaica  and  from  the  other  British 
station  in  the  island  of  Santa  Lucia. 

The  Bahama  bank  and  islands,  extending  from  near  the 
coast  of  Florida,  along  the  northern  shores  of  Cuba  and 
Haiti,  nearly  to  the  longitude  of  the  eastern  end  of  Haiti, 
will  have  a  strong  influence  upon  the  approaches  to  the 
western  passages,  and  must  be  included  in  the  general  field 
for  study.  Except  the  Bahamas,  there  seems  to  be  no 
reason  for  pushing  the  northern  limits  of  the  field  to  be 
examined  farther  to  seaward  than  the  outer  shores  of 
Puerto  Rico;  nor  on  the  east  farther  than  the  smaller 
islands,  down  to  and  including  Barbados  and  Trinidad. 
Inside  of  this  line  and  of  Florida,  nothing  must  be  excluded 
from  consideration,  but  all  points  presenting  possible  advan- 
tages must  receive  such  degree  of  study  as  will  exhaust 
the  question  of  their  relative  usefulness ;  keeping  in  mind 
the  general  principles  of  naval  strategy  already  succinctly 
laid  down. 

There  is,  however,  one  large  elimination  which  may  be 
made  at  once.  The  coastline  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  from 
the  mouths  of  the  Mississippi  westward  as  far  as  Cape 
Catoche,  offers  no  port  the  inherent  advantages  of  which 
give  it  strategic  value  as  regards  the  Caribbean  region; 
while  the  position  of  this  sweep  of  coast  is  farther  removed 
from  the  center  of  military  and  commercial  interest  than 
many  other  ports  which  have  both  strength  and  resources. 
For  our  purposes,  therefore,  all  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  west 
of  a  line  drawn  from  the  mouths  of  the  Mississippi  to  Cape 
Catoche  may  be  consigned  to  isolation.  This  isolation  is 
more  emphatic  from  the  fact  that  Mexico  is  not  a  great 
power,  and  consequently  will  not  exert  any  great  weight 


812  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

upon  the  military  balances  of  the  Caribbean ;  and  yet  has 
attained  to  a  degree  of  political  stability  which  gives  hope 
that  she  will  not  bring  upon  herself  foreign  meddling.^ 
There  is,  further,  no  probability  that  the  trade  of  her  east 
coast  will  receive  an  increase  by  becoming  the  medium  to 
supply  the  wants  of  the  Pacific  slope.  This  means  that 
the  commercial  importance  of  the  eastern  seaboard  of 
Mexico  depends  only  upon  its  own  natural  development. 
It  is  not  favored  as  a  center  of  distribution;  whereas  by 
the  opening  of  the  Panama  Canal  the  whole  west  coast  of 
Mexico  will  receive  a  commercial  impetus,  similar  to  that 
which  is  now  expected  by  the  Pacific  coasts  of  Canada 
and  the  United  States. 

To  the  field,  reduced  by  this  single  omission,  it  is  not 
possible  to  assign  a  resemblance  to  any  regular  geometrical 
figure.  With  the  exception  of  the  one  imaginary  line  of 
demarcation,  from  the  mouth  of  the  Mississippi  to  Cape 
Catoche,  the  outline  is  irregular  in  the  extreme.  Still, 
upon  close  examination  it  will  be  found  practicable  to  lay 
down  certain  arbitrary  lines  which  will  serve  to  give  clear- 
ness to  our  conception  of  the  field  as  a  whole ;  to  which 
can  be  conveniently  referred  the  various  points  within  it ; 
and  between  which  will  be  found,  with  very  slight  excep- 
tions, all  the  chief  strategic  points.^ 

A  line  drawn  from  the  South  Pass  of  the  Mississippi  to 
Colon,  passes  through  the  middle  of  the  Yucatan  Passage. 
It  leaves  on  the  outside  Cape  Catoche  and  Mugeres  Island, 
the  Gulfs  of  Honduras  and  Mosquito,  the  Belize  and  the 
Chiriqui  Lagoon;  but,  with  the  possible  exception  of 
Belize,  not  so  far  off  as  to  be  of  inconvenient  reference. 

Second:  a  line  drawn  from  Pensacola  through  Sombrero 
Light  at  the  entrance  of  the  Anegada  Passage,  leaves  out- 

1  Reoent  erents  hare  fomewhmt  fhrnken  thia  hope;  bat  not  extin- 
gaif  hed  it. 

>  See  Map  at  end  of  Chapter  XTI,  fachig  page  SS2. 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  818 

side  it  no  strategio  featnie  of  importance.  It  includes 
Tampa  Bay  and  all  the  Bahamas. 

Third:  a  line  drawn  from  Colon  through  the  channel 
separating  the  islands  of  Santa  Lucia  and  Martinique  — 
two  naval  stations  belonging  respectively  to  Great  Britain 
and  France  —  leaves  outside  it  no  point  of  probable  great 
strategic  importance,  unless  it  be  the  island  of  Barbados, 
which  is  no  longer  of  the  account  it  once  was.  This  line 
passes  through  Cartagena,  the  Gulf  of  Venezuela,  and  the 
Dutch  island  of  Curasao.  The  British  islands  south  of 
Santa  Lucia  may  be  safely  looked  upon  as  having  less  than 
secondary  strategic  value. 

The  three  lines  thus  laid  down  may  be  considered  as 
forming  a  triangle,  and  this  word  will  be  used,  when 
convenient. 

One  of  the  first  things  to  do  is  to  establish  certain  dis- 
tances in  our  minds : 

From  the  South  Pass  to  Colon  is  1,500  miles. 

From  Pensacola  to  the  Anegada  Passage  is  1,700  miles 
in  a  straight  line  (Mercator). 

From  Colon  to  Port  Royal,  Martinique,  is  1^00  miles. 

From  Pensacola  to  South  Pass  is  150  miles. 

The  angle  at  C  is  a  little  more  than  90^. 

The  points  of  chief  strategic  importance,  having  refer- 
ence to  their  position,  strength,  and  resources,  will  now 
be  named.  It  is  not  intended  to  discuss,  just  here,  the 
reasons  for  the  choice,  nor  to  detail  the  advantages  of  any 
port.  These  points  are:  The  mouth  of  the  Mississippi, 
Pensacola,  Key  West,  Havana,  Cienfuegos,  Santiago  de 
Cuba,  Kingston,  Chiriqui  Lagoon,  Colon ;  the  islands  Santa 
Lucia,  Martinique  and  Guadeloupe ;  Samana  Bay,  Tampa. 

To  these  may  be  added,  though  of  inferior  importance, 
Mugeres  Island,  on  the  west  side  of  Yucatan  Passage ;  and 
either  St.  Thomas,  Virgen  Gorda  or  Culebra,  islands  on 
the  Anegada  Passage.    Only  one  of  these  last  should  be 


814  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

put  down ;  because,  whatever  the  advantages  of  the  Pas- 
sage, it  is  so  easy  to  make  use  of  another  that  a  position 
upon  it  can  always  be  avoided,  as  &r  as  its  control  is 
concerned. 

The  selection  of  these  as  the  most  important  does  not 
imply  that  there  are  no  others,  or  that  a  thorough  appreci- 
ation of  any  one  of  them  does  not  require  a  study  of  all 
its  suiTOundings ;  of  the  points  from  which  it  can  be 
attacked  and  from  which  its  influence  may  be  lessened. 
They  are  named  now  simply  as  the  centers  of  little  fields 
of  strategic  influence,  each  of  which  has  its  own  bearing 
upon  the  larger  field  under  examination.  Thus  Santa 
Lucia  will  stand  for  the  whole  group  of  islands  south  and 
east  of  it  —  Barbados,  Grenada,  etc.;  Key  West  will  in- 
clude Tortugas  and  Tampa  Bay;  Havana,  Matanzas  and 
the  harbors  to  the  westward ;  Santiago  includes  Guantan- 
amo ;  while  Colon,  the  representative  port  of  the  isthmus, 
embraces  the  Chiriqui  Lagoon  and  Cartagena  on  either  sida 

Since  these  words  were  written,  the  war  with  Spain  has 
left  the  United  States  in  political  possession  of  Culebra, 
and  in  useful  tenure  of  Guantanamo  in  Cuba.  The  strate- 
gic effect  of  these  acquirements,  as  regards  situation,  is  to 
advance  the  American  base  line,  if  the  United  States  so 
desires,  from  the  Gulf  Coast  to  this  northern  perimeter  of 
the  Caribbean.  It  enables  the  United  States,  by  proper 
development,  to  substitute  Guantanamo  and  Culebra  for 
New  Orleans  and  Pensacola,  as  stations  equipped  for  war. 
By  "equipped"  is  meant  adequately  fortified  and  garri- 
soned, stored  with  coal  and  all  other  resources,  and  above 
all  with  docking  facilities.  Abundant  coal  and  adequate 
docking  are  the  two  chief  demands  of  a  fleet  during  hostili- 
ties. The  great  increase  of  size  in  battleships  within  the 
last  decade  imposes  more  than  ever  among  the  resources 
of  a  naval  port  depth  of  entrance,  and  as  much  as  possible 
easiness  of  handling,  so  far  as  currents  and  hydrographic 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  816 

obstacles  are  concerned.  In  these  respects,  and  in  situa- 
tion, both  the  port  of  Pensacola  and  the  mouths  of  the 
Mississippi  have  greatly  lost  value,  comparatively,  in  the 
last  twenty  years.  Referring  to  our  summary  of  the  ele- 
ments of  strategic  value  in  a  sea  position,  we  may  say  that 
in  situation,  and  in  natural  elements  of  offensive  and  defen- 
sive strength,  Guantanamo  and  Culebra  exceed  decisively 
any  combination  of  our  Gulf  coast  ports ;  that  in  artificial 
resources  most  essential  to  war  they  can  be  made  equal 
to  the  others,  although  they  remain  inferior  in  natural  re- 
sources, as  compared  with  positions  upon  a  continental 
coast  line,  which  can  draw  without  limitation  upon  the 
national  territory.  In  short,  as  to  the  Caribbean  and 
Isthmus,  Guantanamo  and  Culebra  can  become  to  the 
United  States  what  Gibraltar  and  Malta  are  to  the  interests 
of  Great  Britain  in  the  Mediterranean  and  at  Suez ;  with 
the  advantage  to  us  that  they  are  nearer  our  home  ports 
than  those  positions  are  to  Great  Britain. 

The  relation  of  Guantanamo  and  Culebra  to  the  general 
strategic  situation  of  the  United  States,  as  here  argued, 
have  not  received  as  yet  definitive  legislative  recognition. 
Discussion  therefore  will  proceed  on  the  lines  of  twenty 
years  ago,  before  these  places  were  acquired.  Reverting 
to  the  list  of  ports  above  given,  it  will  be  noted,  first,  that 
with  the  exception  of  Jamaica  and  Key  West,  the  positions 
held  by  powers  of  the  first  order  of  strength  are  at  opposite 
extremes  of  the  field.  The  United  States  holds  Pensacola 
and  the  Mississippi.  Great  Britain  and  France  are  sta- 
tioned in  the  Lesser  Antilles ;  the  one  at  Santa  Lucia  and 
other  small  islands,  France  at  Martinique  and  Guadeloupe. 
As  regards  the  strength  of  these  respective  positions,  upon 
the  general  principles  of  naval  strategy  already  laid  down, 
those  in  the  small  islands,  three  thousand  miles  away  from 
their  mother  countries,  cannot  be  compared  to  those  lying 
on  the  seaboard  of  a  great  state  with  aU  its  resources  be- 


816  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

hind  thenu  The  British  and  French  positions  in  the  Lesser 
Antilles  are,  however,  between  one  and  two  hundred  miles 
nearer  the  Isthmus  than  are  the  points  of  our  Gulf  base ; 
and  the  current  is  more  favorable  to  them,  which  increases 
nearness. 

Observe,  next,  that  there  are  two  advanced  positions  oc- 
cupied by  first-class  powers,  viz.,  Jamaica  and  Key  West. 
Jamaica  is  nine  hundred  and  thirty  miles  from  Santa  Lucia, 
Key  West  only  four  hundred  and  sixty  miles  from  Pensa- 
cola.  In  this  respect,  easy  support  from  the  base,  Key 
West  has  the  advantage ;  it  has  the  disadvantage  of  being 
a  very  small  island  without  natural  resources.  As  an  ad- 
vanced post,  Jamaica  certainly  is  much  superior  in  itself ; 
and  it  is  only  half  the  distance  of  Key  West  from  the  great 
center  of  interest  at  the  Isthmus.  From  its  central  posi- 
tion, Jamaica  can  exert  efficient  control  throughout  the 
Caribbean  Sea.  Mention  has  been  made  already  of  its  ex- 
cellent situation  for  guarding  the  Yucatan  and  Windward 
Passages.  Under  its  present  tenure,  this  is  rather  an  ele- 
ment of  offensive  than  defensive  power,  as  those  passages 
are  more  useful  to  the  United  States  than  they  are  to  Great 
Britain.  Key  West,  on  the  contrary,  has  a  position  valua- 
ble both  for  the  offense  and  defense,  in  the  control  of  the 
Strait  of  Florida,  which  must  be  centered  in  it. 

Here  is  the  proper  place  to  dwell  upon  that  very  striking 
military  feature,  the  Florida  peninsula  and  the  channels 
which  separate  it  from  Cuba  and  the  Bahama  Banks.  The 
effect  of  this  long,  low,  and  comparatively  narrow  strip  of 
land  upon  the  maritime  interests  of  the  United  States  can 
best  be  realized  by  imagining  it  wholly  removed ;  or  else 
turned  into  an  island,  by  a  deep,  practicable  channel  cross- 
ing its  neck.  In  the  latter  case  the  two  entrances  of  the 
channel  would  indeed  have  to  be  assured,  but  shipping 
would  at  least  not  be  forced  to  pass  through  a  long,  narrow 
passage  bordered  on  one  side  by  foreign  and  possibly  hos- 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  817 

tile  nations.  In  case  of  war  with  Great  Britain,  this  chan- 
nel would  be  likely  to  be  infested  by  hostile  cruisers  close 
to  a  home  base  in  the  Bahamas ;  the  very  best  condition 
for  a  commerce-destroying  warfare.  Protection  of  vessels 
using  this  channel  would  exact  a  greater  effort  from  the 
United  States  than  the  supposed  strait  would,  or  than  if 
the  Florida  peninsula  did  not  exist.  The  effect  of  the  pe- 
ninsula is  to  thrust  the  route  between  the  Atlantic  and 
Gulf  coasts  three  hundred  miles  to  the  southward,  and  to 
make  a  control  of  the  straits  imperative ;  while  the  case  is 
made  worse  by  the  almost  entire  absence  of  useful  harbors. 
There  are  none  on  the  Atlantic,  the  most  exposed  side ; 
and  on  the  Gulf  none  nearer  to  Key  West  than  one  hun- 
dred and  seventy-five  miles,  where  we  find  Tampa  Bay, 
which  thereby  receives  an  importance  not  due  its  strength, 
resources,  or  situation  otherwise.  There  is,  indeed,  nothing 
that  can  be  said  about  the  interests  of  the  United  States  in 
an  Isthmian  Canal,  as  connecting  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific 
coasts,  that  does  not  apply  with  equal  force  to  the  Straits 
of  Florida  as  uniting  the  Atlantic  to  the  Gulf  coast  and 
Mississippi  Valley.  All  this  emphasizes  the  importance  of 
Key  West  and  its  dependency,  Tortugas,  as  the  only  strong 
military  points  on  this  stretch ;  and  their  own  barrenness  of 
natural  strenffth  or  resources  makes  only  more  important 

Key  West  has  then  for  the  United  States  a  double  value ; 
first  and  chiefly  because  it  links  together  the  Atlantic  and 
Gulf  systems,  protecting  what  should  be  regarded  and 
constituted  rather  an  internal  than  external  line  of  commu- 
nication. Secondly,  it  is  an  advanced  post  which  will 
never  be  of  the  first  order  of  military  strength,  but  which 
still  will  be  invaluable  in  any  forward  step  necessary  to  be 
taken  in  order  to  secure  due  control  in  the  Gulf  and  Carib- 
bean, and  so  of  the  Isthmus  and  communications  between 
the  Atlantic  and  Pacific.    Though  inferior  to  Jamaica  in 


818  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

every  respect  save  position,  it  is  of  more  consequence  to 
the  United  States  than  that  island  is  to  Great  Britain. 

These  prognostications  of  1887  were  fulfilled  in  1898  by 
Key  West  becoming  the  advanced  base  of  American  naval 
operations ;  besides  by  position  covering  Tampa,  a  princi- 
pal rendezvous  of  troops,  because  reached  by  railroad.  One 
result  of  the  hostilities  with  Spain  has  been  to  gain  the 
United  States  a  position  still  further  advanced  towards  the 
greatest  strategic  center  of  the  Caribbean ;  that  is,  towards 
the  Canal.  The  acquisition  of  Culebra  and  Guantanamo, 
should  they  receive  proper  development,  will  not  deprive 
Key  West  of  its  unique  positional  value,  as  being  immedi- 
ately on  that  important  link  of  our  communications,  the 
Florida  Straits ;  but  the  development  of  those  two  positions, 
by  advancing  our  front  of  operations,  would  cover  Key 
West,  strengthen  it,  and  enforce  its  control;  or,  what 
amounts  to  the  same  thing,  would  enable  it  to  exert  the 
same  control  with  fewer  ships. 

This  is  a  suitable  place  for  interjecting  a  remark,  on 
naval  strategy  in  general,  which  I  have  intended  to  make 
to  you  before  concluding.  My  object  has  been  a  general 
treatment  of  the  subject,  eliciting  its  principles  by  illustra- 
tions, chiefly  historical,  although  partly  by  hypothetical 
cases.  As  was  said  at  the  beginning,  all  that  a  lecturer 
can  impart  is  the  general  principles^  drawn  out  and  enforced 
by  illustrations.  Now,  the  best  illustrations  of  strategy 
are,  and  necessarily  must  be,  historical ;  those  afforded  by 
grand  military  operations  on  a  large  scale,  such  as  Bona- 
parte's Egyptian  expedition,  and  that  of  the  Athenians 
against  Syracuse,  which,  for  the  age,  was  on  a  very  large 
scale.  Such  bring  out  in  bold  relief  the  principles  which 
are  to  be  enforced,  and  which  are  the  same  in  them  as  in 
other  more  contracted  spheres. 

We  are  engaged  here  in  making  specific  application  of 
general  principles  to  one  particular  scene  of  possible  mari- 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  819 

time  war, — to  the  Caribbean  and  Gulf  regions;  but  in 
passing,  and  as  further  illustrative,  it  may  be  well  to 
notice  analogous  details  in  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific,  de- 
pendent upon  the  same  principles.  Principles  apply  in  all 
cases ;  and  while  they  are  best  deduced  and  exemplified 
from  historical  instances,  such  as  those  cited  at  length, 
and  others  mentioned  incidentally,  they  are  also  suscep- 
tible of  fruitful  illustration  through  an  examination  of  geo- 
graphical conditions.  For  geography  underlies  strategy ; 
a  statement  which  is  itself  simply  an  application  of  Napo- 
leon's saying,  ^  War  is  a  business  of  positions.''  In  con- 
trasting the  geographical  conditions  of  our  three  coasts, 
we  reinforce  the  conclusions  as  to  any  one  of  them  by 
the  instances  of  the  others;  and  at  the  same  time  may 
broaden  our  own  grasp  of  the  general  principles  by  making 
more  acute  our  perception  of  each  case.    Thus : 

1.  On  the  Atlantic,  the  United  States  possesses  two 
ports  fitted  for  chief  maritime  bases:  Norfolk  and  New 
York.  To  them  correspond  certain  other  positions  suitable 
for  advanced  bases,  such  as  was  furnished  to  Great  Britain 
in  the  Mediterranean  at  one  period,  1794-1796,  by  Corsica ; 
at  another  period  1714-1782,  by  Minorca;  and  to-day  by 
Malta.  Similar  positions,  advanced  as  regards  New  York, 
are  New  London  and  Narragansett  Bay ;  and  for  Norfolk, 
Port  Royal  and  Key  West.  In  addition,  New  London  and 
Narragansett  give  a  fleet  based  on  them  a  position  always 
menacing,  viz. :  on  a  flank  of  the  enemy's  line,  supposing 
that  to  stretch  from  Norfolk  to  New  York,  the  two  Ameri- 
can ports.  New  London  also,  by  comparison  with  Key  West, 
illustrates  the  advantage  in  defense,  and  for  resources, 
which  we  have  seen  attaches  to  a  mainland  position. 

2.  On  the  Gulf,  the  United  States  possesses  New 
Orleans  and  Pensacola.  As  a  base,  neither  of  these  is 
comparable  to  New  York  or  Norfolk,  which  is  to  be  re- 
gretted the  more,  because,  being  by  position  further  with* 


820  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

drawn  from  the  attack  of  a  European  enemy,  they  are 
thereby  the  more  secure.  This  relative  immunity  is  due, 
not  only  to  their  greater  remoteness,  but  to  the  fact  that 
for  such  an  enemy,  appearing  before  them,  the  communi- 
cations, whether  through  the  Florida  Strait  or  the  Yucatan 
Passage,  would  be  much  more  exposed  than  if  before  the 
Atlantic  ports.  This  exposure  arises  from  the  position  of 
Key  West  and  the  projection  of  the  Florida  peninsula, 
which  thus  has  for  the  United  States  an  offensive  value, 
as  well  as  being  the  element  of  weakness  for  our  own  ship- 
ping before  noted.  To  these  Gulf  ports  Key  West  supplies 
an  advanced  base ;  and  the  fact  that  it  can  avail  thus  for 
both  the  Atlantic  and  the  Gulf  doubles  its  significance 
and  value. 

8.  In  the  Pacific  at  this  moment  we  have  San  Francisco 
and  Puget  Sound  as  established  naval  stations ;  and  to 
them  Hawaii  serves  as  an  advanced  base,  which  has  now 
received  distinct  recognition  as  such,  and  is  beginning  to 
have  adequate  development.  The  Panama  Canal  Zone, 
when  duly  fortified  as  intended,  will  furnish  another  ad- 
vanced base ;  common  to  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific,  as  Key 
West  is  to  the  Atlantic  and  Gulf. 

In  this  consideration  of  contrasts,  it  is  also  instructive  to 
observe  that,  if  the  entrance  to  Long  Island  Sound  be  prop- 
erly fortified,  Long  Island,  by  thrusting  the  enemy's  ships 
to  a  distance,  plays  a  part  very  similar  to  that  of  the  Florida 
peninsula  which  forces  them  to  a  dangerous  circuit.  Long 
Island  thus  is  not  only  defensive  towards  the  United  States 
but  also  offensive  towards  an  enemy. 

In  a  general  sense,  for  the  defense  of  a  coast  having  two 
or  more  sea  bases,  the  best  disposition  of  a  navy  would  be 
to  mass  the  battleships  in  the  one  most  favorable  to  their 
going  out  for  offensive  operations ;  the  other  coast  ports 
being  utilized  for  operations  against  the  enemy's  trade  or 
conmiunications,  so  as  to  lead  him  to  divide  his  forces,  and 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  821 

thus  to  lay  himself  open  to  attack.  Unless  overwhelm- 
ingly superior,  he  must  divide  his  force  or  neglect  some  of 
his  points.  On  the  United  States  Atlantic  Coast,  for  in- 
stance, New  York  seems  very  clearly  indicated  as  the  point 
of  assembly  for  the  battle  fleet,  not  only  because  of  its  vast 
resources  in  being  so  near  the  industrial  activities  of  the 
country,  but  chiefly  because,  linked  up  with  New  London 
and  Narragansett  Bay  by  Long  Island  Sound,  it  presents 
admirable  tactical  facilities  for  perplexing  an  enemy  and 
insuring  egress  by  the  fleet.  In  other  cases,  as  in  that 
presented  to  the  Russians  by  their  possession  of  Vladi- 
vostok and  Port  Arthur,  the  point  of  assembly  would  be 
determined  upon  consideration  of  all  the  conditions;  but 
there  seems  absolutely  no  reason  to  contravene  the  general 
primaiy  principle  that  the  armored  fleet  of  the  weaker  bel- 
ligerent must  not  be  divided. 

Let  us  now  revert  to  the  detailed  consideration  of  the 
Gulf  and  Caribbean,  which  is  our  immediate  subject.  Hav- 
ing already  noted  first  the  bases,  and  next  the  advanced 
posts  of  first-class  states,  look  now  at  the  line  of  strategic 
points — all  valuable  and  some  of  the  highest  importance 
—  extending  from  the  inferior  one  of  Mugeres  Island,  on 
the  west,  to  St.  Thomas  on  the  Anegada  Passage. 

Of  the  sis  points  here  selected,  the  two  flank  ones  are 
considered  to  be  of  inferior  value.  Mugeres  Island  has  ex- 
cellent position,  but  no  resources;  as  an  anchorage,  it  is 
only  tolerable  and  is  not  susceptible  of  first-class  defense. 
St.  Thomas  on  the  other  hand,  or  any  other  port  on  the  Ane- 
gada Passage,  has  not  a  strategic  situation  that  compensates 
for  the  smallness  of  the  islands  and  consequent  weakness 
both  in  resources  and  in  military  strength.  While  these 
statements  are  true,  both  absolutely  and  also  relatively  to 
the  other  four  points  of  the  line  in  question,  the  importance 
of  the  Yucatan  Passage  to  the  United  States  might  make  it 
worth  while  to  obtain  Mugeres  Island,  and  spend  upon  it 


822  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

the  money  necessaiy  to  give  it  all  possible  strength  and 
resources,  if  nothing  better  can  be  had.  The  island  is 
distant  five  hundred  miles  from  the  South  Pass,  six  hun- 
dred from  Jamaica,  three  hundred  and  forty-five  from  Key 
West,  and  about  three  hundred  from  Havana.  It  is  im- 
mediately upon  the  Yucatan  Passage — here  one  hundred 
miles  wide. 

The  mention  of  Mugeres  Island  is  retained,  as  useful  to 
the  consideration  of  the  Gulf  and  Caribbean  problem  as  a 
whole;  but  the  acquisition  of  Guantanamo  and  Culebra 
deprives  the  position  of  the  interest  for  the  United  States 
which  it  once  might  have  had.  The  same  remark  applies 
to  St.  Thomas,  but  in  a  much  less  degree.  It  remains  still 
a  desirable  position  for  the  United  States  to  obtain.  If  it 
had  come  into  her  possession,  in  consequence  of  the  nego- 
tiations with  Denmark  several  years  ago,  there  would  have 
been  matter  for  serious  consideration  whether  it  or  Cul- 
ebra were  the  more  advantageous  as  an  advanced  base, 
secondary  and  subservient  to  Guantanamo.  My  study  of 
the  two,  though  not  exhaustive,  inclines  me  decidedly  in 
favor  of  St.  Thomas,  both  for  situation  and  for  defensive 
strength  based  upon  topographical  conditions.  To  these 
is  to  be  added  the  offensive  value  that  resulU  from  g^reater 
ease  of  handling  a  battle  fleet,  and  greater  security  of  egress 
owing  to  hydrographic  conditions.  As  there  is  no  immedi- 
ate prospect  of  the  United  States  obtaining  St.  Thomas, 
these  remarks  are  useful  only  as  serving  to  fix  professional 
attention  upon  the  wisdom  of  acquiring  it. 

The  four  inner  positions,  Havana,  Cienfuegos,  Santiago 
de  Cuba,  and  Samana  Bay,  are  distributed  along  a  line  of 
land  that  is  eleven  hundred  miles  long,  reckoning  from  the 
west  end  of  Cuba  to  the  eastern  extremity  of  Haiti,  —  from 
Cape  San  Antonio  to  the  Mona  Passage ;  being  broken  in 
this  stretch  in  only  one  place,  by  the  Windward  Passage, 
which  is  little  over  fifty  miles  wide  between  Haiti  and 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  828 

Cnba.  Taken  as  a  whole,  and  including  the  various  ap- 
proaches that  draw  together  in  the  Windward  Passage, 
properly  so  called,  the  route  by  the  Windward  Passage  is 
in  places  narrower  than  the  Passage  itself. 

We  find  here,  then,  not  far  from  the  center  of  the  tri- 
angle, one  great  and  almost  continuous  obstacle  over  a 
thousand  miles  long,  not  to  be  crossed  by  ships  except  at 
one  passage.  If  this  passage  be  strongly,  held  by  one  of 
two  contestants,  the  other's  fleet,  if  inferior,  or  a  detach- 
ment wishing  to  join  the  main  body  on  the  other  side  of 
the  obstacles,  will  be  forced  to  go  round  by  one  of  the 
flanks,  and  this  inconvenience  will  be  undergone  by  all 
his  coal  and  supply  ships. 

Passages  having  a  situation  like  that  of  the  Windward 
Channel  bear  an  analogy  to  bridges  over  a  river,  except 
that,  unless  exceedingly  narrow,  they  must  be  held  by  an 
active  force  instead  of  by  permanent  works ;  for  they  can- 
not be  closed  by  fortifications.  If,  for  instance,  the  Wind- 
ward Channel  between  Cuba  and  Haiti  were  two  miles  wide, 
with  anchorage  depth,  it  could  be  made  impregnable  by 
forts  and  torpedoes  against  all  ordinary  attack  or  passage. 
Natural  water  bridges  of  such  a  character  are  of  rare  occur- 
rence. The  Bosphorus  and  the  Dardanelles  are  a  conspicu- 
ous example  of  such,  and  in  the  hands  of  a  strong  nation 
could  not  be  forced.  A  similar  formation  is  found  at  the 
entrance  of  the  Baltic,  but  it  is  shorter  and  therefore  weaker ; 
besides  which,  there  is  more  than  one  entrance.  Artificial 
channels,  or  canals,  are  necessarily  limited  in  width  and 
depth.  They  are,  therefore,  susceptible  of  being  strongly 
held  as  against  the  passage  of  an  enemy ;  but  they  are  also 
singularly  liable  to  injury  by  raids  or  sudden  attacks,  inju- 
ries that  may  make  them  for  a  long  time  useless  to  the 
holder.  It  is  therefore  requisite  to  hold  them  in  great  force, 
if  it  is  wished  both  to  keep  their  benefits  for  oneself  and  to 
deprive  the  enemy  of  them. 


824  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

When  such  artificial  channels  lie  wholly  within  the  terri- 
tory of  a  strong  state,  such  strong  holding  may  be  assumed. 
For  instance,  a  canal  across  the  neck  of  the  Florida  penin- 
sula could  be  held  by  the  United  States  against  all  comers ; 
and  the  strategic  advantage  to  our  own  fleet  of  being  able 
to  concentrate  through  it  against  an  enemy  having  his  fleet 
divided  between  the  Gulf  and  the  Atlantic,  and  limited  for 
passage  to  the  Straits  of  Florida,  would  be  very  great.  An 
equal  enemy  would  not  dare  so  to  divide,  but  would  be 
obliged  to  yield  one  or  the  other  sea.  The  Grerman  Kiel 
Canal  is  an  actual  striking  instance  of  immense  strategic 
significance.  It  enables  the  Grerman  fleet  to  pass  at  will, 
in  mass  and  secure,  from  the  Baltic  to  the  North  Sea,  while 
an  enemy  divided  between  the  two  must  make  the  circuit 
of  the  Danish  peninsula  in  order  to  unite.  But  when  a 
canal  is  in  a  &r-away  country,  the  maintenance  of  force 
enough  to  secure  the  transit  implies  the  existence  of  a  very 
strong  navy  to  keep  up  the  communication  with  the  mother 
country.  The  Suez  Canal,  and  the  Central  American  Canal 
when  made,  may  rightly  be  called  bridges,  joining  in*  the 
one  case  the  Mediterranean  and  Eastern  Ocean,  and  in  the 
other  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific ;  but  situated  as  they  are, 
in  remote  and  weak  countries,  no  single  state  can  control 
either  so  as  both  to  have  the  use  itself  and  deny  it  to  an 
enemy,  without  the  presence  on  the  spot  of  a  large  land 
force,  having  its  communications  with  the  home  country 
secured,  on  one  side  at  least,  by  a  navy  superior  to  that 
which  the  opponent  can  bring  against  it.  To  control  the 
only  line  of  communication  between  two  great  oceans,  to 
the  exclusion  of  an  enemy,  forcing  him  to  a  great  circuit, 
like  that  around  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  or  through  the 
Straits  of  Magellan,  while  you  can  move  on  an  inside  line, 
is  an  enormous  advantage ;  but  for  that  very  reason  to 
retain  it  calls  for  enormous  exertion  of  force. 

When  the  entrance  to  any  g^ven  field  of  war,  though 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  826 

contracted,  ib  yet  too  wide  to  admit  of  being  covered  by 
defensive  works,  either  by  holding  both  sides  or  by  a  cen- 
tral position,  control  must  depend  upon  an  active  force 
resting  upon  strong  positions  near  by.  In  a  maritime  field 
this  control  will  be  exercised  by  the  navy,  which  is  the 
active  force,  resting  upon  strong  seaports.  There  is  an 
analogy  to  the  Windward  Passage  in  that  theater  which  is 
treated  by  the.  Archduke  Charles;  namely,  the  region 
where  the  Danube  breaks  through  the  mountains  of 
Bohemia.  There  the  Archduke  would  establish  the  chief 
fortress  of  the  base  of  operations,  to  which  he  ties  the 
system  of  defensive  works  for  controlling  the  whole  theater 
of  war.  He  admits  that  there  is  anotiier  road  over  the 
mountains  to  the  northward,  by  which  the  central  portion 
of  the  base,  at  Budweis,  can  be  approached,  and  which  he 
even  recommends  as  the  better  line  of  operations  to  an 
invader  for  special  reasons;  but  he  prefers  Enns  as  the 
site  of  the  chief  strong  post,  because  it  is  the  key  to  both 
banks  of  the  Danube  at  the  contracted  passage  spoken  of, 
allowing  the  holder  to  pass  from  one  side  of  that  great 
obstacle  to  the  other  at  his  will;  and  because  it  has  more 
far-reaching  influence,  in  that  it  commands  the  resources 
of  a  greater  extent  of  country  and  is  more  favorably  situ- 
ated for  acting  upon  the  base  line,  of  which  it  is  one  ex- 
treme. It  possesses,  that  is,  a  flanking  position,  which 
may  be  utilized  by  the  garrison,  or  by  the  army  resting 
upon  it ;  an  advantage  similar  to  that  which  New  Loudon 
or  Narragansett  Bay  would  confer  upon  an  American  fleet 
against  an  enemy  seeking  to  control  the  coast  from  Norfolk 
to  New  York. 

There  are  many  other  entrances  into  the  Caribbean  besides 
the  Windward  Passage,  but  there  is  none  other  that  confers 
so  great  a  relief  from  an  onerous  circuit,  and  it  is  also  nearer 
to  the  Isthmus  of  Panama  than  any  other.  Therefore,  the 
power  that  controls  it  by  means  of  an  adequate  naval  fleet 


826  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

resting  upon  a  strong  seaport  near  by,  lies  in  the  rear  of 
any  force  which  may  be  operating  at  the  Isthmus  from  be- 
yond the  sea,  and  flanks  the  lines  of  communication  of  that 
force.  To  the  United  States  the  Windward  Channel  has 
an  additional  value  in  being  the  direct  route  from  New 
York  to  the  Isthmus ;  while  a  European  power  controlling 
it  would  receive  its  shipping  of  all  kinds  at  the  point 
whence  it  would  have  the  shortest  and  least  exposed,  and 
therefore  most  easily  protected,*  road  to  Panama  and  Cen- 
tral America.  If  a  nation  thus  controlling  the  Windward 
Channel  can  afford  to  reach  out  to  Samana  Bay  at  the  east 
end  of  Haiti  and  so  control  also  the  Mona  Passage,  with- 
out unduly  dividing  its  force  or  exposing  the  communica- 
tions between  the  advanced  detachment  and  the  main  body, 
it  will  be  very  well  to  do  so;  for  the  Mona  Passage  is 
singularly  clear,  and,  if  left  unguarded,  saves  the  circuit  of 
Puerto  Rico.  But  it  must  be  noted  that  the  lines  of  com- 
munication thus  lengthened  are  very  long ;  and  that  on  the 
north  side  of  Haiti  and  Santo  Domingo  there  are  many 
ports  which  flank  them,  and,  so  far  as  situation  goes,  might 
be  used  by  an  enemy's  cruisers  to  annoy  supply  ships,  etc. 
Under  their  present  political  tenure,  however,  such  use  of 
Haitian  ports  would  be  simply  an  incident  to  the  general 
question  of  preponderant  sea  power.  The  ports  are  not 
fortified,  and  will  afford  to  a  belligerent  neither  local  bases 
nor  resources. 

The  best  naval  position  for  controlling  the  Windward 
Channel  is  undoubtedly  at  the  east  end  of  the  island  of 
Cuba ;  because  it  is  near  the  narrowest  part  of  the  Channel 
and  because  Cuba  is  so  large  an  island  that  it  may  hope  by 
its  resources  to  support  powerfully  the  defense  and  also 
the  maintenance  of  a  naval  station.  Of  possible  points  for 
such  a  port  in  that  region,  Santiago  de  Cuba  is  the  best ; 
but  it  is  superseded  in  American  consideration  by  Guanta- 
namo,  also  an  excellent  position  and  harbor.    The  Bay  of 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  827 

Nipe,  in  the  same  longitude,  on  the  north  side  of  the  island, 
has  also  excellent  qualities  as  a  harbor,  but  it  has  not  been 
settled  as  Santiago  has.  Santiago  and  Guantanamo  are 
nearer  the  Isthmus,  and  have  a  special  recommendation 
in  the  way  in  which  they  lie  over  against  Jamaica,  and 
are  a  check  upon  Kingston  in  that  island,  so  far  as  posi- 
tion goes. 

The  two  points,  Kingston  and  Santiago,^  by  their  situation 
share  the  control  of  the  Windward  Passage.  It  may  be 
noted,  however,  that  while  Santiago  through  its  nearness  is 
best  fitted  to  dispute  the  passage  of  an  enemy,  the  position 
of  Jamaica  will  take  away  from  Cuba  all  use  of  the  Pas- 
sage as  a  through  route  to  the  Isthmus  by  unarmed  ships, 
or  by  inferior  forces.  Ships  from  Europe  bound  for  the 
south  side  of  Cuba  would  be  under  the  protection  of  Santi- 
ago, as  would  coasters  also.  In  a  supposed  case  of  war 
between  Great  Britain  and  a  country  possessing  Cuba,  on 
terms  of  equal  forces,  Cuba  would  block  the  channel  to  her 
enemy  and  keep  in  her  hands  an  interior  line  of  communi- 
cations; but  she  could  not  send  her  merchant  or  supply 
ships  to  the  Isthmus  that  way,  except  under  strong  convoy, 
because  Jamaica  flanks  the  route.  On  the  other  hand, 
Bermuda  and  Jamaica,  two  principal  British  naval  stations, 
could  communicate  only  by  the  Mona  Passage,  —  a  road 
that  is  three  hundred  miles  longer  than  by  the  Windward 
Passage — or  by  one  yet  farther  to  the  eastward ;  while  if 
Puerto  Rico  were  held  in  force  by  the  enemy,  as  the  supposi- 
tion of  equal  forces  implies,  all  lines  of  communication  with 
Jamaica,  and  especially  from  Halifax  and  Bermuda,  would 
be  seriously  threatened.  As  between  Great  Britain  with 
Jamaica,  and  a  state  holding  Cuba  and  Puerto  Rico,  the 
advantage  of  position,  therefore,  is  with  the  holder  of 
Santiaga 

^  It  will  be  remembered  tbst  in  fhe  conception  of  thlf  disciusion  Onui- 
tanamo  as  a  position  is  included  with  Santiaga 


828  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

Since  these  lectures  were  first  written,  this  positional 
combination  of  Santiago  and  Puerto  Rico,  then  in  the  hands 
of  Spain,  has  been  transferred  to  the  United  States  by  the 
acquisition  of  Guantanamo  and  Puerto  Rico.  The  frequent 
mention  of  communications  may  seem  pedantic;  but  if 
anyone  will  seriously  meditate  for  half  an  hour  upon  the 
anxious  condition  of  a  great  fleet  at  Jamaica,  with  an  equal 
opponent  in  Cuba,  and  its  colliers  threatened  as  in  the 
supposed  case,  while  the  enemy  has  communication  through 
Cuba  with  both  the  Atlantic  and  Gulf  coasts  of  the  United 
States,  endangered  only  by  cruisers  having  no  near  sup- 
ports, he  must  conclude  that  the  word  ^^communications'* 
has  a  meaning  in  modem  naval  war. 

Let  us  now  consider  the  advantage  to  the  United  States 
of  controlling  the  Windward  Passage,  not  only  under 
present  conditions,  but  with  a  view  to  their  possible  modi- 
fication in  the  future.  We  have  already  noted  the  effect 
exercised  by  the  Florida  peninsula  upon  the  communica- 
tions between  the  Atlantic  and  the  Gulf,  and  the  conse- 
quent necessity  for  control  of  the  straits  of  Florida.  Let 
it  now  be  observed  that  the  island  of  Cuba  blocks  up  the 
mouth  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  leaving  on  either  hand 
entrances  of  nearly  equal  width,  the  Florida  Straits  and  the 
Yucatan  Passage ;  and  that  Havana,  over  against  Key  West, 
but  with  superior  natural  strengfth,  disputes  control.  From 
the  Gulf,  Cuba  projects  to  the  eastward  five  hundred  miles, 
from  Havana  to  Cape  Maysi,  reproducing  thus  the  phe- 
nomenon of  the  peninsula  of  Florida,  though  somewhat 
longer  and  somewhat  narrower ;  separating  for  that  distance 
the  Atlantic  from  the  Caribbean,  just  as  Florida  does  the 
Atlantic  from  the  Gulf,  and  at  the  same  time,  by  its  central 
position,  localized  in  Havana,  standing  guard  over  the  en- 
trances to  the  Gulf. 

In  a  military  point  of  view,  Cuba  and  Haiti  are  prolonga- 
tions of  Florida,  and  the  Windward  and  Mona  Passages 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  829 

successively  give  rise  to  the  same  considerations  as  the 
Straits  of  Florida.  The  cases  are  as  nearly  alike  as  resem- 
blances often  are.  But  on  the  farther  side  of  the  Windward 
Channel  a  political  condition  is  encountered  that  affects  the 
military  problem.  Whereas  in  Cuba  there  exists  a  state  of 
things  which  gives  assurance  of  an  organized,  civilized  body 
politic,  confirmed  now  by  the  political  relations  of  the  island 
to  the  United  States,  in  Haiti  the  conditions  of  society 
and  of  politics  prevent  the  expectation  of  any  solid  military 
or  naval  power  arising  therein,  while  the  Monroe  Doctrine 
forbids  any  foreign  country  acquiring  naval  stations  there, 
except  at  the  cost  of  collision  with  the  United  States. 
When  at  war  with  the  United  States,  however,  such  posi- 
tions might  be  occupied  temporarily. 

A  military  seaport  so  established  in  a  country  inhab-  * 
ited  by  an  undeveloped  community,  semi-civilized  politi- 
cally, will  be  open  to  the  same  criticism  for  weakness  as 
one  on  a  very  small  island ;  it  will  not  have  the  backing 
and  resources  of  a  rich  and  prosperous  region,  and  so  it 
must  be  supported  from  home,  by  the  sea. 

While,  therefore,  in  the  Windward  Channel  we  find 
again  the  Straits  of  Florida,  with  its  Key  West  in  Santiago 
de  Cuba,  —  or  in  Guantanamo,  —  we  look  in  vain  for  its 
Havana  on  the  opposite  shore,  in  Haiti.  The  Havana  of 
the  Windward  Channel  is  in  Jamaica,  at  Kingston.  The 
outlook  from  Cape  San  Antonio  is  the  same;  Mugeres 
Island  has  little  if  any  value  to  the  owner  of  Havana, 
though  he  would  not  be  willing  to  see  another  power 
take  possession. 

The  west  end  of  Cuba,  then,  by  its  positional  advantages 
has  command  of  both  passages  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico, 
and  so  of  the  whole  entrance.  This  command  has  its 
center  in  Havana,  which  thus  becomes  the  key  to  the  Gulf, 
though  susceptible  of  challenge  by  Key  West.  The  pro- 
longation of  Cuba  extends  this  power  of  Havana  to  the 


mni^maA^  f)\rMt\%  tfM  Atlikniic  from  tte CflpMiMBi i JinMB^' 
\H  m^\f0i  P«nftjKth,  Aft/lt  fir>  /at  ft*  pomtioo  go«i^caiifBSB<3aiiaDL 
n^  Vr  fM  Wif»/lw*fd  (^hariML  In  fttr(»gbaiidB^tii]»pDrw«; 
hy  %  f^^^  r^if^rr^  /iti  Hantiftf^Ot  cnn  be  ftnstebad  auium  tfa» 
y/ifAfvmin^  wfttAr  f/»  f Uttit  dehining  the  fSD/aaj  &om  tfaar 
AlrAmiAf  ftn/l,  frjr  itifi  inert  interpo*itii»  of  HaatLr  fiammj^iiiia 
f/it  Mm9mrthimiufu  m  for  t/i  the  eMtwwd  m  die  Ifbna  Fa»^ 
wi^A.  1ft  fA>}4rf  wnrrrlUt  the  poMMMion  (A  Coitt  CQii£ax»  tfa» 
f^if^ti/^  U9  (umirtA^  im  the  cme  eide,  the  Otdf  of  Miffrinriy 
M/l  //ri  f>»e  /yfiier  t}ie  wAtem  of  lUiti,  with  the  adsmmiig: 

T/»  illfMfmte  thin  controlling  poeition  of  Ctil»t  let  ti» 
Hn\iifimt\  tlie  two  mont  unitable  harbon  on  either  ssie  of  tfaft 
MittMii'jh  Uf  the  Oiilf  — Key  West  and  Mageret  laland — 
Uf  lie  in  the  hanrla  of  one  power,  while  Hayana  helongi»  to 
an  tfttiztny^  and  tliat  the  forces  on  both  aides  aie  eqnaL  The 
nuiW/Tj  jKiNsessing  the  two  points  must  either  dirxda  its 
Nhi|iN  between  the  two,  leaving  each  fragment  inferior  to 
the  enemy  at  Havana ;  or  else,  koeiiing  its  fleet  togedno^ 
must  my  far  abandon  control  of  Uio  one  passage  or  Urn 
otlif^r.  In  short,  Havana  has  thn  UHiial  advantage  of  ceor- 
iral  iKwition,  viz.;  ability  to  niovo  in  niUior  direction  with 
maHw;d  forr;e,  and  (',onmu|nnn(.  ronirol  in  cither  directioa; 
whcrcHM  the  supprmi^d  opiKinont  hurt  io  rhooHC  l>etween  one 
side  or  the  other  of  llnvium.  ttiilnan  willing  to  take  the  risk 
of  dividing  his  form. 

Ah  regnnlH  iliifa  fpinQfiMit  nf  itlvialmi,  wirrloHH  telegraphy 
undout)te<lly  hnn  fAoiliiaiD.t  itto  i>iiiuitiutiUnition  of  intelli- 
gence l)etw(H«n  RppAifiiiiit  Untiiio  \tt  tlid  tiatno  tl(*ot,  and  so 
far  fticilitat4*s  Uiptr  inui'ilitu  ,  t*u(  ituiUijh  it  timy  tluiH  affect 
a  desired  junnilfui.  H  *h*%>^  kmi.  v.itv.^.i  ii.  It  xUh^h  not  blind 
the  enemy*N  m'onla.  «ttt»«  UKv;vvUi-.  v.au  Ui»i)  >\iivlt*s8;  and 
who  iilso,  if  unnMp  Im  u.»ivl  ^  va|iLui  uu-.a^gc,  will  by  wire- 
IcHs  hearing  pink  np  \\w  tuv.l  liial  ^uiuoiUiug  U  in  the  air, 
and  will  notify  Ihph  «««^(u  ltv:v:l,  v\hiuU  will  book  ti  iK>8ition 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  881 

to  interpose  between  the  two  divisions.  Wireless  has  per- 
haps increased  the  necessity  for  adequate  scouting,  thatis, 
for  the  vigilance  of  which  scouting  is  the  expression ;  for 
news  must  be  ascertained  by  the  eyes  before  it  can  be  trans- 
mitted. But  the  principle  of  not  dividing  a  force  so  as  to 
be  out  of  sure  mutual  support  remains  unshaken,  even  if 
modified  in  application. 

The  change  in  political  conditions  since  these  lectures 
were  written  makes  it  no  longer  necessary  to  consider,  as 
was  then  done,  the  effect  of  Havana,  and  of  Cuba  gen- 
erally, upon  the  communications  of  the  United  States  with 
the  Isthmus  of  Panama  in  case  of  war  with  the  holder  of 
Cuba.  It  was  then  noted  that,  in  case  of  such  hostilities, 
communications  from  the  nearest,  and  therefore  natural, 
base  of  the  United  States,  from  Pensacola  and  the  Missis- 
sippi, must  pass  the  Yucatan  Passage  close  under  the  reach 
of  Havana;  just  as  vessels  from  the  Atlantic  coast  must 
pass  under  that  of  Santiago,  unless  content  to  give  up  their 
shortest  route,  through  the  Windward  Passage.  Granting 
equal  military  and  naval  strength  on  the  two  sides,  Cuba 
and  Puerto  Rico,  in  the  hands  of  one  state,  as  they  then 
were,  would  make  militaiy  access  to  the  Isthmus  in  time 
of  war  dependent,  for  the  United  States,  upon  an  extreme 
cireuit,  at  least  as  wide  as  through  the  Anegada  Passage ; 
after  which  the  rest  of  the  road  to  the  Isthmus  is  more  or 
less  flanked  throughout  by  the  position  of  the  two  islands. 
In  short,  the  possession,  or  militaiy  control,  of  Cuba  and 
Puerto  Rico,  or  even  of  Cuba  alone,  by  an  enemy  of  naval 
foree  equal  to  the  United  States,  would  be  an  absolute  bar 
to  American  influence  at  the  Isthmus. 

This  is  so  evident,  and  the  importance  of  the  Isthmus  to 
the  world  is  so  great,  that  nothing  more  is  needed  to  show 
that  the  United  States  cannot  afford  to  allow  herself  to  be 
overpassed  in  predominance  of  naval  strength  by  any  state, 
except  Great  Britain;  for  upon  naval  predominance,  and 


882  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

not  upon  mere  tenure  of  positions,  will  depend  effective 
control  of  the  barrier  traced  by  Cuba  and  Puerto  Rico.  The 
general  military  and  economical  conditions  of  the  British 
Empire,  its  commercial  intercourse  with  America,  its  inter- 
national relations,  and  the  consequent  general  trend  of  its 
naval  policy,  evident  in  the  changed  distribution  of  the 
fleet,  make  the  endurance  of  peace  between  it  and  the 
United  States  as  certain  as  anything  in  the  future  can  be ; 
much  more  certain  than  with  any  other  of  the  gpreat  mari- 
time states  of  the  world.  It  would  therefore  be  a  mistaken 
policy  for  the  United  States  to  push  Great  Britain  towards 
exhaustion  by  an  attempt  to  rival  her  in  a  degree  of  naval 
strength  of  which  we  have  no  need ;  whereas  her  depend- 
ence upon  it  is  vital  and  cannot  by  her  be  neglected. 

Should  contention  for  control  at  the  Isthmus  arise  be- 
tween the  United  States  and  a  European  state,  the  posses- 
sion of  Key  West,  Guantanamo,  and  Puerto  Rico  with  its 
appendage  Culebra,  constitutes  a  formidable  line  of  control, 
affording  great  support  and  protection  to  routes  from  the 
Atlantic  to  the  Isthmus  and  Canal  Zone,  and  almost  per- 
fect security  to  those  from  the  Gulf  ports.  To  this  may 
probably  be  added  a  benevolent  neutrality  on  the  part  of 
Cuba,  facilitating  the  transport  of  material  by  land  to 
Guantanamo. 

Altogether,  while  under  existing  international  relations 
there  seems  no  immediate  probability  of  the  predominance 
of  United  States'  interest  in  the  Isthmus  being  questioned, 
or  her  position  in  the  Caribbean  endangered,  it  is  most  de- 
sirable that  military  men  should  note  and  keep  prominently 
in  view,  in  all  its  details,  the  strategic  bearing  of  the  long 
chain  of  positions,  from  the  Anegada  Passage  to  Yucatan, 
upon  the  question  of  control  in  the  Caribbean  and  Gulf. 
They  mark  the  Danube  Valley  of  that  region. 

The  position  of  Santiago  de  Cuba,  already  partially  dis- 
cussed, is  as  advantageous  with  reference  to  the  particular 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  838 

channels  near  it  as  is  that  of  Havana.  As  respects  the 
Windward  Passage,  and  also  the  passage  between  Jamaica 
and  Cuba,  Santiago  has  a  central  position,  interposing  be- 
tween any  two  possible  ports  that  might  conceivably  be  oc- 
cupied by  an  opponent ;  and  the  Windward  Passage  is  in 
itself  of  very  high  importance.  But  while  equal  to  Havana 
in  its  control  of  its  own  field,  it  is  inferior  in  two  respects. 
First,  there  are  many  other  passages  by  which  the  Carib- 
bean may  be  entered  and  the  Isthmus  approached,  whereas 
there  are  only  two  entrances  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  both 
of  which  are  watched  from  Havana.  The  Windward  Chan- 
nel and  its  stronghold,  Santiago,  can  therefore  be  avoided ; 
with  inconvenience,  loss  of  time,  and  possible  danger,  it  is 
true,  but  still  it  can  be  done.  Secondly,  the  commercial  in- 
terests centering  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  are  unusually  great, 
greater  than  those  of  the  Windward  Passage,  owing  chiefly, 
though  not  wholly,  to  the  extent  and  wealth  of  the  Missis- 
sippi Valley.  The  products  of  this  region  have  no  clear 
outlet  to  the  ocean  without  passing  through  the  gates  over 
which  Havana  stands  guard. 

Still,  after  all  deductions,  Santiago  (or  Guantanamo)  as 
well  as  Havana  must  be  considered  a  strategic  point  of  the 
first  importance.  Taken  together,  and  upon  the  supposi- 
tion that  the  power  holding  them  is  equal  in  military 
strength  to  its  enemy,  the  two  have  the  advantage  which 
naval  strategy  asserts  for  ports  on  large  islands,  of  two 
lines  of  intercommunications ;  they  can  communicate  with 
each  other  by  land  and  by  sea.  The  distance  between  them 
by  land  in  a  straight  line  is  four  hundred  and  ten  miles.  By 
sea,  going  round  west  of  Cuba,  through  the  Yucatan  Pas- 
sage, the  distance  is  seven  hundred  and  twenty  miles ;  by  the 
east  of  the  island  and  the  Old  Bahama  Channel,  six  hundred 
and  forty-five  miles.  These  sea  distances  are  too  great  to 
dispense  with  intermediate  fortified  ports,  which  need  not 
be  of  the  first  strength.    Such  ports  will  be  wanted,  not 


834  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

only  to  support  cniiseis  that  must  patrol  the  coasts,  but  for 
the  defense  of  the  coast  itself.  The  narrowness  of  the 
island  will  also  expose  it  to  the  danger  of  having  its  rail- 
way system  cut  by  a  sudden  landing ;  against  which,  how- 
ever, the  extensive  shoals  off  both  the  north  and  south 
coasts  of  Cuba  impose  a  formidable  obstacle. 

A  state  wishing  to  draw  the  full  advantage  from  the 
position  of  Cuba  would  therefore  be  obliged  to  improve  the 
great  natural  strength,  both  offensive  and  defensive,  that  it 
possesses,  as  well  as  to  develop  its  resources.  This  done, 
the  island  would  have,  to  a  high  degree,  the  three  elements 
of  strategic  worth,  position,  strength,  and  resources.  To 
exert  full  control,  both  Santiago  and  Havana  should  be 
adequately  fortified  and  made  capable  of  being  held  in  force 
by  both  army  and  navy ;  and  they  should  be  linked  together 
by  intermediate  ports,  fortified  toward  the  sea  only,  the 
whole  constituting  a  system  of  defense  for  the  coast,  and 
of  offense  for  the  off-lying  sea.  The  details  of  such  a 
system  would  require  long  and  special  study,  not  in  place 
here. 

Here,  in  passing,  may  suitably  be  interposed  a  comment 
which  I  have  made  in  other  connections,  viz. :  that  the  con- 
sideration of  several  ports  of  a  particular  district  in  their 
relations  to  one  another,  and  to  their  common  field,  has 
reference  to  general  operations  of  the  nature  of  a  campaign, 
and  therefore  is  strategic  in  character ;  whereas  the  f oitifi- 
cation  and  development  of  the  particular  ports,  regarded 
separately,  the  local  arrangements  for  enabling  a  fleet  to 
act  from  it,  or  against  it,  resemble  the  dispositions  of  a  field 
of  battle  and  therefore  are  tactical.  This  proposition  has 
been  developed  somewhat  at  length,  when  discussing  the 
dispositions  of  Lord  St.  Vincent  for  the  blockade  of  Brest 
in  1800.^    There  can  be  cited  also  appositely  a  statement 

1  See  '*  Influence  of  Sea  Power  upon  the  French  Revolution  and  Em- 
pire."   Chapter  XI 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  886 

attributed  to  a  Russian  admiial,  that  it  had  been  the  inten- 
tion of  the  Russian  government  to  make  Vladivostok  and 
Port  Arthur  the  two  most  important  arsenals  of  the  Em- 
pire, each  having  a  fleet  of  corresponding  strength  depen- 
dent upon  it.  If  this  meant  merely  a  peace  arrangement, 
it  would  be  administrative  only,  like  the  recently  announced 
purpose  of  the  French  government  to  assign  part  of  their 
Mediterranean  fleet  to  Toulon  and  part  to  Bizerta.  This 
disposition  might  call  for  no  comment;  but  if  meant  to 
obtain  in  war,  it  is  a  strategic  disposition,  the  essence  of 
which  is  to  divide  the  fleet  for  action  between  two  ports, 
instead  of  providing  two  portu  as  bases,  properly  fortified, 
each  of  which  could  on  necessity  serve  the  massed  fleet 
according  to  the  emergencies  of  the  campaign.  These  con- 
ceptions, of  massing  the  fleet  or  dividing  it,  of  making  the 
fleet  serve  the  ports,  or  the  ports  the  fleet,  are  strategic ; 
whereas  the  dispositions  around  each  port  to  enable  the 
fleet  to  make  any  movements  of  defense  or  offense,  of 
egress  or  ingress,  have  reference  only  to  the  immediate 
locality,  and  are  therefore  tactical.  From  the  traditional 
Russian  policy,  and  from  the  conduct  of  the  late  war,  we 
may  infer  the  purpose  of  division,  based  on  the  theory 
known  as  the  Fortress  Fleet. 

On  the  Cuban  coast  line  there  are  so  great  a  number  of 
harbors  that  there  can  be  no  doubt  of  finding  such  as 
shall  be  in  all  ways  fit  for  intermediate  harbors,  of  refuge 
or  for  small  cruisers.  On  the  south  side  there  is  the 
excellent  harbor  of  Cienfuegos,  distant  by  water  from 
Santiago  three  hundred  and  thirty-five  miles  and  from 
Havana  four  hundred  and  fifty  miles,  although  by  land  it  is 
more  than  twice  as  far  from  the  former  as  from  the  capital. 
Taken  with  Santiago,  Cienfuegos  gives  Cuba  the  two 
desirable  points  of  a  base  on  the  same  coast  line,  looking 
to  operations  to  the  southward.  Cienfuegos  has  in  itself 
the  elements  of  a  first-class  military  port,  but  its  situation 


886  NATAL  STRATEGY 

is  mucli  inferior  to  that  of  the  other  two.  It  does  not 
immediately  command,  as  they  do,  any  narrow  way  or 
maritime  cross-roads ;  and  although  to  a  certain  extent  it 
flanks  the  routes  passing  through  the  Yucatan  Passage  or 
to  the  southward  of  Cuba,  it  is  too  far  distant  to  exert  an 
effect  proportionate  to  its  intrinsic  strength.  In  other 
words,  it  is  by  its  situation  lacking  in  offensive  power. 
On  the  other  hand,  it  is  about  midway  between  Cape  San 
Antonio  and  Santiago,  and  so  seems  the  natural  center  of 
operations  for  cruisers  operating  either  towards  Jamaica  or 
the  Yucatan  Passage,  from  which  points  it  is  nearly  equi- 
distant. For  a  long  distance  on  either  side,  too,  Cienfuegos 
is  flanked  by  extensiye  systems  of  reefs  and  shoal  water, 
which  at  once  suggest  the  home  and  refuge  of  light  yessels 
of  all  kinds,  especially  torpedo  yessels  and  submarines; 
which  could  not  there  be  followed  by  heavy  ships,  or  by 
strangers  without  local  knowledge.  In  pursuance  of  the 
remarks  just  made,  these  natural  features  may  be  classed 
among  the  tactical  facilities  of  the  port,  rather  than  among 
its  strategic  relations.  Based  on  Cienfuegos,  such  a  flotilla 
would  be  a  perpetual  menace  to  enemies  near  the  coast 
It  is  interesting  and  instructive  to  note  that  under  very 
different  natural  conditions  the  same  use  and  function  is 
attributed  to  Heligoland  in  the  German  scheme  of  coast 
defense.  Instead  of  a  network  of  shoals,  Heligoland  is  a 
steep-to  island,  with  vertical  cliffs  one  hundred  to  one 
hundred  and  seventy-five  feet  high,  with  some  outlying 
reefs  which  give  a  roadstead,  but  not  a  harbor.  It  has 
been  fortified  with  very  heavy  guns  and  mortar  batteries, 
and  made  a  permanent  base  for  torpedo  boats  and  sub- 
marines. Being  equidistant,  about  fifty  miles,  from  the 
mouths  of  the  three  great  German  rivers  which  enter  the 
North  Sea,  the  Ems,  the  Weser,  and  the  Elbe,  the  Ger- 
mans believe  that  the  acquisition  of  Heligoland,  which 
was  ceded  by  Great  Britain  in  1890,  long  before  German 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  887 

naval  rivalry  became  urgenti  makes  the  blockade  of  their 
coast  extremely  hazardous.  It  will  be  observed  that  in 
this  conception  Heligoland  is  brought  into  relation  with 
the  whole  scheme  of  coast  defense,  and  of  the  oper- 
ations of  both  the  German  navy  and  that  of  a  possible 
enemy.  This  is  strategic ;  while  arrangements  for  the  de- 
fense of  the  island,  —  for  instance,  the  defending  batteries, 
—  are  local,  limited,  and  tacticaL  Shoals  like  those  which 
surround  Cienf  uegos  and  much  other  of  the  coast  of  Cuba, 
if  navigable  by  small  vessels,  need  no  fortification. 

This  intricate  ground  about  Cienf  uegos  extends  to  the 
eastward  as  far  as  Cape  Cruz,  where  the  radius  of  influence 
of  Santiago  is  met;  and  to  the  westward  to  within  sixty 
miles  of  Cape  San  Antonio,  centering  round  the  Isle  of 
Pines.  It  was  this  peculiar  and  extensive  ground  of  diffi- 
cult navigation,  joined  to  its  remoteness,  that  made  the 
south  side  of  Cuba  a  favorite  resort  for  pirates  in  bygone 
days.  With  these  defensive  adjuncts,  with  its  intermediate 
position  and  intrinsic  value,  there  seems  every  reason  to 
rank  Cienfuegos  high  among  military  ports  of  the  second 
order ;  but  it  appears  unlikely  that  it  would  be  chosen  as 
the  base  of  first-class  offensive  operations  by  Cuba  itself. 
Nor  does  it  seem  probable  that  for  maritime  advantage 
alone  it  would  offer  such  inducements  to  an  enemy  of 
Cuba  as  to  necessitate  heavy  protection  against  an  attempt 
at  mere  naval  occupation.  Its  nearness  by  land  to  Havana, 
and  to  the  network  of  railroad  found  in  the  narrow  neck  of 
the  island,  might  make  the  position  one  favorable  for  the 
landing  of  an  expedition  aiming  at  conquest,  though  the 
railway  facilities  should  promote  also  the  concentration  of 
a  Cuban  army.  In  1898,  Cienfuegos  was  naturally  sup- 
posed to  be  Cervera's  destination,  as  favorable  both  to 
receiving  and  to  introducing  supplies,  and  to  ease  of 
cot^peration  with  the  main  Spanish  army;  and,  unless  I 
am  mistaken,  the  idea  was  at  least  entertained  in  the 


888  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

counsels  of  the  United  States  of  landing  there  for  attack 
on  Havana. 

On  the  north  side  of  Cuba  there  is  a  group  of  fine  har- 
bors centering  about  Nipe  Bay,  which  is  apparently  the 
best  There  are  also  good  harbors  to  the  westward  of 
Havana;  and  on  the  south  side^  near  Santiago,  there  is 
Ouantanamo  Bay.  Of  these  we  will  venture  only  one  re- 
mark, of  general  application :  that  when  there  are  several 
ports  close  together  they  must  be  comprised  in  the  same 
scheme  of  defense,  as  in  the  case  of  New  York,  New  Lon- 
don, Narragansett  Bay,  and  the  entrance  of  Long  Island 
Sound;  but  it  is  neither  necessary  nor  desirable  to  treat 
them  all  alike.  Ouantanamo  Bay,  for  instance,  had  no 
value  to  the  possessor  of  Santiago ;  but  as  the  enemy  might 
use  it,  as  the  British  once  did,  in  1740,  as  a  base  of  opera- 
tions against  Santiago,  care  needed  to  be  taken  to  prevent 
a  lodgment.  This  is  true  of  Havana  and  its  neighbor- 
hood, and  so  on. 

The  narrowness  of  one  part  of  the  old  Bahama  Channel, 
on  the  north  side  of  Cuba,  will  suggest  the  possibility  of 
controlling  that  stretch,  if  there  is  any  likelihood  that  the 
enemy  should  wish  to  use  it.  Such  control  would  force 
him  to  pass  around  the  Bahama  Banks,  or  else  to  go  by  the 
south  side  of  the  island.  For  example,  in  the  passage  of 
the  United  States  transports  through  that  narrow  stretch, 
in  1898,  a  strong  torpedo  force  occupying  those  intricate 
shoals  which  border  the  Cuban  side  of  the  Bahama  Channel 
would  have  been  a  very  serious  menace,  and  possible  de- 
terrent In  the  case  of  numerous  transports,  there  is 
always  a  fair  presumption  that  a  panic  can  be  easily  started ; 
and  Admiral  Chadwick,  then  Sampson's  Chief  of  Staff,  has 
testified  to  the  excessive  nervousness  and  bad  conduct  of 
many  of  the  transport  captains  when  arrived  off  their  desti- 
nation. A  panic  once  started  under  such  conditions  takes 
care  of  itself. 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  889 

In  the  successful  attack  upon  Hayana  by  the  British 
fleet  and  army,  in  1762,  the  admiral  took  the  expedition 
through  this  channel,  not  wishing  to  lose  time  by  going 
round  to  the  southward,  because  the  season  was  late.  In 
doing  so,  he  had  only  hydrographic  difficulties  to  meet,  the 
enemy  offering  no  opposition;  but,  with  a  large  fleet  of 
sailing  transports,  to  have  accomplished  this  without  loss 
was  justly  considered  a  very  creditable  feat.  The  whole 
system  of  the  Bahama  Banks  with  their  intricacies,  lying 
so  near  Cuba,  impassable  to  heavy  ships  but  sheltering 
light  yessels,  must  have  strategic  yalue,  though  just  what 
that  yalue  will  be  cannot  be  said  offhand.  They  corre- 
spond precisely  to  difficult  country  ashore,  impracticable  to 
certain  kinds  of  troops,  and  therefore  useful  to  other  kinds, 
behind  or  upon  which  one  of  the  opponents  may  shelter  his 
front  or  his  flanks.  With  the  mention  of  this  long  line  of 
reefs  and  shoals  on  the  Cuban  side  of  the  Bahama  Channel, 
and  of  the  Colorado  Reefis  off  the  west  end  of  the  island, 
the  principal  hydrographic  features  will  have  been  named. 
Such  districts  favor  a  kind  of  guerrilla  sea  warfare.  Their 
strategic  value  resembles  that  of  Chandeleur  and  Mississippi 
Sounds  on  the  United  States  Gulf  Coast,  or  that  of  the 
sea-island  passages  of  the  southern  Atlantic  States. 

This  ends  the  discussion  of  the  elements  of  strength  or 
weakness  in  the  island  of  Cuba  itself,  as  distinguished  from 
its  strategic  relations  to  other  parts  of  the  Caribbean  Sea 
and  Oulf  of  Mexico. 


CHAPTER  Xn 

THE  GULF  OF  MEXICO  AND  THE  CARIBBEAN  SEA 

(CoTiduded) 

WE  have  so  &r  discussed  the  strength  and 
weakness  of  the  Island  of  Cuba  intrinsicallj ; 
in  itself  alone.  There  remains  now  to  con- 
sider the  possible  extension  of  its  influence  to 
a  distance,  over  the  surrounding  waters,  by  means  of  naval 
power.  Upon  this  will  follow  a  comparison,  at  some  length, 
between  the  different  principal  centers  of  operations  per- 
taining to  the  Caribbean  proper.  These  principal  centers, 
or  bases,  it  may  be  said,  are  three  in  number,  namely,  the 
Eastern  Antilles,  either  collectively  or  individually,  Cuba, 
and  Jamaica. 

It  has  been  said  before  that  if  the  owner  of  Cuba  felt 
strong  enough  to  reach  over  and  control  the  Mona  Passage, 
by  occupying  Samana  Bay  or  Puerto  Rico,  it  would  be 
well  to  do  so.  Granting  adequate  naval  force,  the  occu- 
pation of  Cuba  alone  gives  command  of  the  Yucatan  and 
Windward  Passages,  and  thereby,  through  the  inert  barrier 
of  Haiti,  extends  control  over  all  the  northern  entrances  to 
the  Caribbean  as  far  as  the  Mona  Passage ;  but  it  does  not 
include  this.  To  control  the  Mona  Passage  also,  it  is 
necessary  to  occupy  an  advanced  post  near  it.  This  post 
should  be  strong  enough  to  shelter  the  cruisers  in  the 
Passage,  in  case  of  the  appearance  of  a  superior  force,  and 
should  contain  a  sufficient  coal  deposit  for  their  use.  The 
control  here  purposed  is  simply  that  of  closing  the  passage, 
not  by  the  main  fleet  but  by  cruisers,  which  would  stop 
both  the  enemy's  communications  and  his  commerce,  and 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  841 

would  insure  to  one's  own  shipping  the  safe  use  of  the 
route.  It  does  not  appear  worth  while  to  push  battleships 
so  far  from  the  Cuban  base,  unless  the  enemy's  fleet  should 
appear  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  Mona  Passage;  for 
blocking  the  Mona  Passage  only  throws  shipping  upon  the 
Anegada,  two  hundred  and  fifty  miles  further  east,  which 
distance  also  may  be  shortened  by  using  the  practicable 
channels  between  Puerto  Rico  and  St.  Thomas.  There  is 
some  gain,  it  is  true,  in  thus  imposing  a  longer  circuit 
upon  vessels  coming  from  Bermuda  or  the  Atlantic  Coast; 
but  it  is  not  great  enough  to  warrant  dividing  the  battle 
fleet,  nor  sending  it  in  a  body  so  far  away  from  Cuba  and 
the  more  important  central  position.  The  distance  from 
the  Windward  to  the  Mona  Passage  being  three  hundred 
and  fifty  miles,  an  enemy's  fleet  might  slip  through  the 
former  while  thus  uncovered.  A  squadron  of  cruisers  ad- 
vanced to  the  Mona  Passage  would  resemble  cavalry  which 
scours  a  country  in  front  of  an  army;  but  a  main  body  so 
advanced,  except  for  a  specific  purpose,  would  sacrifice  the 
central  position  of  Santiago  and  weaken  its  effect  upon 
Jamaica  and  the  Yucatan  Passage. 

The  hostilities  between'  the  United  States  and  Spain  in 
1898  afforded  an  illustration  of  the  effect  here  noted, 
arising  from  the  leaving  open  the  Windward  Passage,  the 
real  central  position  of  the  war.  Admiral  Sampson's  fleet 
bombarded  San  Juan  May  12.  If  it  had  been  at  the 
Windward  Passage,  instead  of  beyond  the  Mona,  word  of 
Cervera's  appearance  off  Martinique  would  have  been 
received  by  it  the  following  morning,  May  18.  The  con- 
dition thus  constituted  by  the  relative  positions  of  the 
opposing  fleets,  would  have  been  that  Cervera  would  have 
to  go  a  thousand  miles  to  Sampson's  one  hundred  to  reach 
Santiago,  or  twelve  hundred  to  four  hundred  to  reach  Cien- 
fuegos.  Between  opponents  equally  matched  in  force  and 
speed,  such  a  situation,  for  the  one  which  wished  to  evade 


842  KAVAL  STRATEGY 

action  and  leach  a  Cuban  port,  was  not  indflBd  idmfy 
deapexate;  but  ita  diaadTantage  k  obrioiia, as  is  liie  advan- 
tage of  tbe  otlier  fleet  in  holding  a  oentzal  poailian. 

If,  in  addition,  the  ao-called  Fljing  Squadron  had  haen 
with  8ampaon,  or  within  call,  inatead  of  in  the  eooBntrir 
position  at  Hampton  Boada,  the  American  admiral  would 
hare  had  at  his  command  ahips  enou^  to  aend  an  armored 
division  befofe  Hayana,  while  himaelf  retaining  ioree 
adequate  to  meet  the  enemj  on  equal  terms  before  either 
Santiago  or  Cienf  uegos.  This  disposition,  hy  Wonlring 
entnace  to  Havana,  would  have  allowed  the  main  bo^  to 
leave  ^be  Windward  Passage  for  a  portion  between  Gbdt 
f uegos  and  Santiago.  There,  by  a  reaaonablj  oigamzed 
scouting  system,  it  could  scarcely  fail  to  receive  news  of 
the  enemy's  course  in  time  to  intercept  him  b^ore  which- 
ever of  these  two  porta  he  sought  Without  the  Flying 
Squadron  Sampson  could  not  divide ;  and  if  at  the  Wind- 
ward Paaaage,  aa  here  assumed,  could  not,  in  my  judgment, 
take  the  risk  of  leaving  the  Passage,  giving  the  en^ny  a 
chance  to  get  through  it,  and  so  to  Havana.  The  question 
would  again  become  one  of  scouting;  but  under  more 
difficult  circumstances  because  of  the  distance  of  Cienfuegos 
from  the  Windward  Passage.  In  the  Windward  Passage 
the  American  fleet  would  have  interposed  absolutely  against 
any  attempt  to  approach  by  the  north  side  of  Cuba ;  while 
even  the  Flying  Squadron  from  Hampton  Roads  could  have 
been  off  Havana  before  the  enemy,  if  he  had  attempted  to 
proceed  from  Martinique  south  about,  through  the  Yucatan 
Channel. 

The  most  plausible  argument  against  thus  closing  access 
to  Culjan  porta  is  that  it  would  be  purchased  at  the  expense 
of  leaving  Puerto  Rico  open.  The  reply  is  that  the  United 
States  had  not  shi{)8  enough  to  close  all  ports,  and  that 
arrival  at  "San  Juan  was  less  detrimental  to  her,  and  less 
advantageous  to  the  Spaniards,  than  reaching  a  Cuban  port 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  848 

would  be;  while  a  fleet  at  that  anchorage  is  vastly  more 
exposed  to  attack.  The  place  being  watched  of  course  by 
American  lookouts,  the  news  would  be  transmitted  and  the 
American  fleet  probably  on  hand  before  the  Spaniards  could 
coal  and  get  away.  From  San  Juan  to  the  Windward 
Passage  is  a  bare  fiye  hundred  miles. 

As  actually  happened,  the  American  fleet  was  before  San 
Juan,  Puerto  Rico,  when  the  Spaniards  reached  Martinique. 
Under  the  conditions  of  communication  which  then  existed, 
a  resolute  enemy  had  a  &ir  chance  to  get  such  a  start  as 
would  have  enabled  it  to  reach  either  of  the  southern 
Cuban  ports ;  or  else  the  Windward  Passage,  which  would 
haye  given  him  the  lead  in  a  race  for  Havana. 

The  question  of  scouting  suggests  the  great  differ- 
ence in  utilizing  information  which  has  been  caused  by 
wireless.  In  1898,  a  cruiser  before  San  Juan  must  go 
four  or  five  hundred  miles  to  the  Windward  Channel  to 
give  her  news,  and  the  fleet  traverse  the  same  distance 
back  to  reach  the  scene.  Now  the  cruiser  does  not  leave 
her  station  for  this  purpose,  and  the  time  consumed  in  her 
voyage  is  saved ;  which  means  that  the  fleet  arrives  in  half 
the  time.  Moi'eover,  there  is  no  longer  the  same  necessity 
for  having  two  lookouts  at  important  centers,  one  to  keep 
touch  while  the  other  carries  news.  One  remains  steadily, 
while  at  the  same  time  wiring.  It  is  well,  however,  to  bear 
in  mind  that  occasions  may  arise  where  two  lookouts  would 
be  expedient.  This  is  just  one  of  the  things  apt  to  be 
neglected  at  a  critical  instant,  unless  a  part  of  an  officer's 
habitual  thought.  In  military  emergencies  it  is  impossible 
to  have  the  storehouse  of  the  mind  too  full  of  resources 
against  all  possible  contingencies. 

Two  points  suitable  for  advanced  posts  commanding  the 
Mona  Passage  are  Samana  Bay  and  San  Juan  in  Puerto 
Rico,  on  the  north  shoro  of  the  island;  also  in  the  island 
Culebra,  a  dependency  of  Puerto  Rico.    A  first-class  state 


844  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

holding  Cuba  with  a  secure  political  tenure,  having  a  well- 
developed  railroad  system,  and  a  strong  army  and  navy, 
could,  without  imprudence,  reach  out  beyond,  and  occupy 
either  or  both  of  these  two  points.  Under  such  conditions, 
these  advanced  isolated  stations  would  bear  to  Cuba  pre- 
cisely the  same  relation  that  Key  West  does  to  the  Atlantic 
and  Gulf  coasts  of  the  United  States ;  they  are  advanced 
posts  not  beyond  the  reach  of  the  home  countiy.  But 
without  an  intermediate  position  such  as  Cuba  affords, 
such  posts  cannot  be  held  securely  by  the  United  States, 
unless  having  a  navy  overpoweringly  stronger  than  its 
enemy.  It  is  true,  and  has  always  been  insisted  upon  in 
these  lectures,  that  on  a  maritime  theater  the  navy  is  the 
all-important  factor;  but  in  these  days  a  navy  no  more 
than  an  army  can  stretch  its  lines  of  communication  too 
far  from  a  strong  and  extensive  base.  Its  communications 
must  be  assured,  either  by  overwhelming  control  of  the  sea, 
making  it  as  it  were  its  own  territory ;  or  else,  by  a  well- 
knit  line  of  posts  properly  spaced  from  the  home  country. 
When  these  lectures  were  first  written,  the  United  States 
held  Key  West  and  Atlantic  ports.  In  my  judgment,  if 
dependent  upon  these  alone,  it  could  not  safely  have 
attempted  to  occupy  Samana ;  but  the  case  would  be  dif- 
ferent if  holding  Havana,  Santiago,  etc.  Since  then  the 
United  States  has  acquired  Puerto  Rico  and  the  adjacent 
small  islands ;  notably,  Culebra.  This  has  given  a  precision 
to  thought  about  advanced  stations  in  the  Caribbean  Sea, 
which  was  not  possible  in  the  years  preceding  1898 ;  and 
the  further  possession  of  Guantanamo  has  remove4  the 
stricture  then  passed  as  to  the  unbroken  distance  from  the 
United  States,  and  absence  of  intermediate  support,  affect- 
ing the  tenure  of  positions  such  as  Samana  Bay,  St.  Thomas, 
or  San  Juan  in  Puerto  Rico.  If  in  condition  to  contest 
control  of  the  sea  with  a  strong  navy,  the  United  States 
now  has  positions  properly  spaced  to  support  her  naval 


APPUCATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  846 

operations.  It  remains  only  to  assure  those  positions  by 
adding  to  the  quality  of  position,  or  situation,  which  they 
already  have,  the  two  other  elements  of  strategic  power, 
namely,  defensive  strength,  and  the  necessary  resources,  of 
stores,  and  provision  for  repairs  and  docking. 

Herein  —  that  is,  in  the  present  possession  of  a  contin- 
uous line  of  posts  —  lies  the  permanent  advantage  of  the 
United  States,  in  the  West  Indies,  as  compared  to  Euro- 
pean states,  which  must  always  have  the  long  exposed 
transatlantic  stretch  to  cover  before  reaching  the  nearest  of 
their  Caribbean  positions.  It  may  indeed  be  wise,  as  an 
act  of  naval  strategy  in  time  of  peace,  to  secure  remote 
points  such  as  these,  or  as  the  British  Hong  Kong  or  the 
German  Kiao  Chau,  on  distant  theaters  of  probable  war, 
intending  to  fill  up  gaps  as  opportunity  offers;  but  to 
European  countries,  as  to  the  United  States  in  the  Carib- 
bean before  1898,  such  long  lines  of  communication  mean 
either  a  very  great  risk  of  losing  the  positions,  or  else  a 
navy  decisively  preponderant,  having  regaid  to  aU  their 
political  international  complications.  The  present  dispo- 
sition of  the  British  navy  tells  us  how  British  European 
relations,  and  those  between  the  United  States  and  Great 
Britain,  have  affected  their  concern  for  Halifax,  Bermuda, 
and  the  West  Indies ;  and  history  has  shown  what  a  strain 
Gibraltar  even  has  been  at  times  upon  Great  Britain.  Port 
Arthur  recentiy  has  repeated  the  same  story  for  Russia ; 
and  we  know  what  the  Philippines  are  to  us,  having  in 
view  all  possibilities  concerning  Europe  and  the  Far 
East 

Of  the  two  points  named  near  the  Mona  Passage,  Sam- 
ana  Bay  is  by  far  the  better  harbor,  —  it  is  an  exceptionally 
fine  one;  but  as  has  before  been  said  of  all  the  ports  of 
this  island,  it  must  depend  upon  its  own  strength  and  upon 
support  by  sea  only.  The  political  and  social  conditions 
of  the  island  give  no  hope  of  aid  from  the  surrounding 


846  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

country ;  and  it  has  no  resonrces.  Under  the  changed  con- 
ditions since  1898,  the  true  military  policy  of  the  United 
States  is  to  give  no  excuse  for  occupying  this  position  to 
another  state,  by  herself  taking,  or  acquiring,  possession  for 
military  purposes.  Malta  became  English  only  through 
the  French  first  seizing;  and  the  present  tenure  of  Port 
Arthur  by  the  Japanese  results  directly  from  the  previous 
acquisition  by  Russia. 

The  influence  of  Cuba  as  it  has  been  deyeloped  in  this 
discussion,  consists,  (1)  in  the  command  which  its  position 
exercises  over  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  Windward 
Channel,  (2)  in  its  own  intrinsic  strength,  due  to  its  size 
and  excellent  harbors,  (8)  to  its  great  potential  resources, 
which  are  enlarged  by  its  nearness  to  the  United  States, 
and  (4)  in  its  power  to  reach  effectively  to  the  Mona  Pas- 
sage and  to  Puerto  Rico.  This  strong  combination  of  posi- 
tion, strength,  and  resources  constitutes  Cuba  undoubtedly 
the  most  important  single  feature  in  the  whole  maritime 
field  under  consideration.  It  will  be  remembered  that  a 
very  great  factor  in  this  control  of  Cuba  is  the  nothingness 
of  Haiti,  resulting  from  its  political  and  social  condition, 
yet  an  inert  obstacle.  There  being  no  promise  of  any  solid 
national  organization  arising  shortly  within  this  island, 
Cuba,  or  any  great  state  vitally  interested  in  Cuba,  would 
naturally  insist  upon  the  neutrality  of  Haiti,  and  object  at 
once  to  any  of  its  harbors  being  conceded  to  a  foreign 
Power ;  under  conditions,  for  instance,  analogous  to  those 
by  which  the  United  States  now  holds  Guantanamo.  The 
present  possession  of  Puerto  Rico  by  the  United  States, 
would  make  doubly  intolerable  the  institution  of  any  for- 
eign naval  base  in  Haiti,  intervening  between  Guantanamo 
and  Puerto  Rico. 

Is,  then,  Cuba  —  using  the  name  to  represent  the  whole 
possible  sweep  of  the  influence  of  the  island,  from  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico  to  Puerto  Rico  —  the  key  to  this  theater  of  mari- 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  847 

time  interest  known  as  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  Caribbean 
Sea?  On  the  supposition  of  naval  equality  between  ene- 
mies, we  have  seen  how  far  the  influence  of  Cuba  extends ; 
is  that  influence  so  great  that,  if  duly  exerted,  it  will  give 
control  of  the  whole,  or  of  the  greater  part  of  these  seas, 
including  the  Isthmus? 

As  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  there  will  be  but  one  answer, 
and  that  inmiediate.  Granting  equal  strength,  and  as  long 
as  such  equality  lasts,  if  Cuba  be  held  by  an  enemy  the 
products  of  the  Mississippi  Valley  must  find  their  way  to 
the  Atlantic  Ocean  overland.  Cuba  is  as  surely  the  key  to 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico  as  Gibraltar  is  to  the  Mediterranean. 

As  regards  the  Caribbean,  the  answer  is  less  obvious  and 
requires  careful  consideration. 

The  control  so  far  conceded  to  Cuba  constitutes  at  least 
a  base  of  operations  for  controlling  the  whole  sea.  As  has 
before  been  said  of  the  defile  of  the  Danube,  and  of  Egypt, 
geographical  keys  to  a  given  region  get  their  importance, 
not  from  their  inert  streng^  or  position  merely,  but  from 
being  points  whence  military  force  may  so  exert  itself  as  to 
be  certainly  superior  to  an  equal  force  not  having  the  same 
advantage  of  position.  What,  then,  are  the  objects,  or 
points,  to  be  controlled  in  the  Caribbean  Sea  ?  What  other 
bases  than  Cuba  are  there,  upon  which  such  control  may 
rest?  How  do  these  other  bases  compare  with  Cuba  in 
eflSciency  for  the  objects  in  view? 

In  answering  this  last  question  we  must  consider  the 
three  elements  that  condition  all  strategic  points,  namely, 
position,  strength,  and  resources. 

The  objects  to  be  controlled  in  the  Caribbean  Sea  are 
threefold : 

Ist  The  entrance  into  the  sea  by  the  various  passages. 

2d.  The  chief  commercial  centers,  points  of  destination, 
within  the  Caribbean,  of  which  the  most  conspicuous  is  the 
Isthmus,  centering  now  at  Colon. 


848  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

8d.  The  communicating  lines  between  the  entrances 
and  the  points  of  destination. 

1.  From  the  Anegada  Passage  to  the  southward  through 
the  eastern  Antilles,  there  are  so  many  entrances  that  it  is 
impossible  in  that  line  to  prevent  access  to  the  Caribbean 
by  holding  a  geographical  position  which  controls  any  one 
or  two  of  them.  A  greatly  superior  navy  undoubtedly 
could  be  so  disposed  as  to  control  effectively  all  or  most  of 
these  channels ;  but  this  argument  proceeds  expressly  upon 
the  supposition  of  equal  forces.  The  conceded  influence 
of  Cuba,  on  the  other  hand,  while  not  reaching  to  any  one 
of  the  Lesser  Antilles,  dominates  the  Windward  and  Mona 
Passages,  which  are  much  the  most  advantageous  to  ship- 
ping from  all  the  Atlantic  ports  of  North  America,  includ- 
ing therein  both  those  of  the  United  Statues  and  the  naval 
stations  of  Great  Britain  in  Bermuda  and  Halifax.  Over 
the  Yucatan  Passage,  which  is  the  natural,  and  indeed  the 
only  direct  route  from  the  valley  of  the  Mississippi  to  the 
Isthmus,  the  influence  of  Cuba  is  even  more  incontestable. 
As  regards  entrance,  therefore,  Ciiba  has  control  to  a  unique 
degree. 

2.  The  chief  objectives  of  commerce  within  the  Caribbean 
are  close  around  the  Isthmus  of  Panama.  If  we  include  with 
the  Isthmus  the  trade  of  the  Magdalena  valley,  we  need 
probably  consider  no  other.  There  is,  of  course,  more  or 
less  trade  along  the  whole  seacoast,  from  Mugeres  Island  to 
the  Gulf  of  Paria ;  but  it  is  diffused,  and  there  is  no  imme- 
diate promise  of  such  demand  in  the  back  countries  as  will 
create  new  and  important  centers  of  trade.  The  mouth  of 
the  Orinoco  is  without  the  Caribbean.  We  may,  then, 
without  serious  error  consider  the  Isthmus  of  Panama  as 
the  one  great  center  of  commercial  interest;  and  that  is 
not  only  the  greatest  in  the  Caribbean  but  promises  soon  to 
be  also  one  of  the  first  in  the  world. 

Besides  the  commercial  centers,  there  are  also  important 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES 


849 


military  objectives  vfithin  the  Caribbean  Sea.  Of  these  the 
Uiree  most  important  ai'e  Jamaica,  the  Cbiriqui  Lagoon, 
and  Colon ;  the  last  being  a.  commercial  as  well  as  a  strate- 
gic point.  Besides  these  chief  points  there  are  several 
others  of  second  or  third  rate  value.  The  Dutch  island 
of  Curasao  has  a  fine  harbor  and  is  about  midway  between 
the  Isthmus  and  the  Lesser  Antilles ;  its  position  is  less 
than  a  hundred  miles  to  one  side  of  the  steamer  routes  be- 
tween the  Isthmus  and  the  eastern  islands,  and  therefore 
flanks  their  communications.  Its  cession  to  any  of  the 
great  Powers  therefore  would  pi-obably  be  opposed  by 
others.  The  city  of  Cartagena,  in  the  United  States  of 
Colombia,  has  the  best  harbor  od  the  Spanish  Main.  It  is 
but  three  hundred  inilee  fi'om  Colon  and  but  one  hundred 
from  the  steamer  tracks,  which  here  convet^e  from  every 
entrance  to  the  Caribbean!  its  position  and  probable  re- 
sources are  superior  to  those  of  Curasao.  Cartagena,  like 
Curasao,  thus  flanks  the  routes  to  the  Isthmus  from  the 
Anegada  Passage  southward ;  both  are  nearer  Colon  than 
Guantanamo  is,  although  the  advantage  of  Curasao  over 
Guantanamo  in  this  respect  is  very  slight. 

On  the  Yucatan  Peninsula,  the  British  possession,  Belize, 
has  advantages  as  an  anchorage  and  coaling  station,  and 
much  natural  defensive  strength  owing  to  the  diflBculty  of 
approach  without  pilots ;  but  any  offensive  strength  could 
be  directed  only  against  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  one 
trade  route  to  the  Isthmus  through  the  Yucatan  Passage, 
Jamaica  being  almost  equally  well  situated  for  both  these 
purposes,  it  seenis  unlikely  that  Belize  can  serve  as  a  first- 
class  naval  station  ;  the  more  so  because  at  present  it  has 
practically  no  white  population  and  no  naval  resources.  A 
battle  fleet  basing  itself  on  Jamaica  would  probably  throw 
out  swift  cruisers  and  lookout  ships  along  the  line  between 
the  island  and  Belize;  and  those  at  the  far  end  might 
depend  upon  the  latter  for  coal,  and  for  certain  supplies. 


360  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

Again,  if  such  battle  fleet  should,  for  any  reason,  advance 
toward  the  Yucatan  Passage  or  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico, 
it  would,  while  holding  such  position,  cover  Belize ;  and, 
being  nearer  the  latter,  might  shift  its  coal  base  there  for 
the  time.  Except  these  two  cases,  and  the  improbable  and 
wholly  secondary  case  of  extensive  operations  against  Cen- 
tral America  or  Yucatan,  Belize  cannot  have  great  military 
value  for  the  power  that  holds  Jamaica. 

It  may  be  said  also  of  the  Caribbean  coasts  of  Honduras 
and  Nicaragua  that  there  is  no  point  upon  them  having 
strategic  value  to  a  state  holding  either  Cuba  or  Jamaica. 
They  have  generally  indifferent  harbors,  possessing  neither 
military  strength  nor  resources.  The  same,  with  slight 
modification,  is  true  of  the  small  off-lying  islands  in  the 
Oulf  of  Honduras  and  to  the  southward.  To  a  nation 
controlling  the  sea,  that  is,  having  a  very  decided  pre- 
ponderance on  it,  they  might  be  utilized  as  temporary 
coaling  stations ;  but  they  are  scarcely  worth  the  cost  of 
fortifjring,  and  only  the  constant  presence  of  armed  ship- 
ping could  preserve  them  from  raids.  Now,  the  presence 
of  aimed  shipping,  thus  disseminated  in  small  ports,  im- 
plies superiority  enough  to  spare  large  detachments  with- 
out undue  risk  to  the  main  body,  which  is  not  the  case 
where  there  is  equality  of  naval  force,  as  assumed  for  this 
diHCUHsion. 

Of  course,  complete  treatment  of  any  military  field  in- 
volves tlie  hypothesis  of  varying  strengths  as  well  as  equal ; 
but,  in  truth,  military  problems  contain  many  variables, 
and  it  is  necessary  in  any  discussion  to  assign  to  some  of 
these  variables  values  which  for  the  particular  discussion 
are  constant.  This  discussion,  being  concerned  with  posi- 
tions, assumes  forces  to  be  constantly  equal. 

We  may  therefore  feel  justified  in  saying  that  on  the 
Central  American  coast,  from  Cape  Catoche  —  or  Mugeres 
Iidand  —  to  the  Chiriqui  Lagoon,  there  is  at  present  no 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  861 

single  point  of  even  second-rate  strategic  importance ;  while, 
east  of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama,  the  various  harbors  of  the 
southern  Caribbean  are  represented  efficiently  by  the  two 
best,  Cartagena  and  Curasao.  These  two  points  are  less  than 
five  hundred  miles  apart.  The  second  is  the  less  impor- 
tant, because  much  more  distant  from  the  Isthmus.  Carta- 
gena, from  its  situation,  its  fine  harbor,  and  its  capacity 
for  receiving,  if  not  itself  supplying,  resources,  stands  little, 
if  at  all,  below  the  level  of  Jamaica  and  Colon.  It  would 
be  particularly  suitable  for  an  advanced  base  of  operations 
against  the  Isthmus.  It  falls,  in  fact,  within  the  strategic 
field  of  the  Isthmus  itself  and  is  an  important  factor  in  it. 
The  Chiriqui  Lagoon  has  over  it  the  advantage  of  being 
nearer  to  Colon. 

The  military  and  commercial  objectives  within  the  Cai> 
ibbean,  as  distinguished  from  points  on  its  circumference, 
reduce  themselves  thus  to  two,  namely,  Jamaica  and  the 
Isthmus,  giving  to  the  latter  term  the  extension  of  appli- 
cation which  has  been  done  here. 

3.  The  third  thing  to  be  controlled  in  the  Caribbean  is 
the  transit,  or  lines  of  communication  between  the  entrances 
and  these  different  objectives,  within  or  on  the  &rther  side 
of  the  Sea.  These  objectives  have  been  summed  up  under 
two  heads,  Jamaica  and  the  Isthmus ;  including  with  the 
latter  Cartagena,  and  its  surrounding  country.  Belize,  if 
considered  at  all,  will  come  under  the  head  of  Jamaica,  as 
the  greater  part  of  the  difficulty  of  transit  will  be  overcome 
by  a  vessel  that  has  reached  the  island.  Cartagena,  though 
on  the  Main,  yet  falls  strategically  within  the  same  field  as 
the  Isthmus. 

Now,  with  regard  to  the  question  of  transit.  In  a  great 
ocean,  lines  of  transit  between  two  points  may  be  very 
many  in  number  and  divergence  from  one  another.  The 
same  is  true,  within  limits,  of  contracted  seas  like  the  Med- 
iterranean and  the  Caribbean.    For  instance,  a  ship  bound 


862  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

from  the  Anegada  Passage  to  the  Isthmus  might,  according 
to  the  judgment  of  her  commander  as  to  the  dangers, 
either  go  direct,  or  pass  for  a  certain  distance  along  the 
north  side,  or  along  the  south  side,  before  striking  for 
her  port. 

If,  however,  the  points  of  arrival  and  departure  are  known, 
all  routes  meet  at  them,  and  the  assailant,  according  to  his 
strength  and  the  situation  of  his  ports  can  take  his  stand 
before  one  or  the  other,  sure  that  in  such  a  strategic  position 
the  enemy's  ships  must  come  within  his  reach.  Other  things 
being  equal,  the  point  of  arrival  is  better  fitted  for  inter- 
cepting communications  than  the  point  of  departure,  be- 
cause it  is  harder  to  get  into  a  blockaded  port  than  out; 
but  to  intercept  or  ^^  check ''  a  military  expedition,  the  point 
of  departure  wiU  generally  be  chosen, -and  always,  if  its 
destination  be  unknown. 

For  example,  in  the  field  now  under  discussion,  if  an  ex- 
pedition of  any  size  be  known  to  be  fitting  out  at  one  of 
the  bases,  —  Cuba,  Jamaica,  or  the  Antilles,  —  the  opponent 
should  take  post  nearby  in  sufficient  force,  if  able  to  do  so. 
This  applies  either  to  an  armed  expedition  or  a  large  convoy. 
But  if  the  enemy  be  already  engaged  at  one  objective,  for 
example,  at  the  Isthmus,  and  depends  upon  a  continual 
stream  of  supply  ships,  concentration  of  effort  would  dictate 
that  the  opponent  should  be  as  near  the  point  of  arrival  as 
is  prudent.  This  would  be  yet  more  true  if  the  points  of 
departure  were  many,  and  of  arrival  one  or  few ;  for  in- 
stance, if  departures  were  from  both  the  Atlantic  and  Gulf 
poits  of  the  United  States  to  the  Isthmus,  or  to  some 
Cuban  port.  Stationed  near  the  point  where  the  enemy's 
supplies  arrive,  an  intercepting  force  is  not  only  best  situ- 
ated to  interrupt  communications,  but  has  the  additional 
advantage  of  being  on  hand  ready  to  strike  a  blow  against 
his  navy  should  a  favorable  opportunity  offer.  A  fortified 
port  of  its  own,  should  such  exist,  is  of  course  the  best 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  868 

position;  such  as  Cartagena,  Curafao,  or  even  Jamaica, 
might  be. 

The  sea  wars  between  England  and  France  on  a  broader 
field  may  be  cited  as  practical  examples,  and  vindicate  the 
usefulness  of  serious  study  of  historic  instances,  even 
though  the  particular  conditions  have  become  obsolete, 
as  warfare  under  sail  has.  Oreat  Britain,  though  greatiy 
preponderant  upon  the  ocean,  was  exposed  in  many  direc- 
tions, owing  to  her  interests  being  scattered  in  all  quarters 
of  the  world.  The  points  of  ai-rival,  that  is,  the  destina- 
tions of  the  expeditions  which  France  f requentiy  fitted  out, 
were  usually  unknown,  and  Great  Britain  therefore  very 
rightiy  sought  to  stop  their  sailing  by  heavy  fleets  sta- 
tioned before  all  arsenals.  Thus  when  in  1798  it  became 
manifest  that  a  great  expedition  was  fitting  out  at  Toulon, 
Nelson  was  dispatched  from  Cadiz  into  the  Mediterranean 
to  watch  before  the  port  which  was  evidentiy  the  starting 
point ;  but,  learning  that  the  enemy  had  got  away  before 
his  arrival,  he  made  next  for  the  point  which  from  such 
intelligence  as  could  be  gathered  seemed  most  probably 
that  of  destination.  The  relative  uncertainty  attending 
the  second  alternative,  however,  was  apparent  in  the  re- 
sult; and  although  the  same  uncertainty  may  not  arise 
from  the  same  causes  now,  it  still  does  exist,  and  makes 
a  point  near  that  of  the  enemy's  expected  departure  the 
proper  position,  when  it  can  be  assumed.  Togo  was  for 
an  appreciable  time  uncertain  as  to  Rozhestvensky's  course, 
despite  the  advantages  of  wireless.  One  of  the  most  inter- 
esting details  of  Captain  Semenoff's  ^*  Battie  of  Tsushima  " 
is  the  fact  of  the  Russian  wireless  instruments  picking  up 
messages  between  Japanese  scouts,  which  they  could  not 
understand,  but  from  the  brevity  and  regularity  of  which 
they  inferred  that  they  were  merely  messages  between 
themselves  —  keeping  touch  with  one  another,  as  it  were, 
—  but  did  not  signify  that  either  had  seen  the  enemy. 


854  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

The  Russians  still  hoped  that  they  might  slip  by  tmseen 
in  the  existing  haze;  for  wireless  does  not  see,  it  only 
reports. 

The  difficulty  of  keeping  sailing  ships  close  to  a  danger- 
ous coast  often  caused  the  British  efforts  to  fail,  and 
strained  the  strength  of  both  ships  and  officers  almost  to 
the  breaking  point;  but  in  one  signal  instance  the  com- 
binations of  Napoleon  to  effect  the  invasion  of  England, 
which  he  certainly  seriously  intended,  were  foiled  by  the 
closeness  of  the  Brest  blockade.  Two  or  three  divisions, 
intended  to  meet  and  combine  in  the  Antilles,  got  away; 
but  over  twenty  ships-of-the-line  were  ^*  detained ''  in  Brest 
and  hopelessly  kept  from  joining  the  other  detachments. 
If,  however,  Oreat  Britain,  instead  of  scattered  interests, 
had  had  but  one,  as  the  West  Indies,  the  best  course  with 
her  superior  navy  would  have  been,  after  providing  for 
home  defense,  to  station  one  large  body  in  the  West  Indies 
at  the  point  best  suited  to  intercept  ships  bound  to  the 
French  islands  and  to  protect  their  own.  It  was  always 
possible  and  still  is  for  a  dispatch  vessel  to  precede  the 
arrival  of  an  enemy's  fleet  by  some  days,  because  single 
ships  can  go  faster  than  fleets.  Thus,  if  a  French  fleet 
got  away  with  only  one  possible  destination,  a  British 
advice  vessel  could  reach  that  destination  before  it  But 
it  was  upon  the  number  of  their  exposed  points  that 
Napoleon  reckoned  for  confusing  the  British;  and  they, 
recognizing  the  facts,  sought  to  parry  his  initiative  by 
guarding  all  the  points  of  departure. 

It  may  happen  that  certain  routes  must  in  their  course 
pass  within  a  known  distance  of  an  enemy's  port,  which 
thereby  has  the  special  strategic  value  before  attributed 
to  narrow  passages  on  a  route ;  the  port  in  that  case  flanks 
the  routes.  If  England,  in  the  days  of  Nelson,  had  had 
no  interests  to  draw  her  navy  inside  the  Mediterranean, 
the  French  Toulon  fleet  could  have  been  well  watched  at 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  856 

Gibraltar.  Jamaica  has  this  particular  advantage  over  all 
approaches  to  the  Isthmus ;  and  that  against  the  greatest 
local  power  in  the  Caribbean,  namely,  Cuba.  Ships  of 
war  from  Jamaica,  scarcely  venturing  out  of  sight,  still 
less  out  of  support  of  their  base,  sweep  both  the  approaches 
to  the  Isthmus  from  the  greater  island.  Jamaica  flanks 
both  routes,  and  when  to  this  we  add  that  it  is  nearer  the 
Spanish  Main  by  one  hundred  and  fifty  miles  than  Guan- 
tanamo,  and  so  has  three  hundred  miles  less  coal  to  bum  on 
lines  covering  the  sea  in  its  breadth,  it  is  seen  that  Jamaica 
has  a  decided  advantage  over  Cuba  in  controlling  com- 
munications from  the  edge  of  the  sea  to  the  objectives, 
including  the  Isthmus.  Both  islands  flank  the  routes  from 
the  eastern  Antilles,  but  Jamaica  is  the  nearer. 

Compared  to  the  Lesser  Antilles,  Jamaica  has  the  advan- 
tage of  being  only  half  their  distance  from  the  chief  objec- 
tive, the  Isthmus ;  it  is  a  veiy  little  farther  than  they  from 
Curagao.  If  a  great  expedition  were  fitting  out  in  one  of 
the  Lesser  Antilles,  Jamaica,  of  course,  would  not  be  in  as 
good  a  position  for  watching  it  as  another  island  of  the 
same  group  would  be ;  but  as  a  similar  expedition  from  Ja- 
maica could  not  be  easily  checked  from  the  Antilles,  the 
fro9  and  con$  balance  in  this  particular  consideration. 

In  the  matter  of  controlling  transit,  entrance  into  the  sea 
being  secured,  the  Lesser  Antilles  by  position  control  the 
eastern  half,  Jamaica  the  western;  but  this  latter  half  is 
decidedly  the  more  important,  because  it  contains  the  point 
of  arrival  at  the  chief  objective.  Also,  every  line  of  com- 
munication from  Europe  to  the  Isthmus  must  pass  nearer 
Jamaica  than  it  necessarily  does  to  any  particular  one  of  the 
eastern  islands. 

As  between  Cuba  and  the  Antilles,  Jamaica  being  neutral, 
the  control  of  Cuba  is  greater.  Jamaica  excluded,  Cuba, 
in  virtue  of  her  situation,  controls  defensively  her  whole 
line  of  communication  from  the  Windward  Channel  to 


866  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

the  Isthmus,  and  offensively  the  western  half  of  the  sea. 
The  small  islands,  by  position,  exert  control  over  only  the 
eastern  half  of  their  transit  lines  to  the  Isthmus.  If,  on 
the  other  hand,  Cuba  be  neutral,  and  Jamaica  belligerent 
against  the  Antilles,  Jamaica  has  over  them  the  same  ad- 
vantage as  Cuba.  Taking  all  together,  control  over  transit 
depending  upon  situation  only,  other  conditions  being  equal, 
is  greatest  with  Jamaica,  next  with  Cuba,  least  with  the 
Lesser  Antilles. 

Accepting  these  conclusions  as  to  control  over  transit, 
we  now  revert  to  that  question  to  which  all  other  inquiries 
are  subsidiary,  namely.  Which  of  the  three  bases  of  opera- 
tions in  the  Caribbean — one  of  the  Lesser  Antilles,  Jamaica, 
or  Cuba  with  its  sphere  of  influence  —  is  most  powerful  for 
military  control  of  the  principal  objective  points  in  the 
same  sea?  These  principal  objectives  are  Jamaica  and  the 
Isthmus;  concerning  the  relative  importance  of  which  it 
may  be  remarked  that,  while  the  Isthmus  intrinsically,  and 
to  the  general  interest  of  the  world,  is  incomparably  the 
more  valuable,  the  situation  of  Jamaica  gives  such  com- 
mand over  all  the  approaches  to  the  Isthmus,  as  to  make  it 
in  a  military  sense  the  predominant  factor  in  the  control  of 
the  Caribbean.  Jamaica  is  a  preeminent  instance  of  central 
position,  conferring  the  advantage  of  interior  lines,  for  ac- 
tion in  every  direction  within  the  field  to  which  it  belongs. 

Military  control  depends  chiefly  upon  two  things,  po- 
sition and  active  militaiy  strength.  As  equal  military 
strength  has  been  assumed  throughout,  it  is  now  neces- 
sary only  to  compare  the  positions  held  by  other  states 
in  the  field  with  that  of  the  occupant  of  Cuba.  This 
inquiry  also  is  limited  to  the  ability  either  to  act  offen- 
sively against  these  objective  points,  or,  on  the  contrary, 
to  defend  them  if  already  held  by  oneself  or  an  ally; 
transit  having  been  considered  already. 

Control  by  virtue  of  position,  over  a  point  external  to 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  867 

your  territory,  depends  npon  nearness  in  point  of  time  and 
upon  the  absence  of  obstacles  capable  of  delaying  or  pre- 
venting your  access  to  it. 

Both  Santiago  (or  Ouantanamo)  and  Cienfuegos  are 
nearer  to  the  Isthmus  than  is  any  other  one  of  the  first- 
class  strategic  points  that  have  been  chosen  on  the  lor- 
dern  of  the  Caribbean  Sea,  including  Samana  Bay  and 
St  Thomas.  They  are  little  more  than  half  the  distance 
of  the  British  Santa  Lucia  and  the  French  Martinique. 
The  formidable  island  and  military  stronghold  of  Jamaica, 
within  the  sea,  is  nearer  the  Isthmus  than  Guantanamo  is, 
by  one  hundred  and  fifty  miles,  and  than  Cienfuegos  by 
yet  more. 

Taking  into  consideration  situation  only,  Jamaica  is 
admirably  placed  for  the  control  of  the  Caribbean.  It 
is  equidistant  from  Colon,  from  the  Yucatan  Passage,  and 
from  the  Mona  Passage.  It  shares  with  Ouantanamo  and 
Santiago  control  of  the  Windward  Passage,  and  of  that 
along  the  south  coast  of  Cuba ;  while,  with  but  a  slight 
stretching  out  of  its  arm,  it  reaches  the  routes  from  the 
Oulf  of  Mexico  to  the  Isthmus.  Above  all,  as  towards 
Cuba,  it  so  blocks  the  road  to  the  Isthmus  that  any  attempt 
directed  upon  the  Isthmus  from  Cuba  must  first  have  to 
account  with  the  military  and  naval  forces  of  Jamaica. 

There  are,  however,  certain  deductions  to  be  made  from 
the  strength  of  Jamaica  that  do  not  apply  as  forcibly  to 
Cuba.  Leaving  to  one  side  the  great  and  widely  scattered 
colonial  system  of  Oreat  Britain,  which  always  throws  that 
empire  on  the  defensive  and  invites  division  of  the  fleet, 
owing  to  the  large  number  of  points  open  to  attack,  and 
confining  our  attention  strictly  to  the  field  before  us,  it 
will  be  observed  that  in  a  scheme  of  British  operations  Ja- 
maica is  essentially,  as  has  been  said  before,  an  advanced 
post ;  singularly  well  situated,  it  is  true,  but  still  with  long 
and  difficult  communications.    Its  distance  from  Antigua, 


868  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

a  possible  intermediate  base  of  supplies,  is  over  nine  hun- 
dred miles ;  from  Santa  Lucia,  the  chief  British  naval  sta- 
tion in  the  Lesser  Antilles,  over  one  thousand  miles,  not 
less  than  three  days'  economical  steaming.  Oreat  Britain, 
if  at  war  with  a  state  possessing  Cuba,  is  shut  out  from  the 
Windward  Passage  by  Guantanamo,  and  from  the  Oulf  of 
Mexico  by  Havana.  The  Mona  Passage,  also,  though  not 
necessarily  closed,  will  be  too  dangerous  to  be  relied  upon. 
For  these  reasons,  in  order  to  maintain  communications 
with  Jamaica,  an  intermediate  position  and  depot,  like 
Santa  Lucia,  will  be  urgentiy  needed.  Supplies  coming 
from  Bermuda,  Halifax,  or  England  would  probably  have 
to  be  collected  first  there,  or  at  Antigua,  and  thence  make 
a  more  secure,  but  still  exposed,  voyage  to  Kingston.  The 
north  coasts  of  Cuba  and  Haiti  must  be  looked  upon  as 
practically  under  the  control  of  the  Cuban  fleet,  in  conse- 
quence of  the  command  which  it  exercises  over  the  Wind- 
ward Passage,  by  virtue  of  position. 

The  possessor  of  Cuba,  on  the  contrary,  by  his  situation 
has  open  communication  with  the  Oulf  of  Mexico,  which 
amounts  to  saying  that  he  has  all  the  resources  of  the 
United  States  at  his  disposal,  through  the  Mississippi  Val- 
ley. Cruisers  from  Jamaica  attempting  to  intercept  that 
trade  would  be  at  a  great  disadvantage,  especially  as  to 
coal,  compared  with  their  enemy  resting  upon  Havana. 
Cruisers  from  Havana,  reaching  their  cruising  ground  with 
little  or  no  consumption,  can  therefore  remain  longer,  and 
consequently  are  equivalent  to  a  greater  number  of  ships. 
On  the  other  hand,  cruisers  from  Santiago  could  move 
almost  with  impunity  by  tlie  north  side  of  Haiti  as  far  as 
the  Mona  Passage,  and  beyond  that  without  any  other  risk 
than  that  of  meeting  and  fighting  vessels  of  equal  size. 
If  they  stretch  their  efforts  toward  the  Anegada  Passage, 
they  would  feel  the  same  disadvantage,  relatively  to  cruis- 
ers from  Santa  Lucia,  that  Jamaica  cruisers  in  the  Gulf 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  869 

would  undergo  as  compared  with  those  from  Havana;  but 
by  inclining  their  course  more  to  the  northward,  to  or 
about  the  point  Q  (see  map),  they  would  there  be  equi- 
distant from  Guantanamo  and  Santa  Lucia,  and  so  on  an 
equality  with  the  latter,  while  at  the  same  time  in  a  position 
gravely  to  endanger  supplies  from  any  point  in  North 
America.  If  it  be  replied  that  Bermuda  can  take  care  oi 
these  cruisers  at  Q,  the  answer  is  plain :  on  the  supposition 
of  equal  forces,  it  can  do  so  only  by  diminishing  the  force 
at  Santa  Lucia.  In  short,  when  compared  with  Jamaica, 
in  respect  of  strategic  relations  to  Bermuda,  Halifax,  and 
Santa  Lucia,  Cuba  enjoys  the  immense  advantage  of  a  cen- 
tral position,  and  of  interior  lines  of  communication,  with 
consequent  concentration  of  force  and  effort. 

It  is  not  easy  to  see  how,  in  the  face  of  these  difficulties, 
Great  Britain,  in  the  supposed  case  of  equal  force  in  this 
theater  of  war,  could  avoid  dividing  her  fleet  sufficiently  to 
put  Jamaica  at  a  disadvantage  as  to  Cuba.  In  truth,  Cuba 
here  enjoys  not  only  the  other  advantages  of  situation  already 
pointed  out,  but  also  that  of  being  central  as  regards  the 
enemy's  positions ;  and  what  is,  perhaps,  even  more  impor- 
tant, she  possesses  secure  interior  l^nd  lines  of  supply  and 
coal  between  the  points  of  her  base,  while  covering  the  sea 
lines  in  her  rear,  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  For  Guantanamo 
and  Santiago  have  communication  by  rail  with  Havana,  while 
the  island  itself  covers  the  lines  from  Havana  to  the  Gulf 
coast  of  the  United  States ;  whereas  Jamaica  depends  wholly 
upon  the  sea,  by  lines  of  communication  not  nearly  as  well 
sheltered. 

Contrasted  with  Cuba,  Jamaica  is  seen  to  be,  as  has 
been  more  than  once  said,  a  strong  advanced  post,  thrust 
well  forward  into  the  face  of  an  enemy  to  which  it  is  much 
inferior  in  size  and  resources,  and  therefore  dependent  for 
existence  upon  its  power  of  holding  out,  despite  uncertain 
and  possibly  suspended  communication.  Its  case  resembles 


860  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

that  of  Minorca,  Malta,  Gibraltar,  the  endurance  of  which, 
when  cut  off  from  the  sea,  has  always  been  measurable.  The 
question  here  before  us,  however,  is  not  that  of  mere  hold- 
ing out  on  the  defensive,  which  would  be  paralysis.  If 
Cuba  can  reduce  Jamaica  to  a  passive  defensive,  Jamaica 
disappears  as  a  factor  in  the  control  of  the  Caribbean  and 
Isthmus  —  no  obstacle  then  stands  in  the  way  of  Cuba 
using  her  nearness  to  Panama.  If  Cuba  can  bring  about  a 
scarcity  of  coal  at  Kingston  she  achieves  a  strategic  advan- 
tage ;  if  a  coal  famine,  the  enemy's  battle  fleet  must  retire, 
probably  to  the  Lesser  Antilles. 

The  case  of  Jamaica,  contrasted  with  Cuba,  covers  that 
of  all  strategic  points  on  the  borders  of  the  Caribbean  Sea, 
east,  west,  north,  or  south.  Almost  on  the  border  itself, 
although  within  it,  Jamaica  has  in  nearness,  in  situation,  in 
size,  and  in  resources,  a  decisive  advantage  over  any  of  the 
ports  of  Haiti  or  of  the  smaller  islands.  If  Jamaica  is  in- 
ferior to  Cuba,  then  is  each  of  the  other  points  on  the  cir- 
cumference, and,  it  may  be  added,  all  of  them  together. 
Santa  Lucia,  for  instance,  is  essential  to  Jamaica.  It  would 
never  do  to  trust  to  ships  straight  from  England  for  sup- 
plying the  larger  island;  an  intermediate  depot  is  neces- 
sary, and  the  fleet  at  Jamaica  must  be  assured  that  it  will 
find  safe  coal  at  no  greater  distance  than  the  islands.  On 
no  other  supposition  can  it  be  kept  at  its  station  in  case  of 
threatened  scarcity.  But  in  no  sense,  granting  equal  navies, 
can  Santa  Lucia  and  Jamaica  work  together  in  concert. 
An  expedition  cannot  be  safely  combined  from  points  so  far 
asunder;  it  must  first  be  assembled  at  one  point  or  the 
other  for  starting  on  its  mission.  The  French  islands  of 
Guadeloupe  and  Martinique  presumably  could,  if  con- 
venience required,  equip  the  two  halves  of  a  force,  and 
hope  to  join  them  before  fighting ;  but  Jamaica  must  stand 
alone.  The  battle  fleet  that  moves  from  the  smaller  island 
to  it  must  go  in  one  body,  and  the  constant  afterstream  of 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  861 

BQpply  —  the  communications  —  must  depend  upon  control 
of  the  sea.  Santa  Lucia  cannot  help  Jamaica,  except  as  a 
halfway  house  and  depot. 

To  attempt  an  expedition  to  the  Isthmus  by  combining 
at  sea  two  masses  moving  from  Jamaica  and  Santa  Lucia, 
they  being  at  war  with  Cuba,  and  supposing  nearly  equal 
Agg^gftte  forces,  would  run  the  danger  of  successive  de- 
feats, in  detail,  of  which  one  illustration  has  been  given  in 
the  campaign  of  1796  in  Germany,  and  of  which  several 
others  were  afforded  in  the  same  year  by  the  Austrians  in 
their  management  of  the  campaign  in  Italy,  rendered 
famous  by  the  skill  with  which  Bonaparte  profited  by 
their  persistence  in  dividing  their  forces  so  as  to  be  out  of 
mutual  support.  The  Russian  conduct  of  their  naval  op- 
erations in  the  recent  war  with  Japan  affords  another 
warning  against  division,  when  the  subsequent  junction 
has  to  be  effected  within  reach  of  the  enemy. 

Just  here  is  seen  the  immense  advantage  of  the  strategic 
position  of  the  island  of  Cuba  at  the  mouth  of  the  Oulf  of 
Mexico.  If  the  United  States  permit  trade  to  go  on  with- 
out interruption,  supplies  of  all  kinds,  even  arms,  can  be 
obtained  by  Cuba  without  serious  risk,  thus  constituting 
the  island  a  solid  base  of  operations,  capable  of  fitting  out 
an  undivided  expedition  of  any  size,  and  of  maintaining  its 
fleet  in  efficiency  without  serious  apprehension  as  to  its 
communications.  For  instance,  a  line  of  communication 
from  Pensacola  or  Key  West  to  Havana,  supplemented 
thence  by  rail  to  Cienfuegos  or  Santiago^  is  almost 
invulnerable. 

This  discussion,  touching  Cuba  and  Jamaica,  like  the 
greater  part  of  tliis  general  treatment  of  naval  strategy, 
proceeds  upon  the  supposition  of  an  equality  of  naval 
force.  So  long  as  that  continues,  the  relative  advantages 
and  disadvantages  of  Great  Britain  and  the  possessor  of 
Cuba  remain  as  stated.    In  the  present  (1911)  complication 


862  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

of  European  politics,  the  notable  feature  of  which,  from  the 
point  of  view  of  our  subject,  is  the  permanent  menace  of 
the  German  Navy  to  Great  Britain,  and  conversely  that  of 
the  British  Navy  to  Germany,  it  is  apparent  that  neither 
of  those  two  principal  European  navies  can  spare  for  trans- 
atlantic hostilities  a  force  superior  to  that  which  the 
United  States  presumably  can  maintain,  unless  the  latter 
at  the  moment  is  troubled  with  hostilities  elsewhere.  The 
supposition  of  equal  force  in  the  Caribbean  is  therefore 
reasonable  as  well  as  usef  uL  Under  this  supposition,  Great 
Britain  as  regards  Jamaica  would  have  before  her  two 
alternatives :  one,  to  divide  her  fleet  so  far  as  to  spare  a 
sufBcient  force  to  keep  open  her  communications  with 
Jamaica ;  the  other  to  abandon  Jamaica  to  its  own  resources, 
in  the  fortification  of  its  principal  ports  and  the  permanent 
garrison  of  the  island,  until  such  time  as  the  navy  by  a 
successful  action  should  establish  preponderance  sufficient 
to  maintain  the  battleships  at  Jamaica,  with  a  sufficient 
margin  over  and  above  to  keep  their  lines  of  supply  reason- 
ably secure,  in  the  military  sense  of  the  word  **  secure." 

Under  either  alternative,  division  of  the  fleet  or  abandon- 
ment of  the  island  by  it,  this  amounts  to  saying  that  Jamaica, 
with  all  its  advantages  of  situation,  cannot  utilize  them  so 
long  as  an  equal  navy  is  based  upon  Cuba ;  because,  while 
Jamaica  has  a  more  controlling  position  towards  the 
Isthmus  than  Cuba  has,  Cuba  possesses  over  Jamaica  a 
control  which  prevents  the  full  use  of  its  offensive  strength, 
inasmuch  as  its  communications  are  endangered. 

This  appreciation  of  the  situation  should  not  be  allowed 
to  end  without  noting  the  illustration  it  afifords  of  the 
value  of  fortified  ports.  Jamaica  fortified  can  be  left  to  it- 
self for  a  time  ;  the  battle  fleet  may  even  concentrate  there, 
and  act  offensively,  so  long  as  the  stored  resources  last. 
When  they  approach  exhaustion,  especially  of  coal,  the 
battle  fleet  must  depart  betimes ;  and  then,  unless  Jamaica 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  868 

can  stand  alone,  as  Gibraltar  once  did,  and  as  Port  Arthur 
and  Santiago  did  for  measurable  periods,  Jamaica  not  only 
ceases  to  be  useful,  as  it  always  would  be  in  absence  of 
the  fleet,  but  Jamaica  falls  and  Cuban  control  is  established 
over  the  Caribbean  in  place  of  that  of  Jamaica.  The  fleet 
previously  resting  upon  it  must  operate  thenceforth  from  a 
more  distant  base. 

This  appreciation  of  the  value  of  Jamaica  serves  also  to 
illustrate  the  practical  interest  of  the  United  States  in 
European  international  relations.  In  case  of  Germany  de- 
feating Great  Britain  in  a  naval  war,  the  cession  of  Jamaica 
might  be  demanded  as  a  condition  of  peace ;  and  the  West 
Indies  no  longer  possess  great  importance  in  the  estimation 
of  Great  Britain,  since  her  European  relations  have  led  her 
to  concentrate  her  navy  in  home  waters,  and  to  admit  the 
Monroe  Doctrine.  Like  Heligoland,  which  she  has  ceded, 
Jamaica  is  of  little  further  use,  military  or  commercial,  to  the 
British  Empire.  The  Report  of  the  British  Royal  Commission 
(1910)  to  investigate  the  trade  relations  of  the  West  Indies 
with  the  Empire,  and  specifically  with  Canada,  reveals  that 
the  trade  interests  of  Jamaica  incline  more  to  the  United 
States  than  to  Canada.  To  yield  it  could  cost  scarcely  a 
regret,  except  that  of  humiliation.  Hence,  the  determin- 
ing factor  in  the  bargain,  under  conditions  of  defeat,  would 
not  be  the  reluctance  of  Great  Britain  but  the  resistance 
of  the  United  States.  That  resistance  in  the  supposed  case 
would  rest  solely  on  the  naval  force  the  United  States  could 
command.  Under  present  conditions,  the  opposition  be- 
tween Germany  and  Great  Britain  buttresses  the  Monroe 
Doctrine ;  granting  a  decisive  victory  to  either,  the  buttress 
crumbles,  and  the  only  support  remaining  is  the  United 
States  batUe  fleet. 

As  to  the  Lesser  Antilles,  considered  as  a  base  of  opera- 
tions for  controlling  the  other  objectives  in  the  Caribbean 
Sea,  we  will  overlook  for  the  moment  the  fact  that  they  do 


864  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

not  all  belong  to  one  Power,  but  that,  on  the  contrary, 
while  the  greater  number  are  British,  the  most  valuable  — 
Martinique  —  belongs  to  France,  and  we  will  weigh  the 
strength  of  the  whole  line  on  the  grounds  given  for  esti- 
mating the  strategic  value  of  any  point,  namely,  position, 
strength,  and  resources. 

By  position,  or  situation,  the  Lesser  Antilles  control  all 
the  eastern  entrances,  or  passages,  including  the  Anegada. 
This  may  usefully  be  stated  in  another  way,  that  these 
islands  control  the  approaches  from  Europe,  while  Cuba 
controls  those  from  North  America.  North  America,  with 
its  resources,  is  both  nearer  to  and  better  covered  by  Cuba 
than  is  Europe  by  the  Windward  IiBlands9  so  that  the  ad- 
vantage here  rests  with  the-  Cuban  base.  The  Mona 
Passage  may  be  looked  on  as  the  point  where  the  European 
and  American  circles  of  influence  touch.  As  for  control 
over  the  Isthmus  depending  upon  position  only,  the  small 
islands  are  double  the  distance  of  Cuba  from  the  Isthmus, 
which  means  double  the  line  of  communications,  double 
the  ships  to  guard  them,  and  double  the  coal  to  be  burned. 

As  to  strength,  the  Lesser  Antilles  have  several  excellent 
strategic  ports.  The  finest  is  Fort  de  France,  in  Marti- 
nique, at  the  center  of  the  line.  This  position,  and  the  lack 
of  closed  harbors  in  Dominica,  aid  in  fixing  Santa  Lucia 
as  the  English  base.  From  Santa  Lucia  Rodney  watched 
the  French  fleet  before  his  well  known  victory  in  1782. 
In  olden  times,  Barbados  had  the  strategic  advantage  of 
being  well  to  windward,  but  is  now  unused.  Next  in  im- 
portance to  Santa  Lucia  for  the  British  is  Antigua ;  while 
the  French  have  a  yet  better  position  than  Antigua,  in 
Guadeloupe  and  its  dependencies.  It  will  be  noted  that 
the  French  islands  lie  close  to  one  another  and  separate  the 
two  best  English. 

Let  us,  as  before,  suppose  these  islands  under  one  control, 
though  the  event  is  unlikely.     For  putting  forth  offensive 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  866 

strength,  the  enemy  not  acting  against  them  directly,  there 
would  be  convenience  in  distributing  the  preparations 
among  the  different  ports,  and  safety  in  not  haying  to 
depend  upon  one  only  in  case  of  reverse ;  communications 
between  the  ports  would  be  short  and  easy.  So  far,  and  in 
these  respects,  the  distances  between  her  principal  ports 
leave  Cuba  at  a  disadvantage ;  but  in  case  of  attack  by  the 
enemy,  the  fleet  of  the  Lesser  Antilles,  if  decisively  de- 
feated, must  retire  into  one  port,  which  is  thenceforth  iso- 
lated from  the  others  by  the  enemy's  possession  of  the  sea. 
The  situation  would  be  still  worse  if  the  battle  fleet  divided 
and  retired  into  several  ports.  The  weakness  of  small 
islands,  as  compared  with  large  ones,  will  at  once  appear. 
Cuba,  under  the  same  conditions  of  sea-defeat,  could  retire 
into  one  port,  the  others  remaining  open  and  with  free 
communication  throughout  by  land.  If  the  enemy  seeks 
to  blockade  the  other  ports  he  divides  and  weakens  his 
fleet,  in  face  of  the  Cuban  ships  left  in  the  harbor  to  which 
they  have  retired.  A  fair  weighing  of  these  conditions 
seems  to  leave  no  doubt  that  Cuba  is  decidedly  stronger 
than  any  combination  of  smaller  islands. 

As  to  resources,  those  of  all  the  West  India  islands  for  war 
will  depend  mainly  upon  the  policy  and  preparation  of  the 
governments.  Except  Cuba,  they  are  deficient  in  natural 
resources  adequately  developed.  Outside  of  direct  gov- 
ernmental action  it  can  only  be  said  that  the  much  greater 
population  of  Cuba  will  draw  more  supplies  and  furnish 
more  material  for  troops  ai^d  garrisons.  At  present,  as 
already  noted,  the  resources  of  the  United  States  are  in  ef- 
fect also  the  resources  of  Cuba. 

As  between  the  three  possible  bases  for  attempted  con- 
trol of  the  Caribbean,  no  doubts  can  remain  that  Cuba  is 
the  most  powerful,  Jamaica  next,  and  the  Antilles  least. 
Jamaica  being  where  it  is,  Cuba  cannot  put  forth  her 
power  against  the  Isthmus  or  against  the  lines  of  transit  in 


866  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

the  Caribbean,  until  she  has  materially  reduced,  if  not 
neutralized,  the  offensive  power  of  her  smaller  opponent. 
Upon  the  supposition  of  equal  fleets,  if  the  Cuban  fleet 
move  against  the  Isthmus,  or  into  the  Caribbean,  it  uncov- 
ers  its  communications;  if  it  seeks  to  cover  these,  it 
divides  its  force.  Jamaica  exactly  meets  the  case  supposed 
in  a  previous  chapter  (p.  209) :  ^  If,  in  moving  upon  the 
coveted  objective  you  pass  by  a  strategic  point  held  by 
the  enemy,  capable  of  sheltering  his  ships  —  a  point  from 
which  he  may  probably  intercept  your  supplies  of  coal  or 
ammunition,  the  circle  of  influence  of  that  point  will 
require  your  attention  and  reduce  your  force.'* 

In  that  case  it  was  laid  down  that,  if  you  cannot  observe 
the  port  without  reducing  your  fleet  below  that  of  the 
enemy,  you  must  not  divide  it;  either  the  intermediate 
point  must  be  taken,  or,  if  you  think  you  can  accomplish 
your  special  aim  with  the  supplies  on  board,  you  may  cut 
loose  from  your  base,  giving  up  your  communications. 
Undoubtedly,  the  same  difficulty  would  be  felt  by  the 
Jamaica  fleet,  if  it  moved  away  from  home  leaving  the 
Cuban  fleet  in  port  in  Santiago  or  Guantanamo ;  but,  of 
the  two,  Jamaica  has  the  inside  track.  It  is  not  so  with 
operations  based  upon  the  Lesser  Antilles  only,  and  directed 
against  the  Isthmus,  or  against  any  position  in  the  western 
basin  of  the  Caribbean,  Cuba  being  hostile;  the  line  of 
communication  in  that  case  is  so  long  as  to  be  a  very  serious 
comparative  disadvantage. 

Upon  the  whole,  then,  Jamaica,  though  less  powerful 
than  Cuba,  seems  to  deserve  the  title  of  the  ^^  key  to  the 
Caribbean."  Only  when  Cuba  has  mastered  it  can  she  pre- 
dominantly control  the  positions  of  that  sea.  But  if 
Jamaica  in  this  sense  be  the  key,  Cuba  has  the  grip  that 
can  wrest  it  away.  Secure  as  to  her  own  communications, 
in  the  rear,  towards  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  Cuba  has  it  in  her 
power  to  impose  upon  her  enemy  a  line  so  long  and  insecure 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  867 

as  to  be  finally  untenable.  First  a  scaicily  of  coal,  then  a 
famine,  lastly  the  retreat  of  the  Jamaica  fleet  to  the  most 
available  coal  station.  Such  is  the  solution  I  believe  pos- 
sible to  the  military  problem  of  the  Caribbean  as  dependent 
upon  geographical  conditions, — that  is,  upon  positions ;  con- 
cerning which  Napoleon  has  said  that  ^  War  is  a  business 
of  positions."  The  instant  the  Cuban  fleet  has  gained  a 
decided  superiority  over  that  of  Jamaica,  it  can  take  a 
position  covering  at  once  the  approaches  to  that  island  and 
the  Windward  Channel,  keeping  all  its  own  ships  in  hand 
whfle  cutting  off  the  enemy's  suppUes  and  reinforcements. 
The  converse  is  not  true  of  the  Jamaica  fleet,  in  case  it 
gains  a  momentary  superiority,  because  the  southern  ports 
of  Cuba  should  be  able  to  receive  supplies  by  land,  from  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico  through  Havana. 

The  general  discussion  of  the  strategic  features  of  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico  and  Caribbean  ends  here ;  but  the  treat- 
ment of  the  subject  will  not  be  complete,  unless  there  be 
some  further  specific  consideration  of  the  bearing  which  the 
conclusions  reached  have  upon  the  facilities  of  the  United 
States  for  naval  action  in  the  region  studied. 

This  specific  application  to  the  United  States  is  certainly 
not  the  least  important  part  of  the  work,  since  it  has  been 
the  underlying  motive  for  undertaking  it  at  all.  For  this 
application,  the  most  satisfactory  method  that  has  presented 
itself  is  (1)  to  state  again  the  conclusions  of  twenty  years 
ago,  substantially  as  then  written,  in  1887,  with  alteration 
only  of  recognized  errors  then  made ;  and  (2)  upon  this  to 
note  the  changes  in  the  intervening  period,  with  their  effect 
upon  the  general  strategic  situation. 

A  further  reason  for  employing  this  method  of  contrast 
between  two  political  epochs  is  that  it  tends  to  promote  the 
study  of  consecutive  international  relations ;  for  these  are 
so  closely  related  to  Naval  Strategy  as  to  be  one  of  its  chief 
component  elements.    The  attention  of  naval  officers  needs 


868  I^AVAL  STRATEGY 

to  be  aroused  to  the  necessity  which  there  is  for  them  to  keep 
a  close  and  reflective  outlook  upon  the  international  relations 
of  the  world.  In  this  view,  it  will  be  useful  here  to  recall 
what  the  international  conditions  were  twenty-four  years 
ago,  when  these  lectures  were  first  written,  and  to  contrast 
them  with  what  they  are  now. 

In  1887,  and  for  the  ten  following  years,  the  United 
States  was  growing  continually  more  alive  to  its  particular 
interest  in  the  Isthmus,  and  more  impatient  under  the 
fetters  imposed  upon  it  by  the  Clayton-Bulwer  Treaty  of 
thirty-five  yearo  before.  Nevertheless,  she  had  no  assured 
righta  in  the  Isthmus,  except  that  clause  in  the  Treaty  of 
1846  with  Colombia,  which  permitted  interference  on  be- 
half of  security  of  transit.  This  permission  was  necessary, 
to  carry  out  the  guarantee  of  such  transit  which  had  been 
given  to  Colombia  in  the  same  Treaty.  The  guarantee  and 
the  permission  were  correlative  stipulations.  It  will  be 
remembered  that  in  virtue  of  these  clauses,  in  1885,  upon 
revolutionary  movements  occurring  around  Panama,  ren- 
dering the  use  of  the  railroad  precarious,  a  force  of  marines 
was  dispatched  from  the  Atlantic  ports,  which  landed  on 
the  Isthmus  and  assumed  control  of  so  much  of  the  territory 
as  was  necessary  to  protect  the  road  and  insure  its  working. 

I  was  there  at  the  time  and  remember  two  incidents,  each 
of  political  significance.  There  being  no  American  vessel 
at  Panama,  nor,  I  believe,  at  Colon,  the  British  naval  oflBcer 
present  had  landed  a  detachment,  which  was  in  possession 
of  the  Panama  terminus  when  the  ship  under  my  command 
arrived  there.  I  recall  his  expression  of  relief  that  we  had 
come  to  take  the  business  off  his  hands,  as  he  felt  doubtful 
how  far  his  interference  would  be  approved  by  his  Govern- 
ment, even  under  the  circumstances.  The  other  incident 
was  that  the  French  admiral  on  the  Pacific  Coast,  coming 
to  Panama  a  little  later,  offered  assistance  in  maintaining 
quiet ;  which  offer  was  declined  by  Admiral  Jouett,  although 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  869 

the  French  canal  was  still  under  constmction.  It  was 
evident  to  me  that  the  French  officer  did  not  relish  the 
refusal ;  but  both  occurrences  possessed  interest,  as  showing 
with  what  increasing  seriousness  the  attitude  of  the  United 
States  towards  European  interference  at  the  Isthmus  was 
being  taken  by  European  governments. 

Beyond  this  contingent  right  of  interference,  in  a  case  of 
local  anarchy  around  the  Panama  railroad,  the  United  States 
in  1887  had  no  foothold  in  the  Caribbean.  She  also  had  no 
navy.  The  so  called  White  Squadron,  of  three  protected 
cruisers,  had  but  just  been  commissioned.  Great  Britain 
and  France  were  still  the  two  chief  naval  states,  and  both 
had  exactly  the  same  possessions  in  the  Caribbean  that  they 
now  have.  Spain  still  held  her  immemorial  possession  of 
Cuba  and  Puerto  Rico.  The  (jerman  navy,  like  the  Ameri- 
can, was  substantially  non-existent.  It  had  been  begun ; 
but  neither  in  fact  nor  in  intention  was  it  yet  one  of  the 
great  navies  of  the  world.  The  first  Emperor,  William  I., 
did  not  die  until  1888 ;  Bismarck's  power  was  unshaken ; 
and  the  experience  of  both  these  statesmen  tended  to  fasten 
their  attention  chiefly  upon  Europe  as  the  scene  of  Grerman 
diplomacy,  and  upon  the  army  rather  than  the  navy  as  the 
instrument  of  German  power.  The  (German  naval  develop- 
ment we  now  see  was  not  even  suspected,  any  more  than 
was  the  military  eminence  of  Japan.  Since  then,  the  pres- 
ent international  paralysis  of  Russia  has  freed  Germany 
from  apprehensions  of  the  Franco-Russian  alliance,  to  an 
extent  which  has  facilitated  the  huge  German  naval  expen- 
ditures of  to-day.  In  1887  this  paralysis  did  not  exist. 
Despite  obvious  weaknesses,  the  Russian  autocracy  was 
unshaken  then  by  mtemal  dissensions ;  and,  owing  to  the 
position  of  Russia,  Russian  military  streng^  was  tradi- 
tionally an  immense  factor  in  German  calculations.  Briefly, 
it  is  the  defeat  of  Russia  by  Japan,  and  the  consequent 
revolutionary  movement  in  Russia,  which  have  assisted 


870  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

Grermany  so  to  enlaige  her  navy  as  to  overpass  that  of  the 
United  States.  If  this  be  so,  and  I  think  it  surely  is,  of 
what  international  shifting  of  balances  can  it  be  affirmed 
that  it  is  too  remote  to  concern  the  naval  strategist? 

Internationally,  in  1887,  the  Clayton-Bulwer  Treaty  still 
bound  the  United  States  to  share  control  of  an  Isthmian 
Canal  with  Great  Britain.  The  two  states  were  to  guar- 
antee mutually  the  neutrality  of  any  canal,  which  it  seemed 
in  1850  would  be  built  by  American  enterprise,  if  built  at 
all.  Since  1887,  the  date  of  these  lectures,  the  Clayton- 
Bulwer  Treaty  has  yielded  to  the  Hay-Pauncefote,  which 
leaves  the  constructing  of  the  Canal  and  the  guarantee  of 
its  neutrality  to  the  United  States  alone.  From  being  with- 
out possessions  in  the  Caribbean,  the  United  States  has 
now  political  control  of  the  Canal  Zone,  with  qualified 
exceptions  in  the  cities  of  Colon  and  Panama.  The  Zone 
is  to  be  fortified,  and  the  United  States  besides  has  acquired 
Guantanamo  and  Puerto  Rico,  with  the  adjacent  harbor  of 
Culebra.  She  has  now  a  navy,  which  a  year  ago  was  second 
only  to  the  British.  A  secondary  naval  position  so  &r  was, 
and  is,  natural;  and  the  less  unacceptable  because  Great 
Britain,  not  by  formal  instrument,  but  by  evident  purpose, 
has  abandoned  entirely  all  contestation  of  predominant 
American  interest  and  control  in  the  Caribbean. 

The  "Manifesto"  of  the  Unionist  Reveille  in  Great 
Britain,  a  movement  intended  to  promote  the  sea  power 
and  imperial  development  of  the  Empire,  uses  the  following 
expression:  "By  the  Japanese  Alliance,  by  the  Indian 
Empire,  by  the  Egyptian  occupation,  by  support  of  the 
Monroe  Doctrine^  British  Sea  Power  has  repeatedly  within 
the  last  few  years  guaranteed  the  wages  of  Lancashire."  ^ 
The  words  by  me  italicized  indicate  what  may  be  presumed 
a  popular  recognition  of  this  policy,  as  standing  on  grounds 
similar  to  the  others  recited. 

1  The  Mail,  (Tri- Weekly  Timet),  October  19, 19ia 


APPUCATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  871 

This  change  of  British  policy  is  due  largely,  if  not  deci- 
sively,  or  even  solely,  to  the  growth  of  the  German  Navy; 
and  therefore  ultimately,  if  our  previous  analysis  be  correct, 
to  the  defeat  of  Russia  by  Great  Britain's  ally,  Japan.  It 
is  to  the  war  in  the  Far  East  that  is  due  the  full  develop- 
ment of  this  great  factor,  the  German  navy,  which  now 
both  in  actual  power  and  declared  purpose  is,  and  will 
continue,  superior  to  that  of  the  United  States.  In  the 
intention  of  the  United  States  Government,  as  far  as  shown 
by  propositions  or  appropriations,  the  purpose  as  yet  is  to 
allow  Germany  to  keep  the  lead  she  now  has,  and  to 
increase  it  in  the  future.  France  meantime,  since  1887, 
has  receded  from  the  second  to  the  fourth  or  fifth  place 
in  the  order  of  naval  states. 

The  significant  feature  in  this  shifting  of  naval  power  is 
that  it  corresponds  to  the  increase  of  national  power,  as 
manifested  in  the  raw  material  of  population  and  wealth, 
achieved  by  Germany  since  1879,  when  the  present  (German 
industrial  and  commercial  evolution  began*  This  evolu- 
tion has  already  brought  (Germany  into  sharp  rivalry 
with  Great  Britain.  In  maritime  commerce  the  second 
place  among  European  states  is  now  occupied  by  a  nation 
which  to  an  enormous  population  and  industries  adds 
but  little  in  useful  external  possessions;  while  France, 
which  had  and  has  an  abundance  of  these,  is  supplanted  as 
a' naval  power.  The  commercial  and  naval  development  of 
Grermany,  combined  with  the  relative  smallness  and  poverty 
of  her  outlying  possessions,  is  one  of  the  universal  &ctors 
in  the  international  relations  of  to-day.  It  constitutes 
a  national  impulse,  already  recognized,  which,  like  other 
forces,  will  take  the  line  of  least  resistance;  but  until 
that  line  is  definitely  indicated,  it  may  be  found  in  any 
part  of  the  world.  Consequently,  one  of  the  features 
of  the  strategic  conditions  of  the  Oulf  and  Caribbean, 
SB   well  as   of  most  other  parts  of  the  world,  is  that 


872  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

the  German  fleet  is  enperior  to  eveiy  other,  except  Hiat 
of  Great  BritaiiL 

Leaving  here  the  question  of  the  contrast  in  international 
conditions  between  1887  and  1911,  we  will  proceed  to  con- 
trast the  positions  of  the  United  States  in  the  Gulf  and 
Caribbean  at  the  same  two  dates. 

In  1887,  the  positional  hold  of  the  United  States  in  those 
waters  was  stated  thus: 

**  The  interest  of  the  United  States  in  the  Central  American 
Isthmus  and  Canal  is  admitted  by  men  of  all  classes.  Put- 
ting aside  the  question  of  miUtaiy  preparation,  which  is 
akumingly  out  of  proportion  to  our  talk,  the  strategic 
situation  of  the  United  States  is  as  follows: 

**0n  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  are  two  first-class  strategic 
points — the  mouth  of  the  Mississippi  and  Pensac^. 
They  have  their  weaknesses,  which  must  be  strengthened, 
or  *  fortified;'  but  thev  can  be  made  points  of  much 
strength.  The  distance  between  them  is  not  great;  and  by 
utiliiSig  the  hydrographic  advantages  of  the  intervening 
coast  line,  for  the  operation  of  torpedo-vessels  and  sub- 
marines, these  two  ports  could  be  kept  in  effective  com- 
munication by  sea,  and  together  form  a  base. 

^^  Key  West  is  an  advanced  post  at  a  critically  important 

Eoint.  It  is  dependent  upon  the  sea  for  its  communications ; 
ut,  for  a  fleet  which  is  not  hopelessly  weaker  than  its  enemy, 
it  can  be  made  a  safe  harbor  to  coal  or  repair.  Tampa  Bay, 
within  two  hundred  miles,  is  a  railroad  terminus  and  a 
good  harbor.  Counting  the  North  West  Channel  to  Key 
West,  although  that  is  not  practicable  for  large  ships,  Key 
West  has  two  distinct  lines  of  supply  —  from  the  Atlantic 
and  from  the  Gulf  —  while  the  distance  the  Keys  project  to 
the  westward,  about  thirty  miles,  will  lay  on  an  enemy  the 
necessity  of  some  division  of  his  ships  to  watch  both  these 
lines.  The  lumpy  nature  of  the  bottom  for  some  distance 
to  the  eastward  will  also  favor  the  lighter  vessels  and  local 
knowledge  of  the  defendant,  when  running  in  supplies. 

"  Still,  when  all  that  can  be  said  in  favor  of  Key  West 
has  been  said,  it  is  not  possible  to  put  it  in  the  first  rank  of 
military  ports,  because  of  its  deficiency  in  natural  strength 
and  entire  lack  of  natural  resources,  as  well  as  of  its 
anchorage  exposed  to  gun  fire  from  the  sea.     While  its 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  878 

situation  on  the  Straits  of  Florida  makes  it  of  the  first 
consequence  to  the  United  States,  which  has  not  one  other 
there,  that  very  situation,  at  the  extremity  of  a  long  salient 
with  no  perfectly  secure  line  of  communications  either  by 
land  or  by  water,  demands  in  a  post  so  exposed  an  inherent 
strength  that  Key  West  has  not ;  as  Gibndtar  for  instance 
has  had,  and  in  great  measure  still  has.  A  United  States 
fiieet  operating  in  the  Straits  of  Florida,  against  an  enemy 
of  equal  strength  but  better  based,  could  never  have  Key 
West  off  its  mind  —  it  would  lose  freedom  of  maneuver. 
If  a  bold  offensive  stroke  should  be  thought  of,  requiring 
an  absence  of  say  a  week  or  ten  days,  the  fear  would  be 
always  present  as  to  what  the  enemy  might  do  while  the 
fleet  was  away. 

^  It  is  this  weakness  of  Key  West  and  the  difficulty  of 
keeping  up  its  supplies  that  justify  to  me  the  holding  of 
the  Dry  Tortugas,  which  I  once  thought  useless.  Two 
points  of  supply  make  it  more  difficult  for  an  enemy  to 
prevent  the  communications  of  either  with  the  continent, 
and  so  allow  the  fleet  resting  upon  them  more  freedom  of 
maneuver.  An  enemy  wishing  to  force  action  can  do  so  if 
he  gets  between  a  fleet  and  its  coal,  for  a  fleet,  like  an 
army,  has  got  to  fight  if  its  communications  are  at  stake ; 
therefore,  it  is  desirable  to  have  more  than  one  coal  station 
on  any  frontier  of  operations.  With  Key  West  alone,  an 
enemy  might  force  our  fleet  either  to  fight  or  to  retire 
upon  Pensacola.  Tortugas,  if  it  can  be  held,  is  on  the 
Straits,  allows  exit  in  more  than  one  direction,  and  is  far 
enough  from  Key  West  to  embarrass  the  enemy  somewhat; 
though  doubtless  a  greater  distance  would  be  better. 

**  The  Florida  Strait  is  the  only  water  communication  be- 
tween the  Atlantic  and  Gulf  coasts  of  the  United  States ; 
unless  indeed  the  alternative  be  embraced  of  passing  south 
of  Cuba,  by  the  Windward  Passage,  and  through  the 
Yucatan,  as  Dutch  fleets  once  went  round  about  north  of 
the  British  islands  when  they  found  the  English  Channel 
too  dangerous.  A  fleet  of  twelve  ships  well  based  in  the 
Straits,  as  at  Havana,  could  contend  on  terms  of  advantage 
with  a  much  larger  number  divided  between  the  Atlantic 
and  Gulf  coasts.  In  virtue  of  its  situation,  and  with  a 
proper  scouting  system,  such  a  fleet  should  be  able  to 
prevent  the  junction  of  American  divisions  starting  from, 
say,  Pensacola  and  Norfolk ;  should  be  able  to  meet  and 


874  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

fight  them  sepanitely ;  and  this,  notwithstandinfi^  the  facil- 
ities for  combining  such  a  movement  conferred  by  steam 
and  telegraph.  Equally  with  the  above,  a  United  States 
fl^eet  resting  upon  Key  West,  if  duly  fortified,  will  prevent 
a  somewhat  superior  enemv  from  dividing  his  force  between 
Uie  Atlantic  and  the  Gulf ;  and  indeed  will  compel  him  to 
keep  his  ships  united,  because,  if  divided  for  any  reason, 
and  in  any  directions,  even  upon  a  single  coast,  they  may 
be  attacked  in  detail  This  necessity  of  remaining  unitea 
restricts  greatly  the  scope  of  offensive  operations  open  to 
an  enemy  on  a  coast.  The  impracticabUity  under  such 
circumstances  of  acting  simultaneously  against  the  Gulf 
and  the  Atlantic  is  obvious ;  but  this  is  only  the  supreme 
illustration  of  the  effect  exercised  by  a  concentratea  body 
centrally  placed. 

«« These  considerations  show  the  inalienable  military  im- 
portance of  Key  West  due  to  situation,  which  is  the  pri- 
mary requisite  of  strategic  value.  The  importance  is  of  the 
same  kind,  though  much  greater  in  degree,  that  is  found  to 
attach  to  all  capes  in  coast  war&re;  the  importance  at- 
taching to  salients,  because  of  the  natural  weakness  they 
constitute  in  forcing  a  route,  or  a  position,  out  towards 
the  enemy.  For  this  reason  they  are  points  of  particular 
exposure  to  one  side,  demanding  fortification,  and  of  par- 
ticular control  to  the  other.  Both  reasons  contribute  to 
their  importance,  which  becomes  immensely  emphasized 
when,  as  in  the  peninsula  of  Florida  and  that  ot  Korea, 
they  cannot  well  be  avoided  by  a  circuitous  route.  Com- 
mercially, the  strait  is  no  less  important  to  the  United 
States.  The  city  of  New  Orleans  is  the  second  city  for 
exports  in  the  United  States,  the  fifth  for  imports.  It  has 
outlets  to  the  ocean  and  to  the  Caribbean,  both  of  which 
may  be  commanded  from  the  Straits  of  Florida ;  and  if  ac- 
cess to  the  Atlantic  can  be  had  by  rail,  though  at  loss  and 
inconvenience,  it  is  not  so  with  the  road  to  the  Isthmus." 

From  all  these  considerations,  somewhat  amplified  from 
the  brief  summary  of  them  made  in  1887,  it  appears  that 
Key  West  was  then  and  is  inalienably,  by  situation,  a  place 
of  the  utmost  importance  ;  but  that  it  also  was  then,  as  it 
is  now,  deficient  in  natural  resources  and  in  the  natural 
defensive  strength^  which,  while  most  desirable  in  any  mill- 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  875 

tary  port,  is  particularly  essential  to  one  so  exposed  by  its 
saliency. 

The  conclusions  of  1887  about  Key  West  were  stated  as 
follows : 

*^  It  is  evident  that  the  United  States,  owing  to  the  weak- 
ness of  her  base  upon  the  Gulf,  and  to  the  fact  that 
she  has  no  solid  possessions  in  the  Caribbean  Sea,  is  not 
only  at  a  great  disadvantage,  from  the  military  point  of 
view,  for  asserting  her  influence  at  the  Isthmus,  but  is  ex- 

Eosed  to  serious  direct  injury  in  the  mere  maintenance  of 
er  existing  home  interests,  dependent  as  they  are  upon 
free  access  to  the  ocean  and  the  Caribbean  through  the 
Straits  of  Florida  and  the  Yucatan  Passage. 

*^  The  remedy  for  these  evils,  if  their  existence  be  granted, 
is  a  subject  that  belongs  to  the  province  of  our  statesmen. 
Nevertheless,  while  the  applying  of  any  remedy  is  primarily 
a  political  question,  the  character  of  the  remedy  to  be 
applied,  being  intended  to  cure  military  evils,  must  be 
determined  by  military  considerations." 

That  is  to  say,  military  and  naval  men,  from  their  habit 
of  mind  and  their  acquirements,  should  be  the  most  com- 
petent advisers  to  the  statesmen  of  a  country,  to  indicate  to 
them  what  positions  are  most  profitable  to  obtain  by  the  con- 
duct of  diplomacy,  as  in  the  case  of  Heligoland,  Cyprus, 
Hong  Kong,  Hawaii,  Kiao  Chau,  and  others ;  or  as  the  result 
of  a  successful  war,  as  in  the  instances  of  Malta,  Gibraltar, 
Guantanamo,  Culebra,  and  the  Philippines.  An  accurate 
understanding  of  the  principles  upon  which  such  recom- 
mendations are  to  be  founded  can  be  reached  only  by  pre- 
vious careful  preparation,  by  previous  acquaintance  with 
historical  antecedents,  and  by  studies  such  as  that  which 
has  been  pursued  here.  It  may  be  added,  though  a  reiter- 
ation of  what  has  already  been  said,  that  a  sustained  famil- 
iarity with  the  international  relations  of  the  day,  as  well  as 
an  historical  acquaintance  with  the  political  history  of  the 
past  three  centuries,  is  essential  to  an  officer's  equipment 
for  such  duties. 


876  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

In  final  snccinct  summary,  the  general  conclusion  in 
1887  was  that  the  Gulf  base  of  the  United  States,  as  con- 
stituted at  that  time  by  the  Mississippi,  Pensacola,  and  the 
advanced  post  Key  West,  was  weak,  as  compared  with 
the  positions  held  by  other  nations  for  the  control  of  the 
Caribbean  Sea,  and  of  that  especial  point  of  vital  importance 
to  the  United  States,  the  Isthmus  of  Panama.  Further, 
it  was  intimated,  cautiously  but  clearly,  that  positions 
corresponding  to  Cuba  and  Puerto  Rico — that  is,  ports 
supporting  control  of  the  Windward  and  Mona  Passages, 
—  were  essential  to  the  establishment  of  the  positional 
advantage  needed  by  the  United  States.  Stress  was  laid 
upon  the  long  barrier  constituted  by  Cuba  and  Haiti,  if 
reinforced  by  control  of  the  passages  named ;  and,  withal, 
insistence  was  constant  upon  the  necessity  for  an  adequate 
navy,  without  which  mere  positions  are  mert  and  ineffec- 
tive tenures.  The  defensive  weakness  of  Key  West,  not- 
withstanding its  strong  offensive  situation,  was  emphasized, 
as  enforcing  the  need  of  other  positions,  and  it  was  evident 
that  whatever  might  still  be  said  in  favor  of  the  traditional 
claims  of  Pensacola  and  the  Mississippi,  their  relative  re- 
moteness placed  them  at  disadvantage  when  contrasted 
with  Jamaica  and  the  south  shore  of  Cuba.  The  Gulf 
ports  were  in  fact  substantially  as  distant  from  the  Isthmus 
as  are  Martinique  and  Santa  Lucia ;  they  were  more  shut 
off  from  the  great  ocean ;  and  the  route  from  them  to  the 
Isthmus  passed  closer  under  the  reach  of  Cuba.  The  re- 
mark may  be  interjected  here  that  the  great  advances  in 
the  size  of  battleships  can  scarcely  fail  to  affect  unfavor- 
ably Pensacola  and  the  Mississippi,  as  compared  with 
Atlantic  ports,  and  with  Guantanamo;  on  account  of 
hydrographic  diflBculties,  and  of  those  arising  from  an 
inevitable  increase  of  draught  of  water,  corresponding  to 
the  increased  dimensions.  What  may  be  the  exact  effect 
upon  the  ports  named,  exerted  by  these  changes,  I  cannot 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  877 

precisely  say;  nor  is  it  necessary  here  to  do  more  than 
direct  attention  to  the  subject,  and  to  suggest  a  careful 
comparison  between  them  and  Guantanamo  in  the  particu- 
lar matter  mentioned,  and  as  to  suitability  for  docks* 

Since  1887,  and  in  consequence  of  intervening  events, 
the  United  States  has  come  into  possession  of  ports,  the 
position  of  which  confers  the  ability  to  control  the  pas- 
sages named.  Thereby,  and  so  far,  the  great  obstacle,  or 
barrier,  constituted  by  the  prolonged  line  of  Cuba,  Haiti, 
and  Puerto  Rico,  is  in  American  hands,  requiring  only  the 
necessary  great  fleet  to  assure  control.  All  that  was  said 
about  Cuba  and  its  sphere  of  control  is  realized  to  the 
United  States,  except  the  actual  use  of  the  island  itself, 
of  its  resources,  and  especially  of  its  railroads.  The  con- 
trol predicated  of  the  Mona  Passage  by  the  occupation  of 
Samana  Bay  is  more  than  realized,  and  further  extended, 
by  the  possession  of  Culebra.  So  far  as  position  goes,  the 
influence  of  Cuba,  as  before  analyzed,  is  now  in  the  hands 
of  the  United  States ;  and  under  these  circumstances  Key 
West  may  be  regarded  as  the  equivalent  of  Havana  for 
control  of  the  Straits  of  Florida.  This  is  the  more  true 
in  view  of  the  intervening  development  of  communications 
of  Key  West,  actual  and  prospective,  and  of  the  artificial 
resources  of  the  island.  These  will  be  found  stated  at 
length  in  an  article  contributed  to  the  Naval  Institute 
Proceedings,  June,  1908,  by  Commodore  Beehler,^  whose 
knowledge  of  the  conditions  then  was  personal  and  close. 
The  question  of  fortification,  and  of  exposure,  owing  to 
the  open  character  of  the  anchorage,  which  affords  no 
cover  of  intervening  land,  nor  height  for  batteries,  has 
not  yet  been  fully  met  and  resolved. 

Contributory  to  the  formulation  of  a  general  scheme  of 
fortification  in  the  Caribbean  and  Gulf,  behind  which  can  be 

I  Commodore  Beehler  hM  lince  oontribnted  a  further  discnsfion  of  the 
Ttliie  of  Key  Weit  to  the  MUUary  ItutUute  Journal, 


878  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

sheltered  a  local  accumulation  of  resources, — in  particular, 
several  docks,  the  very  most  important  of  the  resources  of 
a  fleet  in  time  of  war — it  becomes  essential  to  consider 
and  to  decide  which  of  the  two  ports,  Guantanamo  or  Key 
West,  is  the  better  fitted,  bj  position,  strength,  and  re- 
sources, to  serve  as  the  pivot  upon  which  should  hinge  the 
operations  of  a  United  States  fleet  in  a  war,  the  motive  of 
which  is  the  control  of  the  Caribbean  in  order  thereby  to 
retain  control  of  the  Isthmus.  Adequate  preparation  of 
this  character  tends  to  avert  war. 

All  such  questions  are  complicated  by  conflicting  condi- 
tions, some  of  which  induce  preference  to  one  port,  some 
to  the  other.  Primarily,  Key  West  is  on  United  States 
ground ;  and  when  the  raiboad;  is  completed  it  will  have 
communication  with  the  heart  of  the  country  by  land,  as 
well  as  by  sea.  I  infer  from  Beehler's  article  that  the  dan- 
ger of  sea  raids  against  the  railroad  may  be  obviated  by 
small  vessels  acting  among  the  network  of  shoals  which 
skirt  it,  the  navigation  of  which  will  be  more  certain  by  far 
to  the  defender  than  to  the  offense.  Guantanamo,  on  the 
contrary,  like  Gibraltar,  is  separated  by  long  water  distance 
from  the  United  States ;  therefore,  again  like  Gibraltar,  it 
must  depend  upon  large  accumulated  resources  for  power 
to  hold  out,  and  ultimately  upon  sea  communications,  se- 
cured at  least  from  time  to  time  by  big  convoys;  for  no 
resources  are  inexhaustible,  if  not  renewed. 

Yet,  on  the  other  hand,  no  English  home  station  has  ever 
compared  with  Gibraltar  for  control  of  its  special  sphere  — 
the  Mediterranean.  The  historical  course  pursued  here  has 
told  us  that  without  permanent  positions  in  the  Mediter- 
ranean the  British  nav}'  found  it  impossible  to  remain  ef- 
fectively on  the  scene.  Hence  the  seizure  of  Gibraltar; 
and,  in  the  same  war,  of  Minorca.  At  a  later  date  Malta 
was  taken;  because,  as  Nelson  said  long  before  the  Suez 
Canal  was  designed,  ^^  Malta  is  important  to  the  control  of 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  879 

India."  In  the  old  great  wars,  the  British  Mediterranean 
fleet  depended  for  immediate  efficiency  on  resources  accu- 
mulated locally,  in  positions  secured  for  that  purpose.  It 
had  to  hinge  its  operations  on  local  bases,  to  which  the  home 
country  simply  contributed  a  stream  of  supplies  and  re- 
sources. 

Local  operations  must  have  local  centers ;  and  to  deter- 
mine a  question  such  as  that  between  Guantanamo  and 
Key  West  it  becomes  necessary  to  determine  the  scene  and 
character  of  operations  most  conducive  to  the  end  in  view; 
most  suitable  for  defense  and  for  offense.  If  defensive  and 
offensive  values  do  not  coincide,  the  preference  goes  to  of- 
fensive use.  Finally,  such  a  question  involves  not  merely 
the  respective  individual  fitness  of  the  two  ports  considered, 
— here  Key  West  and  Guantanamo,  —  but  their  relations 
of  service  one  to  the  other.  Does  one  defend  the  other  and 
its  specific  field  of  influence  to  a  greater  extent  than  it  re- 
ceives such  defense  in  turn  ?  Does  one,  while  thus  defend- 
ing, give  also  better  opportunities  for  offensive  action,  itself 
the  best  method  of  defense  ? 

In  a  war  involving  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  Carib- 
bean Sea,  the  United  States  will  have  its  defensive  side 
clearly  outlined  by  the  commercial  necessity  of  controlling 
the  Stmts  of  Florida  as  the  outlet  —  and  inlet  —  of  the 
Mississippi  Valley.  The  offensive  side  of  the  war  will  be 
the  control  of  the  Isthmus.  True,  present  occupation 
there  gives  now  a  defensive  aspect  to  such  control  of  the 
Isthmus ;  but  nevertheless,  as  the  supreme  center  of  effort, 
much  surpassing  that  at  the  Straits  of  Florida,  the  Isthmus 
represents  the  offensive  side.  The  superior  power  of  Guan- 
tanamo for  effect  at  the  Isthmus  is  therefore  offensive 
power,  and  in  so  far  the  more  valuable.  Further,  as  a 
mere  question  of  defense  for  the  Gulf  and  its  approaches, 
Guantanamo  represents,  and  is  the  center  of,  an  advanced 
line  of  operations,  constituted  by  Cuba,  Haiti,  and  Puerto 


880  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

Rico;  the  two  wings  of  which  line  are  Key  West  and 
Culebra.  Such  a  line,  adequately  held  by  a  fleet,  will,  as 
we  have  seen  in  other  historical  instances,  cover  all  in  its 
rear,  including  Key  West  and  the  entire  Gulf,  from  moles- 
tation except  by  raids.  The  possibility  of  raids  can  never 
be  wholly  eliminated ;  and  moreover,  although  they  may 
be  harassing,  they  are  rarely,  if  ever,  vitally  injurious.  A 
conspicuous  instance  of  a  successful  raid  was  the  capture 
by  tlie  British  admiral  Kempenfelt,  in  December,  1781,  of 
a  dozen  French  transports  proceeding  to  the  West  Indies 
under  convoy.  Large  as  this  success  was,  it  did  not  pre- 
vent the  sailing  of  the  expedition  against  Jamaica,  in  April, 
1782,  the  wants  of  which  the  captured  vessels  were  in  part 
to  supply.  The  failure  of  the  expedition  was  due,  not  to 
the  raid,  but  to  Rodney's  victoiy  over  the  French  battle 
fleet 

Offense,  against  the  Isthmus,  and  defense,  of  the  Gulf, 
meet  at  Guantanamo.  Guantanamo,  in  fact,  represents 
effectively  Cuba,  in  the  discussion  through  which  we  have 
just  passed;  though  the  possession  of  a  single  port  is  of 
course  less  effectual  than  would  be  that  of  the  whole  island. 
Conversely,  Jamaica  holds  over  Guantanamo  the  control 
which,  as  has  been  pointed  out,  it  holds  over  the  whole 
island  of  Cuba  in  respect  to  the  Isthmus.  Jamaica  flanks 
all  lines  of  communications.  But  it  flanks  equally  those 
of  Key  West  to  the  same  point,  for  they  must  follow  the 
same  routes  as  those  from  Cuban  ports.  Key  West  in  this 
has  no  advantage  over  Guantanamo;  while  Guantanamo 
has  the  very  great  advantage  that  a  battle  fleet  there  has  its 
grip  upon  every  line  from  any  part  of  the  world  to  Jamaica. 
In  the  early  lectures  it  was  shown  that,  on  the  supposition 
of  equal  forces,  Santiago  paralyzed  Jamaica.  Under  the 
changed  conditions  of  to-day  we  have  simply  to  substitute 
Guantanamo  for  Santiago,  as  regards  position.  As  regards 
strength  and  resources,  especially  for  provision  of  docks, 


APPLICATION  OF  PRINCIPLES  881 

there  appears  to  me  distinct  advantage  at  Ouantanamo  for 
defensive  works.  In  both  places  resources  must  be  a  mat- 
ter of  prevision  and  accumulation. 

The  effect  of  the  changes  of  the  past  twenty  years, 
wrought  by  war  and  by  diplomacy,  has  thus  been  to  confer 
upon  the  United  States  the  opportunity  to  control  the  line 
which  the  studies  of  the  earlier  period  had  shown  most 

effectual  for  military  and  naval  action  in  the  Caribbean  Sea. 

< 

The  series  of  papers  of  which  this  is  the  last  has  been 
written  under  a  conviction  that  steam,  while  it  has  given 
increased  certainty  and  quickness  of  movement  to  fleets, 
has  also  imposed  upon  them  such  fetters,  by  the  need  of  re- 
newing their  fuel,  that  naval  enterprises  can  no  longer  have 
the  daring,  far-reaching  sweep  that  they  once  had,  but  must 
submit  to  rules  and  conditions  that  armies  have  long  borne. 
Invasions  by  land  can  be  only  gradual;  a  certain  distance 
gained,  dependiug  upon  veiy  varying  circumstances,  must 
be  made  good  before  a  new  step  is  taken,  and  the  whole 
line  of  advance  must  be  bound  together  in  successive  links. 
It  has  not  always  been  so  at  sea.  Very  long  and  distant 
operations  could  be  undertaken  by  the  derided  sailing  ship, 
because  sure  that  there  was  no  article  of  absolute  necessity 
which  it  could  not  find  wherever  it  went.  The  occasional 
embarrassments  of  food  and  water  were  met  by  the  accommo- 
dating  human  body  submitting  to  half  rations.  With  coal, 
communications  have  come;  and  communications  mean 
that,  link  by  link,  even  if  the  links  be  long,  the  expedition- 
ary force  must  be  bound  to  the  home  country  as  a  base. 

The  Caribbean  Sea  and  the  Isthmus  of  Panama  furnish 
the  student  of  naval  strategy  with  a  very  marked  illustra- 
tion of  the  necessity  of  such  cohesion  and  mutual  support 
between  military  positions  assumed;  as  well  as  between 
those  positions  and  the  army  in  the  field,  —  that  is,  the  navy. 
It  affords  therefore  a  subject  of  the  first  importance  for 


882  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

such  a  student  to  master,  and  that  in  fuller  detail  than 
is  expedient  for  a  series  of  lectures,  the  object  of  which 
should  be  to  suggest  lines  of  thought,  rather  than  to  at- 
tempt exhaustive  treatment.  For  an  American  naval  o£S- 
cer,  the  intimate  relation  of  the  Isthmus  and  its  coming 
canal  to  the  mutual  support  of  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific 
coasts  renders  the  subject  doubly  interesting.  This  inter- 
est is  yet  farther  increased  by  the  consideration  that  the 
general  international  importlce  to  commerce  of  such  a 
point  as  the  Canal  can  scarcely  fail  to  make  the  conditions 
of  its  tenure  and  use  a  source  of  international  difference 
and  negotiation,  which  often  are  war  under  another  form ; 
that  is,  the  solution  depends  upon  military  power,  even 
though  held  in  the  background.  There  are  questions  other 
than  commercial  dependent  upon  the  tenure  of  the  Isthmus, 
of  which  I  will  not  here  speak  explicitly.  To  appreciate 
them  fully  there  must  be  constant  readinir  and  reflection 
upon  the  pneral  topics  of  the  day. 

One  thing  is  sure :  in  the  Caribbean  Sea  is  the  strategic 
key  to  the  two  great  oceans,  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific,  our 
own  chief  maritime  frontiers. 


UCATAU^  ^ 

HOMAS 


o 


«• 


C 


CHAPTER  Xm 

DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE  WAR 

THE  War  between  Japan  and  Russia  is  still  of 
such  recent  date  that  the  principal  events,  as 
well  naval  as  military,  and  the  discussions  to 
which  these  events  give  rise,  may  be  assumed 
to  be  vividly  present  to  the  minds  of  a  naval  audience. 
There  may  seem,  therefore,  a  ceitain  presumption  in  under- 
taking to  deal  with  them  afresh,  so  soon,  and  in  view  of 
the  many  who  have  ti'eated  them.  It  would  appear  that 
from  so  many  points  of  view  there  would  have  been  thrown 
upon  the  subject  all  the  light,  and  have  been  revealed  all 
the  aspects,  in  which  it  can  be  considered. 

The  subject,  however,  is  of  such  marked  value  to  the 
development  of  a  treatment  of  Naval  Strategy  that  I  feel 
compelled  not  merely  to  use  it  as  illustrative,  casually,  as 
occasion  arises,  but  to  undertake  also  a  somewhat  formal 
narrative  and  commentary;  stating  principles  involved; 
and  eliciting,  as  fully  as  I  can,  the  lessons  which  the 
history  of  this  contest  conveys  to  us.  It  of  course  has  to 
me  personally  the  particular  interest  of  illustration  subse- 
quent in  date  to  the  course  of  lectures  on  Naval  Strategy, 
the  revision  of  which  is  the  object  of  my  present  duty  with 
the  College.  By  illustration  I  mean  not  merely  confirma- 
tion of  the  ideas  put  forth  in  those  earlier  lectures,  but 
also  the  correction  of  them,  where  &ulty  or  defective. 

I  have  been  led,  on  an  occasion  not  immediately  con- 
nected with  Naval  Strategy,  to  observe  that  errors  and 
defects  are  more  obviously  illustrative  of  principles  than 
successes  are.  It  is  from  the  records  of  the  beaten  side  that 


884  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

we  are  most  surely  able  to  draw  instmctioii.  This  iis  partly 
due  to  the  fact  that  the  general  or  admiral  who  is  worsted 
has  to  justify  himself  to  his  people,  perhaps  also  to  his  Gov- 
emment  The  naval  practice  of  court-martialling  a  de- 
feated captain  or  admiial  has  been  most  productive  of  the 
material  which  histoiy,  and  the  art  of  war,  both  require  for 
their  treatment  Even  failing  a  court-martial,  defeat  cries 
aloud  for  explanation ;  whereas  success,  like  charity,  covers 
a  multitude  of  sins.  To  this  day  Marengo  is  the  victory  o! 
Napoleon,  not  of  Desaix ;  and  the  hazardous  stretching  of 
the  French  line  which  caused  the  first  defeat  is  by  most  for- 
gotten in  the  ultimate  triumph.  The  man  who  has  failed  will 
of  his  own  motion  bring  out  all  that  extenuates  failure,  or 
relieves  him  from  the  imputation  of  it  The  victor  is  asked 
few  questions ;  and  if  conscious  of  mistakes  he  need  not  re- 
veal them.  More  can  be  found  to  criticize  Kuropatkin  and 
Rozhestvensky  than  to  recognize  either  their  difficulties  or 
their  merits.  Probably  few,  even  in  this  naval  audience, 
knew,  or  have  noted,  that  on  the  day  preceding  that  on 
which  two  Japanese  battleships,  the  Hatsuse  and  Yashima, 
were  sunk  by  Russian  mines,  not  a  Japanese  scout  was  in 
sight,  to  notice  the  Russian  vessel  engaged  in  the  work 
which  i-esulted  so  disastrously  to  its  foes.  On  that  day, 
during  that  operation,  no  Japanese  vessel  was  visible  to  the 
lookouts  at  Port  Arthur. 

For  the  reasons  advanced,  I  turn  at  first,  and  more  par- 
ticularly, to  the  Russian  naval  action  for  illustration  of 
principles,  whether  shown  in  right  or  wrong  conduct ;  and 
here  I  first  name  two  such  principles,  or  formulation  of 
maxims,  as  having  been  fundamental,  and  in  my  judgment 
fundamentally  erroneous,  in  the  Russian  practice.  These 
are  mental  conceptions,  the  first  of  which  has  been  explic- 
itly stated  as  controlling  Russian  plans,  and  influencing 
Russian  military  ideas;  while  the  second  may  be  de- 
duced, inferentially,  as  exercising  much  effect.     The  first. 


DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RUSSO^APANESE   WAR      886 

under  the  tide  of  **  Fortress  Fleet,"  is  distioctly  Russian ; 
realized^  that  is,  in  Russian  theoiy  and  practice,  though  not 
without  representation  in  the  military  thought  of  other 
countries.  The  second  is  the  well  known  *^  Fleet  in 
Being;  '*  a  conception  distinctly  English  in  statement  and 
in  origin,  although,  like  the  first,  it  finds  reflection  in  naval 
circles  elsewhere.  I  shall  not  at  this  point  define  this  con- 
ception ^  Fleet  in  Being."  I  shall  attempt  to  do  so  later, 
by  marking  its  extreme  expression ;  but  to  do  more  will 
require  more  space  than  is  expedient  to  give  here,  be- 
cause full  definition  would  demand  the  putting  forward 
of  various  shades  of  significance,  quite  wide  in  their  di- 
vergence, which  are  attributed  to  the  expression  —  '*  Fleet 
in  Being ''  —  by  those  who  range  themselves  as  advocates 
of  the  theory  embraced  in  the  phrase. 

It  is,  however,  apt  here  to  remark  that,  in  extreme  for- 
mulation, the  two  theories,  or  principles,  summed  up  in 
the  phrases,  **  Fortress  Fleet  '*  and  **  Fleet  in  Being,'*  are 
the  antipodes  of  each  other.  They  represent  naval,  or  mil- 
itary, thought  polarized,  so  to  say.  The  one  lays  all  stress 
on  the  fortress,  making  the  fleet  so  £ar  subsidiary  as  to  have 
no  reason  for  existence  save  to  help  the  fortress.  The 
other  discards  the  fortress  altogether,  unless  possibly  as  a 
momentary  refuge  for  the  vessels  of  the  fleet  while  coaling, 
repairing,  or  refreshing.  The  one  throws  national  defense 
for  the  coast  lines  upon  fortifications  only ;  the  other  relies 
upon  the  fleet  alone  for  actual  defense.  In  each  case, 
co(Jperation  between  the  two  arms,  fleet  and  coast-works, 
is  characterized  by  a  supremacy  of  one  or  the  other,  so 
marked  as  to  be  exclusive.  Coordination  of  the  two, 
which  I  conceive  to  be  the ,  proper  solution,  can  scarcely 
be  said  to  exist.  The  relation  is  that  of  subjection,  rather 
than  of  cot^rdination. 

Before  proceeding  to  discussion  of  the  effect  shown  upon 
Russian  action  by  these  two  principles,  and  the  consequent 


886  I^AVAL   STRATEGY 

results  upon  the  Russian  fortune  of  war,  let  me  submit  to 
you  one  consideration,  which  has  in  my  eyes  the  merit  of 
being  applicable  to  opposing  realities  in  all  decisions  of  life. 

In  the  case  of  oppositions  such  as  that  before  us,  truth, 
a  correct  decision,  is  not  to  be  found  by  seeking  at  once  a 
middle  course ;  what  we  call  a  compromise.  TruCh  —  that 
is,  a  right  conclusion,  or  solution  —  is  most  surely  to  be 
reached  by  grasping  both  the  ideas,  which  underlie  the 
opposing  statements ;  grasping  them,  I  mean,  in  their  full 
force,  even  in  their  extreme  force  and  impression,  such  as 
the  two  expressions  convey.  When  that  impi-ession  shall 
have  been  fully  produced  in  your  mind,  you  can  then  pro- 
ceed to  give  each  element  —  coast  fortress  and  fleet — its 
due  weight,  its  due  consideration,  in  the  national  scheme  of 
military  and  naval  policy.  Undoubtedly,  the  result  will 
not  be,  should  not  be,  the  exclusive  acceptance  of  either,  as 
professed  by  the  two  schools  of  thought  The  conclusion 
reached  will  undoubtedly  be  somewhere  between  them  — 
not  necessarily  midway  between ;  and,  because  thus  be- 
tween, some  may  insist  that,  by  the  course  which  I  sug- 
gest, you  have  after  all  only  reached  a  "  compromise."  I 
prefer  to  call  it  an  "  adjustment,"  a  word  the  meaning  of 
which  differs  from  compromise  in  the  syllable  "  just,"  — 
exact  —  the  French  juste.  Such  justness,  precision,  in 
allotting  due  weight  to  opposing  factors,  can  be  attained 
only  by  the  mental  processes  which  first  of  all  feel  the  fuU 
weight  of  both,  and  which  consequently,  in  apportioning 
consideration  to  one,  is  constantly  and  adequately  sensible 
of  the  importance  of  the  other.  He  who  starts  to  compro- 
mise, without  such  previous  care  to  be  mastered  by  both 
considerations,  will  invariably,  despite  himself,  begin  with 
a  prepossession  ;  with  a  bias  towards  one  which  will  not  be 
properly  checked  by  continuous  recollection  of  the  other. 

Compromise  and  Adjustment  both  have  to  take  account 
of  the  same  conditions;  but  they  start  from  different  points 


DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE  WAR      887 

of  vieT^y  and  are  characterized  by  essentially  different  spir- 
its. They  represent  opposing  conceptions;  the  dictionary 
does  not  give  compromise  among  the  synonyms  of  adjust. 
The  mark  of  compromise  is  not  concentration,  but  conces- 
sion; and  concession  in  practice  means  diffusion  among 
several  objects,  not  coordination  of  them  all  upon  a  central 
idea,  which  is  true  concentration.  The  purpose  of  compro- 
mise is  net  to  yields  decmveltfy  any  one  of  several  desirable 
things,  which  yet  are  not  perfectly  reconcilable.  It  intends 
to  embrace  them  all,  not  under  a  unified  conception,  but 
in  a  composite  concrete  result ;  such  a  result  as  a  finished 
ship  of  war,  or  the  active  conduct  of  a  campaign.  It  effects 
this  result  by  conceding  all  round. 

To  the  production  of  a  ship  of  war,  or  to  the  direction  of 
a  campaign,  when  in  operation,  there  is  an  antecedent  intel- 
lectual process,  to  which  is  applied  the  generic  term,  con- 
ception. In  a  ship  this  is  called  specifically  the  design  ;  in 
a  campaign,  the  plan.  This  design,  or  plan,  must  take 
note  of  all  these  desirable,  yet  irreconcilable,  qualities ; 
but,  to  do  so  effectively,  it  must  start  with  the  recognition 
that  it  is  not  possible  to  have  them  all,  that  one  must  be 
selected  as  predominant,  the  others  frankly  and  fuUy  sub- 
ordinated.  This  mental  attitude  Napoleon  styled  ^'  Exclu- 
siveness  of  Purpose ; ''  and,  in  adopting  his  assertion  of  it 
as  essential,  I  note  that  it  is  the  opposite  of  Compromise, 
and  therefore  suggest  that,  in  place  of  the  usual  word 
*'  Compromise,"  "  Adjustment "  would  be  an  improvement 
in  our  naval  vocabulary.  When  the  extremely  difficult  at- 
titude of  mind  which  Napoleon  thus  commended,  and  so 
remarkably  exemplified,  has  been  attained,  when  a  man  is 
really  determined  that  one  of  several  qualities  in  a  ship,  or 
one  of  several  lines  of  action  in  a  campaign,  is  to  yield 
nothing  that  is  not  absolutely  necessary  to  yield,  while  all 
the  others  are  to  yield  everything  they  can  safely  be  made 
to  yield,  the  ensuing  design,  or  plan,  may  indeed  show  mis- 


888  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

takes,  but  it  develops  under  the  most  &yorable  conditions. 
Exolusiveness  of  purpose,  and  that  which  we  call  compro- 
mise, are  frames  of  mind,  and  of  character ;  they  represent 
mental  and  moral  conditions  which,  whether  natural  or 
acquired,  are  bound  to  show  themselves  in  action,  as  surely 
as  a  man^s  natural  disposition  and  capacities  show  them- 
selves in  his  daily  life.  Fortress  Fleet  and  Fleet  in  Being 
are  not  merely  mental  conceptions ;  they  are  moral  charac- 
teristics which  will  pervade  action. 

Exclusi>-eness  of  purpose,  I  i^prehend,  recognizes  &om 
first  to  last  that  opposites  art  opposites,  and  that  therefore, 
however  much  a  man  may  wish  both,  he  cannot  have  both 
effectively  by  conceding  something  to  each,  parting  with 
something  of  each;  for  thus  he  effectually  gets  neither. 
In  strategy  a  x^xy  familiar  instance  is  the  defense  of  a 
mountain  frontier  with  several  passes,  or  of  a  river  with 
s^vend  foids.^  The  enem  v  mav  attack  bv  an  v  one ;  it  is 
desiiable  to  defend  aU.  The  foix^e  for  defense  is  limityid, 
fixed^  a  constant  qxumtity«  as  is  the  number  of  passes  or 
foTxls ;  the  constant  fonc^  coiresponding  herein  to  the  dis- 
jxvyiblc  tonniu:<»  of  a  s^ijx  aiki  the  nuroher  of  psi^ses  to  the 
«*Tcr(d  qualitic?i  lirt^ircd  in  her.  —  a#  off  ens:  ve  iKwer,  deien- 
;M\t^  jvwipT.  sjyyyi,  Oi>al  c:"Kir.raj>i?!e.  In  the  defense  of  a  fron- 
tier  there  h^ive  been  iwv^  svst^ms^  One  \^1^.  stalled  iJie 
,v^.iVi5  svjiur.^..  ST^rwki  aiv-^nc  ii>e  line  :o  be  drfenievL  'wtis 
\:r.xi '.?.;ni:  to  joAve  any  pas?  '.inprr:e:ted.  c-onseq-jenilr  di- 
'x idixi  :he  c>er.  :orv>e iiniCini:  all  T'r.it  is  crmrrwt^iif^e.  All 
.■v^v.no:  be  «dt"*cniiU>  de.:ended.  <.:  >--ZjeLLinr  is  :•:•n^£Of^i 
to  wj.r.,  vM.r.  ;7.v:»:ves  fl-.Tninif^Lmr  ;.^:  rr:-  ?*::.  ^  risi 
wo/.jd  bf  rwi.'.T  iidf^coAt^:  Kni  nr-ne  iS  efrjuvelv  r^r^- 
t^:r<vi,  n:.T  ;Ar.  :he   ■•Irien^  Tn:ve  reai-lv  :•:  iis  suTur.rL. 

•  •  •  • 


1 


DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE  WAR      889 

wise,  in  such  position,  that  the  whole  can  move  rapidly  to 
any  one  pass  or  ford  when  threatened.  (2)  It  is  evident, 
however,  that  such  exdusiveness  of  purpose,  shown  in 
constituting  one  predominant  centitd  force,  is  not  only 
compatible  with,  but  demands,  the  means  whereby  that 
force  can  reach  the  point  ultimately  threatened  most  quickly, 
and  with  the  best  chances  in  its  &vor  when  it  does  arrive. 
This  subordinate  disposition  I  have  ventured  to  call  adjust- 
ment, rather  than  compromise.  It  is  not  compromise, 
because  it  does  not  for  one  moment  yield  anything  of  the 
idea  of  the  central  concentrated  force.  On  that  it  is  un- 
compromising. All  its  other  arrangements  are  made  with 
a  clear  view  to  strengthen  that  force,  by  increasing  its 
mobility,  and  its  advantage  when  it  does  arrive.  For  in- 
stance, that  the  several  passes  should  be  picketed  so  as  to 
give  the  earliest  warning  of  the  enemy's  approach,  is  evi- 
dent. It  is  evident  also  that  if  there  be  in  any  pass  a  posi- 
tion where  the  gpx)und  affords  greatly  increased  power  of 
resistance  —  which  power  is  equivalent  to  an  increase  of 
numbers  to  the  defenders  —  it  is  desirable  that  the  cen- 
tral  force  on  arrival  should  find  that  position  in  its  own 
controL  To  allot  to  the  pass  sufficient  force  for  these  pur- 
poses is  entirely  consistent  with  the  one  single  exclusive 
purpose  embodied  in  the  constitution  of  that  central  force. 
The  whole  process  of  such  an  adjustment  is  dictated  by  a 
single  exact  thought,  and  so  is  essentially  a  combination. 

The  word  ^*  combination  "  suggests  a  thought  and  a  warn- 
ing, in  which  perhaps  you  may  see  the  fad  of  a  writer.  In 
studying  warfare,  as  in  every  other  subject,  do  not  despise 
words,  nor  be  indifferent  to  the  precision  and  fullness  of 
their  meaning.  I  dare  say  this  talk  about  Compromise  and 
Adjustment  may  have  seemed  twaddle  or  hairsplitting; 
but  be  sure  that  a  man  who  thinks  clearly  will  very  soon 
want  to  speak  clearly,  and  to  have  accurate  words  in  which 
to  express  his  thoughts.    So  to  wish  is  mere  commonplace 


890  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

piactical.  If  words  are  capable  of  two  meanings,  the 
hearer  may  get  the  wrong  one  of  the  two.  Remember 
then  that  combination  does  not  mean  merely  putting  two  or 
more  things  together,  be  those  things  qualities  or  actions. 
Combination  means  putting  things  so  together  that  they  no 
longer  mean  two  things,  —  that  is,  a  composite  effect,  — 
but  one  thing,  a  single  effect.  The  difference  is  somewhat 
like  that  between  gunpowder  and  nitroglycerine;  a  me- 
chanical mixture  and  a  chemical  combination;  and  there 
results  a  like  disparity  of  power.  A  force  divided  more  or 
less  equally  among  several  passes  is  not  a  combination,  for 
there  is  no  oneness  of  effort  The  same  force  stationed 
centrally,  with  minor  divisions  in  the  several  passes  as  de- 
scribed, is  a  combination  —  one  harmonious  whole;  one, 
not  in  their  being  only  one  part,  but  that  the  several  parts 
are  so  related,  and  so  subordinated  to  a  single  head,  that 
they  are  practically  and  essentially  one,  possessing  the 
unity  of  an  organism. 

It  is  worthy  of  your  consideration  whether  the  word 
compromise  does  not  really  convey  to  your  minds  an  im- 
pression that,  when  you  come  to  design  a  ship  of  war,  you 
must  be  prepared  to  concede  something  on  every  quality,  in 
order  that  each  of  the  others  may  have  its  share.  Gi-anting, 
and  I  am  not  prepared  to  deny,  that  in  effect  each  several 
quality  must  yield  something,  if  only  in  order  that  its  own 
effectiveness  be  insured,  as  in  the  case  of  the  central  de- 
fense force  just  cited,  is  it  of  no  consequence  that  you  ap- 
proach the  problem  in  the  spirit  of  him  who  divided  his 
force  among  several  passes,  rather  than  of  him  who  recog- 
nizes a  central  conception  to  which  all  else  is  to  minister? 
Take  the  armored  cruiser ;  a  fad,  I  admit,  with  myself.  She 
is  armored,  and  she  is  a  cruiser;  and  what  have  you  got? 
A  ship  to  "  lie  in  the  line  "  ?  as  our  ancestors  used  to  say. 
No,  and  Yes ;  that  is  to  say,  she  may  on  a  pinch,  and  at  a 
risk  which  exceed  her  powers.    A  cruiser  ?    Yes,  and  No ; 


DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE   WAR      891 

for,  in  order  to  give  her  armor  and  armament  which  do  not  fit 
her  for  the  line,  you  have  given  tonnage  beyond  what  is 
needed  for  the  speed  and  coal  endurance  proper  to  a 
cruiser.  By  giving  this  tonnage  to  armor  and  armament 
you  have  taken  it  from  other  uses ;  either  from  increasing 
her  own  speed  and  endurance,  or  from  providing  an  addi- 
tional  cruiser.  Tou  have  in  her  more  cruiser  than  you 
ought  to  have,  and  less  armored  vessel ;  or  else  less  cruiser 
and  more  armored  ship.  I  do  n^ot  call  this  a  combination, 
though  it  is  undoubtedly  a  compromise.  Tou  have  put 
two  things  together,  but  they  remain  two,  have  not  be- 
come one ;  and,  considering  the  tonnage,  you  have  neither 
as  much  armored  ship,  nor  as  much  cruiser,  as  you  ought 
to  have.  I  do  not  say  you  have  a  useless  ship.  I  do  say 
you  have  not  as  useful  a  ship  as,  for  the  tonnage,  you  ought 
to  have.  Whether  this  opinion  of  one  man  is  right  or 
wrong,  however,  is  a  very  small  matter  compared  with  the 
desirability  of  officers  generally  considering  these  subjects 
on  proper  lines  of  thought,  and  with  proper  instruments  of 
expression;  that  is,  with  correct  principles  and  correct 
phraseology. 

As  an  illustration  of  what  I  am  here  saying,  the  two  ex- 
pressions, ^*  Fortress  Fleet ''  and  '^  Fleet  in  Being,"'  them- 
selves give  proof  in  tlieir  ultimate  effect  upon  Russian 
practice  and  principle.  Fortress  Fleet  was  a  dominant 
conception  in  Russian  military  and  naval  thought.  I  quote 
with  some  reserve,  because  from  a  daily  newspaper,^  but  as 
probably  accurate,  and  certainly  characteristic  of  Russian 
theory,  the  following:  ^  Before  his  departure  from  Bizerta 
for  the  Suez  Canal,  Admiral  Wirenius,  in  command  of  the 
Russian  squadron,  remarked  that  the  Russian  plan  was  to 
make  Port  Arthur  and  Vladivostok  the  two  most  impor- 
tant arsenals  in  the  empire,  each  having  a  fleet  of  corre- 

1  The  Kobe  Chnmiele,  Pebmaiy  25,  1904 ;  an  Engliah  newspaper  pnb- 
liBhed  in  Japan. 


■^^>_ 


892  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

sponding  strength,''  —  corresponding,  that  is,  to  the  fortress 
—  ^  depending  upon  it  as  upon  a  base."  The  distribution 
would  be  a  division  in  the  face  of  the  probable  enemy, 
Japan,  centrally  situated,  because  the  design  has  reference 
primarily  to  the  fortress,  not  to  naval  efficiency.  The  con- 
ception is  not  wholly  erroneous ;  if  it  were,  the  error  would 
have  been  detected.  It  has  an  element  of  truth,  and  therein 
lies  its  greatest  danger;  the  danger  of  half  or  quarter 
truths.  A  fleet  can  contribute  to  the  welfare  of  coast 
fortresses ;  especially  when  the  fortress  is  in  a  foreign  pos- 
session of  the  nation.  On  the  other  hand,  the  Fleet-in- 
Being  theory  has  also  an  element  of  truth,  a  very  consid- 
erable element ;  and  it  has  been  before  the  naval  public, 
explicitly,  for  so  long  a  time  that  it  is  impossible  it  was  not 
known  in  Russia.  It  was  known  and  was  appreciated.  It 
had  a  strong  following.  The  Russian  Naval  (General  Staff 
clamored  for  command  of  the  sea ;  but  in  influence  upon 
the  Government,  the  responsible  director  and  formulator  of 
national  policy,  it  did  not  possess  due  weight.  Not  having 
been  adequately  grasped,  —  whether  from  neglect,  or  be- 
cause the  opposite  factor  of  Fortress  Fleet  was  already  in 
possession  of  men's  minds^  —  it  was  never  able  to  secure 
expression  in  the  national  plans.  There  was  compromise, 
possibly ;  both  things,  Fleet  in  Being  and  Fortress  Fleet, 
were  attempted ;  but  there  was  not  adjustment.  The  fort- 
ress throughout  reduced  the  fleet,  as  fleet,  to  insignificance 
in  the  national  conceptions.  What  resulted  was  that  at 
Port  Arthur  the  country  got  neither  a  fortress  fleet,  for, 
except  the  guns  mounted  from  it,  the  fleet  contributed 
nothing  to  the  defense  of  the  place ;  nor  yet  a  Fleet  in 
Being,  for  it  was  never  used  as  such. 

It  is  interesting  to  observe  that  this  predominant  concep- 
tion of  a  fortress  fleet  reflects  national  temperament ;  that  is, 
national  characteristics,  national  bias.  For,  for  what  does 
Fortress  Fleet  stand  ?    For  the  defensive  idea.     For  what 


DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE  WAR      398 

does  Fleet  in  Being  stand  ?  For  the  offensive.  In  what 
kind  of  warfare  has  Russia  most  conspicuously  distinguished 
herself?  In  defensive.  She  has  had  her  Suvarof,  doubt- 
less ;  but  in  1812,  and  in  the  Crimea,  and  now  again,  in 
1904-1905,  it  is  to  the  defensive  that  she  has  inclined.  In 
virtue  of  her  territorial  bulk  and  vast  population,  she  has, 
so  to  say,  let  the  enemy  hammer  at  her,  sure  of  survival 
in  virtue  of  mass.  Militarily,  Russia  as  a  nation  is  not 
enterprising.  She  has  an  apathetic  bias  towards  the  defen- 
sive. She  has  not,  as  a  matter  of  national,  or  governmental, 
decision,  so  grasped  the  idea  of  offense,  nor,  as  a  people, 
been  so  gripped  by  that  idea,  as  to  correct  the  natural  pro- 
pensity to  defense,  and  to  give  to  defense  and  offense  their 
proper  adjustment  in  national  and  military  policy. 

In  these  two  well-known  expressions,  **  Fortress  Fleet ''  and 
*^  Fleet  in  Being,"  both  current,  and  comparatively  recent,  we 
find  ourselves  therefore  confronting  the  two  old  divisions 
of  warfare,  —  defensive  and  offensive.  We  may  expect 
these  old  friends  to  exhibit  their  well-known  qualities  and 
limitations  in  action ;  but,  having  recognized  them  under 
their  new  garb,  we  will  also  consider  them  under  it,  speak- 
ing not  directly  of  offensive  and  defensive,  but  of  Fortress 
Fleet  and  Fleet  in  Being,  and  endeavoring,  first,  to  trace 
their  influence  in  the  Russian  conduct. 

The  exceedingly  tentative  method  by  which  the  Russians 
accumulated  in  the  Far  East  the  naval  force  which  they  had 
there  at  the  opening  of  the  war,  indicates  of  itself  an  in- 
adequate conception,  and  an  inadequate  purpose,  as  to 
using  the  fleet.  We  do  not  know,  probably  the  world 
never  will  know,  the  processes  of  reasoning  which  deter- 
mined their  actions.  As  in  other  cases,  motive  must  be 
here  inferred  from  acts ;  and  the  Russian  acts,  as  well  in 
assembling  the  fleet  as  in  stationing  it,  and  in  using  it,  all 
go  to  indicate  absence  of  purpose  to  use  it  offensively,  and 
presence  of  purpose  to  devote  it  to  the  support  of  a  fortress* 


894  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

For,  if  it  was  meant  to  be  employed  offensively,  if  that 
motive  was  clearly  formulated  and  distinctly  dominant,  it 
would  have  dictated  the  assembling  of  a  force  decidedly 
superior  to  that  of  the  Japanese ;  which  Russia  was  able  to 
do,  for  she  had  the  ships.  Of  course,  the  haphazard  method, 
which  caught  two  ships  on  the  way  out,  might  have  been 
adopted  through  mere  carelessness ;  but  it  would  have  been 
much  less  likely  to  occur  had  the  purpose  been  to  act  offen- 
sively. If  the  primary  purpose  had  been  to  fight  the 
enemy's  fleet,  the  need  of  superior  force  could  not  have 
been  overlooked ;  and,  when  taken  in  connection  with  the 
subsequent  naval  conduct  throughout,  the  absence  of  offen- 
sive intention  with  the  fleet  can  jusUy  be  inferred. 

A  French  naval  officer.  Lieutenant  OUivier,  in  an  essay 
crowned  by  the  Navy  League  of  France,  which  I  have  found 
very  instructive,  remarks  justly,  "  If  the  necessity  has  been 
foreseen  of  concentrating  the  permanent  forces  in  case  of 
war,  such  concentration  should  be  effected  while  peace  still 
lasts."  This  corresponds  to  the  old  strategic  maxim  that 
concentration,  that  is,  the  stationing  the  several  bodies  in 
such  positions  as  to  make  mutual  support  certain,  should 
take  place  beyond  the  enemy's  power  to  strike  any  one  of 
them  separately.  In  other  words,  what  we  call  the  dis- 
tribution of  a  navy,  in  peace,  should  conform  to  the  most 
probable  needs,  if  war  should  arise.  This  repeats  Jomini's 
comment  on  the  elaborate  scheme  of  two  army  corps  mov- 
ing by  separate  routes,  to  unite  near  the  enemy :  "  What 
pains  to  effect  a  junction  at  last  which  might  perfectly  well 
have  been  effected  at  first,  and  continued  throughout  the 
movement."  Instead  of  this,  the  Russians  having  two 
fortresses,  under  the  influence  of  their  conception  of  a 
Fortress  Fleet,  divided  their  battle  fleet  into  two  bodies ; 
the  smaller  of  which  was  what  Jomini  calls  a  big  detach- 
ment, which  he  qualifies  as  being  at  best  —  that  is,  when  it 
must  be  made  —  an  unavoidable  evil.     Hence  arose  the  sub- 


DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE   WAR      895 

sequent  lequirement  to  unite  the  two,  resulting  in  the  twin 
disasters  of  August  10  and  14 ;  in  face  of  which  there  are 
those  who  would  divide  the  United  States  fleet  between 
the  Atlantic  and  Pacific.  This  helps  to  reinforce  the  con- 
clusion, from  the  universal  experience  of  mankind,  that 
principles  are  of  decisive  consequence  upon  conduct ;  the 
results  appearing  in  places  least  expected,  and  where  it 
requires  some  attention  to  trace  them  back  to  their  origin 
in  faulty  principles.  Incorrect  principles,  or  disregard  of 
correct  principles,  in  this  war,  caused  the  stronger  nation 
to  be  defeated  by  the  weaker.  The  inefficient  conduct  of 
the  war  proceeded  from  defective  grasp  of  principles. 

Since  these  words  were  written,  I  have  come  across  what 
seems  conclusive  evidence  that  the  necessity  for  a  fleet  in 
these  waters  was  foreseen  and  brought  to  the  attention  of 
the  Russian  Admiralty  as  early  as  1896,  nearly  two  years 
before  the  Russian  occupation  of  Port  Arthur  (on  March  27, 
1898),  In  an  article  in  the  Fortnightly  Review  for  May, 
1910,  page  819,  "  Why  Russia  went  to  war  with  Japan,*' 
vouched  as  the  account  of  a  person  behind  the  scenes  in 
Russia,  occurs  the  following: 

<^In  1896,  the  Grand  Duke  Alexander  Mikhailovitch 
presented  a  long  memorandum  setting  forth  the  urgent 
need  of  creatmg  a  powerful  navy  in  the  waters  of  the 
Pacific,  on  the  grouna  that,  unless  we  held  command  of  the 
sea,  we  could  not  hope  to  continue  in  lasting  possession  of 
the  Siberian  Railway  to  [as  far  as]  the  ocean.  In  this 
document,  it  was  pointed  out  that  in  1906  Japan's  naval 
preparations,  according  to  the  program  drawn  up,  would 
be  completed ;  that  it  was  manifest  she  was  making  ready 
to  wage  war  against  Russia,  and  that  by  1903  we  ou^ht  to 
be  in  a  condition  to  meet  every  emergency.  In  the  highest 
naval  spheres  this  expo9S  &iled  to  evoke  a  sympathetic 
response." 


896  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

political,  or  latlier  international,  literature.  This  incidental 
remark,  in  an  article  essentially  political,  not  militaiy,  shows 
a  government  completely  blind  to  the  necessity  of  creating, 
and  of  transferring  betimes  from  one  national  coast  to 
another,  a  naval  force  that  could  have  been  so  enlarged 
and  transferred.  It  not  only  throws  light  on  history,  and 
on  Russian  methods,  but  is  a  warning  to  all  military  men 
that  to  be  efficient  as  counsellors  they  must  be  familiar 
with  international  relations  as  well  as  with  militaiy 
principles. 

The  very  faulty  conception,  expressed  in  the  phrase 
^  Fortress  Fleet,"  not  only  caused  the  assembling  of  a  fleet 
characteristically  defensive  in  numbers,  but  led  to  the  sta- 
tioning of  that  fleet  in  a  faulty  position,  dictated  by  the 
idea  of  supporting  thus  a  cherished  fortress.  I  find  myself 
confronted  here  with  a  past  erroneous  conclusion  of  my 
own,  which,  however,  I  could  scarcely  have  reached  had 
I  been  in  the  Russian  counsels ;  for  I  would  not  then  have 
believed,  as  I  did,  that  Vladivostok  was  hopelessly  closed 
by  ice  during  winter,  thus  paralyzing  movement.  This  is 
not  the  case ;  the  Russian  ice-breakers  were  competent  to 
assure  free  exit.  Not  knowing  this,  and  assuming  that  the 
fleet  should  be  used  offensively,  as  I  still  do,  it  appeared  to 
me  that  Port  Arthur  was  correctly  chosen ;  for  there  it 
certainly  could  get  out,  and  if  it  also  incidentally  could 
aid  in  the  defense,  without  injury  to  its  offensive  func- 
tions, that  was  so  much  gain.  Actually,  however,  Vladi- 
vostok was  available;  and  in  its  situation,  in  its  two 
exits,  as  well  as  in  general  navigational  facilities,  it  pos- 
sessed distinct  advantages  for  a  fleet  intended  for  its  proper 
office  of  offense. 

Why  then  was  the  fleet  stationed  in  Port  Arthur? 
Because,  expecting  the  Japanese  attack  to  fall  upon  Port 
Arthur,  the  purpose  of  the  Russian  authorities  was  not  to 
use  the  fleet  offensively  against  the   enemy's  navy,  but 


DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE   WAR      897 

defensively  as  a  fortress  fleet;  defending  the  fortress  by 
defensive  action,  awaiting  attack,  not  making  it  That  is, 
the  function  of  the  fortress  was  conceived  as  defensive 
chiefly,  and  not  as  offensive.  Later,  I  hope  to  show  that 
the  purpose,  the  raUon  cTUre,  of  a  coast  fortress  is  in  itself 
offensive ;  because  it  exists  chiefly  for  the  purpose  of  shel- 
tering a  fleet,  and  keeping  it  fit  to  act  offensively.  For 
the  present,  waiving  the  point,  it  will  be  sufficient  to  note 
that  the  conception  of  the  fleet  by  the  Russians,  that  it 
should  act  only  in  defense,  led  necessarily  to  imperfect 
action  even  in  that  respect.  The  Port  Arthur  division 
virtually  never  acted  offensively,  even  locally.  An  observer 
on  the  spot  says :  *^In  the  disposition  of  their  destroyers,  the 
authorities  did  not  seem  disposed  to  give  them  a  free  hand, 
or  to  allow  them  to  take  any  chances."  And  again,  **  The 
torpedo  boats  were  never  sent  out  with  the  aim  of  attack- 
ing Japanese  ships,  or  transports.  If  out,  and  attacked, 
they  fought,  but  they  did  not  go  out  for  the  purpose  of 
attacking,  although  they  would  to  cover  an  aimy  flank.'* 
These  two  actions  define  the  rdle  indicated  by  the  expres- 
sion, **  Fortress  Fleet''  The  Japanese  expressed  surprise 
that  no  attempt  by  scouting  was  made  to  ascertain  their 
naval  base,  which  was  also  the  landing  place  of  their  army ; 
and,  although  the  sinking  of  the  two  battleships  on  May  15 
was  seen  from  Port  Arthur,  no  effort  was  made  to  improve 
such  a  moment  of  success,  and  of  demoralization  to  the 
enemy,  although  there  were  twenty-one  destroyers  at  Port 
Arthur ;  sixteen  of  which  were  under  steam  and  outside. 
So,  at  the  very  last  moment,  the  fleet  held  on  to  its  defen- 
sive rOle ;  going  out  only  when  already  damaged  by  ene- 
my's shells,  and  then  not  to  fight  but  to  fly. 

It  is  a  curious  commentary  upon  this  course  of  action, 
that,  as  far  as  any  accounts  that  have  come  under  my  eye 
show,  the  fleet  contributed  nothing  to  the  defense  of  the 
fortress  beyond  landing  guns,  and,  as  the  final  death  strug- 


898  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

gle  approached,  using  their  batteries  in  support  of  those  of 
the  fortress ;  but  the  most  extreme  theorist  would  scarcely 
advocate  such  an  end  as  the  object  of  maintaining  a  fleet. 
The  same  guns  would  be  better  emplaced  on  shore.  As 
far  as  defense  went,  the  Russian  Port  Arthur  fleet  might 
as  well  have  been  at  Cronstadt  throughout.  Indeed,  better ; 
for  then  it  would  have  accompanied  Rozhestvensky  in  con- 
centrated numbers,  and  the  whole  Russian  navy  there  as- 
sembled, in  force  far  superior,  would  have  been  a  threat 
to  the  Japanese  command  of  the  sea  much  more  effective, 
as  a  defense  to  Port  Arthur,  than  was  the  presence  of  part 
of  that  fleet  in  the  port  itself. 

The  Russian  fleet  in  the  Far  East,  assembled  as  to  the 
main  body  in  Port  Arthur,  by  its  mere  presence  under  the 
conditions  announced  that  it  was  there  to  serve  the  fortress, 
to  which  it  was  subsidiary.  Concentrated  at  Vladivostok, 
to  one  side  of  the  theater  of  war,  and  flanking  the  enemy's 
line  of  communications  to  that  which  must  be  the  chief 
scene  of  operations,  it  would  have  been  a  clear  evident  dec- 
laration that  the  fortress  was  subsidiary  to  the  ships ;  that 
its  chief  value  in  the  national  military  scheme  was  to  shelter, 
and  to  afford  repairs,  in  short,  to  maintain  in  eflBciency,  a 
body  which  meant  to  go  out  to  fight,  and  with  a  definite 
object.  The  hapless  Rozhestvensky  gave  voice  to  this  fact 
in  an  expression  which  I  have  found  attributed  to  him  be- 
fore the  fatal  battle  at  Tsushima :  that,  if  twenty  only  of 
the  numbers  under  his  command  reached  Vladivostok,  the 
Japanese  communications  would  be  seriously  endangered. 
This  is  clear  "  Fleet  in  Being  "  theory,  and  quite  undi- 
luted ;  for  it  expresses  the  extreme  view  that  the  presence 
of  a  strong  force,  even  though  inferior,  near  the  scene  of 
operations,  will  produce  a  momentous  effect  upon  the 
enemy's  action.  The  extreme  school  has  gone  so  far  as 
to  argue  that  it  will  stop  an  expedition ;  or  should  do  so, 
if  the  enemy  be  wise.     I  have  for  years  contended  against 


DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE   WAR      899 

this  view  as  unsound ;  as  shown  to  be  so  historically.  Such 
a  ^  fleet  in  being/'  inferior,  should  not  be  accepted  by  an 
enemy  as  a  sufficient  deterrent  under  ordinary  circum- 
stances. It  has  not  been  in  the  past,  and  the  Japanese 
did  not  so  accept  it  The  Russian  *^  fleet  in  being,"  in 
Port  Arthur,  did  not  stop  their  transportation;  although 
they  recognized  danger  from  it,  and  consistently  took  every 
step  in  their  power  to  neutralize  it.  Their  operations 
throughout  were  directed  consistently  to  this  end.  The 
first  partially  successful  torpedo  attack;  the  attempts  to 
block  the  harbor  by  sinking  vessels ;  the  distant  bombard- 
ments ;  the  mines  laid  outside ;  and  the  early  institution 
and  persistence  in  the  siege  operations, —  all  had  but  one 
end,  the  destruction  of  the  fleet,  in  being,  within;  but, 
for  all  that,  that  fleet  did  not  arrest  the  transport  of 
the  Japanese  army. 

These  two  simultaneous  operations,  the  transport  of 
troops  despite  the  fleet  in  being,  and  the  persevering 
effort  at  the  same  time  to  destroy  it  —  or  neutralize  it 
—  illustrate  what  I  have  called  adjustment  between  op- 
posite considerations.  The  danger  from  the  fleet  in  being 
is  recognized,  but  so  also  is  the  danger  in  delaying  the  in- 
itiation of  the  land  campaign.  The  Fleet  in  Being  School 
would  condemn  the  transportation,  so  long  as  the  Port 
Arthur  fleet  existed.  It  actually  did  so  condemn  it  The 
London  Times^  which  is,  or  then  was,  under  the  influence 
of  this  school,  published  six  weeks  before  the  war  began  a 
summary  of  the  situation,  by  naval  and  military  correspon- 
dents, in  which  appears  this  statement:  *^With  a  hostile 
fleet  behind  the  guns  at  Port  Arthur,  the  Japanese  could 
hardly  venture  to  send  troops  into  the  Yellow  Sea.''  And 
again,  four  weeks  later :  ^^  It  is  obvious  that,  until  the  Rus- 
sian ships  are  sunk,  captured,  or  shut  up  in  their  ports  with 
their  wings  effectually  clipped,  there  can  be  no  security 
for  the  sea  communications  of  an  expeditionaiy  force." 


400  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

These  are  just  as  clear  illustrations  of  the  exaggeration 
inherent  in  the  Fleet  in  Being  theory,  which  assumes  the 
deterrent  influence  of  an  offensive  threatened  by  inferior 
force,  as  the  conduct  of  the  Russian  naval  operations  was  of 
the  inefficiency  latent  in  their  theory  of  Fortress  Fleet. 

If  security  meant  the  security  of  peace,  these  "  Fleet-in- 
Being  "  statements  could  be  accepted ;  but  militaiy  security 
is  an  entirely  different  thing ;  and  we  know  that,  coinci- 
dently  with  the  first  toipedo  attack,  before  its  result  could 
be  known,  an  expeditionaiy  Japanese  force  was  sent  into 
the  Yellow  Sea  to  Chemulpo,  and  that  it  rapidly  received 
reinforcements  to  the  estimated  number  of  fifty  or  sixty 
thousand.  The  enterprise  in  Manchuria,  the  landing  of 
troops  west  of  the  mouth  of  the  Yalu,  was  delayed  for  some 
time  —  two  months,  more  or  less.  What  the  reason  of 
that  delay,  and  what  determined  the  moment  of  beginning, 
I  do  not  know ;  but  we  do  know,  not  only  that  it  was  made 
in  face  of  four  Bussian  battleships  within  Port  Arthur,  but 
that  it  continued  in  face  of  the  increase  of  their  number 
to  six  by  the  repair  of  those  damaged  in  the  first  torpedo 
attack.  As  early  as  May  31,  it  was  known  in  Tokyo  that 
the  damaged  ships  were  nearly  ready  for  the  sortie,  which 
they  actually  made  on  June  23. 

It  is  doubtless  open  to  say  that,  though  the  Japanese 
did  thus  venture,  they  ought  not  to  have  done  so.  Note 
therefore  that  the  Japanese  were  perfectly  alive  to  the 
risks  run.  From  the  first  they  were  exceedingly  care- 
ful of  their  battleships,  knowing  that  on  them  depended 
the  communications  of  their  army.  The  fact  was  noted 
early  in  the  war  by  observers  on  the  spot.  This  shows 
that  they  recognized  the  full  menace  of  all  the  conditions 
of  the  Russian  fleet  in  Port  Arthur,  also  of  the  one  in  the 
Baltic,  and  of  the  danger  to  their  communications.  Never- 
theless, though  realizing  these  various  dangers  from  the 
hostile  "  fleets  in  being,"  they  ventured. 


DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE   WAR      401 

About  the  middle  of  March,  that  is,  six  weeks  after  the 
war  began,  a  report,  partly  believed  by  the  Japanese  au- 
thorities, came  in  that  the  Port  Arthur  ships  had  escaped 
in  a  snow  storm,  on  March  11.  It  is  reported  that  all 
transportation  of  troops  stopped  for  some  ten  days.  It 
may  be  remembered  timt  in  our  war  with  Spain,  a  very 
similar  report,  from  two  different  and  competent  witnesses, 
arrested  the  movement  of  Shafter's  army  from  Key  West 
until  it  could  be  verified.  In  the  case  of  the  Japanese,  as 
in  our  own,  the  incident  illustrates  the  possible  dangers 
from  a  ^^  Fleet  in  Being/'  In  neither  report  was  there  an 
evident  impossibility.  Had  either  proved  true  the  momen- 
tary danger  to  communications  is  evident;  but  the  danger 
is  one  the  chance  of  which  has  to  be  taken.  As  Napoleon 
said.  War  cannot  be  made  without  running  risks.  The 
condition  that  an  enemy's  fleet  watched  in  port  may  get 
out,  and  may  do  damage,  is  entirely  different  from  the  fact 
that  it  has  gotten  out  The  possibility  is  not  a  sufficient 
reason  for  stopping  transportation ;  the  actual  fact  is  suffi- 
cient for  taking  particular  precautions,  adjusting  disposi- 
tions to  the  new  conditions,  as  was  done  by  ourselves  and 
by  the  Japanese  in  the  circumstances.  The  case  is  wholly 
different  if  the  enemy  has  a  fleet  equal  or  superior ;  for 
then  he  is  entirely  master  of  his  movement,  does  not  de- 
pend upon  evasion  for  keeping  the  sea,  and  communications 
in  such  case  are  in  danger,  not  merely  of  temporary  dis- 
arrangement but  of  permanent  destruction.  No  special 
warning  is  needed  to  know  this ;  the  note  of  the  ^'  Fleet  in. 
Being  "  School  is  insistence  on  the  paralyzing  effect  of  an 
ii\ferior  fleet. 

As  &r  as  my  knowledge  of  naval  history  goes  experience 
does  not  indorse  the  opinion,  which  certainly  traverses  the 
practice  of  land  warfare.  There  it  frequently  happens  that 
a  general  contents  himself  with  simply  watching  with  a 
competent  detachment  a  fortress  which  menaces  his  com- 


402  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

munications ;  and  I  believe  the  Japanese  were  fully  justi- 
fied in  their  course,  not  by  their  eventual  success,  but  by 
the  actual  conditions  they  had  before  them.  They  adjusted 
their  action  to  the  conditions ;  not  by  ignoring  the  fleet  iq 
being,  nor  yet  by  abandoning  their  invasion,  but  by  so 
watching  the  fleet  as  to  be  reasonably  secure  —  in  a  military 
sense  —  that  it  could  not  do  any  fatal  injury.  Communica- 
tions cannot  be  made  inviolable ;  nor  need  they  be,  to  be 
secure.  "  Good  partisan  troops,"  says  Jomini,  "  will  always 
trouble  communications,  even  the  most  favorably  situated ; '' 
and  the  operations  of  an  inferior  fleet  in  being,  depending 
for  effectiveness  upon  its  sudden  furtive  action,  are  merely 
those  of  a  partisan  body,  raiding. 

The  Japanese  had  one  very  unpleasant  experience  of  this 
kind.  The  Russian  Vladivostok  squadron,  which  you  will 
remember  consisted  of  only  three  armored  cruisers,  on  one 
of  its  raids  in  the  Sea  of  Japan,  captured  two  or  three  trans- 
ports, on  board  one  of  which  was  a  train  of  siege  artillery. 
The  loss  of  this  is  believed  to  have  prolonged  the  siege  of 
Port  Arthur ;  thus  protracting  for  the  Japanese  that  anxious 
period  in  which  the  Baltic  fleet  might  have  arrived,  and 
did  not.  In  the  same  way,  the  siege  of  Acre  by  Napoleon 
in  1799  was  prolonged,  and  subsequently  failed,  by  exactly 
the  same  occurrence,  the  capture  of  the  whole  siege  train 
by  a  British  cruiser ;  the  siege  therefore  having  to  be  con- 
ducted with  field  pieces.  It  can  hardly  be  maintained, 
however,  that  either  of  these  untoward  incidents  would 
warrant  the  stoppage  of  all  transportation  until  an  enemy's 
inferior  fleet  in  being  had  been  destroyed.  If  so,  Bonaparte 
should  have  waited  in  Egypt  till  he  knew  his  siege  train 
had  arrived  before  Acre,  and  Japan  have  limited  her  trans- 
portation to  that  necessary  for  the  reduction  of  Port  Arthur, 
that  being  the  only  means  by  which  the  enemy's  fleet  was, 
or  could  be,  reached. 

I  have  pointed  out,  discursively  and  at  large,  the  effect 


DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RUSSO^APANESE  WAR      408 

which  the  false  principle  summed  ap  in  the  phrase  ^^  Fortress 
Fleet"  produced  upon  the  Russian  Government:  (1)  In 
the  manner  of  assembling  its  fleet  in  the  Far  East,  and 
(2)  by  its  choice  of  the  point,  or  rather  points,  of  assembly, 
—  of  the  positions  in  which  the  fleet  was  stationed.  These 
two  acts  are  part  of  the  evidence,  from  which,  in  de&ult 
of  more  explicit  testimony,  outsiders  have  to  infer  the 
motive,  the  principle,  by  which  the  Grovemment,  through 
its  responsible  representatives,  was  actuated.  To  infer 
thus  intentions  from  acts,  principles  from  conduct,  is  per- 
fectly legitimate ;  especially  where  there  is  strong  coiTob- 
orative  evidence  in  the  statement  that  the  general  principle 
does,  or  did,  prevail  in  Russia,  although  we  have  not  the 
same  positive  knowledge  as  to  its  influence  in  the  partic- 
ular case  under  consideration. 

The  most  convincing  proof,  however,  of  the  general  pur- 
pose of  the  Russian  authorities,  and  of  the  habit  of  naval 
thought  which  underlay  that  puipose,  is  to  be  found  in 
neither  of  the  two  circumstances  just  noted.  The  method 
of  assembling  the  fleet,  its  numbers  when  assembled,  and 
the  position,  station,  in  which  it  was  assembled,  are  all 
strong  indications  of  erroneous  military  principles.  If  we 
had  no  other,  they  might  suffice  for  a  verdict ;  but  the  third 
consideration,  of  the  manner  in  which  the  fleet  at  Port 
Arthur  was  used,  is  by  itself  so  conclusive  of  faulty  under- 
lying conceptions,  that  the  others,  however  strong  in  them- 
selves, become  merely  cumulative. 

I  pass  over,  of  course,  the  exposure  to  torpedo  surprise 
which  resulted  in  the  immediate  loss  of  two  battleships  for 
a  prolonged  period  at  the  opening  of  the  war.  However 
censurable  as  carelessness,  this  proves  nothing  as  to  inten- 
tions. After  this  mishap,  inasmuch  as  it  was  immediately 
certain  to  the  Russians  that  the  injured  vessels  could  be  so 
far  repaired  as  to  take  their  places  again  in  the  line,  it  was 
proper,  and  even  imperative,  not  to  seek  action  until  they 


404  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

were  again  ready.  Also,  the  propitious  time  for  battle 
must  depend  always  upon  various  considerations ;  and  it  is 
not  necessary  to  our  present  inquiry  to  consider  nicely  just 
when  that  time  was.  It  might  veiy  well  be  a  few  weeks 
sooner  or  later ;  but  we  have  to  observe  that  thei'e  does 
not  seem  to  have  been  any  clearly  defined  puipose  that  any 
such  time  —  that  is,  time  for  fighting  —  should  be  found. 
In  the  event,  the  Russian  fleet  left  Port  Arthur,  as  far  as 
appears,  merely  because  it  was  clear  that  the  anchorage 
would  soon  become  untenable.  That  is,  so  long  as  possi- 
ble, the  fleet  was  kept  tied  to  the  fortress,  a  vague  possible 
shadow  of  help  to  it,  a  Fortress  Fleet,  apparently  without  a 
thought  of  offensive  action  against  the  Japanese  ^^  Fleet  in 
Being"  at  hand,  outside,  upon  the  efficiency  of  which  de- 
pended the  issue  of  the  war. 

Nor  is  this  all.  When  it  became  evident  that  the  fleet 
could  not  remain  in  Port  Arthur  until  Rozhestvensky 
arrived,  that  to  stay  would  entail  the  destruction  which 
ultimately  did  befall,  the  decision  reached  was  simply,  and 
apparenUy  somewhat  vaguely,  to  transfer  the  fleet  to 
another  fortress.  Now,  note,  I  do  not  condemn  the  deci- 
sion, evidently  reached,  to  go  to  Vladivostok ;  for  that  was 
essentially  to  make  a  junction  with  the  strong  detachment 
in  that  port,  of  three  fine  armored  cruisers,  before  accepting 
battle.  If  that  could  be  done,  it  was  the  admiral's  duty  not 
to  fight  till  he  had  thus  united  his  whole  force  ;  and  it  was 
right  to  embrace  even  the  barest  chance  of  getting  to 
Vladivostok  with  the  main  body  uninjured,  and  after  the 
junction  to  deliver  battle.  That  a  junction  was  intended 
is  evident,  from  the  fact  that  the  Vladivostok  vessels  were 
ordered  to  move  to  the  Straits  of  Korea.  Whether  this 
subordinate  movement  was  judicious  or  not,  considering 
that  the  Japanese  division  of  four  armored  cruisers  was 
known  to  be  in  the  straits,  is  matter  of  fair  difference  of 
opinion.     My  own  is,  that,  seeing  the  great  improbability 


DISCCTSSION  OF  THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE   WAR      406 

of  either  division  escaping  action,  under  the  circumstances, 
it  would  have  been  better  to  keep  the  Yladivostok  ships  in 
their  own  port,  so  that,  if  the  Port  Arthur  division  got 
through,  it  would  find  them  uninjured.  The  off  chance, 
that  both  divisions  might  escape  action,  and  might  join  in 
the  open  sea,  though  very  desirable  if  effected,  was  to  my 
mind  too  remote,  too  improbable,  to  justify  the  attempt. 
As  it  was,  we  after  the  event  know  there  was  very  little 
chance,  and  that  actually  both  divisions  had  to  fight, 
separately,  and  very  far  apart 

The  purpose  to  take  the  Port  Arthur  division  to  Vladi- 
vostok, therefore,  was  in  my  opinion  justifiable;  but  the 
conduct  of  the  attempt  shows  conclusively  that  there  un- 
derlay it  no  adjustment  of  purpose  to  the  actual  conditions, 
summarized  as  these  were  in  the  existence  and  presence  of 
the  somewhat  superior  Japanese  fleet,  the  central  decisive 
factor  in  the  war.  If  I  were  looking  for  an  apt  illustration 
of  the  distinction  between  compromise,  and  that  which  I 
have  called  adjustment,  I  would  point  to  this  Russian 
movement  The  admiral  had  before  him  two  things,  two 
conditions,  both  desirable,  both  possible,  opposed  one  to  the 
other  at  the  moment,  but  each  conducive  to  the  end  of  war ; 
that  is,  conducive  to  success,  ultimate  success.  (1)  There 
was  getting  to  Vladivostok,  thus  concentrating  his  com- 
mand, and  by  means  of  the  facilities  of  the  port  putting  it 
into  the  best  possible  conditions  for  battle.  (2)  Opposed 
to  this,  as  interfering  with  it,  —  as  the  demand  for  speed  in 
ships  interferes  with  the  requirement  for  armament,  —  and 
yet  necessarily  to  be  embraced  in  any  plan  of  procedure, 
was  the  enemy's  fleet,  known  by  experience  to  be  near  by, 
and  believed  to  be  superior.  To  damage  it,  if  encountered, 
to  reduce  it  to  the  lowest  possible  efficiency,  so  as  to  obtain 
the  best  possible  chance  for  Russia's  reserve  navy,  was  evi- 
dently incumbent 

The  plan  of  the  sortie  should  have  embraced  clearly  both 


406  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

contingencies,  the  desired  escape  and  the  possible  battle, 
distinguishing  clearly  between  them,  recognizing  their  dif- 
fering requirements,  and  assigning  to  each  the  mode  of 
action  that  each  demanded,  under  such  probable  contingen- 
cies as  could  be  foreseen.  If  the  event  offered  strong 
probability  of  escape,  practically  uninjured,  then  there 
should  be  no  fighting  that  could  be  avoided.  Should  battle 
become  unavoidable,  as,  for  instance,  by  one  ship  being  so 
injured  as  to  be  unable  to  keep  up,  then  all  thought  of  es- 
cape should  be  abandoned,  and  the  whole  fleet,  as  one  body, 
throw  itself  upon  the  enemy,  determined  that,  if  defeat  en- 
sued, there  should  be  no  fight  left  in  the  victor. 

Nelson,  though  less  dramatic  in  expression,  was  as  fruit- 
ful in  phrases  as  Napoleon,  and  he  has  supplied  two  that 
exactly  fitted  the  Russian  opportunity.  The  first,  reiterated 
by  him  on  more  than  one  occasion  of  expected  meeting  with 
a  superior  fleet,  was :  ^^  If  we  get  close  alongside,  by  the 
time  they  have  beaten  our  fleet  soundly,  they  will  do  us  no 
harm  this  year."  Translated  into  Russian,  this  means, 
^  By  the  time  the  Japanese  have  beaten  the  Port  Arthur 
fleet,  they  will  be  in  no  condition  for  six  months  to  injure 
Rozhestvensky."  The  second  of  Nelson's  sayings,  more 
familiar,  was,  "  In  case  signals  cannot  be  understood,  no 
captain  can  do  very  wrong  if  he  places  his  ship  alongside 
that  of  an  enemy."  You  will  observe  that  both  the  oppo- 
site lines  of  action  suggested  for  the  Russians  have  the  one 
motive  —  the  destruction  of  the  Japanese  fleet.  There  is 
in  neither  a  compromise,  between  escape  and  fighting; 
partial  escape  and  partial  action ;  concession  to  each  de- 
sired object.  The  one  motive  is  the  destruction  of  the 
enemy;  but  there  is  adjustment,  due  to  the  existence  of 
the  strong  Vladivostok  detachment.  If  it  can  be  joined 
before  fighting,  good ;  if  not,  the  fighting  must  be  charac- 
terized by  the  same  desperateness,  as  if  the  junction  had 
been  effected.     It  would  be  no  adjustment,  but  a  bare  com- 


DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RUSSO^APANESE   WAR      407 

promise,  so  to  fight  as  to  escape  with  part;  because  the 
part  thus  saved  is  unequal  to  contend  with  the  enemy,  and 
the  way  for  the  Baltic  fleet  has  not  been  cleared. 

The  instructions  of  the  Russian  admiral  should  have  set 
forth  these  considerations  so  clearly,  and  prescribed  action 
so  positively,  as  to  have  made  impossible  what  actually  oc- 
curred, through  the  sole,  though  serious,  accident  of  the  coin- 
cident disabling  of  the  flagship  and  the  death  of  the  com- 
mander-in-chief. If  the  second  in  command  and  the 
captains  had  received,  as  they  should,  clear  instructions, 
that,  foiling  escape  without  battle,  the  fate  of  the  war  —  to 
quote  Togo  before  Tsushima  —  depended  upon  this  action, 
it  is  to  me  inconceivable  that  they  could  have  slunk  back  to 
their  fortress  as  they  did.  No  one  imagines  cowardice ;  but 
also  no  man's  imagination  could  have  been  equal  to  conceiv- 
ing beforehand  such  utterly  vicious  misconception  of  what 
the  duty  of  the  navy  was.  I  doubt,  myself,  if  the  result 
would  have  been  materially  different,  had  the  admiral  lived 
and  the  flagship  not  been  disabled.  The  spirit  of  a  clear- 
headed resolute  commander-in-chief  does  not  expire  at  the 
instant  that  his  body  dies.  If  the  Russian  fleet,  to  a  ship, 
had  gone  down  in  such  an  attempt,  Manchuria  might  have 
been  lost;  but  it  would  have  been  well  lost  with  such  a 
priceless  gain  in  morale  to  the  Russian  navy,  and,  what  was 
more  immediately  to  the  point,  the  Japanese  fleet  could 
not  but  have  suffered  to  the  extent  of  at  least  temporary 
disability. 

I  shall  pass  over  the  action  of  August  14  between  Kami- 
mura's  division  of  four  armored  cruisers,  and  the  Russian 
three  from  Vladivostok.  The  r6le  of  these  three  in  the 
general  strategic  movement,  the  one  aim  of  which  should 
have  been  to  destroy  the  Japanese  navy,  was  a  minor 
detail,  to  be  adjusted  to  the  action  of  the  main  body  at  Port 
Arthur.  I  have  already  indicated  my  own  preference 
for  keeping  them  at  Vladivostok,  making  the  junction 


408  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

there.  Junction  was  the  one  first  thing.  To  effect  it,  the 
Port  Arthur  fleet  had  to  take  its  risk ;  but  there  was  no 
sufficient  reason  compelling  a  similar  hazard  for  the  smaller 
body.  It  was  unequal  to  Kamimura,  and  had  few  chances  of 
passing  him  unseen ;  fewer  still  of  joining  its  own  fleet 
Atmospheric  conditions  had  to  be  assumed  equally  favorable 
to  both  parties ;  therefore  the  luck  that  might  have  given 
the  go-by  to  the  enemy  was  equally  likely  to  cause  the  friend 
to  be  missed.  The  chance  against  the  junction  therefore,  is 
the  chance  of  meeting  Kamimura,  plus  the  chance  of  missing 
the  friend.  Further,  assuming  the  Russians  and  Japanese 
at  Port  Arthur  to  be  equal,  caUing  each  therefore  six,  the 
approximate  numbers,  it  is  a  simple  calculation  to  state 
that  if  the  Vladivostok  division  met  Eamimura,  alone,  as  it 
didf  the  odds  would  be  as  4  to  8  against  the  Russians; 
whereas,  had  a  junction  in  Vladivostok  been  effected  the 
numerical  odds  thenceforth  between  the  two  combined 
bodies  would  be  10  to  9,  —  a  much  nearer  approach  to 
equality ;  and  the  larger  the  main  bodies  the  less  the  ine- 
quality after  the  detachments  have  joined.  As  a  matter  of 
probable  calculation,  I  think  all  goes  to  show  that  Vladivos- 
tok was  the  point  for  uniting ;  and  this  coincides  with  the 
time-honored  maxim  that  it  is  not  advisable  for  two  sepa- 
rated bodies  to  seek  their  point  of  concentration  inside  the 
enemy's  lines. 


CHAPTER  XIV 

DISCUSSION  OF  THE  BUSSO-.JAPANESE  WAR 

(Concluded) 

THE  conduct  and  actions  of  Admiral  Rozhest- 
vensky,  when  leading  to  its  final  experiences 
the  Russian  forlorn  hope  under  his  command, 
should  be  regarded  from  the  same  point  of  view, 
of  singleness  of  aim,  that  has  been  applied  to  the  trans- 
actions of  the  Port  Arthur  fleet.  This  requirement, 
singleness  of  conception  and  aim,  is  the  standard  by  which 
to  measui^  the  various  details  of  his  arrangements  for  the 
last  stage  of  the  voyage ;  that  from  the  Saddles,  off  Shang- 
hai, to  Vladivostok,  in  the  course  of  which  the  possibility 
became  imminent  of  meeting  the  enemy  on  ground  of  his 
own  choosing. 

The  fleet  under  Rozhestvensky  may  be  assumed  to  have 
entered  the  strategic  area  of  the  war  when  the  vessels 
anchored  off  the  Saddle  Islands,  near  the  mouth  of  the 
Yang-tse-Kiang.^  It  is  true  that  possible  operations  were 
open  to  the  Japanese  before  that ;  and  they  did  take  certain 
precautionary  measures,  such  as  sending  a  squadron  of 
observation  as  far  even  as  Singapore,-  and  laying  mines 
around  the  Pescadores  Islands,  in  the  Formosa  Channel. 
But  the  decision  of  Togo  to  concentrate  his  armored  ships 
at  the  Straits  of  Korea,  and  the  absence  of  any  attempt 
by  him  to  harass  the  Russians  before  that  point  was  reached, 
make  it  proper  to  confine  consideration  to  Rozhestvensky's 
course  after  anchoring  at  those  islands,  which  are  within 
easy  steaming  distance  of  Vladivostok.    He  was  there,  so 

^  See  map  facing  page  426. 


410  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

to  say,  on  one  edge  of  the  theater  of  active  war,  his  des- 
tined port  on  the  other. 

I  think  tiiat,  as  time  passes,  history  will  take  a  more 
indulgent  view  of  the  procedure  of  this  unfortunate  admiral ; 
not  so  much  hy  minimizing  the  undoubted  errors  of  his  last 
four  days  of  command,  as  in  recognizing  the  arduous  task 
he  had  accomplished  up  to  that  time,  and  also,  very 
especially,  the  prepossession  of  his  intellect,  fostered  by  the 
Russian  ideals,  and  intensified  by  the  long  strain  of  exi- 
gency constituted  by  a  voyage  such  as  his  from  the  Baltic. 
During  this  he  had  had  no  resources  on  which  to  depend^  ex- 
cept the  benevolent  neutrality  of  other  nations,  which  could 
be  extended  only  by  straining  international  obligations.  To 
this  burden  of  care  is  to  be  added  the  knowledge  of  the 
unsatisfactory  condition  of  his  own  squadron,  and  that 
there  was  in  the  East  no  reinforcement,  except  the  two 
surviving  armored  cruisers  at  Vladivostok. 

Justice  demands  the  combined  recollection  of  these  fac- 
tors, extenuating  the  series  of  grave  faults  he  proceeded 
now  to  commit  —  if  my  estimate  of  his  conduct  is  coiTect; 
but,  granting  the  faults,  it  is  yet  more  essential,  in  weigh- 
ing them,  to  bear  in  mind  the  traditions  of  his  service  as 
well  as  the  difBcult  circumstances  confronting  him. 

To  these  inferential  considerations  must  also  be  added 
certain  explicit  statements  by  Captain  Semenofif,  of  the 
Russian  navy,  in  his  book,  "  Rasplata." 

First:  As  regards  the  transports  following  the  fleet  and 
being  present  at  the  moment  of  encountering  the  enemy, 
an  incident  sure  to  entail  tactical  embarrassment,  Semenoff 
says: 

"A  not  inconsiderable  difficulty  was  caused  by  the 
anxious  warnings  received  [before  leaving  Kamranh  Bay, 
in  French  Indo-China]  from  the  Naval  General  Staff ;  we 
were  not  to  be  a  burden  upon  the  poorly  equipped  and 
armed  port  of  Vladivostok,  and  not  to  count  on  supplies  by 


DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE  WAR      411 

the  Siberian  Railway.     On  the  one  side  the  most  elementary 
of  tactical  maxims  bade  us  go  into  battle  as  little  hampered  as 

Sossible,  and,  as  a  matter  of  course,  not  to  take  with  us  any 
eet  auxiliaries  which  would  interfere  with  our  free  move- 
ments. On  the  other  hand,  we  were  bound  to  take  into 
account  these  amiable  communications. 

**  A  compromise  had  to  be  arrived  at  The  admiral  de* 
cided  as  follows :  The  warships  were  to  take  on  board  as 
much  in  the  way  of  stores  of  all  kinds  as  the  space  provided 
for  their  reception  on  board  would  hold.  The  auxiliary 
steamers,  the  three  largest  and  best,  were  to  embark  the 
largest  possible  amounts  of  articles  most  needed.  These 
three  and  the  Kamchatka  were  to  follow  the  fleet  and  shara 
its  fate  in  the  attempt  to  reach  Vladivostok." 

Second :  With  reference  to  the  amount  of  coal  taken  on 
board  the  ships  of  war,  Semenoff  makes  the  following 
mention : 

^^May  28.  At  5.80  A.m.  stopped  engines  and  started 
coaling.  Ships  were  informed  that  this  will  probably  be 
the  last  time  of  coaling.  We  were  therefore  to  do  our 
best  to  have  still  the  normal  stowage  in  our  bunkers  on 
the  morning  of  May  26." 

To  these  words  he  appends  a  foot  note : 

^^How  impudently  those  lied  who  pretended  that  the 
ships  had  been  overloaded  with  coal  during  the  battle." 

The  effect  of  the  statements  in  these  quotations  is  to 
transfer  a  certain  part  of  the  responsibility  in  Rozhest- 
vensky's  decision  to  carry  to  Vladivostok  the  greatest 
possible  quantity  of  stores;  of  which  coal  is  one  item. 
The  orders  from  St.  Petersburg,  however,  did  not  compel 
him  to  have  the  transports  in  company  with  the  fleet.  The 
Government  prescribed  an  object,  the  method  of  accom- 
plishing which  was  for  the  admiral  to  determine ;  and  as 
a  matter  of  &ct  the  particular  number  of  transports  to 
proceed,  which  he  did  settle,  was  as  much  an  exercise  of 
his  own  discretion,  as  was  their  relation  of  position  to  his 


412  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

fleet,  either  on  the  voyage  towards  Yladivostok  or  at  the 
moment  of  meeting  the  enemy. 

As  regards  the  loading  the  warships  with  coal,  SemenofTs 
statement  that  they  were  not  overloaded  was  so  contrary 
to  all  other  accounts  that  I  addressed  a  question  to  the 
OfiBce  of  Naval  Intelligence.  In  reply,  the  OfSce  sent 
me  two  quotations  from  the  defense  of  Admiral  Nebogatoff, 
during  his  court-martial.  It  is  not  necessary  to  give  these 
in  full.  They  confirm  the  information  already  published. 
One  sentence  runs,  ^^  According  to  our  estimate  we  had 
at  the  beginning  of  the  battle  coal  enough  for  about  three 
thousand  miles,  while  the  distance  to  Vladivostok  through 
Tsushima  Straits  was  less  than  nine  hundred  miles.*' 
There  seems  reason  to  believe  that  Semenoff  is  not  always 
strictly  exact  in  his  statements.  He  has  since  died;  but 
concern  is  with  his  trustworthiness  as  an  accurate  witness, 
not  with  his  personal  truthfulness. 

The  effect  of  such  admonitions  upon  a  general  officer, 
situated  as  Rozhestvensky  was,  is  undoubtedly  to  qualify 
his  responsibility,  and  thus  in  a  degree  to  obscure  his  per- 
sonality; so  that  in  some  measure  the  criticisms  to  be 
addressed  to  the  ensuing  operations  are  rather  to  Russia 
than  to  the  Russian  admiral.  It  seems  fit  to  draw  attention 
in  passing  to  the  close  inter-connection  which  usually  exists 
between  the  different  parts  of  any  scheme  of  national  de- 
fense, or  of  any  plan  of  operations.  While  Rozhestvensky 
was  painfully  but  successfully  leading  an  armored  fleet 
with  transports  round  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  —  three 
years  before  our  own  battle  fleet  passed  the  Straits  of  Magel- 
lan, —  the  inadequate  development  of  the  Siberian  Railway 
and  the  mismanagement  of  the  Port  Arthur  division  were 
preparing  the  painful  dilemma  he  met  at  the  Saddles. 
Nothing  is  more  essential  for  an  officer  in  command  any- 
where,  be  it  of  a  single  ship  or  of  the  smallest  detachment 
of  seamen,  than  to  remember  that  his  own  inattention  to 


DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE   WAR      418 

the  general  situation,  or  his  inefficient  action,  may  fatally 
embarrass  larger  interests. 

On  one  occasion  duiing  the  Spanish  War  the  Navy  De- 
partment was  seriously  harassed  by  inability  to  locate  a 
cruiser  which  was  urgently  needed,  but  the  commander  of 
which  had  indulged  himself  in  independent  single  action 
without  precaution  against  the  contingency  of  being  required 
for  the  general  operations. 

The  same  considerations  hold  as  to  a  surrender.  No 
extreme,  short  of  absolute  incapacity  to  resist,  justifies 
surrender,  unless  it  is  evident  that  no  other  interest  is 
compromised ;  and  that  practically  is  never  the  case.  Roz- 
hestvensl^  was  defeated  on  August  10,  before  Port  Arthur, 
by  tiie  inefficient  action  of  the  Port  Arthur  division,  as 
really,  though  not  as  finally,  as  off  Tsushima  nine  months 
later. 

Recurring  now  to  Rozhestvensky's  own  proceedings: 
From  the  beginning  of  the  war  until  his  arrival  at  the  Sad- 
dles the  determining  factor  had  not  changed,  although  it 
had  been  somewhat  modified  in  application.  Eveiything 
depended  upon  the  command  of  the  sea ;  and  command  of 
the  sea  could  be  obtained  only  by  the  destruction  of  the 
enemy's  fleet  That  destruction,  again,  could  be  effected 
only  by  battie ;  by  the  cannon ;  by  bringing  the  fleets  into 
collision  under  the  circumstances  of  greatest  advantage  for 
the  party  seeking  the  encounter.  For  the  Russian  fleet 
under  Rozhestvensky  this  advantage  meant  necessarily,  if 
possible,  access  to  a  navy  yard  first,  in  order  that  the  tacti- 
cal qualities  of  each  ship,  its  speed  and  maneuvering  power, 
with  all  the  factors  upon  which  these  depend,  machinery, 
boilers,  and  clean  hulls,  should  be  realized  to  the  utmost. 
This  the  Japanese  had  had  time  to  do ;  the  culpable  mis- 
management of  the  Russian  Port  Arthur  division  having 
caused  them  no  disabling  losses.  There  could  be  no  ques- 
tion therefore  that  Rozhestvensky's  first  object  should  be 


414  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

to  reach  Yladivostok  without  fighting,  in  order  that  after- 
ward he  might  fight  with  the  most  chances  in  his  favor. 
Besides,  he  would  there  join  the  two  remaining  armored 
cruisers ;  no  despicable  reinforcement  to  his  rather  scratch 
lot  of  vessels. 

In  characteristic  features  therefore  Rozhestvensky's  prob- 
lem was  precisely  the  same  as  that  of  the  Port  Arthur 
division  on  August  10,  nine  months  earlier;  and  he  had 
before  him  its  experience,  a  factor  additional  for  judging 
what  his  course  should  be.  To  escape,  if  he  could,  for  the 
moment;  to  fight  at  once,  if  he  must ;  but  in  no  case,  by 
double-mindedness,  to  fall  between  these  two  stools,  as  the 
Port  Arthur  squadron  had  by  the  hesitating  frame  of  mind 
which  breeds  compromise.  Both  contingencies  —  escape  and 
battle  —  were  so  far  possible  that  both  must  be  provided  for 
in  the  plan ;  but  as  unity  of  conception  had  required  of  the 
Port  Arthur  division  the  purpose,  if  it  must  fight,  to  fight 
with  the  desperate  resolve  that  the  enemy  should  suffer  to 
the  utmost,  in  order  so  to  clear  the  field  for  the  reserve 
coming  under  Rozhestvensky ;  so  the  same  unity  of  concep- 
tion demanded  of  that  admiral  that,  if  he  could  not  escape, 
if  he  must  fight  before  getting  the  benefit  of  Vladivostok, 
his  ships  at  the  moment  of  engagement  should  be  in  the 
very  best  condition,  tactically,  that  he  could  insure,  and  the 
enemy  deprived  at  least  of  the  advantage  of  knowing  be- 
forehand his  dispositions.  There  were  no  reserves  now; 
the  whole  fortune  of  Russia  was  in  his  hands. 

Where  the  conditions  of  war  are  such  that  a  solution 
cannot  be  reached  without  battle,  this  imposes  as  the  stra- 
tegic aim  to  force  battle  at  the  time,  and  under  the  conditions, 
most  favorable,  tactically,  to  yourself.  In  face  of  this  per- 
fectly clear  truth,  having  only  a  bare  thousand  miles  to  go, 
the  admiral  pi*oceeded  to  load  his  ships  down  with  coal; 
carried,  it  is  said,  even  in  the  admiral's  cabin.  Needless  to 
say  that  this  procedure  militated  against  escape,  as  actually 


DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE   WAR      415 

as  it  did  against  speed  and  maneuvering  power;  that  is, 
against  tactical  efficiency.  Moreover,  it  imposed  upon  the 
vessels  additional  disadvantage  for  the  day  of  battle ;  for  it 
further  submerged  the  armor  belts,  already  too  low  in  the 
water  through  faulty  design,  and  exposed  the  superstruc- 
tures to  increased  danger  of  fire  by  crowding  them  with 
combustibles.  One  French  writer  asserts  that  the  loss  of 
the  battle  was  due  to  the  fires  started  in  these  coal  traps  by 
the  Japanese  intermediate  batteries.  I  doubt  whether, 
among  so  many  causes,  the  result  can  be  ascribed  to  one 
alone ;  but  certainly  the  tendency  would  be  as  stated. 

It  should  ever  be  the  aim  of  a  commander-in-chief  to 
reach  his  result  without  wastefulness,  with  a  minimiun  ex- 
penditure of  men  and  material ;  although,  as  in  all  cases  of 
opposing  considerations,  there  must  be  no  attempt  to  strike 
a  balance,  a  compromise,  in  the  vain  hope  to  satisfy  both 
considerations  —  the  result  and  the  economy.  If  the  object 
is  not  worth  the  expenditure,  spend  nothing.  If  it  is  worth 
while,  and  yet  can  be  equally  attained  by  a  less  expenditure, 
economize;  but  do  not  economize  any  amount,  however 
great  and  desirable,  necessary  to  put  the  attainment  of  the 
object  beyond  all  possibility  of  failure,  or  even  of  complet- 
est  success.  Rozhestvensky's  management  of  the  prepara- 
tion for  meeting  the  enemy  appears  to  me  as  a  whole  so 
blundering,  that  I  am  forced  to  the  conclusion  he  had  never 
clearly  thought  out  his  strategic  problem  and  settled  down 
in  consequence  to  a  single-minded  decision.  The  excessive 
provision  of  coal  is  an  exemplification  of  economizing  mate- 
rial at  the  expense  of  lessening  the  chances  to  attain  the 
first  and  all  essential  object,  victory.  He  had  become  so 
obsessed  with  the  question  of  supplies,  and  of  reaching 
Vladivostok,  that  neither  escape  nor  battle  clearly  dominated 
in  his  mind.  Rather,  the  two  contended  throughout  for 
mastery,  making  him  essentially  a  double-minded  man,  even 
at  the  moment  when  every  hope  of  escape  had  disappeared. 


416  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

I  cannot  help  thinking  that  to  this  divided  frame  of 
mind  there  contributed,  not  only  the  national  prepossession 
in  favor  of  a  Fortress  Fleet,  which  could  not  but  influence 
an  average  ofiBcer  even  though  he  himself  did  not  share  it, 
but  also  the  exaggerated  form  of  the  theory  of  the  Fleet  in 
Being.  If  a  part  of  the  fleet  escaped  to  Vladivostok  it  would 
be  so  much  gain,  —  a  fleet  in  being.  Consequently,  the  re- 
solve of  combat  d  outrance^  which  gave  the  only  possibility  of 
a  decisive  issue,  encountered  the  thought  of  escape  and  was 
qualified  by  it.  If  this  be  so,  again  economy  of  material,  in 
this  instance  by  saving  a  few  ships,  in  itself  a  praiseworthy 
object,  militated  against  and  prevented  the  exclusiveness 
of  purpose  essential  to  great  undertakings  and  to  great 
successes ;  the  result  being  a  compromise,  a  sacrifice  of 
the  principal  to  the  accessory.  According  to  a  report  of 
Rozhestvensky's  words,  published  some  days  before  the 
battle,  he  cherished  the  belief  that  if  only  a  part  of  his  fleet 
got  to  Vladivostok,  it  would  exert  a  serious  control  over 
the  Japanese  communications  and  so  affect  the  general  war. 
Yet  it  is  evident  that  such  diminished  force  could  not 
change  the  issue,  though  it  might  partially  affect  procedure 
—  increase  the  enemy's  precautions ;  but,  unless  the  whole 
fleet  escaped,  to  reinforce  itself  at  Vladivostok  and  fight 
another  day  under  better  conditions,  no  decisive  effect  on 
the  war  could  be  produced  by  the  Russian  navy.  If  he 
must  fight,  —  and  sooner  or  later  he  must,  —  that  moment 
and  that  issue  should  be  obscured  by  no  looking  to  escape, 
or  to  provision  of  supplies  in  the  future.  The  chances 
doubtless  were  against  success ;  but  no  success  at  all  was 
possible  except  in  the  resolve  to  discard  every  thought  save 
that  of  destroying  now  the  enemy's  fleet. 

Criticism  here  is  another  case  of  inferring  intentions 
from  actions;  but,  when  the  various  parts  of  Rozhest- 
vensky's conduct  are  taken  together,  the  inference  is 
nearly  irresistible  that  the   exaggerated  estimate  of    the 


DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE   WAR      417 

influence  of  an  inferior  fleet  in  being  possessed  his  im- 
agination. Besides  the  excessive  coal  stowage,  he  took 
with  him  a  train  of  transports,  a  notorious  source  of  tacti- 
cal embarrassment  in  battle,  though  doubtless  equally  a 
source  of  refitment^  if  he  got  them  to  Vladivostok ;  and 
there  is  no  evidence  of  any  attempt  at  advanced  scouting 
on  his  own  part,  or  of  driving  off,  as  he  might  have  done, 
the  Japanese  scouts  which  showed  up;  the  result  being 
that  Togo  knew  all  about  his  dispositions,  and  he  knew 
nothing  about  Togo's  until  he  saw  the  enemy's  main  body. 
Now  I  say,  that,  while  all  this  was  bad  management  in 
the  face  of  the  enemy,  and  in  so  far  bad  tactics,  the  bad 
tactics  issued  from  an  error  of  strategy;  and  the  error  in 
strategy  was  due  to  the  lack  of  unity  of  conception,  of  that 
exclusiveness  of  purpose,  which  is  the  essence  of  strategy, 
and  which  subordinates,  adjusts,  all  other  factors  and  con- 
siderations to  the  one  exclusive  aim.  While  writing  these 
pages,  I  came  across  a  few  lines  by  one  of  the  first  of  Ger- 
man philosophical  historians,  Ranke,  in  one  of  his  greatest 
works,  *' England  in  the  Seventeenth  Century."  They 
apply  to  policy,  but  policy  is  twin  brother  to  strategy. 
Permit  me  to  quote  them: 

"  Why  did  William  III.  get  the  better  of  James  II.  in 
Ireland  r  Because  he  always  kept  his  one  great  idea  before 
his  eyes,  amid  the  many  perplexing  circumstances  which 
surrounded  him.  The  decision  which  he  displayed  at  every 
moment  rested  upon  the  fact  that  he  had  only  one  end^  and 
that  the  one  hnposed  by  the  course  of  things,^^ 

Apply  this  to  Rozhestvensky.  The  one  end  imposed  on 
him  by  the  course  of  things  was  the  destruction  of  the 
Japanese  fleet,  which  comprised  every  armored  vessel  Japan 
could  possibly  muster  for  that  war.  Togo's  signal  before 
the  battle  recognized  this  one  end,  and  there  was  no  reason 
why  his  opponent  should  not  have  recognized  it  equally. 
To  reach  Vladivostok  was  only  a  means  to  that  end ;  an 


418  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

object  most  important,  because,  if  attained,  it  would  put 
the  Russians  in  the  best  possible  condition  for  battle.  But 
this  by  no  means  superseded  the  one  necessaiy  aim, — battle. 
More,  it  did  not  even  postpone  that  aim,  as  a  matter  of 
immediate  consideration  and  preparation;  for,  though 
escape  through  to  Vladivostok  might  be  possible,  it  was  not 
certain.  It  was  not  even  probable,  under  all  the  conditions. 
Therefore^  while  eveiy  forethought  and  care  should  have 
been  to  effect  escape,  if  possible,  they  should  have  been  ac- 
companied with  the  clear  decision  that,  should  battle  be 
forced,  the  fighting  should  have  been  qualified  by  no  thought 
of  escape,  and  the  fleet,  like  a  ship  cleared  for  action,  should 
have  been  stripped  of  all  fleet  encumbrances  from  the  mo- 
ment of  leaving  the  Saddles.  A  fleet  is  half  beaten 
already  when  it  goes  into  battle  with  one  eye  upon  some- 
thing else  than  fighting. 

If  Rozhestvensky  had  recognized  these  facts,  in  their 
due  importance  and  proportion,  and  had  been  convinced 
that  battle  was  his  one  aim,  and  that  there  was  at  least  a 
very  real  possibility  that  he  could  not  postpone  it  till  after 
Vladivostok,  it  seems  to  me  he  must  have  reasoned  thus : 
I  must  have  coal  enough  to  reach  Vladivostok,  on  a  reason- 
able calculation  of  the  distance,  and  of  the  expenditures  of 
the  ships ;  both  which  were  known.  To  this  amount  add 
a  fair  margin  of  safety.  This  total  should  be  carried  for 
the  puipose  of  escape,  if  feasible ;  with  perhaps  an  addition 
sufficient  to  last  during  battle,  with  funnels  pierced,  which 
was  a  likely  accident  Again,  there  is  for  each  ship  a  draft 
of  water  which  best  meets  her  maneuvering  needs.  The 
chances  are  that  the  enemy  will  await  us  either  in  the 
narrower  part  of  the  sea,  or  near  his  navy  yards.  As  there 
is  one  position,  that  in  the  Straits  of  Korea,  which  &vors 
both  these  objects,  it  is  there  I  will  probably  have  to  fight, 
if  at  all.  Therefore,  as  far  as  possible,  the  coal  carried  by 
the  fleet  on  starting  should  be  such  that  consumption  up 


DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE   WAR      419 

to  the  moment  of  reaching  the  straits  will  put  them  in  their 
best  tactical  trim.  The  coal  supply  needed  to  reach 
Vladiyostok  is  thus  adjusted  to  the  exigencies  of  battle. 

Then  as  regards  the  transports.  For  the  moment,  on 
this  last  fateful  stretch,  they  are  absolutely  of  no  conse-^ 
quence  as  affecting  results.  The  adjustment  of  them,  to 
the  end  of  the  battle,  is  to  dismiss  them  out  of  mind  and 
presence.  If  beaten,  the  loss  of  them  will  not  be  of  the 
slightest  consequence  to  Russia ;  if  successful,  they  can  be 
summoned  from  an  appointed  rendezvous,  and  escorted  to 
a  destination  under  such  protection  as  may  then  seem  ex- 
pedient An  Austrian  officer  has  suggested  that  if  the 
whole  body  had  weighed  together,  and  at  night  had  sepa- 
rated, the  supply  vessels  proceeding  under  convoy  by  the 
east  of  Japan  might  have  escaped  notice;  or,  if  seen, 
this  report  might  have  perplexed  Togo,  rather  than  en- 
lightened him.  Upon  the  suggestion  I  make  no  comment, 
other  than  that  it  would  have  been  one  way  of  counting 
out  the  supply  ships. 

The  imminency  of  the  occasion  should  have  drawn,  and 
did  draw,  all  Japan's  fighting  force  to  the  Straits  of  Korea, 
an  element  for  Rozhestvensky's  consideration.  According 
to  Semenoff  the  auxiliary  steamers  Terek  and  Kuban  were 
sent  off  the  east  coast  expressly  to  draw  attention,  but  met 
no  one,  and  their  presence  was  unknown  to  the  Japanese. 

I  am  not  disposed  to  question,  or  to  doubt,  that  if  the 
Russian  squadron  had  escaped  Togo,  and  if  the  separated 
supply  train  had  been  intercepted,  it  would  have  been  very 
embarrassing  to  the  ships  of  war  refitting  at  Vladivostok* 
Nor  do  I  question  that,  in  case  of  such  escape,  the  coal 
remaining  in  consequence  of  the  deck  loads  taken  would 
have  been  of  much  value  for  future  operations.  The  more 
real  and  the  g^reater  those  distracting  considerations,  like 
those  of  William  III.  in  Ireland,  the  more  do  they  throw 
into  relief  the  greatness,  as  well  as  the  necessity,  of  subor- 


420  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

dinating  them  to  the  one  thmg  needful,  namely,  to  be  ready 
to  the  utmost  on  the  day  of  battle.  They  illustrate^  too, 
how  misleading  is  the  disposition  to  compromise,  to  concede 
something  all  around;  to  straddle  the  two  horses,  escape 
and  battle. 

Rozhestvensky's  course  was  a  compromise,  a  mix-up  of 
escape  and  fighting ;  a  strategic  blunder  to  begin  with, 
in  not  concentrating  attention  on  the  one  needful  thing 
clearly  indicated  by  the  course  of  events,  and  hence  result- 
ing necessarily  in  a  series  of  blunders,  which  comprehen- 
sively may  be  called  tactical.  They  all  hang  together,  as 
the  results  of  a  frame  of  mind ;  the  overloading  with  coal, 
the  increased  danger  of  fire  therefrom,  the  submersion  of 
the  armor  belts,  the  loss  of  speed  and  tactical  capacity,  the 
neglect  of  scouting,  the  company  of  the  transports,  —  each 
of  which  is  a  tactical  error,  —  all  proceed  from  the  failure 
to  observe  that  the  one  governing  consideration  of  strategy, 
in  this  war,  was  a  naval  battle  under  the  most  favorable 
conditions.  It  is  the  repetition  of  the  mistakes  of  the 
Port  Arthur  division.  When  it  becomes  clearly  imminent 
that  one  may  have  to  fight  under  conditions  less  favorable 
than  one  would  desire,  conditions  are  changed ;  but  there 
is  no  change  of  the  principles  involved.  Vladivostok 
reached,  the  principle  would  have  required  the  utmost 
preparation  the  yard  offered,  in  the  least  possible  time,  so 
as  to  be  the  most  fit  possible  to  fight  At  the  Saddles,  the 
same  fitness  required  the  dismissal  from  influence  upon 
conduct  of  all  thought  of  Vladivostok,  and  of  supplies 
there,  so  far  as  such  thought  might  modify  the  preparation 
for  probable  battle.  It  seems  very  probable  that  the  defec- 
tive conceptions  deducible  from  Rozhestvensky's  conduct 
were  emphasized  and  reinforced  by  the  heavy-  preoccupa- 
tions about  supplies,  necessarily  incidental  to  his  anxious 
outward  voyage.  His  mind  and  morale  had  got  a  twist,  a 
permanent  set,  from  which  they  could  not  recover. 


DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE   WAR      421 

Let  us  close  here  with  the  encomium  which  Lauf rey,  a 
hostile  critic,  passes  upon  the  conduct  of  Napoleon,  the 
great  master  of  strategy,  in  the  interval  between  the  disas- 
ter of  Essling  and  the  victory  of  Wagram : 

^^  Never  had  the  maxim  of  sacrificing  the  accessory  to  the 
principal,  of  which  Napoleon's  military  conceptions  afford 
so  many  admirable  examples,  and  which  is  true  in  every 
art,  been  applied  with  more  activity  and  fitness.  The  com- 
plications which  he  most  feared  "  —  the  perplexities,  let  me 
interject,  of  William  III.  and  of  Rozhestvensky's  concern 
about  supplies  —  ^^  were  to  him  for  the  moment  as  though 
they  did  not  exist.  No  secondarv  event  had  power  to  draw 
him  off  from  the  great  task  which  he  had  primarily  assigned 
to  himself.'' 

Briefly,  you  will  perceive  that  there  is  a  concentration  of 
purpose,  for  conduct,  as  well  as  a  concentration  of  numbers, 
for  action. 

Taken  as  a  whole,  the  naval  strategy  of  the  Japanese 
during  this  war  was  marked  by  that  accuracy  of  diagnosis, 
concentration  of  purpose,  and  steadiness  of  conduct,  which 
were  so  strikingly  wanting  in  their  opponents.  I  propose 
only  a  running  commentary  upon  the  more  salient  features ; 
and  in  attempting  this  I  intend  to  lay  weight  particularly 
upon  the  perplexing  and  harassing  circumstances  under 
which  they  labored,  just  because  amid  them  they  held  fast 
to  correct  conceptions,  despite  all  temptations  to  waver. 
It  is  particularly  necessary  thus  to  note  their  difficulties ; 
for  in  regarding  a  series  of  successes,  such  as  theirs,  we  are 
prone  to  infer  qualities  so  extraordinary  as  to  be  almost 
superhuman,  and  thus,  in  vague  admiration,  to  lose  sight  of 
the  useful  commonplace  instruction.  Much  of  the  com- 
ment of  the  past  five  years  has  attributed  to  the  Japanese 
an  extravagance  of  excellence  over  all  other  fighters,  which 
tends  even  to  deprive  their  leaders  of  some  of  their  due 
credit.    In  reading  for  these  lectures,  I  have  been  con* 


422  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

m 

tinually  reminded,  somewhat  amusingly,  of  certain  words 
in  the  Bible,  touching  a  similar  prevalent  impression  in  an 
olden  time :  ^  Now  the  Egyptians  are  men,  and  not  God ; 
and  their  horses  flesh,  and  not  spirit" 

One  of  the  first  remarks  that  fixed  my  attention  was  that 
of  an  observer  on  the  spot  at  the  very  b^inning  of  the 
war :  **  The  Japanese  are  terribly  influenced  by  the  necessity 
of  preserving  their  battleships."  This  was  nearly  two 
months  before  the  Hatsuse  and  Tashima  were  sunk  by 
mines,  on  the  same  day.  Consider  then  what  the  load 
of  anxiety  must  have  been  after  the^  loss  of  those  two  ships, 
which  it  ii^'as  impossible  to  replace  in  kind,  and  for  wliich 
the  two  armored  cruisers  bought  in  Italy  were  but  partial 
substitutes.  Fortunately  for  Japan  then,  the  terms  of  her 
alliance  with  Great  Britain  relieved  her  leaders  from  the 
necessity  of  considering  any  other  navy  than  the  Russian. 
She  did  not  have  to  contemplate  the  entrance  of  any 
European  state  into  her  quarrel ;  a  contingency  which  cer- 
tain ominous  incidents  kept  always  before  the  eyes  of  the 
United  States  in  our  hostilities  with  Spain. 

When  Japan  began  hostilities,  she  had  to  recognize  that 
in  material  force  the  total  navy  of  Russia  was  much 
superior  to  her  own.  Yet,  to  carry  out  her  objects,  she 
must  make  an  invasion  over  sea,  an  offensive  movement  on 
a  large  scale,  depending  upon  the  control  of  the  sea,  not 
only  for  the  first  success,  but  for  the  maintenance  through- 
out of  her  operations.  In  this  offensive  purpose  she  was 
not  hampered  by  any  prepossessions  in  favor  of  a  Fortress 
Fleet,  as  were  the  Russians.  I  find  no  trace  of  any  such 
conceptions.  On  the  contrary,  Japan  appears  fully  to  have 
grasped,  and  to  have  acted  upon,  the  principle  that  the  one 
object  of  a  navy  is  to  control  the  sea ;  the  direct  corollary 
from  which  is  that  its  objective  is  the  enemy's  navy  —  his 
organized  force  afloat.  This  they  recognized  in  two  ways. 
First,  they  allowed  the  Russians  to  assemble  their  vessels 


DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE   WAR      423 

in  the  Far  East,  until  their  navy  as  a  whole  was  fairly 
divided  in  two.  Next,  they  made  the  leading  feature  in 
their  campaign  to  be  attack,  upon  the  half  of  the  enemy's 
fleet  exposed  to  them.  I  allude  not  merely  to  the  success- 
ful torpedo  attack  on  the  vessels  outside,  with  which  hos- 
tilities opened,  but  also  to  the  fact  that  for  two  months 
continuous  attempts  were  made  to  harm  those  that  were 
left,  as  well  within  as  without  the.  harbor;  by  bombard- 
ments, by  laying  mines,  and  by  attempting  to  close  the 
channel-way  with  sunken  vessels.  All  these  efforts  were 
dictated  by  one  principle :  the  destroying  or  neutralizing 
the  enemy's  fleet. 

As  the  gunnery  of  the  Russian  forts  improved,  the  same 
principle,  or  necessity,  forced  upon  the  Japanese  additional 
care  for  their  armored  vessels.  The  range  of  bombardment 
was  gradually  increased  and  great  care  exercised  to  select 
dead  angles.  Security  for  themselves  in  this  particular 
matter  took  precedence  of  injury  to  the  inside  enemy; 
because,  dependent  as  they  were  upon  controlling  the  sea, 
and  inferior  in  aggregate  naval  force,  the  possible  gain  by 
bombardment  did  not  nearly  equal  the  possible  injury  from 
an  unlucky  hit.  The  risk  became  unjustifiable ;  but  both 
the  care  of  their  own  ships,  and  the  attack  of  the  enemy's 
proceeded  from  one  principle,  control  of  the  sea.  As  re- 
gards the  effect  from  these  naval  bombardments,  our  naval 
attacks  in  Port  Arthur  reported  that  the  material  damage 
was  slight,  but  that  the  persistent  aggressive  action  of  the 
Japanese  exercised  at  an  early  period  a  distinct  and  pro- 
gressive deteriorating  influence  upon  the  morale  of  the 
Russian  fleet,  particularly  upon  the  senior  officers.  This 
he  must  have  gathered  from  other  sources,  as  he  himself 
did  not  get  into  the  place  until  May  8.  It  was  bombard- 
ment from  the  land  side  that  finally  drove  the  mechanics 
from  the  Russian  yards,  and  thus  helped  to  determine  the 
attempted  departure  of  the  squadron,  August  10. 


424  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

When  all  these  means  —  bombardment,  mines,  and  chan- 
nel blocking  —  proved  ineffectual,  the  same  conception  of 
the  end  in  view,  and  recognition  of  what  was  ^  imposed  by 
the  course  of  things,"  as  Ranke  has  it,  dictated  the  next 
action  of  the  Japanese.  The  main  fleet  was  withdrawn 
from  the  neighborhood  of  the  port  to  a  position  remote 
from  torpedo  attack;  to  the  Elliott  Islands,  some  sixty 
miles  from  Port  Arthur.  There  its  security  was  further 
provided  for  by  an  elaborate  system  of  booms,  which  not 
only  covered  the  approaches  to  the  islands  but  were  carried 
from  them  to  the  mainland.  By  this  means  were  protected 
both  the  anchorage  of  the  transports,  and  the  landing  place 
on  the  peninsula  of  the  troops  destined  for  the  operations 
against  the  fortress.  This  may  be  styled  the  defensive 
basis  of  the  naval  operations  before  Port  Arthur ;  the  fur- 
thering control  of  the  sea  by  preserving  your  own  vessels 
and  supplies  intact.  This  artificially  protected  area  of  sea 
about  the  Elliott  Islands  became  the  advance  base  of  both 
land  and  naval  operations,  the  concentration  of  which  at 
one  point,  when  feasible,  as  in  this  case  it  was,  possesses 
evident  advantages.  It  may  be  compared  advantageously 
with  the  position  of  the  British  under  Wellington  at  Lisbon, 
which  served  as  both  naval  and  military  base  during  the 
Peninsular  War. 

Offensively,  not  merely  was  the  Russian  fleet  to  be  de- 
prived of  its  refuge,  forced  out  into  the  open,  to  fight, 
by  the  siege  operations,  which  when  suflBciently  advanced 
would  render  the  position  untenable ;  but  in  the  meantime 
it  was  effectively  held  in  check,  made  unable  to  escape  with- 
out fighting,  by  an  elaborate  set  of  dispositions  covering 
the  surrounding  waters,  and  based  upon  the  Elliott  Islands. 
These  local  dispositions  are  to  be  considered  tactical,  rather 
than  strategic,  and  therefore  not  within  my  particular  prov- 
ince. Nevertheless,  I  will  name  them,  partly  because, 
taken  as  a  whole,  the  establishing  of  a  secondary  base  and 


DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE  WAR      425 

the  deyelopment  of  operations  upon  it,  are  in  principle 
strategic,  though  the  details  are  tactical;  partly  because 
the  whole  action  illustrates  the  unity  of  the  underlying 
strategic  conception,  which  the  Russians  never  mastered, 
or,  if  they  did,  never  carried  out ;  the  conception,  namely, 
that  the  one  thing  necessary  was  to  paraljrze  the  movement 
of  the  enemy's  fleet,  or  to  destroy  it. 

The  Japanese  dispositions  to  this  effect  have  been  sum- 
marized as  *^  fences  "  by  one  of  their  officers,  who  I  under- 
stand was  on  Togo's  staff.  First,  several  lines  of  mines 
moored  in  concentric  circles  round  the  entrances  to  Port 
Arthur  and  ultimately  watched  day  and  night  from  lookout 
towers  on  the  heights  of  the  Liao-tung  Peninsula,  as  this 
fell  bit  by  bit  into  the  hands  of  the  Japanese  land  forces. 
Immediately  outside  of  these  were  the  torpedo  boats  and 
destroyers,  forming  a  second  line,  supported  by  a  third, 
composed  of  second  and  third  class  cruisers.  The  fourth 
fence  was  the  main  fleet  at  the  Elliott  Islands.  The  inner 
lines  correspond  to  the  pickets,  guards,  and  grand  g^uards, 
of  an  army,  and  have  the  same  office,  to  prevent  attack 
from  becoming  surprise,  by  rapid  development  The  mines 
were  intended,  doubtiess,  to  sink  an  enemy  who  touched 
one ;  but  their  essential  tactical  value  was  to  impose  delay, 
necessary  to  clear  a  channel,  during  which  the  Japanese 
fleet,  warned  by  its  lookout  vessels,  would  have  time  to 
come  up,  as  happened  on  the  crucial  occasions  of  June  28 
and  August  10, 1904.  As  a  study  in  comparative  tactics, 
doubly  instructive  because  so  far  separated  in  time  as  naval 
epochs,  and  in  material  as  sailing  ships  from  steam  and 
torpedoes,  I  would  suggest  the  comparison  of  these  dis- 
positions with  those  of  the  British  blockade  of  Brest  in 
1800-1801.  These  I  have  analyzed  in  ''  The  Influence  of 
Sea  Power  upon  the  French  Revolution  and  Empire." 

The  expected  movements  of  the  Port  Arthur  fleet,  against 
which  these  dispositions  were  taken,  would  have  for  their 


426  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

object  the  reaching  Yladivostok.  Winter  being  over,  the 
great  drawback  to  that  port,  ice,  ceased  to  exist ;  and  the 
Japanese  recognized  that  the  enemy's  fleet,  if  it  got  there, 
would  be  much  more  embarrassing  to  them.  This,  of  course, 
was  a  strategic  consideration :  to  pjevent  the  enemy  obtain- 
ing a  gain  of  position.  The  result  of  August  10,  in  the 
return  of  the  Russians  to  Port  Arthur,  was  therefore  rightly 
claimed  by  the  Japanese  as  a  strategic  success.  Thus,  a 
Japanese  officer,  in  a  position  to  know  the  opinions  of  the 
leaders,  wrote  to  a  Japanese  paper : 

*^  If  the  Russians  had  succeeded  in  breaking  the  blockade 
on  August  10,  and  several  of  their  battleships  and  cruisers 
had  reached  Vladivostok,  which  could  not  have  been  in- 
vested for  a  long  time,  the  Japanese  navy  and  nation  would 
have  been  placed  in  a  most  embarrassing  position  as  regards 
the  strategy  of  the  second  period  of  the  fighting,  namely, 
the  period  after  the  Baltic  fleet's  coming." 

To  this  end  partly  was  due  the  moving  of  Kamimura's 
armored  cruisers,  from  before  Yladivostok  itself  to  the 
Straits  of  Korea  —  or  Tsushima.  There  they  were  more 
immediately  on  hand  to  intercept  the  Port  Arthur  division, 
should  it  effect  a  partial  escape ;  at  hand  also  to  reinforce 
the  battleship  division  should  an  action  begun  before  Port 
Arthur  result  in  a  running  fight  Kamimura,  in  short,  was 
at  hand  to  cooperate,  and  by  the  officer  whom  I  have 
quoted  is  called  the  fifth  fence.  The  two  divisions  of 
Japanese  armored  ships,  though  separated,  both  occupied 
interior  positions  relatively  to  Port  Arthur  and  Vladivos- 
tok ;  and  therefore  were  favorably  placed  for  mutual  sup- 
port against  either  enemy,  or  against  the  junction  of  the 
two.  As  a  practical  matter  of  fact,  on  the  occasion  of  the 
Russian  sortie  of  August  10,  Kamimura  did  steam  from 
Tsushima  to  the  southern  part  of  the  Yellow  Sea,  —  some 
two  hundred  miles.  There  he  would  be  most  surely  in  the 
path  of  any  escaping  Russians ;  for  they  might  turn  south. 


r 


e 


428  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

Japanese  were  tempted,  and  yielded  in  part ;  but  they  were 
very  cautious,  and  soon  desisted,  not,  however,  before  one 
of  their  vessels,  the  Asahi,  had  an  escape  so  narrow  as  to 
illustrate  the  danger  of  the  undertaking.  In  all  this  they 
showed  no  particular  originality,  followed  only  accepted 
rules.  Their  greatest  contribution  to  naval  strategy  in 
this  war  was  the  demonstration  of  exaggeration  in  the  Fleet 
in  Being  theory.  This  they  did  demonstrate,  as  far  as  one 
conspicuous  sustained  success  can  be  said  to  demonstrate 
anything.  The  demonstration  is  qualified,  of  course,  by  the 
fact  that  the  Russian  management  of  their  fleet  was  so 
inefficient. 

The  Fleet  in  Being  School,  which  in  fundamental  concep- 
tions is  substantially  one  with  the  so  styled  Blue  Water 
School,  attributes  to  naval  force  itself,  independent  of  other 
factors,  an  importance  and  efficacy  which  in  my  judgment 
are  exaggerated.  It  tends,  for  instance,  to  discard  fortifi- 
cation, or  to  undervalue  unduly  its  advantage  to  national 
defense  and  to  maritime  war&re.  This  line  of  thought,  in 
its  modern  form,  derives  from  the  late  Admiral  Colomb  of 
the  British  navy.  While  he  cannot  be  held  responsible 
for  every  extreme  utterance  of  his  disciples,  I  think  it  a 
fair  presentation  to  say  that  he  over-rates  the  proper  de- 
terrent effect  upon  over-sea  operations  exercised  by  a  naval 
force,  when  it  is  strong,  though  inferior.  Thus  he  says  of 
the  course  of  Torrington,  the  coiner  of  the  phrase,  in  1690, 

"  A  fleet  in  being,  even  though  it  was  discredited  [i.  «., 
beaten],  inferior,  and  shut  up  behind  unbuoyed  sand  banks, 
was  such  a  power  in  observation  as  to  paralyze  the  action 
of  an  apparently  victorious  fleet  either  against  sea  or  shore. 
This  is  the  part  of  the  Battle  of  Beachy  Head  which  con- 
stitutes its  chief  interest."  ^ 

Again,  in  his  third  edition  (1899),  he  refers  to  this 
statement  as  defining  his  own  opinion,  and  adds  (page  xli) : 

1  "  NaTal  Warfare,"  1890,  p.  122. 


^1 


DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RUSSO-JAPANESE   WAR      429 

^The  sea  must  be  swept  clear  of  defendiog  ships  or 
squadrons  before  that  further  step  in  naval  warfare,  the 
assault  of  territory,  can  be  undertaken." 

In  the  hands  of  some  of  his  followers  the  mere  existence 
of  a  strong  though  inferior  fleet,  within  a  moderate  distance, 
should  put  a  stop  to  an  intended  crossing  until  that  fleet  has 
been  destroyed.  This  conclusion  can  be  supported,  and  is, 
by  historical  instances  in  which  such  an  effect  has  been 
produced.  But  to  show  that  a  certain  course  has  frequently 
been  followed  does  not  show  that  course  to  be  correct;  just 
as  the  Japanese  contrary  procedure  in  the  late  war,  though 
successful,  does  not  prove  conclusively  and  for  all  time  that 
it  would  be  right  to  act  as  they  did.  Circumstances  alter 
cases ;  yet,  upon  the  whole,  I  incline  to  say  that  the  dis- 
tinctive note  of  the  Fleet  in  Being  dog^a  is  that  no  cir- 
cimistance  alters  the  truth  of  its  proposition. 

The  difference  between  the  course  followed  by  the 
Japanese  and  the  proposition  upheld  by  the  Fleet  in  Being 
School,  as  a  whole,  is  that  the  Japanese,  upon  a  fair  calcu- 
lation of  probabilities,  took  a  decisive  step,  a  step  that  was 
bound  to  lead  to  results,  despite  the  near  presence  of  a 
strong  hostile  fleet ;  that  they  did  not  try  to  win  without 
taking  any  risks,  but  only,  to  quote  Napoleon,  by  getting 
the  most  chances  in  their  favor.  Had  they  lost  after  all, 
this  particular  error  or  the  other  might  be  charged  against 
them ;  but  in  the  main  they  would  have  been  no  less  right 
than  success  has  proved  them  to  be.  The  Port  Arthur 
fleet  could  have  remained  a  fleet  in  being  to  this  day,  had 
the  Japanese  desisted  from  transporting  their  troops  until 
they  had  destroyed  it.  It  had  only  to  stay  in  port.  In 
short,  such  a  fleet,  according  to  its  advocates,  by  its  mere 
presence  imposes  upon  its  enemy  inaction,  paralysis,  failure 
without  a  chance  of  success,  so  long  as  it  itself  persists  in 
sticking  in  port.  I  think  it  not  an  exaggeration  to  say  that 
acceptance  of  this  theory  would  have  compelled  the  Japanese 


480  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

to  postpone  iDciefinitely  their  land  operations,  attending  the 
enemy's  pleasure  as  to  naval  action.  The  proof  that  this 
is  not  over-stated  is  to  be  found  in  comments  I  have  already 
quoted.  It  is  only  just  to  say  that  there  are  men  associated 
with  this  line  of  naval  thought  who  present  their  conclusions 
more  moderately.  Thus,  Sir  George  Clarke,  long  Secretaiy 
to  the  Committee  of  Imperial  Defence,  wrote :  *^  An  effec- 
tive fleet,"  presumably  inferior,  "  is  a  most  powerful  deter- 
rent to  naval  operations,  and  especially  to  the  over-sea 
transport  of  military  forces."  With  this  statement  no  one 
will  quarrel ;  but  the  interest  of  the  matter  for  us  is  to  note 
the  danger  of  the  extremes  to  which  men  run  who  formulate 
military  phrases  without  careful  regard  to  all  the  factors. 

It  is  now  more  than  fifteen  years  since  I  read  Colomb's 
"  Naval  Warfare."  It,  therefore,  is  not  fresh  in  my  mind ; 
but,  in  referring  to  it  for  this  occasion,  I  found  among  the 
leaves  this  memorandum,  then  made :  **  It  appears  to  me 
that  Colomb  advocates  too  exclusively  the  abandonment  of 
a  combined  expedition  upon  the  mere  threat  of  a  naval  force 
—  not  necessarily  superior  —  but  even  equal  or  smaller.'* 
Upon  the  historical  instances  given  in  support  of  his  theory, 
and  which  certainly  show  that  this  or  that  man  did  abandon 
an  enterprise  because  of  such  a  fleet  in  being,  my  comment 
was,  in  several  cases,  that  had  the  action  been  different  the 
result  evidently  would  have  been  success.  I  then  sunmied 
up  the  general  impression  made  upon  me  by  this  proposition 
that  it  disregards  Napoleon's  sound  dictum  that  **  War  cannot 
be  made  without  running  risks."  This  is  the  correlative  of 
his  other  saying,  just  quoted,  that  war,  accurately  conceived, 
consists  in  getting  the  most  of  the  chances  in  your  favor. 

These  maxims  not  only  justified  risks,  but  they  justify 
also  the  statement  that  a  failure  may  be  more  creditable 
than  a  success;  for  failure  may  ensue  upon  the  utmost 
accuracy  of  calculation  and  energy  of  action,  while  a  success 
may  be  the  result  of  chance,  or  of  mere  overpowering  force* 


DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RUSSO^APANESE   WAR      481 

The  two  questions  in  case  of  a  risk  which  is  under  con- 
sideration are:  Does  the  end  justify  the  risk?  and  has 
every  practicable  precaution  been  taken  to  insure  success? 
Nelson,  proposing  an  assault  upon  Leghorn,  endorsed 
Napoleon's  maxim  unconsciously;  indeed,  long  before  it 
was  written.  He  proposed  no  mere  adventure,  he  carefully 
discussed  details,  but  he  afiirmed  distinctiy  the  necessity 
for  accepting  risks* 

<*  Something  must  be  left  to  chance.  Our  only  con- 
sideration, Is  the  honor  and  benefit  to  our  country  worth 
the  risk?  If  so,  in  Ood's  name,  let  us  get  to  work." 
*^  You  may  depend,"  he  wrote  on  another  occasion,  *^if  I 
find  the  French  convov  in  any  place  where  there  is  a  prob- 
ability of  attackinfif  tnem,  they  shall  be  either  taken  or 
destroved  at  the  nsk  of  my  squadron,  which  is  built  to 
be  risked  on  proper  occasions. 


CHAPTER  XV 

RELATIONS  OF  COAST  FORTIFICATIONS  TO 

NAVAL  STRATEGY 

THE  war  between  Japan  and  Russia  has  been  in- 
structiye  upon  many  subjects,  but  I  apprehend 
in  none  more  so  than  in  the  real  question  ulti- 
mately involved  in  the  matter  now  before  us  — 
the  relations  of  coast  fortification  to  naval  force;  for  in 
this  we  are  dealing  not  with  details,  however  valuable,  but 
with  broad  general  principles  fruitful  of  a  right  or  wrong 
national  policy.  The  Blue  Water  School  is  the  lineal  de- 
scendant in  the  next  generation  of  the  Fleet  in  Being 
SchooL  The  two  in  succession  afford  illustration  of  a  prin- 
ciple bearing  its  due  fruit,  by  development.  Both  involve 
the  relations  between  land  operations  and  fleets.  In  this, 
as  in  all  military  estimates,  a  safe  solution  depends  upon  an 
accurate  adjustment  being  reached  between  the  two,  based 
upon  a  full  realization  of  the  functions  each  is  to  discharge 
in  that  common  action  we  call  combination ;  by  which  the 
two  80  act  as  to  be  in  effect  one.  Coast  fortification,  sea- 
coast  fortresses,  are  on  a  mental  border  line,  between  the 
conceptions  of  naval  and  military  as  distinct  classes  of  op- 
erations of  war;  just  as  they  are  strong  points  occupied 
upon  the  physical  boundary  which  nature  draws,  between 
the  spheres  respectively  of  fleets  and  armies.  It  is  there- 
fore not  extraordinary  that  debate  should  arise  on  this  de- 
batable ground. 

When  war  exists  between  two  nations  separated  by  the 
sea,  it  is  evident  that  the  one  which  invades  territory  occu- 
pied by  the  other  takes  the  offensive,  and  that  the  instru- 


COAST  FORTIFICATIONS  438 

ment  of  offense  is  the  arm  which  carries  on  the  invasion, 
that  is,  the  army.  The  navy  preserves,  and  assures,  the 
communications  of  the  army.  That  the  navy  alone  makes 
invasion  possible,  does  not  make  it  the  invading  force. 
That  it  alone  makes  the  offensive  possible,  does  not  make 
it  the  offensive  arm.  That  its  own  mode  of  action  is  offen- 
sive does  not  necessarily  constitute  it  the  offensive  factor 
in  a  combined  operation.  In  the  joint  action  it  takes  the 
defensive.  That,  in  pursuit  of  this  defensive  r(^le,  it  takes 
continual  offensive  action  whenever  opportunity  offers  to 
destroy  an  enemy's  ships,  does  not  alter  the  essential  char- 
acter of  its  operations.  It  defends  by  offensive  action, 
wherever  its  guns  reach ;  but  it  defends.  This  certainly 
was  the  function  of  the  Japanese  navy  in  the  late  war. 

Again,  granting  an  invasion,  what  relations  to  the  war 
is  borne  by  the  coast  fortresses  of  the  country  invaded? 
What  function  do  they  discharge  ?  Apparently  defensive, 
on  the  first  glance ;  but  is  this  a  true  account  of  the  mat- 
ter? Is  the  obvious  the  exact  truth?  On  the  contrary; 
just  as  the  method  of  the  navy  is  offensive,  while  its  func- 
tion is  defensive,  so  the  method  of  the  coast  fortress  is 
defensive,  but  its  function  offensive.  So  far  from  defend- 
ing a  country,  a  coast  fortress  in  itself  cannot  protect 
against  invasion,  unless  there  is  no  coast  line  except  the 
fortress  itself ;  —  a  condition  manifestly  impossible.  Land- 
ing can  almost  always  be  effected  beyond  its  reach.  Port 
Arthur  in  itself  did  not  produce  an  iota  of  effect  upon  the 
landing  of  the  Japanese  besieging  force,  which  took  place 
sixty  miles  away.  During  that  part  of  the  operation. 
Port  Arthur  did  not  begin  to  defend  itself,  much  less 
the  country. 

Fortresses,  coast  or  other,  defend  only  in  virtue  of  the  of- 
fensive power  contained  behind  their  walls.  A  coast  fortress 
defends  the  nation  to  which  it  belongs  chiefly  by  the  fleet 
it  shelters.    Its  works,  and  the  troops  which  man  them. 


484  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

conduce  to  the  activity  of  that  fleet,  by  assuring  to  it  sup- 
plies, repairs,  and  shelter  in  extremity.  This  being  the 
case,  it  is  plain  that  the  coast  fortresses  of  an  invaded 
country  are  really  instruments  of  offense,  although  the 
country  itself,  by  the  mere  fact  of  being  invaded,  is  waging 
a  defensive  war.  The  particular  characteristics  of  the 
fortress  are  a  matter  of  detail  only ;  its  essential  function 
is  offensive,  because  it  conduces  to  defense  only  by  facili- 
tating offense.  This  is  exactly  the  relation  of  fortresses  to 
a  land  frontier.  Their  protective  function  to  their  country 
does  not  extend  beyond  the  range  of  their  guns ;  indeed, 
usually  does  not  reach  so  far.  It  is  because  of  the  shelter 
given  to  garrisons,  large  enough  to  be  able  to  take  danger- 
ous action  against  the  communications  of  an  invading 
army  that  the  fortress  defends.  The  garrison  being  on  the 
flank  of  the  enemy's  communications  menaces  the  life,  and 
so  protects  by  arresting  advance.  It  is  its  offensive  power 
which  exerts  the  effect;  not  its  defensive. 

In  land  warfare,  it  becomes  immediately  obvious  that 
a  fortress  must  be  secured  on  every  side,  either  by  nature 
or  by  art  Fortification  is  the  art  of  supplying  deficiencies 
in  natural  protection.  On  an  exposed  sea  frontier,  this  is 
equally  true,  but  much  less  obvious.  We  have  come  to 
look  upon  sea-coast  fortification  so  entirely  as  a  defensive 
measure  against  fleets,  that  sight  has  been  lost  in  great 
measure  of  that  true  conception  of  fortresses  as  offensive 
instruments  which  I  have  been  asserting.  The  conse- 
quence is  that  it  might  be  possible  to  deprive  our  fleet  of 
the  use  of  this  or  that  important  naval  base,  by  an  army 
landing  some  distance  away,  as  the  Japanese  did  at  Port 
Arthur ;  only  I  fear  much  more  easily,  for  I  doubt  if  any 
one  of  our  naval  bases  is  nearly  as  well  protected  on  the 
land  side  as  was  Port  Arthur. 

This  result,  if  true,  is  to  my  mind  an  interesting  illustra- 
tion of  the  gradual  working  of  a  mistaken  principle*     Men 


COAST  FORTIFICATIONS  486 

begin :  Coast  fortresses  serve  only  for  defense.  They  con- 
tinue :  The  navy  defends  better  than  any  fortress  can.  They 
conclude :  Therefore  money  spent  on  fortresses  is  wasted, 
and  should  be  spent  on  the  fleet  This  is,  briefly,  the  syl- 
logism of  the  Blue  Water  SchooL  Granting  the  premise, 
the  conclusion  follows;  but  the  premise  is  erroneous. 
Strategically,  coast  fortresses  are  not  for  defense,  but  for  of- 
fense, by  sheltering  and  sustaining  that  force  which  against 
an  invader  is  the  offensive  arm  ;  that  is,  the  navy.  It  fol- 
lows that  they  must  be  developed  on  the  land  side  as  well 
as  on  the  sea  side,  in  order  to  preserve  them  against  reduc- 
tion, either  by  coup  de  main  or  by  prolonged  siege,  as 
at  Port  Arthur.  Having  regard  to  all  the  circumstances, 
Santiago  may  be  said  to  have  fallen  by  coup  de  mainj  as 
Port  Arthur  by  siege.  In  both  cases,  the  fleet  was  deprived 
of  a  base.  That  is  the  essential  feature  in  the  result ;  the 
accompanying  destruction  of  the  fleet  in  both  cases  was 
simply  a  cumulative  incident,  though  most  satisfactory. 
Had  either  fleet  escaped  to  another  fortress,  to  Havana  or 
to  Vladivostok,  the  gain  or  loss  of  the  port  from  which 
it  had  escaped  would  have  mattered  comparatively  little  to 
either  belligerent,  because  the  offensive  element  of  the  place 
had  escaped,  and  could  be  utilized  elsewhere. 

Defense  on  the  sea  side,  against  direct  naval  attack, 
is  comparatively  easy;  because  on  that  side  siege  works 
cannot  be  constructed,  and  ships,  the  remaining  means  of 
attack,  are  at  a  recognized  disadvantage  contending  against 
forts.  Some  dispute  this;  but  the  Japanese  will  not  be 
accused  of  lack  of  daring,  and  they  did  not  long  expose 
their  ships  to  the  Russian  forts.  During  the  bombardment 
period,  they  increased  the  range,  an  element  of  safety ;  and 
even  so,  one  of  their  ships,  the  Asahi,  had  a  narrow  escape 
from  serious  injury.  It  is,  therefore,  on  the  land  side  that 
coast  fortresses  most  need  to  be  made  secure,  for  there 
nature  does  least  for  them. 


486  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

These  principles  are  geneial,  but  of  cooise  must  be 
modified,  adjusted,  to  the  requirements  of  each  case. 
Granting  even  a  supreme  navy,  such  as  that  of  Great 
Britain  has  been  in  past  times,  coast  fortresses  are  needed ; 
for  there  never  has  been  a  time,  and  never  can  be,  that  the 
navy  of  an  extended  territorial  power  can  everywhere  by 
itself  alone  prevent  invasion.  As  Sandwich  wrote  to  Rod- 
ney, the  navy  cannot  be  in  force  in  every  quarter.  In  the 
past,  the  British  navy  secured  the  British  Islands ;  but  in 
other  seas,  it  needed  Gibraltar  and  similar  positions.  The 
necessity  of  fortification  in  the  various  positions  differed, 
according  to  the  facility  with  which  a  possible  enemy  could 
reach  them.  Even  in  the  British  Islands  themselves,  a 
successful  invasion,  in  other  times  or  now,  would  doubt- 
less propose  to  itself  the  seizure  and  destruction  of  dock- 
yards as  a  principal  end,  if  undefended  on  the  land  side. 
The  story  of  Gibraltar  is  familiar  to  us  alL  It  survived  in 
virtue  of  natural  and  acquired  defensive  power  which  has 
passed  into  proverb ;  but  take  the  case  of  Malta  and  Egypt 
in  1798.  These  were  not  British  possessions;  but  they 
were  great  British  interests.  Had  Alexandria  been  a  British 
fortress,  adequately  garrisoned,  the  interference  with  Bona- 
parte's operations  in  Egypt  would  have  been  even  more  seri- 
ous than  the  subsequent  blockade  of  the  place.  He  would 
have  had  to  reduce  it,  as  he  afterwards  had  to  reduce  Acre, 
and  failed  ;  a  failure  which  compelled  abandonment  of  his 
Syrian  enterprise.  Malta,  too,  would  have  detained  him 
longer,  if  adequately  defended.  This  is  shown  by  the 
fact  that  to  regain  it  took  the  British  two  years,  by 
siege  and  blockade ;  and  how  essential  it  was  to  accom- 
plish this  is  sufficiently  proved  by  Nelson's  eagerness  in 
the  matter. 

Besides  the  difficulty  of  an  enemy's  reducing  a  coast 
fortress,  due  to  its  distance  and  surroundings,  an  important 
consideration  in  determining  the  strength  to  be  given  it. 


COAST  FORTIFICATIONS  487 

regarded  as  a  naval  base,  is  the  number  of  available  ports 
on  a  particular  coast.  Take,  for  instance,  our  Pacific  Coast. 
The  number  of  commercial  ports  suitable  for  a  fleet  is 
limited  as  compared  with  the  Atlantic  Coast.  The  loss  of 
one  of  the  best  is  therefore  a  greater  misfortune.  Assum- 
ing our  battle  fleet  to'  be  concentrated  in  one  ocean  or  the 
other,  it  seems  clear  that,  if  in  the  Atlantic,  and  war  were 
to  make  necessary  to  transfer  it  to  the  Pacific,  the  loss  of  a 
naval  station  there  before  the  fleet's  arrival  would  be  more 
serious  than  \sl  the  reverse  case ;  because  there  the  alterna- 
tive harbors  are  fewer. 

Though  such  misfortune  would  in  any  event  be  very 
serious  to  a  fleet,  it  seems  scarcely  possible  that  an  enemy 
could  so  occupy  in  force  all  available  positions  on  the  At- 
lantic and  Gulf  that  the  fleet  on  arriving  should  find  no 
place  to  which  to  go,  and  to  receive  the  supplies  necessary 
to  place  it  on  a  fighting  basis.  The  enemy  himself  must 
concentrate.  His  battle  fleet  therefore  can  be  at  only  one 
place  in  a  coast  line  of  two  thousand  miles ;  and  it  will  not 
be  the  case  that  he  can  choose  hicr  position  with  the  com- 
parative assuredness  with  which  Togo  settled  himself  at 
Masampo,  knowing  that  the  enemy  had  but  one  possible 
port,  Vladivostok. 

Togo's  problem  would  have  been  more  difficult,  if  the 
Russians  had  still  had  the  two  ports,  Port  Arthur  as  well  as 
Vladivostok;  but  even  so  he  would  have  been  greatly 
helped  by  the  projection  of  the  Korean  peninsula,  which  so 
singularly  resembles  that  of  Florida.  The  correspondence 
of  Key  West  to  Masampo,  in  point  of  situation,  is  very 
striking ;  but  the  great  difference  of  scale  would  have  made 
Rozhestvensky's  success  less  probable  than  that  of  a  United 
States  admiral  approaching  our  eastern  coast  Evasion  by 
the  approaching  fleet,  if  desired,  would  here  be  easier;  in- 
terception by  the  opponent  more  difficult.  Besides,  Mas- 
ampo was  practically  a  Japanese  possession ;  its  analogue, 


488  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

Key  West,  we  may  hope  —  even  though  the  hope  be  over 
sanguine  —  will  be  sufficiently  fortified  to  stand  out  against 
ship  attack.  If  then.  New  York,  our  principal  yard,  had 
passed  into  an  enemy's  possession,  there  would  remain  to 
an  approaching  American  fleet,  Boston,  Norfolk,  Guantan- 
amo,  Key  West. 

From  the  conditions  stated  may  be  inferred  the  immi- 
nent necessity  of  constituting  coast  fortresses  of  the  secur- 
est type  on  both  our  Atlantic  and  Pacific  coasts;  but 
especially  upon  the  latter,  because  it  is  the  weaker  in  point 
of  the  elements  which  make  for  sea  power.  In  any  scheme 
affecting  the  defense  of  the  Pacific  Coast,  the  Hawaiian 
Islands  would  naturally  command  conspicuous  consideration. 
I  conceive  that  our  "  fleet  in  being  '*  —  by  which  I  mean 
not  the  inferior  fleet  thus  conventionally  named,  but  one 
at  least  equal  in  intrinsic  efficiency  and  numbers  to  that  of 
any  existing  state,  except  Great  Britain,  —  needs  fortified 
ports,  to  assure  its  action;  ports  fortified  adequately  on 
the  land  side,  and  provided  with  garrisons  suitable  in  num- 
ber, in  efficiency,  and  in  stored  resources,  to  maintain  a 
siege  at  least  during  the  period  necessary  for  the  fleet  to  be 
transferred  from  the  one  coast  to  the  other.  In  such  a 
case,  a  fleet  acts  with  confidence,  because  assured  of  finding 
the  means  which  it  needs  for  effective  offensive  action ; 
and  the  known  fact  that  it  is  so  assured  will  constitute  a 
factor  of  international  consideration,  making  for  peace,  of 
more  than  double  the  weight  that  can  attach  to  it  if  it  be 
possible  that,  on  arriving  off  a  threatened  coast,  the  fleet 
may  find  a  chief  naval  station  in  the  bands  of  the  enemy, 
as  did  Rozhestvensky.  It  is  of  course  a  commonplace,  cer- 
tified to  by  experience,  that  troops  unfit  to  meet  regulars 
in  the  field  can  hold  fortified  lines;  Jackson  at  New 
Orleans,  Bunker  Hill  in  measure,  are  instances  which  oc- 
cur at  once  to  American  memories.  It  is  vain  to  expect 
that  from  our  civilian  population  can  be  organized  armies 


COAST  FORTIFICATIONS  489 

speedily  fit  to  meet  in  the  field  those  of  the  military  na- 
tions ;  but  it  may  be  possible  to  organize  the  system  of  de- 
fenses for  the  naval  ports,  making  of  them  coast  fortresses 
of  the  Port  Arthur  type,  which  a  citizen  soldiery  could 
hold;  if  willing,  in  their  local  and  national  interests,  to 
undergo  the  comparatively  brief  training  necessary  to  make 
them  efficient  supports  to  a  regular  garrison. 

In  short,  and  in  conclusion,  there  has  been  nothing  in  the 
whole  course  of  the  war  between  Japan  and  Russia  so 
illuminative  as  the  part  played  by  Port  Arthur.  It  is  thus 
illuminative  just  because  the  light  it  throws  is  l^ht  upon 
a  point  which  might  have  been  considered  doubtful,  since 
it  has  been  so  much  disputed  by  that  particular  trend  of 
thought,  embodied  successively  under  the  epithets  *^  Fleet 
in  Being  *'  and  "  Blue  Water."  I  myself  never  have  had 
any  doubt  on  the  matter,  so  that  I  received  no  particular 
instruction.  My  opinion  was  merely  confirmed,  not  changed. 
Conditions  being  what  they  were  when  the  war  began,  the 
entire  issue  turned  upon  a  coast  fortress ;  upon  its  posses- 
sion by  one  party  or  the  other.  The  question  would  not 
have  been  altei'ed  in  principle,  only  in  application,  if  the 
Russian  fleet  had  been  concentrated  at  first  in  Vladivostok. 
There  is  something  to  be  said  in  favor  of  each  port ;  but  the 
balance  inclines  to  Vladivostok,  granting  the  effective  ice- 
breakers. Investment  by  land  would,  I  think,  be  more 
difficult,  a  larger  and  more  protracted  operation,  although  I 
cannot  pronounce  decisively  on  that  point,  being  outside  my 
province.    It  looks  more  difficult 

As  a  maritime  question,  however,  it  is  clear,  that  if  the 
whole  Russian  Far  East  squadron  of  armored  ships  had 
been  concentrated  in  Vladivostok,  as  it  might  have  been, 
it  must  have  been  invested  there,  as  it  actually  was  at 
Port  Arthur ;  and  if  the  place  held  out  till  Rozhestvensky 
approached  (which  is  more  than  probable,  seeing  how 
long  Port  Arthur  resisted,  though  only  a  recent  acquisition 


440  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

of  Russia),  Rozhestvensky  on  arrival  would  have  had 
two  ports  to  enter  instead  of  one.  No  position,  such  as 
Masampo,  would  have  enabled  Togo  effectively  to  hold  in 
check  both  Russian  divisions.  In  the  contingency  im- 
agined, one  perfectly  possible,  he  must  either  have  ac- 
quiesced in  Rozhestvensky  entering  Port  Arthur  to  clean 
and  refit  for  further  action ;  or,  in  order  to  prevent  this, 
must  have  quitted  his  watch  of  Vladivostok,  permitting 
the  exit  of  the  fleet  within  and  the  possible  junction  of  the 
two  Russian  bodies.  This,  if  effected,  would  not  only  have 
constituted  a  great  numerical  preponderance,  but  would 
have  increased  Russian  chances  by  the  moral  effect  that 
a  successful  combination  and  evident  superiority  afford. 
If  this  junction  were  thwarted,  by  the  Japanese  navy 
clinging  to  one  port  or  the  other,  it  would  have  at  least 
to  fight  in  rapid  succession  two  enemies,  each  of  which 
equalled  it  in  material  force ;  nearly,  if  not  quite.  To  the 
weaker  fleet  such  successive  engagement  gives  a  better 
chance  than  that  against  the  two  united.  Nevertheless, 
the  odds  remain  heavy ;  and  the  Japanese  would  not  have 
had  that  precious  opportunity  for  entire  refit,  gained  for 
them  by  the  long  interval  between  the  fall  of  Port  Arthur 
and  the  arrival  of  Rozhestvensky. 

To  exhaust  suppositions,  it  may  be  imagined  that,  under 
the  circumstances  of  the  Russian  Far  East  fleet  being  in 
Vladivostok,  the  Japanese  would  have  undertaken  to  reduce 
it  and  Port  Arthur  simultaneously,  realizing  as  they  would 
the  awkward  situation  constituted  for  them  by  the  arrival  of 
the  Baltic  fleet  with  the  two  ports  still  open  to  it,  and  the 
Eastern  naval  division  still  in  existence.  This  dilemma,  pos- 
sible for  the  Russians  to  constitute  from  the  first,  is  proba- 
bly the  strongest  argument  for  Vladivostok.  The  Russian 
fleet  there  would  have  imposed  upon  the  Japanese  diver- 
gent points  of  interest,  tending  to  divide  their  efforts.  The 
absence  of  the  Baltic  division  g^ve  the  Japanese  the  day 


COAST  FORTIFICATIONS  441 

of  opportunity  which  they  admirably  improved.  The  Rus- 
sians helped  them  further  by  putting  together  the  two  ob- 
jects, Port  Arthur  and  their  fleet,  close  by  the  points  where 
the  intended  invasion  of  Korea  and  Manchuria  must  begin. 
Being  for  the  moment  inferior,  and  on  the  defensive,  in- 
stead of  provoking  their  enemy  to  divide  his  forces,  they 
compelled  him,  by  their  own  dispositions,  to  concentrate  at 
the  point  most  dangerous  to  themselves.  In  this  they  cir- 
cumscribed the  area  in  which  the  energies  of  Japan  must  be 
exerted,  and  enabled  her  entirely  to  disregard  Vladivostok, 
which  gave  no  support  in  the  conflict,  because  eliminated 
by  Russia  herself.  That  the  Russians  so  acted  was  due, 
almost  certainly,  to  their  wish  to  preserve  Port  Arthur, 
and  to  their  vicious  theory  of  a  Fortress  Fleet ;  a  fleet  sub- 
servient to  a  fortress,  instead  of  the  fortress  subservient  to 
the  fleet.  It  would  appear  from  the  comment  of  eye-wit- 
nesses on  the  action  of  the  Port  Arthur  fleet,  that  there 
was  at  no  time  a  disposition  to  take  advantage  of  naval 
opportunities ;  that  is,  of  the  opportunity  which  offered  to 
injure  Japanese  vessels,  otherwise  than  by  stationary  mines, 
which  were  used  extensively.  Yet,  though  not  disposed  to 
use  their  fleet,  they  tied  it  to  the  fortress. 

Under  proper  conceptions,  the  Russian  fleet,  if  at  Vladi- 
vostok, somewhat  inferior,  but  not  decisively  so  —  as  was 
proved  so  late  as  August  10  —  would  by  its  menace  to  Jap- 
anese communications  have  impelled  them  to  besiege  and 
blockade,  as  they  did  at  Port  Arthur.  Reasoning  from 
what  the  Japanese  actually  did  we  know  that  the  Russian 
division,  whether  at  Vladivostok  or  Port  Arthur,  would 
not,  and,  in  my  judgment,  should  not,  have  deterred  them 
a  day  in  tnmsporting  their  troops.  Having  determined  on 
war,  they  saw  before  them,  as  clear  as  though  written  in 
letters  of  fire,  that  the  time  which  could  elapse  before  the 
Baltic  fleet  got  out,  gave  their  one  opportunity  to  obtain 
decisive  success;  success  that  would  give  them, though 


442  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

the  weaker,  a  good  fighting  chance.  They  expected,  too,  at 
the  first,  that  Port  Arthur  would  fall  very  much  sooner 
than  it  did ;  and  with  it  the  fleet,  which  would  be  in  fact 
the  one  really  decisive  effect  open  to  them.  That  gained, 
they  could  fight  on  with  reasonable  prospect.  As  confirm- 
ing this  statement,  bear  in  mind  continually  Togo's  signal 
to  his  fleet  when  Rozhestvensky  was  sighted,  although  by 
that  time  the  fall  of  Port  Arthur  and  the  accompanying 
destruction  of  half  the  Russian  navy  were  already  accom- 
plished facts.  It  is  known  that  even  then  the  anxiety  of 
the  Japanese  Government  was  intense  concerning  the  Bal- 
tic fleet,  and  so  continued  until  its  long  delay  in  arriving 
had  enabled  them  to  refit  their  vessels. 

The  same  strategic  reasoning  would  have  held  for  Japan, 
if  the  Russian  fleet  had  been  in  Vladivostok.  It  would 
have  compelled  them  to  besiege  and  blockade.  If,  for  the 
reasons  I  have  advanced,  they  undertook  Port  Arthur 
simultaneously,  the  two  operations  would  have  taken 
one  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  men  from  the  army  ad- 
vancing in  Manchuria;  besides  which,  the  second  siege 
would  add  immensely  to  the  expense  which  so  drained 
Japan,  and  which  undoubtedly  was  the  chief  factor  in 
causing  her  to  wish  peace.  A  Japanese  officer  near  to  Ad- 
miral Togo  wrote  for  publication,  some  time  afterwards, 
with  reference  to  the  attempted  escape  of  August  10 :  *'  If 
the  bulk  of  the  Port  Arthur  squadron  had  got  to  Vladi- 
vostok, the  Japanese  would  have  been  greatly  embarrassed 
for  the  rest  of  the  war,  and  the  danger  from  the  Baltic 
squadron  greatly  increased."  There  seems  little  reason  for 
doubting  that  the  same  consequences  would  have  followed 
if  the  Port  Arthur  division  from  the  beginning  had  been 
in  Vladivostok. 

The  misuse  of  their  powerful  division  in  Poit  Arthur  by 
the  Russians  is  the  more  suggestive,  the  more  illustrative 
of  the  disastrous  consequences  flowing  from  a  false  principle, 


COAST  FORTIFICATIONS  448 

such  as  Fortress  Fleet,  because  from  the  beginning  they  had 
formulated  a  general  plan  of  campaign  which  they  carried 
into  action ;  a  plan  which  was  correct  for  the  party  momen- 
tarily weaker,  but  ultimately  stronger,  as  Russia  was. 
The  intelligence  officer  of  one  of  our  ships  stationed  at 
Newchwang,  at  the  beginning  of  the  war,  reported  that  the 
common  talk  among  the  Russian  officers  there  was,  that 
they  could  not  hold  the  Liao-Tung  peninsula,  on  which 
Port  Arthur  is,  nor  yet  Lower  Manchuria ;  that  they  would 
garrison  Port  Arthur  for  a  siege,  and  that  the  army  in 
the  field  would  fall  back  successively  on  Liao-Yang  and 
Mukden,  to  Harbin,  disputing  the  defensible  positions^  but 
falling  back.  Harbin  reached,  they  would  make  a  stand, 
reinforced  by  the  troops  and  material  already^accumulated 
there  during  the  retreat,  and  to  be  yet  further  increased,  as 
far  as  necessary,  while  they  continued  to  hold  the  place. 
Then,  when  all  was  ready,  they  would  assume  the  aggres- 
sive in  numbers  sufficient  to  bear  down  all  opposition. 
Harbin,  in  its  turn,  would  thus  have  illustrated  the  useful- 
ness of  fortresses. 

* 

Such  common  talk  proceeds  from  one  of  two  causes; 
probably  from  both.  Either  it  is  leakage  from  higher 
quarters,  or  it  is  what  is  clearly  indicated  to  instructed 
military  men  as  the  correct  course,  which  this  certainly 
was.  Europatkin  was  in  the  exact  situation  of  the 
Archduke  Charles  retreating  before  the  French  in  1797; 
the  year  after  his  successful  campaign  in  the  Danube 
valley,  already  largely  cited.  Of  the  situation  in  1797, 
Bonaparte  wrote  to  his  Government: 

*'  If  the  enemy  had  committed  the  follv  of  awaiting  me, 
I  should  have  beaten  them ;  but  if  they  nad  continued  to 
fall  back,  had  joined  a  part  of  their  forces  from  the  Rhine 
and  had  overwhelmed  me,  then  retreat  would  have  been 
difficult,  and  the  loss  of  the  army  of  Italy  might  entail 
that  of  the  Republic." 


444  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

Europatkin^s  plan  was  essentially  correct,  and  in  his 
retreat  he  had  got  no  farther  than  Mnkden,  when  Japan 
indicated  her  willingness  to  treat. 

Of  the  Russian  scheme,  Port  Arthur  was  an  essential 
feature.  It  provoked  the  Japanese  to  detach  from  their 
main  advance  a  body  of,  from  first  to  last,  over  one 
hundred  thousand  men.^  They  were  compelled  to  do  this 
by  no  point  of  national  susceptibility  because  of  the  wrong 
done  them  by  Russia,  France,  and  Germany,  in  1895, — 
though  that  may  have  counted,  —  but  by  the  necessity  of 
smashing  the  naval  division  within  before  the  Baltic  fleet 
arrived  out  As  we  have  seen,  the  margin  of  time  by  which 
they  gained  this  relief,  though  sufficient,  was  not  too  great ; 
and  we  know,  too,  that  the  commander  of  the  fortress  was 
condemned  to  death  for  premature  surrender.  The  Russian 
retention  of  Port  Arthur  was  therefore  no  compromise 
with  national  pride  or  military  hesitancy.  It  was  a  correct 
adjustment,  of  that  feature  of  the  Russian  conditions,  to 
the  campaign  as  a  whole ;  subordinate  to  the  main  plan, 
but  conducive  to  its  success.  The  numbers  of  the  Russian 
main  army  were  reduced  by  the  amount  of  the  garrison ; 
but  in  order  to  overcome  the  garrison,  the  enemy  had  to 
reduce  his  force  by  from  double  to  treble  the  same  amoimt 

This  excellent  disposition  moreover  contributed  to  the 
delay  which  was  the  essential  first  object  of  the  Russians. 
Port  Arthur  here  effected  in  kind,  and  came  near  effecting 
in  degree,  the  same  purpose  that  Genoa  did  in  1800,  in  the 
campaign  of  Marengo.  The  siege  of  Genoa  held  the  Aus- 
trian general,  Melas,  while  Bonaparte  was  crossing  the  St. 

1  Sir  W.  Nicholson,  Chief  of  the  British  Imperial  Greneral  Staff,  in  a  pref- 
ace to  a  book  entitled  *'  The  Siege  and  Fall  of  Port  Arthur/'  by  W.  Richmond 
Smith,  estimates  the  Japanese  force  needed  to  capture  Port  Arthur  at  not  less, 
in  the  aggregate,  than  one  hundred  and  fifty  thousand  men.  (See  American 
Historical  Eerie w,  April,  1911 ;  page  621.)  The  Japanese  losses  in  the  siege 
have  been  estimated  independently  at  fifty-nine  thousand.  (JoonuU  of  the 
Royal  Artillery,  October,  1905;  page  822.) 


COAST  FORTIFICATIONS  445 

Bernard,  and  until  he  had  assembled  his  army  in  Lombardy 
across  the  Austrian  communications ;  just  as  the  arrival  of 
Rozhestvensky,  if  Port  Arthur  and  its  fleet  were  still  stand- 
ing, would  have  menaced  the  Japanese  sea  communications. 
Genoa  had  obtained  the  delay  that  Bonaparte  needed ;  not 
till  then  did  the  emaciated  garrison  yield  to  starvation  what 
they  had  denied  to  force.  There  seems  no  sufficient  reason 
to  doubt  that  an  equal  obduracy  of  resistance  at  Port 
Arthur  might  have  accomplished  the  same ;  but  Stoessel 
was  not  Mass^na.  I  myself,  writing  before  the  sortie  of 
August  10,  and  depending  wholly  upon  the  information 
open  to  the  public,  had  then  occasion  to  note  the  urgency 
of  the  Japanese  navy  for  the  speedy  reduction  of  Port 
Arthur,  and  the  sense  of  danger  latent  in  the  simultaneous 
existence  of  the  port  and  of  the  still  distant  Baltic  fleet. 
The  Japanese  Navy  Department  cried,  **  Haste  I"  the 
Russian  coast  fortress  replied,  ''Delay I" 

SO/  the  two  parts  of  the  Russian  scheme,  a  true  combin- 
ation, in  which  the  parts  were  two  but  the  action  one,  were 
working  successfully,  each  bearing  its  share ;  but  the  com- 
mander of  the  fortress  proved  inadequate,  and  the  fortress 
fleet,  however  inspired,  did  nothing.  Delay  was  obtained ; 
opportunity  offered ;  but  delay  is  useless  if  insufficient,  and 
opportunity  worthless  when  not  improved.  It  is  of  little 
avail  to  postpone  the  evil  hour,  if  you  must  encounter  it  at 
last.  Nevertheless,  although  the  delay  purchased  by  the 
resistance  of  Port  Arthur  did  not  obtain  ultimate  victory 
for  Russia,  it  most  probably  affected  unfavorably  the  bar- 
gaining power  of  Japan  in  the  peace  negotiations ;  based 
as  this  must  be  on  the  degree  of  her  advance  and  general 
position  of  advantage. 

There  is  one  further  conclusion  to  be  drawn  from  the 
war  between  Japan  and  Russia,  which  contradicts  a  pre- 
vious general  impression  that  I  mjrself  have  shared,  and 
possibly  in  some  degree  have  contributed  to  diffuse.    That 


446  NAVAL  STRATEGY 

impression  is,  that  navies  depend  upon  maritime  com- 
merce as  the  cause  and  justification  of  their  existence. 
To  a  certain  extent,  of  course,  this  is  true ;  and,  just  be- 
cause true  to  a  certain  extent,  the  conclusion  is  more 
misleading.  Because  partly  true,  it  is  accepted  as  unqual- 
ifiedly  true.  Russia  has  little  maritime  commerce,  at  least 
in  her  own  bottoms ;  her  merchant  flag  is  rarely  seen ;  she 
has  a  very  defective  sea  coast ;  can  in  no  sense  be  called  a 
maritime  nation.  Yet  the  Russian  navy  had  the  decisive 
pai*t  to  play  in  the  late  war ;  and  the  war  was  unsuccessful, 
not  because  the  navy  was  not  large  enough,  but  because  it 
was  improperly  handled.  Probably,  it  also  was  intrinsically 
insufficient  —  bad  in  quality;  poor  troops  as  well  as  poor 
generalship.  The  disastrous  result  does  not  contravene 
the  truth  that  Russia,  though  with  littie  maritime  shipping, 
was  imperatively  in  need  of  a  navy. 

I  am  not  particularly  interested  here  to  define  the  rela- 
tions of  commerce  to  a  navy.  It  seems  reasonable  to  say 
that,  where  merchant  shipping  exists,  it  tends  logically  to 
develop  the  form  of  protection  which  is  called  naval ;  but  it 
has  become  perfectly  evident,  by  concrete  examples,  that  a 
navy  may  be  necessary  where  there  is  no  shipping.  Russia 
and  the  United  States  to-day  are  such  instances  in  point. 
More  and  more  it  becomes  clear,  that  the  functions  of  nav- 
ies is  distincfly  military  and  international,  whatever  their 
historical  origin  in  particular  cases.  The  navy  of  the  United 
States,  for  example,  took  its  rise  from  purely  commercial 
considerations.  External  interests  cannot  be  confined  to 
those  of  commerce.  They  may  be  political  as  well  as  com- 
mercial; may  be  political  because  commercial,  like  the 
claim  to  "the  open  door"  in  China;  may  be  political 
because  military,  essential  to  national  defense,  like  the 
Panama  Canal  and  Hawaii ;  may  be  political  because  of 
national  prepossessions  and  sympathies,  race  sympathies, 
such  as  exist  in  Europe,  or  traditions  like  the  Monroe  Doc- 


COAST  FORTIFICATIONS  447 

trine.  The  Monroe  Doctrine  in  its  beginnings  was  partly 
an  expression  of  commercial  interest,  directed  against  a  re* 
newal  of  Spanish  monopoly  in  the  colonial  system ;  it  was 
partly  military,  defensive  against  European  aggressions  and 
dangerous  propinquity ;  partly  political,  in  sympathy  with 
communities  struggling  for  freedom. 

A  broad  basis  of  mercantile  maritime  interests  and  ship- 
ping will  doubtless  conduce  to  naval  efficiency,  by  supply- 
ing a  reserve  of  material  and  personnel.  Also,  in  repre- 
sentative governments,  military  interests  cannot  without 
loss  dispense  with  the  backing  which  is  supplied  by  a 
widely  spread,  deeply  rooted,  civil  interest,  such  as  mer- 
chant shipping  would  afford  us. 

To  prepare  for  war  in  time  of  peace  is  impracticable  to 
commercial  representative  nations,  because  the  people  in 
general  will  not  give  sufficient  heed  to  military  necessities, 
or  to  international  problems,  to  feel  the  pressure  which  in- 
duces readiness.  All  that  naval  officers  can  do  is  to  realize 
to  themselves  vividly,  make  it  a  part  of  their  thought,  that 
a  merchant  shipping  is  only  one  form  of  the  many  which  the 
external  relations  of  a  country  can  assume.  We  have  such 
external  questions  in  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  the  Panama 
Canal,  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  the  market  of  China,  and,  I 
may  add,  in  the  exposure  of  the  Pacific  Coast,  with  its 
meagre  population,  insufficiently  developed  resources,  and 
somewhat  turbulent  attitude  towards  Asiatics.  The  United 
States,  with  no  aggressive  purpose,  but  merely  to  sustain 
avowed  policies,  for  which  her  people  are  ready  to  %ht, 
although  unwilling  to  prepare,  needs  a  navy  both  numerous 
and  efficient,  even  if  no  merchant  Vessel  ever  again  ffies  the 
United  States  flag.  If  we  hold  these  truths  clearly  and 
comprehensively,  as  well  as  with  conviction,  we  may  prob- 
ably affect  those  who  affect  legislation.  At  all  events,  so 
to  hold  will  do  no  harm. 


:l 


nh 


INDEX 


Aden,  acquisition  of,  by  England, 
68. 

Adige,  the,  in  Bonaparte's  cam- 
paign of  1796,  187,  251. 

Adjustment  and  Compromise,  the 
distinction  between,  explained, 
386-391;  the  distinction  be- 
tween, illustrated  by  Rozhest- 
vensky*8  movements,  405-407. 

Advanced  Front,  reason  for,  250, 
251 ;  supreme  instance  of,  in 
wars  of  1793-1815,  251;  held 
by  fleets  at  sea,  251 ;  advantages 
of,  increased  by  holding  of 
nearby  fortified  places,  251 ;  ex- 
amples of,  strengtbened  by 
strong  places,  251-253;  princi- 
ple of,  applied  to  the  Caribbean 
Sea  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico, 
253,  254,  274;  distance  of  ob- 
jective from,  an  element  of  dif- 
ficulty, 263;  supplemented  by 
depot  in  front,  264 ;  when  fleet  is 
not  strong  enough  to  drive  en- 
emy out  of  the  field,  274-276.  See 
Advanced  Position,  Bases, 
Lines,  Ports,  Strategic 
Lines,  Strategic  Points. 

Advanced  Position,  in  time  of 
peace,  127,  128;  instances  of, 
128-130:  the  reason  for,  129; 
British  Islands  a  case  of,  129, 
130;  should  be  continuous  by 
land  and  extensive,  131.  See 
Advanced  Front. 

Africa,  Northern,  cause  of  politi- 
cal conditions  in,  305. 

Algiers,  an  important  base,  87. 


Alliances,  their  weakness  due  to 
inferior  power  of  concentration, 
43. 

Alsace,  taken  by  France,  63. 

American  Independence,  War  of, 
188,  189,  261,  262. 

Anegada  Passage,  341,  348,  352, 
364. 

Antigua,  357,  358,  364. 

Areola,  battle  of,  252. 

Armaments,  the  determining  in- 

I  fluence  of,  even  when  no  blood 
is  shed,  76,  78,  79,  95. 

Armored  Cruisers,  390,  391. 

Army,  its  part  in  coast  defense, 
141,  143. 

Arsenals,  advisable  to  have  at  least 
two,  169;  define  position  and, 
in  great  degree,  length  of  base 
line,  207.    See  Navy-yards. 

Art,  and  science,  the  distinction 
between,  299. 

Art  of  Naval  War,  possible,  114, 
115;  principles  of,  few,  119. 

Artificial  Channels,  323,  324. 

Asiatic  Immigration,  connected 
with  the  Open  Door  and  the 
Monroe  Doctrine,  197 ;  on  the 
Pacific  coast,  would  mean  Asi- 
atic occupation,  197. 

Assembling  a  force,  offensive 
strength  dependent  on  power  of, 
153-156. 

Athenians,  defeat  of,  before  Syra- 
cuse, 222-230 ;  the  tactical  sys- 
tem of,  227  note. 

Atlantic  Coast,  of  United  States, 
compared  to  the  Pacific  coast  as 


450 


INDEX 


regftrda  available  ports,  487; 
fortresses  should  be  iiistitated 
on,  438. 

Attack,  in  land  waifare,  nsoally 
determined  by  oonditions  of 
l^ond,  46^  46;  on  flank  pre- 
ferred, 46,  47 ;  hi  naml  taetios, 
47;  on  van  or  rear,  47-49. 

Ansterlits,  battle  of,  24, 8& 

Australasia,  and  the  British  navy. 
Lord  Kitchener  on,  182. 

Anstria,  her  annexation  of  Bosnia 
and  HenegOTina,  9, 18, 122, 806 ; 
at  Hohenlinden  and  Ansterliti, 
24;  war  of,  with  France  (1685- 
1648),  27-81,  84,  40-48,  61-68; 
ports  of ,  in  the  Mediterranean, 
88;  in  the  war  of  1689-1697, 
88-96;  in  European  politios  in 
1897  and  to-day,  104,  108;  and 
Germany,  109, 184;  her  interest 
in  the  Mediterranean,  184, 189, 
286. 


Badajoz,  in  the  Peninsular  War, 
64,  244-246. 

Bahama  Banks,  811,  888,  339. 

Bahama  Channel,  338,  339. 

Bahamas,  the,  311. 

Balance  of  Power,  103, 108, 109. 

Barbados,  364. 

Bases,  of  operations,  local  ports  as, 
necessary  for  control  of  commer- 
cial routes,  68;  of  England,  in 
the  Mediterranean,  68;  perma- 
nent, the  bearing  of,  upon  opera- 
tions, 76,  86,  87;  acquired  by 
Mazarin  in  the  Mediterranean, 
77;  want  of  local,  in  time  of 
Cromwell,  made  influence  of 
England  in  Mediterranean  tran- 
sient, 78;  temporary,  87;  and 
stations,  naval,  not  synonymous, 
87;  of  England,  France,  Aus- 
tria, in  the  Mediterranean,  87, 


88;  EngHsh  oeeupatioD  of  Cadui 
in  war  of  168»-1697,  92-4N(; 
naval,  vsquirementa  of,  are  posi- 
tbn,  strength,  lesouroes,  98, 
182;  fixed  naval,  obtained  hj 
Eni^d  by  F^aoe  of  Utredit, 
98;  naval  strategy  of  value  in 
acquiring,  121-124;  neeessaiy 
for  politioal  influence  in  unset- 
tled regions,  122;  certain,  as 
particular  cases  of  advanced 
positions,  180;  hooie,  167;  of 
operation,  coastlines  with  sev^ 
oral  suiti^le  ports  aie,  168;  of 
supi^,  Chesapeake  Bay  and 
New  Yoi^  169;  of  operations^ 
all  fortified  ports  on  same  sea 
frontier  will  form,  171 ;  of  opera- 
tions, the  needs  o^  171, 172 ;  of 
operations,  fortified,  are  as  need- 
ful to  a  fleet  as  to  an  anny,  191; 
principles  whidi  should  govern 
the  selection  and  preparation  0^ 
191-195;  development  of  Great 
Britaivs  qrstem  o(  198,  194; 
consideratiohs  regarding  those 
of  the  United  States,  196-198 ; 
maintenance  of,  depends  on 
navy,  198 ;  secondary,  should  be 
constituted  on  same  principles 
as  those  on  home  frontier,  200; 
secondary,  choice  among,  im- 
portant, if  theater  of  war  be  ex- 
tensive, 201,  202;  secondary, 
how  obtained,  202,  203;  direct 
and  indirect  attack  of,  208 ;  the 
choice  of,  in  maritime  expe- 
ditions, 205;  of  Great  Britain, 
the  shifting  of,  206;  of  the 
United  States  in  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico,  206 ;  great  arsenals  de- 
fine position  and,  in  large  degree, 
length  of,  207;  cutting  loose 
from,  212;  local,  for  naval  force 
in  distant  operations,  evidence 
for  necessity  for,  261, 262;  rarely 


INDEX 


461 


attacked  until  predominanoe  is 
established,  263  ;  attack  of  cue- 
my'8,  most  effective  measure  for 
defense  of  Panama  Canal,  264, 
265 ;  blockade  of,  may  be  surest 
way  of  bringing  fleet  within 
reach,  271,  272 ;  aim  should  be, 
to  reduce  those  of  enemy  to 
single  point,  273 ;  of  action,  local, 
of  defendant  fleet,  291.  See  Ad- 
vanced Front,  Advanced 
Position,  Lines,  Ports, 
Strategic  Lines,  Strategic 
Points. 

Battle,  concentration  applies  to, 
45 ;  choice  of  position  for,  218- 
220;  of  Areola^  252;  of  Austei^ 
litB,  24,  85;  of  Beachy  Head, 
90,  21^  267;  of  Blenheim,  98; 
of  Cape  St.  Vincent,  47;  of 
Copenhagen,  286;  of  Elba,  70; 
of  Hohenlinden,  24 ;  of  Kentbh 
Knock,  71;  of  the  Japan  Sea, 
49,  178 ;  of  La  Hohgne,  90 ;  of 
the  Nile,  186,  233,  234,  238, 
256,  257,  260;  of  Nordlingen, 
84,  89,  41 ;  of  Plymouth,  71. 

Battleships,  increase  in  size  of, 
as  affecting  certain  strategic 
points,  376,  377. 

Bavaria,  in  the  Thirty  Tears' 
War,  62,  63 ;  in  the  War  of  the 
Spanish  Succession,  96-98. 

Beachy  Head,  baUle  of,  90,  218, 
267. 

Beehler,  Commodore,  remarks  on 
Key  West,  377,  378. 

Belgium,  in  the  Thirty  Tears' 
War,  29,  30,  62,  63. 

Belize,  349-351. 

Bermuda,  135,  859. 

Bismarck,  Prince  von,  did  not 
contemplate  external  expan- 
sion, 111. 

Bizerta,  an  important  base,  87, 
128. 


Blake,  Robert,  72,  78-80,  118. 

Blenheim,  battle  of,  98. 

Blockade,  the  ease  of  running, 
145. 

Blockaders,  as  alEeoted  by  devel- 
opments in  submarine,  torpedo,* 
and  wireless,  8. 

Blockships,  147. 

Blue  Water  School,  284;  theory 
of,  428;  the  descendant  of  the 
Fleet  in  Being  School,  432 ;  the 
syllogism  of,  485. 

Bonaparte.    See  Napoleon. 

Boom-protected  Anchorage,  157, 
424. 

Bosnia,  annexation  of,  by  Austria, 
9, 18,  122,  806. 

Boston,  144,  170. 

Bourbon,  House  of.    See  Yblmsic^* 

Breisach  and  Philipsburg,  com- 
pared to  Badajoz  and  Ciudad 
Rodrigo,  64. 

Byng,  Admiral,  179. 


Cadiz,  threatening  position  of, 
88;  taken  as  a  base  by  the  Eng- 
lish in  the  war  of  1689-1697, 
93-95. 

Canada,  United  States  could  not 
allow  interference  with,  88. 

Caribbean  Sea,  interest  of  United 
States  in,  up  to  1887, 100,  101, 
868-370,  872-377;  reproduces 
the  central  position  of  the  Medi- 
terranean, 102;  interest  of  the 
United  States  in,  to-day.  111, 
370,  377;  Cuba  case  of  ad- 
vanced position  in,  127-131, 
253,  254;  Panama  Canal  will 
change  strategic  value  of  ports 
of,  139,  160i  198,  208;  how  cer- 
tain changes  in,  would  affect 
strategic  value  of  Martinique 
and  other  places,  140;  advanced 
base  against  Windward  Islands 


452 


INDEX 


in,  268, 264;  the  C8Bal«  the  era- 
cijkl  strategic  feature  of,  264 ; 
neamees  of,  gives  speoial  value 
to  well-placed  aoqmremeiits  of 
United  States  there,  280;  a 
highway  of  trade,  808;  points 
of  oonvergenoe  of  trade  routes 
through,  808,  804;  precarious- 
ness  of  politioal  developments 
in  the  region  of,  800;  bound- 
aries of,  808 ;  with  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico,  resembles  the  Mediter- 
ranean, 808 ;  entrances  of,  their 
respective  values,  808-810; 
points  of  strat^c  importance 
in  and  near,  812-814 ;  Ameri* 
can  base  advanced  in,  if  desired, 
by  war  with  Spain,  814;  discus- 
sion with  regard  to  positions  in 
and  near,  81&-847;  the  objects 
to  be  controlled  in,  847,  848 ; 
Cuba  controls  entrances  of,  848 ; 
lines  of  communication  o(  as 
controlled  by  Cuba,  Jamaica, 
and  Lesser  Antilles,  861-867; 
the  comparative  values  of  Guan- 
tanamo  and  Key  West,  877-881 ; 
the  strategic  key  to  the  Atlantic 
and  Pacific  is  in,  382. 

Caroline  Islands,  123. 

Cartagena,  in  Colombia,  impor- 
tant point,  349,  351. 

Catoche,  Cape,  310-312. 

Central  Line  or  Position,  value 
of,  illastrated  by  the  1796  cam- 
paign, 23-25,  57,  58,  61 ;  value 
of,  illastrated  by  the  Thirty 
Years'  War  and  the  Austrian 
conflict,  27-34,  61;  defined,  31, 
85,  36 ;  held  by  France  at  time 
of  Richelieu,  43 ;  at  sea,  50,  99; 
of  Straits  of  Florida,  51,  52 ;  of 
Straits  of  Magellan  or  Panama 
Canal,  53,  54 ;  value  of,  lies  in 
the  use  made  of  it,  53;  plus 
power,  53,  54 ;  will  enable  con- 


testant to  {HPevent  Jmiclkm  of 
forces,  55;  a  factor  oontribatoiy 
to  advantage,  60,  60. 

Cervera,  Admiral,  if  his  8qiuidioi& 
had  been  efficient,  it  could  have 
got  into  Cienfuegos,  80,  278| 
270 ;  why  he  went  to  Santiago, 
167, 168 ;  effect  upon,  if  Admiral 
Sampson  had  been  at  Windward 
Passage,  841. 

Chadwidc,  Admiral,  888. 

Champlain,  Jjake,  effect  of  AmeA. 
can  squadron  on,  in  1776,  06. 

ChanceUorsville,  movement  of 
Jackson  at,  85. 

Chances,  the  stu^  of,  necesaair, 
177, 178. 

Charles,  Archduke,  on  the  stretch 
of  the  Danube  from  Ulm  toBat- 
isben  as  the  controlling  mUitvy 
feature  of  Southern  Germany, 
22;  his  successful  movements 
against  Jourdan  and  Moceaa 
in  1706^  28-25,  67,  68;  his  study 
of  strategy  based  upon  the 
Danube  ngion,  24,  25;  unoer^ 
tainties  in  the  position  of,  67, 
58;  quoted  on  the  possession 
of  strategic  points,  127 ;  quoted 
on  strategic  points  in  open  and 
in  broken  country,  138;  on  hav- 
ing two  fortresses,  170 ;  on  forti- 
fying the  base  of  operations, 
281 ;  on  the  value  of  experience 
and  historical  illustration  in 
warfare,  297,  301 ;  Kuropatkin 
in  position  of,  448. 

Charleston,  170;  the  fall  of,  14, 15. 

Chesapeake  Bay,  proposition  for 
artificial  island  at  entrance  of, 
152;  indicated  by  nature  as  a 
primary  base  of  supplies,  169, 
170. 

Chiriqui  Lagoon,  140,  312,  849, 
351. 

Cienfuegos,  Cervera's  fleet  could 


INDEX 


453 


have  reached,  30,  278,  279;  why 
Cervera  did  not  head  for,  167, 
168 ;  and  Havana,  Santiago,  Sa- 
mana  Bay,  as  strategic  points, 
322,  335-338. 

Ciudad  Bodrigo,  64,  244>246. 

Clarke,  Sir  George,  his  Fleet  in 
Being  statement,  430. 

Clausewits,  Karl  von,  120,  note; 
279. 

Clayton-Bnlwer  Treaty,  101,  102, 
868,  370. 

Coal,  the  question  of,  118,  119, 
381;  in  Rozhestvensky's  fleet, 
119,  228,  411,  412,  417-420. 

Coast,  defense  and  attack,  49 ;  of 
United  States,  line  of,  61>53; 
defense,  the  part  of  the  army 
chiefly,  141,  143;  defense  and 
operations,  should  be  by  com- 
bined military  and  naval  con- 
sultation, 143 ;  fortresses,  are  in 
greater  danger  of  capture  by 
land  attacks  than  by  sea  at- 
tacks, 144;  defense,  by  tor- 
pedo-vessels and  mines,  147, 
148;  fortresses,  important  part 
played  by,  148,  149;  result,  if 
defense  of,  is  assigned  to  navy, 
150-152;  offensive  strength  of, 
153-163 ;  neutral,  may  be  made 
part  of  line  of  approach  to  bel- 
ligerent port,  166;  with  two  or 
more  bases,  defense  of,  320, 
321.  See  Advanced  Front, 
Babes,  Lines,  Ports,  Strate- 
gic Lines,  Strategic  Points. 

Coast-defense  Ships,  146, 147. 

Coast  Fortifications,  relations  of, 
to  naval  strategy,  illustrated  by 
Russo-Japanese  War,  432;  a 
mental  border  line  between  con- 
ceptions of  naval  and  military, 
432;  method  of,  is  defensive, 
but  function  is  offensive,  433- 
435  r  support  the  fleet,  433-435 ; 


should  be  developed  on  land  side 
as  well  as  on  sea  side,  435 ;  ships 
at  a  disadvantage  contending 
against,  435 ;  are  needed,  grant- 
ing even  a  supreme  navy,  436; 
should  have  regard  to  the  num- 
ber of  available  ports  on  the 
coast,  436,  437;  should  be  con- 
stituted on  Atlantic  and  Pacific 
coasts  of  United  States,  438; 
troops  unfit  to  meet  regulars  in 
the  field  can  hold,  438.  See 
Fortresses,  Ports. 

Coast-lines,  165,  166,  173. 

Codrington,  Sir  Edward,  223. 

Colomb,  Admiral,  his  "Naval 
Warfare,"  12;  Fleet  in  Be- 
ing theory  derived  from,  428- 
430. 

Colombia,  368. 

Colon,  140,  304,  349. 

Colonial  Possessions,  desire  of 
Germany  for,  106,  109;  move- 
ment toward  obtaining,  in 
Europe,  108;  the  navy  the  pro- 
tection of,  176,  177,  190,  191 ; 
not  so  easy  to  hold  as  home 
points,  178-180 ;  of  France,  181 ; 
of  Great  Britain,  a  source  of 
danger,  181;  of  Great  Britain, 
Lord  Kitchener  on  the  necessity 
of  a  navy  to  protect,  182;  of 
Great  Britain,  fell  at  time  of 
War  of  American  Independ- 
ence, 188, 189 ;  principles  which 
should  govern  the  selection  and 
preparation  of  positions  in, 
191-195;  of  Great  Bntian, 
throws  Empire  on  defensive, 
357. 

Column,  fighting  order  of  navies, 
47. 

Combination,  meaning  of,  389- 
391. 

Commerce,  relations  of  navy  to, 
445-447. 


464 


INDEX 


CoBiDfliQiil  BontoSf  tho  oonint 
Hog  of,  68. 

CoimnniilflitiCTiij  tsIiia  oI^  illiit* 
tratod  I7  the  Thirij  Tears' War 
and  the  Anetoiaii  eooflid^  27- 
84«  61;  defined,  82,  88^  66,  86; 
of  tbe  Rnariant  near  Plevna  in 
1877,  86-88;  open  and  aale,  ex- 
ample ^  87;  menaee  to^  by 
ToalonaiidFlefna,88;  between 
Spain  and  Genoft  torn  1680 
to  1660,  importanee  o(  40;  tiie 
moet  eontrc^ng  leatere  in  land 
etralegy,  118;  how  afeeam  has 
alleoled  the  element  o^  118^ 
118;  importance  ^  as  elrat^gie 
linee,  166^  167;  line  of,  nraally 
leproeente  line  of  retreat,  167; 
two  baeee  iadUtate,  168-171; 
enoh  baeea  ehonld  be  in  eonip 
mnnication,  to  insare,  171; 
in  Rneeo^apanefle  War,  188; 
dominate  war,  265.  iS>«vBAeBe, 
Stbatsoio  P01KT8,  Lnrie. 

Compromise    and     Adjustment 

8€e    AiaVWrMMMT     AMD    COM- 
PBOMISE. 

ConoentratioD,  sammarizes  mili- 
tary efficiency  in  war,  6,  6,  80; 
applied  to  United  States  fleet, 
a,  11,  39,  40,  68,  75,  94,  115, 
116,  222;  incidents  bearing  on 
the  value  of^  7,  8,  11 ;  value  for, 
of  a  reserve,  8;  value  of,  illus- 
trated by  the  campaign  of  1796, 
23-25, 57,  58,  61 ;  value  of,  illus- 
trated by  the  Thirty  Years'  War 
and  the  Austrian  conflict,  27-34, 
61 ;  failure  of  Richelieu  to  prac- 
tise, 43,  44;  weakness  of  alli- 
ances due  to  inferior  power  of, 
43;  the  first  question  in  mili^ 
tary  schemes  should  refer  to, 
43 ;  Nelson's  advice  concerning, 
43,  44;  necessary  in  ship  de- 
sign, 44;  necessary  in  tactics, 


46;  pndominaiiee  ei(  la  qporifie 
method  of  bedding  eneivf  in 
ebeek  in  all  parts  but  om^  dH; 
a  factor  oontribntiiig  to  adrnn- 
tageb  60,  60;  iDasteifted  by  tbe 
Doldi-BBglUi  Wara662-1664X 
67-74;  mnat  be  beld  and  mp- 
pUed  in  the  qrfrit,  not  in  the 
letter  onfy,  74^  76;  gained  bj 
England  tinoogh  theemafalngof 
HoUaad,inl664^77;  Ohwtnited 
by  eoorse  of  eventi  fiom  the 
end  of  the  Dnldi  War  to  the 
death  of  Cromwell,  78-82;  prae- 
ent  leoc^tlon  of  neuemilj  tor, 
124;  of  British  ieel^  126,  128; 
of  United  Statsa  ieel^  186;  ttie 
neeeerity  for,  depends  en  mo- 
biUty  of  naviee,  126^  126;  ee- 
aential  to  Tigoiooe  ezeentioo, 
171;  ports  of  a  coast  fine  ahoold 
be  in  seonre  commnnieation,  in 
order  to  allow  o^  171;  of  a 
dispersed  fleet  after  battie,  178, 
174;  of  Groat  Britein's  fleet, 
188;  of  snppliee  on  a  siogle  line 
of  oommnnieation,  inexpedient, 
212;  of  fighting  ships  in  mari- 
time expedition,  221. 

Consolidation,  internal,  the  effect 
of,  on  external  action,  88-86. 

Control,  of  the  sea,  often  unde- 
cided, 265-261;  of  Windward 
Passage,  326-830  ;  of  Caribbean 
Sea  and  Gulf  of  Mexico,  832- 
834,  340-381 ;  points  for,  in  tbe 
Caribbean,  347-356;  depends 
on  two  things,  position  and  ao- 
tive  military  strength,  356. 

Convoy  System,  not  extended  by 
England  to  the  Mediterranean 
before  Cromwell,  67;  involves 
a  new  strategic  idea,  68;  con- 
ditions necessary  to,  68. 

Convoys,  208,  209;  supplies  of 
fleet  may  be  sent  by,  211 ;  ques- 


INDEX 


455 


tion  whether  they  should  aoeom- 
pany  fleets  or  oome  after  control 
of  sea  is  decided,  disputed,  215- 
218. 

Copenhagen,  battle  of,  286. 

Corbett,  Julian,  his  '*  Seven  Years' 
War,'*  10;  historical  works  of , 
**  England  in  the  Mediterra- 
nean "  and  **  England  in  the 
Seven  Tears'  War,"  13;  how 
he  approached  his  subject,  16; 
cited,  16, 19,  42,  68,  80,  92,  118, 
248  note,  271 ;  his  <<  England  in 
the  Mediterranean,*'  26,  86,  87  ; 
contravenes  Napoleon's  criticism 
of  Comwallis,  116-118;  on  de- 
fense, 277-279. 

Cordon  System,  151,  388. 

Comwallis,  his  division  of  his 
fleet,  116-118. 

Coromandel  Coast>  the,  261,  262, 
272. 

Corsica,  at  one  time  occupied  by 
England,  68,  258. 

Coup  d*aU,  9,  14,  21. 

Creasy,  Sir  Edward,  his  '*  Fifteen 
Decisive  Battles  of  the  World," 
222. 

Crippled  ships,  266,  267. 

Cromwell,  Oliver,  the  external 
policy  of,  influenced  by  reli- 
gious motive,  28;  reorganiza- 
tion of  the  English  navy  under, 

64,  65;  his  policy  and  motives 
before  and  in  the  Dutch  War, 

65,  66;  crushed  the  Dutch  in 
order  to  gain  concentration,  77; 
his  policy  after  the  Dutch  War, 
77-82;  dependence  of  his  navy 
upon  his  army,  113. 

Cuba,  and  Cervera,  39,  167,  168, 
278,  279,  341;  flanked  our  na- 
tional communications,  52;  our 
interest  in,  101;  occupies  ad- 
vanced position,  127-131 ;  south- 
ern coast  of,  example  of  strategic 


line,  168;  object  of  United  States 
in  invading,  180;  supposition  of 
our  holding,  in  war,  253,  254; 
and  the  Windward  Islands,  263, 
264;  United  States  in  tenure  of 
Guantanamo,  314, 315;  strategic 
points  in,  322,  335-338 ;  the  con- 
trolling  position  of,  and  its  ele- 
ments of  strength  and  weakness, 
326-339;  its  strategic  relations 
to  other  parts  of  the  Caribbean 
Sea  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,. 
340-346;  analysis  of  the  in- 
fluence of,  346;  the  key  to  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico,  347;  controls 
entrance  to  Caribbean  Sea,  348 ; 
compared  with  Jamaica  and 
Eastern  Antilles,  348-367,  376, 
377;  influence  of,  upon  the  con- 
trol of  the  United  States  in  the 
Caribbean  in  1887  and  in  1911, 
376-381. 

Culebra,  importance  of,  314,  315, 
318,  322,  332,  343,  377,  380. 

Cura9ao,  important  point,  349, 351. 

Cyprus,  acquisition  of,  by  England, 
68,  87, 122. 


Dakubb,  the,  its  importance  as  a 
military  feature,  22,  23,  33,  34, 
254;  in  the  compaign  of  Arch- 
duke Charles  against  Jourdan 
and  Morean  in  1796, 23, 24, 325. 

Darrieus,  Captain,  on  naval  strat- 
egy, 13,  15-17;  on  the  bond 
between  foreign  policy  and 
strategy,  20;  on  the  constitu- 
tion of  tiie  fleet,  107. 

Daveluy,  Commander,  on  naval 
strategy,  13,  15-17;  quoted  on 
national  consolidation,  83,  84; 
his  expression,  **  displacement  of 
force,"  236,  295. 

Defeat,  lessons  to  be  drawn  from, 
383 ;  has  to  justify  itself,  384. 


466 


INDEX 


Defense,  delay  the  great  gain  of, 
95, 142 ;  of  ports  and  coast,  be- 
longs chiefly  to  anny,  141,  143 ; 
navy  contributes  to,  by  ofEen- 
sivehdefensiye  action,  142,  148, 
152, 153, 298 ;  of  naval  stations, 
should  be  made  by  land  as  weU 
as  by  sea,  144,  145;  of  com- 
merdal  ports,  should  be  on  sea 
front  oidy,  144,  146;  of  sea- 
ports, should  not  be  entrusted 
to  navy  alone,  145;  harbor,  147 ; 
naval,  must  be  founded  ou  forti- 
fied strategic  harbors,  149, 150, 
289;  navy  should  not  be  dis- 
seminated in,  150-152;  home, 
part  played  by  navy  in,  244, 
248,  249 ;  a  strong  form  of  war, 
277,  285;  in  what  sense  it  is 
true  that  it  is  a  stronger  form  of 
war  than  offense,  277,  279,  288, 
289;  the  Japanese  position  at 
Tsushima  and  that  of  the  United 
States  before  Cervera's  arrival, 
essentially  one  of,  278;  radical 
disadvantage  of,  279;  the  ad- 
vantages of,  279;  elements  neces- 
sary to,  280 ;  of  maritime  region 
over  which  control  has  been  ac- 
quired, 280,  281;  strong  places 
play  their  most  important  part 
in,  281,  282,  284;  first  object 
of,  is  to  gain  time,  284 ;  opposi- 
tion should  begin  as  far  as  pos- 
sible in  front  of  vital  points  of, 
284,  285 ;  tendency  of,  is  to  dis- 
semination, 286;  retreat  of  fieet 
on  first  line  of,  290,  291 ;  the 
object  of  the,  294 ;  of  coast  hav- 
ing two  or  more  bases,  320, 321 ; 
of  frontier,  two  systems  in,  388, 
389;  represented  in  Fortress 
Fleet  idea,  393. 

Defensive  Strength,  of  sea-ports,  a 
condition  of  strategic  value,  132 ; 
against  attacks  by  sea  and  land, 


analyzed   and  disenssed,   141- 

158;  interposes  passive  iedat> 

ance,  148, 149. 
Delay,  the  great  gain  of  defense, 

95, 142. 
Dilke,  Sir  Charles,  on  Russia  and 

British  trade,  807. 
Dbplaoement  of  Force,  286, 295. 
Distance,  of  over-sea  possossiona, 

disoossed  as  a  factor  in  naval 

strategy,  175-189. 
Distant  Operations.    Ste  Mari- 

TIMK  EXFBDITIONS. 

Distribution,  of  navy,  in  peace, 

should  oonf  orm  to  needs  in  war, 

894. 
Diversions,  217, 218, 220,  285. 
Docking  FaoUities,  158, 154, 196. 
Dock-yards.     8€e  Dry    Docks, 

Nayt-tards. 
Dreadnoughts,  7,  8^  82  note. 
Dry  Docks,  161-188. 
Dual  Alliance,  the,  104. 
Dunkhrk,  England  obtahis,  80, 81 ; 

surrendered  to  Franoe,  88. 
Dutch.    See  Hoixand. 


Egypt,  Napoleon's  course  to,  88 ; 
an  important  maritime  position, 
87,  184,  185,  254;  occupation  of, 
by  England,  122;  Napoleon's 
expedition  to,  183-187, 230-240; 
British  uneasy  as  to  communi- 
cations with,  201,  202;  could 
have  offered  more  resistance  to 
Napoleon  had  Alexandria  been 
British  and  adequately  garri- 
soned, 436. 

Elba,  battle  ofiE,  70;  secured  by 
Mazarin,  77. 

ElUott  Islands,  8,  156,  158,  424, 
425,  427. 

Endurance,  a  principal  element  of 
defensive  strength,  142. 

England.    See  Great  Britain. 


INDEX 


457 


English  Navigation  Act,  67. 

Eugene,  Prince,  86,  89,  98. 

Europe,  politics  of,  of  interest  to 
United  States,  103 ;  rivalries  in, 
and  external  activities  of,  104, 
108,  109 ;  the  base  of  operations 
for  actions  in  other  continents, 
111,  112. 

Expeditions.  See  Maritime  Ex- 
peditions. 

Experience,  value  of,  9,  10,  297, 
298 ;  lies  at  the  basis  of  science, 
and  of  naval  strategy,  297. 


Farragut,  Admiral,  his  van 
thrown  into  confusion  at  Mo- 
bile, 49;  risk  assumed  by,  in 
passing  Mississippi  forts,  282. 

Flank,  attack  on,  preferred,  40-49. 

Flanking  Movement,  84. 

Flanking  Positions,  209,  210,  228. 

Fleet  in  Being,  284;  power  and 
limitations  of,  illustrated,  229; 
assumes  that  war  can  be  made 
without  risk,  232 ;  illustrated  by 
Bonaparte  in  Egypt,  233,  234; 
seeming  confirmation  of  the 
theory,  267;  not  well  founded, 
268;  influence  in  Russian  prac- 
tice, 384,  892,  398,  416;  exag- 
gerates power  of  fleets  and  un- 
duly disparages  coast  defense, 
885,  428;  contrasted  with  <<  For- 
tress Fleet "  idea,  and  discussed, 
385^03, 427-439 ;  stands  for  of- 
fensive idea,  393;  if  inferior, 
should  not  be  accepted  as  deter- 
rent, 399,  400 ;  action  of  Japan- 
ese in  face  of,  399,  400 ;  dangers 
from,  401 ,  402 ;  influence  of  idea 
on  Rozhestvensky,  416;  Japan- 
ese proved  exaggeration  of  idea, 
428;  tends  to  paralyze  action, 
429. 

Florida,  816,  817,  824,  437. 


Florida,  Straits  of,  importance  of» 
from  a  military  standpoint,  51, 
52,  317,  318 ;  military  character- 
istics of,  310. 

Fort  de  France,  364. 

Fortifications,  Coast.  See  Coast 
Fortifications,  Fortresses. 

Fortify,  the  word  defined,  132. 

Fortress  Fleet,  is  distinctly  Rus- 
sian, 335,  385;  lays  stress  on 
forts  and  subordinates  fieet,  385 ; 
illustrated  in  Russian  conduct 
in  Japanese  War,  391-397,  403, 
416, 441 ;  idea  of,  defensive,  392, 
398. 

Fortresses,  the  occasion  for,  87, 
99;  coast,  are  in  greater  dan- 
ger of  capture  by  laud  attacks 
than  by  sea  attacks,  144 ;  works 
and  garrison  of,  must  be  ade- 
quate to  all  probable  exigencies, 
194 ;  play  their  most  important 
part  in  the  defense,  281-289; 
strength  of,  represents  men,  282 ; 
of  importance  in  control  of  mar- 
itime region  external  to  the 
country,  283;  the  value  and  the 
limitations  of,  287 ;  necessary  in 
sea  warfare  as  well  as  land,  289 ; 
are  essentially  offensive  in  func- 
tion, 293 ;  in  land  warfare  must 
be  secured  on  all  sides,  434.  See 
Coast  Fortifications,  De- 
fense, Ports,  Strategic 
Points. 

France,  in  the  campaign  of  1796, 
23-25;  and  Austria,  struggle 
between,  at  time  of  Thirty  Years' 
War,  27-31,  34,  62,  63;  distri- 
bution of  her  navy  by  Richelieu, 
40;  enters  the  Thirty  Years' 
War,  40,  41 ;  held  interior  posi- 
tion and  central  lines  at  time  of 
Richelieu,  43 ;  takes  Alsace,  63 ; 
after  the  Dutch  War,  1654,  to 
the  death  of  Cromwell,  78-82; 


458 


INDEX 


froml658toie88»88;  her  great 
advaaoe  from  1628  to  1688»  84- 
86;  iu  the  war  of  1680^1697,88- 

.  96;  in  the  War  of  the  Spanish 
SoooeBaion,  96-98;  her  positioD 
in  modem  Eiutqpean  politioB, 
lOi,  108;  her  naval  poirition  at 
Biaerte,  Tonia,  128;  her  ool- 
oniee,  181;  her  nayy,  871;  her 
West  India  Uands  aa  naval 
hasee^ldO. 

Frontier,  land  and  ooean,  49,  60; 
offenaive  ahonld  be  confined  to 
one  pact  of,  51 ;  of  United  Slatee, 
6hM\  defense  oi^  two  q^stema 
in,  888^  889. 


GxNSRALa  AT  Ska,  Wider  Crom- 
well, 118. 

Genoa,  in  the  Thirty  Tears'  War 
and  after,  28-81,  84, 40-42;  its 
part  in  1800  compaied  to  that  of 
Port  Arthur,  444,  446. 

German  Soathwest  Afrioa,  180. 

Germany,  and  Great  Britsln,  rela- 
tive strength  of,  in  ships,  7,  8 ; 
increase  of  her  navy  aided  by 
defeat  of  Rossia  in  Japanese 
War,  9,  104,  369-^1 ;  wiU  have 
a  navy  superior  to  that  of  United 
States,  18, 371 ;  political  relations 
of,  to  other  nations,  should  be 
considered  in  case  of  war,  18, 
19;  the  Danube  as  a  military 
feature  in,  22,  28;  method  and 
foresight  in  her  naval  develop- 
ment, 32  note;  in  the  Thirty 
Tears'  War,  62, 63;  loses  Alsace, 
63;  and  England,  relative  posi- 
tions of,  to-day,  73,  82,  83,  108- 
110,  125,  206;  increase  of  her 
naval  expenditure,  84,  104  ;  in 
the  War  of  the  Spanish  Succes- 
sion, 96-98;  commercial  devel- 
opment of,  104,  108,  371 ;  naval 


ptogramme  of,  104,  109,  260, 
871;  her  position  in  Enrope  in 
.1897  and  ahioe,  104;  possibili- 
ties of  her  great  fleet  and  her 
eol<mial  ambitions,  106^  106;  aa 
to  the  Monroe  Dootrine,  106^  107; 
the  drawing  together  o(  w^th 
Austria,  108;  hiw  formally  ^a- 
avowed   oolonising   ambitiona, 
109;  has  efEsetive  government, 
109;  with  Anstria,  mi|^t  deal 
with  Bns^and  and  United  States 
aeparately,  109;  oan  be  eon- 
trolled  by  British  navy  alone  in 
Europe,  109,  110;  national  lile 
o(iawikzing,110;  no  longer  iiH 
difference  to  navy  in,  111;  her 
possession  of  Kiao<}ban,  188; 
her  parehase  of  Candine  Islanda, 
128;  eonoentration  of  British 
fleet  due  to,  128;  and  AnsM^ 
have  common  interest  in  sup- 
porting one  another,  184;  ohange 
in  British  policy  due  to  growtii 
of  navy  of,  871;  fleet  of,  superior 
to  every  oUier,  eioept  the  British, 
872. 
Gibraltar,  threatening  position  of, 
38 ;  acquisition  of,  by  England, 
68,  96,  97 ;  Blake  at,  78-80 ;  an 
important  base,  87,  132,   162; 
did  not  fall  in  American  War 
of  Independence,  100, 203;  three 
years'  siege  of  (1779-1782),  198, 
204;    and    Nelson,    1803-1806, 
200;  a  necessary  first  step  to 
Egypt,  202;  survived  through 
natural  and  acquired  defensive 
power,  436. 
Groldsborough,  Admiral,  anecdote 

told  by,  120. 
Grant,  General  U.  S.,  177. 
Great  Britain,  and   the   Monroe 
Doctrine,  19,  106,  107,  370;  in 
the  Mediterranean,  26,  27,  67- 
71 ;  in  the  Thirty  Tears'  War, 


INDEX 


469 


42;  the  Two-Power  standard 
needed  by,  55;  reorganization 
of  her  navy  under  CromweU, 
64,  65;  acts  leading  up  to  the 
war  of,  with  Holland,  66,  67; 
seizes  Gibraltar,  68,  06,  97 ;  war 
between  Holland  and,  67-74; 
her  problem  in  the  Dutch  War 
reproduced  to-day,  69 ;  after  the 
Dutch  War  to  the  death  of  Crom- 
well, 77-63 ;  seizure  of  Jamaica 
by,  80;  obtains  Dunkirk  and 
Mardyke,  80,  81 ;  Cyprus  ceded 
to,  68, 122 ;  and  Germany,  rela- 
tive positions  of,  to-day,  73,  82, 
83,  10&-110,  125,  206;  ineffeo- 
tive  foreign  policy  of,  in  1658- 
1688,  due  to  internal  dissensions, 
83 ;  in  the  war  of  1689-1697, 
88-96;  in  the  War  of  the  Span- 
ish Succession,  96-98 ;  seizes 
Minorca  in  1708, 98;  her  position 
in  Europe  in  1897  and  after,  104 ; 
her  position  in  case  of  war  be- 
tween United  States  and  Japan, 
105;  her  recent  treaty  with 
Japan,  105  note ;  at  present  holds 
Germany  in  check,  105;  her 
navy  alone  can  control  Germany 
in  Europe,  109,  110;  her  navy 
may  probably  decline  in  relative 
strength,  110;  Egypt  occupied 
by,  122 ;  shifting  of  home  bases 
of,  125,  206 ;  itself  an  advanced 
position,  129;  strategic  position 
of,  causes  her  to  be  a  menace  in 
German  eyes,  139 ;  her  maritime 
possessions  a  source  of  danger, 
181;  Lord  Kitchener  on  the 
need  of  a  navy  to  protect  the 
imperial  interests  of,  182;  con- 
centration of  her  fleet,  183 ; 
Austria's  interest  to  see  her  out 
of  the  Mediterranean,  184 ;  fail- 
ure of,  to  keep  colonies  in  Ameri- 
can War  of  Independence,  188,  | 


189;  development  of  her  sys- 
tem of  maritime  bases,  193, 194 ; 
inadeqipitely  garrisoned,  283 ; 
and  the  United  States,  peace  be- 
tween, seems  assured,  332 ;  colo- 
nial system  of,  throws  Empire 
on  defensive,  857;  and  the  Isth- 
mian Canal,  370;  cause  of 
change  in  policy  of,  371. 

Grey,  Sir  Edward,  107  note. 

Ground,  part  played  by  conditions 
of,  in  land  warfare,  45,  46. 

Guadeloupe,  130,  263,  360,  364. 

Guantanamo,  superior  to  Key  West 
as  regards  influence  over  Canal 
Zone,  128;  United  States  in  ten- 
ure of,  314,  870;  and  Culebra, 
exceed  any  combination  of  Gulf 
ports,  315;  and  Culebra,  com- 
pared to  Gibraltar  and  Malta, 
815;  and  Culebra,  would  cover 
Key  West,  818 ;  effect  of  acqui- 
sition of,  by  United  States, 
upon  Mugeres  Island  and  Cule- 
bra, 322;  supersedes  Santiago 
de  Cuba,  326;  and  Santiago,  a 
check  upon  Kingston,  327 ;  and 
Key  West,  Puerto  Rico,  Culebra, 
a  formidable  line  of  control,  332 ; 
a  strategic  point  of  first  impor- 
tance, 333 ;  its  nearness  to  Isth- 
mus, 357 ;  advantages  of,  com- 
pared witii  those  of  Key  West 
and  Gulf  ports,  376-381. 

Guantanamo  Bay,  38, 180,  338. 

Gunboats,  151. 


Haiti,  822-330,  340, 346, 358, 360. 
Hannibal,  the  loss  of  the  sea  was 

his  ruin,  59. 
Harbin,  Russian  officers  expected 

to  make  a  stand  at,  443. 
Harbor  Defense,  147. 
Havana,  322,  328-334,  338,  339, 

342-844,  858-361,  377. 


460 


INDEX 


lalaads,  acquired  in 
peace,  128 ;  value  as  a  strategic 
point)  188 ;  ultimate,  retention 
of,  Will  depend  on  fleeti  214; 
serve  as  advanced  base  to  San 
Francisco  and  Paget  Sound, 
820;  should  be  consideied  in 
plans  for  defense  of  Pacific 
Coast,  488. 

Hawke,  Admiral,  157, 160. 

Hay-Ptoncefote  Treaty,  102, 106, 
870. 

Heligoland,  88<^  887. 

Hermocrates,  hk  speech,  226,  227; 
features  of  his  plan,  228,  229. 

Heraegoyina,  annexatioa  o^  by 
Austria^  9, 18, 122, 806. 

Highway,  defined,  185;  strategic 
points  generally  lie  near,  189. 

Historical  Illustration,  the  value 
of,  9-12,  16,  17,  25,  297,  298 ; 
ahowing  the  importance  of  con- 
centration, of  a  central  line,  of 
interior  lines,  and  of  communi- 
cations, 26, 116, 116. 

Hoche,  Lacare,.217. 

Hohenlinden,  battle  of,  24. 

Holland,  in  the  Thirty  Tears' 
War,  29,  30,  44,  62,  68 ;  rivalry 
of,  with  England  at  time  of 
Cromwell,  65;  acts  leading  np 
to  the  war  of  England  with,  66, 
67;  war  between  England  and, 
67-74 ;  in  the  war  of  1689-1697, 
88-96. 

Home  Defense,  part  played  by 
navy  in,  244,  248,  249,  293-296. 

Honduras,  350. 

Hotham,  Admiral,  268. 


Illubtratiok.    See  Historical 

Illustration. 
Impedimenta,  mobility  of  naval 

and  military,  contrasted,  126. 
Imperial  Federation,  179, 180. 


India,  188, 185. 

Interior  lines,  valna  of,  illustrated 
by  the  campaign  of  1796, 28-26^ 
57,  58,  61;  value  of,  illnsfarmted 
by  the  Thirty  Teanf*  War  and 
the  Austrian  confiiet,  27-84, 61; 
defined,  81, 82, 86, 86;  valna  <^ 
illustrated  by  Plevna,  86-M; 
Toulon  and  Fdrt  Arthur,  87,88; 
held  by  France  at  time  of 
Richelien,  48;  enable  bellig- 
erent to  get  there  sooner,  bat 
do  nothbg  more,  65;  a  faelor 
contributing  to  advantage,  60, 
60. 

Internal  Navigation,  172. 

International  Ccmditions,  the  iqp- 
inedation  of,  in  military  jdaaa, 
18-21,  867,  868,  876,  896,  896; 
as  affecting  the  United  States, 
108-107;  in  1887  and  at  pnaent 
time,  compared,  868-872. 

Invasions,  Maritime,  general  qiiea> 
tion  discussed,  208-240;  of  two 
kinds,  217;  examples  o^  Atho- 
nians  against  l^jrracuse,  222; 
Bonaparte  against  Egypt,  280. 

Ireland,  expedition  to,  under 
Hoche,  218,  220,  221. 

Islands,  small  and  large,  strategic 
value  of,  133. 

Italy,  northern,  in  the  war  of 
1689-1697,  88-96;  northern,  in 
the  War  of  the  Spanish  Suc- 
cession, 96-98;  her  position  in 
European  politics,  104. 


Jackson,  Stonewall,  his  move- 
ment at  Chancellorsville,  85. 

Jamaica,  threatening  position  of, 
38 ;  seizure  of,  by  the  English, 
80 ;  cannot  be  avoided  by  ships 
bound  to  Isthmus,  140;  saved 
by  Rodney's  victory,  190;  has 
the  most  controlling  situation 


INDEX 


461 


in  the  Caribbean,  194,  816;  if 
Great  Britain  were  confined  in 
West  Indies  to,  commnnications 
would  be  insecure,  201 ;  guards 
two  defiles,  310 ;  of  not  so  much 
consequence  to  Great  Britian  as 
Key  West  to  United  States, 
317,  318;  Santiago  and  Guau- 
tanamo  lie  over  against,  827; 
the  Havana  of  the  Windward 
Channel  is  in,  329 ;  military  and 
oommerical  objective  within  the 
Caribbean,  349-351;  her  control 
of  lines  of  communication  in 
the  Caribbean,  851-356;  com- 
pared with  Cuba  and  Lesser 
Antilles,  356-367;  illustrates 
value  of  fortified  fort,  362,  363 ; 
appreciation  of  value  of,  illus- 
trates interest  of  United  States 
in  European  politics,  863;  the 
key  to  the  Caribbean,  866; 
flanks  all  lines  of  communi- 
cation to  Isthmus  of  Panama, 
380. 

Japan,  anxieties  of,  in  Russian 
War,  55-57,  422,  426;  Great 
Britain's  position  in  case  of  war 
between  United  States  and,  105 ; 
her  treaty  with  Great  Britain, 
105  note;  her  system  of  state 
control,  110;  her  dock-yards, 
161;  in  case  she  should  defeat 
United  States  navy,  180;  in  Man- 
churia, 305-307;  and  Russia,  dis- 
cussion of  the  war  between,  883- 
431 ;  action  of,  in  face  of  Fleet 
in  Being,  399,  400,  428,  429; 
her  naval  strategy  in  Russian 
War  highly  praiseworthy,  421. 

Japan  Sea,  battle  of,  the  method 
of  attack  in,  49;  dispersal  of 
Russian  ships  after,  173  ;  criti- 
cism of  Rozhestvensky's  prepa- 
rations for,  409-421. 

Jomini,  his  dictum  that  changes  in 


weapons  affect  practice,  but  not 
principles,  4;  his  "  Art  of  War," 
17 ;  translated  and  edited  Arch- 
duke Charles's  study  of  strategy, 
24;  his  "Wars  of  the  French 
Revolution,"  46;  aphorism  of, 
51;  «ited,  107,  127,  241,  255, 
267,  299 ;  quoted,  130,  149,  282, 
300,  894,  402. 
Jourdan,  Marshal,  24,  25,  57,  58. 


Kamimura,  52,  75,  407,  408,  426, 
427. 

Eempenfelt,  Admiral,  880. 

Kentish  Knock,  battle  of,  71. 

Key,  the,  of  a  situation,  120,  218, 
347 ;  should  be  the  ultimate  ob- 
jective in  all  operations,  205. 

Key  West,  and  Guantanamo,  as 
regards  the  Gulf  coast  and  the 
Canal  Zone,  128, 378-381 ;  com- 
pared to  Pensacola,  133;  two 
available  routes  to,  165;  its 
position,  strategically,  313-320, 
829-332;  its  value  in  1887  dis- 
cussed, 872-377;  development 
of,  since  1887,  377-380;  com- 
pared to  Masampo,  as  to  situa- 
tion, 437. 

Kiao-Chau,  123,  177,  180,  427. 

Kiel  Canal,  an  interior  line,  32; 
enlargement  of,  32  note;  im- 
mense strategic  significance  of, 
324. 

Kingston,  Jamaica,  313,  327,  829, 
358. 

Kitchener,  Lord,  on  the  necessity 
of  a  navy  for  Great  Britain, 
182. 

Korea,  its  strategical  influence, 
52;  compared  to  Florida,  52, 
437;  customs  duties  in,  under 
Japanese  annexation,  306,  307. 

Korea,  Straits  of,  404,  409,  419, 
426,  427. 


462 


INDEX 


Knn,  201.    8&e  ma^  p.  ^6L 
Kiuopatkfaiy  hifl  plui  of  rfltoeat 
ooneet^  448,  444^ 


LAmrsMiTHy  06, 192. 

La  Hongoe,  bftttle  o(  90.  • 

Lakes,  the  Ameriean  Graal,  ood- 
tiol  of,  in  1812-1814,  29;  effect 
of  American  aqoadnm  on  Lake 
Champlain  in  1776, 05. 

Land  Strategy,  commnnieatbns 
the  moet  eontrdling  featnre  ol^ 
118 ;  how  it  diSsn  from  nayal 
•tiategy,  121, 122, 128, 188, 188, 
189, 140. 

Land  Taoties,  eonoentraAkm  neo- 
essaiy  in,  45;  determining  effect 
of  oonditions  of  groond  upon, 
45;  flank  attacks  preferred,  48. 

Lanfi^,  on  Napoleon,  421. 

Launching  a  naral  force  from  a 
naval  bsse,  158, 155-169. 

Leghorn,  88, 70, 71;  Nelson  aft,  481. 

Lerins  Islands,  42. 

Lesser  Antillee,  Jamaica,  and 
Cnba,  as  strategic  points,  com- 
pared, 856-867. 

Liao-Tung  Peninsula,  lookout 
maintained  from,  upon  mine 
fields,  by  Japanese,  425;  Rus- 
sian officers  did  not  expect  to 
hold,  443. 

Liao-Yang,  37,  188,  443. 

Line,  the  fighting  order  of  navies, 
47--49 ;  more  properly  styled 
column  from  formation  of  ves- 
sels, 47 ;  attack  on  van  and  rear 
of  column  are  really  fiank  at- 
tacks, 47. 

Lines,  roundabout,  part  played  by, 
in  naval  strategy,  38;  followed 
on  the  sea,  136-140;  of  opera- 
tion, retreat,  communications, 
etc.,  164 ;  crossing  the  open  sea 
or  following  the  coast-line,  165, 


188 ;  c(  appnadb,  naibal 
may  he  made  a  part  o^  168;  of 
letfeat^  generall^iepiysmitj J  by 
tiboee  of  ccmimaiiieatioo,  187; 
of  operalioiie»  the  choice  of,  in 
BMlitlme  eiqpeditiom,  90T,  989— 
211;  of  defeoie,  298;  of  eom- 
manication,  between  entfaaeee 
of  Gaxibbean  Sea  and  ohjeelifea, 
the  control  d,  851-868.     See 

ASfWAMOMD  FmHT,  AdTAWCBD 

PoeiTioH,  BAasa,  Posys, 

fiTBJLTSaiC   LtMMB,  BftmAXmBW 

Ponrre. 
Lobg  Ishmd,  defensive  and  effm- 

Bive  aspect  of,  171, 179, 890^  881; 

Soond  aif  821. 
Loois  XIV.,  Btnart  tings  loefeered 

the  power  of ,  82,  ^  85^  88; 

war  of  1688-1887,  88-88;  war 

of  1702-1718,  88-8a 
Lonisbnig,  why  necessary  to  be 

fortified  by  France,  184. 
Lnce,    Adndral,    foondatSon    of 

Naval  War  College  due  lo^  1, 

14;   qootadon  tern  pi^»r  on 

Naval  Strategy,  10;  qooted  on  ^ 

the  taking  of  Charleston,  14, 15. 


Macaulat,  T.  B.,  on  IVllliam 
III.  as  a  general,  93. 

Magellan,  Straits  of,  central  posi- 
tion of,  53. 

Mahan,  Captain  A.  T.,  foundation 
and  course  of  his  military 
studies,  17. 

Major  Operations,  of  nearby  inva- 
sions, 217 ;  across  sea,  218. 

Malta,  200-202;  threatening  posi. 
tion  of,  38;  acquisition  of,  by 
England,  68;  an  important  base, 
87 ;  strategic  value  of,  132 ;  cap- 
tured by  Bonaparte,  179,  185, 
232,  236,  237;  quotation  from 
Nelson  on,  185 ;  lesson  to  United 


INDEX 


468 


States  from  French  capture  of, 
846 ;  would  have  detained  Bona- 
parte longer  had  it  been  ade. 
quately  defended,  486. 

Manchuria,  political  conditions  in, 
their  cause,  805-807;  Lower 
Russian  officers  did  not  expect 
to  hold,  448. 

Mantua,  strategic  value  of,  95, 187, 
261,  285. 

Mardyke,  England  obtains,  80, 81 ; 
surrendered  to  FrancOi  83. 

Marengo,  95,  884. 

Maritime  Expeditions,  distant, 
more  feasible,  but  less  dedsiTey 
than  successes  won  near  home, 
189,  190;  what  is  necessary  to 
their  success,  190;  attacks  direct 
and  indirect,  208;  two  condi- 
tions for  success  in,  secure  fron- 
tiers and  efficient  navy,  204 ;  the 
question  of,  a  particular  case  of 
general  military  operations,  204 ; 
security  in,  depends  on  navy, 
205;  determining  of  plan  for,  in- 
volves choice  of  base,  of  objeo- 
tive,  and  of  line  of  operations, 
205;  the  choice  of  an  objective 
in,  205 ;  the  choice  of  a  base  in, 
205-207;  the  choice  of  a  line  of 
operations  in,  207,  209-211; 
have  been  and  may  be  again, 
208,  209 ;  members  of,  keep  to- 
gether as  much  as  possible,  220, 
221;  Sicilian  Expedition  as  an 
example  of,  222-280;  Bona- 
parte's Egyptian  expedition  as 
an  example  of,  230-240. 

Marlborough,  Duke  of,  97, 98, 113. 

Marmont,  Marshal,  in  Spain,  244- 
246,  248,  273. 

Martinique,  180, 140, 268, 360, 864. 

Masampo,  compared  to  Key  West, 
437. 

Maxims  of  War,  estimate  of  value 
of,  800. 


Mazarin,  Cardinal,  62, 77,  81, 85. 

Mediterranean,  the,  England  in, 
26,  27,  67-71,  193;  a  military 
position  of  great  importance,  87, 
89;  fixed  naval  bases  obtained 
by  England  in,  through  the 
Peace  of  Utrecht,  98;  naval 
campaign  in,  from  1793  to  1798, 
256-261. 

Messina,  as  a  base,  94. 

Mexico,  811,  312. 

Mexico,  Gulf  of,  position  of  United 
States  in,  in  1887  and  now,  100, 
101,  372-382;  a  highway  of 
trade,  803;  boundaries  of,  and 
of  Caribbean,  808;  with  the 
Caribbean,  resembles  the  Med- 
iterranean, 808;  the  coastline 
of,  of  small  strategic  conse- 
quence, 311;  and  the  Carib- 
bean, detailed  consideration  of 
strategic  features  of,  312-367. 

Milan,  in  the  Thirty  Years'  War, 
28-30,34. 

Mine  Fields,  strategic  and  tactical 
value  of,  145,  146,  156,  157, 425. 

Minorca,  at  times  occupied  by 
England,  68  ;  an  important  base, 
87 ;  seized  by  England  in  1708, 
98;  strategic  value  of,  132; 
taken  from  Great  Britain  in 
1756,  179;  taken  during  the 
War  of  American  Independence, 
190. 

Mississippi  River,  as  a  naval  base, 
128 ;  mouth  of,  a  point  of  conver- 
gence for  trade  routes  through 
the  Caribbean,  303,  304. 

Mississippi  Sound,  172. 

Mobility,  the  quality  of  the  navy, 
126, 144,  152. 

Mobilization,  126, 176. 

Mona  Passage,  in  the  strategic 
field  of  the  Caribbean  and  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico,  308,  311,  322, 
826-330,  840-845,  858,  876,  877. 


464 


INDEX 


Monitors,  151, 156. 

Monk,  General,  78,  74, 118. 

Monroe  Doctrine,  maintenanoe  of, 
depends  on  fleets  18,  ICMI;  long 
contention  of  United  States  with 
Great  Britain  based  on,  19, 105, 
107 ;  no  scheme  of  strategy  soond 
that  neglects,  20;  pronoonce- 
ment  of,  100 ;  Spanish  War  led 
to  triamph  oi^  108;  obsenrance 
of,  at  present,  secured  by  bal- 
ance of  power  in  Enrope,  106, 
110,  868;  Great  Britain  agrees 
with  United  States  in,  107, 
868,  870;  has  advanced  sensi- 
bly towards  general  acceptance, 
according  to  President  Taft, 
110 ;  Ghilf  of  Mexico  and  the 
Caribbean  of  importance  to, 
111 ;  Asiatic  immigration  linked 
with,  107;  focuses  at  Isthmus 
of  Ftoama,  108,  804;  has  in- 
Tolved  the  control,  administra- 
tion, and  military  protection  of 
Canal  Zone,  804;  has  prevented 
foreign  states  from  appropri- 
ating territory  in  this  hemi- 
sphere, 305;  in  its  beginnings 
was  partly  commercial,  partly 
military,  partly  political,  447. 

Moore,  Sir  John,  241,  268,  273. 

Moreau,  J.  V.,  24,  25,  57,  58. 

Morocco,  104,  305. 

Motor  Power,  of  ships,  114-119; 
certainty  of,  due  to  steam,  has 
modified  naval  strategy,  121, 
381. 

Mugeres  Island,  as  a  strategic 
point,  321,  322. 

Mukden,  443. 


Napier,  W.  F.  P.,  240,  241,  268. 
Naples,  French  attempts  against, 

in  1646-1654,  77-80 ;  as  a  base, 

04. 


Napo]eon«  his  saying  fihal  anehi- 
dveness  of  purpose  is  the  aaorefc 
of  great  successes,  6,  887;  his 
testimony  to  the  value  of  ex- 
perience and  luatorioal  iUuatn^ 
tion,  9,  10,  297,  298,  801;  hta 
sayhig  that  war  is  a  business 
of  positions,  86,  127,  160, 191» 
802,  819,  867;  his  course  to 
Egypt,  88, 186,  187;  his/atiiset 
routes,  88, 186;  in  Italy,  l^  187, 
188;  at  Moscow,  68;  eritidaed 
Cwnwallis  for  dividing  his  fleeC^ 
116-118;  at  Marengo^  167;  on 
the  Art  of  War,  168»  212;  hie 
Egyptian  ezpediftbn,  169, 181^ 
187,  221,  280-240;  his  4^ehm 
that  war  cannot  be  made  witili- 
out  risks,  282, 480;  order  o^  to 
Mass^na,  241;  his  letter  of  in- 
structions to  Biarshal  Marmool^ 
244-246,  248,  278;  his  method 
of  diversion  with  British  fleet 
in  1804 and  1805,  246,  247;  be- 
fore Mantua  in  1796,  251,  258, 
267;  saying  of,  at  Ansteriiti^ 
289;  on  dogmaldcing,  299;  con- 
duct of,  between  the  disaster  of 
Essling  and  the  victory  of  Wag- 
ram,  421;  on  the  situation  in 
1797,  443. 

Narragansett  Bay,  170, 171,  319. 

National  Review,  article  on  '*Navy 
and  Empire  '*  in,  54. 

Naval  Affairs,  new  feeling  with 
regard  to,  in  recent  years.  111; 
new  literature  on,  112. 

Naval  Campaigns,  have  often  been 
directed  by  soldiers,  113. 

Naval  Stations,  87,  144;  essential 
military  requirement  of,  195; 
policy  of  acquiring  remote,  845. 
See  Fortresses,  Ports. 

Naval  Strategy, 'lectures  on,  1,  2, 
17;  development  in  practise  and 
theory  of,  2 ;  is  developing,  but 


INDEX 


466 


principles  are  unchangeable, 
2-5;  what  it  is,  6;  systematic 
study  of,  began  at  Naval  War 
College,  5,  6 ;  the  value  of  con- 
centration and  a  reserve  in, 
5-8,  12;  illustrations  of  the 
permanence  of  considerations 
affecting,  d-8;  principle  and 
illustration  in,  9-12,  16,  17, 
818;  increase  of  material  for 
study  of,  12;  signs  of  sounder 
habits  of  thought  upon,  and  of 
increased  interest  in,  13,  14; 
the  bearing  of  the  appreciation 
of  international  considerations 
on,  18-21,  102-111,  367,  368; 
combined  with  military  strat- 
egy, example  of,  26-34;  rela- 
tions of  Great  Britain,  Japan, 
and  United  States,  a  question 
of,  105;  how  it  differs  from 
kuid  strategy,  121,  122,  126; 
necessary  in  peace  as  in  war, 
121-129;  large  geog^phical 
scale  upon  which  it  is  carried 
on,  124;  fewer  obstacles  to, 
than  to  land  strategy,  but  these 
more  truly  impassable,  135, 136, 
139, 140 ;  commercial  value  can- 
not be  separated  from  military 
in,  302;  value  of  the  Russo- 
Japanese  War  for  treatment  of, 
383,  432. 

Naval  War  College,  lectures  be- 
fore, 1 ;  study  of  naval  strategy, 
systematically,  began  at,  5, 6 ;  its 
foundation,  14 ;  its  object,  119. 

Navies,  have  borne  an  active  part, 
in  recent  wars,  4;  influence 
of,  in  the  war  between  Great 
Britain  and  the  Boer  Repub- 
lics, 4 ;  former  police  duty  of,  4, 
5;  fighting  order  of,  a  line, 
47,  48;  influence  of,  on  land 
campaigns,  86 ;  constitution  of, 
depends  upon  national  interests, 


107 ;  a  new  feeling  with  regard 
to,  in  recent  years,  111;  the  new 
great.  111;  indispensable  to  ex- 
ertion of  powers  in  distant 
regions,  112;  steam  campaigns 
by,  114,  115;  changed  disposi- 
tion of,  at  present  time,  124, 
125;  mobiUtyof,  126,  144,  152; 
functions  of,  military  and  in- 
ternational, 446. 
Navy,  of  United  States,  proposed 
division  of,  condemned,  6,  11, 
39,  40,  52,  58,  75,  94,  116,  222; 
of  Germany,  9,  18,  32  note,  84, 
104, 106, 109,  111,  250,  869-372; 
French,  Richelieu  looked  upon 
as  the  real  father  of,  40 ;  French, 
Richelieu's  distribution  of,  40; 
of  United  States,  One-Power 
standard  minimum  for,  54 
(British  navy  excepted  from  this 
estimate,  331 ;  why,  332) ;  Eng. 
lish,  reorganization  of,  under 
Cromwell,  64,  65 ;  became  f uUy 
differentiated  from  army  under 
William  m.  of  England,  113; 
of  United  States,  concentration 
of,  125;  cooperation  of,  with 
army  in  coast-defense,  142 
143,  152,  153,  433 ;  at  disadvan 
tage  against  forts,  144,  435 
blockade  and  mines,  145,  146 
coast-defense  ships,  146,  147 
torpedo-vessels,  147, 148 ;  should 
not  be  devoted  to  a  passive 
defense  of  harbors  or  fortifica- 
tions, 149-153,  391-393;  its  part 
in  launching  a  force,  155-159, 
173, 174 ;  division  of  force  may 
occur,  for  reasons,  173,  174;  es- 
sential to  the  protection  of  over- 
sea possessions,  176,  177,  181, 
182,  190,  191;  maintenance  of 
system  of  maritime  fortified 
stations  depends  upon,  198; 
main  object  of,  in  war,  the  en- 


466 


INDEX 


9mfB  hetj,  190;  in^ortanoe 
of,  in  distant  maritime  expedi- 
tiona,  204-200 ;  aeearity  in  mari- 
time ezpeditiotis  depends  upon, 
206«  208;  supplies  o^  may  be 
sent  f orwaid  in  two  wajs,  211 ; 
if  operating  at  a  distanee  from 
homei  it  shonld  not  d^end  iq>on 
a  single  line  of  snpplieSi  212; 
mnst  establish  snpremaoy  after 
(if  not  before)  seijdng  objee- 
tive,  218-^20,  248 ;  and  eonfoy, 
whetiier  tbej  sbonld  sail  to- 
gether, 216;  unless  it  is  supe- 
rior, major  (Operation  across  sea 
should  not  be  attempted,  218; 
sustained  concentration  ol^  221 ; 
of  Athens  at  time  of  Siciliaa 
Expedition,  222-280;  after  the 
objeotiye  is  reached,  should  take 
ofEsnslTe-defsnriye  part,  248^ 
248;  relation  of,  to  home  de- 
fttiM,  244,  248,  240;  of  what 
rise  it  should  be,  definition  by 
Germany,  250;  should  not  be 
obliged  to  defend  bases,  288^ 
284;  should  act  offensively 
when  country  is  thrown  on  de- 
fensive, as  regards  its  shore 
line,  293,  294 ;  of  United  States, 
should  surpass  that  of  any  state 
except  Great  Britain,  831,  832 ; 
of  United  States  in  1887  and 
to-day,  369, 370 ;  of  France,  871 ; 
of  Russia  in  Russo-Japanese 
War,  see  Russia,  Rozhestven- 
sky ;  receives  support  from  forts, 
433-435;  alone,  of  an  extended 
territorial  Power,  cannot  pre- 
vent invasion,  436 ;  relations  of 
commerce  to,  445-447;  United 
States  needs  a  numerous  and 
efficient,  447. 
Navy-yards,  our  northern,  160; 
selections  of  sites  for,  163; 
essential  militaiy  requisite  of, 


to  be  Ussfol  in  war,  106^  196; 
should  be  at  kast  two  on  eadi 
ooartfrtmtier,  106.  8m  Ambb- 

KALS. 

Nelson,  Lord,  his  <2lefiMi  on  Fvaaoa 
doing  Englaad  nomone  hMrmfor 
the  year,  if  it  should  ddaat 
one  of  tlM  EngUah  diviaioiia,  7, 
218,219,288,406;  histsatimony 
to  thoT^Jne  of  eoKperieiioe,  9, 10 ; 
on  politioal  eonra^B,  81 ;  in  pur- 
suit of  Napoleon  to  ^3^  SB, 
186, 187,  210,  220, 287-240;  his 
adTioe  conosfniag  ooncentmlion, 
48,  44;  his  plan  at  TniOgu, 
47,48;  hia  vsasons  for  attack  on 
Tan  or  nar,  48,  40;  hte  eonrae 
of  action  after  letuniing  ima 
West  Indiss  in  1805^  11^118; 
on  not  mofing  ooast^eleniM 
ships,  147;  quoted  on  Malta, 
186;  his  conduct  In  Boniyarte's 
diversion  in  1804  and  1805, 218, 
210,  246-248;  his  aaying  that  it 
is  not  well  enough  to  take  ten 
ships  if  yon  can  take  defen, 
268;  after  Copenhagen,  286; 
his  reason  for  fighting  nineteen 
ships  with  less  than  a  dozen, 
288 ;  in  a  moment  of  uncertainty 
as  to  whereabouts  of  French 
fleet,  291 ;  his  saying  that,  in 
case  signals  cannot  be  under- 
stood, no  captain  can  do  wrong 
if  he  places  his  ship  alongside 
that  oh  enemy,  406 ;  on  taking 
risks,  431. 

Netherlands,  Spanish,  20.  See 
Belgium,  Holland. 

Neutral  Coasts,  166. 

New  London,  319. 

New  Orleans,  314,  819,  820. 

New  York,  a  port  with  two  out- 
lets, 158;  indicated  by  nature 
as  a  primary  base  of  supplies, 
160, 170 ;  in  its  scheme  of  prepa- 


INDEX 


467 


ration  for  war,  Narragansett  Bay 
could  be  inoludedy  170 ;  and  Nor- 
folk, naval  stationB,  272, 319. 

Nicaragua,  350. 

Nicholson,  Sir  W.,  his  estimate  of 
the  force  needed  to  capture  Port 
Arthur,  444  note. 

Nile,  battle  of  the,  186,  233,  284, 
238,  256,  257,  260. 

Nipe,  Bay  of,  326,  327,  338. 

Nordlingen,  battle  of,  34,  39,  41. 

Norfolk,  272,  319. 


Objkctivb,  the  choice  of,  in  mar- 
itime expeditions,  205 ;  after  (if 
not  before)  seizing,  fleet  should 
establish  its  supremacy,  213- 
220,  243;  the  proper,  the  organ- 
ized military  force  of  the  enemy, 
250-255,  266,  267. 

Objectives,  in  the  Caribbean  Sea, 
34S-351,  356. 

Obstacles,  land  f uU  of,  135,  136 ; 
causing  useful  strategic  points, 
139;  off-lying,  to  navigation, 
defensive  in  character,  174,  175. 

Offensive,  should  be  confined  to 
one  part  of  frontier,  51 ;  military 
operations  of  the,  in  a  maritime 
region,  discussed,  203-222,  250- 
277;  Fleet  in  Being  represents 
the,  393. 

Offensive-Defensive  Action,  of 
navy,  142,  143,  147,  243,  248, 
249,  252;  of  seacoast  works, 
249,  433,  434. 

Offensive  Strength,  a  condition  of 
strategic  value,  132 ;  of  a  seaport, 
wherein  it  consists,  153  ;  assem- 
bling, 154, 155;  launching,  155- 
159 ;  the  following  up  with  sup- 
port, 159-162  ;  resources,  162, 
163. 

Office  of  Naval  Intelligence,  Ameri- 
can, 412. 


Ollivier,  Lieutenant,  quoted,  394. 

One-Power  Standard,  54,  331,  332. 

Open  Door,  part  of  external  policy 
of  United  States,  110,  197 ;  re- 
quires naval  power,  110  ;  the 
scene  of,  the  Pacific,  110,  197 ; 
uncertainty  about,  due  to  politi- 
cal weakness  of  China  and  ag- 
gressive policies  of  foreign  states, 
305;  suggests  national  jealousies 
and  rivalries,  308. 

Operations  of  War,  203-205,  243- 
301. 

<*  Oregon,*'  the,  exposure  o^  in 
joining  the  American  fleet  in 
1898,  39,  40. 


Pacific  Coast,  51,  52,  124,  319, 
320, 382 ;  existing  conditions  im- 
pose necessity  of  naval  stations 
on,  197, 198, 438 ;  compared  with 
the  Atlantic  coast  as  regards 
available  ports,  437. 

Panama,  Isthmus  of,  route  by,  an 
illustration  of  an  interior  line, 
32;  the  importance  of,  101, 102, 
348 ;  the  growing  interest  of  the 
United  States  in,  in  1887,  368, 
369;  the  Clayton-Bulwer  and 
Hay-Pauncefote  treaties  as  af- 
fecting, 370. 

Ptoama  Canal,  the  fleet  the  secur- 
ity of  the  maintenance  of,  18; 
central  position  o^  53;  should 
be  fortified,  54 ;  control  of,  im- 
perative to  naval  action,  102; 
will  change  strategic  value  of 
many  ports,  139 ;  defense  of,  by 
attack  of  enemy's  base,  264, 265; 
a  bridge  between  two  oceans, 
but  will  require  large  force  for 
control,  324 ;  relation  of,  to  mu- 
tual support  of  Atlantic  and  Pa- 
cific coasts,  382;  international 
importance  of,  382. 


468 


INDEX 


FttmuBift  Cftnal  ZofD%  GiuunteiiAiiio 
■nperior  to  Key  Wert  fat  infla- 
enoe  over,  128;  nltimate  zeteii- 
tlon  of«  wiU  d^end  on  fleeti 
214;  Monroe  Doetrine  has  re- 
enlfeed  in  oontrol,  admlnlefam- 
tion,  and  military  protootion  of, 
804;  an  adyanoed  baae,  if  doly 
fortified,  820;  is  to  be  fortiiied, 
870. 

Ftoie,  04, 06, 147, 160, 161. 

Ftasagesi  cm  what  their  Talnes  de- 
pend, 800, 810. 

Fbninmdar  War,  64, 241. 

Ftasaoola,  128, 814, 816^  810, 820. 

Philadelphia,  170. 

Fhilipebaig  and  Breiaaoh,  oom- 
pared  to  Ciodad  Bodrigo  and 
Badajoi,  as  to  positions,  64. 

Flombino,  77, 78. 

Flema,  importanoe  of  the  position 
of,  in  the  oampaign  (2e  1877, 
8^-88. 

Plymouth,  104 ;  battle  off,  71. 

Political  Courage,  Nelson's  saying, 
21;  trast  be  bssed  on  political 
knowledge,  21. 

Politics,  External.  See  Intern  a- 
TiONAL  Conditions. 

Popular  Apprehension,  04,  95, 
147,  160,  161. 

Port  Arthur,  illustrates,  by  posi- 
tion assumed  by  Japanese  fleet, 
that  principle  of  strategy  is  not 
changed,  but  that  application  of 
it  is  affected,  by  torpedoes  and 
mines,  3;  compared  to  Plevna 
and  Toulon  as  to  position,  87, 38 ; 
defenses  of,  permitted  tenure 
by  much  smaller  number  of  men 
than  employed  in  the  attack,  79, 
149 ;  defense  of,  gained  time  for 
the  Russians,  96, 142, 192;  siege 
of,  illustrations  furnished  by, 
141,  143,  144;  Russian  mines 
at,  156;  problem  of  getting  the 


Bossian  fleet  oot  oi,  168;  and 
YladiTostol^  lelativa  iHn^tttrnt 
of,  170 ;  was  the  Malta  of  BnaaU 
and  the  Mantna  of  Ji^aii,  188; 
and  Vladivostok,  as  two  baaea 
for  fleet,  201,  886;  wi^  the 
l^ifffiffm  fleet  was  statJonsd  ai^ 
806-800;  the  movements  of  ihm 
fleet  of  (cQsenssion),  404--I08; 
lesnlt  of  ineiBdent  action  of 
fleet  of,  418, 414;  movementaof 

426-427;  important  part  played 
by,  in  tlM  BnssoJapanese  War, 
480;  whatwonldprobai^yliaia 
happened  if  the  Bnssians  liad 
ooooentrated  at  Yladlvostek  in- 
stead of  at,  480-442;  an  esssn- 
tial  fsatora  of  the  Bwdaa 
seheme,  444;  the  foree  it  oost 
Japan,  444;  played  the  paiitbat 
Genoa  pli^  hi  1800^  444^  446; 
its  resistance  afleeted  baigainin^ 
power  of  Japan,  446. 

P6rt  Castries,  14a 

Port  Mahon,  as  a  base,  04. 

Pbrt  Orohaid,  Pnget  Sound,  154, 
168. 

Port  Royal,  140. 

Porto  Longone,  70. 

Ports,  strategic  yaloe  o^  on 
what  it  depends,  182-140;  front 
and  rear  of,  141;  defensiye 
strength  of,  141-153;  commer- 
cial^ fortification  of,  should  be 
on  sea-front  only,  144,  146;  un- 
fortified, bombardment  of,  for- 
bidden, 146;  offensive  strength 
of,  163-163 ;  the  emergence  ^  a 
fleet  from,  156-169;  with  two 
outlets,  158^  159 ;  of  retreat,  ad- 
vantage of  two  on  same  frontier, 
168, 169 ;  of  retreat,  Chesapeake 
Bay  and  New  York,  169,  170; 
Vladivostok  and  Port  Arthur, 
170, 171 ;  of  a  maritime  frontier. 


INDEX 


469 


should  be  safe  and  rapid  com- 
miiDioation  between,  171 ;  prin- 
ciples which  should  govern  the 
selection  and  preparation  of  a 
fortified,  191-195;  development 
of  Great  Britain's  system  of 
military,  198,  194;  considera- 
tions regarding  those  of  the 
United  States,  195-198;  second- 
ary bases,  should  be  two  in  a 
theatre  of  war,  200;  blockade 
of,  may  be  surest  way  of  bring- 
ing fleet  within  reach,  271,  272; 
fortified,  illustration  of  value  of 
(Jamaica),  862,  868.  See  Ad- 
vAircBD  Front,  Advanced  Po- 
sition, Bases,  Lines,  Strate- 
gic Lines,  Strategic  Points. 

Positions,  importance  of,  86-88, 
127 ;  war  a  business  of,  86, 127, 
160,  191,  802,  819,  867;  too 
many,  a  source  of  weakness, 
127 ;  flanking,  209, 210, 228.  See 
Advanced  Front,  Advanced 
Position,  Bases,  Caribbean 
8ea,  Mexico  (Gulf  of).  Lines, 
Ports,  Strategic  Lines, 
Strategic  Points. 

Principles,  of  naval  strategy,  are 
unchangeable,  2-9 ;  statement 
of,  must  be  supported  by  expe- 
rience, 9;  and  illustration,  9-12, 
16,  17,  818,  819;  the  necessity 
for  the  study  and  establishment 
of,  118-121;  maxims  of  war, 
developments  and  applications 
of  general,  800. 

Puerto  Rico^  268,  881,  882,  840, 
841,844. 

Pnget  Sound,  154, 158,  820. 

Pursuit,  of  a  retreating  fleets  con- 
duct of,  26^-273. 

j^rrenees,  Peace  of  the,  81. 


Quebec,  194. 


Raiding  Operations,  character- 
istics of,  180,  880,  402. 

Raleigh,  Sir  Walter,  81. 

Ram,  disappearance  of,  from  con- 
sideration, 2, 155. 

Ranke,  Leopold  von,  quoted  on 
European  conditions  between 
1500  and  1700,  29;  on  the  im- 
portance of  the  Mediterranean 
in  the  war  of  1689-1697,  89;  on 
unity  of  conduct,  417. 

Ratisbon,  22,  28. 

Rear,  attack  on,  of  a  column  of 
ships,  is  a  flank  attack,  47-49. 

Refusing,  defined,  45. 

Reserve,  the  value  of,  7-9, 161. 

Resources,  strategic  value  of  a 
position  depends  upon,  182-184, 
195;  what  they  are,  162,  168, 
195, 196. 

Retreat,  line  of,  generally  repre- 
sented by  line  of  communica- 
tions, 167;  the  advantage  of 
having  two  ports  of,  168,  169; 
Chesapeake  Bay  and  New  York, 
ports  of,  169,  170;  must  take 
place,  when  inferior  to  the  en- 
emy, 287;  when  outer  line  of 
fortified  ports  has  been  reached 
in,  290,  291. 

Rhine,  the,  a  curtain,  171. 

Richelieu,  looked  upon  as  the  real 
father  of  the  French  navy,  40; 
his  distribution  of  the  French 
navy,  40-42;  his  policy,  41 ;  his 
failure  to  concentrate,  48,  44; 
founded  his  external  policy  on 
internal  consolidation,  84-86. 

Risks,  to  demand  exemption  from, 
a  demoralizing  attitude,  148; 
Napoleon*s  dictum  that  war 
cannot  be  made  without,  282, 
480 ;  taken  by  Japanese  in  war 
with  Russia,  422,  428-480;  the 
two  questions  in  case  of,  481; 
Nelson  on,  481, 


470 


INDEX 


BodgflfB,  Gommodtne  Jobiiy  9i9^ 
250,  20a,29i. 

BodDeji  Admiral,  on  tiie  adTan* 
tiige  of  PoArto  Riocs  M  a  Btawfe^i^ 
point,  183;  praetiaed  steering  in- 
ditieetly  fcnr  a  pdnt»  to  etnde  the 
enemy,  186;  hie  eejing  that  the 
navy  cannot  be  io  foroe  ersry- 
yfhm,  178;  Jamaiea  saved  by 
Tictory  of,  190;  at  Santa  Lnd% 
864. 

Bomansy^th^  method  of  fighting 
on  sh^  227  note. 

Bosyth,  new  base  of  EngOsh  navy 
at,  125,  206. 

Bonodabont  Lines,  part  played  by, 
in  naval  strategy,  88. 

Boshestvens^,  Admiral,  feelings 
of  Togo  before  arrival  of  iieet  of , 
56,  57 ;  his  mistake  in  over-eoal- 
ing,  119, 228^  411,  412, 417-420; 
his  eoone  after  leaving  the 
Saddle  Islands,  164,  165;  his 
movement  toward  Vladiyoatok 
a  ratreat  npon  his  home  base, 
167;  experienced  the  disadvan- 
tage of  only  one  port  of  re- 
treat, 168,  169;  delayed  by  the 
Russian  goyemment,  268,  269; 
inflaenced  by  Fleet  in  Being 
theory,  398 ;  entered  area  of  war 
at  tlie  Saddle  Islands,  409 ;  fac- 
tors to  be  considered  in  judging 
his  errors  in  last  days  of  com- 
mand, 410-412;  bis  problem,  to 
reach  Vladivostok  before  fight- 
ing, 413,  414;  bis  course  of 
action  discussed,  414-420 ;  stra- 
tegic situation  that  would  have 
existed,  if  his  squadron  had 
arrived  in  time,  before  Port 
Arthur  and  the  fleet  fell,  439- 
444. 

Russia,  failed  to  master  function 
of  reserve  in  Japanese  War,  8, 
9;     results   of   her   defeat   in 


Japaneae  War,  §,  IM^  MM71 ; 
fafled  to  fwneentiate  in  Japaoeaa 
War,  11;  kald  baok  by  PlevBa 
in     1877,    86-88; 

tlona,  87, 88^  188;  her  poaitfoQ 
in  Euopeas  poBties,  101^  IMi 
in  Manehnriai  805-807;  and 
British  trader  807;  two  prinel- 
plea  ol  her  piaeliae,  liie  For* 
tress  fleet  and  liie  nset  in  Being 
idea,  684, 886^  891, 608;  haa  in- 
dined  to  liie  deftinsife,  888; 
seems  to  havn  designed  to  net 
on  the  defansifn  in  Japamwe 
War,  898-886;  inlhieneed  by 
Fortress  Fleet  Idea  to  cB^de 
fleets 894, 896^ 408;  hsrlnefBeet- 
ive  oondnot  of  Japaneae  War 
proceeded  £rooi  deibotlva  giaap 
of  prineiplesb  896^  408;  foia- 
waroed  of  neoesalfy  of  haring 
a  fleet  in  tiie  Faoiflo,  896^  886; 
inflnenoed  to  station  flbet  on  de- 
fensive at  Fort  Arthur  bj  For- 
tress Fleet  idea,  898^  897,  408, 
441;  her  fleet  at  Port  Arthur 
accomplished  nothing,  897,  898; 
had  no  purpose  that  a  time  of 
fighting  should  be  found,  404; 
her  action,  in  attempting  to 
transfer  fleet  from  Port  Arthur, 
404-408;  if,  in  the  Japanese 
War,  she  had  concentrated  her 
fleet  at  Vladivostok,  439-442. 

Russian  Naval  Greneral  Staff,  392. 

Russo-Japanese  War,  discussion 
of,  383-431.  See  Rozhbstvek- 
SKT,  Russia. 

Ruyter,  Admiral,  71. 


St.  Thomas,  263,  821,  822,  344. 
St.  Vincent,  battle  of  Cape,  47. 
St.  Vincent,  Lord,  167,  159,  160, 
185. 


INDEX 


471 


Samana  Bay,  822,  840,  843>845. 

Sampson,  Admiral,  341,  342. 

San  Antonio,  Cape,  329,  836, 
387. 

San  Francisco,  820. 

San  Joan,  Puerto  Rico,  343,,844. 

Santa  Lucia,  35&-361,  364. 

Santiago  de  Cuba,  167,  168,  322, 
326,  327,  332,  333. 

Santo  Domingo,  326. 

Savoy.    See  Italy. 

Science,  and  art,  contrasted,  299. 

Scouting,  and  wireless  telegraphy, 
3,  4,  137,  158,  159,  270,  271, 
330,  831,  343,  853. 

Sea,  as  frontier,  50;  as  central 
position,  50,  89,  99;  value  of  a 
position  on  a  narrow,  or  strait, 
134,  135;  the  great  interest  of 
nations  in,  is  trade,  303;  the 
control  of,  often  undecided,  255- 
261. 

Seacoast  Works,  when  to  be  offen- 
sive, and  when  defensive  only, 
249. 

Sebastopol,  180,  190,  204. 

Secession,  War  of  the,  14,  15,  130, 
196. 

Semenoffy  Captain,  quoted,  410- 
412. 

Senate  of  United  States,  recom- 
mendation of,  to  divide  fleet,  6, 
11. 

Sherman,  General,  16, 124. 

Shipbuilding,  not  a'  primary  mili- 
tary object  in  equipping  a  navy- 
yard,  195. 

Ship  Design,  unity  of  purpose, 
necessary  in,  44,  386. 

Shoals,  172, 175. 

Sicilian  Expedition,  the,  of  Athens, 
222-230. 

Situation,  strategic  value  of,  98, 
132-134,  160;  depends  upon 
nearness  to  a  sea  route,  134, 135 ; 
depends  upon  amount  of  trade! 


that  passes,  138-140.  See  War 
(a  business  of  positions). 

Spain,  her  part  in  the  struggle 
between  France  and  Austria  in 
the  Thirty  Years'  War,  28-81, 
34,  62;  her  navy  in  the  war 
with  the  United  States,  39; 
line  of  communication  between 
Genoa  and,  in  1630-1660,  42; 
after  the  Dutch  War  to  the  death 
of  Cromwell,  78-82;  in  the  War  of 
League  of  Augsburg,  1689-1697, 
88-95 ;  in  the  War  of  the  Span- 
ish Succession,  96-98 ;  Marmont 
in,  in  1812,  244-246,  248. 

Spanish-American  War.  See  War. 

Spanish  Netherlands.    See   Bel- 

OIUM. 

Spanish  Succession,  War  of.  See 
Wab. 

Speed,  of  fleet,  is  speed  of  slowest 
ship^  289. 

Sperry,  Admiral,  6. 

Squadron,  Flying,  in  war  with 
Spain,  39,  278,  395,  842. 

Squadrons,  small,  disappearance  of 
the  peace  system  o^  125. 

Steam,  introduction  of,  into  naval 
warfare,  114-119,  881. 

Stoessel,  General,  444,  445. 

Strait,  upon  what  depends  the 
strategic  value  of  a,  309,  310. 

Strategic  Lines,  the  lines  joining 
strategic  points,  164;  those 
which  concern  the  communica- 
tions the  most  important,  166; 
of  communications,  are  gen- 
erally lines  of  retreat,  167; 
example  of,  southern  coast  of 
Cuba,  168 ;  all  fortified  forts  on 
same  sea  frontier  form,  171-173; 
formed  by  stationing  divisions 
of  fleet  before  enemy's  dock' 
yards,  182, 183.  See  Advanced 
Front,  Bases,  Lines,  Ports, 
Strategic  Poikts. 


472 


INDBZ 


Statogio  Fdlntiy  fiie  iaportenee 
of  potiesriag^  187;  the  mora 
ftdTsooed,  the  better,  provided, 
127;  the  Taloe  of  ftdvaooed, 
fUnstrsted  by  Cabe»  Key  Weit, 
sad  Gkumtwiftmo^  137,  198; 
•n^me  lumil  insteaee  ol  ed- 
vaaoed.  In  former  timeB,  tibe 
Britiah  blookade  of  Freneh 
ports,  128;  preeent  ooneentr*- 
tbn  of  Britkh  betOeHeet  an 
Imten^eb  128,  120;  general  tmr 
eoQ  for  taking  advanced,  120; 
British  Islandl,  as  towards 
Gennany,  ooonpy  advanced,  120, 
180;  particular  cases  of  ad- 
vanced, 180;  Une  of  advanced, 
reinforced,  if  continnoos  by 
land  and  extensive,  181;  how 
the  seleetion  of,  should  be 
madfl^  181;  valne  o^  depends 
npon  strength,  dtuation,  re- 
sooroes,  182-184, 180;  valne  of, 
depends  vs^oo,  nearness  to  sea 
route,  184,  186,  180;  fewer  in 
a  given  area  on  sea  tiian  on 
land,  188;  valne  o^  affected  by 
amount  of  trade  that  passes, 
188-140*;  defensive  strength  of, 
141-153;  offensive  strength  of, 
153-162 ;  needs  of,  in  respect 
to  resouroes,  162,  163;  should 
be  obtained  to  some  extent, 
200;  on  land,  gain  importance 
from  limit  in  number  of  avail- 
able routes,  212,  213;  in  and 
near  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and 
the  Caribbean  Sea,  312-382. 
See  AovANCBD  Front,  Bases, 
Lines,  Ports,  Strateoic 
Lines. 

Strategy,  three  elements  of,  cen- 
tral position,  interior  lines,  com- 
munications, 31-33 ;  has  to  take 
account  of  international  poli- 
tics, 106,  107;  tactical  facilities] 


andt  Aeal^ttsa  fill  wnAsr  aeoM 
of;  and  ^fk^  VBUi  feefii^[ily 
nnderilss^  SIOl  8m  Liun^ 
STEATMnr,  Natal  •vmAansr* 

Strsogth,   etialsgle  valaa  of  i^ 

■^a^Bnekw  ^^^p>#^pnnB^^p  ^bbh^hm  ^w^fc  wUMii^^HiVF^g^ 

iSss  DsrnmiTB  SisHMtii^  Ctar- 


Strang  Flaesa.    8m  BASHb  Va»* 


Sta^,  mOltaiy,  valne  oL  12. 
Snbmadae  mom.  li6-l«,  U^ 

107,^8. 
Snss,  ronte  by,  an  HhMfeatbn  of 

an  interior  Itas^  8Ss  aettaisitiiMi 

o!,  by  Itoi^and,  88. 
Sues  Canal,  a  brldg%  8M» 
Snffren,  Admiral,  Sffi,  279. 
Snmter,  Fort,  14. 

Snppliss,  i^Mifc  tke  wofd  eahMesb 
180,  181;  aft  sea,  ftosl,  ammo- 
nitkm,  food,  168;  m$^  be  smi 
forward  in  lira  iiafs,  211| 
should  not  be  eonesnlnfted  iqpon 
a  single  line,  212. 

Surrender,  when  Jnstifled^  418* 

Sweden,  in  the  TUrlgr  Teaia* 
War,  28,  62,  68. 

Syracusans,  the,  their  tactical 
method  of  galley  fighting,  227 
note. 

Syracuse,  defeat  of  the  Athe- 
nians before,  222-280. 


Tactics,  land,  how  affected  by 

nature  of  the  ground,  46. 
Taft,  President,  on  the  Monroe 

Doctrine,  110. 
Tangier,  at  one  time  occupied  by 

England,  68,  83. 
Termini,  diefined,  185. 
ITiirty  Years'  War,  27-31,  84, 40- 

42, 62,  63. 
Three-Mile  Limit,  the,  166. 
Ticouderoga,  95. 


INDEX 


473 


Togo,  at  Masampo,  and  earlier 
with  Kamimora,  62,  75;  dealt 
Baooessively  with  divisions  of 
Boflsian  fleet,  66;  nnoertainties 
of  his  position,  65-67,  137,  272 ; 
position  of,  compared  with  Nel- 
son's, 187, 138;  judidoQS  choice 
of  his  position,  165;  did  not 
know  which  way  Rozhestrensky 
would  oome,  bat  knew  his  des- 
tination, 169 ;  his  signal  to  his 
fleet  at  Tsushima,  214;  in  posi- 
tion of  pursuer  at  Tsushima,  268. 

Torpedo,  effect  of,  on  warfare,  3. 

Torpedo-vessels,  147,  148,  172, 
397,  403. 

Toulon,  37-39,  42,  87,  94,  97,  98. 

Tourville,  Admiral  de,  91,  267. 

Trade,  amount  of,  as  influencing 
value  of  strategic  points,  188, 
139. 

Trade  Routes,  through  the  Carib- 
bean, points  of  convergence  of, 
303,  304. 

Trafi^gar,  Nelson's  plan  at,  47, 48. 

Transit,  in  the  Caribbean,  an  ele- 
ment for  strategic  consideration, 
361-356. 

Transports,  a  tactical  weakness  in 
batUe,  266,  266,  410-412,  417, 
419. 

Triple  Alliance,  the,  83, 104. 

Triple  Entente,  the,  33, 104. 

Tromp,  Admiral,  72. 

Tsushima,  57,  268,  278,  868,  898, 
407,  413,  426,  427. 

Tsushima  Straits,  412. 

Tunis,  123. 

Turkey,  political  condition  of,  122. 

Turks,  at  Plevna,  in  1877, 86-88. 

Two-Power  Standard,  54,  55. 


Ulm,  22,  23, 149,  287. 
Unionist  Reveille,  manifesto  of, 
870. 


United  States,  proposed  division  of 
fleet  of,  6,  11,  39,  40,  52,  58,  75, 
94,  114,  115,  222;  relations  of, 
to  other  nations,  an  element  of 
national  strate^,  18,  19,  305, 
346,  363,  368 ;  effect  of  popular 
apprehension  in  war  of,  with 
Spain,  39,  150,  295;  impor- 
tance of  Straits  of  Florida  to, 
from  a  military  standpoint,  51, 
52 ;  coast  lines  of ,  51-53 ;  impor- 
tance of  Panama  Canal  to,  53, 
64;  the  One-Power  standard  the 
minimum  needed  by,  64  (Great 
Britain  excepted  from  this  stand- 
ard, and  why,  381,  332) ;  interest 
of,  in  the  Caribbean  Sea  and  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico  up  to  1887,  100, 
101 ;  interest  of,  in  the  Isthmus 
of  Panama,  101,  102,  368,  869; 
and  Hay-Paunoef  ote  Treaty,  102, 
105, 370 ;  brought  into  concerns 
of  European  nations  as  result  of 
Spanish  War,  108;  Great  Brit- 
ain's position  in  case  of  war  be- 
tween Japan  and,  105;  and  the 
Monroe  Doctrine,  106,  107  {ue 
MoNBOB  Dootbinb);  the  Gez^ 
man  navy  a  matter  of  importance 
to,  109 ;  interest  of,  in  Caribbean 
Sea  and  Gulf  of  Mexico  to-day, 
111,  804,  370,  377;  acquisition 
of  Hawaiian  Islands  by,  123; 
concentration  of  fleet  of,  to  what 
due,  125;  considerations  affect- 
ing fortified  bases  of,  195-198; 
policy  of,  toward  Asiatic  immi- 
gration, 197;  her  base  line  in 
the  Gulf,  206, 314, 319,  372-377 ; 
how  supplies  should  be  sent  by,  to 
the  Isthmus,  211,  212 ;  in  posses- 
sionof  Culebra  and  Guantanamo, 
814,  315,  377-379;  advantage 
to,  of  controlling  Windward 
Passage,  328;  cannot  afford 
to  be   overpassed  in  predomi^ 


474 


INDEX 


nanos  of  nml  straDgtti  hj  any 
•tftte  ezoept  Orail  Britidii,  SSI, 
882;  a&d  Qrmi  Britain,  peaoe 
betweniii  naoma  aararad,  882 ;  the 
pamuuMiit  adnuitaga  o!,  in  the 
Wa0tliidiee,846;  pdiajof,with 
i^gaxd  to  Samana Bay,  848;  in- 
tmat  o^  in  Eoropaan  pottttoy 
iUortraled  by  oaae  of  Jamaica, 
888;  na7yof,inl887,889;  naify 
of;  toHii^,  870;  position  d,  in 
Gnlf  of  Mazioo  and  Caribbaan 
Sea  in  1887  and  now,  oontraatad, 
871^881;  altiumgh  with  littla 
ah^ping  in  foreign  trade,  needs 
a  nnmerofia  and  eflleient  navy, 
447. 
Utreoht,  Peaoe  of,  cAeot  on  Buo- 
peaa  and  Atneriean  foton^  90^ 
88. 


Yav,  altadc  on,  aotoalfy  an  attack 
on  flank  of  a  lin%  disgnssodi  47- 
48. 

Valtelline  FlMses,  in  te  Tidrty 
Yean'  War,  28, 81;  anak^  to 
Isthmos  of  Panama,  101, 102. 

Verona,  187,  261,  262,  276,  285. 

Vladivostok,  Togo  knew  Rozhest- 
▼ensky  was  bound  to,  169 ;  and 
Port  Arthur,  their  situation  with 
relation  to  each  other  and  to 
Korea,  170;  and  Port  Arthur, 
as  two  bases,  201,  335;  Russian 
fleet  better  in,  than  in  Port 
Arthur,  if  intending  to  postpone 
or  decline  battle,  292 ;  not  hope- 
lessly closed  by  ioe  during 
winter,  396;  possessed  advan- 
tage for  fleet  on  offensive,  896; 
fleet,  if  concentrated  at,  would 
have  declared  that  fortress  was 
subsidiary  to  fleet,  398;  squad- 
ron of,  402,  405,  408,  426,  427; 
the  point  for  uniting  with  main 


fleets  'dtesnaaad, 

vaa^r^  attanq^  to  veaob,  401^ 
421;  piobabiypieteaUaftoBort 
Artlnir.for  oonoanHatloB,  480; 
what  would  probiM^liapa  b^- 
pened  if  Ilia  Bnasiana  had  oow 
oantrated  al,  488-443. 
Von  der  QMm,  Genenl,  qaoto^ 
20^107. 


<<Wab,  aboaineaioCporflloni^'Sa^ 
127, 180^  181, 808, 818, 887. 

War  between  OUna  and  Japan^  ^ 
116 ;  between  te  United  Stafeea 
and  Spain,  4,88, 40,182, 108,  lU^ 
814,  841-848;  between  J^^ 
and  BttMia,  4^  8,  %  11,  Ufl^ 
888^481 ;  between  Oieaft  Bittain 
and  liie  Boer  Bepnblioa,  4;  d 
the  Seoenkm,  14^  16^  180, 188; 
Thirty  Teaia%  87-81, 84^  88, 88; 
of  1818,  60,  848,  860;  Feninsii. 
bur,  64,  841 ;  between  tiie  Sng^ 
Hsh  and  Dnteh  (186»-1864),  87- 
74;  of  League  oi.  Angabnif 
(1680-1807),  88-88;  of  the  Span- 
ish  Succession,  96^8;  of  the 
French  Revolutioti  and  £mpire 
(1793-1815),  251 ;  of  American 
Independence,  261,  262. 

War,  object  of,  may  not  be  the 
object  of  the  military  plan,  208, 
204 ;  art  of,  consists  in  oonyert- 
ing  inferiority  into  superiority 
at  a  given  point,  296,  297 ;  ex- 
perience lies  at  the  basis  qf ,  297; 
Jomini  says  that  the  successful 
conduct  of,  is  an  art,  299;  max- 
ims  of,  are  the  developments 
and  applications  of  a  few  general 
principles,  800. 

Warfare,  changes  by  which  con- 
duct of,  has  been  affected,  2-^; 
importance  of  positions  in,  86, 
76,  87,  92  (see  Positions,  Fob- 


INDEX 


476 


TRSSSSSy  Bases);  land,  part 
played  in,  by  conditions  of 
groundy  46, 46 ;  frontier  in,  40, 60 ; 
maritime,  frontier  in,  60 ;  land, 
of  value  to  the  naval  student,  121. 

Waterloo,  Wellington  at,  46. 

Weapons,  changes  in,  2-4. 

Wellington,  D^kB  of,  at  Waterloo, 
46 ;  the  sea  the  security  of,  60 ; 
quoted  on  the  American  Lakes, 
99;  in  Spain,  244-246. 

West  Indies,  802-882. 

Westphalia,  Peace  of,  68. 

William  III.,  of  England,  in  war 
of  1689-1697,  91-96;  death  of, 
97;  navy  became  fully  differen- 
tiated ttom  army  under,  118; 
Ranke*s  remark  concerning,  417. 

Windward  Islands,  140,  864. 

Windward  Passage,  mentioned  in 


treatment,  308-876;  illustration 
of  its  decisive  strategic  impor- 
tance, 341. 

Wireless  Telegraphy,  and  scouting, 
8,  4,  137, 158, 169, 270, 271, 330, 
881,  843,  368. 

Wolfe,  James,  habit  of  comment- 
ing on  movements  at  which  he 
was  present  as  a  subordinate, 
10. 

Wolseley,  Lord,  quoted  on  the 
American  War  of  Secession,  10» 
11. 

Wood,  General,  144. 


Yellow  Sea,  426. 

Yucatan  Passage,  mentioned 

treatment,  810-867. 
Yucatan  Peninsula,  849. 


m 


WORKS  BY  CAPTAIN  A.  T.  MA  HAN 

THE  INFLUENCE  OF  SEA  POWER  UPON  HISTORY. 
1660-1783.      With   25   charts.     8vo.     $4.00  n^^. 

KMterfnl  in  ooiMtnMtl<m  and  aobolarty  in  •nention.  —  The  Critic. 

THE  INFLUENCE  OF  SEA  POWER  UPON  THE  FRENCH 
REVOLUTION  AND  EMPIRE.  With  13  maps  and  battle 
plans.     2  vols.     Svo.     $6.00  net. 

A  book  whioh  found!  Anoiraohoolof  nrnwl  biaiorioal  wxitlnff.—  PoUUcal Science  Quarm 
ierip, 

SEA  POWER  IN  ITS  RELATIONS  TO  THE  WAR  OF 
1812.  With  maps^  battle  plans^  and  25  full-page  plates.  2 
vols.     8vo.     $8.00  net. 

ATiloablo  oontribution  on  the  inbjeet  of  "lliolnflntticeof  SeaPowor  upon  HSatory.** 

THE  INTEREST  OF  AMERICA  IN  SEA  POWER  PRES- 
ENT  AND  FUTURE.   With  2  maps.   Crown  8 vo.    $2.00  n«/. 

Tho  faboUnoe  of  all  theae  aaiaja  oonoerna  ovaiy  intelligwit  TO^eiT,—The  Boston  Herald, 

THE  LIFE  OF  NELSON.  With  19  plates  and  21  maps  and 
battle  plans.     2  vols.     8vo.     $8.00  net. 

O^itain  Mahan  haa  written  the  beat  of  all  naral  blograpbiea,  about  the  greataat  of  all 
aaa  oaptafaia. — Hbodou  Booaamur  in  The  Bockmat^ 

THE  LIFE  OF  NELSON.     Popular  Edition.    With  13  plates. 
One  volume.     Crown  8vo.     750  pages.    $3.00  nd. 

TYPES  OF  NAVAL  OFFICERS.  With  6  photogravure  por- 
traits.     8vo.     $3.00  net. 

We  ahould  be  loieTer  grateful  that  a  man  of  Captain  liahan'a  intellectual  foroe  haa 
ehoeen  to  giro  hia  powera  to  wrttina  of  the  Uvea  and  work  of  the  oaptaina  and  admirala 
of  our  race.    .    .    . — Aew  York  Times. 

LESSONS  OF  THE  WAR  WITH  SPAIN.  Crown  8vo.  $2.00  net. 

A  moat  admirable  review  of  the  war  with  Spain.  The  leaaona  deduced  are  bctii 
impreeaire  and  rationaL  — Detroit  JounuU. 

THE  PROBLEM  OF  ASIA.     Crown  8vo.     $2.00  net. 

Faaoinatlng  in  ita  intereat  and  inTaluaUe  aa  a  phJloaophloal  statement  of  the  greateal 
faktemational  problem  the  world  haa  faced  for  many  a  ytax. — 8t.  Paml  PioneerPreu 

RETROSPECT  AND  PROSPECT.     Crown  8vo.    $2.00  net. 

B^  papera  dealing  larvely  with  the  broad  field  of  world  poUoieik  which  bear  marks 
of  captam  kahan*B  aoholar^  attainment  and  Uteraiy  akilL— Aew  York  Press. 

SOME  NEGLECTED  ASPECTS  OF  WAR.     $2.00  net. 

Two  of  the  papera  in  thia  book  praotkallj  orertnmed  pubUc  aentiment  in  England.— 
Pnvidonoo  Joufnai- 

NAVAL  ADMINISTRATION  AND  WARFARE.    92.00  net. 

Illuminating' eaaaja.  Wiae  auggeatlon  and  patriotic  inatmction  find  place  on  nearty 
every  page  of  thia  Taluable  book.— PAOada^pMa  North  Americtm. 

THE  HARVEST  WITHIN.  Being  Thoughts  on  the  life  of 
the  Christian.     12mo.     $1.50  net. 

THE  INTEREST  OF  AMERICA  IN  INTERNATIONAL 
CONDITIONS.     12ino.     $1.50  net. 

A  ftody  of  international  rdatlona  and  ttiair  bearing  i^on  ^— ^******»  intereata. 

NAVAL  STRATEGY.     8vo.     $S.50  net. 

The  oondariona  of  a  lifetime*B  etody  of  the  rabijeet. 

LITTLE,  BROWN,  &  CO.,  PoBLisaEEs,  BOSTON 


I 


/